UG Course Book 2019-20 PDF

COURSE BOOK
UNDER GRADUATE PROGRAMMES

2019-20
G. H. RAISONI COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING, NAGPUR

(An Autonomous Institution affiliated to RTM Nagpur University, Nagpur)
CRPF Gate No.3, Digdoh Hills, Hingna Road, Nagpur‐440 016.
Website: www.ghrce.raisoni.net
Email: principal.ghrce@raisoni.net
Phone: +91 9604787184, 9689903286, 9921008391, Fax: 07104‐232560
G H RAISONI COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
(An Autonomous Institute affiliated to Rashtrasant Tukdoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur)
Accredited by NAAC with ‘A+’ Grade
CRPF Gate No. 3, Hingna Road, Digdoh Hills, Nagpur – 440 016. (INDIA)
Phone : +91 9604787184, 9689903286, 9921008391 Fax : +91 – 7104 – 232560
E-mail : principal.ghrce@raisoni.net Web : ghrce.raisoni.net
COURSE-BOOK-2019-20
UNDER GRADUATE PROGRAMMES
INDEX
Sr. No Name of Programme Page no
01 First Year Engineering 3-25
02 Civil Engineering 26-85
03 Electrical Engineering 86-126
04 Mechanical Engineering 127-179
05 Electronics & Telecommunication Engineering 180-245
06 Electronics Engineering 246-312
07 Computer Science and Engineering 313-345
08 Information Technology 346-379
2
B.TECH. FIRST YEAR SCHEME (FOR CIVIL ENGINEERING)
Teaching Evaluation Scheme
Subject Scheme Theory Practical Teaching Mode
Name of the Course Credits Total
Code Total
Th Tu Pr TAE CAE ESE Cont Marks
Hours
SEMESTER-I
BFYL101 Matrices 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 -- 50 Classroom
Differential & Vector Teaching
BFYL102 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 -- 50
Calculus
BEEL101 Classroom & Lab
AC & DC Circuits 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 25 75
BEEP101 Teaching
Classroom & Lab
BEEL102 AC & DC Machine 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 -- 50
Teaching
Classroom & Lab
BEEL103 Energy Sources & Audit 1 - 1 1 10 15 -- -- 25
Teaching
BITL101 Programming for Lab Teaching
1 - 4 5 3 10 15 25 50 100
BITP101 Problem Solving
Bio-System in Classroom
BECL104 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 -- 50
Engineering Teaching
BCSP101 Data Analytics - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 25 Lab Teaching
BECL101 Introduction to Digital Classroom & Lab
1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
BECP101 System Teaching
Classroom
BHUP103 Foreign Language - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 25
Teaching
BHUP104 Liberal/ Creative Arts - - 1 1 0.5 -- -- -- 25 25 W/S
Lab
BFYP131 Waste Management - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 25
Teaching
Classroom
BFYP132 Environmental Science - - 1 1 0.5 -- -- -- 25 25
Teaching
TOTAL 9 4 16 29 21 80 120 175 225 600
Evaluation Scheme Teaching Mode

Teaching Scheme
Subject Theory Practical
Code Total
Th Tu Pr TAE CAE ESE Cont. Marks
Hours
SEMESTER-II
Integral & Multiple Classroom
BFYL103 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 -- 50
Calculus Teaching
Ordinary & Partial
BFYL104 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 -- 50
Differential Equations
BCSP102 Data Structure - - 4 4 2 -- -- -- 50 50 Lab Teaching
BFYP152 Internet of Things - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 25 Lab Teaching
BFYL121 Classroom & Lab
Applied Physics 1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
BFYP121 Teaching
BCEL101 Classroom
Engineering Mechanics 1 1 2 4 3 20 30 -- 25 75
BCEP101 Teaching
Embedded Lab Teaching
BECP103 - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 25
Programming
BMEP102 Digital Fabrication - - 4 4 2 -- -- -- 50 50 Lab Teaching
Mini Model through
BFYP151 - - 4 4 2 -- -- -- 50 50
Innovation & Creativity
BHUL101 Lab Teaching
Communication Skills - 2 2 4 3 10 15 25 50 100
BHUP101
Ethics& Professional Classroom
BHUP102 - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 25
Competencies Teaching
Classroom
BMBP101 Entrepreneurship - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 25
Teaching
TOTAL 4 5 26 35 22 60 90 100 350 600
3
B.TECH.FIRST YEAR SCHEME (MECHANICAL ENGG)
Evaluation Scheme Teaching
Teaching Scheme
Subject Theory Practical Mode
Code Total
Hours
SEMESTER-I
BFYL102 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 -- 50
Calculus
BEEL101 Classroom &
AC & DC Circuits 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 25 75
BEEP101 Lab Teaching
Classroom &
Lab Teaching
Classroom &
Lab Teaching
1 - 4 5 3 10 15 25 50 100
Classroom
BECL104 Bio-System in Engg. 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 -- 50
Teaching
BECL101 Introduction to Digital Classroom &
1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
BECP101 System Lab Teaching
Classroom
Teaching
BHUP104 Liberal/ Creative Arts - - 1 1 0.5 -- -- -- 25 25 W/S
BFYP131 Waste Management - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 25 Lab Teaching
Classroom
Teaching
TOTAL 9 4 16 29 21 80 120 175 225 600
Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Scheme
Subject Theory Practical Teaching
Code Total Mode
Hours
SEMESTER-II
Integral & Multiple
BFYL103 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 -- 50
Calculus Classroom
Ordinary & Partial Teaching
BFYL104 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 -- 50
BFYL121 Classroom &
Applied Physics 1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
BFYP121 Lab Teaching
BMEP101 Engineering Graphics - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 25 Lab Teaching
BCEL101 Engineering Classroom
1 - 2 3 2 10 15 -- 25 50
BCEP101 Mechanics Teaching
Embedded
BECP103 - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 25 Lab Teaching
Programming
Mini Model through
BFYP151 - - 4 4 2 -- -- -- 50 50
BHUL101
Communication Skills - 2 2 4 3 10 15 25 50 100 Lab Teaching
BHUP101
Ethics & Professional Classroom
BHUP102 - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 25
Classroom
Teaching
TOTAL 4 4 28 36 22 50 75 100 375 600
4
B. TECH. FIRST YEAR SCHEME (ETC/ETRX/CSE/IT/EE)
Teaching Evaluation Scheme Teaching
Scheme Theory Practical Mode
Subject Code Name of the Course Credits Total
Total
Hours
SEMESTER-I
BFYL102 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 -- 50
Calculus
BEEL101 Classroom &
AC & DC Circuits 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 25 75
BEEP101 Lab Teaching
Classroom &
Lab Teaching
Classroom &
Lab Teaching
1 - 4 5 3 10 15 25 50 100
Classroom
Teaching
BECL101 Introduction to Digital Classroom &
1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
BECP101 System Lab Teaching
Classroom
Teaching
Classroom
BHUP104 Liberal/ Creative Arts - - 1 1 0.5 -- -- -- 25 25
Teaching
Lab
Teaching
Classroom
Teaching
TOTAL 9 4 16 29 21 80 120 175 225 600
Evaluation Scheme Teaching Mode

Teaching Scheme
Code Total
Hours
SEMESTER-II
Integral & Multiple Classroom
BFYL103 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 -- 50
Calculus Teaching
Ordinary & Partial Classroom
BFYL104 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 -- 50
Differential Equations Teaching
BFYL121 Classroom
Applied Physics 1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
BFYP121 Teaching
BECL102 Classroom
Analog Circuits 1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
BECP102 Teaching
BECP103 Embedded Programming - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 25 Lab Teaching
Mini Model through
BFYP151 - - 4 4 2 -- -- -- 50 50
BHUL101 Lab Teaching
BHUP101
Ethics & Professional Classroom
BHUP102 - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 25
Classroom
Teaching
TOTAL 4 5 26 35 22 50 75 125 350 600
5
MATRICES Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Jain, R.K.
and Iyengar, S.R.K, Narosa Publishers;
Course Objectives: Alpha Science International, Ltd, 2007, Third.
1. To introduce concepts of matrices in the field of 3. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and
Engineering. Scientists, Spiegel, M. R, McGraw-Hill, 2010,
2. To develop skills in student to solve Second Ed.
engineering problems based on Matrices. DIFFERENTIAL & VECTOR CALCULUS
Course Outcomes: Course Objectives:

1. Solve linear system equation using different 1. To introduce concepts of Differential Calculus &
methods for real time engineering problems in Vector Calculus in the field of Engineering.
respective disciplines. 2. To develop skills in students to solve
2. Determine the Eigen values and vectors of a applications based problems on Differential
matrix for various engineering problems in Calculus.
respective disciplines. Course Outcomes: Student shall be able to
1 Apply concepts of differentiation in solving
3. To formulate the problem and find solution by
engineering problems.
using knowledge of matrix. 2 Use applications of partial differentiation to
4. To relate the problem and solve by using solve various problems in engineering.
concept of matrix. 3 Apply the Knowledge of vector calculus to
Contents: solve various problems in engineering.
Adjoint of Matrix, Inverse of matrix by adjoint 4 Use vector integration in solving
method, Solution of simultaneous equations by engineering problems.
adjoint method. Solving system of linear equations
by Gauss elimination method, Jacobi‘s method. Contents:
(6hrs) Differential Calculus: Review of limits, continuity,
Inverse of matrix by partitioning method. Rank of differentiability, Successive differentiation.
matrix, Consistency for system of linear equations, Leibnitz‘s Theorem Taylor‘s series for one variable.
Linear dependence. Basis and Span of vectors Maclaurin series for one variable. Indeterminate
forms, Applications of maxima and minima for
(6hrs) function of one variable.
Characteristics equation, Eigen values and its (10hrs)
properties. Eigen vectors. Reduction to diagonal Partial Differentiation: Functions of several
form, Determination of largest Eigen values and variables, First and higher order derivatives, Euler‘s
corresponding Eigen vector by Iteration method. theorem, Chain rules, Total differential coefficient.
Jacobian, Properties of Jacobian, Maxima and
(6hrs) minima of function of two variables, Lagrange‘s
Cayley Hamilton theorem (statement & verification). method of undetermined multipliers.
Sylvester‘s theorem, Association of matrices with (12hrs)
linear differential equations of second order with a Vector Calculus: Differentiation of vectors,
constant coefficients. Gradient of scalar point function, Directional
(6hrs) derivatives, Divergence and Curl of vector point
Applications of matrices in Mesh analysis, function. Solenoidal motion & Irrotational motion.
Questions on matrices in GATE.
Line integral, Surface integral, Volume integral,
TERM WORK: Solving second order differential
Statement of Gauss theorem, Greens theorem and
equations in MATLAB and its Simulink model,
Stokes theorem and its verification
various applications of matrices,
Questions on Differential Calculus, Partial
TERM WORK: Solving matrix in MATLAB
TERM WORK: Prepare .m file in MATLAB to solve Differentiation & Vector Calculus in GATE.
simultaneous equations by matrix method. (8hrs)
(6hrs) Books:
Books: 1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erwin
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erwin Kreyszig, John Wiley & Sons, 2013, Tenth Ed.
Kreyszig, John Wiley & Sons, 2013, Tenth ed. 2. Higher Engineering Mathematics, B. S. Grewal,
2. Higher Engineering Mathematics, B. S. Grewal, Khanna Publishers, 2013, Forty Third ed.
Khanna Publishers, 2013, Forty Third ed. 3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Jain, R.K.
and Iyengar, S.R.K, Narosa Publishers, Alpha
Science International, Ltd, 2007, Third Ed.
6
4. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and 4. H. Cotton, Basic Electrical Engineering,
Scientists, Spiegel, M. R, McGraw-Hill, 2010, Seventh Edition, C B S, 2005
Second Ed. 5. S G Tarnekar, P K Kharbanda, S B Bodkhe, S
D Naik, Laboratory courses in Electrical Engg.,
AC-DC CIRCUITS Second Edition, S. Chand & Co., 2010.
AC & DC MACHINE
Course Objectives:
Course Objectives:
1. To Study Different types of Circuit Elements

1. To prepare the students to understand basic
2. To Study Basic Circuits Laws.
fundamentals of Electrical Circuits.
3. To Study Basic Concepts of A.C. Circuits
2. To make the students aware about basic
principles of operations of electrical machines
Course Outcome: under the influence of magnetic field.
1. Understand relationship between different Course Outcomes: Students should

electrical parameters
2. Understand magnetic aspects of electric 1. Understand Concepts of energy transfer
current through magnetic coupling
3. Students will develop an ability to analyze 2. Understand working principle of transformer.
D.C.Circuits of different configurations. 3. Understand Concepts of D.C machines
4. Students will develop an ability to analyze 4. Understand Operation of A.C machines
A.C.Circuits of different configurations.
5. Students will develop an ability to analyze Unit I : Single Phase Transformers.
Resonance Circuits. Introduction, Basic principle, construction of phasor
diagram for transformer under no load condition,
Contents: Transformer on load, EMF equation Phasor
Unit-I D.C. Circuits diagrams, Equivalent circuit, Losses, Efficiency,
Circuits Elements(R, L, C), Kirchhoffs Laws, Regulation, Open-circuit & short-circuit test.
Superposition principle &Theorem, Norton‘s (10hrs)
theorem, Thevenins theorem Voltage source, Unit II : D. C. Machines.
(definition, characteristics of practical source, Introduction, construction, EMF and Torque
equivalent current source) Star-Delta equation, classification, self-excitation of D.C. shunt
transformation. generators, EMF, voltage, current relations in
(8hrs) generator and motor, Characteristics, starting and
speed control of d. c. motors. (10hrs)
Unit-II:-Magnetic circuits
Flux, mmf, reluctance, analogous electric circuits, Unit III : Introduction to AC Motors.
simple calculations for composite magnetic circuits. Three phase Induction motor Construction, and
principle of rotating field, synchronous speed, Rotor
(7hrs) current, torque and slip, Principle of Single phase
Capacitor Start motor. (10hrs)
Unit III A. C. Circuits
Periodic functions, average &rms values, Steady Books:
state behaviours with sinusoidal excitation, phasor
representation, reactance and impedance, Series
and Parallel A.C. circuits, resonance, power in A. 1. D.C. Kulkshreshtha, Basic Electrical
C. circuits, power factor, Principle of generation of Engineering, McGraw 2012.
single phase & Three phase voltages. Power in 2. Textbook of Electrical Engineering Vol. I & II,
balanced three phase A.C. systems. B.L.Theraja, S. Chand & Co., 1997Twenty
(10hrs) Second Edition,
3. Naidu, Kamakshaia, Introduction to Electrical
Books: Engineering, Third Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,
2000
1. B. L. Theraja, Textbook of Electrical 4. Basic Electrical Engineering, H. Cotton, C B S,
Engineering Vol. I & II, Twenty Second Edition,
S. Chand & Co., 1997 2005, Seventh Edition
2. D.C. Kulkshreshtha, Basic Electrical 5. Laboratory courses in Electrical Engg., S G
Engineering, McGraw 2012. Tarnekar, P K Kharbanda, S B Bodkhe, S D
3. Naidu, Kamakshaia, Introduction to Electrical Naik, S. Chand & Co., 2010S, econd Edition
Engineering, Third Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 6. Kothari, Nagrath, Electric Machines Tata
2000 McGraw Hill, 2006, Third Edition
7
ENERGY SOURCES & AUDIT
PROGRAMMING FOR PROBLEM SOLVING
Course Objectives:
Course Objectives:
1. To Study the various types of electrical sources
2. To study the comparisons of various sources. 1. This Course introduces basic idea of how to
3. To study the non-Conventional electrical solve given problem.
sources
2. Focuses of paradigms of programming
Course Outcome: language.
3. Aims at learning python as programming
1. To understand present scenario of energy & its language.
importance
2. To Learn Conventional energy sources & Non Course Outcomes:
conventional Energy sources
3. To Understand concept of Energy Management 1. Analyze and understand the behavior of
4. To apply knowledge of energy audit to industry
fundamental programming constructs.
5. To understand importance of safety
components 2. Develop and Analyze Algorithms for solving
problems.
Contents: 3. Demonstrate the knowledge of various concepts
of Python Language.
Unit 1 Energy Sources 4. Develop solutions using functions & recursion
Current Energy Scenario,Conventional Energy 5. Demonstrate knowledge of Dictionaries.
Sources , Types of conventional energy sources, 6. Demonstrate knowledge of advanced concepts
importance & drawbacks ofConventional Energy
of python programming
Sources, Alternatives to conventional energy
sources.Non-Conventional Energy Sources, Types
of non-conventional energy sources, importance& Contents:
drawbacks of Non-Conventional Energy Sources,
Comparison with conventional energy sources & its ALGORITHMIC PROBLEM SOLVING:
application. (4hrs) Algorithms, building blocks of algorithms
(statements, state, control flow, functions), notation
Unit 2 Energy Management & Audit
Definition, need and types of energy audit. Energy (pseudo code, flow chart, programming language),
management (audit) approach-understanding algorithmic problem solving, simple strategies for
energy costs, bench marking, energy performance, developing algorithms (iteration, recursion).
matching energy use to requirement, maximizing (7hrs)
system efficiencies, optimizing the input energy
requirements, energy audit instruments. (4hrs) DATA, EXPRESSIONS, STATEMENTS: Python
interpreter and interactive mode; values and types:
Unit 3: Electrical Installations
Components of LT Switchgear: Switch Fuse Unit int, float, boolean, string, and list; variables,
(SFU), MCB, ELCB, MCCB, Types of Wires and expressions, statements, tuple assignment,
Cables, types of Earthing systems. Power factor precedence of operators, comments; modules and
improvement. (6hrs) functions, function definition and use, flow of
execution, parameters and arguments. (10hrs)
Books:
CONTROL FLOW, FUNCTIONS Conditionals:
1. Non-Conventional Energy Resources, B H Boolean values and operators, conditional (if),
Khan Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 01-Jan- alternative (if-else), chained conditional (if, if-else);
2006
Iteration: state, while, for, break, continue, pass;
2. Non-conventional Energy Sources, G. D. Rai,
Fruitful functions: return values, parameters, local
Khanna Publisher
and global scope, function composition, recursion;
3. Handbook of Energy Audit, Sonal Desai
Strings: string slices. (10hrs)
4. Energy Management, Audit & Conservation by
Barun Kumar De,
DICTIONARIES: Operations and methods;
advanced list processing – list comprehension.
(4hrs)
Object Oriented Programming: Classes and
objects-inheritance-polymorphism (10hrs)
8
Arrays & Pointers: Introduction, Linear Arrays,
Exception Handling & File Handling: Overview of Arrays as ADT, Representation of Linear array in
exception classes and types: try, except. Finally, Memory, Traversing Linear Arrays, Inserting and
File processing: reading and Writing files. Recent deleting, Multidimensional Arrays, Pointers; Pointer
Trends in Python (4hrs) Arrays, Dynamic Memory Management. (7hrs)
Books: Linked List : Introduction, Linked Lists,

Representation of Linked Lists in Memory,
1. Python Programming using Problem Solving Traversing a Linked List, Searching a Linked List,
Approach by Reema Thereja, Oxford Memory Allocation; Insertion into a Linked List,
Publication. Deletion from a Linked List, Circularly Linked Lists,
2. Python Programming: An Introduction to Two-Way Lists (or Doubly Linked Lists).
nd
Computer Science 2 Edition by John Zelle (8hrs)
3. Python Programming for the Absolute
rd
Beginner, 3 Edition by Nicheal Dawson. Stacks, Queue and Recursion : Introduction,
Stacks, Array Representation of Stacks, Linked
Representation of Stacks, Stack as ADT,
DATA STRUCTURES Application of Stacks, Recursion, Queues as ADT,
Types of Queues (Circular Queues, Dequeues),
Course Objectives: and Applications of Queues. Sorting and
Searching Introduction: Sorting; Bubble Sort,
1. This course introduces basic idea of data Insertion Sort, Selection Sort, Searching; Linear
structure while making aware of methods and Search, Binary Search.
structure used to organize large amount of (8hrs)
data. Books:
2. It also aimed at developing skill to implement 1. Ivan Bayross ,‘SQL, PL/SQL The programming
methods to solve specific problems using basic language of Oracle
data structures. 2. Data Structures with C, Seymour Lipschutz,
3. The course also provides career opportunities Schaums Outlines, Tata McGraw Hill
in design of data, implementation of data, 3. Horowitz E. &Sahani S., ‗Fundamentals of
technique to sort and searching the data. Computer Algorithms‘, Galgotia Publications Ltd
4. S. Sahani, Data Structures in C.
Course Outcomes: 5. D. Samantha, Classic Data Structures, PHI
Publications.
1. Identify essential data structures and understand
when it is appropriate to use. DATA ANALYTICS
2. Explain use of Abstract data types & ways in
which ADTs can be stored, accessed and Course Objective:
manipulated. 1. This course helps to understand data and
3. Apply linear data structures to solve various real usage of data in solving real time problems.
world computing problems using programming 2. It introduces general idea of database
management systems.
language.
3. It also explains the fundamental concepts of big
4. Analyze standard algorithms for searching and data analytics and data visualization.
sorting.
Course Outcomes:
Contents: 1. Understand data and usage of data in data
analytics.
Database Management System: Database 2. Apply data analytics techniques for
Concepts –Introduction, Data, Information, visualization through Excel.
Metadata, Components of Database Management 3. Analyze and design multidimensional data
models.
system, SQL select statement, Operators, Data
4. Visualize trends and discover insights of data.
Types, Single Row Function, Aggregating Data, 5. Derive Entity- Relationship (E-R) model from
Using Group Function, Data Manipulation specifications and transform it into relational
Statement , Data Definition Statement, Constraints. model.
(7hrs)
9
6. To design SQL queries to perform CRUD 2. https://www.tableau.com/
operations on database (Create, Retrieve, 3. https://www.smartdraw.com/uml-diagram/
Update, and Delete) 4. http://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/106104135/
[For Fundamentals of Database Systems]
Contents:
Unit 01: Introduction to Data Analytics

Introduction, MS Excel Basics (options: Create, ENGINEERING GRAPHICS
Save Rename, Add, Delete), Editing data in
Worksheet (options: Insert, Select, Delete, Copy &
Paste, Find & Replace) Formatting Cells, Course Objectives:
Worksheets (operations: Add/Remove Columns & 1. To familiarize with basic engineering graphics
Rows, Hiding/Unhiding Columns & Rows, Merging principles and standards of drafting.
Cells), Setting Colors. 2. To use various engineering drawing
(2hrs) techniques to create drawing of machine
parts.
Unit 02: Manipulation of Excel Data
Working with Formula: Data Filtering, Sorting, Use 3. To understand and read drawings and blue
of Range, Functions: SUM(), AVERAGE(), MAX() & prints for industrial applications.
MIN(), COUNT() & COUNTA(), IF(), Data
Representation using Charts & Graphs, Creation of Course Outcomes: To
Pivot table, Create a Chart, Change Chart Type,
Switch Row/Column, labels and legends, Print 1. Define the various concepts like dimensioning,
Area.
conventions and standards related to
engineering graphics in order to become
(6hrs)
professionally efficient
Unit 03: Basics of DBMS
Introduction, Characteristics, Data models (Entity- 2. Understand drawings of simple machine parts
Relationship Model, Relational Model, Network in first and third angle of projection systems
model), Relational algebra. 3. Apply the concept of projections of lines and
(2hrs) planes along with traces.
4. Analyse solid geometry in different positions
Unit 04: Getting started with basic design 5. Interpret sections and development of solids in
templates different positions.
Multidimentional Models, Basic Design, Chart 6. Create the three dimensional engineering
Generation, Dashboard Creation, Data objects into two dimensional drawings and vice
Visualization. versa using drafting tools.
(6hrs)
Contents:
Unit 05: Basics of Open Source RDBMS
Introduction, Installation, MySQL Commands Lettering, Dimensioning, Introduction to scale

(Administrative Commands), Various Syntax of and curve: Use of various drawing instruments,
SQL, DDL and DML Commands. lines, lettering and ISI standards for drafting.
(4hrs) Simple geometrical construction. Definition of scale,
Books: Representative fraction, enlarging scale drawing
1. Microsoft Excel 2013 Step by Step by Curtis D. ,reducing scale drawing and full size drawing,
Frye; Microsoft Press 2013. dimensioning, Introduction to basic Engineering
2. Database System Concepts, by Abraham curves (conic sections) (2hrs)
Silberschatz, Professor, Henry F. Korth, and S.
Sudarshan, 3RD Edition, Publisher: McGraw- Theory of Projections: Theory, techniques, first
Hill Education and third angle projections, Projection of points.
3. Learning Tableau by Joshua N. Milligan,ISBN
Projection of straight lines inclined to both
139781784391164, PACKT Books - Packt
Publishing reference planes.
(3hrs)
Urls: Projection of Planes: Plane inclined to both

reference planes. Auxiliary planes and view:
1. https://www.guru99.com/excel-
tutorials.html Auxiliary vertical plane and Auxiliary inclined plane.
10
Fundamentals of Statics: Definition of mechanics,
(2hrs) Body, Rigid Body, Scalar quantities, Vector
Projection of Solids: Projections of solids such as quantities, Representation of vector, Fundamental
Prisms, pyramids, cone, cylinder with varying Units, Derived Units, Particle, Mass, Weight,
position of axes with ground line. Fundamental principles of mechanics, Newton‘s
(2hrs) law of universal gravitation.
Sections of solids: Section of solid such as Equivalent Force System (2-D): Concept of
Prisms, pyramids, cone, cylinder Force, Unit Newton force, System of force,
(2hrs) Principle of transmissibility of force, Resolution and
composition of coplanar force system, Resultant,
Development of solid surfaces: Development of Equilibrant, Law of parallelogram of force, Triangle
surfaces for various regular solids. law, Polygon law, Moment of force, Varignon‘s
(2hrs) theorem, Couple and it‘s properties, Reduction of
Orthographic Projection and Isometric system of forces into a force couple system.
projection: Conversion of pictorial view of solid to Numerical on equivalent force involving co-planer
orthographic views and isometric view. force systems acting on body, Numerical on
(2hrs) reduction of system of forces into a force couple
system. (5 hrs)
Books:
Equilibrium of Two Dimensional Force System:
1. Engineering Drawing, N.D.Bhatt, Panchal, Concept of equilibrium, Principles of equilibrium,
Charotar Publishing House Equations of Equilibrium, Lami‘s theorem,
2. Engineering Graphics, Venugopal K and Numerical on equilibrium involving co-planer force
Prabhu Raja V, New AGE International systems acting on body. Beam, Simply Supported
Publishers. Beam, Overhanging Beam, Beam reaction, Types
3. A text Bok of Engineering Graphics using of load acting over beam i.e. Concentrated load,
AUTO CAD, Sarkar, Rastogi and Kulkarni, Tata Uniformly distribute load (UDL), Uniformly varying
McGraw Hill load (UVL), Types of support i.e. Simple support,
Hinge support, Roller Support, Numerical on
reaction of beam subjected to combination of loads.
ENGINEERING MECHANICS Analysis of Truss :Perfect Frame, Imperfect
frame, Deficient frame, Redundant frame,
Course Objectives: Assumptions made in analysis of truss, Method of
1. To describe and be able to predict the joints, & sections, Numerical on forces in the
conditions of rest or motion of the bodies under members of a truss
the action of forces. (10hrs)
2. To understand the basic concepts of forces Spatial Force System (Three Dimensional Force
moments, couples in two dimensional force System): Component of force in a space, Resultant
system & spatial force system. spatial force system,Force multiplier, Cartesian
3. To be able to analyze simple determinate form of representation of vector, Unit vector,
structures like beam & trusses Position vector, Displacement Vector, Scalar
Course Outcomes: product or Dot product, Cross product, Length of
1. Apply the concept of two dimensional force common perpendicular between two non-
systems for replacement into equivalent force intersecting vectors, Shortest distance, Moment of
system force about point, Moment of force about axis,
2. Understand the basic concepts of free body Moment arm of force about point, Moment arm of
diagrams for static equilibrium for two force about axis, Resultant moment, Couple,
dimensional force systems
3. Demonstrate the basic concepts of forces, Friction: Definition of friction, Types of friction,
moments, and couples in spatial force system. Angle of repose Coulombs laws of dry friction,
4. Apply the basic concepts of Moment of inertia & Analysis of rigid bodies on rough inclined surfaces.
Virtual Work
(8hrs)
Contents: Properties of Areas: Centroid of plane areas,
Moment of Inertia of composite lamina, Radius of
11
gyration, Second moment of area, Product of Bipolar Junction Transistor and its Applications
inertia, Parallel axis theorem, Perpendicular axis :
theorem, Polar moment of inertia, Moment of inertia Transistor Doping , Transistor action, Current
Components, BJT configurations: CE, CC, CB
& product of inertia about new axes, Principal
characteristics, Base Width Modulation. Punch
moment of inertia and principal axis direction by Through Effect. DC load line, Fixed Bias Method.
analytical method only. Single stage CE transistor as amplifier, BJT as a
(7hrs) switch. (8hrs)
Virtual Work: Virtual Displacement, Definition of
virtual work, Principles of virtual work Virtual work Books:
method applied to beams & frames mechanisms. 1. Basic Electronics & Linear Circuits, (Late) N N.
Bhargava, Tata McGraw Hill, 2013, Second
Books: Edition.
1. K Vijaya Kumar Reddy & J Suresh Kumar, 2. Electronic Devices & Circuits Theory, Robert L.
rd
Singer‘s Engineering Mechanics , 3 Edition, Boylestad, Louis Nashelsky, Pearson India,
BS Publications, 2010 2009, 10th Edition.
2. Beer F.P. and Johnston E.R., Vector 3. Integrated Electronics, Jacob Millman, Tata
Mechanics for Engineers: Statics and Mcgraw-Hill, 2009, Second Edition.
th
Dynamics, Tata McGraw-Hill, 9 edition 2012 4. Microelectronics Circuits, A.S.
3. Irving H. Shames, Engineering Mechanics: Sedra&K.C.Smith, Oxford University Press,
Static and Dynamics, Pearson Education, Asia 2013, Seventh Edition
th
Pvt Ltd, 4 edition 2009
ANALOG CIRCUIT
Course Objectives:
1. To familiarize with various electronic
components and understand their properties.
2. To understand basic fundamentals of analog
circuits.
3. To prepare for various engineering

applications.
Course Outcome:
1 Use knowledge of diode for related

application.
2 Demonstrate the knowledge of transistor
and its application
3 Demonstrate the knowledge of oscillator
4 Use devices for designing of small

electronics projects.
Contents:
PN Junction Diode: Review of PN junction,

forward and reverse bias, VI Characteristics,
Dynamic Resistance, Equivalent Circuit of diode,
Temperature dependence. Diode numerical.
Varactor Diode, TunnelDiodes,LED,LCD.
(8hrs)
Applications of Diodes & Linear Circuits:

Rectifier with C Filter, Numerical on Rectifiers,
Clippers, Clampers, Limiters, Low pass filter, High
pass filter with characteristics. (8hrs)
12
ETHICS & PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCY Television
(13hrs)
Course Objectives: FOREIGN LANGUAGES
1. To inculcate the highest level of ethical FRENCH:
awareness and conduct among students. To
make students ethically and socially aware and Course Objectives:
active 1. Written communication: student can create
2. To have a critical reflection of one's personality basic-level French written communications that
thereby creating and developing professional correctly employ and incorporate the grammar,
competency. vocabulary, and cultural material presented in
Course Outcomes: class.
1. To demonstrate awareness regarding ethical 2. Oral communication: student can create basic-
issues in daily situations level French oral communications using correct
2. To manage themselves easily in the dynamic Spanish grammar, vocabulary, cultural material,
environment. and pronunciation presented in class.
Contents: Course Outcomes:
SWOT Analysis-Knowing yourself and 1. Exchange basic greetings in the social context.
Orientation,Goal Setting-Vision Board,Movie 2. Respond to classroom directions and basic
Analysis, Grooming and Body language commands.
Documentary on Social Issues,Aaj ki Adalat(Panel 3. Express basic needs in day-to-day life.
Discussion),Success Saga,Time and Change 4. Provide and acquire basic personal and social
Management,Leadership Skills,Role Play on Social information.
issues (15hrs) 5. Read and write all characters and compound
Books: characters.
1. Success Never Ends, Failure is Never Final, 6. Form and understand sentences consisting of
Robert Schuller, Paperback, 1990, Revised, basic grammar patterns and particles.
2. Body Language, b Allen Pease, Paperback, 7. Count and understand basic numbers.
2005, First 8. Ask and understand the prices of commodities
in stores, as well as purchase them.
LIBERAL / CREATIVE ARTS Contents:

Course Objectives:
1. The Students shall be given exposure on Introduction to France – its culture and people,
various musical instruments like Guitar, Sitar, Pronunciation and basic greetings, Grammar-
and Piano etc. according to their interest. Nouns- genders, article Vocabulary- Months,
2. To inculcate healthy life style in students. weekdays and daytimes and number system
3. To impart discipline in students. Vocabulary-Time and date Grammar- Auxiliary
4. The students will be given exposure on Indian verbs (Avoiretre), Vocabulary-colors, Vocabulary-
Classical music. It is aimed at a close Family, profession Vocabulary- Directions,
interaction between students, artistes and Common words
craftsmen. Test (30 min), Listening to CD, Vocabulary- House
5. The students will be offered a Film & television and Furniture and Draperies Vocabulary- Food and
Workshop for hands on experience on Drink and Cutlery Grammar-Regular, verbs
interactive learning. Vocabulary- Vegetables and fruits. Grammar-
Course Outcomes: Irregular verbs Grammar-Modal verbs Listening to
1. Play various musical instruments of their CDS ….Vocabulary- Body parts and Clothes
interest. Translation passage and spoken Test (30 min),
2. Understand and emphasize importance of good Listening to CD Translation passage and spoken
health in life Grammar-Imperative sentences and Framing
3. Be in self-discipline. questions Vocabulary- School and college and
4. Apply the interactive learning experience in the stationary Grammar- cases in French Vocabulary-
diverse arts. Modes of transport, Random vocabulary Grammar-
Contents: cases in French Test (30 min) , Listening to CD
Musical Instruments, Power Yoga/ Pranayam, Translation passage Writing emails …Resume
National Credit Corp, Spic Macay, Film & building Listening and speaking sessions Test
13
(60 min) Grammar-Imperative sentences and Framing
(15hrs) questions Vocabulary-Common Places and
Hobbies
Grammar- Adjectives and Opposites. Test –Viva
and Written.
GERMAN: (15hrs)
Course Objectives:
JAPANEASE:
1. Written communication: student can create
basic-level German written communications that Course Objectives:
correctly employ and incorporate the grammar,
vocabulary, and cultural material presented in 1. Written communication: student can create
class. basic-level German written communications that
correctly employ and incorporate the grammar,
2. Oral communication: student can create vocabulary, and cultural material presented in
basic-level German oral communications class.
using correct Spanish grammar, vocabulary,
cultural material, and pronunciation presented 2. Oral communication: student can create
in class. basic-level German oral communications
Course Outcomes: cultural material, and pronunciation presented
in class.
1. Exchange basic greetings in the social context.
2. Respond to classroom directions and basic Course outcome:
commands.
3. Express basic needs in day-to-day life. 1. Exchange basic greetings in the social context.
4. Provide and acquire basic personal and social 2. Respond to classroom directions and basic
information. commands.
5. Read and write all characters and compound 3. Express basic needs in day-to-day life.
characters. 4. Provide and acquire basic personal and social
6. Form and understand sentences consisting of information.
basic grammar patterns and particles. 5. Read and write all 71 phonetic Hiragana
7. Count and understand basic numbers. characters and compound characters.
8. Ask and understand the prices of commodities 6. Write and understand basic vocabulary written
in stores, as well as purchase them. in Hiragana.
7. Form and understand sentences consisting of
Contents: basic grammar patterns and particles.
8. Count and understand basic numbers.
Introduction to Germany – its culture and people 9. Ask and understand the prices of commodities
Pronunciation – BASIC and ADVANCED Basic in stores, as well as purchase them.
Greetings and Self-Introduction Grammar- Nouns- 10. Ask about the locations and understand the
genders, article Grammar- Nouns - Plural forms simple directions given to reach there.
Vocabulary- Months, weekdays and daytimes and 11. Talk about oneself, one‘s family and friends,
number system Vocabulary-Time and date likes and dislikes, surrounding objects etc.;
Grammar – Personal Pronouns Vocabulary-Family, using limited vocabulary of nouns, adjectives,
professions Vocabulary- Directions, Common verbs, counters etc.
words 12. Become familiar with Japanese customs,
Vocabulary –Job-Related and Modes Of Transport greetings, etiquettes and manners.
Grammar – Possessive Pronouns Vocabulary- 13. Obtain information about Japanese life style,
House, Furniture and Draperies Vocabulary- Food cultural events, food, products, geographical
and Drinks Grammar-Regular verbs Vocabulary- locations, and other socio-cultural phenomena.
Vegetables and fruits Grammar-Irregular verbs 14. Develop background for advanced Japanese
Grammar-Modal verbs and Imperative Verbs WH – language studies.
Questions Vocabulary- Body parts and Clothes
Grammar – Sentences- types and Framing. Contents:
14
Introduction of Japanese Language - Characters (16) from Ma to N: Stroke order
- Origin, history, development, modern writing, practice withflashcards
contemporary Japanese language - General words based on completed hiragana
- Linguistic place of language: language family, characters (20) Counting inJapanese
area, native speakers, dialects - Basic numbers (1 to 10), 2, 3 and 4 digit
- Role of language in modern Japanese society numbers. Reading and Writing fromdigits to
- Aspects of Japanese Japanese and vice versa.
language: written, spoken, - Hiragana Script
communicative - Rules for sound prolongation and its expression
Introduction of Japan as using hiragana.
country - Prolongation using ‗u‘ and B. Prolongation
- General class discussion about Japan and its usingvowels.
cultural aspects. E.g. Japanese Language, - General words based on hiragana prolonged
Society, History, Geography, Dressing, Food, characters (10) Grammar
Economy, Government and Politics, - Basic sentence pattern ‗A wa B desu‘, ‗A wa B
Technological innovations, Scientific desuka‘.
advances, Fine arts, Religion and beliefs, War - Introduction of particles ‗wa‘and ‗ka‘, copula
and peace, Education, Family relations, Work ‗desu/dewaarimasen‘.
culture and daily life, Travel and tourism, Mass
- Hiragana Script
media, Law and order, Literature, Performing
- Rules for writing compound characters and its
arts, Drama, Popular music, Movies and
expression usinghiragana.
entertainment, Games and Sports,
o Small characters ‗Ya‘, ‗Yu‘, ‗Yo‘ and B.
- Environment and Nature and others. Small character‗Tsu‘
- Introduction of Japanese Language
- General words based on hiragana compound
- Written structure: Scripts- Hiragana, Katakana, characters (15) Grammar (15hrs)
Kanji
- Spoken structure: Valid sound patterns,
Consonants andvowels SPANISH:
- Introducing oneself in Japanese
- (Hello, How do you do,Iam , Nice Course Objectives:
to meet you etc.)
- Hiragana Script 1. Written communication: student can create
- Characters (10) from Aa to Ko: Stroke order basic-level Spanish written communications that
writing, practice withflashcards correctly employ and incorporate the grammar,
- General words based on completed hiragana vocabulary, and cultural material presented in
characters(10) class.
- Hiragana Script
- Characters (15) from Ga to Zo: Stroke order 2. Oral communication: student can create
writing, practice withflashcards basic-level Spanish oral communications
- General words based on completed hiragana
cultural material, and pronunciation presented
characters(10)
in class.
- Hiragana Script
- Characters (15) from Ta to No: Stroke order Course Outcomes:
writing, practice withflashcards
- General words based on completed hiragana After the successful completion of this course, the
characters (15) Introduction of Basic greetings1 student should be able to:
- (Good Morning, Good Day, Good Evening, 1. Exchange basic greetings in the social context.
Thank you, Good Byeetc.) 2. Respond to classroom directions and basic
- Hiragana Script commands.
- Characters (15) from Ha to Po: Stroke order 3. Express basic needs in day-to-day life.
writing, practice withflashcards 4. Provide and acquire basic personal and social
- General words based on completed hiragana information.
characters(15) 5. Read and write all characters and compound
- Hiragana Script characters.
15
6. Form and understand sentences consisting of
basic grammar patterns and particles. 1. Apply the knowledge of environmental
7. Count and understand basic numbers. pollution & importance of current environmental
8. Ask and understand the prices of commodities issues
in stores, as well as purchase them. 2. Able to understand environment quality
standards
Contents: 3. Able to utilize natural resources properly
Weeks 1-3: Capítulo 1: Contents:
Elvocabulario: Saludos y despedidas
En la clase La gramática: el alfabeto, los números UNIT I - Environmental Pollution & Current
0-199, los días, los meses, lasestaciones, el Environmental Issues of Importance
verboser, Los pronombrespersonales, los Air Pollution, Water pollution, Climate Change and
sustantivos, los artículos, los adjetivos Global warming: Effects, Acid Rain, Ozone Layer
depletion, Photochemical Smog, Waste water
Weeks 4-6: Capítulo 2: treatment.
Elvocabulario: Las descripciones y (4hrs)
lasacionalidades, ¿Quéhaces? ¿Quétegustahacer?
La gramática: la hora, preguntassí/no, la negación, UNIT II- Environment Quality Standards
laspalabrasinterrogativas, el verbotener, Los Ambient air quality standards, Water quality
verbosregulares en el presente -ar, -er, -ir parameters; Turbidity, pH, Suspended solids,
hardness, residual chlorine, sulfates, phosphates,
Weeks 7-9: Capítulo 3: iron and manganese, DO, BOD, COD.
Elvocabulario: Las materiasacadémicas y la (4hrs)
vidastudiantil Los edificios de la Universidad La
gramática: los números 199-3.000.000, los UNIT III - Natural Resources
adjetivosposesivos, los verbosir, hacer, y estar, Las Water Resources, Mineral Resources, Soil, Energy
expresiones con el verbotener, el uso de los - Different types of energy, Conventional and Non-
verbosser/estar Conventional sources - Hydro Electric, Fossil Fuel
based, Nuclear, Solar, Biomass and Geothermal
Weeks 10-12:Capítulo 4: energy and Bio-gas.
Elvocabulario: Miembros de la familia El ocio La (4hrs)
gramática: los verbos ―boot,‖ los verbosponer, salir,
y traer, los verbos saber/conocer, Books:
Loscomplementosdirectos y suspronombres, la ―a‖ 1. Environmental Chemistry by B.K. Sharma & H.
personal, Los adjetivos y los Kaur, Goel Publishing House.
pronombresdemostrativos 2. Environmental Chemistry by A. K De, New Age
International Publishers.
Weeks 13-15: Capítulo 5: Reference Books
Elvocabulario:Las actividadesdiarias 1. Instrumental method of Analysis by B.K.
Losquehaceresdomésticos Lagramática: los Sharma, Goel Publishing House.
verbosreflexivos, el superlativo, el 2. A Test Book of Environmental Chemistry &
presenteprogresivo, Las comparaciones de Pollution Control by S. S. Dara, S. Chand and
igualdad y de desigualdad Co.
(15hrs) 3. Environmental Chemistry by Samir K.
Banerjee, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. New
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Delhi.
Course objectives: INTEGRAL & MULTIPLE CALCULUS
1. Students will develop a sense of community Course Objectives:

responsibility by becoming aware of scientific 1. To introduce the concepts of Integral calculus
issues in the larger social context. in the field of Engineering.
2. Recognize the interconnectedness of multiple 2. To develop skills in student to apply the
factors in environmental challenges concepts of multiple integral in various
engineering problems
Course Outcomes:
16
Course Outcomes: Course Outcomes:
1. Recall the concept of definite integral. 1 Solve first order, first degree & higher order
2. Design the curve and evaluate its integral to differential equations
solve engineering problem. 2 Form differential equations for simple
3. Evaluate the integrals using different electrical and mechanical for system and
techniques in engineering domains. solve it.
4. Apply the concept of integral calculus in solving 3 Understand and solve Partial differential
engineering problems. equations in engineering problems
Content:
Content:
Integral Calculus: Review of Curve tracing ,
Gamma function, Beta function, Relation between First order first degree differential equations:
beta and gamma function, applications to area, Linear, Reducible to linear and exact differential
length, volume and surface area, Differentiation equations.
under integral sign. (3hrs)
(12hrs) Higher order linear differential equations with
constant coefficients, Method of variation of
Multiple Integral-I: Double integral, Change of parameters, Cauchy's and Legendre homogeneous
variables, Change order of integration, Triple differential equations. (4hrs)
integral.
(6hrs) Simultaneous differential equations, Special types
of differential equations, Applications of differential
Multiple Integral-II (Applications): Applications of equations to engineering systems.
multiple integral such as area, mass, volume, (4hrs)
centre of gravity, moment of inertia.
Questions related to multiple integral in GATE.
TERM WORK: Prepare .m file in MATLAB to for Introduction to Partial Differential equations, Partial
tracing of curve and find area, volume etc differential equation of first order and its types ,
(12hrs) applications to real life problems.
(4hrs)
Books:
Books:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erwin 1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erwin
Kreyszig, John Wiley & Sons, 2013, Tenth Ed. Kreyszig, John Wiley & Sons, 2013, Tenth Ed.
2. Higher Engineering Mathematics, B. S. Grewal, 2. Higher Engineering Mathematics, B. S. Grewal,
Khanna Publishers, 2013, Forty Third ed. Khanna Publishers, 2013, Forty Third ed.
3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Jain, R.K. 3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Jain, R.K.
and Iyengar, S.R.K, Narosa Publishers, Alpha and Iyengar, S.R.K, Narosa Publishers, Alpha
Science International, Ltd, 2007, Third Ed. Science International, Ltd, 2007, Third Ed.
4. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and 4. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and
Scientists, Spiegel, M. R, McGraw-Hill, 2010, Scientists, Spiegel, M. R, McGraw-Hill, 2010,
Second Ed. Second Ed.
ORDINARY & PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL

EQUATIONS BIO SYSTEMS IN ENGINEERING
Course Objectives: Course Objectives:
1. To develop skills in student to solve problems This course introduces general biological concepts
of Ordinary Differential Equations and its 1. It helps students to understand importance of
applications in field of engineering. biological concepts in engineering fields.
2. To introduce the concepts of Partial Differential 2. To understand application of engineering
Equations and its applications in the field of concepts in medical instrumentation.
Engineering. Course Outcome:
17
1. Understand the use of basic Human biology in
engineering Course objectives:
2. Understand & Apply the concepts of
engineering for design of biomedical 1. To understand key technologies in Internet of
instrumentation and the impact of AI on its Things.
applications. 2. Analyze, design or develop parts of an Internet
3. Understand application of engineering in bio of Things solution
sensors & robotic prosthesis 3. Students will understand the concepts of
4. Understanding telemedicine & wireless Internet of Things and can able to build IoT
telemetry in medical applications.
Content: Course Outcomes:
Human Physiology & Anatomy: Introduction to 1. Identify and adopt knowledge of the
Human Physiology, the Nervous System, terminology, requirements and constraints for
Cardiovascular System, Respiratory System, IoT development.
Digestive system and Excretory system, 2. Demonstrate IoT system for smaller
Integumentary system / Exocrine system, Muscular applications.
system, Renal system and Urinary system,
Reproductive system, Skeletal system Content:
(5hrs)
• Introduction to Internet of things
Biomedical Instrumentation: Bio-imaging • Hands on Raspberry Pi and programming.
techniques, ECG, Computer aided ECG, X-Ray, • Controlling different displays like LED,
Portable MRI, CT Scan, Portable scanners, Blood Seven Segment, LCD etc, using IoT
pressure measurement instrument, spirometry, • Data acquisitions, monitoring and and
advanced medical instruments,EEG,EEG cloud services.
electrodes and the biosignals analysis,
Implementation of AI in Biomedical Instrumentation, Books:
AI applications (7hrs) 1. IoT: Building Arduino-Based Projects, Peter
Waher, PradeekaSeneviratne, Brian Russell,
Bio sensors & Robotic prosthesis: Introduction & Drew Van Duren, Packt Publishing Ltd., 2016
types of biosensors, its applications, prosthesis, 2. Internet of Things with the ArduinoYún, Marco
application in healthcare services, robotic surgery. Schwartz, Packt Publishing Ltd., 2014
3. Building Arduino Projects for the Internet of
(8hrs) Things, AdeelJaved, Apress, 2016
Telemedicine & Wireless Medical Telemetry: 4. the Internet of Things, Donald Norris, McGraw-
Introduction, Benefits & Drawback, History, Types& Hill Education, 2015
Categories: Store & Forward, Remote Monitoring,
Real- Time Interactive, Future of Telemedicine APPLIED PHYSICS
Wireless medical telemetric devices.
(5hrs) Course Objectives:
Case Studies: Role of Engineers in various 1. Demonstration of the fundamentals of Quantum

disciplines of medical science: Mechanics and its related applications.
Civil- Biomechanics 2. Introduction to the working and applications of
Mechanics- Biomaterial & 3D Bio printing fundamental lasers.
ETC. ETRX & EE- Sensors & transducers 3. Familiarization and demonstration of the co
IT & CSE- Neurotranslator& prosthesis (5hrs) ncepts of interference and polarization a
nd it‘s application
Books: 4. Explanation of the concepts of semiconductor
physics and working of various diodes.
1. Biomedical Instrumentation, Dr. M.
Course Outcomes:
ArumugamAnuradha, 2002 Second
IOT PRACTICAL
18
1 Apply the knowledge of Quantum 2. Identify Digital IC and implement in the
Mechanics to solve related problems and its circuits.
applications. 3. Create, design and simulate canonical logic
2 Explain the fundamentals of laser & forms
identify its applications. 4. Demonstrate the application of
3 Describe the phenomenon of combinational and sequential logic circuits.
interference & polarization to
solve concerned problems & applications. Content:
4 Demonstrate the knowledge of
semiconductor to use related devices and
Unit I: Number Systems & Boolean Algebra
its applications.
Decimal, binary, octal, hexadecimal number system
Content: and conversion, binary weighted & non-weighted
codes & code conversion, signed numbers, 1s and
Unit I: Quantum Mechanics: Compton Effect & its 2s complement codes, Binary arithmetic, Binary
applications, Heisenberg‘s Uncertainty principle & logic functions , Boolean laws, truth tables,
its applications, Schrödinger‘s wave equation and associative and distributive properties, De-
its application viz. Eigen values and Eigen functions Morgan‘s theorems, realization of switching
of "particle in a box", quantum constriction, functions using logic gates. (10hrs)
quantum computing. Unit II: Combinational Logic:
(10hrs) Switching equations(Mathematical operations),
canonical logic forms, sum of product & product of
Unit II: Optics : Interference and Polarization and its sums, Karnaugh maps, two, three and four variable
applications viz. Antireflection coatings, filters, Karnaugh maps, simplification of expressions,
Polaroid‘s, LASER and its applications viz. mixed logic combinational circuits, multiple output
Holograms, printers. functions, Quine Mcluskey Methods for 5 variables.
(10hrs) Introduction to combinational circuits, code
conversions, decoder, encoder, priority encoder,
Unit III: Review of Band Theory, Fermi Energy, multiplexers & De-multiplexer, binary adder,
Intrinsic & Extrinsic Semiconductors, Hall effect, p-n substractor, BCD adder, carry look ahead adder,
junction diode. Optoelectronic Devices: Sources- Binary comparator, Arithmetic Logic Units(10hrs)
LED & Laser Diode, Detectors-Photodetectors- PN
& PIN (8hrs) Unit III: Sequential Logic & Circuits:
Latch, flip-flops, clocked and edge triggered flip-
flops, timing specifications, asynchronous and
Books:
synchronous counters, counter design, Registers,
types of registers. Analysis of simple synchronous
1. Physics for Engineering, Dr. B P Butey, Oxford
sequential circuits, Introduction to Mealy and Moore
University Press, 2017, First Ed
Circuits.
2. Fundamentals of Physics, David Halliday and
(10hrs)
Robert Resnik, New Age, 1994, Fourth Ed
Books:
3. Nanotechnology, Dr. Sulbha K Kulkarni, Capital
1. Digital Electronics, R P Jain, McGraw Hill,
Publishing Co, 2011, Second Ed
2017, Second Edition
2. Digital Logic and Computer Design, Morris
INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN
Mano, PHI, 2017 review, Second Edition
3. Digital Electronic Principles, Malvino, PHI,
Course Objectives:
2011-13, Seventh Edition
1. To familiarize with various Digital IC
2. To understand basic fundamentals of Digital
circuits.
EMBEDDED PROGRAMMING
applications.
Course Objectives:
Course Outcomes:
1. Solve the problems on Number system 1. To give the awareness of major embedded
codes and their conversions. devices.
19
2. To give the knowledge about interfacing 1. Define and demonstrate the use of techniques
devices. for processing of CAD models for rapid
prototyping.
Course Outcomes: 2. Understanding the fundamentals of rapid
prototyping techniques for given case studies.
1. Recognize and analyze given embedded 3. Apply appropriate tooling for rapid prototyping
system design and its performance. process.
2. Demonstrate application based competencies 4. Analyze the processing parameters best suited
in Embedded Programming. to the production of prototype
5. Adopt right approaches and considerations for
successful developing new product designs.
Content:
• Introduction to Embedded system and Content:
programming. Introduction to Additive Manufacturing - 3 D printing
• Hands on Arduino board and its IDE. and Computer aided design Software‘s – CATIA v5
• Interfacing LEDs, switches, seven segment 2 D Sketching on CATIA v5 - To prepare 2D
display, LCD, LDR, and Potentiometer. geometrical model by using sketcher toolbar,
• Applications using Temperature, IR, entities and Views
Buzzer, finger print sensor. 2 D Sketching on CATIA v5 - To prepare 2D
geometrical model using drawing constraint and
Books: modifying toolbars.
3D Modelling on CATIA v5– To prepare part model
1. Designing Embedded Systems with Arduino: A using 2 D drawing and with basic extrusion tools.
Fundamental Technology for Makers, Tianhong - Conversion of part file to .stl format
Pan(Author), Yi Zhu(Author), Springer, 2017, - 3D Modelling on CATIA v5 - To prepare part
First model using Revolve command
2. Getting Started With Arduino 3rd Edition, - Conversion of part file to .stl format
Massimo Banzi, Michael Shiloh, Maker Media, - 3 D Printing Slicing / Pre-processing
2014, Third
- To pre-processed model for 3 D Printing using of
3. Arduino-Based Embedded Systems:
Kissslicer/Cura 4.0 Software‘s
Interfacing, Simulation, and Lab VIEW GUI,
- 3 D Printing Slicing - Development of g.code by
Rajesh Singh, Anita Gehlot, Bhupendra Singh,
using Kissslicer/Cura 4.0 Softwares for 3 D
Sushabhan Choudhury, CRC Press, 2017,
Printing
First
4. (Make) Lego and Arduino Projects, John
- 3 D Printing – Introduction to Fused deposition
modelling technique
Baichtal, Matthew Beckler and Adam Wolf,
Maker Media, 2012, First - Introduction to FDM Machine and operating
5. Arduino projects for Engineer, Neerapraj Rai, controls.
BPB publication, First Edition, 2016. - 3 D Printing – Development of prototype using
additive manufacturing – 3 D Printing
DIGITAL FABRICATION - Case- Studies (30hrs)
Books:
Course Objectives:
1. Gibson, I, Rosen, D W., and Stucker,
B.,Additive Manufacturing Methodologies:
1. To familiarize with basic CAD modeling and
Rapid Prototyping to Direct Digital
digital manufacturing methods.
Manufacturing, Springer, 2010.
2. To equip with various techniques to create
2. Chua C K, Leong K F, Chu S L, Rapid
prototype & product design and
Prototyping: Principles and Applications in
developments.
Manufacturing, World Scientific.
3. To train in 3 D part modeling and additive
3. Noorani R, Rapid Prototyping: Principles and
manufacturing appropriately
Applications in Manufacturing, John Wiley &
4. To understand the concept of rapid tooling
Sons.
and its requirement
4. Liou W L, Liou F W, Rapid Prototyping and
Engineering applications: A tool box for
prototype development, CRC Press.
Course Outcomes:
20
5. Kamrani A K, Nasr E A, Rapid Prototyping: 6. To use grammar for appropriate
Theory and practice, Springer communication.
6. Bartolo, P J (editor), Virtual and Rapid
Manufacturing: Advanced Research in Content:
Virtual and Rapid Prototyping, Taylor and
Francis, 2007. The working Day-Present simple and present
7. Hopkinson, N, Haque, R., and Dickens, P., continuous, time expressions, state verbs
Rapid Manufacturing: An Industrial Online Communication, Company growth-Past
simple and past continuous,
Revolution for a Digital Age: An Industrial
Corporate culture
Revolution for the Digital Age, Describing equipment
Wiley, 2005. Processes and procedures-The present passive
8. D.T. Pham, S.S. Dimov, Rapid Manufacturing: Distribution and delivery-Modal verbs of obligation
The Technologies and Applications of Rapid Advertising and marketing-Words to describe
Prototyping and Rapid Tooling, Springer 2001. causes and effects
9. Rapid Prototyping by M. Adithan, Atlantic Making arrangements-Present continuous for future
arrangements: will and going to
Publication.
Transport-Contrast words
Working holidays- Comparatives: as
MINI-MODEL THROUGH INNOVATION AND Conferences-Superlatives
CREATIVITY New places, new people-Present perfect
Corporate gift giving-Countable and uncountable
Course Objective: noun
1. To enhance the skill of planning ad designing. Teamwork
Thinking globally-Expressions of quantity
2. To implement basic concepts.
Describing statistics-Adjectives and adverbs
3. To develop innovative and creative learning. Company finances-Pronouns and reference wordst
Investments
Course Outcomes: Starting up-which/who/that/where clauses, Job
1. Demonstrate the skills of planning and application
designing for developing a working mini model. Recruitment-First and Second conditionals
Staff development
2. Implement knowledge of concepts learnt and
Employee productivity-Infinitive and ing
workshop practices to prepare a model.
forms;Grammar revision
3. Use innovative ideas and convert these into
(45hrs)
physical models.
Books:
COMMUNICATION SKILLS
1. Effective Technical Communication, M. Ashraf
Rizvi, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012, First
Course Objective:
2. Communication Skills, Sanjay Kumar and
Pushpata, Oxford University Press, 2015,
1. To develop an understanding in the students
Second
regarding communication skills
3. High School English Grammar and
2. To develop the four essential communication
Composition, P C Wren and H Martin, S
skills in students i.e. – reading, writing, listening
Chand, 2005, Revised First
and speaking
3. To develop the vocabulary and English
proficiency of the students
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Course Outcome:
Course Objective:
1. To demonstrate oral communication in a formal

1. To make students aware of the need self-
manner
earning system.
2. To apply vocabulary for demonstrating English
2. To develop interest in creative business ideas.
proficiency.
3. To make them capable of becoming
3. Development of Reading Skills.
entrepreneurs.
4. Development of Writing Skills.
5. Development of Listening Skills.
Course Outcome:
21
1. Develop self-confidence to become an  Describe the principles of Design Thinking.
entrepreneur.  Describe the Design Thinking process.
2. Develop a creative thinking for growth of self (2hrs)
and society. Lesson 6: Sales Skills to Become an Effective
Entrepreneur
Content:  Understand what customer focus is and how all
selling effort should be kept customer-centric.
Lesson 1: Let’s Get Started 5. Use the skills/techniques of personal selling,
- Form teams that students will work with for the Show and Tell, and Elevator Pitch to sell
entire duration of the course. effectively.
- Learn how entrepreneurship has changed the (4hrs)
world.
- Learn what entrepreneurship is. Lesson 7: Managing Risks and Learning from
- Identify six entrepreneurial myths and uncover Failures
the true facts.  Understand that risk-taking is a positive trait
Learn how entrepreneurship has changed your  Identify risk-taking traits and resilience traits
country through a class discussion.  Appreciate the role of failure on the road to
(2hrs) success and understand when to give up
(2hrs)
Lesson 2: Explore E-cells on Campus
- Appreciate the fact that E-cells help shape Lesson 8: Orientation Program in
career dreams and develop skills required to Entrepreneurship
build a successful career. Identify the reasons why people want to become
- Understand how E-cells can transform entrepreneurs.
individuals into successful leaders and  Help participants identify why they would want
entrepreneurs. to become entrepreneurs.
- Get inspired by the success story of Local  Give participants the real picture of the benefits
Entrepreneurs. and challenges of being an entrepreneur.
- Express your dreams. (2hrs)
(2hrs) Books:
- Lesson 3:Listen to Some Success Stories
1. Stay Hungry Stay Foolish, Rashmi Bansal,
- Understand how ordinary people become
Westland, 2008
successful global entrepreneurs, their journeys,
their challenges, and their successes.
WASTE MANAGEMENT
- Understand how ordinary people from their own
countries have become successful
Course objectives
entrepreneurs.
(2hrs)
1. To study industrial waste generation
Lesson 4: Characteristics of a Successful
patterns, as well as management and
Entrepreneur
disposal techniques
1. Understand the entrepreneurial journey and the
2. To categorize different types of waste
concept of different entrepreneurial styles.
2. Understand each of the five entrepreneurial
Course Outcomes
styles in the model and how they differ from
each other.
1. To apply creative & innovative practices for
3. Identify your potential entrepreneurship style
waste management.
based on personality traits, strengths, and
2. To identify hazardous and non-hazardous
weaknesses.
waste
4. Understand how different entrepreneurship
3. To describe the major categories
styles work, and how people with different
of waste, disposal techniques and
styles work together.
technologies.
(2hrs)
Lesson 5:Design Thinking
 Understand Design Thinking as a problem- Contents
solving process.
22
Structures.
1. Case study of Physiochemical analysis of (8hrs)
water from different sources
(River/lake/well/bore well) Unit II- Metabolism Of Carbohydrates
2. Case study of physiochemical analysis of Glycolysis, Glucogenesis, Citric acid cycle and
solid waste (industrial / municipal) Glycogen metabolism
3. Case studies on best practices of solid (5hrs)
waste management
4. Visit to a solid waste processing unit Unit III- Protein Metabolism
5. Case studies on e-waste
Protein turnover and Amino acid catabolism,
6. Case studies on biomedical waste
Biosynthesis of amino acids
7. Case studies biomass generation from
(5hrs)
organic waste
8. Waste water source of pollution and
Unit IV- Fatty Acid Metabolism And Nucleic
treatment techniques from Nagpur water
Acid Metabolism
resources.
Overview of Fatty Acid Metabolism, synthesis and
degradation of fatty acids, De novo synthesis of
Books: Nucleotides.
(6hrs)
1. Solid and Hazardous Waste Management, M.
N. Rao, Razia Sultana, BS Publications. Unit V- Advanced Trends In Biochemistry
2. Solid Waste Management: An Indian (6hrs)
Perspective, by M.S. Bhatt, Asheref Illiyan,
Synergy Books India (30 May 2012).
Books:
INTRODUCTION TO BIOCHEMISTRY 1. Biochemistry, Jeremy M.Berg, W.H. Freeman

th
(OPEN ELECTIVE) and Company, 2014, 5 ed
2. Biochemistry, Rastogi, Tata Mc Graw Hill,
th
Course Objective 2014, 4 Ed.
3. Biochemistry, Stryer L W.H. Freeman and
th
Deals with the study of structural and functional Company, 2007, 7 Ed.
aspects of biomolecules.
SMART MATERIALS (OPEN ELECTIVE)
Course Outcome
1. Able to understand basics of biochemistry Course Objectives
2. Apply the knowledge of metabolism of 1. Introduction of the Smart Materials and its
carbohydrates. classification on the basis of structure.
2. Introduction to the concept of various smart
3. Discuss the structure, properties and reactions materials like metallic glass, shape memory alloys,
of proteins and amino acids piezoelectric, magnetostrictive, and photonic
materials
4. Discuss the structure, properties of fats 3. Introduction to the applications of smart materials
5. Demonstrate the knowledge of advanced in various engineering fields.
trends in biochemistry Course Outcomes: Student shall be able to
Contents: CO1: understand the concepts of Smart materials

and its classification.
CO2: Apply the knowledge of metallic glasses to
Unit I - Carbohydrates, Lipids And Proteins understand working of devices based on it.
Monosaccharide‘s, complex carbohydrates, CO3: Apply the knowledge of piezoelectric
glycoprotein‘s, Lipids and cell membranes – types materials to understand related applications.
CO4: Apply the knowledge of photonic materials to
of membrane lipids, phospholipids and glycolipids
understand its applications.
from bimolecular sheets, Protein structure and CO5: Apply the knowledge of superconductors to
function – Primary, Secondary, Tertiary, Quaternary understand its applications.
23
CO6: Demonstrate the knowledge of advanced 6 Explanation of design and application of
topics related to Metallic Glasses, SMA, various nano sensors used in 1U/3U
piezoelectric, photonic and superconductors satellites.
Course Outcomes: Student shall be able to
Content: 1 Identify various structures and classification
of nano-materials.
Introduction to Smart Materials:
2 Describe properties of nano-materials.
Introduction to crystal structures, Introduction to the
3 Illustrate various Synthesis and fabrication
concept of Smart Materials & composites. (3hrs) techniques of nano-materials..
4 Recognize various Characterization
Metallic glasses and Shape Memory Alloys: techniques of nano-materials.
Metallic glasses and bulk metallic glasses, shape 5 Demonstrate knowledge of various types of
memory alloys: types and applications in nano-sensors.
engineering fields. 6 Select and demonstrate design and type of
(5hrs) nano-sensors used for various applications
in 1U/3U satellites.
Piezoelectric Materials & Composites: Contents
PVD & its applications. Introduction: Definition of nano materials.
(5hrs) Classification of nanostructured materials.
Properties of Materials: Mechanical
Photonic Materials: properties, electrical properties, dielectric
Solar cells, smart coatings and photo biology. properties, thermal properties, magnetic
properties, opto electronic properties. Effect
of size reduction on properties
(4hrs)
Synthesis Techniques: Bottom up
approaches: Physical Vapor Deposition,
Super Conductors: Inert Gas Condensation, Laser Ablation,
Types I and type II Super Conductors ,Meissner Chemical Vapor Deposition, Molecular Beam
effect, critical current, Josephson effect, High Epitaxy, Sol-gel method ,Self-assembly, Top
temperature superconductors, and their down approaches: Mechanical alloying,
Nano-lithography
engineering applications, quantum super
Characterization Techniques: X-Ray
conductor. (5hrs) diffraction and Scherrer method (XRD),
scanning electron microscopy (SEM),
Advanced trends in smart materials: transmission electron microscopy (TEM),
Introduction to thin film and devices. scanning probe microscopy, atomic force
(3hrs) microscopy (AFM), photoluminescence
spectra, Raman spectroscopy
Books: Nano Sensors: What are Sensors and actuators,
Nano-Sensors and Nano actuators, Types of
Sensors, Physical, Chemical, Bio-Sensors and
1. Elementary solid state Physics, M. Ali Omar, Optical Sensors, Attitude Sensors-Infrared Band-
Pearson Education Inc., 2009, Sixth Ed Pass Filter; Star Tracker; Sun Sensor; Analog Sun
2. Engineering Physics, B. K. Pande and S. C. Sensor; IR Earth Sensor and Space Sextant,
Chaturvedi, Cengage Learning Pvt Ltd, 2012, Attitude Actuators- Reaction Wheel; Compact
First Ed Magnetorquer; Magnetorquer Rod, Infrared
3. Smart Structure and Materials, Brian Culshaw , Spectrometer, Imager
Artech House – Boston. London, 1996, Second Design, Applications & Future Challenges:
Ed Design aspects of compact Nano-Sensor arrays
for various applications in 1U/3U satellite,
Nanomaterials and Sensors ( Open Elective) Sensitivity of Sensor, Nanowires, Carbon
Nanotubes and its application in space
Course Objectives: technology.
1 Demonstration of the structures and
classification of nano-materials. List of Books
2 Introduction to the properties of nano- 1. Nano science and nanotechnology, M.S
materials. Ramachandra Rao, Shubra Singh, Wiley
3 Demonstration of various Synthesis and publishers.
fabrication techniques of nano-materials. 2. Applications of Nano-materials in Sensors and
4 Explanation of various Characterization Diagnostics, Editors: Tuantranont, Adisorn
techniques of nano-materials. (Ed.) Springer Series on Chemical Sensors
5 Introduction to various types of nano- and Biosensors
sensors. 3. Introduction to Nano Technology, Charles P.
Poole, Jr., Frank J Owens, Wiley India
24
4. Nanotechnology, Jermy J Ramsden, Elsevier
publishers
5. Nano Materials, A K Bandyopadhyay, New Age
Introduction
6. Nano Essentials, T Pradeep, TMH
7. Nanotechnology the Science of Small, M.A
Shah, K.A Shah, Wiley Publishers
8. Principles of Nanotechnology, Phani Kumar,
Scitech.
INTRODUCTION TO BIOCHEMISTRY
Liberal & Creative Arts
Course Objective
1. To enable the student to have good health

2. To practice mental hygiene.
3. To possess emotional stability.
4. To integrate moral values.

1. Demonstrate basic skills associated with yoga
activities including strength
and flexibility, balance and coordination.
3. Demonstrate an understanding of health-related
fitness component
Contents:
Anatomy and Physiology of Yogic Practices
 Introduction to Human Body and systems

in brief with special reference to
Respiratory, Digestive, Muscular and
Nervous systems.
 Postural Physiology with reference to
Asana.
 Asana - Definition and Classification,
Similarities and dissimilarities between
Asana and Exercise.
 Pranayama - Definition and Classification.
Difference between pranayama and deep
breathing. Importance of Rechaka,
Kumbhaka, Puraka.
 Introduction to Kriyas, Mudras and
Bandhas in brief.
Yogasana
 Sandhi Snchalan
 Suryanamaskar
 Tadasan
 Vrukshasan
 Vajrasana and its types
 Pavan Muktasana
 Urshtasana
 Om Uchharan
25
(An Autonomous Institute affiliated to Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur)
CRPF Gate No.3, Hingna Road, Digdoh Hills, Nagpur – 440 016. (INDIA)
Phone : +91 9604787184, 9689903286, 9921008391 Fax : +91 – 7104 – 232560
E-mail: principal.ghrce@raisoni.net Web: ghrce.raisoni.net
GHRCE/HoD/Dept./Scheme/UG/PG/02/01/02
Note: Applicable from 2019-20
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
VISION & MISSION OF INSTITUTE

VISION
To achieve excellent standards of quality education by keeping pace with rapidly changing
technologies and to create technical manpower of global standards with capabilities of
accepting new challenges
MISSION
Our efforts are dedicated to impart quality and value based education to raise satisfaction
level of all stake-holders. Our strength is directed to create competent professionals. Our
endeavour is to provide all possible support to promote research and development activities
Programme: UG in Civil Engineering
CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM

VISION
To achieve excellent standards of quality education in Civil Engineering by keeping pace with
rapidly changing technologies & to create technical manpower of Global Standards in Civil
Engineering with capabilities of accepting new challenges.
MISSION
1. To impart quality and value based education to raise satisfaction of all stake holders.
2. To serve society and nation for providing professional leadership in Civil Engineering
for solving the problems consistent with rapidly changing technologies.
3. To create competent Civil Engineering professionals who are trained in the design and
implementation of Civil Engineering systems.
4. To promote Research & Development Activities in the field of Civil Engineering and
allied areas.
Programme Educational Objectives (PEOs)

The programme educational objectives of the civil engineering program are designed to
produce skilled engineers who are ready to contribute effectively to the advancement of
civil engineering profession and are ready to handle the challenges of the profession.
They shall be able to:
26
1. (PEO1) Apply fundamental technical knowledge and skills to find creative solutions to
technological challenges and problems in various domains of Civil Engineering.
2. (PEO2) Analyze, design and use skills in order to formulate and solve Civil
Engineering problems.
3. (PEO3) Practice Civil Engineering in an ethical manner, as an individual or a team
member, implementing ecofriendly sustainable technologies.
4. (PEO4) Take up higher education and R & D in civil engineering and allied areas of
science and technology for the benefit of industry and society.
PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs):-
Engineering Graduates will be able to:
1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering
problems.
2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of
mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems

and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with
appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and
environmental considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and

research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data,
and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and
modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex
engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to
assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent
responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering

solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and
need for sustainable development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and
norms of the engineering practice.
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or

leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and
write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give
and receive clear instructions.
27
11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one‘s own work, as a
member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to
engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological
change.
PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSO's)

A graduate of the Civil Engineering Program will demonstrate:
PSO1:Understanding: Graduates will have an ability to describe, analyze, and solve

problems in the core & allied areas of civil engineering
PSO2:Analytical Skills: Graduates will have an ability to conduct investigation of
problems to design a system, component, or process using modern tools in
accordance with National and ASCE codes.
PSO3:Broadness: Graduate shall be able to engage in lifelong learning and
participate in serving the society as a member or leader of diverse team to
provide civil engineering solutions in a global, economic and societal context.
28
B. TECH. CIVIL ENGINEERING
B.TECH FIRST YEAR SCHEME (CIVIL ENGINEERING 2019-20)
Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Scheme
Code Total
Th Tu Pr TAE CAE ESE Cont Marks
Hours
SEMESTER-I
BFYL101 Matrices 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 -- 50
Differential & Vector
BFYL102 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 -- 50
Calculus
BEEL101
AC & DC Circuits 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 25 75
BEEP101
BITL101 Programming for Problem
1 - 4 5 3 10 15 25 50 100
BITP101 Solving
BECL104 Bio-System in Engineering 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 -- 50
BCSP101 Data Analytics - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 25
BECL101 Introduction to Digital
1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
BECP101 System
TOTAL 9 4 16 29 21 80 120 175 225 600
Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Scheme
Code Total
Hours
SEMESTER-II
BFYL103 Integral & Multiple Calculus 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 -- 50
Ordinary & Partial Differential
BFYL104 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 -- 50
Equations
BCSP102 Data Structure - - 4 4 2 -- -- -- 50 50
BFYP152 Internet of Things - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 25
BFYL121
Applied Physics 1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
BFYP121
BCEL101
Engineering Mechanics 1 1 2 4 3 20 30 -- 25 75
BCEP101
BECP103 Embedded Programming - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 25
BMEP102 Digital Fabrication - - 4 4 2 -- -- -- 50 50
Mini Model through Innovation
BFYP151 - - 4 4 2 -- -- -- 50 50
& Creativity
BHUL101
BHUP101
Ethics& Professional
BHUP102 - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 25
Competencies
TOTAL 4 5 26 35 22 60 90 100 350 600
29
B.TECH. SCHEME (CIVIL ENGINEERING)
Evaluation Scheme Mode
Sub. Teaching Scheme of
Name of the Course Credits Theory Practical
Code Ext Total Exam
Th Tu Pr Total TAE CAE ESE Int.
.
TERM – III
BFYL108 Maths 5 (FS and PDE) 1 1 0 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
BHUP203 Quant 0 0 1 1 0.5 - - 25 - 25
BHUP202 Reasoning 0 0 1 1 0.5 - - 25 - 25
Skill Development 1
BAIP202
(Linear Algebra )
0 0 2 2 1 - - 25 - 25
Materials, Testing & Offline
BCEL221
Evaluation
2 0 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 25 100
BCEL222 Mechanics of materials 1 1 0 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50 Offline
BCEL223 Soil Mechanics 2 0 2 4 3 10 15 25 - 25 75 Offline
BCEL224 Fluid Mechanics 1 0 2 3 2 10 15 25 25 - 75 Offline
Online
Hydrology & Water
BCEL225
resource Engineering
2 0 0 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50 Case
Study
Instrumentation & Online
Sensor Technologies Hacka
BCEL226
for Civil Engineering
1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 - - 50 -thon
Applications
Basics of Offline
BCEL227 Transportation & 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Introduction to ITS
TOTAL 12 2 10 24 19 80 120 200 125 50 575

Name of the Teaching Scheme of
Sub. Code Credits Theory Practical
Course Total Exam
Th Tu Pr Total TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext.
TERM – IV
Maths 6 (Numerical
BFYL109
Methods)
2 0 0 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
BCSL221 AI &Machine Learning 2 0 0 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
BHUP206 Aptitude 1 0 0 1 1 0.5 - - 25 - 25
Open Elective-I
BAIL101 (Artificial Intelligence 2 0 0 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
& its Application)
BHUP205 BEC 0 0 4 4 2 50 50
BMBP102 EDP 0 0 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
Skill Development
BCEP234
2(Autocad,3d max)
0 0 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
BCEL228 Concrete Technology 2 0 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75 Offline

Online
Architectural Planning on
BCEP229
& Drawing
- - 2 2 1 - - - 25 25 50 Auto-
CAD
Liberal Arts / Creative
BHUP204
Arts (Hobby Module)
0 0 1 1 0.5 - - 25 - 25
Surveying & Offline
BCEL230
Geomatics
2 0 2 4 3 10 15 25 - 25 75
Online
Environmental
BCEL231
Engineering
1 0 2 3 2 10 15 25 - 25 75 Case
Study
BCEL232 Structural Analysis 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50 Offline
TOTAL 12 01 18 31 22 70 105 175 175 100 625
30
Teaching Scheme of
Sub. Theory Practical Total
Name of the Course Credits Exam
Code Tota Ext
Th Tu Pr TAE CAE ESE Int.
.
l
TERM – V
BFYL11 Maths 7 (Higher Order
0 Matrices & Probability)
1 0 0 1 1 10 15 25 - - 50
Advanced
MBP104 Communication Skills 0 0 4 4 2 50 - 50
(Voice Versant &Essay)
Skill Development 3
BCEP324
(PRIMAVERA)
0 0 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
Internship (Social +
BCEP325 Minor Project + 0 0 2 2 2 - - - 50 - 50
Teaching Report Writing)
BHUP302 Aptitude 2 0 0 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
Elective-I (Engg.
BCELXX1
Science)
2 0 0 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
BCELXX2 Elective-II (Humanities) 2 0 0 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Online
Irrigation and Drainage
BCEL331
Engineering
1 0 1 1 10 15 25 - - 50 Case
Study
Reinforced Concrete
BCEL332
Design
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 - 75 Offline
Online
BCEP333 Building Services - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25 Case
Study
BCEL334 Foundation Engineering 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 - 75 Offline
Disaster Preparedness &
BCEL335
Planning
2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 50 Offline
TOTAL 12 0 14 26 20 70 105 175 225 0 575

Evaluation Scheme Mode of
Sub. Teaching Scheme Credits
Exam
Name of the Course Theory Practical Total
Code
TERM – VI
Maths 8 (Optimization &
BFYL111
Calculus of variation)
1 0 0 1 1 10 15 25 - - 50
Product Development &
BMEP319
IPR
0 0 1 1 0.5 - - 25 - 25
Skill Development 4 (Analysis
BCEP326 & Design Software) 0 0 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
Skill Development 5
BCEP327
(Env. Audit & Excel)
0 0 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
Financial Management
MBP301
for Engineers
0 0 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
BHUP207 Soft Employability Skill 0 0 1 1 0.5 25 25
BHUP303 Aptitude 3 0 0 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
Online
BCELXXX Elective-III (Building 1 0 2 3 2 10 15 25 25 - 75 Software
Information Modeling (BIM)
Based
Xxx Open Elective-II 2 0 0 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Design of Steel Offline
BCEL336
Structures
2 0 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 - 75
Engineering Economics, Offline
BCEL337
Estimation & Costing 2 0 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 25 100
Advanced Structures Offline
BCEL338
Analysis
1 1 0 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Project Planning Online
BCEL339 Construction 2 0 0 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50 Case
Management Study
TOTAL 11 1 14 26 19 70 105 175 225 25 600
31
Evaluation Scheme Mode of
Teaching Scheme Exam
Sub. Theory Practical Total
Name of the Course Credits
Code Tot
Th Tu Pr TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext.
al
TERM – VII
Department Elective- Offline
BCELxxx 2 0 0 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
IV
BCELxxx Department Elective- Offline
2 0 0 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
V
2 0 0 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
VI
2 0 0 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
VII
2 0 0 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
VIII
2 0 0 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
IX
2 0 0 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
X
BCEP441 Project (Phase-I) 0 0 4 4 4 50 50 100
Carrer Development
BHUP304 0 0 2 2 1 25 25
Practices
TOTAL 14 0 6 20 19 70 105 175 75 50 475

Mode of
Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Scheme Credits Exam
Sub. Name of the
Theory Practical Total
Code Course
ESE
Th. Tu. Pr. Total TAE CAE Int. Ext.
TERM – VIII
6 Months
BCEP4
Internship / 0 0 12 12 12 0 0 0 100 200 300 Offline
42
Field Project
Open
Elective –III 2 0 0 2 2 10 15 25 0 0 50 Offline
(Moocs)
BCEP4 Project
0 0 4 4 4 0 0 0 50 50 100 Offline
43 (Phase-II)
TOTAL 2 0 16 18 18 10 15 25 150 250 450
TOTAL
63 4 78 145 117 370 555 925 975 475 3300
(3 TO 8)
TOTAL
13 9 42 64 43 140 210 275 575 - 1200
(1 TO2)
TOTAL
76 13 120 209 160 510 765 1200 1550 475 4500
(1 TO 8)
32
The Civil Engineering Syllabus offers Electives Specializations within the field of Civil
Engineering
BCEL417. Advanced Transportation
BCEL401. Advanced Structural Design
Engineering
BCEL402. Advance Concrete Design BCEL418. Urban Transportation Planning
BCEL403. Earthquake Resistant
BCEL419. Advanced Surveying
Structures
BCEL404. Advanced Steel Design BCEL420. Remote Sensing & Gis
BCEL405. Matrix Method Of Structural BCEL421. Operation Research &
Analysis Management
BCEL406. Repair and Rehabilitation of BCEL422. New Engineering Materials &
Structures Techniques
BCEL423. Earth and Earth Retaining
BCEL407. Environmental Management
Structure
BCEL424. Energy Conservation and
BCEL408. Waste Water Engineering
Environment
BCEL425. Introduction to Structural
BCEL409. Green Building
Dynamics
BCEL 410. Air Pollution & Solid Waste
BCEL426. Geology and Earth Science
Management
BCEL411. Municipal & Industrial Water
BCEL427. Pre-Fabricated structure
Treatment
BCEL428. Prestressd Concrete
BCEL412. Advanced Fluid Mechanics
Structures
BCEL413. Ground Water Management BCEL429. Bridge Engineering
BCEL414. Advanced Hydraulics BCEL430. Forensic Civil Engineering

BCEL 431/ Theory of Elasticity and Elastic
BCEL415. Soil Dynamics
STRL405 Stability
BCEL416. Pavement Design
33
TERM - I
Course Outcome
Energy Sources & Audit 1. Analyze and understand the behavior of
Course Objectives: fundamental programming constructs.
1. To Study the various types of electrical sources 2. Develop and Analyze Algorithms for solving
2. To study the comparisons of various sources. problems.
3. To study the non-Conventional electrical 3. Demonstrate the knowledge of various
sources concepts of Python Language.
Course Outcome: 4. Develop solutions using functions & recursion
1. To understand present scenario of energy & its 5. Demonstrate knowledge of Dictionaries.
importance 6. Demonstrate knowledge of advanced concepts
2. To Learn Conventional energy sources &Non of python programming
conventional Energy sources Contents:
3. To Understand concept of Energy Management Algorithmic Problem Solving: Algorithms,
4. To apply knowledge of energy audit to industry building blocks of algorithms (statements, state,
5. To understand importance of safety control flow, functions), notation (pseudo code, flow
components chart, programming language), algorithmic problem
Contents:
solving, simple strategies for developing algorithms
Unit 1 Energy Sources
(iteration, recursion).
Current Energy Scenario, Conventional Energy
Sources, Types of conventional energy sources, (7hrs)
importance & drawbacks of Conventional Energy Data, Expressions, Statements: Python
Sources, Alternatives to conventional energy interpreter and interactive mode; values and
sources. Non Conventional Energy Sources, Types types: int, float, boolean, string, and list;
of non-conventional energy sources, importance& variables, expressions, statements, tuple
drawbacks of Non-Conventional Energy Sources, assignment, precedence of operators,
Comparison with conventional energy sources & its
comments; modules and functions, function
application.
(4hrs) definition and use, flow of execution,
Unit 2 Energy Management & Audit parameters and arguments.
Definition, need and types of energy audit. Energy (10hrs)
management (audit) approach-understanding Control Flow, Functions: Conditionals: Boolean
energy costs, bench marking, energy performance,
values and operators, conditional (if),
matching energy use to requirement, maximizing
system efficiencies, optimizing the input energy alternative (if-else), chained conditional (if, if-
requirements, energy audit instruments. else); Iteration: state, while, for, break,
(4hrs) continue, pass; Fruitful functions: return
Unit 3: Electrical Installations values, parameters, local and global scope,
Components of LT Switchgear: Switch Fuse Unit function composition, recursion; Strings: string
(SFU), MCB, ELCB, MCCB, Types of Wires and slices.
Cables, types of Earthing systems.Power factor
(10hrs)
improvement.
(6hrs) Dictionaries: Operations and methods; advanced
Books: list processing – list comprehension.
1. Non-Conventional Energy Resources, B H (4hrs)
Khan Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 01-Jan-
Object Oriented Programming: Classes and
2006
2. Non-conventional Energy Sources, G. D. Rai, objects-inheritance-polymorphism
Khanna Publisher (10hrs)
3. Handbook of Energy Audit, Sonal Desai Exception Handling & File Handling: Overview
4. Energy Management, Audit & Conservation by of exception classes and types: try, except.
Barun Kumar De, Finally, File processing: reading and Writing
PROGRAMMING FOR PROBLEM SOLVING files. (4hrs)
Course Objectives: Books:
1. This Course introduces basic idea of how to 1. Python Programming using Problem Solving
solve given problem. Approach by ReemaThereja, Oxford
2. Focuses of paradigms of programming Publication.
language. 2. Python Programming: An Introduction to
3. Aims at learning python as programming nd
Computer Science 2 Edition by John Zelle
language. 3. Python Programming for the Absolute
Course Outcomes: rd
Beginner, 3 Edition by Nicheal Dawson.
34
Search, Binary Search.
Data Structures (8hrs)
Course Objectives: Books:
1. This course introduces basic idea of data 1. Ivan Bayross ,‘SQL, PL/SQL The programming
structure while making aware of methods and language of Oracle
structure used to organize large amount of 2. Data Structures with C, Seymour Lipschutz,
data. Schaums Outlines, Tata McGraw Hill
2. It also aimed at developing skill to implement 3. Horowitz E. &Sahani S., ‗Fundamentals of
methods to solve specific problems using basic Computer Algorithms‘, Galgotia Publications
data structures. Ltd
3. The course also provides career opportunities 4. S. Sahani, Data Structures in C.
in design of data, implementation of data, 5. D. Samantha, Classic Data Structures, PHI
technique to sort and searching the data. Publications.
Course Outcomes:
1. Identify essential data structures and Data Analytics
understand when it is appropriate to use.
Course Objective:
2. Explain use of Abstract data types & ways in
which ADTs can be stored, accessed and 1. This course helps to understand data and
manipulated. usage of data in solving real time problems.
3. Apply linear data structures to solve various 2. It introduces general idea of database
real world computing problems using management systems.
programming language. 3. It also explains the fundamental concepts of big
data analytics and data visualization.
4. Analyze standard algorithms for searching and
sorting. Course Outcomes:
Contents: 1. Understand data and usage of data in data

Database Management System: Database analytics.
Concepts –Introduction, Data, Information, 2. Apply data analytics techniques for
Metadata, Components of Database Management visualization through Excel.
system, SQL select statement, Operators, Data 3. Analyze and design multidimensional data
models.
Types, Single Row Function, Aggregating Data,
4. Visualize trends and discover insights of data.
Using Group Function, Data Manipulation 5. Derive Entity- Relationship (E-R) model from
Statement, Data Definition Statement, Constraints. specifications and transform it into relational
(7hrs) model.
Arrays & Pointers: Introduction, Linear Arrays, 6. To design SQL queries to perform CRUD
Arrays as ADT, Representation of Linear array in operations on database (Create, Retrieve,
Memory, Traversing Linear Arrays, Inserting and Update, and Delete)
deleting, Multidimensional Arrays, Pointers; Pointer Contents:
Arrays, Dynamic Memory Management. Unit 01: Introduction to Data Analytics
(7hrs) Introduction, MS Excel Basics (options: Create,
Linked List : Introduction, Linked Lists, Save Rename, Add, Delete), Editing data in
Representation of Linked Lists in Memory, Worksheet (options: Insert, Select, Delete, Copy &
Traversing a Linked List, Searching a Linked List, Paste, Find & Replace) Formatting Cells,
Worksheets (operations: Add/Remove Columns &
Memory Allocation; Insertion into a Linked List,
Rows, Hiding/Unhiding Columns & Rows, Merging
Deletion from a Linked List, Circularly Linked Lists, Cells), Setting Colors.
Two-Way Lists (or Doubly Linked Lists). (2hrs)
(8hrs)
Stacks, Queue and Recursion : Introduction, Unit 02: Manipulation of Excel Data
Stacks, Array Representation of Stacks, Linked Working with Formula: Data Filtering, Sorting, Use
of Range, Functions: SUM(), AVERAGE(), MAX() &
Representation of Stacks, Stack as ADT,
MIN(), COUNT() & COUNTA(), IF(), Data
Application of Stacks, Recursion, Queues as ADT, Representation using Charts & Graphs, Creation of
Types of Queues (Circular Queues, Dequeues), Pivot table, Create a Chart, Change Chart Type,
and Applications of Queues. Sorting and Switch Row/Column, labels and legends, Print
Searching Introduction: Sorting; Bubble Sort, Area.
Insertion Sort, Selection Sort, Searching; Linear
35
4. Visualize and project solid geometry in different
(6hrs) positions
Unit 03: Basics of DBMS 5. Visualize and project sections and development
Introduction, Characteristics, Data models (Entity- of solids in different positions
Relationship Model, Relational Model, Network 6. Translate the three dimensional engineering
model), Relational algebra.
objects into two dimensional drawings and vice
(2hrs)
Unit 04: Getting started with basic design versa using drafting tools.
templates Contents:
Lettering, Dimensioning, Introduction to scale
Multidimentional Models, Basic Design, Chart and curve: Use of various drawing instruments,
Generation, Dashboard Creation, Data lines, lettering and ISI standards for drafting.
Visualization.
Simple geometrical construction. Definition of scale,
(6hrs)
Representative fraction, enlarging scale drawing
Unit 05: Basics of Open Source RDBMS ,reducing scale drawing and full size drawing,
dimensioning, Introduction to basic Engineering
Introduction, Installation, MySQL Commands curves (conic sections)
(Administrative Commands), Various Syntax of
(2hrs)
SQL, DDL and DML Commands.
(4hrs) Theory of Projections: Theory, techniques, first
and third angle projections, Projection of points.
Books: Projection of straight lines inclined to both
reference planes.
1. Microsoft Excel 2013 Step by Step by Curtis D. (3hrs)
Frye; Microsoft Press 2013.
Projection of Planes: Plane inclined to both
2. Database System Concepts, by Abraham
Silberschatz, Professor, Henry F. Korth, and S. reference planes. Auxiliary planes and view:
Sudarshan, 3RD Edition, Publisher: McGraw- Auxiliary vertical plane and Auxiliary inclined plane.
Hill Education (2hrs)
3. Learning Tableau by Joshua N. Milligan,ISBN Projection of Solids: Projections of solids such as
139781784391164, PACKT Books - Packt Prisms, pyramids, cone, cylinder with varying
Publishing position of axes with ground line.
4. Urls:
(2hrs)
5. https://www.guru99.com/excel-tutorials.html Sections of solids: Section of solid such as
6. https://www.tableau.com/ Prisms, pyramids, cone, cylinder
7. https://www.smartdraw.com/uml-diagram/ (2hrs)
8. http://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/106104135/[For Development of solid surfaces: Development of
Fundamentals of Database Systems]
surfaces for various regular solids.
(2hrs)
Engineering Graphics
Orthographic Projection and Isometric
Course Objectives:
projection: Conversion of pictorial view of solid to
1. To familiarize with basic engineering graphics
orthographic views and isometric view.
principles and standards of drafting.
(2hrs)
2. To use various engineering drawing
Books:
techniques to create drawing of machine
parts. 1. Engineering Drawing, N.D.Bhatt, Panchal,
3. To understand and read drawings and blue Charotar Publishing House
prints for industrial applications. 2. Engineering Graphics, Venugopal K and
Prabhu Raja V, New AGE International
Course Outcomes:
1. Apply various concepts like dimensioning, Publishers.
3. A text Bok of Engineering Graphics using
conventions and standards related to
AUTO CAD, Sarkar, Rastogi and Kulkarni, Tata
engineering graphics in order to become McGraw Hill
professionally efficient
2. Read and interpret drawings of simple machine Engineering Mechanics
parts in first and third angle of projection Course Objectives:
systems
3. Read and interpret projections of lines and 1. To describe and be able to predict the
planes along with traces conditions of rest or motion of the bodies under
the action of forces.
36
2. To understand the basic concepts of forces Spatial Force System (Three Dimensional Force
moments, couples in two dimensional force System): Component of force in a space, Resultant
system & spatial force system. spatial force system, Force multiplier, Cartesian
3. To be able to analyze simple determinate form of representation of vector, Unit vector,
structures like beam & trusses Position vector, Displacement Vector, Scalar
product or Dot product, Cross product, Length of
Course Outcomes: common perpendicular between two non-
1. Apply the concept of two dimensional force intersecting vectors, Shortest distance, Moment of
systems for replacement into equivalent force force about point, Moment of force about axis,
system Moment arm of force about point, Moment arm of
2. Understand the basic concepts of free body force about axis, Resultant moment, Couple,
diagrams for static equilibrium for two Friction: Definition of friction, Types of friction,
dimensional force systems Angle of repose Coulombs laws of dry friction,
3. Demonstrate the basic concepts of forces, Analysis of rigid bodies on rough inclined surfaces.
moments, and couples in spatial force system. (8hrs)
4. Apply the basic concepts of Moment of inertia & Properties of Areas: Centroid of plane areas,
Virtual Work Moment of Inertia of composite lamina, Radius of
gyration, Second moment of area, Product of
Contents:
inertia, Parallel axis theorem, Perpendicular axis
Fundamentals of Statics: Definition of mechanics,
theorem, Polar moment of inertia, Moment of inertia
Body, Rigid Body, Scalar quantities, Vector
& product of inertia about new axes, Principal
quantities, Representation of vector, Fundamental
moment of inertia and principal axis direction by
Units, Derived Units, Particle, Mass, Weight,
analytical method only.
Fundamental principles of mechanics, Newton‘s
(7hrs)
law of universal gravitation.
Virtual Work: Virtual Displacement, Definition of
Equivalent Force System (2-D): Concept of
virtual work, Principles of virtual work Virtual work
Force, Unit Newton force, System of force,
method applied to beams & frames mechanisms.
Principle of transmissibility of force, Resolution and
Books:
composition of coplanar force system, Resultant,
4. K Vijaya Kumar Reddy & J Suresh Kumar,
Equilibrant, Law of parallelogram of force, Triangle rd
Singer‘s Engineering Mechanics , 3 Edition,
law, Polygon law, Moment of force, Varignon‘s
BS Publications, 2010
theorem, Couple and it‘s properties, Reduction of
5. Beer F.P. and Johnston E.R., Vector
system of forces into a force couple system.
Mechanics for Engineers: Statics and
Numerical on equivalent force involving co-planer th
Dynamics, Tata McGraw-Hill, 9 edition 2012
force systems acting on body, Numerical on
6. Irving H. Shames, Engineering Mechanics:
reduction of system of forces into a force couple
Static and Dynamics, Pearson Education, Asia
system. (5 th
Pvt Ltd, 4 edition 2009
hrs)
Analog Circuit
Equilibrium of Two Dimensional Force System:
Course Objectives:
Concept of equilibrium, Principles of equilibrium,
4. To familiarize with various electronic
Equations of Equilibrium, Lami‘s theorem,
components and understand their properties.
Numerical on equilibrium involving co-planer force
5. To understand basic fundamentals of analog
systems acting on body. Beam, Simply Supported circuits.
Beam, Overhanging Beam, Beam reaction, Types 6. To prepare for various engineering
of load acting over beam i.e. Concentrated load, applications.
Uniformly distribute load (UDL), Uniformly varying Course Outcomes:
load (UVL), Types of support i.e. Simple support, 5 Use knowledge of diode for related application.
Hinge support, Roller Support, Numerical on 6 Demonstrate the knowledge of transistor and
reaction of beam subjected to combination of loads. its application
7 Demonstrate the knowledge of oscillator
Analysis of Truss: Perfect Frame, Imperfect
8 Use devices for designing of small electronics
frame, Deficient frame, Redundant frame, projects.
Assumptions made in analysis of truss, Method of Contents:
joints, & sections, Numerical on forces in the Linear Circuits & Applications of Diodes:
members of a truss. Clippers, Clampers, Limiters, AC to DC convertor,
(10hrs) voltage regulator, low pass filter, high pass filter
37
with characteristics. Course Objectives:
(8hrs) 6. The Students shall be given exposure on
Bipolar Junction Transistor and its various musical instruments like Guitar, Sitar,
applications: and Piano etc. according to their interest.
Transistor action, BJT configurations: CE, CC, CB 7. To inculcate healthy life style in students.
with normal biasing, DC load line, Single stage CE
8. To impart discipline in students.
transistor as amplifier, Practical amplifier biasing,
BJT as a switch. 9. The students will be given exposure on Indian
(8hrs) Classical music. It is aimed at a close
Oscillator: LC Oscillator, RC Oscillator, Crystal interaction between students, artistes and
oscillator using transistor, Need of Power Amplifier craftsmen.
and difference between Voltage and Power 10. The students will be offered a Film & television
Amplifier 555 Timer: IC 555 pin Configuration and Workshop for hands on experience on
its applications.
interactive learning.
(8hrs)
Course Outcomes:
5. Play various musical instruments of their
Books:
interest.
5. Basic Electronics & Linear Circuits, (Late) N N.
6. Understand and emphasize importance of good
Bhargava, Tata McGraw Hill, 2013, Second
health in life
Edition.
7. Be in self-discipline.
6. Electronic Devices & Circuits Theory, Robert L.
8. Apply the interactive learning experience in the
Boylestad, Louis Nashelsky, Pearson India,
diverse arts.
2009, 10th Edition.
Contents:
7. Integrated Electronics, Jacob Millman, Tata
Musical Instruments, Power Yoga/ Pranayam,
Mcgraw-Hill, 2009, Second Edition.
National Credit Corp, Spic Macay, Film &
8. Microelectronics Circuits, A.S.
Television
Sedra&K.C.Smith, Oxford University Press,
(13hrs)
2013, Seventh Edition
Foreign Languages
Ethics & Professional Competency FRENCH:
Course Objectives: Course Objectives:
3. To inculcate the highest level of ethical 3. Written communication: student can create
awareness and conduct among students. To basic-level French written communications that
make students ethically and socially aware and correctly employ and incorporate the grammar,
active vocabulary, and cultural material presented in
4. To have a critical reflection of one's personality class.
thereby creating and developing professional 4. Oral communication: student can create basic-
competency. level French oral communications using correct
Course Outcomes: Spanish grammar, vocabulary, cultural
3. To demonstrate awareness regarding ethical material, and pronunciation presented in class.
issues in daily situations Course Outcomes:
4. To manage themselves easily in the dynamic 9. Exchange basic greetings in the socialcontext.
environment. 10. Respond to classroom directions and basic
Contents: commands.
Orientation & SWOT Analysis, Plagiarism, Movie 11. Express basic needs in day-to-daylife.
analysis, Movie analysis, AajKiAdalat (Panel 12. Provide and acquire basic personal and social
Discussion) Goal Setting & Time management, information.
Goal Setting & Time management, Thinking hats, 6 13. Read and write all characters and compound
Thinking hats, Telephone etiquettes, Leadership & characters.
Team work, Time management. 14. Form and understand sentences consisting of
(15hrs) basic grammar patterns and particles.
Books: 15. Count and understand basic numbers.
3. Success Never Ends, Failure is Never Final, 16. Ask and understand the prices of commodities
Robert Schuller, Paperback, 1990, Revised, in stores, as well as purchase them.
4. Body Language, b Allen Pease, Paperback, Contents:
2005, First Introduction to France – its culture and people,
Liberal / Creative Arts Pronunciation and basic greetings, Grammar-
Nouns- genders, article Vocabulary- Months,
38
weekdays and daytimes and number system number system Vocabulary-Time and date
Vocabulary-Time and date Grammar- Auxiliary Grammar – Personal Pronouns Vocabulary-Family,
verbs (Avoiretre), Vocabulary-colors, Vocabulary- professions Vocabulary- Directions, Common
Family, profession Vocabulary- Directions, words Vocabulary –Job-Related and Modes Of
Common words Transport Grammar – Possessive Pronouns
Test (30 min), Listening to CD, Vocabulary- House Vocabulary- House, Furniture and Draperies
and Furniture and Draperies Vocabulary- Food and Vocabulary- Food and Drinks Grammar-Regular
Drink and Cutlery Grammar-Regular, verbs verbs Vocabulary- Vegetables and fruits Grammar-
Vocabulary- Vegetables and fruits. Grammar- Irregular verbs Grammar-Modal verbs and
Irregular verbs Grammar-Modal verbs Listening to Imperative Verbs WH – Questions Vocabulary-
CDS ….Vocabulary- Body parts and Clothes Body parts and Clothes Grammar – Sentences-
Translation passage and spoken Test (30 min), types and Framing. Grammar-Imperative sentences
Listening to CD Translation passage and spoken and Framing questions Vocabulary-Common
Grammar-Imperative sentences and Framing Places and Hobbies
questions Vocabulary- School and college and Grammar- Adjectives and Opposites. Test –Viva
stationary Grammar- cases in French Vocabulary- and Written.
Modes of transport, Random vocabulary Grammar- (15hrs)
cases in French Test (30 min) , Listening to CD JAPANEASE:
Translation passage Writing emails …Resume Course Objectives:
building Listening and speaking sessions Test. 3. Written communication: student can create
(60 min) basic-level German written communications
(15hrs) that correctly employ and incorporate the
grammar, vocabulary, and cultural material
presented in class.
GERMAN: 4. Oral communication: student can create
Course Objectives: basic-level German oral communications
3. Written communication: student can create using correct Spanish grammar, vocabulary,
basic-level German written communications cultural material, and pronunciation
that correctly employ and incorporate the presented in class.
grammar, vocabulary, and cultural material Course Outcomes:
presented in class. 15. Exchange basic greetings in the socialcontext.
4. Oral communication: student can create 16. Respond to classroom directions and
basic-level German oral communications basiccommands.
using correct Spanish grammar, vocabulary, 17. Express basic needs in day-to-daylife.
cultural material, and pronunciation 18. Provide and acquire basic personal and
presented in class. socialinformation.
Course Outcomes: 19. Read and write all 71 phonetic Hiragana
9. Exchange basic greetings in the social context. characters and compound characters.
10. Respond to classroom directions and basic 20. Write and understand basic vocabulary written
commands. in Hiragana.
11. Express basic needs in day-to-day life. 21. Form and understand sentences consisting of
12. Provide and acquire basic personal and social basic grammar patterns and particles.
information. 22. Count and understand basic numbers.
13. Read and write all characters and compound 23. Ask and understand the prices of commodities
characters. in stores, as well as purchase them.
14. Form and understand sentences consisting of 24. Ask about the locations and understand the
basic grammar patterns and particles. simple directions given to reach there.
15. Count and understand basic numbers. 25. Talk about oneself, one‘s family and friends,
16. Ask and understand the prices of commodities likes and dislikes, surrounding objects etc.;
in stores, as well as purchase them. using limited vocabulary of nouns, adjectives,
Contents: verbs, counters etc.
Introduction to Germany – its culture and people 26. Become familiar with Japanese customs,
Pronunciation – BASIC and ADVANCED Basic greetings, etiquettes and manners.
Greetings and Self-Introduction Grammar- Nouns- 27. Obtain information about Japanese life style,
genders, article Grammar- Nouns - Plural forms cultural events, food, products, geographical
Vocabulary- Months, weekdays and daytimes and
39
locations, and other socio-cultural phenomena. characters(15)
28. Develop background for advanced Japanese - Hiragana Script
language studies. - Characters (16) from Ma to N: Stroke order
Contents: writing, practice with flashcards
Introduction of Japanese Language - General words based on completed hiragana
- Origin, history, development, modern characters (20) Counting in Japanese
contemporary Japanese language - Basic numbers (1 to 10), 2, 3 and 4 digit
- Linguistic place of language: language family, numbers. Reading and Writing from digits to
area, native speakers, dialects Japanese and vice versa.
- Role of language in modern Japanese society - Hiragana Script
- Aspects of Japanese language: written, - Rules for sound prolongation and its expression
spoken, communicative Introduction of Japan using hiragana.
as country - Prolongation using ‗u‘ and B. Prolongation
- General class discussion about Japan and its using vowels.
cultural aspects. E.g. Japanese Language, - General words based on hiragana prolonged
Society, History, Geography, Dressing, Food, characters (10) Grammar
Economy, Government and Politics, - Basic sentence pattern ‗A wa B desu‘, ‗A wa B
Technological innovations, Scientific desuka‘.
advances, Fine arts, Religion and beliefs, War
- Introduction of particles ‗wa‘and ‗ka‘, copula
and peace, Education, Family relations, Work
‗desu/dewaarimasen‘.
culture and daily life, Travel and tourism, Mass
- Hiragana Script
media, Law and order, Literature, Performing
- Rules for writing compound characters and its
arts, Drama, Popular music, Movies and
expression using hiragana.
entertainment, Games and Sports,
o Small characters ‗Ya‘, ‗Yu‘, ‗Yo‘ and B.
- Environment and Nature and others.
Small character ‗Tsu‘
- Introduction of Japanese Language
- General words based on hiragana compound
- Written structure: Scripts- Hiragana, Katakana, characters
Kanji
(15)
- Spoken structure: Valid sound patterns,
- Grammar
Consonants and vowels
(15hrs)
- Introducing oneself in Japanese
- (Hello, How do you do, Iam , Nice SPANISH:
to meet you etc.) Course Objectives:
- Hiragana Script 1. Written communication: student can create
- Characters (10) from Aa to Ko: Stroke order basic-level Spanish written communications
writing, practice with flash cards that correctly employ and incorporate the
- General words based on completed hiragana grammar, vocabulary, and cultural material
characters(10) presented in class.
- Hiragana Script 2. Oral communication: student can create
- Characters (15) from Ga to Zo: Stroke order basic-level Spanish oral communications
writing, practice with flash cards using correct Spanish grammar, vocabulary,
- General words based on completed hiragana cultural material, and pronunciation
characters(10) presented in class.
- Hiragana Script Course Outcomes:
- Characters (15) from Ta to No: Stroke order After the successful completion of this course, the
writing, practice with flashcards student should be able to:
- General words based on completed hiragana 9. Exchange basic greetings in the social context.
characters (15) Introduction of Basic greetings1 10. Respond to classroom directions and basic
- (Good Morning, Good Day, Good Evening, commands.
11. Express basic needs in day-to-day life.
Thank you, Good Bye etc.)
12. Provide and acquire basic personal and social
- Hiragana Script information.
- Characters (15) from Ha to Po: Stroke order 13. Read and write all characters and compound
writing, practice with flashcards characters.
- General words based on completed hiragana 14. Form and understand sentences consisting of
40
basic grammar patterns and particles. UNIT I - Environmental Pollution & Current
15. Count and understand basic numbers. Environmental Issues of Importance
16. Ask and understand the prices of commodities Air Pollution, Water pollution, Climate Change and
in stores, as well as purchase them. Global warming: Effects, Acid Rain, Ozone Layer
Contents: depletion, Photochemical Smog, Waste water
Weeks 1-3: Capítulo 1: treatment.
Elvocabulario: Saludos y despedidas (4hrs)
En la clase La gramática: el alfabeto, los números UNIT II- Environment Quality Standards
0-199, los días, los meses, lasestaciones, el Ambient air quality standards, Water quality
verboser, Los pronombrespersonales, los parameters; Turbidity, pH, Suspended solids,
sustantivos, los artículos, los adjetivos hardness, residual chlorine, sulfates, phosphates,
Weeks 4-6: Capítulo 2: iron and manganese, DO, BOD, COD.
Elvocabulario: Las descripciones y (4hrs)
lasacionalidades, ¿Quéhaces? ¿Quétegustahacer? UNIT III - Natural Resources
La gramática: la hora, preguntassí/no, la negación, Water Resources, Mineral Resources, Soil, Energy
laspalabrasinterrogativas, el verbotener, Los - Different types of energy, Conventional and Non-
verbosregulares en el presente -ar, -er, -ir Conventional sources - Hydro Electric, Fossil Fuel
Weeks 7-9: Capítulo 3: based, Nuclear, Solar, Biomass and Geothermal
Elvocabulario: Las materiasacadémicas y la energy and Bio-gas.
vidastudiantil Los edificios de la Universidad La (4hrs)
gramática: los números 199-3.000.000, los Books:
adjetivosposesivos, los verbosir, hacer, y estar, Las 3. Environmental Chemistry by B.K. Sharma & H.
expresiones con el verbotener, el uso de los Kaur, Goel Publishing House.
verbosser/estar 4. Environmental Chemistry by A. K De, New Age
Weeks 10-12:Capítulo 4: International Publishers.
Elvocabulario: Miembros de la familia El ocio La Reference Books
gramática: los verbos ―boot,‖ los verbosponer, salir, 4. Instrumental method of Analysis by B.K.
y traer, los verbos saber/conocer, Sharma, Goel Publishing House.
Loscomplementosdirectos y suspronombres, la ―a‖ 5. A Test Book of Environmental Chemistry &
personal, Los adjetivos y los Pollution Control by S. S. Dara, S. Chand and
pronombresdemostrativos Co.
Weeks 13-15:Capítulo 5: 6. Environmental Chemistry by Samir K.
Elvocabulario: Las actividadesdiarias Banerjee, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. New
Losquehaceresdomésticos Lagramática: los Delhi.
verbosreflexivos, el superlativo, el
presenteprogresivo, Las comparaciones de TERM - II
igualdad y de desigualdad (15hrs) Integral & Multiple Calculus
Course Objectives:
Environmental Science 1. To introduce the concepts of Integral calculus
Course objectives: in the field of Engineering.
1. Students will develop a sense of community 2. To develop skills in student to apply the
responsibility by becoming aware of scientific concepts of multiple integral in various
issues in the larger social context. engineering problems
2. recognize the interconnectedness of multiple
factors in environmental challenges Course Outcomes:
1. Trace various curve and use integral to solve
Course Outcomes: engineering problem.
1. Apply the knowledge of environmental 2. Use special integral in solving engineering
problems.
pollution & importance of current environmental
3. To solve various applications of engineering
issues problems using multiple integral.
2. Able to understand environment quality
standards Content:
3. Able to utilize natural resources properly Integral Calculus: Review of Curve tracing ,
Gamma function, Beta function, Relation between
Contents: beta and gamma function, applications to area,
length, volume and surface area, Differentiation
41
under integral sign. 1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erwin
(12hrs) Kreyszig, John Wiley & Sons, 2013, Tenth Ed.
Multiple Integral-I: Double integral, Change of 2. Higher Engineering Mathematics, B. S. Grewal,
variables, Change order of integration, Triple Khanna Publishers, 2013, Forty Third ed.
integral. 3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Jain, R.K.
(6hrs) and Iyengar, S.R.K, Narosa Publishers, Alpha
Multiple Integral-II (Applications): Applications of Science International, Ltd, 2007, Third Ed.
multiple integral such as area, mass, volume, 4. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and
centre of gravity ,moment of inertia Questions Scientists, Spiegel, M. R, McGraw-Hill, 2010,
related to multiple integral in GATE.
Second Ed.
(12hrs)
Books:
Bio Systems In Engineering
5. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erwin
Course Objectives:
Kreyszig, John Wiley & Sons, 2013, Tenth Ed.
This course introduces general biological concepts
6. Higher Engineering Mathematics, B. S. Grewal,
1. It helps students to understand importance of
Khanna Publishers, 2013, Forty Third ed.
biological concepts in engineering fields.
7. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Jain, R.K.
2. To understand application of engineering
and Iyengar, S.R.K, Narosa Publishers, Alpha
concepts in medical instrumentation.
Science International, Ltd, 2007, Third Ed.
8. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Course Outcomes:
Scientists, Spiegel, M. R, McGraw-Hill, 2010, 5. Understand the use of basic biology in
Second Ed. engineering
6. Understand & Apply the concepts of
Ordinary & Partial Differential Equations engineering for design of biomedical
Course Objectives: instrumentation
3. To develop skills in student to solve problems 7. Understand application of engineering in bio
of Ordinary Differential Equations and its sensors & robotic prosthesis
applications in field of engineering. 8. Understanding telemedicine & wireless
4. To introduce the concepts of Partial Differential telemetry in medical
Equations and its applications in the field of Content:
Engineering. Human Physiology & Anatomy: Introduction to
Course Outcomes: Human Physiology, the Nervous System,
1. Solve first order, first degree & higher order Cardiovascular System
differential equations (5hrs)
2. Form and solve the differential equations in Biomedical Instrumentation: Bio-imaging
engineering.
techniques, ECG, Computer aided ECG, X-Ray,
3. Understand and solve Partial differential
equations in engineering problems Portable MRI, CT Scan, Portable scanners, Blood
Content: pressure measurement instrument, spirometry,
First order first degree differential equations: advanced medical instruments.
Linear, Reducible to linear and exact differential (7hrs)
equations. Bio sensors & Robotic prosthesis: Introduction &
(3hrs) types of biosensors, its applications, prosthesis,
Higher order linear differential equations with application in healthcare services, robotic surgery.
constant coefficients, Method of variation of
parameters, Cauchy's and Legendre homogeneous (8hrs)
differential equations. Telemedicine & Wireless Medical Telemetry:
(4hrs) Introduction, Benefits & Drawback, History, Types&
Simultaneous differential equations, Special types Categories: Store & Forward, Remote Monitoring,
of differential equations, Applications of differential Real- Time Interactive, Future of Telemedicine
equations to engineering systems. Wireless medical telemetric devices.
(4hrs) (5hrs)
Introduction to Partial Differential equations, Partial Case Studies: Role of Engineers in various
differential equation of first order and its types, disciplines of medical science:
Civil- Biomechanics
applications to real life problems.
Mechanics- Biomaterial & 3D Bio printing
(4hrs) ETC. ETRX & EE- Sensors & transducers
Books: IT & CSE- Neurotranslator& prosthesis (5hrs)
42
Books: 4. Demonstrate the knowledge of semiconductor
2. Biomedical Instrumentation, Dr. M. Arumugam to use related devices and it‘s applications.
Anuradha, 2002 Second
Content:
IOT Practical Unit I: Quantum Mechanics: Compton Effect & its
Course objectives: applications, Heisenberg‘s Uncertainty principle &
3. To understand key technologies in Internet of its applications, Schrödinger‘s wave equation and
Things. its application viz. Eigen values and Eigen functions
4. Analyze, design or develop parts of an Internet of "particle in a box", quantum constriction,
of Things solution quantum computing.
(10hrs)
5. Students will understand the concepts of
Unit II: Optics : Interference and Polarization and
Internet of Things and can able to build IoT its applications viz. Antireflection coatings, filters,
applications. Polaroid‘s, LASER and its applications viz.
Holograms, printers.
Course Outcomes: (10hrs)
1. Identify and adopt knowledge of the Unit III: Semiconductors: Basics of semiconductor
terminology, requirements and constraints for physics, Hall Effect, types, devices viz. pn junction
IoT development. diode & its applications.
2. Demonstrate IoT system for smaller (8hrs)
Books:
applications.
1. Physics for Engineering, Dr. B P Butey, Oxford
Content: University Press, 2017, First Ed
1. Introduction to Internet of things 2. Fundamentals of Physics, David Halliday and
2. Hands on Raspberry Pi and programming. Robert Resnik, New Age, 1994, Fourth Ed
3. Controlling different displays like LED, Seven 3. Nanotechnology, Dr. Sulbha K Kulkarni, Capital
Segment, LCD etc, using IoT Publishing Co, 2011, Second Ed
4. Data acquisitions, monitoring and and cloud
services.
Books: Introduction To Digital System Design
1. IoT: Building Arduino-Based Projects, Peter Course Objectives:
Waher, PradeekaSeneviratne, Brian Russell, 1. To familiarize with various Digital IC
Drew Van Duren, Packt Publishing Ltd., 2016 2. To understand basic fundamentals of Digital
2. Internet of Things with the ArduinoYún, Marco circuits.
Schwartz, Packt Publishing Ltd., 2014 3. To prepare for various engineering
3. Building Arduino Projects for the Internet of applications.
Things, AdeelJaved, Apress, 2016
4. the Internet of Things, Donald Norris, McGraw- Course Outcomes:
Hill Education, 2015 1. Solve the problems on Number system codes
and their conversions.
2. Identify Digital IC and implement in the circuits.
Applied Physics 3. Create, design and simulate canonical logic
forms
Course Objectives:
4. Demonstrate the application of combinational
1. Demonstration of the fundamentals of Quantum and sequential logic circuits.
Mechanics and its related applications.
2. Introduction to the working and applications of Content:
fundamental lasers. Unit I: Number Systems & Boolean Algebra
3. Familiarization and demonstration of the co
Decimal, binary, octal, hexadecimal number system
ncepts of interference and polarization a
nd it‘s application and conversion, binary weighted & non-weighted
4. Explanation of theconcepts of semiconductor codes & code conversion, signed numbers, 1s and
physics and working of various diodes. 2s complement codes, Binary arithmetic, Binary
logic functions , Boolean laws, truth tables,
Course Outcomes: associative and distributive properties, De-
1. Apply the knowledge of Quantum Mechanics to Morgan‘s theorems, realization of switching
solve related problems and it‘s applications.
functions using logic gates.
2. Explain the fundamentals of laser & identify it‘s
applications. (10hrs)
3. Describe the phenomenon of interference & Unit II: Combinational Logic:
polarization to solve concerned problems & Switching equations(Mathematical operations),
applications. canonical logic forms, sum of product & product of
43
sums, Karnaugh maps, two, three and four variable Rajesh Singh, Anita Gehlot, Bhupendra Singh,
Karnaugh maps, simplification of expressions, Sushabhan Choudhury, CRC Press, 2017,
mixed logic combinational circuits, multiple output First
functions, QuineMcluskey Methods for 5 variables. 4. (Make) Lego and Arduino Projects, John
Introduction to combinational circuits, code Baichtal, Matthew Beckler and Adam Wolf,
conversions, decoder, encoder, priority encoder, Maker Media, 2012, First
multiplexers & De-multiplexer, binary adder, 6. Arduino projects for Engineer, NeeraprajRai,
substractor, BCD adder, carry lookahead adder, BPB publication, First Edition, 2016.
Binary comparator, Arithmetic Logic Units
(10hrs) Digital Fabrication
Unit III: Sequential Logic & Circuits: Course Objectives:
Latch, flip-flops, clocked and edge triggered flip- 1. To familiarize with basic CAD modeling and
flops, timing specifications, asynchronous and digital manufacturing methods.
synchronous counters, counter design, Registers, 2. To equip with various techniques to create
types of registers. Analysis of simple synchronous prototype & product design and
sequential circuits, Introduction to Mealy and Moore developments.
Circuits. (10hrs) 3. To train in 3 D part modeling and additive
Books: manufacturing appropriately
1. Digital Electronics, R P Jain, McGraw Hill, 4. To understand the concept of rapid tooling
2017, Second Edition and its requirement
2. Digital Logic and Computer Design, Morris Course Outcomes:

Mano, PHI, 2017 review, Second Edition 1. Understand and use techniques for processing of
3. Digital Electronic Principles, Malvino, PHI, CAD models for rapid prototyping
2011-13, Seventh Edition 2. Understand and apply fundamentals of rapid
prototyping techniques.
3. Use appropriate tooling for rapid prototyping
Embedded Programming process.
Course Objectives: 4. Select the processing parameters best suited to
3. To give the awareness of major embedded the production of prototype
devices. 5. Incorporate and select right approaches and
4. To give the knowledge about interfacing considerations for successfully developing new
devices. product designs.
Course Outcomes:
3. Recognize and analyze given embedded Content:
system design and its performance. Introduction to Additive Manufacturing - 3 D Printing
4. Demonstrate application based competencies and Computer aided design Software‘s – CATIA v5
in Embedded Programming. 2 D Sketching on CATIA v5 - To prepare 2D
Content: geometrical model by using sketcher toolbar,
1. Introduction to Embedded system and entities and Views
programming. 2 D Sketching on CATIA v5 - To prepare 2D
2. Hands on Arduino board and its IDE. geometrical model using drawing constraint and
3. Interfacing LEDs, switches, seven segment modifying toolbars.
display, LCD, LDR, and Potentiometer. 3D Modelling on CATIA v5– To prepare part model
4. Applications usingTemperature, IR, Buzzer, using 2 D drawing and with basic extrusion tools.
finger print sensor. - Conversion of part file to .stl format
Books:
- 3D Modelling on CATIA v5 - To prepare part
1. Designing Embedded Systems with Arduino: A
model using Revolve command
Fundamental Technology for Makers, Tianhong
- Conversion of part file to .stl format
Pan(Author), YiZhu (Author), Springer, 2017,
First
- 3 D Printing Slicing / Pre-processing
2. Getting Started With Arduino 3rd Edition, - To pre-processed model for 3 D Printing using of
Massimo Banzi, Michael Shiloh, Maker Media, Kissslicer/Cura 4.0 Software‘s
2014, Third - 3 D Printing Slicing - Development of g.code by
3. Arduino-Based Embedded Systems: using Kissslicer/Cura 4.0 Softwares for 3 D
Interfacing, Simulation, and Lab VIEW GUI, Printing
44
- 3 D Printing – Introduction to Fused deposition 5. To develop the four essential communication
modelling technique skills in students i.e. – reading, writing, listening
- Introduction to FDM Machine and operating and speaking
controls. 6. To develop the vocabulary and English
- 3 D Printing – Development of prototype using proficiency of the students
additive manufacturing – 3 D Printing Course Outcomes:
- Case- Studies 7. To demonstrate oral communication in a formal
(30hrs) manner
Books: 8. To apply vocabulary for demonstrating English
1. Gibson, I, Rosen, D W., and Stucker, B., proficiency.
Additive Manufacturing Methodologies: Rapid 9. Development of Reading Skills.
Prototyping to Direct Digital Manufacturing, 10. Development of Writing Skills.
Springer, 2010. 11. Development of Listening Skills.
2. Chua C K, Leong K F, Chu S L, Rapid Prototyping: 12. To use grammar for appropriate
Principles and Applications in Manufacturing, communication.
World Scientific. Content:
3. Noorani R, Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Basics of Grammar (Noun, Pronoun, adjective,
Applications in Manufacturing, John Wiley & Sons. verbs, tenses, punctuation), 7 Cs of
4. Liou W L, Liou F W, Rapid Prototyping and Communications, Communication Process,
Engineering applications: A tool box for prototype Presentation Skills and Mock Presentation, Essay
development, CRC Press. and Creative writing, Effective Writing, Skills:
5. Kamrani A K, Nasr E A, Rapid Prototyping: Theory Elements of Effective Writing Email Etiquettes,
and practice, Springer Listening (Voice Versant), Ad making, Story Telling,
6. Bartolo, P J (editor), Virtual and Rapid IETLS training, BEC Training, Group Discussion
Manufacturing: Advanced Research in and mock Gds, Self-Introduction, Book Review and
7. Virtual and Rapid Prototyping, Taylor and Elocution. (45hrs)
Francis, 2007. Books:
8. Hopkinson, N, Haque, R., and Dickens, P., 4. Effective Technical Communication, M. Ashraf
Rapid Manufacturing: An Industrial Revolution Rizvi, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012, First
for a Digital Age: An Industrial Revolution for 5. Communication Skills, Sanjay Kumar and
the Digital Age, Wiley, 2005. Pushpata, Oxford University Press, 2015,
9. D.T. Pham, S.S. Dimov, Rapid Manufacturing: Second
The Technologies and Applications of Rapid 6. High School English Grammar and
Prototyping and Rapid Tooling, Springer 2001. Composition, P C Wren and H Martin, S
10. Rapid Prototyping by M. Adithan, Atlantic Chand, 2005, Revised First
Publication. Entrepreneurship
Course Objectives:
Mini-Model Through Innovation And Creativity 4. To make students aware of the need self-
Course Objective: earning system.
1. To enhance the skill of planning ad designing. 5. To develop interest in creative business ideas.
2. To implement basic concepts. 6. To make them capable of becoming
3. To develop innovative and creative learning. entrepreneurs.
Course Outcomes:
Course Outcomes: 3. Develop self-confidence to become an
1. Demonstrate the skills of planning and entrepreneur.
designing for developing a working mini model. 4. Develop a creative thinking for growth of self
2. Implement knowledge of concepts learnt and and society.
workshop practices to prepare a model. Content:
3. Use innovative ideas and convert these into Lesson 1: Let’s Get Started
physical models. - Form teams that students will work with for the
entire duration of the course.
Communication Skills - Learn how entrepreneurship has changed the
Course Objectives: world.
4. To develop an understanding in the students - Learn what entrepreneurship is.
regarding communication skills
45
- Identify six entrepreneurial myths and uncover 2. Identify risk-taking traits and resilience traits
the true facts. 3. Appreciate the role of failure on the road to
Learn how entrepreneurship has changed your success and understand when to give up
country through a class discussion. (2hrs)
Lesson 8: Orientation Program in
(2hrs)
Entrepreneurship
Lesson 2: Explore E-cells on Campus
Identify the reasons why people want to become
- Appreciate the fact that E-cells help shape
entrepreneurs.
career dreams and develop skills required to
1. Help participants identify why they would want
build a successful career.
to become entrepreneurs.
- Understand how E-cells can transform 2. Give participants the real picture of the benefits
individuals into successful leaders and and challenges of being an entrepreneur.
entrepreneurs. (2hrs)
- Get inspired by the success story of Local Books:
Entrepreneurs. 2. Stay Hungry Stay Foolish, RashmiBansal,
- Express your dreams. Westland, 2008
(2hrs)
- Lesson 3:Listen to Some Success Stories Waste Management
- Understand how ordinary people become Course objectives
successful global entrepreneurs, their journeys, 1. To study industrial waste generation patterns,
their challenges, and their successes. as well as management and disposal
- Understand how ordinary people from their own techniques
countries have become successful 2. To categorize different types of waste
entrepreneurs.
(2hrs) Course Outcomes
Lesson 4: Characteristics of a Successful 1. To apply creative & innovative practices for
Entrepreneur waste management.
6. Understand the entrepreneurial journey and the 2. To identify hazardous and non-hazardous
concept of different entrepreneurial styles. waste
7. Understand each of the five entrepreneurial 3. To describe the major categories of
waste, disposal techniques and
styles in the model and how they differ from
technologies.
each other.
8. Identify your potential entrepreneurship style Contents
based on personality traits, strengths, and 1. Case study of Physiochemical analysis of water
weaknesses. from different sources (River/lake/well/bore
9. Understand how different entrepreneurship well)
styles work, and how people with different 2. Case study of physiochemical analysis of solid
waste (industrial / municipal)
styles work together.
3. Case studies on best practices of solid waste
(2hrs) management
Lesson 5:Design Thinking 4. Visit to a solid waste processing unit
1. Understand Design Thinking as a problem- 5. Case studies on e-waste
solving process. 6. Case studies on biomedical waste
2. Describe the principles of Design Thinking. 7. Case studies biomass generation from organic
3. Describe the Design Thinking process. waste
8. Waste water source of pollution and treatment
(2hrs)
techniques from Nagpur water resources.
Lesson 6: Sales Skills to Become an Effective Books:
Entrepreneur 1. Environmental Chemistry, B.K. Sharma & H.
1. Understand what customer focus is and how all Kaur, Goel Publishing House, 2014, fourth ed.
selling effort should be kept customer-centric. 2. Environmental Studies, R. Rajgopalan, Oxford
2. Use the skills/techniques of personal selling, Publication, 2016, hird ed.
Show and Tell, and Elevator Pitch to sell
3. A Test Book of Environmental Chemistry &
effectively.
(4hrs) Pollution Control, S. S. Dara, S. Chand and
Lesson 7: Managing Risks and Learning from Co., 2007, seventh ed.
Failures
1. Understand that risk-taking is a positive trait Introduction To Biochemistry
46
(OPEN ELECTIVE) CO1: understand the concepts of Smart materials
Course Objectives and its classification.
1. Deals with the study of structural and functional CO2: Apply the knowledge of metallic glasses to
aspects of biomolecules. understand working of devices based on it.
Course Outcomes CO3: Apply the knowledge of piezoelectric
materials to understand related applications.
1. Able to understand basics of biochemistry CO4: Apply the knowledge of photonic materials to
2. Apply the knowledge of metabolism of understand its applications.
carbohydrates. CO5: Apply the knowledge of superconductors to
3. Discuss the structure, properties and reactions understand its applications.
of proteins and amino acids CO6: Demonstrate the knowledge of advanced
4. Discuss the structure, properties of fats topics related to Metallic Glasses, SMA,
5. Demonstrate the knowledge of advanced piezoelectric, photonic and superconductors
trends in biochemistry Content:
Introduction to Smart Materials:
Contents:
Introduction to crystal structures, Introduction to the
Unit I - Carbohydrates, Lipids And Proteins concept of Smart Materials & composites.
Monosaccharide‘s, complex carbohydrates, (3hrs)
glycoprotein‘s, Lipids and cell membranes – types Metallic glasses and Shape Memory Alloys:
Metallic glasses and bulk metallic glasses, shape
of membrane lipids, phospholipids and glycolipids
memory alloys: types and applications in
from bimolecular sheets, Protein structure and engineering fields.
function – Primary, Secondary, Tertiary, Quaternary (5hrs)
Structures. Piezoelectric Materials & Composites:
(8hrs) PVD & its applications.
Unit II- Metabolism Of Carbohydrates (5hrs)
Glycolysis, Glucogenesis, Citric acid cycle and Photonic Materials:
Glycogen metabolism Solar cells, smart coatings and photo biology.
(5hrs) (4hrs)
Unit III- Protein Metabolism Super Conductors:
Protein turnover and Amino acid catabolism, Types I and type II Super Conductors ,Meissner
Biosynthesis of amino acids effect, critical current, Josephson effect, High
(5hrs)
temperature superconductors, and their
Unit IV- Fatty Acid Metabolism And Nucleic
engineering applications, quantum super
Acid Metabolism
conductor. (5hrs)
Overview of Fatty Acid Metabolism, synthesis and
Advanced trends in smart materials:
degradation of fatty acids, De novo synthesis of Introduction to thin film and devices.
Nucleotides. (3hrs)
(6hrs) Books:
Unit V- Advanced Trends In Biochemistry 1 Elementary solid state Physics, M. Ali Omar,
(6hrs) Pearson Education Inc., 2009, Sixth Ed
Books: 2 Engineering Physics, B. K. Pande and S. C.
1. Biochemistry, Jeremy M.Berg, W.H. Freeman Chaturvedi, Cengage Learning Pvt Ltd, 2012,
and Company, 2014, 5 ed
th First Ed
2. Biochemistry, Rastogi, Tata Mc Graw Hill, Smart Structure and Materials, Brian Culshaw,
th
2014, 4 Ed. Artech House – Boston. London, 1996, Second Ed
4. Biochemistry, Stryer L W.H. Freeman and
th
Company, 2007, 7 Ed.
Nanomaterials and Sensors
Smart Materials (OPEN ELECTIVE)
(Open Elective)
Course Objectives
1. Introduction of the Smart Materials and its Course Objectives:
classification on the basis of structure. 1 Demonstration of the structures and
2. Introduction to the concept of various smart classification of nano-materials.
materials like metallic glass, shape memory 2 Introduction to the properties of nano-materials.
alloys, piezoelectric, magnetostrictive, and 3 Demonstration of various Synthesis and
photonic materials fabrication techniques of nano-materials.
3. Introduction to the applications of smart 4 Explanation of various Characterization
materials in various engineering fields. techniques of nano-materials.
Course Outcomes: Student shall be able to 5 Introduction to various types of nano-sensors.
6 Explanation of design and application of
various nano sensors used in 1U/3U satellites.
47
Course Outcomes: Student shall be able to 8. Principles of Nanotechnology, Phani Kumar,
1 Identify various structures and classification of Scitech.
nano-materials.
2 Describe properties of nano-materials. Introduction To Biochemistry
3 Illustrate various Synthesis and fabrication Liberal & Creative Arts
techniques of nano-materials.. Course Objective
4 Recognize various Characterization techniques 1. To enable the student to have good health
of nano-materials.
2. To practice mental hygiene.
5 Demonstrate knowledge of various types of
nano-sensors. 3. To possess emotional stability.
6 Select and demonstrate design and type of 4. To integrate moral values.
nano-sensors used for various applications in
1U/3U satellites.
Contents activities including strength
Introduction: Definition of nano materials. 3. and flexibility, balance and coordination.
Classification of nanostructured materials. 4. Demonstrate an understanding of health-
Properties of Materials: Mechanical properties, related fitness component
electrical properties, dielectric properties, thermal Contents:
properties, magnetic properties, opto electronic Anatomy and Physiology of Yogic Practices
properties. Effect of size reduction on properties  Introduction to Human Body and systems in
Synthesis Techniques: Bottom up approaches: brief with special reference to Respiratory,
Physical Vapor Deposition, Inert Gas Digestive, Muscular and Nervous systems.
Condensation, Laser Ablation, Chemical Vapor  Postural Physiology with reference to Asana.
Deposition, Molecular Beam Epitaxy, Sol-gel  Asana - Definition and Classification,
method ,Self-assembly, Top down approaches: Similarities and dissimilarities between Asana
Mechanical alloying, Nano-lithography and Exercise.
Characterization Techniques: X-Ray diffraction  Pranayama - Definition and Classification.
and Scherrer method (XRD), scanning electron Difference between pranayama and deep
microscopy (SEM), transmission electron breathing. Importance of Rechaka, Kumbhaka,
microscopy (TEM), scanning probe microscopy, Puraka.
atomic force microscopy (AFM),  Introduction to Kriyas, Mudras and Bandhas in
photoluminescence spectra, Raman spectroscopy brief.
Nano Sensors: What are Sensors and actuators, Yogasana
Nano-Sensors and Nano actuators, Types of  Sandhi Snchalan
Sensors, Physical, Chemical, Bio-Sensors and  Suryanamaskar
Optical Sensors, Attitude Sensors-Infrared Band-  Tadasan
Pass Filter; Star Tracker; Sun Sensor; Analog Sun  Vrukshasan
Sensor; IR Earth Sensor and Space Sextant,  Vajrasana and its types
Attitude Actuators- Reaction Wheel; Compact  Pavan Muktasana
Magnetorquer; Magnetorquer Rod, Infrared  Urshtasana
Spectrometer, Imager
 Om Uchharan
Design, Applications & Future Challenges:
Design aspects of compact Nano-Sensor arrays for
various applications in 1U/3U satellite, Sensitivity of TREM –III
Sensor, Nanowires, Carbon Nanotubes and its
application in space technology.
List of Books BFYL 108 (Mathematics-V) (LT, FS and applications)
1. Nano science and nanotechnology, M.S Teaching Credi ESE
Ramachandra Rao, Shubra Singh, Wiley Scheme ts Durati
publishers. Theory Practi Tot
cal al on
2. Applications of Nano-materials in Sensors and Hours
Diagnostics, Editors: Tuantranont, Adisorn T T P Tot TA CA ES Int. Ext.
(Ed.) Springer Series on Chemical Sensors and h u r. al E E E
Biosensors 2 1 - 3H 2 10 15 25 - - 50 2
3. Introduction to Nano Technology, Charles P. HH
Poole, Jr., Frank J Owens, Wiley India
4. Nanotechnology, Jermy J Ramsden, Elsevier
publishers COURSE OBJECTIVES
5. Nano Materials, A K Bandyopadhyay, New Age
Introduction Students undergoing this course are expected
6. Nano Essentials, T Pradeep, TMH to:
7. Nanotechnology the Science of Small, M.A
Shah, K.A Shah, Wiley Publishers
48
1. Learning periodic functions and their Fourier 3. To apply scientific strategies to analyze
expansion. qualitatively and quantitatively the problems
2. Learning partial differential equation and give solutions.
Course Outcomes
Upon the successful completion of the course,
learners will be able to CO1. classify the various properties of fluid
Course Outcomes and its behavior
CO1 Understand Fourier Series and its CO2 Analye hydrostatic forces in submerged
applications to solve civil engineering problems. bodies
CO2 Use concepts of partial differential equation
and its relevance in engineering. CO3 Identify type of flow for compressible
Pre Requisite and in compressible fluid
Higher Secondary Level Mathematics BE First year CO4 Explain the concepts of dynamics of fluid
flows and the governing non-dimensional
Course Contents parameters
UNIT I - Fourier series: Periodic functions and their
Fourier expansion, even and odd function, change Unit-I Kinematics of Fluid flow: Types of fluid
of interval, half range expansion flows: Continuum & free molecular flows. Steady
UNIT II- Partial Differential Equations and its and unsteady, uniform and non-uniform, laminar
application: Partial differential equations of first and turbulent flows, rotational and irrigational flows,
order & first degree (i.e. Lagrange‘s form), linear compressible and incompressible flows, sub-
homogeneous partial differential equation of nth critical, critical and supercritical flows, one, two and
order with constant coefficients. Method of three dimensional flows, streamlines, continuity
separation of variable. Simple applications. equation for 3D and 1D flows, circulation, stream
function and velocity potential, source, sink, doublet
UNIT III- Method of separation of variable. Simple and half-body.
applications. Hrs-04
Unit-II Fluid Statics Pressure-density-height
relationship, manometers, pressure on plane and
curved surfaces, centre of pressure, buoyancy,
Text Books stability of immersed and floating bodies, Hrs-
04
Higher Engineering Mathematics, Grewal B.S.: Unit-III Dynamics of Fluid Flow : Euler‘s
Khanna Publishers; 2013 Forty Third Equation of motion along a streamline and its
integration, Bernoulli‘s equation and its
Reference Books applications- Pitot tube, orifice meter, venturi meter
and bend meter, notches and weirs, momentum
o Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erwin
equation and its application to pipe bends.
Kreyszig, John Wiley & Sons, 2013, Tenth
Hrs-04
o Advanced Engineering Mathematics Jain, R.K.
Unit-IV Laminar and Turbulent Flow:
and Iyengar, S.R.K Narosa Publishers; Alpha
Equation of motion for laminar flow through pipes,
Science International, Ltd., 2007, Third
Stokes‘ law, transition from laminar to turbulent flow,
o Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and
turbulent flow, types of turbulent flow, isotropic,
Scientists, Spiegel, M. R McGraw-Hill 2010,
homogenous turbulence, scale and intensity of
Second
turbulence, measurement of turbulence, eddy
BCEL224: Fluid Mechanics (Theory) viscosity, mixing length concept and velocity
distribution in turbulent flow over smooth and rough
(Lectures–Tutorial–Practical-Credit) / Week (1-0-2-1) surfaces, resistance to flow,
Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50 Hrs-04
Course objective Text Books:

1. Modi, P.N., and Seth, S.H., Hydraulics and
th
1. To study the basic behavior of fluids and Fluid Machines 19 Edition, Standard, Book
fluid system and the laws governing this House, 2011
behavior 2. F M White, Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill
Publication 2011. .
2. To understand and apply the basic Reference Books: (At Least 04 to 05)
concepts of Fluid Mechanics to carry out 1. Som S.K. & Biswas G, Introduction of fluid
professional engineering activities in the field nd
mechanics & Fluid Machines, 2 Edition, TMH,
of fluids. 2000
49
2. Garde, R.J, Fluid Mechanics through Problems, PR-9 To determine the meta centric height of a
nd
2 Edition, New Age International, Pvt. Ltd, floating body
New Delhi, 2005 C03
3. Robert W. Fox, Philip J. Pritchard, Alan T. PR-10 To determine head loss in pipe (Expansion,
McDonald, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, Contraction and Bend)
Student Edition Seventh, Wiley India Edition, C02
2011.
4. Shames, Mechanics of Fluids, McGraw Hill BCEL225: Hydrology & Water Resource
Book Co., New Delhi, 1988. Engineering (Theory)
5. Streeter V.L., Benjamin Wylie, Fluid Mechanics,
McGraw Hill Book Co., New Delhi, 1999. (Lectures–Tutorial–Practical-Credit) /
e- Learning Resources:
www.nptel.iitm.ac.in/iitkanpur. & Week (2-0-0-2)
www.nptel.iitm.ac.in/iitDelhi.
Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50
BCEL224 Fluid Mechanics (Practical)
Course Objectives:
List of Practical‘s
1. To understand the hydrological cycle and
Total Hrs: 02/Week Marks-25 its process.
2. To understand the infiltration
Course Outcome: Student shall be able to characteristics of runoff
3. To characterize developing hydrograph.
C01 Understand the various properties of fluid Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
and its behavior
C02 Identify type of flow for compressible and in C01 Classify hydro-meteorological parameters &
compressible fluid estimate abstractions from precipitation
C03 Compute hydrostatic forces in submerged C02 Apply the mechanism of Evaporation,
bodies Transpiration and Evapotranspiration in real
C04 understand the concepts of dynamics of life situation
fluid flows and the governing non-dimensional C03 Analyze rainfall-runoff models and analysis of
parameters, hydrographs
C05 Apply concepts of mass, momentum and C04 Interpret hydrologic flood routing models for
energy conservation to flows recharging through rain water harvesting.
C06 Understand the basic ideas of turbulence. Unit-I Introduction.
PR-1 To verify Bernoulli‘s theorem Hydrological Equations and brief description of its
C01 components. Importance of temperature, wind and
PR-2 To determine co-efficient of discharge of humidity in hydrology. Earth and its atmosphere
Venturimeter. and importance. Definition and classifications.
C02 Selection of site, density and adequacy of rain-
PR-3 To determine co-efficient of discharge of gauge station.
Orifice Plate. Hrs-04
C03 Unit-II Infiltration: Definition, mechanism, factors
PR-4 To determine co-efficient of discharge of affecting, numerical.
Rectangular Notch. Evaporation: Definition, mechanism, factors
C02 affecting, numerical.
PR-5 To determine co-efficient of discharge of Transpiration: Definition, mechanism, factors
Triangular Notch. affecting. Numerical. Hrs-
C04 06
PR-6 To determine co-efficient of discharge, Unit-III Run off : Source components of runoff,
contraction & velocity of an orifice. classification of streams, factors affecting.
C06 Estimation of discharge and Measurement
PR-7 To verify momentum equation using the methods, numerical.
experimental set-up on diffusion of Hydro graphs:
submerged air jet Unit hydrographs. Base flow and base flow
C05 separation, S-Curve theories Numerical.
PR-8 To determine co-efficient of discharge of Hrs-10
Orificemeter. Unit-IV Floods
C06 Causes and effects, factors affecting Flood routing
PR-9 To find a critical Reynold‘s number for a and flood forecasting, numerical.
pipe flow Ground water recharge
C04 Recharging methods, spreading methods.
Recharge through rain water harvesting.
Hrs-10
Text Books:
50
1. Dr. P. Jaya and Rami Reddy, Text book of Elasticity – principle and characteristics; Plastic
rd
hydrology, 3 Edition, Laxmi Publication, 2007 deformation of metals; Tensile test – standards for
2. R. K. Sharma and T. K. Sharma, Text book of different material (brittle, quasi-brittle, elastic and so
th
hydrology and water resource engineering, 5 on) True stress – strain interpretation of tensile test;
Edition, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2007 hardness tests; Bending and torsion test; strength of
Reference Books: (At Least 04 to 05) ceramic; Internal friction, creep – fundaments and
1. Subrahmanya, K., 2008, Engineering characteristics; Brittle fracture of steel – temperature
Hydrology, Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co., New
transition approach; Background of fracture mechanics;
Delhi.
Discussion of fracture toughness testing – different
2. Viesmann W and Lewis G Lt (2008)
―Introduction to Hydrology‖. Prentice Hall of materials; concept of fatigue of materials; Structural
India. integrity assessment procedure and fracture mechanics
3. Chow, V. T., Maidment and Mays, L. A., 2010, Hrs-05
Applied Hydrology, Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co., Unit-III Standard Testing & Evaluation Procedures
New York. covering
e- Learning Resources: Laboratory for mechanical testing; Discussion about
www.nptel.iitm.ac.in/iitkanpur. mechanical testing; Naming systems for various irons,
www.nptel.iitm.ac.in/iitDelhi. steels and nonferrous metals; Discussion about elastic
deformation; Plastic deformation; Impact test and
BCEL 221: Materials, Testing & Evaluation transition temperatures; Fracture mechanics –
(Theory) background; Fracture toughness – different materials;
Fatigue of material; Creep
(Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (1-0-0-2) Hrs-06
Text Books:
Total Hrs: 16 Marks-50 1. Chudley, R., Greeno (2006), 'Building Construction
Handbook' (6th ed.),R. Butterworth-Heinemann
Course Objectives:
2. Khanna, S.K., Justo, C.E.G and Veeraragavan, A,
1. Make measurements of behavior of various 'Highway Materials and Pavement Testing', Nem
materials used in Civil Engineering Chand& Bros, Fifth Edition
2. Introduce experimental procedures and Reference Books:
common measurement instruments, 1. Various related updated & recent standards of BIS,
equipment, devices IRC, ASTM, RILEM, AASHTO, etc. corresponding
3. Exposure to a variety of established to materials used for Civil Engineering applications
material testing procedures and techniques 2. Kyriakos Komvopoulos (2011), Mechanical Testing
Course Outcome: Student shall be able to of Engineering Materials, Cognella
3. American Society for Testing and Materials
C01 Observe various modes of failure in (ASTM), Annual Book of ASTM Standards (post
compression, tension, and shear 2000)
C02 Document the experimental program
including the test procedures, collected data, BCEL 221: Materials, Testing & Evaluation
method of interpretation and final results (Practical)
C03 Measure physical properties of common
structural and geotechnical construction Total Hrs: 02/Week
materials
Marks-25
C04 Interpret the laboratory data including
conversion of the measurements into Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
engineering values and derivation of material
properties (strength and stiffness) from the C01 Observe various modes of failure in
engineering values compression, tension, and shear
Syllabus C02 Document the experimental program
Unit-I Introduction to Engineering Materials including the test procedures, collected data,
Cements, M-Sand, Concrete (plain, reinforced and steel method of interpretation and final results
fibre/ glass fibre-reinforced, light-weight concrete, High C03 Measure physical properties of common
Performance Concrete, Polymer Concrete) Ceramics, structural and geotechnical construction
and Refractories, Bitumen and asphaltic materials, materials
Timbers, Glass and Plastics, Structural Steel and other C04 Interpret the laboratory data including
Metals, Paints and Varnishes, Acoustical material and conversion of the measurements into
geo-textiles, rubber and asbestos, laminates and engineering values and derivation of material
adhesives, Graphene, Carbon composites and other properties (strength and stiffness) from the
engineering materials including properties and uses of engineering values
these Hrs-05 List of Practical’s
Unit-II Mechanical behavior and mechanical PR-1 Gradation of coarse and fine aggregates
characteristics CO2
51
PR-2 Compressive strength test on aggregates Elastic constants, Relation between elastic constants.
CO1 Uniaxial loading and deformation of simple cases of
PR-3 Tests on unmodified bitumen and modified statically indeterminate problems under axial loading.
binders with polymers Hrs-06
CO3 Unit-II Shear Force & Bending Moment Diagrams:
PR-4 Bituminous Mix Design and Tests on Determination of shear forces and Bending moment at
bituminous mixes - Marshall method a section, SF and BM diagram in beams, Differential
CO3 relation between shear force and bending moment,
PR-5 Different corresponding tests and
Relation between load and shear force.
need/application of these tests in design and
Hrs-05
quality control
Unit-III Shear & Bending Stresses in Beam: Bending
CO3
stresses in simple beam, Assumptions and derivation of
PR-6 Tensile Strength of materials & concrete
simple bending, Homogeneous and composite beams.
composites
Shear stresses in simple beams, shear stress distribution,
CO1
Shear Stress in composite beams.
PR-7 Tension I - Elastic Behaviour of metals &
Torsion of Shafts: Torsion of circular sections,
materials
CO1 Assumptions and derivation of relations between
PR-8 Tension II - Failure of Common Materials torsional moment, Shear stresses and angle of twist.
CO4 Torsional stress in solid and Circular sections
PR-9 Torsion test Hrs-09
CO1 Unit-IV Slope & Deflection of determinate beams:
PR-10 Hardness tests (Brinnel‘s and Rockwell) Differential equation relating deflection and moment
CO1 shear and load, Deflection of simple beams by
PR-11 Soil Classification integration.
CO2 Hrs-
PR-12 Consolidation and Strength Tests 05
CO3 Unit-V State of Stress In Two Dimensions:
State of stress in two dimensions, Differential equation
BCEL 222: MECHANICS OF MATERIAL (Theory) of equilibrium, Transformation of stresses , Principal
stresses, Maximum shear stresses, Mohr‘s circle,
(Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-1-0-0) Combined bending and torsion, Combined effect of
Marks-50 Total Hrs: 30 Torsion and Shear. Hrs-05
Text Books:
Course Objectives:
1. R. K. Rajput, Strength of material, 4th Edition,
1. To study the various mechanical properties S.Chand, 2006
of materials. 2. Beer and Johnston, ―Mechanics of Material‖, Tata
2. To provide systematic methods for solving Mc Graw Hill publication
engineering problems in solid mechanics. Reference Books:
3. To use the fundamental concepts of stress, 1. James Gare, Mechanics of Material, 8th Edition,
strain and elastic behavior of materials. Cengage Learning, 2012
2. B. C. Punmia, Mechanics of Material, 15th Edition,
Laxmi Publications, 2005
3. Gere and Timoshenko, ―Mechanics of Materials‖,
CBS publishers
Course Outcome: Student shall be able to Online Certification Courses:
1. Strength of Materials, Prof. Sriman Kumar
C01 Understand the linear & lateral stresses in Bhattacharyya, IIT Kharagpur. (NPTEL Course)
sections Best faculty members from IIT:
C02 Construct the shear force and bending 1. Prof. Sriman Kumar Bhattacharyya, IIT Kharagpur
moment diagrams 2. Dr. A. D. Ghare, Professor, VNIT, Nagpur
C03 Develop the bending stress and shear stress 3. Dr. R. S. Jangid, Professor, IIT, Bombay
distribution of beam
C04 Design the hollow & solid shafts for torsional BCEL 223 Soil Mechanics-I (Theory)
stresses
CO5 Evaluate the slope and deflection of beams (Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (1-1-2-4)
subjected to loads
CO6 Determine the principal stresses and Marks-50 Total Hrs: 30
principal planes
Syllabus Course Objective :
Unit-I Mechanical Properties and Uniaxial Problems:
Concept of stress and strain, Stress strain behavior of
ductile and brittle material in uniaxial state of stress.
52
1. Alam Singh, Soil Mechanics in Theory &
th
Practice, 12 Edition, Asia Publishing House,
Course Outcome: Student shall be able to 2011
2. Holtz, R.D. and Kovacs, W.D, An Introduction
CO1 Characterize and classify different types of to Geotechnical Engineering, 2
nd
Edition,
soils Prentice Hall, 1981
CO2 Identify the methods for determination of soil 3. Couduto, D.P., Geotechnical Engineering –
properties and different types of classification nd
Principles and Practices, 2 Edition, Prentice
systems Hall of India,2002
CO 3 Implement the concepts of flow of water 4. Ranjan, G. and Rao, A.S.R, Basic and Applied
through soil Soil Mechanics, 3
rd
Edition, New Age
CO 4 Apply the concept of compaction and International Publishers, 2005
consolidation on field 5. K.R. Arora, Soil Mechanics & Foundation
Unit-I Introduction & Physical properties of th
Engineering, 5 Edition, Standard Publishers
soil:: Introduction to Soil and Soil Mechanics, Civil I.S. Codes:- IS 2720- Part 1 to 41(1977)
Engineering problems related to soils, Complexity e- Learning Resources:
of soil nature, Soil formation and soil types, Soil- a www.nptel.iitm.ac.in/iitkanpur.
three-phase system, Solids-water-air relationships, www.nptel.iitb.ac.in/iitBombay.
water content, void ratio, porosity, degree of
saturation, unit weight, specific gravity, their
interrelationships and Laboratory determination BCEL226 Instrumentation & Sensor Technologies
Hrs-07
Unit-II Index properties of soil & Classification for Civil Engineering Applications (Theory)
of soils:: Grain size distribution by sieve analysis,
Consistency of clays and determination, Atterberg‘s (Lectures–Tutorial–Practical-credits) /
limits and indexes as per IS code, Necessity of
classification, criteria for classification, classification Week (2-0-0- 2)
based on grain size and plasticity, Indian standard
classification system Hrs- Marks-50 Total Hrs: 30
07
Course objective
Unit-III Permeability & Seepage analysis: Darcy‘s
law, methods of determination of coefficient of 1. To Understand the fundamental
permeability of soils – constant head and falling mechanisms of various modern analytical
head permeability tests, factors affecting instrumentation
permeability, approximate coefficient of 2. To Design an instrumentation circuit and
permeability of common soils, field permeability analyse its properties
tests, Seepage pressure, upward flow, quick 3. To Understand the application of sensor
condition, two-dimensional Laplace equation, Flow technologies in transportation
net and its properties Effective Stress Principle Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
Hrs-07
Unit-IV Soil compaction: Necessity of C01 To Understand the fundamental mechanisms
compaction in field, Standard Proctor test, Modified of various modern analytical instrumentation.
Proctor test, compaction curve, OMC and C02 Design an instrumentation circuit and analyse
Maximum dry density, Compaction curve for sand, its properties
factors affecting compaction, structure and C03 To Understand the techniques for Data
engineering behavior of compacted soil, Zero air Analysis for modern instrumentation system
void line, Compaction in field, suitability of various C04 Demonstrate knowledge on sensor system
compaction equipments and usage of various sensors smart sensor
Consolidation: The consolidation process, spring system.
analogy, consolidation of laterally confined soil, C05 Application of sensor technologies in
Terzaghi‘s theory of one-dimensional consolidation transportation
(no derivation), solution of the consolidation Unit-I General Instrumentation measurement
equation, determination of coefficient of system: Static Characteristics: systematic
consolidation, square root time fitting method, characteristics, statistical characteristics,
logarithm of time fitting method, coefficient of calibration; Dynamic characteristics of
compression, coefficient of volume change, measurement systems: transfer functions of typical
consolidation settlement, consolidation of sensing elements, step and frequency response of
undisturbed specimen, determination of pre- first and second order elements, and dynamic error
consolidation pressure. Hrs-09 in measurement systems. Techniques for dynamic
Text Books: compensation, loading effect, signal and noise in
o V.N.S Murthy, Text Book of Soil Mechanics and measurement system. Hrs-07
Foundation Engineering, CBS Publishers Unit-II Signal Conditioning Elements in
Reference Books: instrumentation: instrumentation amplifier,
Deflection bridges: design of resistive and reactive
53
bridges, push-pull configuration for improvement of CO1 Understand basic concept of highway
linearity and sensitivity Amplifiers: Operational engineering and intelligent transportation
amplifiers-ideal and non-ideal performances, system
inverting, non inverting and differential amplifiers, CO2 Design highway geometrics
and filters. A.C. carrier systems, phase sensitive CO3 Design flexible and rigid pavements &
demodulators, signal processing elements: A/D understand maintenance of highways
conversion: sampling, quantization, encoding CO4 Identify factors governing railway
Hrs-07 infrastructure
Unit-III Data Analysis and Interpretation : Unit-I Principal of highway planning and ITS:
Fundamental statistical concepts, Data reduction Different modes of transportation, role of highway
and interpretation, Piezometer, Inclinometer, Strain transportation, Classification of highways, network
gauge, etc. Discrete signals, Signals and noise . patterns, planning surveys, preparation of plans,
Statistical methodology: Average value (mean), final report, master plan, evaluation by saturation
standard deviation. system, introduction to highway economics. Smart
Hrs-08 Transportation, intelligent transportation system
Unit-IV Smart Sensors: Introduction to fiber-optic Intelligent Traffic Management, Smart parking,
sensors, Integrated Hall Magnetic Sensors, Inertial Advance Safety control, Sustainable and efficient
Sensors, liquid level sensing, fluid flow sensing, public transportation Hrs-
Smart Acoustic Sensors, Multi-Electrode Capacitive 07
Sensors. Unit-II Highway Alignment and Geometric
Digital Sensors: Introduction to digital encoding Design : Principles of highway alignment,
transducer- classification-digital displacement requirements, controlling factors, engineering
transducers- shaft encoder-optical encoder, surveys, importance of geometric design, design
Hrs-08 controls and criteria, cross section elements,
Text Books: pavement surface characteristics, camber,
1. ―Measurement and Instrumentation - Theory and carriageway, kerbs, road margins, formation, right
Application‖, by A. Morris & R. Langari, Elsevier of way, typical cross sections. Sight distance,
2012 stopping sight distance, overtaking sight distance,
2. ―Instrumentation‖, by F. W. Kirk, T. A. Weedon, sight distance at intersections. Design of horizontal
and P. Kirk, Amer Technical Pub, 5th edition, 2010 alignment, super elevation, transition curves.
3. The Measurement, Instrumentation and Sensors Design of vertical alignment, gradients, vertical
Handbook‖, by J. G. Webster curves. Hrs-08
Reference Books: (At Least 04 to 05) Unit-III Materials: Sub grade soil properties, CBR
1. Putten, A.F.P.V. Electronic measurement test, aggregates, desirable properties, tests,
systems: theory and practice. 2nd ed. Bristol; bituminous materials, bitumen and tar, tests.
Philadelphia: IOP Publishing, 1996. ISBN 978- Bituminous mixes, requirements, design, Marshall
0750303408. Method
2. Cooper W.D., Helfrick A.D., Electronic Design of Pavements: Types of pavement
Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques, structures, functions of pavement components,
Prentice Hall of India Limited, New Delhi. design factors. Design of flexible pavements,
3. Meijer, G.C.M. (ed.). Smart sensor systems. methods, GI method, CBR method, IRC method,
Chichester, UK: J. Wiley & Sons, 2008. ISBN Burmister‘s method. Design of rigid pavements,
0470866918. design considerations, wheel load stresses,
4. Pallás Areny, R.; Webster, J.G. Sensors and temperature stresses, frictional stresses, design of
signal conditioning. 2nd ed. New York: John joints, IRC method of rigid pavement design.
Wiley and Sons, 2001. ISBN, 0471332321. Maintenance of highways Hrs-
5. ―Handbook of Modern Sensors: Physics, Designs, 08
and Applications‖ by J. Fraden, Springer, 4th ed., Unit-IV Bridges and Railways: General
2010 Components, classification and identification, Data
I.S. Codes:- NA Collection site selection, Economic Span, IRC
Specification & code of practices,. Different
Structural Forms, culverts, causeway, minor and
BCEL 227 Basic Transportation Engineering & major bridges, Methods & Techniques of rating of
Introduction to ITS (Theory) existing bridges, Inspection, Repairs and
maintenance Railways Transportation,
(Lectures) / Week (2-0-0-2) Classification of Railways: Lines and their track
standards. Railway Terminology, Permanent Way:
Marks-50 Total Hrs: 30 Alignment Surveys, Requirement, gauges, track
section. Rail types and functions, selection for rails,
Course objective
sleepers – function, types, merits and demerits,
Course Outcome: Student shall be able to Ballast cushion, Rail fixtures and fasteners. Railway
Signaling and interlocking
Hrs-07
Text Books:
54
1. Khanna and Justo, Highway engineering, 8th CO1 Implement variety of Numerical techniques
Edition, Nemachand Bors, 2002 to solve various transcendental and
2. Saxena and Arora, Railway Engineering, simultaneous equations.
Dhanpat Rai Publications CO2 Compute solutions for ordinary differential
Reference Books: equations through numerical techniques.
1. Dr. L R Kadiyali, Traffic Engineering And Course Contents
Transport Planning, 18th Edition, Khanna UNIT I - Numerical Methods (Equations)
publications, 2013. Solutions of algebraic and transcendental
2. S P Bindra, Bridge Engineering, 12th Edition, S equations. Iteration method, Bisection method,
Chand, 2002 false position method, Newton-raphson method and
3. C S Papacostas and P D Prevedouros, their convergences, solution of system of linear
Transportation Engineering and Planning equations, Gauss elimination method, Gauss
4. P H Wright and K Dixon, Highway Engineering Seidel method, Crouts method
I.S.Codes:- UNIT II- Numerical Methods (Differential
IRC 003: 1983-Dimensions and Weights of Equations)
Road Design Vehicles Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation
IRC SP 100:2014-Use of Cold Mix Technology by Taylor series method, Picard‘s method, Runga-
in Construction and Maintenance of Roads Using Kutta method, Euler modified method, Milne‘s
Bitumen Emulsion Predictor corrector method.
IRC006:2014-Standard Specifications and Text Books
Code of Practice for Road Bridges, Section
II – Loads and Stresses (Fourth Revision) 1. Higher Engineering Mathematics, Grewal B.S.:
IRC 19:2005-Standard Specifications and Code Khanna Publishers; 2013 Forty Third
of Practice for Water Bound Macadam Reference Books
Mitopencorsewear 1. Advanced Engineeing Mathematics, Kreyszig,
https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/transportation- E.John Wiley & Sons; 2000 Eight
courses/ 2. Introductory methods of Numerical analysis
www.nptel.iitm.ac.in/iitDelhi. S. S. Sastri Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
https://www.class-central.com 2006 Fourth.
Subjects › Engineering moocs 3. Numerical Methods, Kandasamy, P.
TREM –IV Thilagavathy, K., and Gunavathy, S, S.Chand &
Company 1998
4. Numerical Methods for Scientific and
Engineering Computation Jain, M.K., Iyengar,
BFYL109 (Mathematics VI) (Numerical Methods and S.R. and Jain, R.K., Wiley Eastern 1987
Differential Equitation's)
Teaching ESE
Cred Practi Tot Durati
Scheme Theory
its cal al on BCEL228: CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY (Theory)
T T P Tot TA CA ES Hours (Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (1-1-2-4)
Int. Ext.
h u r. al E E E Marks-50 Total Hrs: 30
2 1 - 3H 2 10 15 25 - - 50 2
HH Course Objectives:
1. To understand the properties of concrete

Course Objectives ingredients.
2. To study the compressive, flexural, split
Students undergoing this course are expected strengths etc and other non destructive
to: tests.
3. To learn mix design of concrete and its
1. Learn Numerical methods to solve application in construction work.
simultaneous equations. Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
2. To develop the basic understanding of numerical
techniques for solving linear, non-linear and C01 Understand Properties of cement , aggregates
Ordinary Differential Equations. and water use in concrete
3. To develop the basic understanding of numerical C02 Prepare and test the fresh concrete. Determine the
techniques for solving linear, non-linear and Mechanical properties of hardened concrete
Ordinary Differential Equations. with destructive and non-destructive testing
Course Outcomes instrument.
C03 Use various additives & admixtures of concrete,
Upon the successful completion of the course, Get acquainted to concrete handling equipment
learners will be able to and different Special concrete types.
Course Outcomes
55
C04 Design concrete mixes as per IS codes and to 1. M L Gambhir, Concrete Technology, 5th Edition,
understand the durability requirements of The McGraw-Hill Companies, 2013
concrete. 2. Krishnaswamy, K.T., Kamasundara Rao, A., and
Syllabus Khandekar,A.A., „Concrete Technology‟,
Unit-I Cement: Main constituents of cements, Reference Books:
Hydration of cement, Water required. Physical 1. M S Shetty, Concrete Technology, 5th Edition, S
properties, Types of cement, test on Cement, field tests Chand & Co. Ltd., 2005
& laboratory 2. AM Neville, Properties of concrete, 4th Edition,
Aggregates: Classification and nomenclature, Coarse ELBS, London, 2012
and fine aggregate, normal weight (light and heavy 3. Concrete Technology by R.S. Varshney, Oxford and
weight aggregates). Aggregate characteristics and their IBH.
significance in strength, workability, placement and 4. Shanthakumar A.R.,―Concrete Technology‖,Oxford
compaction of concrete. Sampling, Particle shape and University Press, 2007
texture, Bond of aggregate, size & grading of aggregate I.S. Codes
strength of aggregate. Mechanical properties and 1. IS 456-2000, IS 383-1970, IS 516-1959, IS 9103-
laboratory tests – Specific gravity, bulk density, 1999, IS 10262-2009
porosity, absorption of aggregate, moisture content of Online Certification Courses:
aggregate, bulking of sand abrasion test, impact value. 1. Concrete Technology, Prof. Bhattacharjee B, Indian
Deleterious substances in aggregate, organic impurities Institute of Technology - Delhi
clay and other fine material etc. Introduction of IS: 383- Best faculty members from IIT:
1970, 1. Prof. Bhattacharjee B, Indian Institute of
Water:-Water quality for mixing and curing, Technology - Delhi
Acceptable water, pH value, Seawater chlorides 2. Manu Santhanam, IIT Madras
content. Provisions in IS: 456-2000
Hrs-07 BCEP 228: CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY (Practical)
Unit-II Fresh Concrete: Batching, Mechanical
mixers, automatic batching and mixing plants. List of Practical‘s
Efficiency of mixing, Workability Measurement -
Slump cone test, compacting factor test, flow table, Marks-25 Total Hrs: 02/Week
Vee-Bee consistometer, Factor affecting
workability, setting time, Significance of w/c ratio, Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
Segregation, bleeding, voids, and permeability.
C01 Understand Properties of cement, aggregates
placing of concrete, compaction, vibrators, methods
and water use in concrete
of curing, temperature effects on curing
C02 Prepare and test the fresh concrete,
Strength of concrete- Factors affecting compressive
Determine the Mechanical properties of
strength, Tensile and flexural strengths, relation between
hardened concrete with destructive and non-
compressive and tensile strength.
destructive testing instrument.
Testing of hardened concrete. Compression strength test
C03 Use various additives & admixtures of
on cubes / cylinder strength and their relation,. Flexural
concrete, Get acquainted to concrete handling
strength of concrete, determination of tensile strength,
equipments and different Special concrete types.
indirect tension test, Non Destructive test- significance,
C04 Design concrete mixes as per IS codes and to
rebound hammer, ultra sonic pulse velocity test. Pullout
understand the durability requirements of
test. Hrs-10
concrete.
Unit-III Additives and admixtures- Types of
PR-1 To determine Fineness of cement and Standard
admixtures, byproducts – pozzolans, fly ash, silica fume,
Consistency of Cement by Vicat‘s Apparatus
rice husk ash, metakaoline, G.G. blast furnace slag,
C01
admixtures- air entraining, water reducing, accelerators,
PR-2 To determine initial and Final Setting time of
retarders, plasticizers and super plasticizers,.
given cement by Vicat‘s Apparatus and
Special concretes – Light weight concrete, types of
Soundness cement
fibers, fiber reinforced Concrete, high density
C01
concrete, self compacting concrete and
PR-3 To determine compressive strength of cement
applications. Ferrocement: Definition, Basic
mortar cube
concepts in forming ferrocement composites,
C01
Methods of casting. Hrs-06
PR-4 To determine Moisture content, silt content,
Unit-IV Mix Design- Standard deviation, factors
density and Specific gravity of fine aggregate
affecting mix properties, Degree of quality control,
by pycnometer method
design of mix by IS code method.
C01
Durability of concrete- Significance, water as an
PR-5 To determine Fineness Modulus (FM) by sieve
agent of deterioration, permeability of concrete, air
analysis of Fine Aggregate
sulphate attack and control, sea water attack, acid
C01
attack, efflorescence, resistance of corrosion,
PR-6 To determine Moisture content, water
abrasion and cavitations, process of rusting of
absorption, density and Specific gravity of
steel. Hrs-07
Text Books:
56
coarse aggregate Unit-IV Tacheomentry: Stadia method, fixed hair
C01 and movable hair and tangential method, Distance
PR-7 To determine Fineness Modulus (FM) by sieve and Reduce level determination. Theory of anallatic
analysis of coarse Aggregate lens, fundamental principles,
C01 Hrs-07
PR-8 To determine the Workability of Concrete by Text Books:
Slump Test, Compaction Factor and Vee Bee 1. T. P. Kanetkar & S.V.Kulkarni, Surveying and
test. Effect of admixture and retarders on Leveling Part II, 5th Edition, Laxmi Publication
setting time concrete C02, CO3 Ltd, 2005
PR-9 To determine compressive strength by rebound 2. B. C. Punmia, Surveying Vol. II and III, 5th
hammer test and ultrasonic pulse velocity test Edition, Laxmi Publication Ltd, 2005
C02, CO3 3. C.P. Lo, Albert K.W.Yeung, Concepts and
PR-10 To determine the Flexural Strength of Concrete Techniques of Geographic Information
C02, CO3 Systems, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2006,
PR-11 Concrete mix design by IS code method ISBN-13: 9780131495029
CO3, C04 4. Alfred Leick, GPS satellite surveying, John
PR-12 Site Visit to RMC Plant compulsory C01, C02, Wiley & Sons Inc., 3rd Edition, 2004. ISBN:
CO3 CO4 978-0-471-05930-1
5. Guocheng Xu, GPS Theory, Algorithms and
BCEL 230 SURVEYING & GEOMATICS (Theory) Applications,Publication Date: September 14,
2007 | ISBN-10: 3540727140 | ISBN-13: 978-
(Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (1-1-0- 2) 3540727149 | Edition: 2nd
Marks-50 Total Hrs: Reference Books:
30 1. D. Clark, Plane and Geodetic Surveying Vol II,
rd
3 Edition, New age international limited, 2005
Course Outcome: Student shall be able to th
2. Dr. A. M. Chandra, Surveying, 5 Edition, New
age international limited, 2005
1. To understand the basic principles of surveying. e- Learning Resources:
2. To study the coordinate systems and measuring www.nptel.iitrr.ac.in/iitroorki.
techniques. www.nptel.iitg.ac.in/iitGuahati.
3. To study different types of survey and
instruments used. BCEP 230 SURVEYING & GEOMATICS (Practical)
C01 Apply basic principles of survey for linear
measurements, bearings measurements. (Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (0-0-2- 1)
C02 Estimate bearings & angular measurements. Marks-
C03 Explain elevation of various points, Prepare 25
Plan contour & topographical maps.
C04 Determine horizontal and vertical distances Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
of points at angular observations
Unit-I Chain Traversing: Geo-informatics, 1. CO1 Apply basic principles of survey for linear
Principles of Surveying, Linear measurements, measurements, bearings measurements.
Principle of Chain Surveying. 2. CO2 Estimate bearings & angular
Compass Traversing: Prismatic compass, measurements.
Surveyor‘s compass, Compass Traversing: 3. CO3 Explain elevation of various points,
Bearings & azimuths. Local attraction. Open & Prepare Plan contour & topographical maps.
closed traverses. Adjustment of closed traverse. 4. CO4 Determine horizontal and vertical
Hrs-08 distances of points at angular observations
Unit-II Leveling & Sectioning: Principle of i) PR-01 Measurement of distance by Ranging
leveling, Temporary & Permanent adjustments. and Chaining.
Profile leveling, Longitudinal sectioning, Cross ii) Locating various objects by Chain & Cross staff
Sectioning, Reciprocal leveling, curvature & surveying.
refraction. Determination of area of polygon by Chain and
Contouring: Methods of contouring. Interpolation of Cross staff survey.
Contours, Computation of area and volume – CO-01
Trapezoidal and Simpson‘s Rule, Planimeter. i) PR-02 Measurement of bearings of sides
Hrs-08 of traverse with Prismatic Compass and
Unit-III Theodolite Traversing: Temporary & computation of correct included angle.
Permanent adjustment, Measurement of Horizontal One full size drawing sheet locating given
& Vertical angles. Consecutive & Independent building by Chain and Compass traversing.
Coordinates, Adjustment of Closed traverse, latitude CO-01
& departure, Gale‘s traverse table, area calculation i) PR-03 Determination of elevation of
by coordinates. various points with dumpy level by Collimation
Hrs-07 Plane Method and Rise & Fall Method.
57
Determination of elevation of various points with Unit-I Introduction: Importance and necessity of
Dumpy Level by keeping staff inverted. water supply scheme.
CO-02 Water demand: Types of demand, factors affecting
i) PR-04 Fixing Bench Mark with respect to per capita demand, variation in demands, design
Temporary Bench Mark with Dumpy Level by period and population forecasting methods and
Fly leveling and Check leveling. examples.
ii) One full size drawing sheet on L – section and Sources of water, Intake structures, Rising
C – section of Road. main: Classification and design water: General
One full size drawing sheet Contour Plan of idea of water borne diseases, physical, chemical,
given area. CO- and bacteriological characteristics of water, IS
02 10500:2012 standards of drinking water,
i) PR-05 Measurement of horizontal angles introduction to intake structure.
with Theodolite by means of Repetition Water treatment: Objective of treatment: treatment
Method. flow sheet of conventional water treatment plant.
ii) Measurement of vertical angles using Hrs-
Theodolite. 05
One full size drawing sheet locating given building Unit-II Aeration : Purpose, types of aerators
(traverse) by Theodolite traversing. Coagulation and Flocculation : Definition,
CO-03 principles, types of coagulants and reactions,
i) PR-06 Determination of constant of coagulant doses, types of mixing and flocculation
Tacheometer. devices.
ii) Determination of elevation of point by Sedimentation: Principles types of setting basins.
Tacheometric surveying. Clariflocculator : Principles and operation
Determination of elevation of point and Hrs-05
horizontal Unit-III Filtration: Mechanism of filtration, types of
distance between them by Tacheometric filters RSF, SSF, pressure filters, and operational
survey. problems in filtration.
CO- Disinfection : Purpose Mechanism , criteria for
04 good disinfectant various disinfectants their
PR-07 Topographic survey & Setting out of any characteristics, disinfection by chlorination using
building by using Total Station. different forms of chlorine
CO-01, CO-02, Distribution systems : Requirements for a good
CO-03, distribution system, methods of distribution systems
PR-08 Open Ended Experiment. distribution systems and layouts of distribution
CO-01, CO-02, CO-03, system Hrs-
CO-04 06
BCEL 231 Environmental Engineering (Theory) Text Books:

1. S. K. Garg, Water Supply And Sanitary
th
(Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (1-0-2-3) Engineering, 5 Edition, Khanna Publishers
Marks-25 Total Hrs: 16 Delhi, 2010
2. B. C. Punmia, Water Supply & Sanitary
Course Objectives: Student shall be able to st
Engineering, 1 Edition, Laxmi Publication,
2005
1. Understand the concept of water supply 3. Dr. P.N Modi, Water supply Engineering, 3rd
scheme, conveyance of water and Edition, Rajsons Publications, 2010
objectives of water treatment Reference Books:
2. Gain knowledge of water demand and water 1. G. S. Birdie and JS. Birdie, Water Supply And
quality. Sanitary Engineering, 6th Edition, Dhanpat Rai
3. Learn and solve water treatment unit design Publishers Delhi, 2002
problems 2. Paneerselvam .R, ―Environmental
4. Know about water distribution system. Engineering‖, Vol. I, SPGS Publishers ,
Course Outcome: Student shall be able to Chennai – 88, 2006
3. Manual on Water Supply and Treatment,‖
CO1 Know the concept of water supply scheme
CPHEEO, Ministry of Urban, Development,
conveyance of water and objectives of water
Government of India, New Delhi, 2009.
treatment
IS Codes: IS 10500: 2012 Drinking Water –
CO2 Identify & evaluate water demand and
Specification
analyze water quality.
e-Learning Resources:
CO3 Explain and design water treatment units for
www.nptel.iitrr.ac.in/iitroorki &
municipal use.
www.nptel.iitg.ac.in/iitGuahati
CO4 Choose appropriate water distribution system
Online Certification Courses:
for a particular area.
1. Water and Wastewater Treatment Engineering,
Tsinghua University, China.
58
Best faculty members from IIT: 2. To study the behavior of structural components
1. B. J. Alappat Professor in IIT Delhi under the various combination of loads.
3. To study various methods for the analysis of
BCEP231 Environmental Engineering (Practical) indeterminate structure.
Total Hrs: 02/Week Marks-25 Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
List of Practical‘s CO1 Identify the basic concept used in the

analysis of Indeterminate structure.
Course Outcome: Student shall be able to CO2 Solve the concept of Strain energy for the
analysis of different structures.
CO1 Know the concept of water supply scheme CO3 Distinguish the theories involved in the
and conveyance of water. analysis of columns.
CO2 Identify & evaluate water demand and CO4 Analyzed the continuous beam with and
analyze water quality. without sinking of support, Non Sway and sway
CO3 Explain and design water treatment units for frames by different methods.
municipal use. Syllabus
CO4 Choose appropriate water distribution system Unit-I Static determinacy of structure Analysis of
for a particular area. loads on simply supported beams with
PR-1 Water Quality Standards as per concentrated and uniformly distributed loads,
IS:10500:2012 maximum B.M. and S.F.
CO1, 4 Influence lines for reactions, bending moments and
PR-2 Determination of pH and Conductivity of shear forces in simply supported beams,
given water sample. cantilevers and beams with overhangs.
CO2 Influence lines for forces in members of simple
PR-3 Determination of Chloride in given water trusses and for BM and SF in panels of simple
sample. trusses. Hrs-07
CO2 Unit-II Strain energy method as applied to the
PR-4 Determination of Solids in given water analysis of redundant frames and redundant
sample. CO2, trusses up to two degrees. Determination of
3 deflection of trusses. Willot Mohr diagram,
PR-5 Determination of Optimum Dose of Castiglanos theorems, Maxwell‘s reciprocal
Coagulant by Jar test. theorem. Batti‘s theorem
CO2 Hrs-
PR-6 Determination of Alkalinity – Acidity of 07
given water sample Unit-III Bucking of Columns and beams columns,
CO2 Euler‘s and Rankine‘s formula. Analysis of Two-
PR-7 Determination of Dissolved Oxygen of Hinged arches , S.F. and normal thrust , parabolic
given water sample arches. Hrs-
CO2 08
PR-8 Determination of Hardness of given water Unit-IV Slope deflection method as applied to
sample indeterminate beams & continues beams portal
CO2 frames, frame with inclined legs up to 3 degrees of
PR-9 Determination of Available Chlorine and freedom. Hrs-
Residual Chlorine in given water sample 08
CO2 Text Books:
PR-10 Determination of BOD value for given 1. S.S. Bhavikatti, Structural Analysis, Vol- I, 2
nd
wastewater sample. Edition, Vikas Publication, 2009

CO2 2. Wang C.K., Intermediate Structural Analysis,
PR-11 Determination of COD value for given st
1 Edition, McGraw Hill, 2010
wastewater sample. Reference Books:
CO2 1. Wilbur J.B. & Norris C.H, Elementary Structural
PR-12 To perform Bacteriological Plate count and Analysis, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2009
MPN tests for given water sample 2. Theory of Structures, Stephen P. Timoshenko,
CO2 Donovan H. Young, McGraw-Hill Inc.,US; 2nd
edition, 1968
BCEL: 232 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS (Theory) Online Certification Courses:
1. Structural Analysis-I, Prof. Amit Shaw, Indian
(Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-0-0-2) Institute of Technology Kharagpur
Marks-50 Total Hrs: 30 Best faculty members from IIT:
1. Prof. Amit Shaw, Indian Institute of Technology
Course Objectives:
Kharagpur
1. To study basic concepts of analysis of
structural components.
TREM V
59
BFYL110 Mathematics 7 Marks-50 Total Hrs: 30
(Higher order Matrices and Probability)
Teaching Credit ESE Course Objectives:
Scheme s Duratio
Theory Practic Tota n 1. To understand the irrigation systems and its
Hours components & parameters required for
al l
planning of reservoir
T T Pr Tota TA CA ES Int. Ext.
2. To understand the design criteria’s of all
h u . l E E E types of dams & spillways.
1 1 - 2H 2 10 15 25 - - 50 2 3. To plan the canal systems & understand the
H H
advance concepts of irrigation engineering.
Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
C01 Demonstrate an Irrigation System

Course Objectives
C02 Plan & Design of reservoir.
Students undergoing this course are expected C03 Plan and design diversion head works
to: C04 Design irrigation canal structures
CO5 Analyze gravity and earth dams
Syllabus
 Learn the various method to solve basic
operations for higher order Matrices Unit-I Irrigation Systems: Types of irrigation
systems, Soil moisture, Irrigation crop water
 how to translate real-world problems into requirements, Methods of irrigation Hrs-
probability models. 06
Unit-II Reservoir planning: Selection of site for
Reservoirs: Engineering surveys, Geological and
Course Outcomes
Hydrological investigations; Fixing of LWL, FTL,
Upon the successful completion of the course, HFL, TBL; Different storage zones, in reservoirs;
learners will be able to Determination of storage capacity by mass curve
Course Outcomes method; Reservoir sedimentation; life estimation of
reservoir by Brune‘s method; Organization &
CO1 Apply the knowledge of matrices to solve the Administration of irrigation projects. Reservoir
problems related to civil engg. operation and scheduling. Hrs-
05
CO2 Apply the concept of probability and random Unit-III Gravity Dams: Types of storage head works,
variables in engineering field. Forces acting on gravity dams, Analysis of gravity dams,
Pre Requisite Profile of a gravity dam.
Earth dams: Types of earth dams, Causes of failure
Higher Secondary Level Mathematics of earth dams, Seepage analysis, Seepage control,
Stability analysis. Hrs-
Course Contents 09
UNIT I - Higher order Matrices Elementary Unit-IV Spillways and energy dissipation systems:
Operations Types of spillways, Design of Ogee spillway, Design of
UNIT II- Probability: Elements of probability stilling basins.
,Random Variables-discrete and continuous, Design of diversion head works: Types of hydraulic
cumulative distribution function and probability structures, Layout of a diversion head work, Design
density function, of vertical drop weir, Design of sloping glacis weir.
Text Books Hrs-
05
1. Probability and Statistics Murray R.Spiegel Unit-V Canal Systems: Types of canals, Principles of
Schaums outline series Fourth Edition 2013 design of stable irrigation canals, Silt theories, Tractive
Reference Books force theory, Design of lined canal, Design of
longitudinal section.
1. Higher Engineering Mathematics B.S. Water logging. Canal regulators, Types of canal
Grewal. falls. Types of cross drainage works, aqueduct/
2. Khanna Publishers 2013 Forty Third syphon aqueduct. River training work.
Probability and Statistics Spiegel M. R: The Hrs-05
McGraw-Hill Company 2000 Second Text Books:
3. Introduction to probability and statistical 1. Modi P.M, Irrigation Water Resources and
applications P L Mayer Addison-Wesley Hydropower Engineering, Standard Publishing
Publishing Company 2013 Second Company, New Delhi, 2000.
2. Arora K.L. Irrigation Water Resources Engineering,
BCEL331 IRRIGATION AND DRAINAGE Standard Book Publishing Co., Delhi,
ENGINEERING (Theory) 1996.
Reference Books:
(Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (1-0-0-1)
60
1. Asawa G.L., Irrigation and Engineering, New Age Unit-III : Limit state of collapse under compression
Publishing Co., Delhi, 1996. axially loaded short and long column, column with
2. Murthy C.S.N., Water Resources Engineering – axial load, uniaxial moment, Interaction diagram /
Principles and Practice, New Age Publishing Charts. Design of rectangular pad/slopped footing
Company, Delhi, 2002. for axial load and uniaxial bending.
Online Certification Courses: Hrs-07
4. ‗Irrigation and Drainage', NPTEL, Prof. Damodhara Unit-IV: Design of Dog legged Staircase.
Rao Mailapallli, Professor, Department of Design of Circular and Rectangular water tank with
Agricultural and Food Engineering, Indian Institute roof slab / dome resting on ground by approximate
of Technology, Kharagpur method. (Using Working Stress Method).
Best faculty members from IIT: Hrs-07
1. Dr. A K Rastogi, Professor, akr@civil.iitb.ac.in Text Books:
1. Varghese P.C.; Limit state design of Reinforced
Concrete Structures Prentice Hall of India,
1999.
2. Karve S.R. and Shah V.L, Limit State Theory
and Design of Reinforced Concrete, Structures
Publications, Pune. 2007.
BCEL 332: Reinforced Concrete Design (Theory) Reference Books:
1. S.U.Pillai ,D.Menon: Reinforced Concrete
Design, Tata Mcgraw-Hill Publishing Company
Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50 New Delhi 2003.
2. Ramchandra. Limit state Design Standard Book
Course Objectives: House 1990. Bureau of Indian Standards,
I.S.456-2000: Plain and reinforced concrete,
1. To design RCC members of building using Code of Practice, Bureau of Indian Standards
Limit State Design method. 2000.
2. To apply the conventional methods to 3. I.S.3370-1967: Part I, II and Part IV, Code of
design structural components of building. Practice for Concrete structures for storage of
3. To determine the structural behavior of liquids. Bureau of Indian Standards 1967.
rebar and concrete. Online Certification Courses:
Course Outcome: Student shall be able to 1. Design of reinforced concrete structures, Prof.
Nirjhar Dhang, IIT Kharagpur (Nptel).
C01 Demonstrate the conceptual difference Best faculty members from IIT:
between Working stress method, Ultimate 1. Prof. Nirjhar Dhang, IIT Kharagpur
load theory method & Limit state Design method. 2. Prof. A. K. Jain, IIT Delhi
C02 Design the structural elements like RCC
beam, slab, column, and footings by limit BCEP333 Building Services
state Design method as per I.S.456-2000.
C03 Apply the concepts of limit state of collapse in (Lectures–Tutorial–Practical-Credit) / Week
flexure and in shear and bond as per IS
456:2000. To design columns & footings for (0-1-1-0.5)
eccentric loads.
C04 Design water tanks and staircase.
Syllabus Course Objective :
Unit-I Introduction to working stress method of
RCC design by using IS 456:2000.
Limit state Design by using IS 456:2000, Partial safety
factors, load factors, stress-strain relationship, stress Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
block parameters, failure criteria, Limit state of collapse
C01 Understand the various concept of vastu
in flexure: Design of simply supported one way single
C02 Identify type factor and selection of building.
span and two way slabs using IS code coefficients.
C03 Compute command of vastu
Hrs-08
C04 Layout of Rooms as per Vastu Shastra
Unit-II Limit State of collapse in shear, Bond and
Unit-I Introduction about Vastu Concepts,
Torsion, Analysis and Design of Singly and Doubly
Principal of Planning, Aspects of different Room
reinforced Beams, ―T‖ beam. Design for Interaction
Hrs-03
between Bending moment, Torsional moment and
Unit-II Factor for selection of site for Residential
Shear.
Building, What Does Bad Vastu Cause & Good
Limit state of serviceability: Deflection and moment
Vastu Give, Four zones ,Ten Commandments of
curvature relationship, for beams and one-way
Vastu Shastra
slabs.
Hrs-03
Hrs-08
Unit-III Location of Doors, Ucham And Neecham,
Aspect According to Vastu Shastra According to
61
modern building science of National Building code loaded rectangular & circular areas, Newmarks
of India rules & practice charts.
Hrs-05 Hrs-08
Unit-IV Layout of Rooms as per Vastu Shastra & Unit-IV Slope Stability: Slopes, uses and failure of
Modern building science. slope, stability analysis of infinite and finite slope in
Hrs-04 sand, clay and c-stability number, Swedish circle
Text Books: method, Friction circle method, Bishop Method
1. Saral vastu Shastra vastu Shastra by Bhavan Earth Pressure: Earth Pressure at rest, active and
Bhaskar passive, Stages of plastic equilibrium Rankin‗s and
Reference Books: Coulombs theory of active and passive earth
1. Building Design and Drawing (Shah and Kale) pressure on retaining wall. Influence of surcharge,
IS Codes: National Building Code -16 water table, wall friction, Rebhann and Culmanns
simple graphical methods
Hrs-08
BCEL 334 Foundation Engineering Text Books:
1. Dr. K.R. Arora, Soil Mechanics and Foundation
(Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (1-1-2-4) Engineering, 5th Edition, Standard Publishers
Distributors, 2005
Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50 Reference Books:
1. Dr. B.C. Punmia, Soil Mechanics and Foundation
Engineering, 16th Edition, Laxmi Publications,
CO 1 Plan and execute the soil exploration and 2005
study various methods of ground 2. Das B. M., Principal of Foundation Engineering, 5th
improvement Edition, Thomson Brooks/Cole, 2004
CO 2 Perform field/lab tests on soil & Calculate 3. Bowles J.E., Foundation Analysis and Design,
the bearing capacity of soils and foundation 5th Edition, McGraw Hill International, 1996
settlements I.S.Codes:- IS 1892(1979), IS 2720- Part 1 to 41
CO 3 Analyze deep and shallow foundations (1977)
CO 4 Determine the earth pressures on foundations e- Learning Resources:
and retaining structures www.nptel.iitm.ac.in/iitkanpur.
Unit-I Soil exploration: planning, objectives and www.nptel.iitb.ac.in/iitBombay.
methods of exploration, soil boring, spacing and
depth of boring, types of drilling, Soil investigation
BCEL335 Disaster Preparedness & Planning
report
Field Tests: Plate load test, Standard Penetration (Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-0-0-2)
test (SPT) , California Bearing Ratio test, Field (Theory) Marks-50
Vane Shear test
Ground Improvement: Advanced methods for soil Course Objective
stabilization: Reinforced soil, Geo-textiles,
Vibroflotation, Preloading, Grouting 1. To study the basic concept disaster
Hrs-07 management
Unit-II Shallow Foundation: 2. To understand and apply the basic concepts
Bearing Capacity: Bearing capacity, its criteria, Causes, Consequences and Control of
factors and various methods. Analytical Methods: Disasters
Terzaghi‗s, Skemptons, Meyorhoff, BIS method for 3. To apply scientific strategies for prepardeness
bearing capacity, Effect of water table, contact Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
pressure. Bearing capacity based on plate load test
results, SPT value C01 Apply the concept of Disaster Management.
Settlement: Evaluation of soils C02 Understand Types, Trends, Causes,
settlement:Immediate, primary and secondary Consequences and Control of Disasters.
settlement, combined footing, concept of differential C03 Analyses risk information and early warning,
settlement Hrs-07 Reducing the risks in key sectors.
Unit-III Deep Foundation: C04 Implement emergency services, Identify the
Pile foundation : Classification of piles and their Role of Engineer in Disaster Management.
uses, static analysis, formula for determination of Unit-I Understanding Disaster
pile capacity for driven and bored pile in sand and Understanding the concept and definition of
in clay, dynamic pile formula, Negative skin friction, Disaster, Hazard, Vulnerability, Risk, Capacity-
piles in groups and their capacity, group efficiency, Disaster and Development and Disaster
factors affecting group efficiency, settlement ratio, Management Hrs-04
under-reamed pile Unit-II Types, Trends, Causes, Consequences
Introduction Well foundation and Raft and Control of Disasters
foundation Geological Disasters (earthquakes, landslides,
Stress Distribution: Stress distribution in soil tsunami, mining); Hydro-Meteorological Disasters
mass, Boussinesque‘s, Theory point & Uniformly Disasters (floods, cyclones, lightning,
62
thunderstorms, hail storms, avalanches, droughts,
cold and heat waves); Biological Disasters
(epidemic, pest attacks, forest fire); Technological Teaching Credi ESE
Disasters (Chemical Industries, Radiological, Scheme ts Durati
Theory Practi Tot
Nuclear) and Man made Disasters (Building on
collapse, rural and urban fire, road and rail cal al Hour
accident, nuclear, radiological, chemicals and T T Pr Tot Int. Ext. s
biological disasters); Global Disaster trends – h u . al TA CA ES
Emerging Risk of Disasters – Climate change and E E E
urban disaster.
1 1 - 2H 2 10 15 25 - - 50 2
Hrs-08
HH
Unit-III Disaster Preparedness: Saving lives and
livelihoods
Structure of the Document and Use of this Indicator Course Objectives
and Guidance Tool, Terminology, Key terms,
Guiding Principles for implementing Disaster Risk Students undergoing this course are expected
Reduction to:
Key Components in Preparedness Planning
Contingency Planning, Capacity Analysis and 1. Teaching of basic knowledge of Statistics
Capacity-Building, Hazard Monitoring, Forecasting 2. Learn the Linear Programming Problem
and Early Warning, Information Management and 3. Learning calculus of variation and its relevance
Communication. in engineering.
Hrs-10 Course Outcomes
Unit-IV Readiness for Response
Emergency Services and Stand-by Arrangements, Upon the successful completion of the course,
Incorporating Early Recovery into Preparedness learners will be able to
Planning, Resource Allocation and Funding. Course Outcomes
Study of Recent Disasters (at local, State and
National Level) and Preparation of risk CO1 Understand the Basics of statistics
management plan on an area or sector. Role of CO2 Understand the Linear Programming Problem
Engineer in Disaster Management. and will use to solve simple problems in the
Hrs-08 field of civil engineering.
Text Books: CO3 Use concept of calculus of variation to solve the
1. An overview on natural & man-made disasters and problems based on Functional.
their reduction, R K Bhandani, CSIR, New Delhi Course Contents
2. Encyclopedia of disaster management, Vol I, II and UNIT I- Statistics: Mean median mode std deviation
IIIL Disaster management policy and correlation regression
administration, S L Goyal, Deep & Deep, New UNIT II - Introduction to optimization techniques
Delhi, 2006 Linear programming, mathematical model
Reference Books: formulation, Solutions by Graphical & Simplex
1. Coppola D P, 2007. Introduction to International method.
Disaster Management, Elsevier Science (B/H), UNIT III - Calculus of variations:
London. Maxima and minima of function, variation and its
2. Manual on natural disaster management in India, M properties, Euler‘s equation, functionals dependent
C Gupta, NIDM, New Delhi on 1st and 2nd order derivatives
3. Disasters in India Studies of grim reality, Anu Text Books
Kapur & others, 2005, 283 pages, Rawat Publishers, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Grewal B.S.:
Jaipur Khanna Publishers; 2013 Forty Third
4. Management of Natural Disasters in developing
countries, H.N. Srivastava & G.D. Gupta, Daya Reference Books
Publishers, Delhi, 2006, 201 pages
5. Publications of National Disaster Management 1 Advanced Engineeing Mathematics, Kreyszig,
Authority (NDMA) on Various Templates and E. John Wiley & Sons; 2000, Eighth
Guidelines for Disaster Management 2 Higher Engineering Mathematics Grewal B.S.:
e- Learning Resources: Khanna Publishers; 2013 Forty Third
https://www.preparecenter.org/topics/disast 3 Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and
er- preparedness scientists Spiegel M. R McGraw-Hill Book
https://www.cdmsmith.com/en/Client- Company 2010 Second
Solutions/.../10-Steps-to-Disaster- 4 Probability and Statistics Spiegel M. R: The
Preparedness McGraw-Hill Company 2000 Second
TREM VI
BFYL111 Mathematics 8 BCEL 336 Design of Steel Structures (Theory)
Optimization and Calculus of variation (Lectures–Tutorial–Practical-credits) / Week
63
(2-0-0- 2) I. S. Codes:-
IS:800-2007, IS:875-Part 1,2 & 3
Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50 NPTEL courses:
Prof. Damodar Maity, Indian IIT, Kharagpur
Course Objectives:
BCEL 337 Engineering Economics, Estimation &
1. To study the specifications in IS: 800 Costing (Theory)
2. To understand the concepts and different (Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (1-0-2-2)
aspects to be considered for design of steel
structures. Total Hrs: 18 Marks-100
3. To design the various structural
components as per the codal provision. Course Objective:
Course Outcome: Student shall be able to:
1. To write detailed specification for any Civil
C01 Understand design philosophies according to Engineering Structure.
IS 800:2007 & behavior of structural steel 2. To determine approximate and detailed
and fasteners estimate of Civil Engineering Structure.
C02 Design various structural components such 3. To understand the process of tendering,
as of steel structures using bolted& welded valuation and economics behind it.
connections Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
C03 Design welded plate girders, gantry girders
for the loads specified as per IS:800-2007 C01 Enumerate specifications of building,
C04 Design laced and battened columns, columns irrigation, road work & methods of estimate.
subjected to axial & biaxial moments C02 Estimate the quantity of Civil Engineering
Syllabus works.
Unit-I Structural Fasteners: Behavior of bolted C03 Evaluate the cost & economy of Civil
and welded connections (types, Designations, Engineering aspects.
properties, permissible stresses. Strength of bolt Unit-I SPECIFICATIONS: Specification of a few
and strength of weld. Efficiency of joints. Design of items related to building, Irrigation Work, Road
simple bolted and welded connections. work.
Hrs-05 ESTIMATE OF BUILDINGS: Detailed estimation of
Unit-II Design of axially loaded members Tension framed structures (Residential & Commercial),
members, Compression members Moment Schedule of Rates. Recommendations from N.B.O.
resistant bolted and welded connection.(bending Analysis of rates.
and torsion).Design of connection Beam to beam, Hrs-08
beam to column-framed connection. Unit-II ESTIMATE OF OTHER STRUCTURES:
Hrs-05 Detailed estimation of Structures other than
Unit-III Design of simple built up beams: Laterally Residential & Commercial, i.e. septic tank, soak pit,
restrained and Laterally unrestrained, Curtailment sanitary and water supply, bituminous and cement
of flange plates. Design of welded plate girder, concrete roads, retaining walls, culverts, irrigation
Hrs-10 works, aqueduct, siphon, fall. Schedule of Rates.
Unit-IV Design of single rolled steel section column Hrs-
subjected to axial load and biaxial moment 05
including base design. Design of axially loaded built Unit-III Tenders: Tender notice and procedure.
up columns. Laced and Battened. Column base: Contracts: Type, Documentations, land acquisition
Design of slab Bases, introduction to gusseted act, Legal aspects of contract provisions,
bases Hrs-10 Arbitration. Qualification of contractor, Authenticity
Text Books: for public works.
1. S. K .Duggal, Limit State Design of steel Valuation: Value and cost, types, methods of
structures, 2nd Edition, Tata Mc-GRAW valuation, valuation of old building.
HILL, 2013 Economics: Cost Accounting, classification of
2. Dr. V.L. Shah, Veena Gore, Limit State Design cost, direct & indirect charges. Net & gross return,
of steel structures, 3rd Edition, Structures Tenure of land, frees hold & lease holds property.
Publications, 2012 Sinking fund, Depreciation, rent fixation. MAS
3. N. Subramaniam, ―Design of Steel Structures as per account, issue rate of store accounts.
IS:800-2007‖, Oxford university press. Hrs-05
Reference Books: Text Books:
nd
1. L. S. Negi, Design of steel structures, 2 1. Dutta B.N., Estimating and Costing in Civil
Edition, Tata Mc-GRAW HILL, 2008 Engineering, Theory and Practice, 23rd
2. S. S. Bhavikatti, Design of steel structures by Edition, UBS Publisher, New Delhi, 2003
th
Limit State Method as Per IS 800-2007, 4 2. Popescu C. M., Estimating Building Cost, 17th
Edition, I.K. International Publication, 2014 Edition, Phaobunjong Kan and Nuntapong
rd
3. S .K. Duggal, Design of steel structures, 3 vararin Dekker Publication, 2000
Edition, Tata Mc-GRAW HILL, 2009 Reference Books:
64
1. Patil B. S, Estimating and Costing, 19th 1. To understand the principals involved in the
Edition, Oriental Longmans Publication, New analysis of indeterminate structures
Delhi, 2002 2. To study the analysis of continuous beams and
2. D. D. Kohali & R. C. Kohali, Text book of frames subjected to lateral sway
Estimating & Costing (Civil), 12th Edition, S. 3. To study approximate methods of analysis for
Chand, 2010 portal frames
IS Codes: IS1200 Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
www.nptel.iitg.ac.in/iitGuahati. CO1 Analyze the frames subjected to lateral sway
using slope deflection method
BCEL 337 Engineering Economics, Estimation & CO2 Analyze the frames subjected to lateral sway
Costing (Theory) using moment distribution method
CO3 Apply different Approximate methods for
(Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (0-0-2-1) analysis of 2D frames subjected to horizontal
& vertical loads
Marks-50 CO4 Analyze the non-prismatic sections
Syllabus
Course Outcome: Student shall be able to Unit-I Slope deflection method as applied to
indeterminate beams & continues beams portal
CO-01 Enumerate specifications of building, frames, frame with inclined legs up to 3 degrees of
irrigation, road work & methods of estimate. freedom. Hrs-
CO-02 Estimate the quantity of Civil Engineering 08
works. Unit-II Analysis of continues beams and simple
CO-03 Evaluate the cost & economy of Civil portals (Non sway) using Moment Distribution
Engineering aspects. methods, Moment distribution applied to frames
PR-01 Specification for TEN items (Building works with sway (up to single storey two bay)
–6 items, road work –2 items, irrigation Hrs-08
work – 2 items). Unit-III Approximate method of Structural analysis
CO-01 for multi- storeyed frames with lateral loads (Portal
PR-02 Detailed estimate of a RCC G + 3 Storied and Cantilever method), Approximate methods for
Residential Building with flat roof frame vertical loads i.e. Substitute frame method
type structure. etc.(Max. three bay three storey)
CO-01 Hrs-07
PR-03 Detailed estimate of a RCC G + 8 Storied Unit-IV Column Analogy method, Application to
Commercial Building with flat roof frame beams, Calculations of Stiffness factors and carry
type structure. over factors for non-prismatic method, Analysis of
CO-01 non-prismatic fixed beams.
PR-04 Detailed estimate of C.C. Road (Or Hot Mix Hrs-07
Coat Road) of minimum 1 km length. Text Books:
CO-01 1. S.S. Bhavikatti, Structural Analysis, Vol- I, 2
nd
PR-05 Detailed estimate of any two of the Edition, Vikas Publication, 2009
following: 2. Wang C.K., Statically Indeterminate Structures,
1. Septic tank for a colony st
1 Edition, McGraw Hill, New York, 1983
2. Water Supply Scheme 3. Reddy C.S, Basic Structural Analysis, 3
rd
Earth or Water Retaining Structures Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011 CO-02
PR-06 Analysis of Rates for above mentioned Reference Books:
Problems. CO- 1. Wilbur J.B. & Norris C.H, Elementary Structural
02 Analysis, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2009
PR-07 Prepare DPR of buildings in PR-02 & 03 2. Theory of Structures, Stephen P. Timoshenko,
CO-01, CO-02, CO- Donovan H. Young, McGraw-Hill Inc., US; 2nd
03, edition, 1968
PR-08 Tender documents for PR-02 & 03 3. R. Vaidyanathan, P. Perumal, Comprehensive
CO-01, CO- st
Structural Analysis, 1 Edition, Tata McGraw
02 Hill, 2005
1. Advanced Structural Analysis, Prof. Devdas
BCEL: 338 ADVANCED STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS Menon, Indian Institute of Technology, Madras
(Theory) Best faculty members from IIT:
1. Prof. Devdas Menon, Indian Institute of
Technology, Madras
Marks-50
BCEL 339: Project Planning and Construction
Course Objectives: Management (Theory)
65
(Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-0-0-2) Functions and objective, procurement, Inventory
control, ABC analysis & material codification.
Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50 Classification, selection, operation & maintenance,
depreciation & replacement cost, cost of owning of
Course Objectives: equipment. Hrs-
06
1. To learn elements of management in civil
engineering projects, organization structure
and quality control. Text Books:
2. To study project planning, project 1. Chitkara K K, Construction Project Management,
monitoring, cost planning, and resource Tata McGraw Hill
allocation through network techniques. 2. Jha K N, Construction Project Management,
3. To understand engineering economics and Pearson, 2011
laws related to contracts, labor safety etc. Reference Books:
1. Srinath L, CPM & PERT, East-West Press Pvt.
Ltd New Delhi
2. S.K. Bhatnagar, Network Analysis Techniques,1st
CO 1 Understand the project life cycle and Edition, Willey Eastern Ltd., 1986
organization. Online Certification Courses:
CO 2 Solve problems related to Network and total 1. www.nptel.iitm.ac.in/iitkanpur.
duration of the project using different 2. www.nptel.iitb.ac.in/iitBombay.
network techniques. Best faculty members from IIT:
CO 3 Apply effectively the principles of 1. Koshy Varghese from IIT Madras
economics, contracts techniques & industrial
relations in projects. TREM VII
CO 4 Calculate operational cost, owning and
hiring cost of the equipment. BCEL 401 ADVANCED STRUCTURAL DESIGN
Syllabus (Theory)
Unit-I Elements of Management:
Introduction, Definition, functions of management,
advances and societal influences in construction Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50
management, Project life cycle, Quality control.
Phases of a project, agencies involved, Indian Course Objectives:
standards on construction and project management
Stages of project planning Process of development 1. To design of advanced structural elements
of plans and schedules, work break-down structure like retaining walls, combined footings
role of client and contractor 2. To design doubly reinforced beam,Two way
Hrs-07 slab,biaxial column ,long column.
Unit-II Network Techniques & Resource Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
Scheduling:
Bar charts, milestone charts, preparation of CPM, C01 Design doubly reinforced & T-beam with
PERT & GERT networks, analysis of networks, torsion shear and Deflection.
Application of network Techniques. C02 Design of columns subjected to biaxial
Line of balance technique, resource constraints and moments and long columns.
conflicts, resource aggregation, allocation, C03 Design Two way slab as per IS 456:2000.
smoothening and leveling Hrs- C04 Design Rectangular and Trapezoidal
08 combined footing.
Unit-III Engineering Economics Contract C05 Design cantilever and counter-fort retaining
Management & Industrial Relations walls.
Time value of money, Present economy studies, Syllabus
Equivalence concept, financing of projects, cash Unit-I Limit state of collapse in torsion:
flow diagrams, evaluating alternatives by
Concept of interaction of torsion, shear and flexure.
equivalence, balance sheet and profit and loss
statement. Classification of costs, time cost trade- Analysis and design of doubly reinforced beam for
off in construction projects. Types of contracts,
torsion, shear and flexure.
Legal aspects of contraction, laws related to
contracts, prequalification of contracts, Elements of Limit state of serviceability: Deflection
tender preparation, process of tendering, calculations for doubly reinforced beam.
Evaluation of tenders, contract negotiation and Hrs-06
award of work, Payment of wages Act, Employees Unit-II Analysis and design for columns
State Insurance Act, Industrial safety and welfare subjected to biaxial moments. Design of long
provision. Dispute resolving techniques. columns Hrs-05
Hrs-09
Unit-IV Materials & equipment management
66
Unit-III Design of RCC Two way slab with various Syllabus
end conditions using IS 456 :2000 coefficients Unit-I Design of overhead circular service
Hrs-04 reservoirs. Analysis of staging by cantilever method
Unit-IV Design of combined footing (Rectangular Hrs-08
footing) Unit-II Design of highway bridge with IRC loading
Design of Raft Foundation Hrs- and equivalent UDL Slab type
08 Hrs-08
Unit-V Design of RCC cantilever and counter-fort Unit-III Design of building frames up to two
retaining walls. Hrs- bay/two storey, including design of foundation.
07 Using Limit state Method.
Text Books: Hrs-07
1. Dr. B. C. Punmia, Arun Kumar Jain, Ashok Unit-IV Design of Silos and Bunkers (Using Limit
th
Kumar Jain, Comprehensive RCC Design, 8 state Method)
Edition, Laxmi Publication Pvt. Ltd., 2005 Hrs-07
2. V. L. Shah, S. R. Karve, Illustrated Reinforced Text Books:
rd
Concrete Design, 3 Edition, Structures 1. Dr. B. C. Punmia, Arun Kumar Jain, Ashok
th
Publication, 1996 Kumar Jain, Comprehensive RCC Design, 8
3. Krishna Raju,‖ Advanced Concrete Structures”, Edition, Laxmi Publication Pvt. Ltd., 2005
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2000. 2. V. L. Shah, S. R. Karve, Illustrated Reinforced
4. Varghese .P.C, ―Advanced Reinforced Cement Concrete Design, 3rd Edition, Structures
Concrete‖, Pretince-Hall India, Second edition, Publication, 1996
2006 Reference Books:
Reference Books: 1. Ashok K. Jain, Reinforced Concrete: Limit State
1. James Gare, Mechanics of Material, 8th Edition, Design, 4th Edition, Nem Chand, 1993
Cengage Learning, 2012 2. T.R. Jagadeesh, M.A. Jayaram, Design of
2. B. C. Punmia, Mechanics of Material, 15th Bridge Structures, 2nd Edition, PHI Learning
Edition, Laxmi Publications, 2005 Pvt. Ltd., 2010
3. Gere and Timoshenko, ―Mechanics of Materials‖,
CBS publishers BCEL 403 Earthquake Resistant Structures
4. Unnikrishna Pillai .S and Deavadas Menon, (Theory)
―Reinforced Concrete Design‖, Tata MacGraw Hill
Publishing Company Limited, Second Edition, (Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-0-0-0)
New Delhi, 2003.
Online Certification Courses: Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50
1. Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures, Prof.
Course Objectives:
Nirjhar Dhang, IIT Kharagpur. (NPTL)
Best faculty members from IIT: 1. Geology of the Earth, Movements of
1. Prof. Nirjhar Dhang, IIT Kharagpur Tectonic Plates, and Effects of Earthquakes
2. Prof. A. K. Jain, IIT Delhi 2. Dynamic Behavior of simple structural
BCEL 402 ADVANCED CONCRETE DESIGN systems
(Theory) 3. Structural dynamics of simple systems
subject to harmonic and random earthquake
loading
Total Hrs: 30Marks-50 Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
Course Objectives: CO1 Identify movements of tectonic plates, and

characterize earthquake ground shaking
1. To understand the philosophies of design of CO2 Estimate the magnitude & intensity of
reinforced cement concrete and to justify this is Earthquake
the best CO3 Utilize the principles behind Earthquake
2. To know design of advanced structural resistant design of structures
elements with safety, stability and economical CO4 Formulate earthquake analysis of multi-
way storeyed buildings
3. To study of provisions in IS 1893 and IS 456 for CO5 Design earthquake resistant design and
design of structures ductile detailing of frame members
CO1 Design overhead circular service reservoirs. Syllabus

CO2 Design Highway Bridge Slab and Girder Unit-I Earth and its interior, circulations, plate
type as per IRC loading tectonics, faults, seismic waves, strong ground
CO3 Design building frames using Limit state motions, characteristics of strong ground motions,
Method Magnitude (and Richter Scale), Intensity (and
CO4 Design cylindrical shells by beam theory. Modified Mercalli Scale)
Design Silos using Limit state Method. Hrs-06
67
Unit-II Earthquake Resistant Design Philosophy Unit-II Design of round tubular structures, Design
for Normal Buildings; Four Virtues of Earthquake of steel chimneys.
Resistant Buildings – Structural Configuration, Hrs-05
Lateral Stiffness, Lateral Strength and Ductility; Unit-III Design of industrial gantry Girders
Seismic Zones in India; IS Codes for Earthquake Hrs-10
Resistant Design and Construction of Buildings; Unit-IV Design of Foot Bridge
geotechnical Design Considerations and Selection Hrs-10
of Sites Hrs-06 Text Books:
Unit-III Special aspects in Multi-storey Buildings - 1. S. K. Duggal, Limit State Design of steel
Open Ground Storeys, P-delta effect, Soil-Structure structures, 2nd Edition, Tata Mc-GRAW HILL,
Interaction, Drift Limitation, Short Column Effect 2013
Hrs-06 2. Dr. V.L. Shah , Veena Gore, Limit State Design
Unit-IV Introduction to IS 1893 (Part 1) - 2017, of steel structures, 3rd Edition, Structures
Design Base Shear, Earthquake Analysis of Publications, 2012
Buildings by Equivalent Static Method 3. N. Subramaniam, ―Design of Steel Structures as per
Hrs-06 IS:800-2007‖, Oxford university press.
Unit-V Introduction to IS 13920 - 2016, design Reference Books:
nd
strategy, capacity design of RC frame members, 1. L. S. Negi, Design of steel structures, 2
Structural Walls and Beam-Column joints, ductile Edition, Tata Mc-GRAW HILL, 2008
detailing in RC Beams and Columns 2. S. S. Bhavikatti, Design of steel structures by
th
Hrs-06 Limit State Method as Per IS 800-2007, 4
Text Books: Edition, I.K. International Publication, 2014
rd
1. Pankaj Agrawal and Manish Shrikhande, 3. S. K. .Duggal, Design of steel structures, 3
Earthquake resistant Design of Structures, 3rd Edition, Tata Mc-GRAW HILL, 2009
Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt, Ltd. I.S.Codes:- IS:800-2007, IS:875-Part 1,2 & 3
Publications, 2006 NPTEL courses: Prof. A.Shantha Kumar, IIT,
Reference Books: Madras
1. S. K. Duggal, Earthquake Resistant Design of Prof. S. R. Satishkumar, IIT,
st
Structures, 1 Edition, Oxford University Press Madras
Publications, 2007
2. Dowrick, D. L., ―Earthquake Resistance Design BCEL 405 MATRIX METHOD OF STRUCTURAL
nd
for Engineers and Architects‖, 2 Edition, John ANALYSIS (ELECTIVE –) (Theory)
Willey & Sons, 1987
Online Certification Courses: (Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-0-0-0)
1. Introduction to Earthquake Engineering, Dr. R.
S. Jangid, IIT, Bombay Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50
Best faculty members from IIT:
1. Dr. CVR Murty, IIT Jodhpur Course Objectives:
2. Dr. R. S. Jangid, IIT, Bombay
1. To introduce stiffness method for analysis of
BCEL 404 Advanced Steel Design (Theory)
statically indeterminate structures.
(Lectures–Tutorial–Practical-credits) / Week 2. To develop a computer program for structural
analysis based on the matrix stiffness method
(2-0-0- 2) 3. To understand the basics of finite element
method and application to structural analysis
Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50 Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
Course Objectives: C01 Understand the basic concept of Direct

1. To understand the IS code specifications Stiffness Method for structural analysis.
2. Understand the design concept and able to C02 Understand the concept of elemental
design the components of structures stiffness matrix for different elements.
3. To identify and calculate the loads as per C03 Understand the concept of global stiffness
codal provisions matrix for different elements.
Course Outcome: Student shall be able to: C04 Apply the fundamental concepts in the
analysis of member with temperature
C01 Understand design philosophies according to loading.
IS 800:2007,IS:875 C05 Identify the concept involved in finite element
C02 Design Round tubular structures method and application to structural analysis
C03 Design gantry girders for the loads specified Syllabus
as per IS code Unit-I Basic concept, Degree of Freedoms,
C04 Design Foot over bridge Basic concept of Direct Stiffness Method,
Syllabus Formulation of elemental / local stiffness
Unit-I Design philosophy & IS code matrix and global stiffness matrix for plain
recommendations. Design of connections
truss. Transformation Matrix, Assembly of
Hrs-05
68
Global/ Structure stiffness matrix up to (4X4). Best faculty members from IIT:
Member load matrix, Assembly of Global / 1. Prof. Baidurya Bhattacharya, Department of Civil .
Structure load matrix, Solution to problems IIT Kharagpur
with maximum degree of Freedom four. 2. Prof. Amit Show, Department of Civil. IIT
Hrs-07 Kharagpur
Unit-II Formulation of elemental / local
BCEL 406 Repair & Rehabilitation of Structures
stiffness matrix and global stiffness matrix for (Theory) (Elective) (Lectures) / Week (2-0-0-2)
Beam members (without axial deformation) for
continuous beams, Transformation matrix Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50
Assembly of global/Structure stiffness matrix,
Member load matrix due to concentrated load, Course Objectives:
Uniformly distributed load, Moment assembly
1. To Understand the Natural Causes/Agencies
of global/ structure load matrix up to (8X8) which Deteriorates the Structures.
Solution to problem with maximum degree of 2. To be Able to Understand the Role of Field
freedom four. Civil Engineers in Disaster Management.
Hrs-07 3. To get the Knowledge of Techniques
Unit-III Formulation of elemental /local Available for Rehabilitation.
stiffness matrix and global stiffness matrix for 4. To Implement different Methods of
Plane Frame member (With axial deformation), Rehabilitation and Demolish.
Transformation matrix, Assembly of global / Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
Structure stiffness matrix, Member load matrix
C01 Understand the need of Maintenance of
due to concentrated loads, Uniformly
Structures with Passage of Time.
distributed loads, moments, Assembly of C02 Opt proper material for Complex Situations.
Global /Structure load matrix. Solution to plane C03 Come up with different techniques to Cater
frame problems with maximum degree of the Situation.
freedom six, Inclined member problem. C04 Demolish the Structure in the Right Way.
Hrs- Syllabus
06 Unit-I REPAIR STRATEGIES AND MAINTENANCE:
Unit-IV Analysis of Member for temperature Importance of Maintenance various aspects of
loading, initial joint displacement (sinking of Inspection. Assessment procedure for evaluating a
damaged structure, causes of deterioration. Corrective &
support), lack of fit in trusses, trusses with preventive maintenance of foundation as sub-structures.
inclined roller, storing of global/ structure Hrs-07
stiffness Matrix, full storage, banded storage, Unit-II REPAIR BY DIFFERENT MATERIALS: Special
band Minimization. elements for accelerated strength gain, Expansive
Hrs-06 cement, polymer concrete, sulphur infiltrated concrete,
Unit-V Introduction to finite Element method , ferro cement, Fibre reinforced concrete.
basic concept, discretization of structure, Hrs-07
Unit-III TECHNIQUES FOR REPAIR: Rust eliminators
Rayleigh Ritz member for bar elements and polymers coating for rebars during repair, foamed
(prismatic / Non prismatic) Displacement concrete, mortar and dry pack, vacuum concrete, Gunite
based Bar elements (prismatic / non- and Shotcrete, Epoxy injection, Mortar repair for cracks,
prismatic) and Bean elements (prismatic) shoring and underpinning. Methods of corrosion
Displacement based bar elements (prismatic / protection, corrosion inhibitors, corrosion resistant steels,
coatings and cathodic protection.
Non-prismatic) and Bean element (prismatic), Hrs-08
Load, Matrix for body forces Unit-IV REPAIRS, REHABILITATION, RETROFITTING
Hrs-04 AND DEMOLITION OF STRUCTURES: Repairs to
Text Books: overcome low member strength, Deflection, Cracking,
1. V. N. Vazirani M. M. Ratwani, Advanced Theory Chemical disruption, weathering corrosion, wear, fire,
of Structures And Matrix Methods Of Analysis, 5th leakage and marine exposure. Non Engineering
Edition, Khanna publisher, 2002 Demolition, Mechanical Method of demolition,
2. Harry H.West, Louis F. Geschwindner, Dismantling of building and reuse of material and fittings.
Fundamentals of Structural Analysis, 2nd Edition, - Case studies. Hrs-08
Wiley Publishers, 2002 Text Books:
Reference Books: 1. Shetty M.S, Concrete Technology – Theory and
th
1. C S Reddy, Basic Structural Analysis, 3rd Edition, Practice, 10 Edition, S.Chand and Company,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2011 2005
2. Bhavikatti S S, Structural Analysis – II, 3rd Edition, 2. Dov Kominetzky.M.S, Design and Construction
th
VIKAS PUBLISHERS, 2009 Failures, 8 Edition, Galgotia Publications Pvt.
Online Certification Courses: Ltd, 2008
1. Matrix Method of structural Analysis, Prof. Amit Reference Books:
Show, IIT Kharagpur. (NPTL)
69
1. Ravishankar.K., Krishnamoorthy.T.S, Structural Unit-IV Environmental Legislation, Air, Water and
Health Monitoring, Repair and Rehabilitation of Environmental acts, Preventive and reactive
rd
Concrete Structures, 3 Edition, Allied strategies for environmental pollution control,
Publishers, 2004 Environmental organization for planning and
2. CPWD and Indian Buildings Congress, Hand implementation, sustainable development
th
book on Seismic Retrofit of Buildings, 10 Environmental Audit
Edition, Narosa Publishers, 2008 Hrs-08
Online Certification Courses: Text Books:
1. SWAYAM 1. Assessment and analysis of Environmental
COURSE==https://swayam.gov.in/courses/4901- management, Shukla S. S., Shrivastva P. R. 1992,
july-2018-structural-health-monitoring. commonwealth publishers New Delhi 2003
1. Prof. Albert Thomas, Assistant Professor,
Department of Civil Engineering, IIT Bombay; Reference Books:
Email: albert@iitb.ac.in (Phone No. : (+91-22 1. Environmental Impact Assessment, second edition,
25767301) Larry W. Canter, McGraw-Hill International
editions.
BCEL 407 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT 2. Primes on ‗Environmental Management prof. P.
(Theory) (Elective-) Khanna, Multitech publications Co. New Delhi
2001.
(Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-0-0-2) IS Codes
e-Learning Resources:
Total Hrs: 30 Marks-25 www.nptel.iitrr.ac.in/iitroorki.
www.nptel.iitg.ac.in/iitGuahati.
Course Objective Student shall be able to Best faculty members from IIT:
1. Dr. Shasidhar IIT Hydrabad
1. Gain environmental awareness.
2. Understand basic concept of environmental
BCEL 408 WASTEWATER ENGINEERING
management
(THEORY) (ELECTIVE- )
3. Know Environmental Legislation and acts.,
Course Outcome: Student shall be able to (Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-0-0-2)
CO1 Outline the principles of environmental Total Hrs: 30 Marks-25
management.
CO2 Understand the concept of sustainable Course Objectives:
development and Environmental
Management Plan. 1. To understand waste water and conveyance
CO3 Apply the knowledge of Environmental system.
Impact Assessment to real life. 2. To determine the physico-chemical
CO4 The gain knowledge of environmental characties of waste water
legislations and environmental acts. 3. To provide proper arrangement and
Unit-I Definition of Environmental Management, operation of units in waster water treatment
Principles of Environmental Management, Nature, plant
Scope and Components of Environmental Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
Management, Policies and Legal Aspect of
Environmental Management. Hrs CO1 Know wastewater treatment design and
-08 storm water, domestic sewage etc. flow system.
Unit-II Public Private Participation Model, ISO CO2 Explain wastewater characteristic, sampling
Certification, EHS, EDM. Environmental of sewage, physical, chemical and biological
organizations for planning and implementation characterization.
sustainable development. Preventive and reactive CO3 Explain and design wastewater treatment
strategies for environmental pollution control. Life units for municipal use.
Cycle Assessment as Environmental Management CO4 Explain low cost waste treatment.
Tool. Environmental Management Plan (EMP), Unit-I Introduction and objective of Waste water
Components of EMP, Preparation of EMP, Case treatment, Quantity of storm water, domestic
Study Hrs-07 sewage, variation of sewage flow systems of
Unit-III Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA), sewerage - separate combined and partially
Need and Importance, Steps involved, Methods of combined layouts of sewerage system, capacity of
EIA, Ad-hoc, checklist, network, matrix etc. Typical sewers, design of sewers. Laying out of circular
case studies of environmental impact assessment, sewers-Boning rod and sight rail method, Testing &
Environmental impact statement and risk maintenance of sewers.
assessment. Hrs-07
Hrs-07 Unit-II Waste water characteristic, sampling of
sewage, physical, chemical and biological
characterization, B.O.D.,C.O.D., TOC, B.O.D.
70
equation, problems on B.O.D. Pollution due to 1. To understand the concept of high
domestic and industrial waste. Sewage and performance green buildings and
Industrial effluent standards for disposal on land, sustainability.
into stream and into sewers. 2. To study the various existing rating
Hrs-07 systems for sustainable building design.
Unit-III Treatment of sewage - purpose of 3. To study various methods of energy and
treatment, preliminary treatment, primary treatment water conservations.
and secondary treatment. Preliminary Treatment:- Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
Screening, Grit chamber, detritus tank., Oil and
grease removal Sedimentation. CO1 Gain a broad understanding of Green
Hrs-07 Building and explore the phases of
Unit-IV Biological treatment: Trickling filters, low sustainable development.
rate & high rate tricking filters. Activated sludge CO2 Apply knowledge of national and international
process - Process description, Methods of aeration, rating systems while designing green
loading rates, Different modified forms of A.S.P. buildings.
design criteria using MLSS, MLVSS & SVI,F/M., CO3 Apply modern green engineering concept,
Anaerobic Digestion – UASB, AFFR, Hybrid tools, techniques & skills necessary for
reactors., biogas generation, concept of CETP engineering practice in energy
Hrs-07 efficiency concept during execution.
Unit-V Low cost waste treatments - Oxidation CO4 Explain the contemporary issues and
ponds, Aerated Lagoon, Treatment and Disposal of development associated with green building.
sludge - Digestion of sludge, sludge disposal. Unit-I Introduction to Green Buildings. Impacts of
Septic tank, working and design, Disposal of septic building construction, operation and disposal. The
tank effluent. Disposal of sewage on land and in green building process and assessment. Phases of
stream. Self-purification capacity of stream sustainable development: site planning and
Hrs-07 evaluation, construction, commissioning, and
occupancy phases; site selection and location of
Text Books: building on a site; building design: orientation,
1. Rao, M. N. and Rao H. V. N., Air Pollution, 26th components, systems, integrated design, scale;
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007 material selection, historic, present, properties, how
2. Rao and Datta, Waste Water Treatment, 4th they work, efficiency; construction: phasing,
Edition, Oxford & IBH Pub. Co. Pvt.Ltd., New sequencing, minimization of erosion; occupancy –
Delhi., 2009 proper use; reuse; building lifecycle Ecological
3. Punmia, Wastewater Engineering, 2nd Edition, design. Hrs-08
Laxmi Publication, 2005 Unit-II Introduction and description of existing
Reference Books: rating systems for sustainable building design and
1. Matcalf and Eddy, Waste Water Treatment, construction (both new construction and
Disposal and Reuse, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill renovations) at local, national, and international
Pub. Co., New Delhi, 2004 level; BEES, LEED, CHPS, ASHRAE Green
IS Codes Guide, Energy Star Homes, international:
e- Learning Resources: BREEAM, BEPAC, Green Star Certification,
www.nptel.iitrr.ac.in/iitroorki. CASBEE, World Green Building Council.
www.nptel.iitg.ac.in/iitGuahati. Hrs-07
Online Certification Courses: Unit-III Energy Considerations in Green Building.
1. Water and Wastewater Treatment Engineering, Buildings‘ contribution in environment devastation –
Tsinghua University, China. why the way we build is so critical for sustainable
Best faculty members from IIT: development; electricity consumption per capita in
1. Makarand M. Ghangrekar, Professor, Department houses. Creating a low energy profile. Building
of Civil Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology systems: lighting – day lighting; ventilation – natural
Kharagpur ventilation; indoor air quality; heating/cooling –
2. Dr. Debraj Bhattacharyya, Associate geothermal; passive and active systems for energy
Professor, Environmental Engineering, production and conservation; water conservation –
Indian Institute of Technology Hyderabad. grey water reuse, water saving plumbing fixtures.
Hrs-
08
BCEL 409 GREEN BUILDING (Theory) (Elective-) Unit-IV Sustainable features in buildings – case
studies of interesting items related to topic.
(Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-0-0-2) Construction Operations and Building
Commissioning. Economic issues and future
Total Hrs: 30 Marks-25 directions in green building. Proper way to promote
sustainability, western world as a role model; how
Course Objective to stop it, motivation for conservation, marketing,
tax incentives, corporate and government
Environmental responsibilities Hrs-07
71
Text Books: Air quality requirements, legislation, emission
standards, management for air pollution
control.Hrs-08
Unit-III Solid Waste Management System:
Reference Books: Introduction, Solid waste management system and
1. Michael Bauer, Peter Mösle and Michael organization. Sources, types, Quantity and
Schwarz, ―Green Building – Guidebook for composition, sampling, physical, chemical and
Sustainable Architecture‖ Springer Publication, biological properties of solid waste. Collection of
ISBN 978-3-642-00634-0. solid waste. Tools and equipment used.
2. Kibert, C. J. ―Sustainable construction: Green Hrs-08
building design and delivery‖, Wiley, Hoboken, Unit-IV Transportation & Disposal:
NJ. 2013. Transportation & optimization of roots, Transfer
IS Codes: National Building Code 2017. station, volume reduction, Scientific method of
e-Learnin Resources: disposal. Sanitary landfill, Composting, Incineration,
www.nptel.iitrr.ac.in/iitroorki. anaerobic digestion, leachate control, Future
www.nptel.iitg.ac.in/iitGuahati. processing method, pyrolysis, refuse derived fuel
1. Prof. Ashish Modi, Dept. of Energy science nad Text Books:
Engg., IIT Bombay 1. S. Mushraf, Legal aspects of environmental
st
pollution and its management, 1 Edition,
BCEL 410 AIR POLLUTION & SOLID WASTE C.B.S. publishers, Delhi, 1992
MANAGEMENT (THEORY) (ELECTIVE-) Reference Books:
1. Rao, M. N. and Rao H. V. N., Air Pollution, 26th
(Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-0-0-2) Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007
2. George Tachonobanoglous, Hilary Thesin,
Total Hrs: 30 Marks-25 Samuel, Integrated Solid Waste Management,
Vigil McGraw Hill
Course objective IS Codes
1. Understand the terminologies & problems
www.nptel.iitrr.ac.in/iitroorki.
associated with air pollution.
2. Familiar with regulations related to air
pollutions.
1. Khare Mukesh IIT Delhi
3. Have working knowledge of all unit
operations involved in solid waste
BCEL 411 MUNICIPAL AND INDUSTRIAL WATER
management.
TREATMENT (THEORY) (ELECTIVE-)
CO1 List the terminologies & problems associated
with air pollution Total Hrs: 30 Marks-25
CO2 Summarize various meteorological
parameters, management strategies and Course Objectives:
techniques for air pollution control.
CO3 Elaborate the Solid Waste Management 1. To understand the basic concept and
System also the various characteristics of requirement of treatment for municipal and
solid waste. industrial water.
CO4 Discuss policy regarding Transportation and 2. To study theory and design of various filters
Disposal of solid waste. 3. To study various theories and methods of
Unit-I General: Air pollution episodes, local and adsorption
global effects of air pollution, pollution sources and Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
emission inventories
Thermodynamics and Kinetic:- Combustions, CO1 Use knowledge about quality water for
equilibrium calculation, chemical kinetics. drinking and industry purposes,
Meteorology and Transport of Air Pollution: CO2 Explain Principles of sedimentations and
Wind roses, topographical effects, temperature Filtration
distribution in atmosphere, inversions, plume CO3 Apply knowledge of adsorption and ion
behavior and dispersion models. exchange in real life depending up to
Hrs-07 contamination in water
Unit-II Air Pollution Control: CO4 Apply knowledge of miscellaneous method of
Control techniques for polluants such as water treatment in real life.
particulates, sulfur oxides, nitrogen oxides, Unit-I Water quality criteria and standards,
hydrocarbons etc. Noise pollution requirements of water treatment facilities – unit
Air Pollution Control Management: operations and unit processes – characteristics of
water.
72
Theory and Application aeration, Theories of 2. Dr. Debraj Bhattacharyya, Associate Professor,
chemical coagulation, common coagulant in water. Environmental Engineering, Indian Institute of
Factors affecting coagulation, determination of Technology Hyderabad.
coagulant doses, perikinetic and orthokinetic
coagulation, theory and use of coagulant aids,
design, construction. operation of flocculators, BCEL 412 Advanced Fluid Mechanics (Theory)
design of clariflocculator. (Elective)
Hrs-07
Unit-II Principles of sedimentations – effect of (Lectures) / Week (2-0-0-2)
temperature, viscosity – efficiency short circulating
– design of inlets and outlets, High rate Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50
sedimentation
Course Objectives:
Theory of filtration design construction and
operation of filters – hydraulics of filtration and filter 1. To provide basic knowledge for free surface
back washing. Performance of rapid sand filters. flow
High rate and variable rate filtration. Two layer filter 2. To introduce the concepts of channel
pressure filters diatomaceous earth filters. Modern hydraulics.
developments in filtration. Factors affecting 3. To Use in design of inland waterways for
disinfect ion – free and combined available irrigation and navigation.
chlorine, ultraviolet irradiation, ozonization 4. To Introduce the Concepts of Gradually
disinfection of new mains – emergency chlorination. Varied Flow and Hydraulic Jumps.
Hrs-08 Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
Unit-III Water treatment for swimming pools.
Theories of adsorption. Freundlich equation. C01 Identify properties of fluid for free water
Removal of taste and dour by adsorption. Activated surface.
carbon phenol value. Other method of taste and C02 Use Concepts of Specific Energy and
odour control and colour removal. Boiler, cooling Specific Force
and other industrial water requirements. Langelier C03 Use concept for hydraulic jump and apply
index. Softening of water governing equation for GVF.
Hrs-07 C04 Apply flow measurement in open channels.
Unit-IV Lime – soda methods. Dosage control. Syllabus
Excess dose. Hot lime – soda. Split treatment. Unit-I Introduction to Free Surface Flows :
Recarbonation. Use of polyphosphates Softening Comparison between pipe and channel flows, basic
by ion exchange. Natural and synthetic media, equations governing channel flows.
capacity, regeneration. Ion exchange Uniform Flow : Flow resistance in channel flows,
demineralization. Miscellaneous method of water resistance relationships, normal depth, section
treatment, iron and removal, desalination, nitrate, factor for uniform flow computation
phosphate and arsenic removal and recent Unit-II Concepts of Specific Energy and
advances. Specific Force : Section factor for critical flow
Hrs-08 computation, critical depth computations, control
Text Books: sections, applications of specific energy and critical
1. S.K. Garg, Water Supply And Sanitary depth.
Engineering, 5th Edition, Khanna Publishers Hrs-06
Delhi, 2010 Unit-III Gradually Varied Flow : Governing
2. N.J.Mcghee, Water supply and sewerage, 1st equations, characteristics and classification of water
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 1991 surface profiles, computations of GVF profiles in
3. B.C. Punmia, Water Supply & Sanitary prismatic and non-prismatic channels.
Engineering, 1st Edition, Laxmi Publication, Hydraulic Jump : Types of jump, hydraulic jump in
2005 horizontal rectangular channels, forced jump, hydraulic
Reference Books: Jump in non-rectangular and sloping channels, stilling
1. Matcalf and Eddy, Waste Water Treatment, basins. Hrs-
Disposal and Reuse, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill 08
Pub. Co., New Delhi, 2004 Unit-IV Flow Measurement in Open Channels :
2. N.J. Weber, Physicochemical process for water Broad and sharp-crested weirs, free overall, flow
quality control, 3rd Edition, John wiley and over spillways, side weirs, sluice gates.
sons, 1972 Hrs-08
3. Nordel, E, Water treatment for industrial and Text Books:
other uses Vol 42nd, 5th Edition, Reinhold 1. R. K. Bansal, A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics,
Publishing Corporation 2007 Laxmi Publications, 2008 (First Edition)
e- Learning Resources: 2. V.L. Streeter and E.B. Wylie, Fluid Mechanics,
www.nptel.iitrr.ac.in/iitroorki. McGraw Hill, 1997.
www.nptel.iitg.ac.in/iitGuahati. 3. P.N. Modi and S.M. Seth, Hydraulics and Fluid
Best faculty members from IIT: Mechanics, Standard Book House, 1998.
1. B. J. Alappat Professor in IIT Delhi Reference Books:
73
1. B.F. White, Fluid Mechanics, McGraw Hill, Unit-IV Ground Water movement: Darcy‘s law,
1994. permeability and its measurement, tracing of
2. K S. Massey, Mechanics of Fluids, Van ground water movement, fundamental equations for
Nostrand Reinhold Co., 1979. steady and unsteady ground water flow, flow nets.
3. J. Frabzini, Fluid Mechanics with Engineering Hrs-05
Applications, McGraw Hill, 1997. Unit-V Ground- water replenishment, recharge of
4. J.H. Spurk, Fluid Mechanics – Problems and ground water, different methods Hrs-
Solutions, Springer, 2003. 05
Online Certification Courses: Text Books:
1. SWAYAM COURSE= 1. KVGK Gokhale, Principles of Engineering
https://swayam.gov.in/course/4505- Geology, BS Publications.
advanced-fluid-mechanics 2. David Reith Todd, Groundwater Hydrology
2. NPTEL COURSE= John Wiley publishers 2002.
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_me10/previe
w
Best faculty members from IIT: Reference Books:
1. Dr. Abhijit Guha, Ph.D., University of 1. Geographic Informaiton System and
Cambridge, Professor. Enviornment Modeling, Keith C. Clerk, Bradely
O.Parks, Michel P Crane, Pritince Hall of India,
BCEL413 GROUND WATER MANAGEMENT 2002.
(Theory) 2. Ragunath H M Groundwater & Well Hydraulics
, Wiley Eastern Ltd, New Delhi 2000
(Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-0-0-2) Online Certification Courses:
1. Ground Water Hydrology by Dr Rajib Kumar
Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50 Bhattacharjya, rkbc@iitg.ernet.in Dept. of Civil
Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology
Course Objectives: Guwahati, Guwahati - 781039, Assam, India
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105103026/
1. To Know groundwater availability and
domains; recharge
2. To Introduce to Ground Improvement BCEL414: Advanced Hydraulics Engineering
techniques. (Theory) (Elective)
3. To improve ground water table techniques
(Lectures) / Week (2-0-0-2)
C01 Know about ground water availability zones
and ground water management. Course Objectives:
C02 Analyze and suggest proper ground
1. To provide basic knowledge for the Flow in
improvement technique for problematic ground
Open Channel.
conditions.
2. To introduce the concepts of Uniform Flow
C03 Apply the knowledge of ground water availability
and Varying Flow.
with proper understanding and for natural
3. To utilize the knowledge of flow in Non-
resources for sustainable development
Prismatic Channels.
C04 Explain the ground water movement
To Introduce the Working of Turbines.
phenomenon
CO5 Understand the ground water recharge methods Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
Syllabus
Unit-I Geohydrology: Rocks as aquifers, C01 Determine the type of Flow in channel.
occurrence and availability of Groundwater; C02 Differentiate between the types of Flow
Groundwater investigations, groundwater taking place in Channel.
development and management in India; C03 Draw the Various Flow Patterns in any Open
Techniques of groundwater recharge. Channels.
Unit-II Groundwater: Introduction, Occurrence and C04 Explain the Working of Turbines and Pumps.
distribution of Groundwater, Water table. Syllabus
Introduction to hydraulics of wells, Open wells - Unit-I Open Channel Flow: Kinds of open
yield test. Hrs-05 channel flow, channel geometry, types and regimes
Unit-III Applications of Geoinformatics for spatial of flow Velocity distribution in open channel, wide
management of resources: Run-off estimations, open channel, specific energy, critical flow and its
infiltration characteristics, groundwater potential computation Energy in non-prismatic channel,
and recharge characteristics, Watershed momentum in open channel flow, specific
management, watershed prioritization, Sediment force.Hrs-07
yield estimation, reservoir capacity studies Unit-II Uniform Flow: Qualification of uniform
Hrs-09 flow, velocity measurement, Manning‘s and
74
Chezy‘s formula, determination of roughness Course Objectives:
coefficients Determination of normal depth and
velocity, most economical sections, non-erodible 1. To understand the basics of soil dynamics.
channels Flow in a channel section with composite
roughness, flow in close conduit with open channel 2. To study the soil dynamic properties of soil.
flow.
Varied Flow: Dynamic equations of gradually 3. To use the fundamental concepts for design
varied flow, assumptions and characteristics of flow of foundation in different conditions.
profiles, classification of flow profile, draw down Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
and back water curves profile determination,
graphical integration, direct step and standard step C01 familiar with identification and solution of a
method, numerical methods, flow through particular dynamic system.
transitions, dynamic equation of spatially varied C02 analyze dynamic behavior of soil through wave
flow Analysis of spatially varied flow profile, propagation theory and also be able to
computation of spatially varied flow using numerical determine the dynamic soil properties.
integration. Hrs-09 C03 analyze and carry out the design of machine
Unit-III Hydraulic Jumps: Hydraulic jump, types of foundation.
jump, basic characteristics of jump, length and C04 provide appropriate vibration isolation technique
location of jump, jump as energy dissipation, if necessary.
control of jump, surges, surge channel transitions. Syllabus
Flow Through Non-Prismatic Channel Section: Unit-I Introduction to Soil Dynamics:
Sudden transition, sub-critical flow through sudden Theory of vibration, Dynamics Systems, single degree
transition, flow through culverts, flow through bridge and two degree of freedom system, vibration of six and
piers, obstructions, and channel junctions. multi degree freedom system, Mass spring analogy -
Hrs-07 Barkan’s Theory, Vibration Isolation: Introduction,
Unit-IV Turbines: Application of momentum Active and passive isolation, Methods of vibration
principle, impact of jets on plane and curved plates, isolation Hrs-06
turbines, classification, radial flow turbines Axial Unit-II Wave Propagation:
flow turbines, impulse and reaction turbines, draft Wave propagation theory and its application to dynamic
tube and cavitation, performance of turbines, problems
centrifugal pump, minimum speed to start the pump Hrs-06
Multistage pumps, jet and submersible pumps, Unit-III Soil Dynamic Properties:
positive displacement pumps, reciprocating pump, General factors affecting shear modulus, elastic
negative slip, flow separation conditions. modulus and elastic constants, Field Techniques – Cyclic
Hrs-07
plate load test, block vibration test, Standard
Text Books:
Penetration Test, Seismic bore hole surveys, Laboratory
1. K. Subramanya: "Flow in open channels". Tata
McGrawmHill (1997) techniques – Resonant column test, Cyclic simple shear
2. Terry Sturm, Open Channel Hydraulics, MG Hill and triaxial compression test Problems
Publications Hrs-09
Reference Books: Unit-IV Machine Foundations:
1. V.T. Chow: "Open-channel hydraulics." General principles of machine foundation design, Types
McGraw Hill Publications (1959,1973) ofmachines and foundations, General requirements of
2. Rajesh Srivastava: "Flow through open machine foundation, Permissible amplitudes and
channels". Oxford University Press (2008) stresses.
3. H. Chaudhury: "Open channel flow". Second Text Books:
Edition. Springer (2008) 1. Vibration Analysis and Foundation Dynamics by
Online Certification Courses: N.S.V, Kameswara Rao, published by Wheeler
1. SWAYAM COURSE== publishing
https://swayam.gov.in/course/3736- 2. Analysis and Design of Foundation for Vibration by
computational-hydraulics P.J. Moore published by Oxford and IBH Publishing
2. NPTEL COURSE== Company
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105103021/ Reference Books:
Best faculty members from IIT: 1. Soil Dynamics and Machine Foundations by Swami
1. Dr. Kamlesh Kumar Pandey, Associate Saran
Professor, IIT Bhubaneswar, 2. Vibration of Soil and Foundation by F.E. Richart,
(kkp.civ@iitbhu.ac.in) J.R. Hall and R.D. Woods Published by Prentice-
Hal Inc, New Jersy
BCEL 415: Soil Dynamics (Theory) 3. Soil Dynamics and Machine Foundation by Swami
Saran published by Galgotia Publication
(Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-0-0-2) Online Certification Courses:
1. SWAYAM course IIT kharagpur
Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50 Best faculty members from IIT:
1. Dilip Kumar Baidya
75
pavement design, Design of rigid pavements for low
BCEL 416: PAVEMENT DESIGN (Theory) volume roads using IRC method.
Strengthening of pavements: Repairs,
(Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-0-0-2) Maintenance and rehabilitation of pavements.
Hrs-05
Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50 Text Books:
th
1. Khanna & Justo, Highway Engineering, 10
Course Objectives: Edition, Nem Chand Brothers,
2. Huang, Y.H. Pavement Analysis and Design,
1. To study latest methods of analysis and Second Edition, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt.
design of flexible and rigid pavements Ltd., New Delhi, India, 2008
including its maintenance Reference Books:
2. To understand the behaviour of different 1. David and Paul Croney, Design and
pavement materials rd
performance of road pavements, 3 Edition, Mc
3. To predict stresses developing in flexible Graw hill, 1998
and rigid pavements IS Codes:
Course Outcome: Student shall be able to 1. IRC: 37-2012 Guidelines for the Design of Flexible
Pavements, The Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi,
CO1 Characterize the response characteristics of India, 2012.
pavement materials 2. IRC: 58-2011 Guidelines for the Design of Plain
CO2 Analyse flexible and rigid pavements Jointed Rigid Pavements for Highways, The Indian
CO3 Field testing and evaluation of pavements Roads Congress, New Delhi, India, 2011.
CO4 Design and maintain flexible and rigid 3. IRC: SP: 62-2004 Guidelines for the Design and
pavements using IRC and AASHTO Construction of Cement Concrete Pavements for
methods Rural Roads, The Indian Roads Congress, New
Syllabus Delhi, India, 2004.
Unit-I Pavement Materials :Types and Online Certification Courses:
component parts of pavements, highway and 1. www.nptel.ac.in.
airport pavements, Materials used in pavements, Best faculty members from IIT:
basic soil properties relevant to pavement 1. Prof. Avijit Maji – IIT Bombay
applications, resilient modulus, and modulus of 2. Prof. Animesh Das- IIT Kanpur
sub-grade reaction, Physical properties
:Aggregates and blending, Basic properties of
bitumen, polymer and rubber modified bitumen, BCEL 417: ADVANCED TRANSPORTATION
Dynamic modulus, flow time and flow number of ENGINEERING (Theory)
bituminous mixes. Cement: chemical composition,
types, physical properties. Hrs- (Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-0-0-2)
06
Unit-II Stresses in flexible pavements: layered system Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50
concepts, stress solution for one, two and three layered
systems, fundamental design concepts. Course Objectives:
Stresses in rigid pavements: Westergaard‘s theory and
assumptions, stresses due to curling, stresses and 1. To introduce the advances in transportation
deflections due to loading, frictional stresses, stresses in engineering and to make the students
dowel bars and tie bars. conversant with traffic flow theory as well
Factors Affecting Pavement Design: Variables as analytical techniques in estimation of
considered in pavement design, Classification of flow variables
axle types, articulated commercial vehicles, legal 2. To understand traffic safety, causes of
axle and gross weights on single and multiple units, accidents, interpreting accident data.
tyre pressure, contact pressure, ESWL, EWLF and 3. To understand the concepts of air
EAL concepts, Traffic analysis: ADT, AADT, growth transportation, including air traffic control and
factor, lane distribution, directional distribution and operation, and runway configuration and length
vehicle damage factors. Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
Hrs-09
Unit-III Pavement testing and evaluation : Field CO1 Measure and calculate different traffic
parameters like speed, flow, travel time and
Density, CBR, Plate load Test, Condition surveys
and surface evaluation for unevenness, rut depth, delay.
CO2 Apply appropriate statistical methods while
profilometers, Bump integrators, Benkalman Beam
Deflection study. dealing with different types of traffic data
Hrs-05 collected during traffic studies and must
Unit-IV Design of Pavements: IRC method of flexible have a understanding of measures for
pavement design, Design of flexible pavements for low traffic safety.
volume roads using IRC method, IRC methods of rigid CO3 Carryout the geometrical design of the airport
infrastructure
76
CO4 Implement different visual aids required at 2. L.R Kadiyali, Traffic Engineering And Transport
airport Planning, 3rd Edition, Khanna Book Publishing,
Syllabus 2014
Unit-I Objective and scope of traffic IS Codes:
engineering, intelligent transport, tunnel, and airport 1. IRC: 37-2012 Guidelines for the Design of Flexible
engineering. Traffic Engineering: 3E‗s of traffic Pavements, The Indian Roads Congress, New
characteristics, road vehicle characteristics, Traffic Delhi, India, 2012.
on Indian roads. Traffic surveys: Speed, Journey 2. IRC: 58-2011 Guidelines for the Design of Plain
time and delay studies, methods of measurement Jointed Rigid Pavements for Highways, The Indian
of spot speed headways gaps volume/ capacity Roads Congress, New Delhi, India, 2011.
surveys speed, volume density interrelations, 3. IRC: SP: 62-2004 Guidelines for the Design and
measurements of running and journey speeds Construction of Cement Concrete Pavements for
Origin Destination surveys necessity, surveys Rural Roads, The Indian Roads Congress, New
necessity, survey methods sample size, data Delhi, India, 2004.
analysis & Presentation, Highway capacity, level of Online Certification Courses:
service concepts. Traffic Flow measurement and 1. www.nptel.ac.in.
automatic incident detection using video camera. Best faculty members from IIT:
Collision avoidance system. 1. Prof. Avijit Maji – IIT Bombay
Hrs-08 2. Prof. Animesh Das- IIT Kanpur
Unit-II Traffic Events: StatIstical method for
interpretation regression application of Binomial, BCEL 418: Urban Transportation Planning (Theory)
Normal Poission distributions, Discrete and
continuous distribution to traffic flow, Test of (Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-0-0-2)
significance –Chisquare & T‗ test Traffic Safety:
Driver error, vehicle & road surface Laws and Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50
enforcement traffic accident conditions in India
Course Objectives:
Collection and interpretation of accident data and
recording in Std. from skidding sped and weather 1. To understand the basics principles of
effects on accidents, Analysis of accidents. transportation.
Pedestration cyclist & auto vehicle driver‗s safety. 2. To study the urban transportation planning
Traffic regulation 3R and 5E‗s of traffic & processes.
management. Traffic signal control system. 3. To use the laboratory concepts for solving
Dynamic traffic light signals. the problems related urban transportation.
Hrs-08
Unit-III Development of Air Transportation in India: Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
Comparison with other transportation modes.
Aircraft components and characteristics, Airport site C01 model a new Traffic Plan of its own.
selection. Modern aircrafts. C02 decide the traffic system and Forecasting.
Airport obstructions: Zoning laws, Imaginary C03 Assess the system characteristics and Network.
surfaces, Approach and Turning Zone, clear zone, C04 Design the Traffic Network for the proposed
Vert. Clearance for Highway & Railway. Runway Routes.
And taxiway design: Windrose, cross wind Syllabus
component, Runway Orientation and configuration. Unit-I Introduction and scope; Definition and
Basic runway length and corrections, runway basic principles; Transportation problems; Types of
geometric design standards. Taxiway layout and models; Planning methodologies; Conventional
geometric design standards. Exit Taxiway transportation planning process; Travel demand
Hrs-07 modelling and forecasting;
Unit-IV Airport layout, Airport classification. Hrs-06
Terminal Area, Aircraft parking and parking system. Unit-II Urban Transportation Planning Process,
Unit Terminal concept, Aprons, Hangers, Urban Travel and Transportation Systems
International Airport layouts, phase development, Characteristics, Travel Demands Forecasting- trip
helipads and heliports. Visual Aids: Airport marking generation, trip distribution, modal split and trip
and Lighting for assignment. Hrs-
runway, Taxiway and other areas. Air traffic control: 08
Need, Network, control aids, Instrumental landing Unit-III Transport Behavior of Individuals and
systems, Advances in Air-traffic control. Households, Land use/ Transportation systems, ;
Hrs-07 Traffic Assignment - route building, capacity
Text Books: restraint, multipath, incremental and equilibrium
1. S. K. Khanna, C.E.G. Justo, Highway assignment; Graph theory applications in transport
Engineering, 8th Edition, Nem Chand & Bros, network analysis;
Roorkee, 2001 Hrs-08
Reference Books: Unit-IV Laboratory Component: Solving case study
1. Rangwala, Highway Engineering, 3rd Edition, problems in travel demand modelling with the help
Charotar Publishing House, 2004 of transportation planning and econometric
77
packages. Developing computer programs for the Field Astronomy: Elements of spherical
calibration of travel demand, land-use and land trigonometry, Napier‘s rules of circular parts,
use-transport models. celestial sphere, ecliptic, circumpolar stars,
Hrs-08 astronomical terms, Astronomical triangle ,co-
Text Books: ordinate systems. Hrs-07
1. Hutchinson, B.G., Principles of Urban Transport Unit-IV Remote sensing : Introduction ,definition,
Systems Planning, McGraw Hill, New York, 1974. remote sensing system, advantages over
2. Ortuzar, J. and Willumsen, L.G., Modelling conventional system, energy interaction in the
Transport, Wiley, atmosphere ,Indian remote sensing satellite series
Chinchestor, 1994. and their characteristics.
Reference Books: GIS & GPS: Components of geographical
1. Oppenheim, N., Urban Travel Demand Modeling: information system (GIS), advantages and
From Individual Choices to General Equilibrium, disadvantages, global positioning system (GPS),
Wiley, New York, 1995. Introduction, definitions, GPS receivers, antenna,
2. Thomas, R., Traffic Assignment Techniques, advantages of GPS.
Avebury Technical, Aldershot, 1991. Hydrographic Surveying: necessity, controls,
3. Bruton, M.J., Introduction to Transportation shore line surveys, gauges, sounding equipments
Planning, and procedure of taking soundings, method of
Online Certification Courses: location of sounding, three point problem in
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105107067/ hydrographic surveying, analytical and graphical
2. Swayam course by School of Planning & methods, station pointer.
Architecture Underground Surveying: Surface alignment,
correlation of surface and underground surveys;
BCEL 419 DEPARTMENT ELECTIVE – weisbach triangle, transferring levels underground.
ADVANCED SURVEYING (Theory) Hrs-
07
(Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-0-0- 2) Text Books:
1. T. P. Kanetkar & S.V.Kulkarni, Surveying and
Total Hrs: 18 Marks-50 Leveling Part II, 5th Edition, Laxmi Publication
Ltd, 2005
Course Objectives: 2. B. C. Punmia, Surveying Vol. II and III, 5th
Edition, Laxmi Publication Ltd, 2005
1. To classify the various elements of curves
3. C.P. Lo, Albert K.W.Yeung, Concepts and
2. To understand the errors in trangulation
Techniques of Geographic Information
and calculate base line.
Systems, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2006,
3. To understand the various components of
ISBN-13: 9780131495029
GPS and GIS and calculate heights in
4. Alfred Leick, GPS satellite surveying, John
photogrammetry.
Wiley & Sons Inc., 3rd Edition, 2004. ISBN:
978-0-471-05930-1
C01 Take linear measurements, bearings 5. Guocheng Xu, GPS Theory, Algorithms and
measurements. Applications,Publication Date: September 14,
C02 Calculate elevation of points & Prepare 2007 | ISBN-10: 3540727140 | ISBN-13: 978-
contour & topographical maps. 3540727149 | Edition: 2nd
C03 Take angular measurements. Reference Books:
C04 Determine horizontal and vertical distances 1. D. Clark, Plane and Geodetic Surveying Vol II,
rd
of points at angular observations 3 Edition, New age international limited, 2005
th
Unit-I Curves: Classification & Elements, 2. Dr. A. M. Chandra, Surveying, 5 Edition, New
Setting of curves. age international limited, 2005
Unit-II Triangulation: Classification, figures, e- Learning Resources:
choice of station, phase of signals, towers, satellite www.nptel.iitrr.ac.in/iitroorki.
station, reduction to center, field work, www.nptel.iitg.ac.in/iitGuahati.
Reconnaissance, Indivisibility, angular
measurement. Base line measurement and BCEL 420 GIS AND Remote sensing (Elective)
corrections, Base-net, extension of Base-net, errors
in observation and adjustment, method of least
square, weighted observation, figure adjustment Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50
(Triangle only), Trigonometric leveling, Axis single
corrections. Hrs-08 Course Objectives:
Unit-III Element of Photogrammetry: - Basic
definition, terrestrial and aerial photography, scale 1. To study the data structure and learn
of vertical photograph, Relief and relief history of GIS
displacements, height from parallel measurements, 2. To provide applications of GIS and basic
fights planning, photographs required, Applications concepts of photogrammetry.
of aerial Photos.
78
3. To use GIS/GPS in Transportation, Real 1. GIS AND Remote sensing Dr Arun kumar sarf IIT
World Experiences Roorkee.
Course Outcome: Student shall be able to Best faculty members from IIT:
1. Dr Arun kumar sarf IIT Roorkee.
C01 Define GIS, type of data and data structure Reference Books-
and learn history of GIS 1. Burrough P.A. and Rachel A. McDonell,
C02 Apply various commands for special analysis Principles of Geographical Information
such as query, overlay and data analysis Systems, Oxford Publication, 2004.
C03 Understand the applications of GIS and basic 2. C.P. Lo and Albert K. W. Yeung, Concepts and
concepts of photogrammetric Techniques of Geographical Information
C04 To learn the concept of remote sensing, Systems, Prentice-Hall India, 2006.
element, passive and active remote sensing
CO5 To understand GIS/GPS in Transportation, BCEL 421: Operation Research and Management
Real World Experiences (Theory)
Syllabus
Unit-I GIS Definition – Map and map analysis – (Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-0-0-2)
Automated cartography – History and development
of GIS – Hardware requirement – Type of data – Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50
Spatial and non- spatial data – Data structure –
Vector and raster – Files and data formats – Data Course Objectives:
compression.
1. To study operational research methodology
Hrs-06
and its application to engineering.
Unit-II Spatial analysis – Data retrieval – Query –
2. To introduce students to use quantitative
Overlay – Vector data analysis – Raster data
methods and techniques for effective
analysis – Modelling in GIS – Digital Elevation
decisions–making.
Model – DTM – Types of output data –Output
devices – Sources of errors – Types of errors –
Elimination – Accuracies C01 Apply Operation Research methodology to
Hrs-05 solve industrial problems.
Unit-III The Global Positioning system and its C02 Formulate and convert the real world problem
applications. Concepts and foundations of remote into a mathematical form and provide an
sensing - electromagnetic spectrum - EMR optimum solution for implementation.
interaction with atmosphere, water vapour, ozone - C03 Apply the concept and knowledge of project
Basic principles of photogrammetry – Spectral management and able to build the network
Signature and Spectral Signature curves and analyze it for improvement in project or task.
Hrs-09 C04 Use the inventory and simulation tools to give
Unit-IV Remote sensing platforms and creative solutions.
sensors.Satellite system parameters, sensor Syllabus
parameters, earth resources and meteorological Unit-I Introduction & Linear Programming:
satellites,microwave sensors, Data Acquisition and Definition and scope of operations research (OR), OR
interpretation - Visual Image Interpretation – Visual model, solving the OR model, art of modelling, phases
Image Interpretation Equipment of OR study.
Hrs-05 Two variable Linear Programming model and
Unit-V Digital Image Processing – Graphical method of solution, Simplex method,
Classification.Applications in Survey, mapping and Dual Simplex method, special cases of Linear
monitoring of land use/land cover – Transportation Programming, duality, sensitivity analysis
planning - Infrastructure development - Natural Hrs-06
resources management - Urban Unit-II Transportation Problems:
Planning,Environment - Coastal Zone Management Types of transportation problems, mathematical models,
– Air Quality - Development of Resources transportation algorithms, Allocation and assignment
Information Systems. problems and models.
Hrs-05 Inventory
Text Books: Control: Models of inventory, operation of inventory
1. Burrough P.A. and Rachel A. McDonell, system, quantity discount. Replacement:
Principles of Geographical Information Replacement models: Equipment‘s that deteriorate
Systems, Oxford Publication, 2004. with time, equipments that fail with time.
2. C.P. Lo and Albert K. W. Yeung, Concepts and Hrs-08
Techniques of Geographical Information Unit-III Project Management & Network Techniques
Systems, Prentice-Hall India, 2006. Phases of project management, guidelines for
Reference Books: network construction, CPM and PERT, Shortest
1. Thomas. M. Lilles and and Ralph. W. Kiefer, path model, minimum spanning Tree Problem, Max
Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation, Flow problem and Min cost problem.
John Wiley andSons, 2003. Hrs-09
Online Certification Courses: Unit-IV Theory of Games & Quality Systems
79
Rectangular games, Minimax theorem, graphical Unit-III Light weight concrete, foam concrete,
solution of 2 x n or m x 2 games, game with mixed workability, durability, and composition, application,
strategies, reduction to linear programming model. Fly ash blended concrete, replacement procedures,
Elements of Queuing model, generalized poison effect of admixtures, adhesives, bond strength,
queuing model, single server models. durability, applications
Hrs-07 Hrs-07
Text Books: Unit-IV Modern trends in concrete
1. Wayne L. Winston, ―Operations Research‖ manufacturing, placement techniques, methods of
Thomson Learning,2003. transportation, placing of concrete, Industrial waste
2. Hamdy H. Taha, ―Operations Research‐ An materials in concrete, their influence on physical
Introduction‖ Pearson Education,2003. mechanical properties of concrete and durability of
3. R. Panneerselvam, ―Operations Research‖ PHI concrete
Learning, 2008. Text Books:
Reference Books: 1. AM Neville, Properties of concrete, 4th Edition,
1. Operation Research by Hira & Gupta ELBS, London, 2012
2. Operation Research by J.K. Sharma Reference Books:
3. Operation Research by Ashkhedkar & Kulkarni 1. M L Gambhir, Concrete Technology, 5th
Edition, the McGraw-Hill Companies, 2013
BCEL 422: NEW ENGINEERING MATERIALS & 2. M S Shetty, Concrete Technology, 5th Edition,
TECHNIQUES (Theory) S Chand & Co. Ltd., 2005
3. IS: 13925 Repairs and Seismic Strengthening
(Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-0-0-0) of Buildings-Guidelines‖ Bureau of Indian
Standard New Delhi-1984
Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50 4. SP: 25 Causes and Prevention of Cracks in
Buildings, Bureau of Indian Standard, New
Course Objectives: Delhi.
1. To study the mix design of concrete and fibers BCEL 423: Earth & Earth Retaining Structure
reinforced concrete. (Theory)
2. To study the strain gauges static and dynamics
strain measurement. (Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-0-0-0)
3. To understand the modern methods used in
various construction works. Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50
Course Objectives:
CO1 Understand concrete mix design and
validation as per project needs 1. Slope stability analysis of Earthen
CO2 Summaries the fibers reinforced concrete Embankment, and Design of Earth Retaining
and their applications Wall
CO3 Understand the importance of Light weight 2. Design of Earth Retaining Structures for
concrete, foam concrete on modifying fresh, Soils with different properties
hardened and durability properties of Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
concrete
CO4 understand the importance of construction CO1 Identify different types of retaining walls
CO2 Estimate lateral earth pressure for design of
chemicals(admixtures) on properties of
concrete retaining walls
Syllabus CO3 Analyze and design simple retaining walls
Unit-I Study of Indian standards and there with basic analytical skills
CO4 Analyze and design complex retaining walls
specification for concrete ingredients, Principles of
CO5 Identify appropriate methods of analysis,
concrete mix design, methods of concrete mix
design and construction of earth retaining
design, design of high strength, high performance
concrete, Steel fibers reinforced concrete, walls
Syllabus
Properties, Aspect ratio, strength, Durability of fiber
Unit-I Earth Pressure Retaining Walls
reinforced plastics, other types of fibers and their
applications. Rankines & Coloumb‘s earth pressure theories;
Poncelets and Culman‘s graphical construction for
Concrete admixtures, accelerators, retreads, non-
destructive testing and quality control of materials active and passive pressures; Effects of wall
Hrs- movement, Wall friction, type of slip surface; Wall
08 angle, backfill slope angle, surcharges & line loads
Unit-II Stress-strain measurement, strain on lateral earth pressure; Direction and point of
gauges static and dynamics strain measurement, earth force application
Hrs-06
Calculation of stresses from measurement of strain,
deflections etc Unit-II Stability of Earth Retaining Structures
Types of Walls: gravity, cantilever walls, walls with
counterforts and relief shelves, their typical
80
dimensional details; Stability requirements for CO2 Explain fundamentals and concepts of solar
overtaking, sliding, bearing capacity failure, and energy.
overall stability against shear failure in backfill & CO3 Describe biomass energy and biomass
foundation soil; application of geosynthetics in earth conservation technologies.
retaining structures CO4 Use of non-conventional energy in
Unit-III Sheet Pile Retaining Structures accordance with area.
Sheet piles walls bulk heads: Types of sheet piles, Unit-I Overview of Global and Indian Energy
constructional features cantilever & anchored walls, Scenario; Fundamental of energy- science and
their suitability; Analysis for design of cantilever technology Resource, Principle of energy
walls in cohesion less and cohesive soils, Conservation ; Various aspect of energy
approximate analysis; Analysis for anchord sheet conservation; Flow of Energy Through Ecosystem,
pile with free end & fixed end support condition; Renewable and Non- Renewable Energy Sources;
Blum‘s citeria; Deadman and anchors - location and Necessity of energy storage
design principles Hrs-06 Unit-II Solar energy basics : Solar constant,
Unit-IV Compacted Embankments Solar Radiation at earth‘s Surface, Solar time;
Compaction control in field compaction; Solar radiation Geometry, Empirical equations for
consideration of placement moisture content during estimating solar radiation availabilities on horizontal
field compaction, over compaction; Effects of surface for cloudy skies ; Measurement of solar
compactive effect on compaction of clayey and Radiation, estimation of solar radiation. Physical
sandy soil; Effects of lifts in deep compaction, Principles of the conversion of solar radiation into
correction for excluded grain sizes in laboratory heat ; Solar Energy collectors : non-concentrating
compaction; Tests Theories of Compaction: water and concentrating, transitivity of cover systems,
film and lubrication concept, microstructure concept energy balance equation, collector efficiency
Hrs-06 ;Application of the solar energy, solar photovoltaic
Unit-V Stability of Slopes system Hrs-08
Friction circle methods, factors of safety, stability Unit-III Biomass: Energy from biomass, biomass
numbers and use of stability charts, base failure; resources ; Basic concern and issues , types of
Stability of earthdam slopes for steady seepage biogas plant; Operational Parameter of a biogas
and sudden draw down; Approximate analysis for plant; Availabilities of raw materials and estimation
plain slip surface, Bishop‘s method of slope stability of gas yield;, biogas production from waste
Cofferdams biomass; Energy plantation ; Energy farming
Types, suitability; stability analysis of cellular and ;biomass conversion technologies: Combustion,
diaphragm type cofferdams; TVA method; Gasification, anaerobic digestion, fermentation,
interlocked stresses pyrolysis; Biomass Energy Programme in India.
Text Books: Hrs-08
1. Arora K.R., Soil Mechanics and Foundation Unit-IV Brief introduction to non- conventional
th
Engineering, 5 Edition, Standard Publishers energy: oceans and tidal, geothermal, hydro; Wind
Distributors, 2005 energy ; site selection consideration; basic
2. Punmia,B.C., Soil mechanics & Foundation, principles of wind energy conversion; application of
th
16 Edition, Laxmi Publishers, 2005 wind energy.
Reference Books: Text Books:
1. Gopal Ranjan, Basic and Applied Mechanics, 1. Lal Jayamaha Energy-Efficient Building
nd
2 Edition, New Age International, 2005 Systems, McGraw Hill Publication.
2. Das,B.M., Principal of Geotechnical Reference Books:
th
Engineering, 7 Edition, Cengage International, 1. AA M Sayigh Solar Energy Applications in
2010 Buildings Academic Press
2. H P Garg, J Prakash, Solar Energy
BCEL 424 ENERGY CONSERVATION AND Fundamentals & Applications Tata McGraw Hill
ENVIRONMENT (Theory) (Elective- ) Publishing.
(Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-0-0-2) IS Codes Energy Conservation Building Code, 2007
Total Hrs: 30 Marks-25 e- Learning Resources:
Course Objective www.nptel.iitrr.ac.in/iitroorki.
1. Know fundamentals of nonconventional
energy and Energy Scenario. BCEL 425: Introduction to Structural Dynamics
2. Learn different non-conventional energies (Theory)
and Energy Conversion Methods.
3. Explain Financial and economic aspect of (Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-0-0-0)
nonconventional energy.
Course Outcome: Student shall be able to Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50
CO1 Explain fundamentals of nonconventional Course Objectives:

energy and Energy Scenario.
1.
81
2. (Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-0-0-0)
3. Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50
Course Outcome: Student shall be able to Course Objectives:
CO1 Calculate the response for free and forced 1. To study the origin, development and
vibrations of SDOF system ultimate fate of various surface features of
CO2 Evaluate response of SDOF systems under the earth
different types of loading 2. To understand the nature of geographic
CO3 Apply the various numerical schemes and distribution of rocks and engineering
methods to find the mode shapes of MDOF properties of rock on the earth
structures 3. To study methods of determining intensity
Syllabus and magnitude of earthquakes
Unit-I Sources of vibration, types of excitations, Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
Spring action and damping; Degrees of
freedom; Application of Newton‘s laws, CO1 Use knowledge of rock & soil mechanics
D‘Alembert‘s principle, Single degree of freedom required for design of civil engineering
systems; Mathematical model of physical structures
systems; Free vibrations of undamped and CO2 To study geological factors affecting the
viscously damped systems Hrs-10 location, design, construction, operation and
Unit-II Coulomb damping, viscous damping. maintenance of engineering works
Response of viscously damped SDOF systems CO3 An ability to perform studies and opinions
to harmonic excitation Equivalent viscous regarding geological hazards, erosion,
damping; structural damping, Response of an flooding,
undamped SDOF to short duration impulse; unit dewatering and seismic investigations
impulse response CO4 To develop the ability to understand various
Unit-III Response of undamped system of aspects of earth science
rectangular, triangular and ramp loading; Syllabus
response to general dynamic excitation; Unit-I Introduction: Various branches of geology
Duhamel integral method - Relevance of Geology in Engineering. Geologic
Unit-IV Multi-Degree Freedom System, stiffness time scale.
and flexibility approaches, Lumped-mass matrix, Physical Geology: Geomorphic processes-Rock
free vibrations fundamental Frequencies and weathering-Formation of soils soil profiles-soils of India
mode shapes, orthogonality of modes, numerical – Geologic work and engineering significance of rivers
schemes to find mode shapes and frequencies and ocean.
Hrs-10 Applications of geology: Engineering properties
Text Books: of rocks. Engineering considerations of structures
1. Dynamics of Structures, R.W. Clough and of rocks. Rock as a construction material, Building
J. Penzian, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill Inc, stone, Road metal and ballast. Application of
1993 geology for location, design and construction of
2. Chopra, A. K. (1995). Dynamics of structures dams, hydraulic structures, bridges and tunnels.
(Vol. 3). New Jersey: Prentice Hall. Hrs-08
Reference Books: Unit-II Structural Geology: Deformation of rocks,
1. Paz, M. (2012). Structural dynamics: theory folds, parts of fold, its classification and
and computation. Springer Science & Business nomenclature, Identification joints, its definition,
Media. nomenclature and classification, Definition,
2. Timoshenko, S. P., & Young, D. H. (1948). nomenclature and classification of fault,
Advanced dynamics. McGraw Hill Recognition of fault and fold in the field and its
3. Structural Dynamics Vibrations & Systems, effect on outcrops, Outliner and inliers, Problems
Madhujit Mukhopadyay, Ane Books India, on dip, strikes, thickness and depth of rock strata.
2006 Mineralogy: Definition and classification of
Online Certification Courses: minerals, Isomorphism, polymorphism and pseudo
1. Structural Dynamics, Ramancharla Pradeep orphism, General chemical and physical characters
Kumar, Earthquake Engineering Research of the following mineral groups, Silica, Feldspar,
Centre, IIIT Hyderabad olivine, Pyroxene, Amphibole, Mica, Feldpathoid
(NPTEL) and clay.
1. Ramancharla Pradeep Kumar, IIIT Hyderabad Unit-III Petrology: Rock cycle, Magma and its
2. Dr. R. S. Jangid, IIT Bomaby composition, Igneous rocks: Formation of igneous
3. Dr. O. R. Jaiswal, VNIT, Nagpur rocks, Forms, textures and structures, Tabular
classification of igneous rocks.
BCEL 426 GEOLOGY AND EARTH SCIENCE Sedimentary rocks: Weathering, Erosion,
Transportation and Deposition of sediments,
82
Sedimentary Environments, Classification of Production – Transportation – Erection.
sedimentary rocks. Hrs-07
Metamorphic rocks: Unit-II Prefabricated components
Definitions and agents of metamorphism, Types of Behaviour of structural components– Construction
metamorphism, Zones and grades of of roof and floor slabs – Wall panels – Columns –
metamorphism, Ana taxis, Soils: soil profile and soil Shear walls
types. Hrs-07 Unit-III Design Principles
Unit-IV Plate tectonics: Lithospheric plates- IS code specifications, Design considerations:
diverging, converging and transform boundaries- Economy of prefabrication-assessment of handling
their characteristic features-midoceanic ridge, and erection spaces
benioff zone and transform faults-significance of Joints and connections
plate tectonic concept. Basic mechanism-compression joint-shear joint-
Earthquake: Elastic rebound theory-types of tension joint Pin jointed connection-beam to
seismic waves-cause of earthquake intensity and column-column foundation connection
magnitude of earthquake Locating epicentre and Hrs-08
hypocenter-effect of earthquake-distribution of Unit-IV Machinery and equipment
earthquake-earthquake resistant structures Plant machinery, casting yard
Hrs-07 Current technology
Text Books:
Text Books: 1. Kim S. Elliot (2002), Precast concrete
1. Singh Parbin, ―Engineering and General Geology‖, structures, B.H. Publishers, United Kingdom
2009,S. K. Kataria& Sons Reference Books:
2. Kesavulu, ―Textbook of Engineering 1. Promyslov, V. (1998), Design and Erection of
Geology‖,2009,Macmillan India Ltd reinforced concrete structures, MIR Publishers,
Reference Books: Moscow.
1. SenguptaSupriya, ―Introduction to Sedimentology‖ 2. Levit, M.,(2000), Precast concrete materials,
1994, A. A. Balkema Manufacture properties and usage, Applied
2. Park R. G., ―Foundation of Structural Geology,‖ science Publishers, Moscow CBRI, Building
2004 Routledge Publishing House materials and components, India, 1990
3. Arthur Holmes, Physical geology, 2nd Edition,
Thomas Nelson, 1978
BCEL 428: PRESTRESSED CONCRETE
STRUCTURES (Theory)
1. https://swayam.gov.in/course/4397-
earth- sciences-for-civil-engineering-part-i-ii (Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-0-0-0)
1. Javed Malik - Indian Institute of Technology - Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50
Kanpur
Course Objectives:
BCEL 427 : Prefabricated structures (Theory)
1. To analysis the basic concepts of prestressing
(Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (1-1-0-0) so that student understands the same
2. To evaluate the prestressed components based
Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50 on Indian code provisions
3. To design the rectangular section
Course Objectives: Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
1. To impart knowledge to students on CO1 introduce prestressing methods, principles
modular construction, industrialised and concepts
construction. CO2 determine losses in prestress & anchorage
2. To design of prefabricated elements and zone stresses
construction methods. CO3 compute shear strength and ultimate shear
Course Outcome: Student shall be able to resistance capacity as per IS code
CO4 design of prestressed concrete beams,
C01 Demonstrate the general design principles of
stresses at transfer, service load, limit state
prefabrication.
of collapse in flexure and shear
C02 Design the individual prefabricated units. Syllabus
C03 Understand the concepts of types of beams. Unit-I INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS FOR
C04 Examine the current technologies and STRESS
systems of prefabrication. Basic concepts - terminology - system of
Syllabus prestressing, pretensioning, post tensioning,
Unit-I Introduction principle of prestressing, types of prestressing.
Need for prefabrication – Principles – Materials – Assumptions, analysis of prestress, concentric &
Modular coordination – Standarization –Systems – eccentric tendon, resultant stresses, rectangle, I-
section (symmetrical only), concepts of
83
prestressing, stress concept, strength concept and C02 Complete detailed design of bridge structures
load balancing concept. Hrs-08 in steel and concrete.
Unit-II LOSSES OF PRESTRESS AND C03 Assess the whole life costs of bridge
ANCHORAGE ZONE STRESSES structures.
Losses of prestress, types, losses due to elastic C04 Evaluate the substructures like pier,
deformation of concrete, shrinkage of concrete, abutments, bridge slabs, etc
creep of concrete, friction, anchorage slip. Syllabus
Anchorage zone stresses, stress distribution in end Unit-I Components of Bridges, Classification,
block, investigations on anchorage zone stresses, Importance of Bridges, Investigation for Bridges,
Indian code provision only. Selection of Bridge site, Economical span, Location
Unit-III SHEAR STRENGTH of piers and abutments, Subsoil Exploration, Scour
Behavior of prestressed concrete members under depth, Traffic projection, Choice of bridge type
shear, Shear strength, principal stresses, Ultimate Hrs-08
shear resistance, Indian Standard code provision. Unit-II Specification of road bridges, width of
Hrs- carriageway, loads to be considered, dead load,
07 IRC standard live load, Impact effect
Unit-IV DESIGN OF PRESTRESSED CONCRETE Hrs-08
BEAM Unit-III General design considerations, Design of
Design of sections for flexure, stress condition, slab culvert, Foot bridge. Introduction to Pre-
minimum section modulus, stresses at transfer, stressed concrete bridge, Box Culvert and Fly over
service loads, prestressing force, eccentricity, bridges
check for stresses, initial and final conditions, limit Hrs-
state of collapse in flexure, shear. (Rectangular 07
Section only) Unit-IV Evaluation of sub structures, Pier and
Text Books: abutments caps, Analysis of pier, Abutments. Type
1. Krishnaraju .R, ―Prestressed Concrete‖, Tata of foundations, Design of well foundation.
McGraw-Hill Education, New Delhi, 2006. Hrs-07
2. Pandit .G.S, Gupta .S.P, ―Prestressed Text Books:
Concrete‖, CBS Publishers & Distributors, 1. Ponnuswamy, S, Bridge Engineering, 2nd
2008. Edition, Tata McGraw - Hill, New Delhi, 2007.
Reference Books: 2. N. Rajagopalan, Bridge Superstructure, Narosa
1. Lin T.Y, Design of, ―Prestressed Concrete Publishing House, New Delhi, 2006.
Structures‖, Asia Publishing House, Bombay Reference Books:
1995 1. Pietro Croce et al., Design of Bridges,
2. Guyon .V, ―Limit State Design of Prestressed Published by Czech Technical University in
Concrete‖, Vol.I & II Applied Science Prague, 2015
Publishers, London, 1992. 2. N. Krishna raju, Design of Bridges, Oxford and
3. IS: 1343- 1980, ―IS Code Of Practice For IBH Publishing, 2010.
Prestressed Concrete‖, BIS, New Delhi, 1980.
3. Homayoun Abrishami, Design of Reinforced
Concrete Bridges, University of Toronto,
1. Prestressed Concrete Structures, Dr. Amlan K
Sengupta and Prof. Devdas Menon , Indian
1. Reinforced Concrete Road Bridges, Prof. Nirjhar
Institute of Technology Madras
Dhang, IIT Kharagpur (Nptel).
BCEL 429 Bridge Engineering (Theory)
1. Prof. Nirjhar Dhang, IIT Kharagpur
(Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (1-1-0-0) 2. Prof. A. K. Jain, IIT Delhi
Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50 BCEL 430: Forensic Civil Engineering (Theory)

(Elective)
Course Objectives:
(Lectures) / Week (2-0-0-2)
1. To provide an exposure to essential of
bridge engineering with focus on structural Total Hrs: 30 Marks-50
design
2. To design RCC bridge with substructure for Course Objectives:
IRC loadings.
1. To provide basic steps in a forensic
3. To study specification of IRC standard live
investigation
load
2. To introduce the Professional practice and
ethics, Legal issues.
C01 Develop appropriate bridge solutions given 3. To Use Essential forensic engineering
site, geometric, functional and aesthetic methods and techniques
constraints and drawing on other professional
disciplines as required.
84
4. To in the fields of Building Engineering, Course Outcome: Student shall be able to
Aeronautical Engineering and CO1 Analyze 2D/3D Stress and strain problems
Biomechanical Engineering with different boundary condition.
Course Outcome: Student shall be able to CO2 Solve the torsional problems on different
elements.
C01 Identify basic steps in a forensic investigation CO3 Analyze differential equations for beam-
C02 Use Professional practice and ethics, Legal column.
issues CO4 Solve various forces on built-up beams.
C03 Use Essential forensic engineering methods Unit-I Analysis of stress and strain in 2
and techniques dimensions: Introduction, Types of forces,
C04 Apply in the fields of Building Engineering, Components of stresses and strains, Stress-strain
Aeronautical Engineering and Biomechanical relation, Plane stress and plane strain, Strain at a
Engineering point, Differential equation of equilibrium, Boundary
Syllabus conditions and compatibility equations(rectangular
Unit-I Introduction: Introduction to forensic coordinates), Airy‘s stress function
engineering, Forensic investigations tools and Unit-II Analysis of stress and strain in 3
techniques, Failures - types, causes and dimensions: Components of stress, Principal
mechanisms, Monitoring and instrumentation, stresses, Stress invariants, Maximum shearing
Mitigation of failure. stress, Differential equation of Hrs-08 equilibrium,
Unit-II Professional practice and ethics, Legal Boundary conditions and compatibility equations
issues, Repairs and remediation, Risk and risk Hrs-07
assessment, Assessment of damage, Case Unit-III Bending of cantilever of narrow
studies. rectangular section loaded at end, bending of
Unit-III Case from Civil Engineering simply Supported beam with uniform load, torsion
various structural failure mechanisms and practice of non-circular sections, Differential equation for
setting hypotheses for structural failures. beams columns with concentrated loads,
Hrs-06 continuous lateral loads and couples for simply
Unit-IV Case from Aerospace Engineering & supported ends Hrs-08
Biomechanical Engineering Unit-IV Energy method for elastic bucking of
Failure mechanism fatigue in airplanes and test for columns, approximate method, buckling of columns
occurred. Contamination of medical instruments on elastic foundation ,Effect of shearing force on
and technical procedural aspect. critical load , buckling of built up columns
Hrs-08 Hrs-07
Text Books: Text Books:
1. Forensic Engineering: Civil Engineering Special 1. Theory of Elastic Stability Timoshenko, S.P
Issue1 Paperback – Import, 1 Jan 2009 by Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publsihing Co. New Delhi,
ND
Simon Fullalove 1961, 2 Edition
2. Forensic Structural Engineering Handbook Reference Books:
Hardcover – Import, 1 Jan 2010 by Robert 1. Flexural Torsional Buckling of Structures
Ratay Trahair, N.SE & FM SPON, London, 1969
Reference Books: 2. Theory of Beam-Columns-Space Behaviour
1. Proceedings, Conference on Forensic Civil and Design Chen, W.F Tata McGraw Hill
ND
Engineering, Association of Consulting Civil International 1996, 2 Edition
Engineers (I), August,2013 3. Principles of Structural Stability Theory
Online Certification Courses: Alexander Chajes Prentice Hall College
TH
1. SWAYAMCOURSE== Division 1974, 7 Edition
https://swayam.gov.in/forensic-science/c/5/science IS Codes
Best faculty members from IIT: e-Learning Resources:
1. Dr. Anjan Kumar S Email: sak@iitg.ac.in https://nptel.ac.in/courses/105108070/
Phone: 0361-258 3332, +91 8134960628 (M) Online Certification Courses:
BCEL 431 THEORY OF ELASTICITY AND 1. Prof. Amit Shaw, Associate Professor,
ELASTIC STABILITY (THEORY) (ELECTIVE-) Department of Civil Engineering, IIT Kharagpur.
2. Prof. Biswanath Banerjee, Assistant Professor.
(Lectures–Tutorial–Practical) / Week (2-0-0-2) Department of Civil Engineering, IIT Kharagpur.
Course Objective:
1. To introduce the errands of theory of elasticity

and methods of solving the structural problems.
2. To introduce the basic concepts and the state
of the art of static and dynamic stability of
structures
85
Phone : +91 9604787184, 9689903286, 9921008391 Fax : +91 – 7104 – 232560
Department of Electrical Engineering

Institute Vision and Mission
Vision
technologies and to create technical manpower of global standards with capabilities of accepting new
challenges.
Mission
Our efforts are dedicated to impart quality and value based education to raise satisfaction level of all
stake-holders. Our strength is directed to create competent professionals. Our Endeavour is to provide
all possible support to promote research and development activities.
Programme: UG in Electrical Engineering
Vision and Mission of Department
Vision
technologies and to create technical manpower of global standards in electrical engineering with
capabilities of accepting new challenges.
Mission
 To educate next generation of Engineers with strong knowledge base of electrical engineering
 To Produce technical manpower capable of addressing industry problems
 To pursue scholarly research in broad areas of electrical engineering
Program Educational Objectives:
Graduates shall able to

PEO1 Practice electrical engineering in Power System, drives & control.
PEO2 Contribute to technical and economic development of society
PEO3 Pursue higher education and work for research and development of society
Program outcome
Student shall able to
PO1: Apply knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals and an
engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
86
PO 2: Identify, formulate, research literature and analyze complex engineering problems reaching
substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences and engineering
sciences.
PO 3: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or processes
that meet specified needs with appropriate consideration for
public health and safety, cultural, societal and environmental considerations
PO 4: Conduct investigations of complex problems using research-based knowledge and research
methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data and synthesis of
information to provide valid conclusions.
PO 5: Create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources and modern engineering and IT tools
including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the
limitations
PO 6: Apply reasoning informed by contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and
cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to professional engineering practice.
PO 7: Understand the impact of professional engineering solutions in societal and environmental
contexts and demonstrate knowledge of and need for sustainable development.
PO 8: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of
engineering practice.
PO 09: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams and in multi
disciplinary settings
PO 10: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering community
and with society at large, such as being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design
documentation, make effective presentations and give and receive clear instructions.
PO 11: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering and management principles and
apply these to one‘s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in
multidisciplinary environments
PO 12: Recognize the need for and have the preparation and ability to engage in
Independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
Program Specific outcomes

Graduates shall
PSO1 Demonstrate industrial practices learned through internship and solve the live-problems of
industries.
PSO2 Utilize skills in transforming ideas into hardware project and to protect intellectual property
rights.
PSO3 Propose innovative solutions in the area of Power Systems and Electric Drives.
87
B.TECH. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Scheme
Theory Practical
Name of the Course Credits
ubject Total Total
Th Tu Pr TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext.
Code Hours
SEMESTER-I
BFYL101 Matrices 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 -- -- 50
BFYL102 Differential & Vector Calculus 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 -- -- 50
BEEL101
AC & DC Circuits 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 25 -- 75
BEEP101
BEEL102 AC & DC Machine 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 -- -- 50
BEEL103 Energy Sources & Audit 1 - 1 1 10 15 -- -- -- 25
1 - 4 5 3 10 15 25 50 -- 100
BITP101 Solving
BECL104 Bio-System in Engg. 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 -- -- 50
BCSP101 Data Analytics - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 -- 25
BECL101
Introduction to Digital System 1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 -- 75
BECP101
BHUP103 Foreign Language - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 -- 25
BHUP104 Liberal/ Creative Arts - - 1 1 0.5 -- -- -- 25 -- 25
BFYP131 Waste Management - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 -- 25
BFYP132 Environmental Science - - 1 1 0.5 -- -- -- 25 -- 25
TOTAL 9 4 16 29 21 80 120 175 225 0 600
Evaluation Scheme
Sub. Teaching Scheme
Code Total
SEMESTER-II
BFYL103 Integral & Multiple Calculus 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 -- -- 50
BFYL104 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 -- -- 50
Equations
BCSP102 Data Structure - - 4 4 2 -- -- -- 50 -- 50
BFYP152 Internet of Things - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 -- 25
BFYL121
Applied Physics 1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 -- 75
BFYP121
BECL102
Analog Circuits 1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 -- 75
BECP102
BECP103 Embedded Programming - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 -- 25
BMEP102 Digital Fabrication - - 4 4 2 -- -- -- 50 -- 50
Mini Model through
BFYP151 - - 4 4 2 -- -- -- 50 -- 50
BHUL101
Communication Skills - 2 2 4 3 10 15 25 50 -- 100
BHUP101
Ethics & Professional
BHUP102 - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 -- 25
Competencies
BMBP101 Entrepreneurship - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 -- 25
TOTAL 4 5 26 35 22 50 75 125 350 0 600
88
Evaluation Scheme
Code Total
Th. Tu Pr. Total TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext.
SEM-III
Mathematics-V (Laplace
BFYL145 Transform & Fourier 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - 50
Transform)
BEEL206/
Network Theory 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 - 75
BEEP206
BEEL207/
Sensors & Actuators 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 - 75
BEEP207
BECL215/ Electronics Devices &
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 - 75
BECP215 Circuits
Static machine (Three Phase
BEEL208 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 - 50
Transformer)
BEEL209/
Rotary machine 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 25 - 75
BEEP209
BCSL208/ Database Management
2 - 2 2 3 10 15 25 25 - 75
BCSP208 System
XXXXXXX Open Elective –I 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - 50
BAIP202 Skill development 1: - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
BHUP202 Reasoning - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
BHUP 203 Quants - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
Total 13 1 14 26 21 80 120 200 200 0 600
Evaluation Scheme
Code Total
SEM-IV
Math-VI (Fourier series and
BFYL146 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 50
Partial differential equations)
BEEL210 Synchronous machine 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 25 75
BECL212 Signals and Systems 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 50
Elements of
BEEL211 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 50
Electromagnetics
Analog and Digital
BECL213 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 50
Communication
Entrepreneurship
BMBP102 - - 2 2 1 25 25
Development
Fundamentals of power
BEEL212 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 50
Systems
BECL218 Embeded Systems Design 2 1 - 3 3 10 15 25 50
BEEP213 Skill Development 2 : - - 1 1 1 25 25
BHUP205 BEC (British Council) - - 4 4 2 50 50
BEEL214 Basic Power Electronics 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
Liberal Arts/Creative Arts
BHUP204 - - 1 1 0.5 25 25
(Hobby Module)
BHUP206 Aptitude 1 - - 1 1 0.5 25 25
Total 11 3 13 27 21 80 120 200 200 0 600
89
Evaluation Scheme
Code Total
SEM-V
Math-VII ( Z-Transform &
BFYL147 1 1 - 1 1 10 15 25 50
Steady state Variable)
BEEL319/
Basic Control System 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 25 75
BEEP319
BEEL320/ Power System Analysis &
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
BEEP320 dynamics
Electrical Installation &
BEEL321 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 50
Design
Skill development-III : ETAP
BEEP322 and Powerworld Simulator, - - 2 2 1 25 25
Matlab, PSIM, etc.
Project Manangement:
BEEL323 - - 2 2 1 25 25
(Estimation and Costing)
BCSL217 Machine Learning Algorithms 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 50
Financial Management for
MBP301 0 - 1 1 0.5 25 25
Engineers
BEEL324/
Drives 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
BEEP324
BHUP302 Aptitude 2 - - 1 1 0.5 25 25
Internship(Social +Minor
BEEP325 Project+ Technical report - - 2 2 2 50 50
writing+ LATEX)
Advanced Communication
MBP104 - - 4 4 2 50 50
skill
Total 9 1 18 28 19 60 90 150 275 0 575
Evaluation Scheme
Code Total
SEM-VI
BFYL148 Math-VIII (Optimization) 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 50
BEEL326 Electric Vehicles 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 50
BEEL327 Non Linear Control Systems 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 50
BEEL328/
Switch gear and Protection 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
BEEP328
XXXXXX Elective-III (Interdisciplinary) 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 50
Skill development-IV:
BEEL329 0 - 2 2 1 25 25
(PLC/SCADA)
BEEL330/
High Voltage Engg. 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 50
BEEP330
BEEL331 Power System Dynamics 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 50
BHUP207 Soft Employbility skill 0 - 1 1 0.5 25 25
GP VI (Product Design &
BMEP319 0 - 2 2 1 25 25
IPR)
XXXXXX Open Elective –II 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 50
XXXXXX Elective-II (Interdisciplinary) 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 50
BHUP303 Aptitude 3 - - 1 1 0.5 25 25
Total 13 1 10 24 19 90 135 225 150 0 575
90
Evaluation Scheme
Code Total
SEM-VII
BEEP417 Industry Internship - - 12 12 12 - - - 100 200 300
BEEP418 Project Phase-I - - 4 4 4 - - - 50 50 100
Open Elective /MOOCS +
BEEL419 2 1 0 3 3 10 15 50 - - 75
TQM
Total 2 1 4 7 19 10 15 50 150 250 475
Evaluation Scheme
Code Total
SEM-VIII
XXXXXX Elective-I (Science) 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 50
XXXXXX Elective-IV (Core) 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 50
XXXXXX Elective-V 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 50
XXXXXX Elective-VI 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 50
XXXXXX Elective-VII 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 50
XXXXXX Elective-VIII 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 50
Career Development
BHUP304 - - 2 2 1 - - - 50 - 50
Practices
Open Elective /MOOCS +
BEEL421 1 - - 1 1 5 5 15 - 25
TQM- II
BEEP422 Project Phase-II - - 4 4 4 50 50 100
Total 13 0 6 19 18 65 95 165 100 50 475
TOTAL 1st SEMESTER TO 8th
73 16 109 195 160 505 755 1265 1650 300 4500
SEMESTER
Pool of Electives
Battery Technology
Supercapacitors
Charging Station
Utilization of Non Conventional Energy
Sources
Mechtronics
Power Semiconductor Based Drives
Digital Signal Processing
Analysis of Special Machines
Application of Sensor and Actuators in
Electric Vehicle
Advanced Electricsl Drives and Control
Advanced Power Electronics
Digital Control
Digital Design
Energy Efficient Systems (Optimization of
Electricity)
FACTS
91
III SEM (EE) UNIT 1: LAPLACE
Mathematics –V TRANSFORM: (10HRS)
Laplace Transform & Fourier Transform (2 Definition and their simple
Credit)[30Hrs] properties, Transform of derivatives and
integrals, Evaluation of integrals by L.T.
Sub. Code Name of Teaching Scheme Credi Evaluation Scheme Inverse L.T. & its properties, Convolution
the ts
Course theorem, Laplace transforms of periodic
Theory Practica Tot Durati
l al on of function & unit step function,
Paper
UNIT 2: APPLICATIONS OF LAPLACE
Th Tu Pr. Tot TA CA ES Int Ext
. al E E E . . TRANSFORM:(10HRS)
Applications of Laplace transform to solve
SEM-III
ordinary differential equations.Applications of
BFYL Mathema 1 1 0 2 2 1 1 2 5 1.5
Laplace Transform in control System: Analogues
145
tics-V
(Laplace
0 5 5 0 system, Closed loop system and open loop system,
Transfor Transfer function . And problems based on
m&
Fourier it.Laplace transform of signals: Unit step , Ramp,
Transfor
m) Parabolic, impulse , Dirac Delta
UNIT 3 : FOURIER TRANSFORMS:
(10HRS)
Course Objectives: Statement of Fourier integral theorem - Fourier
1. Understand the mathematical descriptions transform pairs - Fourier Sine and Cosine
in Laplace Transform & Fourier Transform transforms - Properties - Transforms of simple
2. Analyze problems, recognize appropriate functions - Convolution theorem - Parseval's
methods of solution, solve the problems, and identity
find the solutions. Text Books:
1. Higher engineering Mathematics by B
Course Outcomes S Grewal, 43rd edition, Khanna
Upon successful completion of the course, Publication.
students will be able to: 2. Advanced engineering Mathematics
1. Understand and use Laplace transform to by Erwin Kreysizig, 8th edition Wiley
solve engineering problems. India
2. Apply the concept of of laplace transform 3. Control System by Nagrath &
to solve applications based problems in field of Gopal
engineering
Reference Books:
3. Calculate Fourier Transforms for the
1. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers
variety of simple functions.
and Scientists ; Spiegel, M. R,
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: McGraw-Hill
Programme Outcomes Programme 2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics,
C Specific
O Outcomes Jain, R.K. and Iyengar, S.R.K, Narosa
s PO 1…. 12 PS P PS Publishers; Alpha Science
O1 S O3
O International, Ltd
2
C 3 3 0 Quantifiers - Predicate calculus including theory of
O . . . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 1 inference.
1 0 0 0 SUBJECT 3: ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND
C 3 3 0
O . . . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 1 CIRCUIT
2 0 0 0 SCHEME:E&TC
C 3 3 0
O . . . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 1
Sub code : - BECL211/BECP211
3 0 0 0 Third Term Cou
C 3 3 0 rse
O . . . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 1 Cat
ego
4 0 0 0 A Teaching Cr Evaluation Scheme Du
Na Scheme ed rati ry
C 3 3 0
O . . . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 1 me its on
of of
5 0 0 0 the Theory Pr Tot Pa
C 3 3 0 Co act al per
O . . . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 1 urs ica Ma
6 0 0 0 l rks
92
CO3 3 2 2
e T T P H T C E I E Ho
h u r o A A S n x urs
. . . 2 2 2 2 2 3 2
. . . ur E E E t. t 0 0 0
s . CO4 3 2 2
. . . 2 2 2 2 2 3 2
Ele 2 - 2 4 3 1 1 2 2 75 2 Pr 0 0 0
ctr 0 5 5 5 og CO5 3 2 2
oni ra . . . 2 2 2 2 2 3 2
c m 0 0 0
De C
CO6 3 2 2
vic or
es e . . . 2 2 2 2 2 3 2
& 0 0 0
Cir
cuit
s SYLLABUS:
Unit I: Transistor Biasing & Small Signal Analysis (9
COURSE OBJECTIVES: Hours)
1. To gain knowledge of transistor small signal Review of Transistor, Transistor current equations,
analysis. Thermal Runaway ,Transistor Biasing & Stability,
2. To study need different types of amplifiers and Compensation Methods, Two-port Devices & the
oscillator. Transistor Hybrid model, analysis of a transistor
3. To familiarize the students with the analysis of amplifier circuit using h parameters, comparison of
unipolar devices transistor amplifier configuration, Miller‘s Theorem, the
4. To use appropriate experimentation techniques to alpha cut-off frequency, the hybrid pi (II) common –
evaluate circuit performance. emitter transistor
COURSE OUTCOMES: model.
On successful completion of the course, Students shall
be able to:
Unit II: Feedback Amplifiers & Oscillators (8 Hours)
CO1:Understand the concept of compensation Types of Feedback, Advantages & Disadvantages of
techniques, Low frequency and High frequency Negative Feedback, Topology, Classification of
analysis. Oscillators, Stability, Barkhausen Criteria, Design
CO2: Understand the concepts of feedback of RC, LC and Crystal Oscillators, Numerical
and apply the concepts for improvement of Unit III: Power Amplifier (7
performance of amplifier and oscillator Hours)
CO3: Understand , analyze and design Classification A, B, AB, C, Efficiency, Push Pull
different types of power amplifiers and use Configuration (A, B, AB) Complementary symmetry,
Second Harmonic and Cross over Distortion., Design of
methods for reduction of distortions
Power Amplifiers (Class A and Class AB)
CO4: Understand the operation of the Field Effect
Unit IV: Unipolar Devices (6
Transistor (FET), Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field
Hours)
Effect Transistor (MOSFET) and design FET
circuits Field Effect Transistor, MOSFET, NMOS, PMOS
CO5: Apply concepts of transistors & amplifier Principles of operation and characteristics, Biasing
Circuits arrangement, small signal analysis of CG, CB and
CO6: Design simple circuits containing non-linear CD
elements.
TEXT BOOKS:
Sr. Title Author Publisher Year of Editio
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: No Name Publicatio n
Cour Programme Outcomes Programme . n
se Specific
Outcomes
Outc
omes 1
PO 1…. 12 P P P
S S S
O O O Electronic S Tata 2008 3
1 2 3 s Devices Salivahana Mcgraw-
CO1 3 2 2 and n, N Suresh Hill
. . . 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 Circuits Kumar
0 0 0
CO2 3 2 2
. . . 2 2 2 2 2 3 2
0 0 0
93
2 Integrated Jacob Tata 2009 2 CO1: To gain knowledge of analog and digital
Electronic Millman Mcgraw- instrumentation system.
s Hill
CO2: To identify suitability of measuring
3 Sanjiv DhampatR 2012 3 instrumentation for desired parameter.
Gupta ai
Electronic
Sanjay Publication
CO3: To illustrate the use of different
Devices
&
Gupta transducers
Circuits CO4: To design integrate and innovate system
for motion measurement.
CO5: To design measuring instruments for
Sr. Title Author Publishe Year of Editio
No Name r Publicatio n industrial applications relating to temp
. n measurement
1 Electronics Robert L. Pearson 2009 10
devices and Boylesta India CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Circuits and d, Louis Course Programme Programme
Theory Nashelsk
y Outcomes Outcomes Specific Outcomes
PO1…. PO12 PSO1… PSO3
2 Microelectroni A.S. Oxford 2013 7
cs Circuits Sedra& Universit
CO1 1/2/3/- 1/2/3
K. C. y Press CO2…..
Smith,
CO6
3 Electronics Nagrath I Phi 2009 3
Devices and J Learning
Circuits Pvt Ltd
Unit I: Basics of Instrumentation
(6 Hrs)
Classification, Analog & Digital instruments,
Sensors & Actuators (3 Credit) comparison of Analog & Digital instruments,
advantages of digital instruments, classification
[36Hrs] of analog instruments. Indicating type
instruments, recording type instruments.
Sub. Name of Teaching Cr Evaluation Scheme
Code the Scheme edi
Course ts
Theory Pract
ical
T
o
Duration
of Paper
Unit II: Measuring Instruments
t
a
(10Hrs) Ammeters, Voltmeters,
Th T P T TA C E I E
. u r o E A S n x l principle of moving coil, moving iron &
. t E E t t
a . . Dynamometer type instruments, extension of
l
range using series and shunts, errors due to
SEM-III
extension of range. Digital Voltmeters:- Types
BE Sensors & 2 1 0 3 3 1 1 2 5 1.5 of DVM, Ramp type DVM, integrating type
EL2 Actuators 0 5 5 0
07/ DVM. Measurement of active and reactive
BE
EP
power in polyphase circuits using
207 dynamometer type instruments. General
Course Objective theory, extension of range using C.T. & P.T.
1. To make students understand the Errors in instrument transformers, applications
construction, working principle and application of instrument transformers for metering &
of various transducers used for different protection. TOD Meters.
parameters such as flow measurement, strain Unit III: Generalized Instrumentation
measurement, pressure and vacuum Systems (6Hrs)
measurement, force, torque and power Active and passive transducers, Digital and
measurement analog mode of operation. Motion
2. To solve industrial problems related to Measurement: - Relative and absolute motion
monitoring, co-ordination, measurement and measurement, measurement of velocity and
control using various instrumentation used in acceleration. Electrical transducer for motion
application industry. measurement, LVDT, piezoelectric transducer,
variable inductance transducer, measurement
Course Outcome of shaft torque and power.
The students should be able to
94
Unit IV: Motion measurement:
(8 Hrs) Course Objectives:
Relative and absolute motion measurement of 1. Understand 3 ph. Transformers.
displacement, velocity and acceleration; 2. Analyse static machines.
Pressure sensing elements – manometers,
elastic elements, Bourdon tube, diaphragm, Course Outcomes:
bellows; electrical type, McLeod gauge, Pirani The students should be able to
gauge; Flow sensing type – head meters CO1: Analyze the construction, principle,
(orifice, venturi), area meters, rotameters, performance of 3-phase transformers,
electromagnetic flowmeter, Coriolis flow autotransformer.
meter, Ultrasonic flowmeter; pH CO2: Estimate the parallel operation of three
measurement  phase transformer, conversion of three phase to
two phase.
CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Unit V: Temperature Measurement & Course Programme Programme
Miscellaneous Measurements (6Hrs) Outcomes Outcomes Specific Outcomes
Laws of thermo - electric circuits. PO1…. PO12 PSO1… PSO3
Thermocouples cold junction compensation CO1 1/2/3/- 1/2/3
thermistors. Brief treatment of principles used CO2…..
in the measurement of liquid level, flow press CO6
and PH. Introduction to Hall Effect sensors. Syllabus:
UNIT-I: 3-Phase Transformer &
Text Books: Autotransformer (8 Hrs)
1. A.K. Sawhney., A course in Electrical & Basics of Autotransformers, 3 Phase
Electronics measurement and instrumentation, Transformer principle and operation, Polarity
11th test, various connections and vector
Edition, Dhanpat Rai And Son Publication, groups,online tap changers, Distribution and
1996 Power Transformer and All day efficiency.
2. Rajput, Electrical Measurements, 1st Edition,
S.Chand , 2009 Unit II Parallel operation of Transformer
(6 Hrs)
Reference Books: Three phase to two phase conversion (Scott
1. W.D. Cooper, Prentice Hall, Electronic Connection), parallel operation of three phase
Instrumentation and measurement Technique, transformer, Basics of methods of cooling,
2nd Edition, P.H.I. Publication, 2007 temperature rise test, maintenance of
2. Rangan, Instrumentation Devices and transformer, and insulation of
System, 2nd Edition, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2008 transformer,Protection of transformer,
3. Doebelin, Ernest, Measurement System Commissioning tests performed on
application & Design, 5th Edition, Mc Graw transformer.
Hill, 2004 Text Books:
1. P.K. Mukherjee, Electrical Machines, 2nd
Edition, Dhanpatrai Publications, 1996
Static Machine (Three Phase 2. Dr. P.S. Bimbhra, Electrical Machines, 2
nd
Transformer) (1 Credit) [14 Hrs] Edition, Khanna Publications, 1995
Su Name of the Course Teaching Cred Evaluation Scheme Reference Books:

bje Scheme its
ct Theory Practi Tota 1. I.S. Nagrath & Dr. D.P. Kothari, Electrical
Co
de Th T P Tot T C E In E
cal l
Mar Machines, 1stEdition, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 1997
ks
u r al
Hou
A A S t xt
E E E
2. A E Fitzgerald, Charles Kingsley , Stephen
rs Umans, Electrical Machinery, 6thEdition, Mc
SEMESTER-III
Graw Hill, 2003
BE Static machine 1 0 0 1 1 10 15 25 50
EL (Three Phase
20 Transformer)
8
95
Rotary Machine (1 Determination of machine parameters, No load
test, blocked rotor test, equivalent circuit,
Credit)[15hrs] losses, efficiency, operating characteristics &
influence of machine parameter on the
Subject Name of the Teaching Credi Evaluation Scheme performance of motor, Introduction of I2 and
Code Course Scheme ts I3 (industrial)motors.
Theory PracticTot
al al
Th Tu Pr Total TA CA ES Int Ex Ma
Hour E E E t rks Unit-III: Speed control of 3 phase I.M(3
s
SEMESTER-III
Hrs)
BEEL209 Rotary machine 1 0 2 3 2 10 15 25 - 25 75
Speed control of I.M. by pole changing,
/ frequency control, Speed control of wound
BEEP209
I.M. by varying rotor resistance, varying
supply voltage, braking, regenerative braking,
Course Objectives:
plugging, dynamic braking, Crawling &
1. To develop familiarity with DC Machines, 1
cogging.
ph. & 3 ph. Induction machines.
2. To study starting, breaking & reversal of AC
& DC Machines. Unit-IV: Single phase induction moto(2 Hrs)
Double field revolving and cross field theory,
Types of single phase induction motor,
Course Outcomes:
Permanent magnet brushless motors:
construction, principle and types torque
CO1: To impart knowledge on construction,
principle, performance, control and
applications of DC Motors. Text Books:
1. A. E. Fitzgerald and C. Kingsley, "Electric
CO2: To impart knowledge on understand the
Machinery‖, McGraw Hill Education, 2013.
construction, principle, performance, control
2. M. G. Say, ―Performance and design of AC
and applications of three phase induction
machines‖, CBS Publishers, 2002.
motor.
3. P. S. Bimbhra, ―Electrical Machinery‖,
CO3: Ability to troubleshoot connects, run,
Khanna Publishers, 2011.
control and test 3 ph Induction motor.
CO4: To understand operating principle and
performance analysis of special machines. Reference Books:
1. I. J. Nagrath and D. P. Kothari, ―Electric
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: Machines‖, McGraw Hill Education, 2010.
Course Programme Programme 2. A. S. Langsdorf, ―Alternating current
Outcomes Outcomes Specific Outcomes machines‖, McGraw Hill Education, 1984.
PO1…. PO12 PSO1… PSO3 3. P. C. Sen, ―Principles of Electric Machines
CO1 1/2/3/- 1/2/3 and Power Electronics‖, John Wiley & Sons,
CO2….. 2007.
CO6
NETWORK THEORY (3
Syllabus: Credit) [40 Hrs]
Unit-I: D.C. Machines (7 Hrs)
Basic principle of electromagnetic energy Subj Name of the Course Teaching Cr Evaluation Scheme
conversion, generalized torque expression, ect
Code
Scheme edi
ts
Theory Practi To
Armature reaction & commutation, Types of cal tal
M
winding, Compensating winding, interpoles, Th T P T T C E I E
ar
ks
Characteristics of shunt, series & compound u r ot
al
A
E
A
E
S
E
n
t
x
t
motor and generator, speed control of d.c. H
ou
shunt & series motor rs
SEMESTER-III
Unit-II: Three Phase Induction Motor(3
BE Network Theory 2 1 0 3 3 1 1 2 50
Hrs) EL2 0 5 5
06/
96
BE Reciprocity, Thevenin‘s, Norton‘s, maximum
EP
206
power transfer, compensation, Tellegen‘s
theorem as applied to A.C. Circuits.
Course Objectives:
1. The subject aims at basic components Unit III: Transfer functions (6 Hrs)
2. To study various sources and circuit analysis Transient behaviors, concept of complex
method used in electrical system and their frequency, Driving points and transfer
behavior. functions, poles, zeros of admittance function,
3. To study various numerical methods their properties, sinusoidal response from Pole-
zero locations, convolution theorem and
Course Outcomes integral solution.
Able to understand: Unit IV: Two port network and filter(7
CO1: Analyze circuits with ideal, independent, Hrs)
and controlled voltage and current sources. Two port network parameters and
using Mesh & Nodal analysis. interconnections,Three Phase unbalanced
CO2: Determine the equivalent circuits of a circuits and power calculations. Introduction of
network that include passive devices, Basic filters (R-C, L-C).
dependent sources, and independent sources Advanced topic on the subject
in combination using network theorems. Text Books:
CO3: Understand and measure the transient ● Networks & Systems by D Roy
and sinusoidal Steady-state Responses of Choudhury [partial ebook]
simple RC and RLC circuits CO4 : ● Engineering Circuit Analysis by W. H.
Determining two port network parameters and Hayt, J. E. Kemmerly & S. M. Durbin
one parameter in terms ● Fundamentals of Electric Circuits by C.
K. Alexander & M. N. O. Sadiku
Cou Programme Outcomes Programme Reference Books:
rse Specific
Outcomes ● Network Analysis and Synthesis by
Out
com PO 1…. 12 PS PS P Franklin F. Kuo [ebook]
es O1 O2 S
● Network Analysis, M. Van Valkenburg,
O
3 Pearson Education, 2006
CO 3 2 1 ● Introduction to Modern Network
1 . . . 1 1 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 3 2
0 0 0 Synthesis, M. Van Valkenburg, John
CO 3 2 1 Wiley & Sons.
2 . . . 1 1 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 3 2
0 0 0
CO 3 2 1
3 . . . 1 1 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 3 2
0 0 0
CO 3 2 1
4 . . . 1 1 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 3 2
0 0 0
CO 3 2 1
5 . . . 1 1 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 3 2
0 0 0
Object oriented Programming (C++,
CO
6
3
.
2
.
1
. 1 1 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 3 2
Java)
0 0 0
Subject Name of the Course Teaching Cr Evaluation Scheme
Code Scheme ed
Syllabus: its
Theory Practi Total
Unit I:Nodal and Mesh analysis cal Marks
(8 Hrs) Th T P T T C E I E
Nodal and Mesh analysis, basic equilibrium u r ot
al
A
E
A
E
S
E
n
t
x
t
equations, matrix approach for complicated H
o
network, containing voltage, current sources, ur
s
Mutual Inductances, source transformations,
SEMESTER-III
Duality.
Object oriented 1 1 0 2 2 2 25
Programming (C++, 5
Unit II: Network Theroms (7 Hrs) Java)
97
Inheritance and the access specifies, Types of
Course Objective: Inheritance, Pointers and references to derived
1. This course introduced features of object types, Virtual Functions
oriented programming.
2. The course provide carrier opportunities in Unit-IV: Pointers & Dynamic allocations-
implementation of various applications as [03 Hrs]
object oriented concepts plays dominant role in Static & Dynamic allocation using new and
software development. delete,* and ->* operators, Creating conversion
functions, this pointer.
Course Outcome:
Upon successful completion of the course, Text Books:
students shall be able to– 1. Object Oriented Programming in C++ -
CO 1: Articulate the principles of object Robert Lafore, edition, Galgotia publications
oriented programming using C++ 2. The Complete Reference C++, Herbert
CO 2:Understand function overloading, Schildt, 4th Edition, TMH
constructor overloading, operator overloading,
polymorphism & its uses in programming. Reference Books:
CO3:Implement inheritance concepts and its 1. Let‘s C++ by Y. Kanetkar, BPB publications
use for application development 2. Object oriented programming with C++, E
CO4:Analyze of dynamic memory allocation Balagurusamy, 4th edition, TMH
and its use for software development 3. Object-Oriented Programming with C++,
CO5:Implement concept of file handling in real SouravSahay, Oxford University Pres
life problems
CO6: Implement a project for real world
problems

Course Programme Programme
Outcomes Outcomes Specific Outcomes
Course Name : Signals & Systems
CO1 1/2/3/- 1/2/3 Course Code : BECL212
CO2….. Scheme of the Course:
CO6 Name of Teaching Evaluation Scheme D C
Syllabus: the Course Scheme Theory Prac ur o
tical at u
Unit-I: Principles of Object Oriented io r
Programming - [03 Hrs] n s
Introduction to OOPS: Differences between C of e
P C
and C++.A look at procedure Oriented a a
programming, object oriented programming pe t
paradigm, basic concepts of OOP, Headers & r e
Total Marks
H g
Total Hours
Name Spaces o o
Practical
Credits
Tutorial
r
Theory
ur
CAE
TAE
ESE
Ext.
Int.
Unit-II: Functions & Polymorphism - s y

[04 Hrs] Signal & 1 1 - 2 2 1 1 2 - - 5 2 C
Functions, Types of Functions, Constructor, Systems 0 5 5 0 o
Destructor, Function overloading & r
e
Ambiguity, Operator Overloading, Function
Overriding, Friend Function
Unit-III: Inheritance & Virtual Functions - Course Objectives:

[04 Hrs] 1. To introduce the fundamentals,
1. characteristics, concept techniques of
signals & systems.
98
2. Understanding signals and systems in additivity and homogeneity, shift-invariance,
terms of both the time and transform causality, stability, Realizability. Examples
2. domains, taking advantage of the
complementary insights and tools that Continuous Time Fourier Transform:
these different perspectives provide [07Hours]
Representation of Aperiodic Signal, Fourier
3. Development of the mathematical skills Transform for Periodic Signals, Properties of CTFT,
like fourier series, fourier transforms, Convolution and multiplication property of
3. Random theory to solve problems continuous FT, Systems characterized by Linear
involving convolution, filtering, Constant Coefficient Differential Equations.
modulation and sampling Convolution Property. Sampling Theorem, Effect of
Under Sampling, and Sampling of Discrete -Time
4. To define channel capacities and
Signals
4. properties using Shannon‘s Theorem
and calculate the information content
Continuous time and discrete time Linear shift-
invariant (LSI) systems:
Course Outcomes: [08 Hours]
Student shall be able to Impulse response and step response, convolution,
Students will be able to represent & classify input-output behavior with aperiodic convergent
CO1. inputs, cascade interconnections. Characterization of
signals, Systems & identify LTI systems
Students will be able to derive Fourier series causality and stability of linear shift-invariant
CO2. systems. System representation through differential
& Fourier transform for different signals
Students will be able to analyze the equations and difference equations. Periodic and
CO3. Continuous Time systems by performing semi-periodic inputs to an LSI system, the notion of
Convolution a frequency response and its relation to the impulse
Students will be understand Discrete time response, Fourier series representation, the Fourier
CO4. Transform, convolution/multiplication and their
systems and LTI systems.
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: effect in the frequency domain, magnitude and phase
Course Programme Programme response, Fourier domain duality. Parseval's
Outcomes Outcomes Specific Theorem. The idea of signal space and orthogonal
Outcomes bases of signals. Time de main and
PO1… PO12 PSO1… PSO3 Frequency domain aspects of ideal and non-ideal
. filters
CO1 1/2/3/- 1/2/3
CO2….. Discrete Time Fourier Transform (DTFT) and
CO6 Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT):
Course Contents [08 Hours]
Introduction to Signals and Systems: Properties of DTFT and DFT, convolution property,
[07 Hours] multiplication property, Duality, Systems
Signals and systems as seen in everyday life, and in characterized by Linear Constant Coefficient
various branches of engineering and science Difference Equations Laplace Transform for
electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, thermal, continuous time signals and systems: the notion of
biomedical signals and systems as examples. eigen functions of LSI systems, a basis of eigen
Extracting the common essence and requirements of functions, region of convergence, system functions,
signal and system analysis from these examples. poles and zeros of system functions and signals,
Formalizing signals: energy and power signals, Laplace domain analysis, solution to differential
signal properties: periodicity, absolute integrability, equations and system behavior.
determinism and stochastic character. Some special
signals of importance: the unit step, the unit impulse, Text Books:
the sinusoid, the complex exponential, some special Sr. Title Author Publisher Year of E
time-limited signals; continuous and discrete time No Name Publication d
. it
signals, continuous and discrete amplitude signals. i
Formalizing systems: system properties: linearity: o
n
99
1 Signals (Alan V Prentice convolution, filtering, modulation and
2009 2
and Oppenheim, Hall India
Systems Alan S sampling
Willsky, 4. To define channel capacities and
S Hamid
Nawab) properties using Shannon‘s Theorem and
2 Signals S. Haykin Wiley 1998 calculate the information content from its
and and B.
Systems, VanVeen, probability distribution.
Reference Books Course Outcomes:

On successful completion of the course,
Sr Title Author Name Publisher Year of Editi
. Publicati on Students shall be able to:
N on
o. CO1: Students will be able to represent &
1 Digital Signal John G. PHI 4 classify signals, Systems & identify LTI
Processing, Prokis, 2007
Principles Dimitris G. systems
Algorithms, Manolakis
and CO2: Students will be able to derive Fourier
2
Applications
SignalProcess
series for continuous time signals.
James H. Pearson/Pren 2006 1
ing
McClellan tice Hal
CO3: Students will be able to find Fourier
3 Signals and transform for different signals
P. Ramesh Scitech 2008 3
System,
Third
Babu, CO4: Students will be able to analyze the
R.anandaNatra
Edition, 2008
jan, Continuous Time systems by performing
Convolution.
CO5: Students will be understand Discrete
time systems and LTI systems.
SEMESTER IV CO Mapping with PO and PSO:

SUBJECT 1: SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS Course Programme Programme
Subject Code : BECL212 Outcomes Outcomes Specific Outcomes
First Term Co
urs PO1…. PO12 PSO1… PSO3
e
A Teaching Scheme Cr Evaluation Scheme Durat
N ed ion of
Cat CO1 1/2/3/- 1/2/3
ego
a
m
its
Theory Practic Tot
Paper
ry CO2…..
al aM
e
of T T P T T C E I E
arks
Ho CO6
th h u r ot A A S n x urs
e . . . al E E E t. t.
C H
ou o Syllabus:
rs ur
e s Unit I: (8 Hours)
Si 1 1 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 100 2 Core
gn 0 5 5 5 5 Representation Of Aperiodic Signal, Fourier
al
an Transform For Periodic Signals, Properties Of
d
sy CTFT, Properties Of CTFT, Convolution
ste
m Property ,Representation Of Aperiodic
Signal, Fourier Transform For Periodic
Course Objectives: Signals, Properties Of CTFT, Properties Of
1. To introduce the fundamentals CTFT, Convolution Property. Sampling
,characterstics, concept techniques of Theorem, Effect Of Under Sampling, and
signals & systems. Sampling of Discrete -Time Signals.
2. Understanding signals and systems in
terms of both the time and transform Unit II: (8 Hours)
domains, taking advantage of the CONTINUOUS TIME FOURIER
complementary insights and tools that TRANSFORM:
these different perspectives provide Representation of a periodic Signals by
3. Development of the mathematical skills continuous FT, FT of periodic signals,
like convolution and multiplication property of
fourierseries,fouriertransforms,Random continuous FT, systems characterized by
theory to solve problems involving Linear Constant Coefficient Differential
Equations.
100
Elements 1 0 0 1 1 10 15 2 50
of 5
Electrom
Unit III:TIME AND FREQUENCY agnetics
CHARACTERIZATION OF SIGNALS
AND SYSTEMS:
Magnitude and phase representation of FT, Course Objective:
Magnitude and phase response of LTI 1.To introduce the electric & magnetic fields in
systems, Time de main and Frequency detail.
domain aspects of ideal and non ideal filters. 2.To study the laws related to electric and
magnetic fields
Unit IV: DISCRETE TIME FOURIER 3.To know applications of Electromagnetic in
TRANSFORM (DTFT) and DISCRETE electrical engineering applications
FOURIER TRANSFORM (6 Hours)
(DFT):Properties of DTFT and DFT, Course Outcomes:
convolution property, multiplication property, Upon successful completion of the
Duality, Systems characterized by Linear course,students shall be able to
Constant Coefficient Difference Equations CO1: Apply Knowledge of science to design of
electrical systems involving electric fields
TEXT BOOKS: CO2: Apply Knowledge of engineering to
S Title Author Name Publish Year of Edi design of electrical systems involving electric
r. er Publication tio
N n fields
o.
CO3: Understand the design of electrical
1 Signals and (Alan Prentic 2009 2 system involving magnetic fields
Systems VOppenheim, e Hall
Alan S Willsky, India
SHamid CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Nawab) Programme
Cour Programme Outcomes
2ndEdition Specific
se
Outcomes
Outc
2 Signals and S.Haykin and B. Wiley 1998 omes
Systems, VanVeen, PO 1…. 12 P P P
S S S
O O O
1 2 3
CO1 3. 2. 1.
REFERENCE BOOKS: 0 0 0
1 2 0 1 1 3 2
S Title Author Name Publish Year of Edi CO2 3. 2. 1.

1 2 0 1 1 3 2
er Publicatio tio 0 0 0
n n n CO3 3. 2. 1.
1 2 0 1 1 3 2
0 0 0
1 Digital Signal John G. PHI 4 CO4 3. 2. 1.
Processing, Proakis, 2007 1 2 0 1 1 3 2
0 0 0
Principles Dimitris G.
CO5 3. 3. 1.
Algorithms, Manolakis 1 2 0 1 1 3 2
and 0 0 0
Applications CO6 3. 3. 1.
1 2 0 1 1 3 2
0 0 0
2 SignalProcessi James H. Pearson 2006 1
ng McClellan /Prentic
e Hall Unit I: Coulomb’s law & Gauss’s law,
3 Signals and P.RameshBabu Scitech 2008 3
Energy and Potential of charge system
System, Third , (7Hrs)
Edition, 2008 R.anandaNatraj
an, Coulomb‘s law, electric field intensity, field
often, point charges, field due to continuous
ELEMENTS OF volume charge distribution, field of line
ELECTROMAGNETICS (1 Credit) [14 charge, field of sheet charges, concept of flux
Hrs] density.Gauss‘s law, Application of Gauss‘s
Subject Code : BEEL211 law, divergence theorem, definition of potential
difference and potential, potential of a point
Subject Na Teaching Scheme Cre Evaluation Scheme charges, potential field of system of charge,
Code me dits
of Theory Practic Tot potential gradient,
the al al
Co
urs T T P To T C E I E Ma
e h u r tal A
E
A
E
S
E
n
t
x
t
rks Unit-II:Steady Magnetic Field and Magnetic
Ho
urs Forces (8Hrs)
SEMESTER-IV
101
Biot Savarts law, Ampere‘s Circuital Law, 1. Understand and use Fourier Series to
Strokes theorem, Magnetic flux density, Scalar solve engineering problems.
and Vector Magnetic potentials, force on 2. Apply the concept of Partial differential
moving charge, Magnetization and equations in field of engineering.
permeability, Magnetic circuit.Maxwell 3. Obtain Fourier series expansion of
equations periodic functions
4. Understand and solve Partial differential
Text Books: equations in engineering.
1.William H. Hayt, Jr., John A. Buck,
Engineering Electromagnetic, 7thEdition, Tata CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, Course Programme Programme
2006 Outcomes Outcomes Specific Outcomes
2.Matthew N. O. Sadiku, Elements of PO1…. PO12 PSO1… PSO3
Electromagnetic, 5th Edition, Oxford CO1 1/2/3/- 1/2/3
University Press, 2010 CO2…..
CO6
Reference Books:
1.A Tinguria, Fundamentals Of FOURIER SERIES : (12hrs)
Electromagnetic Fields, 2ndEdition, Denett & Dirichlet's conditions, fourier series of
Co, 2006 Trigonometric and exponential functions,
2.Rajeev Bansal, Handbook of Engineering Fourier series and its convergence. Fourier
Electromagnetic, 1st Edition, CRC Press, 2004 series of even and odd functions. Fourier half-
range series.Fourier series of discontinuous
Mathematics-VI functions, Parseval`s identity. Harmonic
Fourier series and Partial differential analysis.
.
equations
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL
Sub. Name Teaching Cred Evaluation Scheme
Code of the Scheme its EQUATIONS:
Course
Theory Practic Tot Durat (18hrs)
al al ion of
Paper Formation - Solution of standard types of first
Th Tu Pr. Tot TA CA ES Int Ex order equations - Lagrange's equation - Linear
. al E E E . t.
Homogeneous partial differential equations of
SEM IV second and higher order with constant
BFYL Mathem 1 1 0 2 2 1 1 2 5 1.5
coefficients.
146 atics-VI 0 5 5 0 Method of separation of variables,
Fourier
Series Applications of PDE to transmission line.
and
Partial
differen Text Books:
tial
equatio 1. Higher engineering Mathematics
ns
by B S Grewal, 43rd edition,
Khanna Publication.
Course Objectives:
2. Advanced engineering
1. To introduce Partial Differential Equations
and Fourier Series and its applications in the Mathematics by Erwin Kreysizig,
field of Electrical Engineering. 8th edition Wiley India
2. To develop skills to use Partial differential Reference Books:
equations and its applications in the field of 1. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers
Electrical engineering. and Scientists ; Spiegel, M. R,
McGraw-Hill
Course Outcomes : 2.Advanced Engineering Mathematics,
Upon successful completion of the course, Jain, R.K. and Iyengar, S.R.K, Narosa
students will be able to:
102
Publishers; Alpha Science International, windings, MMF of armature and field
Ltd windings, induced EMF.
Synchronous machine (2 Credit)
Unit- II: Steady State Operation of Three
[30 Hrs] Phase Synchronous Generators (7Hrs)
Phasor diagram, steady state performance of
Subj Name of the Course Teaching Scheme Cred Evaluation Scheme
ect its three phase synchronous generators, Voltage
Cod Theory Practical Total
e Mark Regulation, Measurement of load angle, Slip
Th Tu Pr Total TAE CA ES Int Ex s
Hour E E t test.
s
SEMESTER-IV
BE Synchronous Machine 1 1 0 2 2 10 15 25 50
Unit III: Synchronizing of Generator with
EL another Generator (6Hrs)
21
0 Parallel operation, experimental determination
of parameters Xd, Xq/Xs, short circuit ratio,
Course Objectives: losses and efficiency.
1. To introduce synchronous machines to
students. Unit-IV: Synchronizing Machines on
2. To lay firm foundation of electrical Infinite Bus (10Hrs)
machines for understanding its behavior in Phasor diagram, expression for torque, load /
power- system. torque angle, synchronous motor operation,
effects of variable excitation and power input
Course Outcomes: on generator operation and effect of variable
The students should be able to excitation and load on motor operation,
CO1 Understand the construction, principle Reactive Power supplied/absorbed by the
of 3-phase synchronous machines, able to generator, AVR and its significance.
identify different types of synchronous
machine. Text Books:
CO2 Analyze load characteristics of 1. Dr.P.S.Bhimbra, Electrical machinery,
synchronous machine and able to solve the 7thEdition, KHANNA Publisher, 2008
problems on regulation and performance. 2. Ashfaq Husain, Electric Machine, Dhanpat
CO3 Demonstrate the parallel operation of Rai publication, 2012
synchronous generator and able to find various Reference Books:
performance parameters of synchronous 1. Dr. P.K. Mukherjee and S. Chakravarti,
generator. Elect. Machinery, Dhanpatrai Publications,
CO5 Analyze the transient behavior and 2011
performance of synchronous machine in power 2. Fitzgerald and Kingsley and Kusco, Elect.
system. Machinery, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2010
Basic Power Electronics (3
PO1…. PO12 PSO1… PSO3 Credit) [40 Hrs]
CO1 1/2/3/- 1/2/3
Subj Name of the Course Teaching Scheme Credit Evaluation Scheme
CO2….. ect s
Cod Theory Practical Total
CO6 e Mark
Th Tu Pr Total TA CA ES Int Ex s
Hour E E E t
s
Syllabus: SEMESTER-IV
Unit I: Three Phase Synchronous BE Basic Power Electronics 2 1 0 3 3 10 15 25 50

Generators (7 EL
214
Hrs) Course Objectives:
Introductions, constructional features of 1) To introduce different power electronic
cylindrical and salient pole rotor machines, switches and other devices etc along with their
introduction to armature winding and field performance characteristics and applications.
103
2) To introduce different types of power Working principle of single phase and three
electronic convertors, their control and phase line commutated converters, effect of
performance aspects for various applications. source inductance, principle operation of dual
3) To study single phase and three phase bridge converters and Cycloconverter.
inverters.
Unit IV: Inverters (8 Hrs)
Course Outcomes: Single phase and three phase bridge invertors
The students should be able to (voltage source inverter), Six step operation,
CO1 Analyze the circuit involving solid state SPWM, Determination of Harmonic content,
power electronics devices. THD, current source inverter, Basic series
CO2 Select components for designing the resonant Inverter.
circuitry for power convertors
CO3 Use Solid state Power electronics Unit V: DC-DC Converters (10 Hrs)
devices for control, conversion and protection Buck, Boost, Buck-Boost, Cuk Converters,
of SCR Continuous and discontinuous mode of
CO4 Design Single phase and Three phase operation, Flyback, Forward, and PushPull
AC-DC convertors. Converters, classification of chopper circuits
CO5 Examine Close loop control of DC-DC (A, B, C, D, E). Advanced Topics.
converter.
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: Text Books:
Cour
se
Programme Outcomes Programme
Specific 1. M. H. Rashid, ―Power electronics: circuits,
Outc
omes
Outcomes
devices, and applications‖, Pearson Education
PO 1…. 12 P P P
India, 2009.
S S S
O
1
O
2
O
3 2. N. Mohan and T. M. Undeland, ―Power
CO1 1 1 3 Electronics: Converters, Applications and
. . . 2 2 0 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 3 2
0 0 0 Design‖, John Wiley & Sons, 2007.
CO2 1 1 3
. . . 2 2 0 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 3 2
0 0 0 Reference Books:
CO3 1 1 3 1. R. W. Erickson and D. Maksimovic,
. . . 2 2 0 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 3 2
0 0 0 ―Fundamentals of Power Electronics‖, Springer
CO4 1 1 3 Science & Business Media, 2007.
. . . 2 2 0 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 3 2
0 0 0 2. L. Umanand, ―Power Electronics: Essentials
CO5 1 1 3 and Applications‖, Wiley India, 2009.
. . . 2 2 0 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 3 2
0 0 0
CO6 1
.
1
.
3
. 2 2 0 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 3 2
Embedded Systems Design
0 0 0 (3 Credit) (40 Hrs)
Error! Not a valid link.Syllabus: Su
bje
Nam
e of
Teaching Scheme Cr
edi
Evaluation Scheme
ct the ts
Unit I: SCR and its characteristics (7 Hrs) Co Cour
Theory Practi
cal
T
o
de se
Characteristic and basic working principle of T T P To T C E I E t
a
h u r tal A A S n x
SCR, SCR turn on & turn off times, ratings, H E E E t t l
ou
series and parallel connections of SCRs, Triac rs M
a
and its applications, Triggering circuits, r
k
protection of SCR gate circuit protection, over SEMESTER-IV
s
voltage and over current protection, snubber

Microco
circuit design. BE
ntroller
& 1 1 2 5
CL 2 1 0 3 3
Embedde 0 5 5 0
21
d
Unit II: Static controllable switches(7 Hrs) 8
Systems
Characteristic and basic working principle of

MOSFET, GTO, IGBT, Basic Driving Circuits Course Objective
and protection mechanism. 1. To make students understand the use of
embedded system to effectively automate the
Unit III: Line commutated converter(8 Hrs) system under consideration.
104
2. Students should understand the working of Uno into Keypad and 7-Segment, Interfacing
these systems and should be able to determine the Arduino Uno into Keypad and LCD
hardware and software interfacing with real
time systems. Unit 4: (8 Hrs)
3. To deploy hardware, coding, protocols and Interfacing various sensors like PIR, TMP35,
interfacing for achieving control tasks gas sensor, Ultrasonic sensor, LDR and WiFi
assigned in industries. ESP8266 module with Arduino.
Course Outcome
The students should be able to Unit5: (8 Hrs)
CO1. Select Appropriate Microcontroller, ARM Processors: Brief history of ARM,
Techniques & understand the Embedded ARM Architecture, Addressing modes,
System. Instruction sets, Arm Thumb and instruction
CO2. To learn interfacing and programming sets, Memory concepts, ARM Programming
of Microcontrollers for Embedded Overview of components of an embedded
Applications. system with ARM architecture as an example
CO3. To develop Arduino based boards for (CPU, memory, buses, peripherals etc.), CPU
applications. internals. Hands on with a single board
CO4. To Understand various industrial computer (LPC1768). Software issues:
sensors and interfacing with embedded processes and their management, memory
boards overview
CO5. To get knowhow of ARM processors.
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: Text Books:
Course Programme Programme 1) Mazidi M. A., Mazidi J. G., ― 8051
Outcomes Outcomes Specific Outcomes Microcontroller & Embedded Systems‖,
PO1…. PO12 PSO1… PSO3 2ndedition Pearson Education,2008
CO1 1/2/3/- 1/2/3 2) Kenneth Ayala, ―Microcontroller &
CO2….. Embedded Systems using Assembly & C.‖,
CO6 2ndedition Cengage Delmar Learning,2010
Syllabus: Unit1: (8 Hrs) Reference Books :

Embedded Systems: Introduction to 1) Ayala, Kenneth J, ―Microcontroller
embedded Systems, Requirements Architecture, Programming & Application.‖,
/Components of Embedded Systems, Design 2ndedition Prentice Hall 1996
Process in Embedded System 2) Dhananjay Gadre, ―The AVR
Microcontrollers: Introduction to Microcontroller‖, 2ndedition, Tata McGraw-
microcontrollers, 8051 architecture, Hill, 2003
Addressing modes and instruction set, 3Subrata Ghoshal, ―8051 Microcontroller-
Assembly language programming, Internals, Instructions, Programming &
Introduction to Embedded C Programming Interfacing‖, 1st Pearson , 2010
Unit 2: (8 Hrs) FUNDAMENTALS OF POWER

Programming: Interrupts and serial SYSTEMS (2 Credit) [30 Hrs]
communications, Serial I/O, Programming in
embedded C, Programming Tools, Interfacing Sub Name of Teaching Cre Evaluation Scheme
with 8051: ADC and DAC interfaces for ject
Cod
the
Course
Scheme dits
Theory Practic To
microcontrollers, Real time interfacing with e al tal
M
LED, Keypad, LCD display, Applications ark
T T P To TA C E I E
using microcontrollers. h u r tal E A S n x s
H E E t t
ou
Unit 3: (8 Hrs) rs
Advance Microcontroller: Introducing the SEMESTER-IV

Arduino Board, Installing and familiarizing
the Arduino IDE, Interfacing the Arduino
105
BE Fundame 2 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 30 Voltage regulation of power transmission lines,
EL2 ntals of 0 5 5
12 power
Different models of Transmission line (T and
Systems π) and determination of power transfer
capability in a symmetric bus (two bus
system).
Unit-IV: (6 Hrs)
Course Objectives: Types of buses and introduction to load flow
1. To introduce Per unit system. cables, analysis,
distribution system, transmission systems and
different models represents Load flow studies. Text Books:
2. To introduce elementary distribution Power System Engineering by Kothari D. P
schemes. Nagrath I. J
3. To study concepts of real and reactive Electrical Power Systems by Wadhawa C. L
power control
Reference Books:
Course Outcomes Power System Analysis - John J Grainger and
CO1: Understand the structure of electrical William D Stevenson
power systems Modern Power system Analysis - Nagrath and
CO2: Understand the representation of power Kothari
systems elements Power System Analysis - NagoorKani
CO3: Apply knowledge to the elementary Power Sytem Analysis – HadiSaadat
distribution schemes Computational methods of electric power
CO4: Understand the voltage regulation and systems - Mariessa L Crow
efficiency of power transmission lines
CO5: Analyses the load Flow Studies Course
: Communication Electronics
Name
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: Course Code : BECL202
Scheme of the Course:
Evaluation Scheme Dura
PO1…. PO12 PSO1… PSO3 tion
Teaching Pra
CO1 1/2/3/- 1/2/3 of
Scheme Theory ctic Co
Pape
CO2….. al r urs
Total Marks
Credits
Name of e
CO6 the Course Cat
Total Hours
Practical
Tutorial
Theory
ego
CAE
TAE
ESE
Hour
Ext.
Int.
ry
Syllabus: s
Unit I: (10 Hrs)
Structure of electrical power system, brief Communic 2 - 2 4 3 1 1 2 2 - 7
Cor
exposure to generation, transmission and ation 0 5 5 5 5 2
e
Electronics
distribution aspects, elementary consideration
of economic bulk power supply system, idea Course Objectives
about substation, concept of real, reactive and
complex power, voltage and frequency To understand the basic concept of
dependence of loads, Per Unit Representation 1.
communication systems.
of parameters. To understand the concept of analog
2.
modulation techniques.
Unit II: (7 Hrs) To understand theory of analog pulse
Feeders and distributors, Various distribution 3.
network topologies (Ring, Radial, etc)LT and
HT cables, insulators 4.To understand working of radio receivers.
To understand the classification of
5.
Unit III: (7 Hrs) multiplexing and multiplexing hierarchy.
106
Course Outcomes: Text Books:
Student shall be able to
Understand the fundamentals of S Title Author Publishe Year Edi
CO1. communication systems and interpret the r. Name r of tio
N Publi n
presence of noise in communication systems. o. catio
Perform and analyze Amplitude Modulation n
CO2.
and Frequency modulation. 1 Electronics Kennedy, Tata 2010 4
Communica Davis McGraw-
CO3. Analyze FDM and TDM systems. tion System Hill
Understand the fundamentals of analog pulse 2 Communica Roddy PHI 2010 4
CO4. tion &Coolen
Design and conduct experiments, using Electronics
3 Communica Frenzel Tata 2011 3
CO5. modern communication tools necessary for tion McGraw-
various engineering applications. Electronics Hill
Understand the basics of Television and Principles
CO6. Satellite systems. and
Applications
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: 4 Communica U. A. Technical 2009 3
tion Bakshi, Publicati
Course Programme Programme Engineering A. P. ons
Outcomes Outcomes Specific Outcomes Godse
CO1 1/2/3/- 1/2/3 Reference Books:
CO2…..
CO6 S Title Author Publishe Year Edi
r. Name r of tio
Course Contents N Publi n
: o. cation
Introduction to Analog Communication: 1 Modern B. P. Lathi Oxford 1998 3
UNIT 1. Digital & Press
[08 Hours]
Review of signals and systems, Frequency domain of Analog Publicati
signals, Review of probability and random process. Base Communicat on
Band Signals and their bandwidth requirements. Noise in ion Systems
Communication systems, Gaussian and white noise 2 Digital Simon Wiley 2003 3
characteristics. Communicat Haykin and sons
ion
Analog Modulation 3 Digital John Tata 2002 3
UNIT 2. [08 Hours] Communicat G.Prokis Mcgraw-
Techniques
Principles of Amplitude Modulation Systems- DSB, SSB ion Hill
and VSB modulations, Envelope detector, Angle 4 Digital Shanmugh Wiley 2009 4
Modulation and their types, Reactance tube and FET Communicat am student
modulators, Armstrong method, FM discriminator, ion
Super heterodyne Receiver, Performance characteristics:
Sensitivity, Selectivity, Fidelity, Image Frequency
Rejection.
SEMESTER V
Pulse Modulation Techniques Mathematics-VII
[04 Hours] Z Transform & Numerical Methods
Pulse modulation. Sampling process. Pulse Amplitude Sub. Name of Teaching Cred Evaluation Scheme
and Pulse code modulation (PCM). Differential pulse Code the Scheme its
code modulation. Delta modulation. Noise Course Theory Practic Tot Durati
considerations in PCM. al al on of
Paper
Th Tu Pr. Tot TA CA ES Int Ex
Multiplexers . al E E E . t.
[04 Hours]
FDM, TDM, Multiplexing Hierarchy, Digital SEM-V
Multiplexers, Basic concept of Television System
,Introduction to satellite systems BFYL Mathem 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 5 _
147 atics-VII 0 5 5 0
Z
Transfor
107
m& 1. Higher engineering Mathematics by B
Numeric
al S Grewal, 43rd edition, Khanna
Methods
Publication.
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Jain,
Course Objectives: R.K. and Iyengar, S.R.K, Narosa
1. Analyze problems, recognize appropriate Publishers; Alpha Science International,
methods of solution, solve the problems and Ltd
find the solutions.
2. Apply principles from mathematics to
solve applied problems in engineering. Basic Control System (1 Credit) [15
Hrs]
Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of the course, Subj Nam Teaching Cre Evaluation Scheme
ect e of Scheme dits
students will be able to: Code the Theory Practi Tot
1. Understand and use Z- transform to solve Cour cal al
se Ma
engineering problems. rks
T T P To TA C E I E
2. Apply the concept of Z-Transform to h u r tal E A S n xt
solve difference equations Ho E E t
urs
3. Apply the concepts of Numerical methods
to solve engineering problems SEMESTER-V
Basi 1 0 2 3 2 1 15 25 2 75
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: BEE c 0 5
L319/ Cont
Course Programme Programme BEE rol
Outcomes Outcomes Specific Outcomes P319
Syst
PO1…. PO12 PSO1… PSO3 em
CO1 1/2/3/- 1/2/3
CO2….. Course Objective
CO6 1. The students should be able to learn the
different types systems and governing
Syllabus: differential equations and mathematical
NUMERICAL representation in terms of output and input
METHODS: (8hrs) Error correlation.
Analysis, Solutions of algebraic and 2. The students should able to learn time
transcendental equations, method of false response analysis and demonstrate their
position, Newton – Raphson method and their knowledge to frequency response.
convergence. 3. Students can be able to learn stability
System of linear equations, Guass elimination analysis of system using Root locus, bode plot,
method, Gauss seidel method, Crouts methods. polar plot, and Nyquist plot.
Numerical solution of ordinary differential 4. To get insight of modern control theory
equation by Taylors series method, Runge based on matrix approach and state variables.
Kutta methods, Euler Modified method,
Milne‘s predictor corrector method. Course Outcome
Z-TRANSFORMS AND ITS CO1 : To build classical mathematical
APPLICATIONS: (7hrs) foundation for control philosophy and time
Definition & properties, Inverse Z- Transform response of systems.
& Relation with Laplace Transform. CO2 : To determine performance of system
Application to Z-Transform to solve and its stability issues.
difference equations with constant coefficients. CO3 : To evaluate performance of system for
broad range of frequency.
Text Books: CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Cour Programme Outcomes Programme
se Specific
Outcomes
Outc
108
omes PO 1…. 12 P P P
S S S
O O O
1 2 3 Reference Books:
CO1 1 3 1 1. M.Gopal, Control Systems, Principles &
. . . 1 2 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 3
0 0 0 Design, 3rd Edition, TMH Publishers, 2010
CO2 1 3 1 2. Norman S. Nise, Control Systems
. . . 1 2 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 3
0 0 0 Engineering, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
CO3 1 3 1 2008
. . . 1 2 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 3
0 0 0
CO4 1
.
3
.
2
. 1 2 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 3
Electrical Installation Design
0 0 0 (1 Credit) [21 Hrs]
CO5 1 3 2
. . . 1 2 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 3 Name Teaching Cre Evaluation Scheme
0 0 0 of the Scheme dits
Subj
CO6 1 3 2 Cours
ect
. . . 1 2 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 3 e Theory Practi To
Cod
0 0 0 cal tal
e
Ma
T T P To TA C E I E rks
Syllabus: h u r tal E A S n x
Ho E E t t
Unit I Introduction to need for automation and urs
automatic control ,use of feedback, broad
SEMESTER-V
spectrum of system application, Mathematical
modeling,(Electrical & Electromechanical) Electri 1 0 0 1 1 1 15 2 50
BEE cal 0 5
diff. Equations., transfer functions, block L321 Install
diagram, signal flow graphs, application to ation
elementary systems, simplifications, effect of &
Desig
feedback on parameter variations, disturbance n
signal. Time response of system, first order and
second order system, standard inputs, concept Course Objective:
of gain and time constants, Steady state error, 1. To explain how the Regulations and
type of control system, approximate methods Codes are intended to be applied in
for higher order system. practice, with the emphasis on design and
Unit II Stability of control systems, conditions specification of electrical installation.
of stability, characteristics equations, 2. Acquire knowledge of standard clearances,
RouthHurwitz criterion, special cases for design and estimation methods of service
determining relative stability, Root location connections and its safety aspects.
and its effect on time response, elementary idea
of root locus, effect of addition of pole and Course Outcome
zero on proximity of imaginary axis. The students should be able to
Unit III Frequency response method of 1. To understand specifications, methods,
analyzing linear system, Nyquist and Bode components used for different electrical
Plots, Stability and accuracy analysis from installations, the design & Construction of
frequency response, open loop and close loop different types of underground Cables
frequency response, Nyquist Criterion, Effect 2. Learn about the design and installation of
of variation of gain and addition of pole and illumination systems, the configuration and
zero on response plot, stability margin in function of common equipment found in a
frequency response. Design by state variable substation
feedback: Review of state variable 3. Understand the fundamental principles for
representations. Solution of State equations. the design and installation of associated
Controllability & Observablity protective systems relating to electrical
installations and understand the fundamental
Text Books: transformer testing and recognizes the limits of
1. B. C. Kuo, Automatic Control Systems, 3rd acceptance of each test.
Edition, Prentice Hall India, 1975
2. Nagrath, Gopal, Control System Analysis. CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
5th Edition, New Age International, 2010
109
se Specific drawings of typical earth electrodes (1) Pipe
Outcomes
Outc Earthing, (2) Plate Earthing.
omes
PO 1…. 12 P P P
You Tube Video Lecture :
S S S
O O O
1 2 3 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CH
CO1 1 1 2 23wcN0b6g
. . . 2 0 3 2 1 0 0 0 1 2 3 2
0 0 0 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TTh8eT_g
CO2 1 1 2 9yI
. . . 2 0 3 2 1 0 0 0 1 2 3 2
0 0 0
CO3 1 1 2 Text Book:
. . . 2 0 3 2 1 0 0 0 1 2 3 2
0 0 0 1. J. B. Gupta, A Course in Electrical
CO4 1 1 2 Installation Estimating and Costing, S.K.
. . . 2 0 3 2 1 0 0 0 1 2 3 2
0 0 0 Kataria & Sons; Reprint 2013 edition (2013).
CO5 1 1 2 2. K. B. Raina, S. K. Bhattacharya, Electrical
. . . 2 0 3 2 1 0 0 0 1 2 3 2
0 0 0 Design Estimating Costing, NEW AGE;
CO6 1 1 2 Reprint edition (2010).
. . . 1 0 3 2 1 0 0 0 1 2 3 2
0 0 0
3. M.K.Giridharan, Electrical Systems Design,
, M/s I K International Publishers, New Delhi,
Syllabus: 2nd edition, 2016
Unit-I:-
General awareness of IS Codes (IS 3043, IS Reference Books:
732, IS 2675, IS 5216-P1- 2, IS 2309), The 1. Pabla, Electric Power Distribution
th
Indian Electricity Act 1910, The Indian system, 4 Edition, Tata Mac graw Hill, 1998
Electricity supply Act 1948, Indian Electricity 2. Soni Gupta Bhatnagar, Electric Power, 9th
Subje Name of the Course Teaching Credi Evaluation Scheme Edition, Dhanpat Rai, 1997
ct Scheme ts
Theory Practic Tota 3. Uppal, Electrical power system, 15th
Code
al l Edition, Khanna publication, 2009
Th Tu Pr Tota TA CA ES Int Ex Mar 4. Wadhwa, Electrical Power System
l E E E t ks
Hour Engineering, 2nd Edition, New age Pub., 1995
s 3. J.B. Gupta, Electrical Installation
SEMESTER-V estimating.
BEEL3 Drives 2 0 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
24/
BEEP3
24
DRIVES (2 Credit) [30Hrs]
Rules 1956, The Electricity Regulatory
Commission Act 1998, Electricity Act 2003, Course Objectives:
Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) and its 1. To introduce the fundamentals,classification,
labeling. National Electric Code (NEC) - scope selection, control of Modern Drives .
and safety aspects applicable to low and 2. To study electric traction system & recent
medium (domestic) voltage installations, drives used in industries .
Electric services in buildings, Classification of
voltages, standards and specifications Course Outcomes:
Unit-II:- CO1 Understand the fundamentals of
Safety aspects applicable to low and medium different types of electric drives
voltage installations. General aspects of the CO2 Discuss the properties and
design of electrical installations for domestic characteristics of mechanical drives.
dwellings (low and medium voltage CO3 Interprete the performance parameters
installations)–connected load calculation, sub of electric drives in traction.
circuit determination, selection of main CO4 Categorize modern drives used in
distribution board, sub distribution board, industries.
MCB, ELCB, MCCB and cables for
subcircuits. Pre-commissioning tests of
domestic installations. Design of earthing CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
system for an HT consumer, Dimensions and
110
Course Programme Programme 2. Dubey G.K., Fundamentals of electrical
Outcomes Outcomes Specific Outcomes drives, 2nd Edition, Narosa Publications,
PO1…. PO12 PSO1… PSO3 2000
CO1 1/2/3/- 1/2/3
CO2….. POWER SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
CO6
Sub Nam Teaching Cre Evaluation Scheme

Syllabus: ject e of Scheme dit
Unit I: Introduction to Electric Drives(8 Cod the s Theory Practi To
Hrs) e Cour cal tal
se M
Definition, classification, and speed-torque T T P To T C E I E ark
characteristics of common drive motors, h u r tal A A S n x s
Braking, Starting and speed control of electric Ho E E E t t
urs
motors.
SEMESTER-V
Unit II: Mechanical characteristics of drives
Pow 2 0 2 4 3 1 15 2 2 75
(6 Hrs) BEE er 0 5 5
Selection of Motor, power losses, heating, L320
/
Syst
cooling of electric motors BEE em
P32 Anal
0 ysis
Unit III: Electric Traction Drives (8Hrs)
Motors used in AC/DC Traction, performance
and desirable characteristics, requirements and Course Objectives -
suitability of motor for traction duty. Control 1 To introduce the techniques to control the
of DC traction motor, starting and braking of system voltage, voltage regulation, real and
traction motor. reactive power, power quality,efficiency,
Unit IV: Industrial Drives (8 Hrs) practical stability limits during healthy and
faulty conditions .
Brief idea about recent drives commonly used Course Outcome
in industries. Digital control of electrical CO1: Analyze the formation of symmetrical
motors, Block diagram arrangement, components
comparison with other methods of control. CO2: Locate the symmetrical faults in power
Advanced topic on the subject system
CO3: Locate the unsymmetrical faults in power
Text Books: system
1. Grigsby L.L., Electric power generation CO4: Travelling waves and insulation
transmission & distribution, 1st Edition, coordination
CRC Press, 2010
2. Soni, Gupta and Bhatangar, A course in
Electrical Power, 9th Edition, S. K.
Kataria & Sons, 2010
CO1 1/2/3/- 1/2/3
3. H. Partab, Modern Electrical Traction,
CO2…..
1st Edition, Dhanpat rai, 1992
CO6
4. H. Partab, Art and Science of
Utilization of Electrical Energy, 3rd
Edition, Dhanpat rai, 1995 Syllabus:
5. V.Subramanyam, Electric Drives, 2nd Unit I (07 Hrs)
Edition, PHI publication, 2002 Symmetrical Component transformation: Three
phase power in unbalanced circuit in terms of
Reference Books: symmetrical component, Sequence impedances
1. Sharkawi , Fundamentals of Electrical of Generator, Transformer, Transmission line
Drives, 1st Edition, Coli publications, 2002 & Passive loads, Phase shift in Star I delta
three phase transformer (Yd l, Yd ll
connection.).
111
Mathem 1 1 0 2 2 1 1 2 50
Unit II : (08 Hrs) BFYL
148
atics- 0 5 5
VIII
Symmetrical fault analysis: Without & with pre Optimiz
fault load current. Selection of Circuit Breakers ation
ratings, current limiting reactors Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the basic methods of
Unit-III : (07 Hrs) optimization in engineering.
Unsymmetrical fault Analysis: L-G, L-L-G, L- 2. To develop skills to provide
L, open conductor‘s faults analysis using solution to various problems in
symmetrical components. the field of engineering.
3. To develop analytical skills to
Unit IV : (08 Hrs) provide solution to simple
Traveling waves and Insulation coordination: transportation problems and
Traveling waves on transmission lines, assignment problems in the field
Classification of lines attenuation and of engineering.
distortion of traveling waves, reflection and
transmission of waves, behavior of rectangular Course Outcomes:
waves at transition points. Introduction to Upon successful completion of the course,
insulation coordination, associated terms, students will be able to:
impulse wave-form. Introduction to BIL, 1. Apply basic concepts of Optimization
Reduced BIL and SIL. Techniques.
2. Use the concept of mathematical
Text Books
Power System Engineering by Kothari D. P modeling and apply various
Nagrath I. J optimization techniques to real
Electrical Power Systems by Wadhawa C. L life problems.
3. Apply the various techniques to
Reference Books: Transportation problems &
Power System Analysis - John J Grainger and Assignment problem in job
William D Stevenson
schedliing or route selection.
Modern Power system Analysis - Nagrath and
Kothari CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Power System Analysis - NagoorKani
Power Sytem Analysis – HadiSaadat Course Programme Programme
Computational methods of electric power Outcomes Outcomes Specific Outcomes
systems - Mariessa L Crow PO1…. PO12 PSO1… PSO3
CO1 1/2/3/- 1/2/3
CO2…..
Mathematics-VIII CO6
Optimization
Optimization Techniques L-T-P-C 1-1-0-2
Unit -I: Introduction to Optimization
Subje Name of Teaching Cre Evaluation Scheme
ct the Scheme dits Techniques(10hrs)
Code Course Linear programming, mathematical model
Theory Practic Tota
al l formulation ,Solutions by Graphical method ,
Mar Simplex method ,Big M method , two phase
ks
method.
T T Pr Tota TA CA ES In Ex Unit –II (10hrs)
h u l E E E t t
Hou Dual problem – duality theory - dual simplex
rs method – revised simplex method.
SEMESTER-VI
Unit –III(10hrs)
Transportation problem ,Assignment problem-
travelling salesman problem.
Text Books:
112
1. Higher engineering Mathematics by B CO1 1 2 2
. . . 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 2
S Grewal, 43rd edition, Khanna 0 0 0
Publication. CO2 1 2 3
. . . 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 2
2. Linear Programming: methods and application 0 0 0
by Saul I Gass. CO3 1 2 2
3. Linear Programming: theory and application by . . . 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 2
Catherine Lewis. 0 0 0
CO4 1 2 2
Non Linear Control System (1 . . . 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 2
0 0 0
Credit)[15 Hrs] CO5 1 2 2
. . . 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 2
0 0 0
Subje Name Teaching Cr Evaluation Scheme CO6 1 2 2
ct of the Scheme edi . . . 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 3 2
Code Cours ts Theory Practic To 0 0 0
e al tal
M
ar Syllabus:
ks Unit – I Non Linear Control Systems: Types of
T T P To T C E I E non linearities. Characteristics of Non Linear
h u r tal A A S n x Control System. Inherent & intentional non-
H E E E t t
ou linearities. Describing function method for
rs Analysis. Describing function of some common
SEMESTER-VI
Nonlinearites. Stability analysis. Limit cycles &
stability of limit cycles.
Non 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 50
BEE Line 0 5 5
L32 ar Unit-II Phase Plane Method: Singular points,
Cont nature of singular points. Construction of
7 rol
Syst trajectory by Isoclines & Delta method:
ems Computation of time.
Unit III State variable approach for nonlinear
systems, case studies of non linear systems
Course Objective using state variables, controllability and
1. To provide to the students a solid observability of non linear systems using state
background in analysis and design of nonlinear variables.
control systems.
2. The ability to understand the characteristics Video Lecture : Dr. Arun D. Mahindrakar, IIT
of various types of nonlinearities present in Madras
physical systems. Link : https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108106024/
3. The ability to carry out the stability analysis
of non-linear control systems. Text Books: 1. Nagrath & Gopal, Control
system Analysis, 3rd Edition, New Age
Course Outcome International, 2010
The students should be able 2. J.J. Dazzo & Houpis, Linear System
CO1 : To learn about non-linear system in depth Analysis, 4th Edition, Mc. Graw Hill, 1995
and introduction to behavior of non linear 3. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, 5th
system. Edition, Prentice Hall, 2009
CO2 : To determine performance of non-linear 4. M Gopal, Modern Control Theory, 2nd
system using conventional classical approach. Edition, New Age International, 1993
CO3 : To determine performance of non-linear Reference Books: 1. Sarkar .B.N., Advanced
system using modern control approach. control system, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2013
3. B.C. Kuo, Automatic control system,
7th Edition, PHI, 2010
se Specific
Outcomes
Outc
omes
PO 1…. 12 P P P
High Voltage Engineering (3 Credit)[30 Hrs]
S S S
O O O
1 2 3
Subjec Name of the Teaching Scheme Credi Evaluation Scheme
113
t Code Course ts Theory Practica Total Error! Not a valid link.Syllabus:
l Marks
Unit I [08 Hours]
Th T P Tot T C E I E Breakdown mechanism in Di-electric :
u r al A A S n x
Ho E E E t t Ionization process; Townsend's criterion for
urs
B.D. Break down in electro-negative gases,
SEMESTER-VI
Time-lag for B.D.; Streamer theory for B.D in
High Voltage 2 0 2 4 3 1 1 2 2 50 gases, Paschen‘s law; B.D in non-uniform
BEE Engineering 0 5 5 5
L330 field. Corona discharges and introduction of
/
BEE
corona post B.D. phenomenon and
P330 applications, Practical considerations in using
gases for insulation purpose; vacuum
Course Objectives: insulation, Liquid as insulators, conduction &
1.To introduce the conduction and electrical B.D. in pure and commercial liquids. Intrinsic,
breakdown phenomena in liquids, solids, gases electromechanical &.thermal B.D., B.D. of
or vacuum. solid di-electrics in practice; B.D. in composite
2. To introduce Generation of high voltage, dielectrics.
high current and their measurement.
3. To introduce testing units required for the Unit II [07 Hours]
installation of electrical equipments
Lightning and switching over voltages:
Course Outcomes Mechanism of lightning, types of strokes,
1. Understand the breakdown mechanism in parameter and characteristics of lightning
di-electric strokes, characteristics of switching surges,
2 Analyze the lightning and switching over power frequency over voltages. Control of
voltages along with protection and analyze the overvoltage due to switching. Protection of
traveling waves & should able to select proper lines by ground wires, protection by lightning
insulation coordination Arrester, gap type and gapless L.A., selection
3 Develop & Design the systems for of L.A. ratings, surge-absorbers.
generation of high voltage and current and Traveling waves and Insulation coordination:
apply the knowledge of high voltage Traveling waves on transmission lines,
engineering for measurement of high voltage Classification of lines attenuation and
and current distortion of traveling waves, reflection and
4. Perform the non-destructive and high transmission of waves, behavior of rectangular
voltage test of electrical apparatus by waves at transition points. Introduction to
experimentation. insulation coordination, associated terms,
impulse wave-form. Introduction to BIL,
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: Reduced BIL and SIL.
se Specific
Outc Outcomes Unit 3 [08 Hours]
omes
PO 1…. 12 P
S
P
S
P
S
Generation of high voltage and currents:
O
1
O
2
O
3
Generation of High D.C voltages by rectifiers,
CO1 1 1 2 voltage doubler and multiplier, circuits
. . . 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2
0 0 0 (Derivations of expression not required),
CO2 1 1 2 electrostatic machines, Generation of high AC
. . . 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2
0 0 0
voltages by Cascaded transformers, Resonant
CO3 1 1 2 transformers, generation high frequency AC
. . . 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2
0 0 0
high voltage. Generation of impulse voltages:
CO4 1 2 2 Standard impulse wave shapes, analyses of
. . . 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 model and commercial impulse generation
0 0 0
CO5 1 2 2 circuits, wave shape control, Marx circuit,
. . . 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 tripping and control of impulse generation,
0 0 0
CO6 1 2 2 generation of switching surges, generation of
. . . 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 impulse current.Measurement of high voltage
0 0 0
114
and current: Measurement of high AC and DC
voltage by micro ammeter, generating Subje Name of Teaching Cred Evaluation Scheme
voltmeter,resistance and capacitance potential ct the Scheme its
Code Course
divider, series impedance voltmeter, CVT, Theory Practic Tot
al al
Magnetic type potential transformers, Mar
electrostatic voltmeter. Peak reading AC T T P Tot TA C E I E ks
h u r al E A S n x
voltmeter, Sphere gap arrangement. Ho E E t t
Measurement of impulse voltage by potential urs
dividers and peak reading voltmeters.
SEMESTER-VI
Measurement of High AC/DC current,
measurement of high frequency and impulse Power 2 0 0 2 2 1 15 2 50
current by resistive shunt (Bifilar strip shunt BE System 0 5
EL3 Dynami
only) 31
cs
Unit IV [7 Hours]
Non destructive and high voltage testing of Course Objectives:-
electrical apparatus: Non- destructive testing, 2.To make students familiar with stability
Measurement of DC Resistivity, measurement system
of Dielectric constant and loop-factor (low and 3.To study economics operations of power
power frequency only), Schering bridge for system.
high charging circuits, high dissipation factor ,
three terminal measurement, transformer ratio Course Outcomes
arm bridges, partial discharge measurements CO1: Understand the concept of stability in
by straight detectors & by balance detectors , terms of power system
calibration of detectors, discharge detection in CO2: Identify the solutions for economic
power cables. High voltage testing. Testing of operation of power system
insulators, bushings, Isolators, circuit breakers, CO3: Understand the need of grounding
cables, transformer, lightning arresters and system
power capacitors. Recent trends in industrial CO4: Power system security analysis
testing & introduction to partial discharge.
Advanced topic on the subject. CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Text Books :
1. M.S. Naidu and V Kamaraju, High Voltage
CO1 1/2/3/- 1/2/3
Engineering, 3Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill,
CO2…..
1995
CO6
Rd
2. C.L.Wadhwa, High Voltage Engineering,
3rd Edition, New Age International, 2010 Syllabus:
3. Arrilaga, High voltage direct current, 2nd Unit I:(08 Hrs) : Stability of Power System-
Edition, New York IEEE, 2002 Steady state, Dynamic and Transient stability:
4. Begamudre, Extra high voltage Ac definition. Dynamics of synchronous machine,
transmission Engineering, 3rdEdition, New swing equation, swing equation for machines
age, 2002 swinging coherently and Non-Coherently.
Power angle equation, Steady state stability
Reference Books: studies, Basic introduction to Voltage Stability
1. D. Ruber, High voltage circuit breaker and aspects.
design and application, 2nd Edition, Dakker, Transient stability studies: -Swing curve, Equal
1997. Area criterion for transient stability,
2. Ray S., An introduction to high voltage Application of equal area criterion for different
engineering, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2004 disturbances, Solution of swing equation by
point by point method, Methods of improving
transient stability.
POWER SYSTEMS DYNAMICS
115
T T P To TA C E I E M
Unit II : (06 Hrs) h u r tal E A S n x ark
Ho E E t t s
Economic operation of power system: urs
Introduction, Distribution of load between
Sem VI
units within the plant Optimum generation
scheduling considering transmission losses. Switch 2 0 2 4 3 1 15 2 2 75
Representation of transmission loss using loss BEE Gear 0 5 5
L328 &Prot
formula co-efficient, Derivation of loss / ection
formula co-efficient, Lambda iteration method, BEE
P32
simulation of co-ordination equation on digital 8
computer, Basic introduction to Power sector
restructuring.
Unit III : (06 Hrs) Course Objectives:-

i) Grounding of Neutral in power system. 1.To introduce the construction, working and
ii) Shunt" & _series compensation- applications of different relays & protective
Generalized equation, shunt reactor schemes like distance protection, differential,
compensation of very long line with over current & overvoltage protection .
intermediate switching station, series capacitor 2. To study different types of circuit breaker
compensation at line center, shunt reactors at used and practical application
both ends and series capacitor in middle of 3.Introduction to static and numerical relays
line.
Unit IV : Power system security, contingency Course Outcomes
analysis and various state of a system CO1: Understand different types of protective
Advanced topic on the subject relays
CO2:Identify different types of overcurrent
Text Books: relays for protection of transmission line
1. Power System Dynamics- K.R. Padiyar, B.S. CO3: Apply different protective schemes for
Publications transformer generator and busbar
2. Power System Dynamics Control – Prabha CO4: provide solution for abnormal condition
S. Kundur, IEEE Press, New York in the system
Reference Books: CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
1. Power System Stability – E.W. Kimbark, Cour Programme Outcomes Programme
se Specific
IEEE press, N.Y, Vol. Outc Outcomes
2. Power System Control and Stability – Vol. – omes

PO 1…. 12 P P P
S S S
I – Anderson & Foud, IEEE Press, New York. O O O
1 2 3
3. Power System Voltage Stability – C. W. CO1 2 2 3
Taylor., McGraw Hill International student . . . 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
0 0 0
edition. CO2 2 2 3
4. Distributed Generation Islanding – . . . 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
0 0 0
implication on power system dynamics CO3 2 2 3
performance. – R.A. . . . 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
0 0 0
Walling, N. W. Miller, Power Engineering CO4 2 2 3
Society, Summer Meeting, 2002, IEEE . . . 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
0 0 0
Publication, 25 July 2002, Vol. I, PP 92-96. CO5 2 2 3
. . . 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
0 0 0
SWITCHGEAR & PROTECTION CO6 2 2 3
. . . 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
0 0 0
Subje Name Teaching Cre Evaluation Scheme
ct of the Scheme dits
Code Course Theory Practic To Syllabus:-
al tal Unit I (7Hrs)
116
General philosophy of Protective Relaying , Ho E E t
urs
Medium voltage Line Protection: Over current
relaying, directional- over current relay. SEMESTER-VI
Convent 1 0 0 1 1 1 15 25 50
Unit II (7Hrs) ional 0
Energy
High Voltage Line Protection: Distance relays, Sources
carrier distance Schemes. Unit carrier schemes,
numerical relays
Course Objectives:
Unit III (8 Hrs)
1) To introduce conventional as well as
Equipment Protection: Principles of differential
nonconventional methods of generation of
relaying, protection of generators, transformers
electricity.
and bus Bars by differential relaying and other
2) To study parameters related to site
relays. Protection Induction Motors against
selection, awareness about important
overloads, short circuits. Thermal relays.
components of the systems. 3) To study the
procedure to calculate the cost of generation
Unit IV (6 Hrs)
Switchgear: Circuit breakers. Arc interruption
Course Outcomes
theory, recovery and restricting voltages,
CO1: Understand various sources of energy
RRRV, breaking of inductive and capacitive
that can be converted into electrical energy
currents, C.B, ratings, different media of arc
CO2: Design & Operate thermal power station
interruption overview of oil circuit breakers,
CO3: Develop & analyze the performance of
construction and operation of Air blast, SF6
hydro power station
and vacuum breakers, Advances in industrial
power system protection CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Text Books: Outcomes Outcomes Specific Outcomes
1. Power System Dynamics- K.R. Padiyar, B.S. PO1…. PO12 PSO1… PSO3
Publications CO1 1/2/3/- 1/2/3
2. Power System Dynamics Control – Prabha CO2…..
S. Kundur, IEEE Press, New York CO6
Reference Books: Syllabus:-

1. Power System Stability – E.W. Kimbark, Unit-I: Sources of Electrical Energy (08
IEEE press, N.Y, Vol. Hrs)
2. Power System Control and Stability – Vol. – Coal oil and natural gas water power, nuclear
I – Anderson & Foud, IEEE Press, New York. fission and fusion. Their scope and
3. Power System Voltage Stability – C. W. potentialities for energy conversion.
Taylor., McGraw Hill International student Generation different factors connected with a
edition. generating station, connected load, maximum
4. Distributed Generation Islanding – demand, demand factor, load factor, diversity
implication on power system dynamics factor, plant capacity and utilization factor,
performance. – R.A. load curve, load duration curve, load survey
Walling, N. W. Miller, Power Engineering base load and peak load station, advantages of
Society, Summer Meeting, 2002, IEEE interconnection.
Publication, 25 July 2002, Vol. I, PP 92-96.
Unit-II: Thermal Stations : (06 Hrs)
Conventional Energy Sources Choice of site, location, size and number of
Subj Name of Teaching Scheme Cre Evaluation Scheme units, general layout, major equipment,
ect the dits
Cod Course Theory Practica Tot essential and non-essential auxiliaries, electric
e l al
Ma
supply to auxiliaries, cost of generation, effect
Th T P Tot TA C E I E rks of different factors costs.
u r al E A S n xt
117
Unit- III: (06 Hrs) Outcomes Outcomes Specific Outcomes
Hydrology, stream flow, flow duration curve, PO1…. PO12 PSO1… PSO3
mass curve reservoir capacity, type of CO1 1/2/3/- 1/2/3
hydroplants and their field of use, pumped CO2…..
storages plants and their utility, surge tanks, CO6
governing characteristics of turbine and hydro
generators.
Nuclear Station: - Principle of Nuclear energy, INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP(12 Credit)
materials, types of nuclear reactors, breeder Course Objectives:
reactors, location, material for moderator and 1. To expose students to industry environment
control rods, cost economics 2. To get practical orientation relevant to
subjects
Text Books: 3. To provide solutions to industrial and social
1. Conventional Sources of Energy by need
B.A.Khan
2. Non-Conventional Energy Resources by G. Course Outcome:
S. Sawhney At the end of the course the student shall be
able to:
Reference Books: CO1:Understand the working culture of
1. Power System Stability – E.W. Kimbark, industry
IEEE press, N.Y, Vol. CO2: Identify and solve industrial problem with
2. Power System Control and Stability – Vol. – analytical approach
I – Anderson & Foud, IEEE Press, New York. CO3:-Provide solution in specific domain
3. Power System Voltage Stability – C. W. CO4:-Work in a multidisciplinary group
Taylor., McGraw Hill International student CO5:-Provide hands on experience on real time
edition. systems
4. Distributed Generation Islanding – CO6:-Boost technical confidence
implication on power system dynamics
performance. – R.A. · A group of 04 student (Maximum) should
Walling, N. W. Miller, Power Engineering identify an industry of good standing on their
Society, Summer Meeting, 2002, IEEE own in consultation with guide.
Publication, 25 July 2002, Vol. I, PP 92-96. · Students are expected to complete topic
identification and synopsis during this project
seminar.
SEMESTER VII
· All formalities related to industry
Identification, topic identification and synopsis
PROJECT PHASE-I (4 Credit)
must be completed during 1st month of phase1.
Course Objective:
· Period of industrial project will be of 24 week
1. To Provide opportunity for working on a real
starting from last date of even semester exam
time project, prepare a prototype and present
every year.
conclusions in the form of reports.
· Student must report to his project guide every
2. To Provide opportunity for selection of
month.
Projects considering their usability to the
· Student will be required to present from time to
industry snd society without endangering the
time (minimum.4 times during project); their
environmental aspects.
progress report for project evaluation in person..
Under exceptional circumstances: the student
Course Outcomes :
may be allowed to present through video-
Upon successful completion of the course,
conferencing. However this is not applicable to
students shall be able to
final Seminar
1. Hands-on experience on real time systems
· Evaluation of the project will be according to
2. Boost of confidence
the sheet
3. Ability to work in a multidisciplinary group.
Programme Programme
Course
118
4. Ability to consider the industry, social and . . .
0 0 0
environmental requirement CO4 1 1 2
5. Present conclusions effectively before the . . . 3 3 1 2 1 0 0 0 1 3 2 3
0 0 0
CO5 1 1 2
SEMESTER-VIII .
0
.
0
.
0
3 3 1 2 1 0 0 0 1 3 2 3
EHVAC & HVDC TRANSMISSION CO6 1 1 2

. . . 3 3 1 2 1 0 0 0 1 3 2 3
0 0 0
Su Name of Teaching Cr Evaluation Scheme
bje the Course Scheme edi
ct ts Theory Practic To Syllabus:-
Co al tal Unit I
de M
T T P To T C E I E ar
Power handing capacities of EHV AC
h u r tal A A S n x ks Transmission lines. Voltage gradients : Electric
H E E E t t field of point charge . sphere gap-line charge,
ou
rs single and three phase lines and bounded
conductors-Maxwell‗s potential co-efficient ,
SEMESTER-VIII
Mangolelt Formula
EHVAC 2 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 50 Unit II
& 0 5 5
HVDC Electrostatic and electromagnetic fields of
TRANS EHV Lines, Electric shock and threshold
MISSIO
N current :Capacitance of long object ,
Elective calculation of electromagnetic field of A.C.
-II
Lines (3-ph Single and double circuit line only)
Effect of high electrostatics field ,
Course Objectives: measurement of electrostatic ground wires,
1. Understand the effect of electrostatic and electrostatic interference Corona : Types
electromagnetic field on EHVAC lines, critical disruptive voltages : Factor affecting
2. Understand Comparison between AC and corona , Methods for reducing corona power
DC Transmission. loss, corona current wave form charge voltage
3. Understand Control of power in HVDC diagram audible noise and radio interference.
lines, filters, circuit breakers and HVDC Unit III
substations Comparison of EHV AC and HVDC Systems
Conversion from AC to DC Rectifiers,
conveters conversion from AC to DC Invertors
Course Outcomes Kinds ofDC Link. Earth electrode and earth
CO1: Understand the power handling returns : Introduction OBJECTIVE, location
capabilities of EHVAC lines and configuration, resistance of electrodes
CO2: Analyse the effect of electrostatic and means of reducing earth electrode resistance
electromagnetic field on EHVAC lines troubles caused by earth electrode resistance
CO3: Compare between AC and DC trouble caused by earth
Transmission station Current and remedies.Multiterminal HVDC
CO4: Design circuit breaker and substation System : Introduction 2 pole transmission.
model MTDC System with series and parallel
connected convertors advantages and parallel
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: connected converters, Advantages and
se Specific applications configurations and types.
Outcomes
Outc
omes
PO 1…. 12 P P P
S S S Unit IV
O O O
1 2 3 Power flow control in HVDC System: constant
CO1 1 1 2 current constant voltage, constant ignition and
. . . 3 3 1 2 1 0 0 0 1 3 2 3
0 0 0 excitation angle control, control characteristic.
CO2 1 1 2 Parallel operation of AC and DC links
. . . 3 3 1 2 1 0 0 0 1 3 2 3
0 0 0 (Synchronous and Asynchronous links)
CO3 1 1 2 3 3 1 2 1 0 0 0 1 3 2 3
119
Text Books: controlled Thyristor etc. ) comparison of
1. S. Rao., EHV AC and HVDC transmission controlled switches .
Engineering and practice, 3rdEdition, Khanna
publications, 1999 Unit II Line Commutated Converters (5
2. C. L. Wadhwa, Electrical power systems, Hrs)
4thEdition, CBS publication, 2005 Single phase and three phase line commutated
converters – fully controlled, semi controlled,
Reference Books: and
1. Begamudre, EHV AC Transmission, dual phase cycloconverters. Performance with
2ndEdition, New Age publications, 1990 resistive and inductive loads. Converters with
2. K.R. Padiyar,―HVDC Power improved performance. Single phase
TransmissionSystems‖, 2ndEdition, New Age Cycloconverters. Three phase cycloconverters.
publications, 2010 Reduction of output harmonics.
Advanced Power Electronics
(2 Credit) [30 Hrs] Unit III Soft Switch Inverters (5 Hrs)
Inverters, type (Hard/soft switch inverter,
Voltage source inverter current source
Course Objectives:
inverter). Operation with different types of
1. This subject deals with the modern power
loads, Performance parameters Harmonic
semiconductor switches, converters, their
elimination, control of output, voltage using
control and application in residential,
different switching techniques.
commercial & industrial etc
2. To study DC to DC switch mode converter.
Unit IV DC to DC Switch Mode Converters
3. To introduce resonant converter
(5 Hrs)
Basic concepts, analysis of switch on and Off
Course Outcomes:
transients types, DC to DC converters
comparison, soft switching, close loop control .
students shall be able to-
CO1 Study overview and Protection of
Unit V Resonant Converters (5 Hrs)
semiconductor devices
Comparison of PWM and resonant converters,
CO2 Study Single phase and Three phase
classification, Basic resonant circuit concepts ,
line commutated convertors.
Analysis and design of SRC ( series ), PRC (
CO3 Design three phase Inverter and also
parallel ), SPRC( series - parallel) resonant
study harmonic analysis
converters , DC-DC as well as AC-DC
CO4 Study Close loop control of DC-DC
resonant converter, application for induction
convertor
heating and reduction in THD and P.F.
CO5 Study comparison between PWM and
improvement .
resonant convertor
CO6 Study Role of FACTS devices in Power
Unit VI Power Modulators (5 Hrs)
electronics along with designing UPS and
Different methods to control the output
intelligent Controllers
voltage. Electric utility application, various
types of SVCs (static var compensator), Power
conditioners and uninterruptible power
Outcomes Outcomes Specific Outcomes supplies, protection of supply, Introduction to
PO1…. PO12 PSO1… PSO3 recent intelligent controllers. Advanced topic
CO1 1/2/3/- 1/2/3 on the subject
CO2…..
CO6 Text Books:
1. Ned Mohan Tora M. Undeland, William
Unit I Static Controllable Switches (5 Hrs) P.Robbins, Power Electronics, 2nd Edition,
Overview of power semiconductor device John Wiley & Sons, 1995
structure, characteristics, rating and protection 2. M.H. Rashid, Power Electronics Circuits and
(Thyristor, BJT, MOSFET, IGBT, MOS Application, 7th Edition, Prentice Hall of India,
120
2009 Unit I Dynamics of Electrical Drives (05
Hrs)
Reference Books: Classification of electric drives – Basic
1. C.V. Lander, Power Electronics, 3rd elements of an electric drive. Dynamic
International Edition, Mc-Graw Hills, 2002 condition of electric System. Stability
2. P.C. Sen, Modern Power Electronics, 3rd consideration of electric drives.
Edition, A.H.Wheeler Publication Co., 2009
3. M. D Singh, K B. Kanchandani, Power Unit II AC Drives (05 Hrs)
Electronics, Tata McGraw Hill International Variable frequency control of AC motor.
Cycloconverter control of slip frequency,
Advanced Drives (2 Credit) [30 Hrs] Forced commutated inverter drive,
analysis.Performance and stability of
Subj Name of the Teaching Cre Evaluation Scheme synchronous and asynchronous drives.
ect Course Scheme dits Theory Pract Tot
Cod ical al Unit III Synchronous Motor Drives (07 Hrs)
e T T Pr Tot T C ES Int E Ma Synchronous servomotor drives with sinusoidal
h u al A A E xt rks waveform, with sinusoidal waveforms, with
Ho E E
trapezoidal waveforms, Load commutated
urs
SEMESTER-VIII inverter drives.
Advanced 2 0 0 2 2 10 15 25 50
Drives Unit IV Advanced Control Strategies (07
Hrs)
Control of AC/DC machines.State variable
Course Objectives approach.Scalar control method / Vector
1. This Subject deals with modern drives control method, comparison, Space vectors,
controls techniques such as vector & scalar. stator space current, stator voltage space
2. To study V/F control. vector, stator flux linkages space vector,
3. To study DTC control for industrial transformation of space vector coordinates
application from one reference frame to another.
Course Outcomes Unit V Digital control of drives (06 Hrs)

Upon successful completion of the course, Adoptive control principles. Digital control of
students shall be able to- drives.Application of microprocessor /
CO1 Understand dynamics of drives. computers to Electric AC / DC
CO2 Understand variable frequency control Drives.Switched reluctance motor control,
of drives. Study of recent drives controllers. Advanced
CO3 Understand synchronous servomotor topic on the subject
drive in industries.
CO4 Understand modern control techniques Text Books:
for ac drives. 1. Vedam Subramanyam, Electrical Drive, 2nd
CO5 Understand digital control of AC/DC Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 1996
drives and special motors used in industries. 2. Rakosh das Begamudere, Electro
Mechanical Energy convection with dynamics
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: of Machines, 2nd Edition, Wiley Eastern, 1998
Outcomes Outcomes Specific Outcomes Reference Books:
PO1…. PO12 PSO1… PSO3 1. Paul, C, Krause, Analysis of Electric
CO1 1/2/3/- 1/2/3 Machinery, 2nd Edition, IEEE Press, 2002
CO2….. 2. B.K. Bose, Power Electronics and AC
CO6 Drives, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2002
3. Joseph Vithyathil, Power Electronics,
Syllabus: principles and application, 3rd Edition,
Mcgraw Hill, 1995
121
4. Mohan Undeland, Power Electronics, 0 0 0
CO5 3 2 3
converters, Application and design, 3rd . . . 1 2 3 1 0 0 0 1 2 3 2 3
Edition, Robbins John Wiley, 2008 0 0 0
CO6 3 2 3
5. G.K. Dubey, Fundamentals of Electrical . . . 1 2 3 1 0 0 0 1 2 3 2 3
Drives, 2nd Edition, Narosa Publication, 2002 0 0 0
Error! Not a valid link.Syllabus:
Electric Vehicle (2 Credit) [30 Hrs] Unit I Introduction to Electric Vehicles (04
Hrs)
Teaching
Evaluation Scheme Electric vehicles (EV) development, past,
Practi present and future, comparison with IC engine
Scheme Theory
Subj cal Tot driven
Name of the Cred
ect Tot al
Code
Course
T T al
its T C
ES E Mar
vehicles.
Pr A A Int
h u Hou E xt ks
E E
rs Unit II Storage Units (05 Hrs)
SEMESTER-VIII Batteries, fuel cells, ultracapacitors. Power
Electric Vehicle 2 0 0 2 2 10 15 25 50 converters in EV. Different types of motors
used in EV and their torque-speed
Course Objectives: characteristics, motor control techniques,
1. Electrical Vehicles need strong sources,
efficient power-drives & excellent co- Unit III Vehicle Control (05 Hrs)
ordination High performance and efficiency-optimized
within the vehicle. control, sensorless control. Electric vehicles
2. This course introduces modern subsystems modeling and their Characteristics.
for efficient operation of vehicles.
Unit IV Electric drive-trains (05 Hrs)
Course Outcome: Basic concept of electric traction - introduction
Upon successful completion of the course, to various electric drive-train topologies -
students shall be able to- power flow control in electric drive-train
CO1 Understand basics of battery topologies - fuel efficiency analysis
technology.
CO2 Understand scheme of HEV and full Unit V Electric propulsion unit (05 Hrs)
electric vehicle. Introduction to electric components used in
CO3 Analyse need of different motor drives electric vehicles - Configuration and control of
for electric vehicle. DC Motor drives - Configuration and control
CO4 Apply new topologies to electric of Induction Motor drives - Configuration and
vehicle. control of Permanent Magnet Motor drives -
CO5 Evaluate performance parameters of Configuration and control of Switched
electric vehicle. Reluctance Motor drives - Drive system
CO6 Create improved systems for electric efficiency
vehicle.
Unit VI Hybrid Electric Vehicle (05 Hrs)
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: Fuel cell Vehicles, Hybrid Electric Vehicles
se Specific (HEV), series, parallel and series-parallel
Outcomes
Outc
omes
(split) systems, Recent industrial power
PO 1…. 12 P P P
electronic applications. Advanced topic on the
S S S
O O O
1 2 3 subject
CO1 2 1 3 Text Books:
. . . 1 2 3 1 0 0 0 1 2 3 2 3
0 0 0 1. Sandeep Dharmeja, Electric Vehicle Battery
CO2 3 2 3 Systems, 1st Edition, Newnes, 2001
. . . 1 2 3 1 0 0 0 1 2 3 2 3
0 0 0 2. K.T.Chau, Zheng Wang, Chaos in Electrical
CO3 3 2 3 Drive Systems: Analysis, Control &
. . . 1 2 3 1 0 0 0 1 2 3 2 3
0 0 0 Applications, 1st Edition, John Wiley and
CO4 3 2 3
1 2 3 1 0 0 0 1 2 3 2 3 Sons, 2011
. . .
122
Syllabus:
Reference Books: UNIT – I SAMPLING AND
1. Chung Chow Chan, K.T.Chau, Modern RECONSTRUCTION Introduction,
Electric Vehicle Technology, 1st Edition, Examples of Data control systems – Digital to
Oxford University Press, 2001 Analog conversion and Analog to Digital
2. Springer Books, Electrical Vehicle conversion, sample and hold operations.
Integration into Modern Power Networks
3. A.T.P.So George C.Barney UNIT-II THE Z – TRANSFORMS
waterstones.com, International Journal of Introduction, Linear difference equations, pulse
Elevator Engineering, United Kingdom response, Z – transforms, Theorems of Z –
4. John Lowry, John Wiley and Sons, Transforms, the inverse Z – transforms,
Electrical Vehicle Technology Explained- Modified Z- Transforms
James Larminie, 1st Edition, 2003
UNIT-III Z-PLANE ANALYSIS OF
Modern Digital Control System DISCRETE-TIME CONTROL SYSTEM Z-
Transform method for solving difference
First Term Cour equations; Pulse transforms function, block
se
Cate diagram analysis of sampled – data systems,
A Teaching Cre Evaluation Scheme Dur gory
Name of Scheme dits atio mapping between s-plane and z-plane.
the Course n of
Pap
Theory Practi Tot

er
UNIT – IV STATE SPACE ANALYSIS
cal al
Ma
State Space Representation of discrete time
rks
systems, Pulse Transfer Function Matrix
T T P To T C E I E Hou solving discrete time state space equations,
h u r tal A A S n x rs
. . . Ho E E E t t. State transition matrix and it‘s Properties,
urs .
Methods for Computation of State Transition
Modern
Digital
2 0 0 `2 8 1
2
3
0
50 2 Elect
ive
Matrix, Discretization of continuous time state
Control
System
– space equations
Text Books:
Course Objectives:
1. To familiarize with data sampling
Sr Title Author Publisher Year Ed
2.To understand basic digital system. . Name of iti
3. To prepare for various engineering N Publ on
applications. o. icati
on
Course Outcomes:
1 Digital M. Wiley
On successful completion of the course, Control Gopal, Eastern, 198
Students shall be able to: Engineeri 8.
CO1: understand digitisation of analog ng,
system
CO2: Demonstrate the knowledge z transform 2 Compute K.J Prentice - 199 2n
r Astrom Hall India 4 d
CO3: analyze discrete time control system Controlle , B edi
CO4: design discrete time state space d Witten tio
equation Systems, mark, n
Reference Books:
Outcomes Outcomes Specific Outcomes Sr Title Author Publishe Year Ed
PO1…. PO12 PSO1… PSO3 . Name r of iti
N Publ on
CO1 1/2/3/- 1/2/3
o. icati
CO2….. on
CO6
123
1 Digital R. Narosa , Grid, Difference between conventional & smart
Control Isermann Publicat 199 Vo grid, Concept of Resilient & Self-Healing Grid,
, ions, 3. l1 Present development & International policies
in Smart Grid. Case study of Smart Grid .
SMART GRID TECHNOLOGIES CDM opportunities in Smart Grid
AND APPLICATIONS Unit II (08 Hrs)
Introduction to Smart Meters, Real Time
Subje Name of Teaching Cred Evaluation Scheme Pricing, Smart Appliances, Automatic Meter
ct the Scheme its
Code Course Theory Practic Tot Reading(AMR), Outage Management
al al System(OMS), Plug in Hybrid Electric
Mar
ks Vehicles(PHEV), Vehicle to Grid, Smart
T T P Tot TA C E I E Sensors, Home & Building Automation, Phase
h u r al E A S n x
Ho E E t t
Shifting Transformers. Information and
urs Communication Technology for Smart
Grid: Advanced Metering Infrastructure
SEMESTER-VIII
(AMI), Home Area Network (HAN),
Smart 2 0 0 2 2 1 15 2 30 Neighborhood Area Network (NAN), Wide
Grid 0 5
and Area Network (WAN).
Techno
logies
Electiv Unit III (08 Hrs)
e-III Smart Substations, Substation Automation,
Feeder Automation. Geographic Information
Course objectives:- System(GIS), Intelligent Electronic
1)To ensure the students aware of the current Devices(IED) & their application for
state-of-the-art on design, operation and monitoring & protection, Smart storage like
control of smart grid Battery, SMES, Pumped Hydro, Compressed
2) To acquire knowledge on the components in Air Energy Storage, Wide Area Measurement
smart grids and their functions System(WAMS), Phase Measurement
Unit(PMU).
Course Outcome
CO1:Understand the concept of smart grid, Unit IV (07 Hrs)
their comparison over conventional grid & Power Quality Management in Smart
international policies Grid: Power Quality & EMC in Smart Grid,
CO2:To implement smart metering & Power Quality issues of Grid connected
vehicle to grid applications. Renewable Energy Sources, Power Quality
CO3:Analyse Smart Substation & PMU‘s Conditioners for Smart Grid, Web based Power
(Phasor Measurement Unit) Quality monitoring, Power Quality Audit.
CO4:To practice power quality issues & Advanced topic on the subject
audit.
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: Textbook
Course Programme Programme Smart Grid: Communication-Enabled
Outcomes Outcomes Specific Outcomes Intelligence for the Electric Power Grid (Wiley
PO1…. PO12 PSO1… PSO3 - IEEE)
CO1 1/2/3/- 1/2/3 by Stephen F. Bush
CO2….. Smart Grids: Infrastructure, Technology, and
CO6 Solutions (Electric Power and Energy
Syllabus: Engineering)
Unit I (07 Hrs) by Stuart Borlase
Introduction to Smart Grid: Evolution of
Electric Grid, Concept of Smart Grid, ADVANCED POWER SYSTEM
Definitions, Need of Smart Grid, Functions of STABILITY
Smart Grid, Opportunities & Barriers of Smart Subject
Code
Na
me
Teaching Scheme Cre
dits
Evaluation Scheme
124
of Theory Practica Tot
the l al machine infinite bus and multi machine
Co
urs T T P To T C E I E Ma system, Solution by step by step method for
e h u r tal A A S n xt rks
H
E E E t swing equation.
Unit III (07 Hrs)
SEMESTER-VIII
Effects of grounding on stability, effects of
ADVA various disturbance, parameters and controls
NCED
POWE on stability, prevention of stability pull
R
SYSTE 2 0 0 2 2 10 15 25 30 out.Role of automatic voltage regulator (AVR)
M
STABI on improving stability
LITY
Electiv Unit IV (07 Hrs)
e
Effect of excitation control and turbine
Governing, Augmentation of stability of
conventional methods, Recent software for
Course Objectives
power system analysis.Advanced topic on the
1. To introduce fault analysis of large power
subject
system
Test Book
2. To study methods of stability.
1. Power System Dynamics Control –
3. To study effects of grounding on stability.
Prabha S. Kundur, IEEE Press, New
York
Course Outcomes
Reference Book
students shall be able to
1. ―Power System Dynamics and Stability‖
1. Understand the advanced methods of
by P Sauer and M A Pai
ensuring power system stability during fault
2. ―Power System Dynamics, Stability and
conditions
Control‖ by K R Padiyar
2. To find the stability under major
―Handbook of Electrical Power System
disturbances.
Dynamics: Modeling, Stability, and Control‖
3. To understand the effect of grounding on
by Mohammad Shahidehpou
stability
4 Understand the behavior of rotor in
synchronous generators, the effect of change in Flexible AC Transmission System
load on rotor angular velocity and acceleration.
Subje Na Teaching Scheme Cr Evaluation Scheme
ct me edi
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: Code of ts Theory Practic To
the al tal
Course Programme Programme Co
T T P To T C E I E M
urs
Outcomes Outcomes Specific Outcomes e
h u r tal A A S n x ar
E E E t t ks
H
CO1 1/2/3/- 1/2/3 ou
rs
CO2…..
SEMESTER-VIII
CO6
Flexib 2 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 30
le AC 0 5 5
Trans
Syllabus: missio
Unit I (07 Hrs) n
Syste
Fault analysis of large power system, m
Electi
Calculation of three phase balanced and ve
unbalanced faults.Methods of Symmetrical
components, Fault levels in a typical system. Course Objectives
Power in symmetrical components · To introduce various Power Electronics
controllers used in the Power Systems for the
Unit II (07 Hrs) fast real and reactive power control.
Transient stability : - A) Consideration of
rotor angle, b) Consideration of time. Review Course outcomes
of classical method, dynamic and transient
stability investigations and simulation of single
125
CO1:-Understand the operation FACTS and Variable Impedance Type Series Compensators,
transmission interconnections Switching Converter Type Series Compensators,
CO2:-Study the objectives of shunt External (System) Control for Series Reactive
compensation. Compensators.
CO3:-Study the objectives of series UNIT IV
Static Voltage and Phase Angle Regulators ; TCVR
compensation. and TCPAR: OBJECTIVEs of Voltage and Phase
CO4:-Determining IPFC, UPFC and sub- Angle regulators, Approaches to Thyristor
synchronous resonance -Controlled Voltage and Phase Angle Regulators
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: (TCVR and TCP ARS), Switching Converter-
se Specific Based Voltage and Phase Angle regulator, Hybrid
Outcomes
Outc Phase Angle Regulators.
omes
PO 1…. 12 P P P
Combine Compensators (UPFC, IPFC): The
S S S
O O O
1 2 3
Unified Power Flow Controller (UPFC}, Interline
CO1 1 2 2 Power Flow Controllers Generalized and
. . . 3 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 3 2 Multifunctional FACTS Controllers, Sub
0 0 0
CO2 1 2 2 synchronous Resonance, NGH-SSR Damping
. . . 3 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 3 2 Scheme,
0 0 0
CO3 1 2 2
Books
. . . 3 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 3 2 1. Song, Y.H. and Allan T. Johns, „Flexible ac
0 0 0 transmission systems (FACTS)‟,
CO4 1 2 2
. . . 3 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 3 2
Institution of Electrical Engineers Press, London,
0 0 0 1999.
CO5 1 2 2 2. Hingorani ,L.Gyugyi, „ Concepts and
. . . 3 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 3 2
0 0 0
Technology of flexible ac transmission system‟,
CO6 1 2 2 IEEE Press New York, 2000 ISBN –078033 4588.
. . . 3 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 3 2 3. R .Mohan Mathur and Rajiv K.Varma ,
0 0 0
„Thyristor - based FACTS controllers for Electrical
transmission systems‟, IEEE press, Wiley Inter
Syllabus: science , ISBN no . 0-471-20643-1,2002.
Unit I (7 Hrs) 4. K.R.Padiyar, „FACTS controllers for
FACTS Concept and General System transmission and Distribution systems‟ New Age
Consideration: Transmission Interconnection, Flow international Publishers 1st edition -2007.
of Power in an AC System, factors affecting the
Loading Capability, Power Flow and Dynamic
Stability Consideration of Transmission
interconnection, Importance of controllable,
Parameters, FACTS Controller.Voltage-Sourced
Converters: Basic Concept of Voltage-Sourced
Converters, Single-Phase Full-Wave Bridge
Converter Operation, Single-Phase Leg, Operation,
Square-Wave Voltage Harmonics for Single Phase
Bridge, Three-Phase Full-Wave Bridge Converter,
Sequence of Valve Conduction, Process in. Each
Phase-Leg, Transformer connection for 12-
PluseOperation, Three Level Voltage Sourced
Convert, Pulse-Width Modulation Converter,
Generalized Technique of Harmonic Elimination
and Voltage Control,
Unit II (06 Hrs)
Static Shunt Compensators: SVC and STATCOM:
OBJECTIVEs of shunt Compensation, Methods of
Controllable Var Generation, Static Var
Compensators SVC and STATCOM, Comparison
Between STATCOM and SVC, Static Var System.
Unit-III (07 Hrs)
Static Series Compensators: GCSC, TSSC, TCSC
and SSSC: OBJECTIVEs of series Compensation,
126
(An Autonomous Institute affiliated to RashtrasantTukadojiMaharaj Nagpur University, Nagpur)
Phone : +91 9604787184, 9689903286, 9921008391 Fax : +91 – 7104 – 232560
GHRCE/HoD/Dept./Scheme/UG/PG/02/01/02
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGGINEERING

Institute Vision and Mission:
VISION
technologies and create technical manpower of global standards with capabilities of
accepting new challenges.
MISSION
level of all stake-holders. Our strength is directed to create competent professionals. Our
endeavor is to provide all possible support to promote research and development activities.
Programme: UG in Mechanical Engineering
VISION
To be recognized internationally for quality education and research in mechanical
engineering with excellence in the fields of design, manufacturing and thermal sciences.
MISSION
To prepare professionally competent and broadly educated mechanical engineers by

developing analytical and research abilities, encouraging culture of continuous learning and
by adopting new technologies to solve complex problems.
MISSION
 To prepare professionally competent and broadly educated mechanical engineers
 To develop analytical and research abilities
 Encouraging culture of continuous learning
 Adopting new technologies to solve complex problems.
127
PROGRAM EDUCATION OBJECTIVES:
The Programme educational objectives (PEOs) of the programme are designed to produce
competent engineers who shall:
1. Apply knowledge of computer aided analysis, design, modeling and simulation to
provide solutions to industrial problems in diverse domains.
2. Pursue professional career by developing products and services to address social,

technical and business challenges and needs.
3. Be engaged in creative efforts and research under collaborative and multidisciplinary

environments using modern tools and processes.
Programme Outcomes:

fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering
problems.
mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and
environmental considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex

problems:
Use research-based knowledge andresearch methods including design of experiments,
analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid
conclusions.

solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and
need for sustainable development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and
norms of the engineering practice.
128
engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and
write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give
and receive clear instructions.
member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
change.
Programme Specific Outcomes:

Engineering Graduates shall be able to:
1. Demonstrate industrial practices learned through intership and solve industrial

problem using technical knowhow acquired.
2. Apply skill in disciplinary area of renewable energy, automotive, agriculture and heat
transfer.
3. Utilize skill in developing innovative prototype concepts enabling to protect intellectual

property rights
129
B.TECH.MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Scheme
Code Total
Hours
SEMESTER-I
BFYL101 Matrices 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 -- 50
BFYL102 Differential & Vector Calculus 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 -- 50
BEEL101
AC & DC Circuits 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 25 75
BEEP101
1 - 4 5 3 10 15 25 50 100
BITP101 Solving
BECL101
Introduction to Digital System 1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
BECP101
TOTAL 9 4 16 29 21 80 120 175 225 600
Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Scheme
Code Total
Hours
SEMESTER-II
BFYL104 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 -- 50
Equations
BFYL121
Applied Physics 1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
BFYP121
BMEP101 Engineering Graphics - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 25
BCEL101
Engineering Mechanics 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 -- 25 50
BCEP101
Mini Model through
BFYP151 - - 4 4 2 -- -- -- 50 50
BHUL101
BHUP101
Ethics & Professional
BHUP102 - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 25
Competencies
TOTAL 4 4 28 36 22 50 75 100 375 600
130
Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Scheme
Subject Exam Theory Practical
Code Mode Total
Th. Tu. Pr. TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext. Marks
Hours
SEMESTER-III
BFYL116 Integral Transforms Offline 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
BMEL222 Solid Mechanics Offline 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
BMEL211 Fluid Mechanics and
Offline 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 50 - 25 100
BMEP211 Machinery
Basics
BMEL212 Offline 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Thermodynamics
Basics of
BMEL213
Manufacturing Offline 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 50 - 25 100
BMEP213
Process
BMEL214 Materials &Nano
Offline 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 - 25 75
BMEP214 Science
Computer Aided
BMEP215 Online 0 - 2 2 1 - - - - 25 25
Machine Drawing
BAIL101 Open Elective 1 Online 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Viva -
BAIP202 Skill Development 1 - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
Voice
BHUP202 Reasoning Online - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
Liberal Arts/Creative Viva -
BHUP204 - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
Arts (Hobby Module) Voice
TOTAL 12 2 12 26 20 70 105 225 75 100 575
Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Scheme
Subject Exam Theory Practical
Code Mode Total
Hours
SEMESTER-IV
Fourier series and Partial
BFYL117 Offline 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
differential equations
BMEL216 Kinematics of Machines Offline 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
BMEL217 Strength of Material Offline 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
BMEL218 Applied Thermodynamics Offline 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - 50
BMEL219
Machining Process Offline 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 50 - 25 100
BMEP219
Offline
BMEL220 Sensor, Actuators &
(Activity 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 50 - 25 100
BMEP220 Measurement
Based)
Industrial safety practice
Through Case Study Practical
BMEP221 - - 2 2 1 - - 25 - 25
(Industry visit ,Report Based
Writing& Mini Project)
Viva -
BMEP224 Skill Development – 2 - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
Voice
Practical
BCSP208 Data Base - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
Based
Viva -
BMBP102 EDP - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 25
Voice
BHUP206 Aptitude 1 Online - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
BHUP203 Quant Online - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
Business English Viva -
BHUP205 4 4 2 - - - - 25 25
Certification Voice
TOTAL 9 2 18 29 20 60 90 200 150 75 575
131
Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Scheme
Name of the Course Exam Mode Credits Total
Code Total
Hours
SEMESTER-V
BFYL118 Statistics& Probability Offline 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 - - 50
BMEL321
Dynamics of Machines Offline 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 50 - 25 100
BMEP321
BMEL322
Energy Conversion Offline 2 - - 2 2 10 15 50 - - 75
BMELXX Elective 1 Offline 2 - - 2 2 10 15 50 - - 75
Product Design and
BMEP323 Offline - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
Packaging
Internship (2 Week
BMEP324 Social Internship Minor Offline - - 2 2 2 - - - 25 - 25
Project)
Advanced
MBP104 Communication Skills Viva - Voice - - 4 4 2 - - - 50 - 50
and Employability
BMEP325 Skill Development 3 Viva - Voice - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
Machine Learning
BAIL203 Online 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Algorithms
Financial Management
MBP301 Offline - - 1 1 1 - - - 25 - 25
for Engineers
TOTAL 13 0 13 26 21 70 105 250 175 25 625
Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Scheme
Code Total
Hours
SEMESTER-VI
BFYL119 Optimization techniques Offline 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 - - 50
BMEL326 Design of Machine
Offline 3 - - 3 3 10 15 50 - - 75
elements
BMEL327
Thermal Engineering Offline 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 50 25 - 100
BMEP327
Offline
BMEL328
Heat Transfer (Activity 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 50 - 100
BMEP328
Based)
Design of Mechanical Practical
BMEP329 - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
System Based
Practical
BMEP330 Hybrid Vehicle design - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
Based
BMEP331 Project Management Offline - - 1 1 1 - - - 25 - 25
XXXXXXX Open Elective 2 Online 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
PDP and Grooming
BHUP207 Viva - Voice - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 25
Soft Employability skill
Product Development &
BMEP319 Viva - Voice - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
IPR
BMEP332 Skill Development 4 Viva - Voice - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
TOTAL 12 0 15 27 20 60 90 225 250 - 600
132
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
Credits
Name of the Course Exam Mode Total
Code
Total
Hours
SEMESTER-VII
BMEL411 MOOCs Online 8 - - 8 4 10 15 50 - - 75
Six Month Industry
BMEP408 Viva - Voice - - 24 24 12 - - - 100 200 300
Internship
BMEP409 Major Project phase I Viva - Voice - - 8 8 4 - - - 50 50 100
TOTAL 8 - 32 40 20 10 15 25 150 250 475
Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Scheme
Code
Total Marks
Th. Tu. Pr. TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext.
Hours
SEMESTER-VIII
BMELXX
Elective 5 Offline 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 50 25 - 100
BMEPXX
BMEPXX Major Project Phase II Viva - Voice - - 4 4 4 - - - 50 50 100
Career Development
BHUPXX Activity Based - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
Practice
TOTAL 10 0 8 18 16 50 75 175 100 50 450
133
SEMSTER-III Definition, Fourier integral theorem, Fourier sine &
BFYL116: Integral Transform cosine integrals, finite Fourier sine & cosine
Evaluation Scheme transforms, Parseval‘s identity, convolution
Teaching theorem.
Scheme Practic
Theory Text Books:
al
Co To 3. Higher engineering Mathematics by B
Cre
To dit nt. tal S Grewal, 43rd edition, Khanna
tal s T C E Ev Ma Publication.
T T P E
Ho A A S al rk 4. Advanced engineering Mathematics by
h u r xt th
ur E E E ua s Erwin Kreysizig, 8 edition Wiley India.
s tio Reference Books:
n
1. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and
- 1 1 2 ---
1 1 2 2 -- 50 Scientists ; Spiegel, M. R, McGraw-Hill
- 0 5 5 -
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Jain, R.K.
Course Objectives: and Iyengar, S.R.K, Narosa Publishers; Alpha
3. To understand the concept of Laplace Science International, Ltd
transform & Fourier Transform. Online Courses:-
4. To understand basic concept of control system. 1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics Prof. P.N.
Agrawal, IIT, rurkee
Course Outcomes: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_ma11/p
review
1. To understand properties of Laplace
SEMESTER-III
Transform.
2. To apply the concept of Laplace transform BMEL222: Solid Mechanics
to solve problems on unsteady state heat Evaluation Scheme
Teaching
transfer Practi
3. To apply Laplace transform in Control Scheme Theory
cal Tot
system. Cre
Tot al
4. To solve the problems of Fourier transform dits T C E Cont.
in Mechanical Engineering T T P al Ma
A A S Evalu
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: h u r Ho rks
E E E ation
Cour Programme urs
se Programme Outcomes Specific 1 2
2 _ _ 2 2 15 - 50
Outcomes 0 5
P P P P P P PS P PS
Outc O O O O O O O S O3 Course Objectives:
omes 1 2 3 4 5 1 1 O 1. To understand the fundamentals of Mechanics.
2 2 2. To understand the concept of friction and its
CO1 H M -- --- -- --- -- --- - importance.
CO2 H M --- --- --- -- -- -- - 3. To facilitate the concept of stresses induced in
CO3 H M -- --- --- --- -- -- -- beam.
CO4 H M -- --- --- --- -- -- -- 4. To learn importance of principle stresses and
Contents: strain in engineering.
UNIT-I [6 hrs] Course Outcomes:
Laplace Transform: (CO1) Upon successful completion of the course, the
Definition of Laplace transform and its properties students will be able to:
Laplace transform of periodic function. Unit Step 1. Define and illustrate the concept of
functions. center of gravity and moment of inertia
UNIT-II [9 Hrs] in context with engineering
Applications of Laplace transform: (CO2)
applications.
Inverse Laplace transform Convolution theorem ,
Application of L.T. to solve ordinary differential 2. Illustrate and apply the concept of
equations. friction in engineering applications and
UNIT-III [5 Hrs] allied areas.
Application of integral transform in Control 3. Identify and resolve the stresses
system: (CO3) induced in the beams and other frame
Analogous system, Transfer function, Stability of
structures.
system, Routh`s criterion
UNIT-IV [10 Hrs]
Fourier Transform: (CO4)
134
4. Develop and formulate the principle 2. Strength of Materials, S. P. Timoshenko, East
stresses and strain in engineering West Press, 5th edition, 2011.
applications. SEMSTER-III
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: BMEL211 Fluid Mechanics and Machinery
Programme Teaching Evaluation Scheme
Cour Programme Outcomes Specific Scheme Theory Practical
se Outcomes C To
To re
Outc P P P P P P P PS P Cont. tal
tal di T C E
omes O O O O O O S O S T T P Eval E Ma
Ho ts A A S
1 2 3 4 5 12 O 2 O h u r uatio xt rk
ur E E E
1 3 n s
s
CO1 H H H M L M M - - 10
CO2 M H H M L L L - - 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 50 -- 25
0
CO3 H H H M L M H - - Course Objectives:
CO4 M M M H H L M - L 1. To understand the basic fluid properties like
Course Content density, specific gravity etc
Unit I (CO1) [4 Hrs.] 2. To understand type of fluid flows, continuity
Introduction to Mechanics, Centre of Gravity and equation, venturimeter, orificemeter.
Moment of Inertia: Determination of Areas and 3. To understand the concept of boundary layer
Volumes, Centre of Gravity and Centroids, 4. To study various techniques of dimensional
Centroid of a Line, First Moment of Area and analysis
Centroid, Second Moments of Plane Area, 5. To learn and understand the working
Moment of Inertia from First Principles, Moment of principles of fluid machineries and to study
Inertia of Composite Sections, Theorems of their design aspects, performance
Pappus-Guldinus, Centre of Gravity of Solids, characteristics.
Unit II (CO2) [4Hrs.] Course Outcomes:
Friction: Coefficient of Friction, Laws of Friction, Upon the successful completion of course, student
Angle of Friction, Angle of Repose and Cone of will be able
Friction, Problems on Blocks Resting on Horizontal 1. To measure pressure using various
and Inclined Planes, Application to Wedge pressure measuring instruments.
Problems, Application to Ladder Problems, Belt 2. To determine flow rate using various flow
Friction. measuring devices and its nature.
Unit III (CO3) [4 Hrs.] 3. To evaluate different hydraulic losses in
Columns and Struts: Failure of long and short fluid flow systems.
column, slenderness ratio, assumptions made in 4. To analyze performance of different fluid
Euler‘s column theory, end conditions for column. machineries.
Expression for crippling load for various end CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
conditions of column. Effective length of column, Programme
limitations of Euler‘s formula, Rankine formula, Programme Outcomes Specific
Cour
Johnson‘s parabolic formula. Outcomes
Unit IV (CO4) [3 Hrs.] se
P P
Outc P P P P P PS
Principle Stresses and Strains: Stresses on Inclined O S PS
omes O O O O O O
Planes Principle Stresses and Planes, Principle 1 O O3
Stresses in Beams, Principle Strains. 1 2 3 4 5 1
2 2
Advance topic on the subject CO1 H M M M L M H H --
Text Books: CO2 H M H M M M H H --
1. Mechanics of Solids, Stephen H. Crandall, CO3 M H H M L M H H --
M.S. Shivakumar, Tata McGraw Hill CO4 L H M H H M H H --
Publishers, 2012. Contents:
2. Mechanics of Solids, Dr. H. J. Shah, UNIT- I [8hrs]
Charotar publishing house Pvt. Ltd., 1st Properties of Fluid:(CO 1)
edition 2008. Properties of fluid, Pressure measurement
Reference Books: UNIT- II [7hrs]
1. Engineering Mechanics of Solids, Egor P. Popov, Fluid Flow: (CO 2)
Prentice Hall Publishers, Second edition, 2013.
135
Types of fluid flows, Kinematics of fluid flow, Scheme dit Practic
Theory
Continuity equation, Euler‘s and Bernoulli‘s s al
theorem and equation, Flow measurement. Co To
UNIT-III [8 hrs] To nt. tal
Flow through Pipes:(CO 3) tal T C E Ev Ma
T T P E
Laws of fluid friction (Laminar and turbulent), Ho A A S al rk
h u r xt
Darcy‘s equation and Chezy‘s equation for frictional ur E E E ua s
losses. Minor losses in pipes Hydraulic gradient s tio
and total gradient line. Hydraulic power n
transmission through pipe, Energy Gradient. 1 1 2
1 1 - 2 2 -- -- 50
UNIT-IV [8 hrs] 0 5 5
Hydro Turbines:(CO 4)
Theory of impulse & reaction turbines, Principle, Course Objectives:
Constructional features, analysis and governing. At the end of this course, student shall be able to
Specific speed. Cavitation in Turbines. Positive and 1. Identify the unique vocabulary associated
dynamic displacement pumps. with thermodynamics through the precise
Dimensional analysis and model Testing definition of basic concepts.
Text Books: 2. Explain the basic concepts of
1. Kumar D.S.; Fluid Mechanics and Fluid thermodynamics such as system, state, state
Machines, 4th Ed; S. K. Kataria& Sons, 1992 postulate, equilibrium, process, cycle,
2. Bansal R.K.; Fluid Mechanics and Fluid energy, and various forms of energy.
Machines, 7th Edition; Laxmi Publications, 3. Review concepts of temperature,
2002 temperature scales, pressure, absolute and
Reference Books: gage pressure.
1. LalJagdish; Hydraulic machines, 6th Ed; 4. Introducing basics of ideal and real gases,
Metropolitan Book Co. Pvt. Ltd., 1984 steam formation, basic laws of
2. Massey B.S.; Mechanics of Fluids, 6th thermodynamics, and their applications.
Edition; Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., 1989 Course Outcomes:
3. R.K. Rajput, A Text book of Fluid Mechanics At the end of this course, student shall be able to
th
and Hydraulic Machines, S. Chand, 4 edition 1. Explain fundamental concepts of
2013
thermodynamics and thermodynamic
4. Modi& Seth, Fluid Mechanics & Fluid
systems.
Machinery, Standard Book House 2002.
2. Apply gas laws to thermodynamic
5. K.Subramanya, Hydraulic Machines, Tata processes.
st
McGraw Hill Publication Co., New Delhi, 1 3. Outline the first law of thermodynamics and
Ed., 2013.
compute the work involved, heat transfer in
Online Courses
given processes.
1. Fluid Mechanics Prof.S.K.Som, IIT Kharagpur
4. Analyze second law of thermodynamics
NPTEL https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105171/ and their application to a wide range of
2. Fluid Machinery, Prof. Gautam Biswas, systems with calculations of the efficiencies
S.Sarkar, S.K.Som, IIT Kanpur, NPTEL
of heat engines and other engineering
devices.
3. Fluid Machines S.K. Som, IIT CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Kharagpurswayamhttps://swayam.gov.in/cours
es/3680-fluid-machines
Programme
4. Fluid Dynamics and Turbomachines, Dhiman
Cour Programme Outcomes Specific
Chatterjee, IIT Madras
s Outcomes
swayamhttps://swayam.gov.in/courses/368
Outc P P
3-fluid-dynamics-and-turbomachines P P P P P PS
omes O S PS
5. Fundamentals of Fluid Power, James D. Van O O O O O O
1 O O3
De Ven University of Minnesota courser 1 2 3 4 5 1
2 2
https://www.coursera.org/learn/fluid-power
CO1 H M M L M H -- H --
SEMSTER-III
CO2 M H M L M M -- H --
BMEL212: Basic Thermodynamics
CO3 H M M L M M -- H --
Teaching Cre Evaluation Scheme
CO4 H M M M M M -- H --
136
4. Fundamentals of Engineering
Contents: Thermodynamics, Moran M.S. and Shapiro
Unit I (CO1) Basic concepts and properties H.N., John Wiley and Sons, 1988
[6 Hrs] Online Courses
Introduction, thermodynamic system, control 1. Basic Thermodynamics, Prof. S. K. Som,
volume, macroscopic and microscopic approaches, IIT, Kharagpur NPTEL
properties and state of a system, point and path https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105123/
functions, thermodynamic equilibrium, processes 2. Basic Thermodynamics, Prof. K.
and cycles, quasi-static process, properties such as Srinivasan, IISc Bangalore NPTEL
specific volume, pressure, temperature, zeroth law https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112108148/
of thermodynamics, temperature scales, 3. Laws of thermodynamics, S. K. Som,
thermodynamic heat and work. IIT Kharagpur, swayam
https://swayam.gov.in/courses/3813-laws-
Unit II (CO2) Ideal Gas [6 Hrs] of-thermodynamics
Concept, Laws of ideal gas, Equation of state, 4. "Introduction to Thermodynamics:
universal gas constant Transferring Energy from Here to There"
Margaret Wooldridge University of
Unit III (CO3) First law of thermodynamics Michigan courser
[8 Hrs] https://www.coursera.org/learn/thermodyna
Energy of systems, classification of energy, law of mics-intro
conservation of energy, first law applied to closed 5. Basic Thermodynamics, Alison
system undergoing a cycle, Joule`s experiment, https://alison.com/topic/learn/46491/thermo
specific heat at constant volume and constant dynamics-learning-outcomes
pressure, change in internal energy and heat 6. Basic Thermodynamics, Uday N. Gaitonde,
transfer during various non-flow processes. First IITBombayedxhttps://www.edx.org/course/t
law applied to flow processes: steady-state steady hermodynamics-iitbombayx-me209-1x-1
flow process, mass balance and energy balance in SEMESTER III
steady flow process, steady flow energy equation BMEL213: Basics of Manufacturing Process
and its application Evaluation Scheme
Teaching
Unit IV (CO4) Second law of thermodynamics Practic
[7 Hrs] Scheme Theory
al
Second Law of Thermodynamics :- Introduction, Co
Thermal energy reservoirs, Kelvin-Plank & Clausius Tot
To Cre nt.
statements, Heat engines, Refrigerator & Heat al
tal dits T C E Ev
pump, Perpetual motion machines, Reversible & T P E Mar
T Ho A A S al
Irreversible processes, Carnot cycle, Entropy, u r xt ks
h ur E E E ua
Thermodynamic temperature scale. s tio
n
Text Books: 1 1 2
1. Basic and Applied Thermodynamics, 4
th 2 - 2 4 3 -- 25 75
0 5 5
Edition, Nag P. K., Tata McGraw-Hill, 2014 Course Objectives:
2. Thermodynamics: An Engineering Approach, 1. To understand basic material properties for
th
5 Edition, YunusCengel and Michael Boles, bulk material shaping
2014. 2. To provide details of different joining
Reference Books: processes for large scale manufacturing
1. Fundamental of Engineering Thermodynamics, 3. To outline the basics of welding processes
th
7 Edition, R. Yadav, Central publication and its concepts.
house, 2012 4. To understand the basic concepts of
th
2. Fundamentals of Thermodynamics, 5 Edition, powder metallurgy and its applications in
Richard E. Songtag, Claus Borgnakke and engineering sector.
Gordon J. Van Wylen, John Wiley and Sons, Course Out Comes:
Inc. Upon the successful completion of the course
nd
3. Engineering Thermodynamics, 2 Edition, students will be able to
Jones J.B. and Hawkins G.A., John Wiley and 1. Design gating system and select
Sons. appropriate casting method depending on
the product to be manufactured.
137
2. Apply the basics of manufacturing 1. ‗Manufacturing Technology (foundry Forming
processes such as forging, rolling, and Welding)‘, P.N. Rao, TMH education, 2006
extrusion, wire drawing techniques. 2. Manufacturing Science‘, Ghosh and Malik,
3. Select various welding operation in Affiliated East-West Press Private Limited,1996
engineering applications. Workshop Technology (Volume – I),
4. Apply knowledge of powder metallurgy and 3. HajraChoudhary,― Workshop Technology‖
suggest composite materials as per Media Promoters and Publishers, 2007
requirement.
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: Reference Books
Programme 1: ‗Workshop Technology Vol I-III‘, W.A.J
Cours
Programme Outcomes Specific Chapman, Oxford and IBH Publishing Company
e
Outcomes Private Limited,1988
Outco
P P P P P PS PS 2:Manufacturing Processes‘ M Begman ‗Processes
mes PS
O O O O O O O and Materials of Manufacture‘, R Lindberg , CBS
O3 Publication and Distributors, 2002
1 2 3 5 7 1 2
CO1 H M H H M H - H 3: ‗Workshop Technology (Volume I & II)‘, BawaH.S
CO2 H M M H M H - M , Tata McGraw Hill, 1995
CO3 H L H M H H - L 4: ‗Workshop Technology Vol. I &II‘ , B.S.
CO4 H L M L M M - L Raghuvanshi, DhanpatRai Publications, 2009
Contents: Online Courses:

1. Manufacturing Process-1 Prof. Inderdeep
Singh, IIT Roorkee nptel
Unit I (CO1) (8 Hrs.)
Casting process: Introduction, pattern making:
2. Manufacturing Process-2 Prof.A.B.
types, materials used, pattern making allowances,
Chattopadhyay, IIT Kharagpur nptel
colour codes, core making - types, core material
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105126.
and its properties. Classification of Casting, Rate of
Solidification, Principle of gating system, Riser,
Runner, Casting Inspection and Testing, Casting SEMESTER III
Defects. BMEL214: Materials and Nano Science
Molding: types of sand moulds, molding sand Evaluation Scheme
composition, molding sand properties, molding Teaching
Practic
machines, Die Casting. Scheme Theory
al
Unit II (CO2) (7 Hrs.)
Forming processes, advantages and drawbacks. Co
Tot
Hot and cold rolling, forging, extrusion, wire To Cre nt.
al
drawing, embossing etc. Shot peening, Sheet tal dits T C E Ev
metal working process, Punches and dies, Different T T P E Mar
Ho A A S al
Sheet metal operations, Metal spinning, h u r xt ks
ur E E E ua
Incremental Sheet metal forming, Die less forming.
s tio
Unit III (CO3) (7 Hrs.)
Joining processes: introduction to welding n
processes, Types of welding, arc welding (TIG, 1 1 2
2 - 2 4 3 -- 25 75
MIG, Submerged Arc, Metal Arc), Gas Welding, 0 5 5
Resistance welding, Friction welding, Laser, Course Objectives:
plasma and electron beam welding, defects and 1. To introduce various materials used in
inspection of welded joints, electrodes, weldability
manufacturing metallic components
of metals, welding equipments, fixtures.
Introduction to soldering and brazing processes. 2. To introduce & correlate between science and
Unit IV (CO4) (8 Hrs.) Engineering of metallic materials
Processing of plastics, general properties and 3. To introduce various techniques for enhancing
applications of thermosetting and thermo plastics. the inherent characteristics of nano materials
General plastic processes: extrusion, injection 4. To introduce the quantitative measurement of
moulding, compression moulding, transfer nanomaterial properties
moulding, blow moulding, calendaring.
Course Outcomes:
Powder metallurgy: powder manufacture and
conditioning, production of sintered structural Upon the successful completion of the course
components. self-lubricating bearing, cemented students will be able to
carbides, ceramics, sintered carbide cutting tools. 1. Relate basic knowledge to Alloys Iron-
Carbon phase diagram
Text Books: 2. To classify various heat treatment
processes and handle various Material
Testing methods.
138
3. To apply theoretical knowledge about materials, TEM, SEM and SPM technique,
various types of nanomaterial and its Fluorescence Microscopy and Imaging.
application. Advance topic on the subject
4. Distinguish proper characterization of Nano Text Books:
Materials methods to find material structure 1. Introduction to Physical Metallurgy by S. H.
and acquire sufficient theoretical Avener, McGraw Hill Publication,, 2001
knowledge about properties of 2. Engineering Physical Metallurgy & Heat
nanomaterials for industrial applications Treatment, Lakhtin Y.; 6th Ed; Mir Publishers,
1998.
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: Reference Book
Programme 1 Hari Singh Nalwa, ‗Nanostructured
Cours Programme
Specific Materials and Nanotechnology‘, Academic Press,
e Outcomes
Outcomes
Outco 2002
P P P P P PS
mes PS PS 2 Pradeep T., ‗Nano: The Essentials‘,
O O O O O O
O1 O3 McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 2007
1 2 3 5 7 2
CO1 H L L L M H L L 3 Mick Wilson et al, ‗Nanotechnology‘,
CO2 H M L M H M L L Overseas Press (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2005.
CO3 H M H H M M H H Charles P. Poole, Jr., Frank J. Owens,
CO4 H M M H M M H L Online Courses
Contents: 1. Introduction to Material science and
Unit- I (CO1) [8Hrs] Engineering, Prof. Rajesh Kumar, IIT Delhi
Phase Diagrams and Ferrous Materials nptel https://nptel.ac.in/courses/113102080/
Alloys and solid solutions, Binary phase diagrams 2. Introduction to Material science and
Isomorphous systems, Partial miscibility, Metallic Engineering, Prof. RanjitBauri, IIT Madras
systems, completely miscible in liquid state and nptelhttps://nptel.ac.in/courses/113106032/
completely immiscible in solid state. Allotropy of 3. Material Science, Prof. Satish V. Kailash,
Iron. Iron –Iron carbide equilibrium diagram, IIScBanglore, nptel
Alloying, different alloying elements and their effect, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112108150/
Designation of steels. Cast iron, type of cast iron, 4. Phase Diagrams in Materials Science and
Maurer Diagram, Microstructure, Properties and Engineering, Prof. Krishanu Biswas, IIT
Application of each type. Madras, swayam
Unit- II (CO2) [8Hrs] https://swayam.gov.in/course/1308-phase-
Heat Treatment and Testing of Materials diagrams-in-materials-science-and-engineering
Introduction, Basic heat treatments such as 5. Surface Engineering of Nanomaterials, Prof.
annealing, normalizing, hardening and tempering, Kaushik Pal, IIT Roorkee, swayam
procedure, TTT diagram, Hardenability, Jominy https://swayam.gov.in/course/3548-surface-
end quench test. engineering-of-nanomaterials
Surface Treatments, Need of testing, Mechanical
testing, Tensile test, Impact test, Rockwell, Brinell SEMESTER III
hardness test, Non-destructive testing methods. BMEP215: Computer Aided Machine Drawing
Unit- III (CO3) [8Hrs]
Non-Ferrous material and Nanoscience
Evaluation Scheme
Brief introduction to different nonferrous materials Teaching
Scheme Practic
and study of Aluminium and its alloy, Copper and Theory
al
its alloys, high temperature smart materials, Cre To
Co
Introduction to nano materials, Nanorevolution of To dit tal
nt.
tal s T C E E Ma
the XX century, Properties at nanoscale, Carbon T T P Ev
Ho A A S x rk
based nano materials and other nanomaterials, h u r alu
ur E E E t s
Nano composites. ati
s
on
Unit- IV (CO4) [8 hrs]
2
Synthesis and Characterization of - - 2 2 1 - - - - 25
5
Nanomaterials Course Objectives
Top-down, Bottom-up, Wet Deposition techniques, 1. To get awareness and importance of computer
Self-assembly (Supramolecular approach), aided machine drawing and To familiarize with
Molecular design, Microwave Synthesis of the latest developments in mechanical
engineering drawing.
139
2. To develop an ability to Create Solid Models of
machine components. The student should be 2. Ajeet Singh, Tata McGraw-Hill Education and
nd
able to apply these skills to the solution of a Publication 2 Edition 2012.
variety of practical problems.
Reference Book:
3. To develop an ability to Create assembly
1. ShamTickoo ProfessorDepartment of
models of simple machine .The student should
Mechanical Engineering Technology Purdue
be prepared to continue the study of computer
University Calumet, Hammond, Indiana, USA,
aided machine drawing through further subjects
CATIA V5-R2014 for Designer, CADCIM
for the preparation of his project in engineering.
Technologies525 St Andrews Drive Schererville,
4. To know the application of Drafting method of
Indiana 46375.
CAD for the generation of Production Drawing
with Geometric Tolerances as per ASME
Y14.5 – 2009. 2. K.L. Narayana, P. Kannaiah, K. Venkata Reddy,
Production Drawing, New Age International
Course Outcomes: Publication 2009.
1. Define basics of engineering drawing in 3. N. D. Bhat, Charotar Publishing House, 26th
mechanical engineering and applications. Edition 1991.
2. Demonstrate the various command for
generation geometrical model In orthographic SEMSTER-IV
and sectional views with dimensions.
3. Understand the principles, techniques and able BFYL 117: Fourier series and Partial
to interpret of assembly drawing.
4. Create production drawing of any component
by choosing various CAD tool with the
allocation of fits and Tolerances. Evaluation Scheme
Teaching
Scheme Practic
List of Experiment for Machine Drawing: Theory
al
Sr.N Experiment Name Cre To
Co
o. To dit tal
nt.
01 Introduction of Various Icon, ,shortcut Keys tal s T C E E Ma
T T P Ev
and practices Ho A A S x rk
h u r alu
02 To Prepare Two 2-D Geometrical Modal in ur E E E t s
ati
given sheet s
on
03 To Prepare Two 2-D Geometrical Modal in - 1 --
given sheet 1 1 2 2 15 25 -- 50
- 0 --
04 To Prepare 2-D Geometrical Model By Course Objectives:
using DRAWING constraint 1. To introduce Fourier Series and its applications
05 To prepare the 3D geometrical model in the field of Mechanical Engineering
2. To develop skills to use Partial differential
using all constraint
equations and its applications in the field of
06 To prepare the 3D geometrical model
Mechanical Engineering
Course Outcomes:
07 To prepare the 3D geometrical model
1. To Understand and use Fourier series to solve
08 Prepared two component by using Part
2. To apply Fourier series expansion of periodic
Modeling command
functions in field of Mechanical engineering.
09 Introduction of Assembly by using various
3. To apply the concept of partial differential
tool bar, manipulation,
equation in solving problems.
10 Preparation of Assembly by considering all 4. To develop skills to use Partial differential
parameter one equations and its applications in heat transfer.
11 Preparation of Assembly by considering all CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
parameter any one problem
Cour Programme
12 Preparation of Drawing by generative Programme Outcomes Specific
se
drawing ,
Outcomes
13 Preparation of Production drawing by using
ASME Y14.5 – 2009 P P
Outc P P P P P PS
O S PS
Text Books: omes O O O O O 1 O
O O3
1 2 3 4 5 1
1. Dr. K L Narayana, Dr. P. Kannaih , K. Venkata 2 2
th
Reddy New Age International (P) Ltd. 4 CO1 H M -- --- -- --- -- --- -
Edition year of publication 2012.
140
CO2 H M --- --- --- -- -- -- - 3. To make students conversant with Concepts of
CO3 H M -- --- --- --- -- -- -- cam mechanism.
--- 4. To make students conversant with basic
CO4 H M --- --- --- -- --- --
- concepts of gears, its applications and torque
analysis.
Contents: Course Outcomes:
UNIT-I [6 hrs] Upon successful completion of the course, students
Fourier series : (CO1) will be able to:
Representation of periodic function in terms of sine 1. Apply the basic concepts of different
& cosine series. mechanisms.
UNIT-II [6 hrs]
2. Identify the exact problems solving techniques of
Fourier series: (CO2)
Even and odd functions, Half range series Fourier quantitative kinematic analysis of mechanism.
series for discontinuous function 3. Develop an appropriate application of Cam and
UNIT-III [8 Hrs] follower mechanism.
Partial differential: (CO3) 4. Select the gears & gear trains for real life
st st
Partial differential equation of 1 order & 1 deg application by choosing the proper velocity ratio.
UNIT-IV [10 Hrs] CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Applications of Partial differential: (CO4) Programme
Higher order PDE, Method of separation of
Programme Outcomes Specific
Variables Applications of PDE in heat transfer. Cour
Text Books: Outcomes
se
3. Higher engineering Mathematics by B S P P
rd
Outc P P P P P P PS
Grewal, 43 edition, Khanna Publication. S S
omes O O O O O O O
4. Advanced engineering Mathematics by Erwin O O
th
1 2 3 4 5 12 2
Kreysizig, 8 edition Wiley India 1 3
Reference Books: CO1 M L H L H - H - M
2. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and CO2 H H M M M L H - -
Scientists, Spiegel, M. R., McGraw-Hill CO3 M L H L H M M - -
3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Jain, R.K. CO4 M H H L H M H - -
and Iyengar, S.R.K, Narosa Publishers; Alpha Course Content
Science International Ltd. Unit I: CO-1 [8 Hrs.]
Online Courses:- Basic concept of mechanism, link, kinematic pairs,
1. Transforms Calculus and its Applications in kinematic chain, mechanism, machine, simple and
Differential equations, Prof AdrijitGoswami, IIT compound chain, Degree of freedom, estimation of
Kharagpur, degree of freedom of mechanism by Kutchbach
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_ma04/p theory and Grubber‘s criterion, classification of
review
four bar chain [class – I & class – II], inversion of
Kinematic chain,
SEMESTER-IV
Unit II : CO-2 [6Hrs.]
BMEL216: Kinematics of Machines
Quantitative kinematic analysis of mechanism:
Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Displacement, Velocity and Acceleration analysis of
Practi
Scheme Theory planer mechanism by graphical method, Coriolis
cal Tot
Cre component of acceleration Velocity by I-Centre
Tot al
dits T C E Cont. Method, Kennedy‘s Theorem,
T T P al Ma Unit III : CO-3 [6Hrs.]
A A S Evalu
h u r Ho rks Concepts of cam mechanism, comparison of cam
E E E ation
urs mechanism with linkages. Types of cams and
1 2 followers and its applications. Synthesis of cam for
2 _ _ 2 2 15 - 50
0 5 different types of follower motion like constant
Course Objectives: velocity, uniform acceleration & retardation, SHM,
1. To understand basic concepts of different cycloid etc.
mechanisms and its applications to various fields. Unit IV: CO-4 [10Hrs.]
2. To develop competency in graphical methods in Concept of motion transmission by toothed wheels,
solving problems of quantitative kinematic analysis comparison with cams and linkages, various tooth
of mechanism. profiles, their advantages and limitations, gear tooth
terminologies, concept of conjugate action, law of
141
conjugate action, kinematics of involutes gear tooth 2. Make use of concepts of shear force and
pairs during the contact duration, highlighting locus bending moment diagrams in various design of
of the point of contact, arc of contact, numbers of machine elements.
pairs of teeth in contact, path of approach and path 3. Estimate the slope and deflection of beams.
of recess, interference, undercutting for involutes 4. Measure the stresses induced in shafts.
profile teeth. Kinematic analysis of simple, epicyclic CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
and double epicyclic gear trains. Programme
Text Books: Cour Programme Outcomes Specific
1. Theory of mechanisms and machines by se Outcomes
Amitabha Ghosh and Ashok Kumar Mallik, Outc P P
P P P P P P PS
East West Press pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, Third omes S S
O O O O O O O
edition, 2017. O O
1 2 3 4 5 12 2
2. Theory of Machines, S.S. Ratan, McGraw 1 3
Hill Publications, New Delhi, 2011. CO1 H H H H M L M - -
CO2 L L H M L L M - -
Reference Books: CO3 M H H M M M M - -
1. Mechanism and Machine Theory by J.S. CO4 M H H M H L M - -
Rao &Dukki Patti, new age publication,
Contents:
Second edition, 1992.
Unit I (CO1) [8 Hrs.]
2. Theory of Machine by Thomas Bevan,
Concept of simple stresses and strains:
Pearson Education India, CBS publication,
Introduction, stress, strain, types of stresses, stress
Second edition, 1992.
– strain diagram for brittle and ductile materials,
3. Theory of mechanisms and machines,
elastic limit, Hook`s law, modulus of elasticity,
Shigley J.E. and John Joseph Uicker,
Modulus of rigidity, factor of safety, analysis of
McGraw Hill Publications, 2003.
tapered rod, analysis of composite section,
Longitudinal strain and stress, lateral stresses and
SEMESTER-IV
strains, Poisson‘s ratio, volumetric stresses and
BMEL217: Strength of Materials
strain, Bulk modulus, relation between Young‘s
Evaluation Scheme modulus and modulus of rigidity, Poisson‘s ratio
Teaching
Practi and bulk modulus.
Scheme Theory
cal Tot Unit II (CO2) [7 Hrs.]
Cre
Tot al Shear force and bending moment: Types of beam
dits T C E Cont.
T T P al Ma (cantilever beam, simply supported beam,
A A S Evalu
h u r Ho rks overhung beam etc., Types of loads (Concentrated
E E E ation
urs and UDL), shear force and bending moment
1 2 diagrams for different types of beams subjected to
1 1 _ 2 2 15 - 50
0 5 different types of loads, sign conventions for
bending moment and shear force.
Course Objectives: Unit III (CO3) [8 Hrs.]
1. To teach fundamentals of simple and Deflection of beams: Derivation of differential
principle stresses and strains. equation of elastic curve with the assumptions
2. To imbibe concept of shear force and made in it. Deflection and slope of cantilever,
bending moment with practical exposure simply supported, subjected to concentrated load
and applications. UDL, Relation between slope, deflection and radius
3. To facilitate the concept of bending and its of curvature, Macaulay‘s method & Double
theoretical analysis. integration method.
4. To learn torsion of shaft Unit IV (CO4) [8 Hrs.]
Course Outcomes: Torsion of circular shafts: Derivation of torsion
Upon successful completion of the course, the equation with the assumptions made in it.
students will be able to: Torsional shear stress induced in the shaft, when it
1. Apply the concepts of various stresses and is subjected to torque,Strength and rigidity criteria
strains and their relative for various engineering for design of shaft, Torque transmitted by solid and
applications. hollow circular shaft.
Tutorial: Based on above syllabus
Text Books:
142
1. Strength of Materials, F.L. Singer, Harper 3. Determine properties of steam.
Pollins Publisher, 4th edition. 4. Analyze performance of vapor power cycle
2. Strength of Materials, S. Ramamrutham with the help of P-V, T-S and H-S diagrams
and R. Narayanan, DhanpatRai& Sons CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Publisher, 4th edition, 2016. Programme
Reference Books: Cour Programme Outcomes Specific
1. Mechanics of Solids, Dr. H. J. Shah, Charotar se Outcomes
publishing house Pvt. Ltd., 1st edition 2008. Outc P P
2. Mechanics of Materials, Dr. Kripal Singh, P P P P P PS
omes O S PS
Standard publications, Delhi, 7th edition 2013. O O O O O O
1 O O3
Online Courses: 1 2 3 4 9 1
2 2
1. Mechanics of Materials II: Thin-Walled CO1 H M H M H H -- H --
Pressure Vessels and Torsion, Dr. Wayne CO2 M H H M H H -- H --
Whiteman, PE, Woodruff School of Mechanical CO3 M H H L H H -- H --
Engineering, (COURSERA)
CO4 M M H L M M -- H --
https://www.coursera.org/learn/mechanics2
Contents:
2. Mechanics of Materials III: Beam Bending, Dr.
Unit I Entropy (CO 1) [8 Hrs]
Wayne Whiteman, PE, Woodruff School of
Entropy, clausius inequality, Entropy, Principle of
Mechanical Engineering, (COURSERA)
increase of entropy, change in entropy for Closed &
https://www.coursera.org/learn/beam-bending
Steady flow open systems, Second law analysis of
3. Mechanics of Materials IV: Deflection, Buckling,
engineering systems - Availability, Reversible work
Woodruff School of Mechanical Engineering,
& Irreversibility.
(COURSERA)
Unit II (CO 2) Gas power cycles [8 Hrs]
https://www.coursera.org/learn/materials-
Gas power cycles: Otto cycle, Diesel cycle, Semi-
structures
diesel, Sterling cycles, their efficiency and mean
4. Advance Strength of Material, Prof. S Maiti,
effective pressure calculations, Dual cycle,
NPTEL Video
Ericsson cycle.
Unit III (CO 3) Properties of steam [8 Hrs]
SEMSTER-IV Properties of steam, Phase change process of pure
BMEL218: Applied Thermodynamics substance, Sensible heat and latent heat, specific
Teaching Evaluation Scheme volume and entropy of steam, dryness fraction of
Scheme Theory Practical steam, throttling of steam, determination of dryness
To
Cr Cont fraction, steam tables and their use, T-S and H-S
Tota ed tal
T C E . diagram.
T T P l E Ma
its A A S Eval
h u r Hou xt rk Unit IV (CO 3) Vapors power cycles [6 Hrs]
E E E uatio
rs s
n Rankine and modified Rankine cycle, work done
1 1 2 and efficiency, specific steam consumption,
2 - - 2 2 -- -- 50 comparison of Rankine and Carnot cycle,
0 5 5
Course Objectives: representation on P-V, T-S and H-S diagram.
At the end of this course, student shall be able Advance topic of the subject
1. To understand the basic concept of Text Books:
entropy. 1. Basic and Applied Thermodynamics,
th
2. To understand the various gas power 4 Edition, Nag P. K., Tata McGraw-
cycle. Hill, 2014
3. To study the properties of steam and 2. Thermodynamics: An Engineering
th
analysis of steam using steam table, Approach, 5 Edition, YunusCengel
Mollier chart. and Michael Boles, 2014
4. To study vapor power cycle with the Reference Books:
help of P-V, T-S and H-S diagrams 1. Fundamental of Engineering
th
Course Outcomes: Thermodynamics, 7 Edition, R.
Yadav, Central publication house, 2012
At the end of this course, student shall be able to th
2. Fundamentals of Thermodynamics, 5
1. Understand concept of entropy.
Edition, Richard E. Songtag, Claus
2. Compare various gas power cycle.
143
Borgnakke and Gordon J. Van Wylen, CO4 H M L M L H - M
John Wiley and Sons, Inc. Contents:
nd
3. Engineering Thermodynamics, 2 Unit-I: (CO 1) (6hrs)
Edition, Jones J.B. and Hawkins G.A., Introduction to Machining Parameters:
John Wyley and Sons. Introduction to machining, tool materials and their
4. Fundamentals of Engineering properties nomenclature and tools geometry of
Thermodynamics, Moran M.S. and single point cutting tool, cutting tool material,
Shapiro H.N., John Wyley and Sons, Cutting fluids and lubricants. Cutting parameters,
1988 cutting force, surface roughness, Merchant‘s circle,
Online Courses tool wear and tool failure, tool wear mechanism,
Applied Thermodynamics, Prof.U S P Shet, T. Tool life equation, Chip morphology, Heat
Sunderajan, J M Mallikarjun, IIT Madras, NPTEL generation and friction in metal.
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106133/ Unit II: (CO 2) (08Hrs)
Lathe : Introduction, type, construction of simple
Semester : IV lathe, mechanism and attachments for various
BMEL219: Machining Processes operations, machine specifications, basis for
Teaching Evaluation Scheme selection of cutting speed, feed and depth of cut,
Scheme Theory Practical time estimation for turning operations such as
Cr Tot facing, step turning, taper turning, threading,
Cont
Tota ed knurling.
T C E . E al
T T P l it Unit III: (CO 3) (08Hrs)
A A S Eval x Mar
h u r Hou Milling: Introduction, specifications, types, column
E E E uatio t ks
r and knee type milling machine, fixed bed type
n
milling machines, production milling machines,
1 1 5 2
2 - 2 4 3 -- 100 special purpose milling machines such as thread
0 5 0 5
milling machines, profile milling machine, Gear
Course Objectives:
Milling/Hobbing machines. Mechanisms and
1. To develop an insight into metal cutting
Attachments for Milling. Cutting parameters, types
principles.
of milling operations, types of milling cutters, Tool
2. To provide details of the construction of
geometry and their specifications.
conventional metal cutting machine tools.
Unit IV: (CO 4) (08Hrs)
3. To provide details of manufacturing
Grinding operations, grinding wheel, specifications
operations for gears and super finishing
and selection of grinding wheel, cylindrical and
processes.
centreless grinding operation, surface grinding, tool
4. To select machining parameters for
and cutter grinding, time estimation for grinding
optimum utilization of resources and time
operations, Glazing, loading, truing, dressing and
for high productivity and dimensional
selection of grinding wheel, Broaching and its
accuracy.
types, Drilling, types of Drilling machine, Drill
Course Outcomes:
Nomenclature, Reaming, Super finishing processes
Student should be able to -
such as honing, lapping, polishing, buffing and
1. Select tool based on the material and
Burnishing. Jigs and Fixture
desirable properties
Text Books:
2. Experiment with different operations on
1. Manufacturing Technology, (Metal Cutting and
Lathe machine.
Machine Tools), P.N. Rao
3. Demonstrate various milling operations.
2. Manufacturing science, Ghosh and Malik
4. Select the process and machine based on
Reference Books:
finishing requirement.
1. Workshop Technology (Volume – II) By
HajraChoudhary
Programme
Cours 2. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology by
e S. Kalpakjian and S R Schmid
Outcomes
Outco
P P P P P PS PS 3. Technology of machine Tools – Krar and
mes PS
O O O O O O O Oswald
O3
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 4. Manufacturing Processes – M Begman
CO1 H M M H M H - L Online Courses
CO2 H M M H M H - M
CO3 H L L M L H - L
144
1. Advanced machining Processes, Prof. Manas 1 2 3 5 6 1 O
Das, IIT Guwahati, nptel 2
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103202/ CO1 H M M H H H LM
2. Introduction to machining and machining fluids, CO2 H L M L M H LM
Contents:
Prof. Mamillaravi Sankar, IIT Guwahati,
Unit-I : (CO 1) (8hrs)
nptelhttps://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103245/
Sensors, Actuators and Measurement system:
3. Mechanics of Machining, Prof. Uday S. Dixit,
IIT Guwahati, nptel Sensors, Basic requirements of a sensor,
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103248/ Classification of sensors, significance of
4. Metal Cutting and Machine Tools, Prof. measurement system, generalized measurement
Asimava Roy Choudhury, IIT Kharagpur, nptel system, Static and Dynamic characteristics, Photo
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105233/ resistors, Photodiodes, Phototransistors,
5. Fundamentals of manufacturing processes, Photoconductors, and Encoder.
Prof. Dwivedi D.K., IIT Roorkee, swayam Displacement Sensors: Linear, Rotary,
https://swayam.gov.in/course/3797- Potentiometer, Capacitive and Inductive type,
fundamentals-of-manufacturing-processes position sensors, photoelectric sensor,
6. Advanced machining Processes, Prof. V.K. Temperature sensors: Thermocouples,
Jain, IIT Kanpur, Thermistors, Thermo diodes, Thermo transistors,
nptelhttps://nptel.ac.in/courses/112104028/ Bimetallic Strip, Resistance Temperature Detector,
SEMESTER IV radiation and optical pyrometer, Infrared
Thermography.
BMEL220: SENSOR, ACTUATORS Unit-II (CO2) (8hrs)
&MEASUREMENT Various Measurements:
Evaluation Scheme Strain Measurement:-
Teaching
Practic Types of strain gauges, strain gauge circuits,
Scheme Theory
al calibration, temperature compensation,
Co To
Cre Pressure Measurements:-
To nt. tal
dit Basic methods of pressure measurement, dead
tal T C E Ev Ma
T T P s E weight gauges and manometers, elastic
Ho A A S al rk
h u r xt transducers and force balance transducers, strain
ur E E E ua s
s tio gauge pressure cell, High pressure measurement
n Bridgeman type, low pressure measurement -
1 1 2 McLeod, Krudsen, ionization, thermal conductivity
1 - 2 3 2 -- 25 75 gauges.
0 5 5
Course Objectives: Force measurement:-
1. To understand the basic concept of Force measurement using transducer, pneumatic
sensors, actuators, and measurement and hydraulic load cells, strain gauge load cells,
system, along with its functional element. piezoelectric load cells, torque measurement,
2. To understand the performance dynamometer
characteristics, and working of measuring Flow Measurements: Dall tube, Rotameter,
instruments anemometer, positive displacement flow meters,
Course Outcomes: turbine meter, and electro-magnetic flow meter.
5. Student should be able to choose Sensors, Miscellaneous Measurement
actuators, and measuring instrument in any
Vibration Measurements, Humidity measurement,
application.
speed Measurement, liquid level Measurements.
6. Student should be able to develop skill to select
proper sensors, measuring instruments for Advance topic on the subject
measurement of various engineering Text Books:
parameters. 1. Erenest O. Doebeling, ‗Measurement
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: Systems‘, McGraw Hill, 2nd edition, 2014
Cour Programme 2. T.G. Beckwith & N.L. Bulk, ‗Mechanical
Programme Measurements‘, Addison Werlly, 3rd edition
se Specific
Outcomes
Outc Outcomes 2012.
omes P P P P P PS P PS Reference Books:
O O O O O O S O3
145
1. J.P.Holman, ‗Experimental Methods for omes P P
P P P P P PS
Engineers‘, McGraw Hill, 2nd edition 2013. O S PS
O O O O O O
2. NakraChoudhari, ‗Instrumental 1 O O3
1 2 3 4 5 1
Measurement & Analysis‘, Tata McGraw 2 2
Hill, 3rd edition 2011. CO1 3 2 -- --- -- --- -- --- -
3. Ramgan, Sharma & Mani, CO2 3 2 --- --- --- -- -- -- -
‗Instrumentation‘, Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd
edition, 2013
4. D.S. Kumar, ‗Mechanical Measurement & Contents:
Control‘, Metropolitan Book Company, 4th UNIT-I [6 hrs]
edition 2014. Statistics (CO1)
Online Courses Mean, Median, Mode, Standard deviation, Mean
1. Mechanical Measurements and Metrology, deviation
UNIT-II [10 Hrs]
Prof. S.P. Venkateshan, IIT Madras,
Probability: (CO2)
nptelhttps://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106138
Discrete & continues random variable, Probability
2. Principles of Mechanical Measurement, Prof. R. density function, Probability distribution function
Raman, IIT Madras, Joint density function, Mathematical expectation
nptelhttps://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106140 Variance, standard deviation,Co- Variance
3. Robotics, Prof. Dilip Kumar, Pratihar, IIT Text Books:
Kharagpur, nptel 1. Higher engineering Mathematics by B S
rd
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105249 Grewal, 43 edition, Khanna Publication.
4. Robotics: Advanced Concepts and Analysis
Reference Book:
Prof. AshitavaGhosal, IIScBanglore, 1. Probability and Statistics by Spiegel M. R.,
nptelhttps://nptel.ac.in/courses/112108093 Murray R. Spiegel, McGraw-Hill
5. Mechanism and Robot Kinematics, Prof. Online Courses:-
AnirvanDasgupta, IIT Kharagpur, 1. Probability and Statistics Prof. Somesh Kumar
swayamhttps://swayam.gov.in/courses/4512- IIT Kharagpur
mechanism-and-robot-kinematicsmechanism- https://www.classcentral.com/course/nptel-
probability-and-statistics-5228
and-robot-kinematics
2. Probability: Basic Concepts & Discrete Random
Variables Mark D. Ward Purdue University
SEMSTER-V via edX https://www.class-
BFYL118: Statistics &Probability central.com/course/edx-probability-basic-
concepts-discrete-random-variables-6989
Evaluation Scheme
Teaching
Practic SEMESTER-V
Scheme Theory
al BMEL321: Dynamics of Machines
Cre Co To Evaluation Scheme
To nt. tal Teaching
dit Practi
tal s T C E Ev Ma Scheme Theory
T T P E cal Tot
Ho A A S al rk Cre
h u r xt Tot al
ur E E E ua s dits T C E Cont.
s tio T T P al Ma
A A S Evalu
n h u r Ho rks
- - 1 1 2 --- E E E ation
1 1 1 -- 50 urs
- - 0 5 5 - 1 5 10
Course Objectives: 2 - 2 4 3 15 25
0 0 0
1. To introduce basic concept of statistics and
Course Objectives:
probability.
Course Outcomes: 1. To make the students conversant with force
1. To apply concept of statistics in mechanical analysis of mechanism.
engineering. 2. To Design & develop the concept of flywheel and
2. To apply the concept probability in Mechanical its applications.
engineering. 3. To develop competency in graphical and
analytical methods in solving problems in rotating
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: and reciprocating machineries.
Cour Programme 4. To develop conversancy with basic concepts of
se Programme Outcomes Specific vibrations, it‘s effects and measurement.
Outc Outcomes Course Outcomes:
146
1. To apply the concept of static and dynamics 3:.Theory of Machine by S. S. Rattan, New Jersey
force analysis for engineering applications. Tata Mcgraw-Hill Pub. Co. Ltd., Third edition, 2010
2. To design the flywheel for energy storage. Reference Books
3. To identify and solve problems of rotating and 1: Theory of Mechanism and Machine by Ghosh
reciprocating machinery and balancing of and Malik, affiliated East West Press Pvt. Ltd.,
machinery. Second Edition, 2014.
4. To select advanced computing techniques and 2: Theory of Machine by Thoman Bevan, Pearson
tools in the area of longitudinal, transverse and Education India, CBS publication Second edition,
torsional vibrations. 2009
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: 3: Theory of Machines by V.P.Singh, DanpatRai
Programme publication Third edition, 2012
se Outcomes SEMSTER-V
Outc P P BMEL322: Energy Conversion
P P P P P P PS
omes S S Teaching C Evaluation Scheme
O O O O O O O
O O Scheme r Theory Practical To
1 2 3 4 5 12 2
1 3 e tal
CO1 H H M H M L L - - Total d T C E Cont.
T T P E M
Hour it A A S Evalu
CO2 H H L M M L M - - h u r xt ar
s s E E E ation
CO3 M H M H M L M - - ks
CO4 H M M M H - M - - 1 1 5
2 - - 2 2 -- 75
Contents: 0 5 0
Unit I: CO-1 [7 Hrs] Course Objectives:
Static Force and Dynamic Force Analysis 1. To get awareness and importance of steam
Static force Analysis in linkages, Superposition generation and fluidized bed boiler.
Method, FBD, Equilibrium of four force members, 2. To familiarize with the latest developments in
Principal of Virtual Work, D‘Alembert‘s Principal, chimney draught system and performance of
Engine Force Analysis, steam nozzle
Unit II: CO-2 [8 Hrs] 3. To study working principle and performance of
Turning Moment Diagram, Flywheel, Turning steam turbine
moment Vs crank angle diagram for single – 4. To study steam condensers and cooling
cylinder and multiple – cylinder engines, punching towers
machines etc. Flywheel selection. Course Outcomes:
Unit III : CO-3 [8 Hrs] Upon the successful completion of course, student
Balancing of Rotary Masses will be able to
Static and Dynamic balancing of Rotary masses, 1. Understand the working of different types of
Balancing of several masses rotating in different boilers.
planes. 2. Illustrate principle of chimney draught and
Balancing of Reciprocating masses: Partial steam nozzles.
balancing of locomotive, balancing of primary and 3. Make use of velocity triangles to calculate
secondary forces of Multi cylinder In-Line Engine. performance of steam turbine
Unit IV: CO-4 [8 Hrs] 4. Design steam condensers and cooling Towers.
Longitudinal and Transverse Vibration CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Free Vibration, Critical or whirling speed of shaft,
free and forced damped vibration, vibration
isolation and transmissibility, Vibration
Programme
Measurement techniques.
Torsional Vibration, Free Torsional Vibration, mode
se Outcomes
shape, Single, Two and Three rotor system,
Outc P
Text Books P P P P P P PS
omes S PS
1:.Theory of mechanisms and machines by Shigley O O O O O O O
O O3
J.E., McGraw Hill, Second edition, 2013 1 2 3 4 6 7 1
2
2:.Mechanism and Machine Theory by J.S. Rao
CO1 H M H M H L H H --
&Dukki Patti, new age publication, Second edition,
CO2 H H H M M L H H --
2011
147
CO3 M M M H M H H H -- Online Courses
CO4 M M H H M L H H -- 1. Steam and Gas Power Systems Prof.Ravi
Kumar
Contents: IITRoorkeeNPTELhttps://nptel.ac.in/courses/11
UNIT- I (CO1) [8 hrs] 2107216/
Principles of Steam Generation, Classification of 2. Steam And Gas Power SystemsRavi Kumar IIT
Steam Generators, Fire Tube and Water Tube Roorkeeswayamhttps://swayam.gov.in/courses/
Steam Generators, High Pressure Steam 3554-steam-and-gas-power-systems
Generators. Fluidized Bed Boilers: Bubbling 3. Energy conservation and waste heat recovery
Fluidized Bed Boilers, Circulating Fluidized Bed Bhattacharya A IIT Kharagpur swayam
Boiler Mountings and Accessories. Performance of https://swayam.gov.in/courses/3814-energy-
Steam Generators. Evaporation Capacity, conservation-and-waste-heat-recovery
Equivalent Evaporation, Boiler Efficiency. SEMSTER-VI
UNIT- II (CO2) [8 hrs] BFYL119: (Optimization Techniques)
Draught and Its Classification, Chimney Height,
Chimney Diameter, Efficiency. Evaluation Scheme
Teaching
Steam Nozzles: Adiabatic Expansion In Nozzles, Scheme Practic
Theory
Maximum Discharge, Critical Pressure Ratio And al
Cre Co To
Effects Of Friction, Calculation Of Throat And Exit
To dit nt. tal
Areas, Supersaturated Flow, Wilson Line. tal T C E Ev Ma
T T P s E
UNIT- III (CO3) [8 hrs] Ho A A S al rk
Steam Turbines :Principles Of Working Of Steam h u r xt
ur E E E ua s
Turbines, Classification Of Steam Turbines, s tio
Comparison of Impulse And Reaction Turbines, n
Compounding Of Steam Turbines. Energy Losses - - 1 1 2 ---
1 1 1 -- 50
- - 0 5 5 -
In Steam Turbines, Flow Of Steam Through
Course Objectives:
Turbine Blades, Velocity Diagrams, Graphical And
1. To understand the techniques of optimization
Analytical Methods, Work Done, Thrust And Power, method.
Dimensions And Proportioning Of the Blades,
Steam Turbine Efficiencies, and Condition For Course Outcomes:
Maximum Efficiencies. 1. To apply concept of Graphical methods.
UNIT- IV (CO4) [8 hrs] 2. Apply basic concepts of Optimization
Steam Condensers: Types Of Condensers, Techniques.
Classification Of Condensers, And Quantity Of
Cooling Water Required, Design Calculations For CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Surface Condensers, Daltons Law Of Pressures, Programme
Sources Of Air Leakages And Air Removal. Cooling Cour Programme Outcomes Specific
Towers: Wet Cooling, Dry Cooling Towers Cooling se Outcomes
Pond Outc P P
P P P P P PS
Advance topic on the subject omes O S PS
O O O O O O
Text Books: 1 O O3
1 2 3 4 5 1
1. Power Plant Engineering, V.M. Domkundwar, 2 2
3rd edition, DhanpatRai and Sons Publication, CO1 3 2 -- --- -- --- -- --- -
2005. CO2 3 2 --- --- --- -- -- -- -
2. Power plant engineering, P.K. Nag, fourth
edition, McGraw Publication(India) Pvt. Contents:
Limited, 2014 UNIT-I [6 hrs]
Reference Books: Linear Programming Problems (CO1)
Linear programming, mathematical model
1. Thermal Engineering, P.L. Ballaney, 26th
formulation, solutions by graphical.
edition, Khanna Publication, 2007. UNIT-II [10 Hrs]
2. Thermal Engineering B.K. Sarkar, Simplex and Big M-Methods (CO2)
Eighthedition,Tata McGraw Publishing Simplex method, Dual Simplex method, Big M
company limited, 2005. Method
3. Applied Thermodynamics. Dr.R. Yadav, 6th Text Books:
revised edition, Central Publishing House 4. Higher engineering Mathematics by B S
rd
Allahabad, 2011. Grewal, 43 edition, Khanna Publication.
148
Reference Books: CO2 M H M M H L M L L
1. Linear Programming: methods and application CO3 M H M M H L M L L
nd
by Saul I Gass. 2 Edition. 2007. CO4 M H M M H L M L L
2. Linear Programming: theory and application by
nd
Catherine Lewis. 2 edition 2005. CO5 M H M M H M M L L
CO6 M H M M H L M L L
SEMESTER-VI
BMEL326: Design of Machine Elements Contents:
Evaluation Scheme UNIT I (CO1): (5 Hrs.)
Teaching Definition of design, types of design, design
Practi
Scheme Theory process, need, defining the problem, feasibility,
cal Tot
Cre preliminary, design alternatives, final design
Tot al
dits T C E Cont. selection, preliminary and final plans & drawings.
T T P al Ma
A A S Evalu Mechanical Properties, applications and
h u r Ho rks
E E E ation designations as per ISI and their equivalence with
urs
1 5 other standards of engineering materials, selection
3 - - 3 3 15 -- 75 of materials,
0 0
UNIT II (CO2): (8Hrs.)
Course Objectives:
Design of Cotter and Knuckle Joint, shrink and
1. To develop proficiency of fundamental
press fit joints.
concepts of design.
Riveted Joint: Riveted joint for boilers, structural
2. To develop competency in designing various
works (Uniform Strength Joint), and eccentric
joints for various engineering applications.
loaded riveted Joint.
3. To develop an ability in designing a mechanical
Welded Joint: Design of single transverse, double
elements involved in design projects.
transverse, parallel fillet, combination fillet butt joint,
4. To develop analytical & computational skills in
eccentrically loaded welded joints.
designing basic mechanical components used
UNIT III (CO3) : (8Hrs.)
for general purposes.
Design of Power Screw, Derivation of expression
5. To procreate students conversant with tools for
for deflection and shear stress in helical spring,
designing a pressure vessel.
Design of helical spring, Design of leaf spring.
6. To give exposure of designing of transmission
UNIT IV (CO4): (8Hrs.)
shafts.
Kinematics of Friction Drives such as brakes
Course Outcomes:
clutches. Design of friction clutch: single plate,
Students shall be able to:
multiple plate, cone, and centrifugal clutch. Design
1. Apply basic concepts of design, selection of
of brake: shoe brake, band brake, and internal
materials in the design of a Machine
expanding brake.
Components.
UNIT V (CO5): (8 Hrs.)
2. Design the joints for various components.
Classification of thin and thick cylindrical pressure
3. Make use of the design principles of power
vessel, stresses in thin and thick cylindrical
screw, helical & leaf spring in the design of
pressure vessels. ASME code of pressure vessel
suspension system.
and piping, When It Is subjected to internal
4. Apply the design procedure of clutches and
pressure, Expression for circumferential and
brakes for various applications.
longitudinal stresses, design of pressure vessel,
5. Apply the design procedure of pressure vessel
heads and cover Plate.
in various industrial applications.
UNIT VI (CO6): (8Hrs.)
6. Design of shafts for various power transmission
Design of transmission shafts on the basis of
systems.
strength, rigidity and critical speed, ASME code for
shaft design, design of stepped shaft, axle, splined
Programme
shaft, keys.
Cour
Outcomes
se Text Books:
P P
Outc P P P P P P PS 1. ―Design of Machine Elements‖,V.B. Bhandari
S S
omes O O O O O O O ,Tata McGraw-Hill Education, Third edition, First
O O
1 2 3 4 5 8 2 Reprint 2010.
1 3
CO1 H H M M H L L M L
149
2. ―A Textbook of Machine Design‖, R.S. Khurmi 4. To study applications of gas turbine and jet
and J.K.Gupta, Eurasia Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. propulsions.
Fourteenth Edition, 2005.
3. Design Data for Machine elements, B.D. Course Outcomes:
Shiwalkar,Benett& Co Publishing Division, revised Student should be able to
edition,2015. 1. Choose the different types of air compressors.
2. Evaluate the performance of different types of
Reference Books: air compressors
1. ―Mechanical Design of Machine‖, Martin J.Siegel, 3. Evaluate performance of internal combustion
Vladimir L.Maleev, James Busse Hartman, engine.
Pennysilveria, International Textbook Co, Fourth 4. Analyze performance of gas turbine applying
Edition, 1972. basic gas power cycle.
2. ―Machine Design‖, P.H. Black, McGraw-Hill,
Third Edition, 1983. CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
3. ―Mechanical Engg. Design‖, Programme
J.E.Shigley,CharlesR.Mischke,RichardG.Budynas, Cour Programme Outcomes Specific
McGraw-Hill,Tenth Edition, 2014. se Outcomes
Outc P P
P P P P P PS
Online Courses omes O S PS
O O O O O O
1. Understanding Design Prof. Nina Sabnani IIT, 1 O O3
1 2 3 5 7 1
B (mooc) 2 2
https://www.iitbombayx.in/courses/understandin CO1 H M M M M M -- H --
g-design CO2 H H M M H M -- H --
2. Basic 3D animation using Blender Sameer S CO3 H M M M M M -- H --
Sahasrabudhe IIT, B (mooc) CO4 H M M M M L -- H --
https://www.iitbombayx.in/courses/basic-3d-
animation-using-blender-1
3. Engineering Design Process with Autodesk
Fusion 360 AUTODESK COURSERA Contents:
https://www.coursera.org/learn/engineering- Unit I (CO 1) Positive Displacement
design-process-fusion-360 Compressors: (8Hrs)
4. Machine Design part 1 Dr. Kathryn Wingate, Reciprocating compressors : Parts, Operations,
Academic Professional Georgia Institute of Work done during isothermal, polytropic and
Technology (COURSERA) adiabatic compression process, PV diagram,
https://www.coursera.org/learn/machine- isothermal efficiency, Effect of clearance,
design1 volumetric efficiency, Mechanical efficiency,
SEMSTER-VI Multistage compressor, condition for minimum work
BMEL327: Thermal Engineering input, capacity control, Actual indicator diagram.
Evaluation Scheme
Teaching
Practic Unit II (CO 2) Rotary Compressors: (6Hrs)
Scheme Theory
al To Rotary and vanes blower and screw compressor:
Cre
To Con tal Principle, operation, parts, indicator diagram, work
dit
tal T C E t. E Ma done, Roots efficiency, vanes efficiency.
T T P s
Ho A A S Eva x rk Centrifugal Compressor:
h u r
ur E E E luat t s Principle, operation, parts, velocity diagram, static
s ion & total head quantities, work done by impeller,
1 1 2 2 isentropic efficiency of compressor, slip factor,
2 - 2 4 3 -- 75
0 5 5 5 pressure coefficient, power input factor.
Axial flow compressor:
Course Objectives: Principle, operation, parts, velocity diagram, work
1. To study applications reciprocating compressor. done, Degree of reaction stage efficiency
2. To familiarize with the characteristics of rotary compressor characteristics, surging& chocking.
compressor. Poly tropic efficiency.
3. To study internal combustion engines, various testing Unit III (CO 3) I.C. Engines: (8Hrs)
methods of internal combustion engines
150
Introduction to I.C. Engine: Air standard & fuel air swayamhttps://swayam.gov.in/courses/364
cycles, parts of I.C. Engines, working of I.C. 0-engineering-thermodynamics
Engines, Two stroke and four stroke I.C. Engines 5. Thermodynamics for Engineering Students
SI & CI Engines, Introduction to combustion in SI & Cherish Qualls Udemy
CI Engine, carburetion and fuel injection. https://www.udemy.com/thermodynamics-for-
I.C. Engine Testing: Measurement of power- engineering-students/
Indicated, friction and brake power, measurement SEMSTER-VI
of speed, fuel land air consumption, calculation of BMEL328: Heat Transfer
indicated and brake thermal efficiency, volumetric Evaluation Scheme
Teaching
efficiency, mechanical efficiency, percentage of Practica
Scheme Theory
excess air, Heat balance sheet, performance, l To
characteristics and factors influencing the Cr
To tal
performance of I.C. Engines. ed Con
tal T C E M
Unit IV (CO 4) Gas Turbines and Jet T T P its tEv E
Ho A A S ar
propulsion : (8 Hrs) h u r alua xt
ur E E E ks
Ideal cycles isentropic and small stage efficiency, tion
s
application of gas turbine pressure losses, effect of 2
inter-cooling, reheat and regeneration, fuel – air 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 -- 75
5
ratio, combustion efficiency performance Course Objectives:
calculation, open cycle and closed cycle gas 1. To provide a general knowledge on the basic
turbine plants Principles and working of turbojet, mechanisms of heat transfer
turboprop, Ramjet and pulse jet simple turbojet 2. Make the right assumptions and
cycle, Thrust power, propulsive power. Thermal approximations for tackling practical situations
efficiency propulsive efficiency, overall efficiency. 3. To develop intellectual skills of providing
Text Books: analytical solutions to variety of real life
1. Thermal Engineering , B.K. Sarkar, Tata situation involving heat transfer.
McGraw publication,1998 4. Exploring the advanced career opportunities in
2. Internal Combustion Engine, fourth edition, V. the area of heat transfer like Design of heat
Ganeshan, Tata McGraw publication, 2012. exchangers, heat transfer augmentation
3. Gas Turbine, V. Ganeshan, third edition, Tata methods, Thermal analysis etc.
McGraw publication, 2010 Course Outcomes:
Reference Books: Upon the successful completion of course, student
1. Applied Thermodynamics, Dr. R. Yadav, sixth will be able to
revised edition, Central Publishing House 1. Recall basic laws of heat transfer to solve
Allahabad, 2011. heat conduction problem.
2. Fundamentals of Internal Combustion Engines, 2. Relate various empirical correlation to
Second Edition H.N.Gupta, PHI (Prentice Hall solve convective heat transfer problem.
India Learning Private Limited) Publication, 3. Apply laws of radiation on problems of heat
2012 transfer.
3. Gas Turbine Theory , H. cohen and G.H. 4. Evaluate the performance of heat
Rogers, H. I.H. Saravanamattoo, Fifth edition, exchanger using LMTD and NTU method.
Pearson Education limited, 2001. CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Online Courses Programme
1. Jet Aircraft Propulsion Prof. A.M.Pradeep, Cour Programme Outcomes Specific
Bhaskar Roy IIT Bombay NPTEL se Outcomes
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101101002/ Outc P P
P P P P P PS
2. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Prof. omes O S PS
O O O O O O
M.Ramgopal, R.C.Arora IIT Kharagpur 1 O O3
1 2 3 4 5 1
NPTEL https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105128/ 2 2
3. Engineering Thermodynamics Jayant K. CO1 H H M M M M H H --
Singh IIT- Kanpur CO2 M H M M H M H H --
swayamhttps://swayam.gov.in/courses/354 CO3 M H M M M M H H --
3-engineering-thermodynamics CO4 M H M H H M H H --
4. Engineering Thermodynamics D.P Contents:
Mishra IIT- Kanpur UNIT-I [8 hrs]
151
Introduction: Modes Of Heat Transfer. Laws Of transfer/v/thermal-conduction-convection-and-
Heat Transfer And General Heat Conduction radiation
Equation in Coordinate systems. One Dimensional 3. Convective Heat Transfer Arup Kumar Das
Steady State Conduction Equation For The Plane IIT Roorkee swayam
Wall, Cylinder And Sphere. Thermal Resistance Of https://swayam.gov.in/courses/3599-
Composite Structures, Contact Resistance, Overall convective-heat-transfer
Heat Transfer Coefficient, Critical Thickness Of 4. Two phase flow and heat transfer Arup Kumar
Insulation. Extended Surfaces, Types Of Fins. Fins Das swayam
Of Uniform Cross Section Area, Temperature https://swayam.gov.in/courses/3685-two-
Distribution And Heat Transfer Rate, Fin Efficiency phase-flow-and-heat-transfer
And Effectiveness.
UNIT-II [8 Hrs] Mechanical Engineering Department (New
Forced Convection, Physical Signification Of Non scheme)
Dimensional Parameters. Flow Over A Flat
V SEM Elective I
Surface. Concept Of Velocity & Thermal Boundary
Subject
Layer Thickness, Local And Average Heat Transfer Name of Elective
Code
Coefficients BMEL 323 Unconventional Energy Sources
Free Or Natural Convection, Non dimensional BMEL 324 Hydraulics and Pneumatics
Parameters. Horizontal And Vertical Plate. Heat BMEL 325 Industrial Design
Transfer With Phase Change, Boiling and Industrial Engineering and
BMEL 326
Condensation, Management
UNIT-III [7 hrs] BMEL 327 Synthesis of Mechanisms
Radiation, Nature Of Thermal Radiation, Black BMEL 328 Design of Material Handling System
Body Radiation, Radiation Intensity, Laws Of
Radiation. Emissivity, Absorbtivity, Transmissivity, V SEM Elective II
Reflectivity, Radiosity, Emissive Power, Irradiation. Subject
Radiation Network, Radiation Exchange between Name of Elective
Code
Surfaces, Idea of Shape Factor & Reciprocity BMEL 329 Compressor and Pumps
Theorem. BMEL 330 Energy Management / Energy Audit
UNIT-IV [7 hrs] BMEL 331 Additive Manufacturing
Heat Exchanger: Classification, Overall Heat BMEL 332 Advance Manufacturing Process
Transfer Coefficient, Fouling Factor, LMTD Method BMEL 333 Design of Mechanical Drives
BMEL 334 Smart Materials and Structures
of Heat Exchanger Analysis. Effectiveness NTU
Method, Heat Exchanger Analysis By NTU Method, V SEM Elective III
Design Aspects Of Heat Exchangers. Introduction Subject
to Compact Heat Exchanger. Name of Elective
Code
Text Books: BMEL 335 Automobile Engineering
1. Heat and mass transfer,3rd edition, P. K. Nag BMEL 336 I. C. Engine
Tata McGraw Hill Book Company, 2011 BMEL 337 Industrial Robotics
2. Heat Transfer,10th edition, J.P. Holman Maintenance Engg. and Condition
BMEL 338
Monitoring
McGraw Hill Book Company, New York, 2014
BMEL 339 Stress Analysis
Reference Books:
BMEL 340 Mechanics of composite Materials
1. Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, 7th
Edition, Incropera and Dewitt, John Wiley and VI SEM Elective IV
Sons, 2011 Subject
Name of Elective
2. Heat and Mass Tranfer,4th edition, Yunus .A. Code
Cengel Tata McGraw Hill Publication, 2011 BMEL 346 Gas Turbine and Jet Propulsion
Online Courses BMEL 351 Power Plant Engg.
1. Heat and Mass Transfer Prof. S. P. BMEL 352 Advance Tool Design
Operation Research and
Sukhatme IIT Bombay NPTEL BMEL 353
Management
BMEL 354 Mechanical Vibration
2. Thermal conduction, convection, and radiation BMEL 355 Tribology
khans academy
https://www.khanacademy.org/science/physics/ VIII SEM Elective V
thermodynamics/specific-heat-and-heat- Subject Code Name of Elective
BMEL 414 / Refrigeration and Air-
152
BMEP 414 conditioning CO1 H H M H M M -- H --
BMEL 415 / Automation in Production CO2 H H M H M M -- H ---
BMEP 415 CO3 L M M M H M -- H --
BMEL 416 / Finite Element Method in
CO4 L M M M H M -- H --
BMEP 416 Engineering
BMEL 417 / Computer Aided Design
BMEP 417 Contents:
BMEL 418 / Computational Fluid Dynamics Unit I(CO 1) (8 Hr)
BMEP 418 Solar Energy:- Energy Sources, convectional
BMEL 419 / Metrology& Quality Control, energy sources, prospects of Renewable&non
BMEP 419 Renewable energy sources ,Solar radiation &its
measurement, solar energy collectors, performance
of flat plate, cylindrical parabolic concentric
SEMSTER-V
collectors, solar energy storage, applications
(Elective I) BMEL 323 Unconventional Energy
Unit II (CO 2) (8 Hrs)
System (Offline)
Energy from Biomass: - Introduction, Biomass
Teaching Evaluation Scheme
conversion Technology, biogas generation, biogas
Scheme Theory Practical
C plant, materials used, site selection, fuel property of
Co
r biogas, methods for obtaining biomass,
To nt. Tot
e gasification.
tal T C E Ev al
T P d Unit III(CO 3) (7Hrs)
Th H A A S al Ext Ma
u r it Tidal, wave and ocean thermal energy conversion
ou E E E ua rks
s plants, geothermal plants. Economic analysis of
rs tio
renewable energy system, problem on Economic
n
analysis.
2 - 2 2 10 15 50 -- 75 Unit IV(CO 4) (7Hrs)
Course Objectives: Chemicals energy sources :- Introduction , Fuel
1. To understand the importance of Cell, design & principle of operation, classification,
Unconventional Energy System to meet types, applications, MHD power generation,
energy crisis. methods, MHD design problems, status, Thermo
2. To understand systems and applications of electrical power, Thermionic generation.
different Unconventional Energy System Text Books:
such as solar energy, wind energy, etc. 1. G.N.Tiwari and M.K.Ghosal, ‗Renewable
3. To understand the knowledge of Direct Energy Recourses, Basic principle and
Energy Conversion techniques to meet applications‘, Narosa publication, 3rd edition
energy crisis. 2010.
4. To understand economic aspects of 2. B.H...Khan, ‗Non-conventional energy
Unconventional Energy System resources‘, Tata McGraw Hill Publication, 2nd
Course Outcomes: edition 2012.
1. Show the knowledge of solar energy to meet Reference Books:
energy crisis. 1. G.D.Rai, ‗Solar Energy Utilization‘, Khanna
2. Explain the knowledge of tidal energy to meet publisher New Delhi, 5th edition 2001.
energy crisis. 2. G.D.Rai, ‗Non-conventional Energy Sources‘,
3. Implement & apply the knowledge of Direct th
Khanna publisher New Delhi, 4 edition 2009.
Energy Conversion techniques to meet energy 3. S.P.Shukhatme, J. K. Nayak, ‗Solar Energy‘
crisis. Tata McGraw Hill Publication, 3rd edition 2008
4. Determine the knowledge of economic aspects SEMSTER-V
of Unconventional Energy System Elective-I BMEL 324 HYDRAULICS AND
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: PNEUMATICS
Programme
Programme Outcomes Specific Evaluation Scheme
Teaching
Cour
Outcomes Scheme
se Cre Theory Practical To
P P
Outc P P P P P PS dit tal
O S PS
omes O O O O O O To s T C E Cont. E Ma
1 O O3 T T P
1 2 3 6 7 1 tal A A S Eval x rk
2 2 h u r
Ho E E E uatio t s
153
series and parallel pressure compensation flow
ur n
control valves, flapper valve analysis and design.
s
Unit III(CO 3) (7Hrs)
1 1 5 Proportional control valves and servo valves,
2 - - 2 2 -- -- 75 nonlinearities in control systems (backlash,
0 5 0
hysteresis, dead band and friction nonlinearities),
Course Objectives: design and analysis of typical hydraulic circuits,
1. To understand the basic concept of Hydraulic regenerative circuits, high low circuits,
and Pneumatic system, along with its functional synchronization circuits, and accumulator sizing,
element. intensifier circuits meter-in, meter-out and bleed-off
2. To understand the circuit design, and working circuits, fail safe and counter balancing circuits,
of Hydraulic and Pneumatic system accessories used in fluid power system, filtration
Course Outcomes: systems and maintenance of system.
1. Student should be able to identify basic Components of pneumatic systems, direction, flow
components of hydraulic and pneumatic and pressure control valves in pneumatic systems,
system. development of single and multiple actuator
2. Student should be able to design and analyse circuits, valves for logic functions, time delay valve,
various hydraulic systems exhaust and supply air throttling, examples of
3. Student should be able to identify various typical circuits using displacement, time and travel-
failures and troubleshoot them. step diagrams, will-dependent control, travel
4. Student should be able to explain various servo dependent control and time dependent control,
system. combined control, program control, electro-
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: pneumatic control and air-hydraulic control, ladder
Programme diagrams, applications in assembly, feeding,
Programme Outcomes Specific metalworking, materials handling and plastics
Cours Outcomes working.
e Unit IV(CO 4) (7Hrs)
Outco P P Servo systems, hydro mechanical servo systems,
P P P P P P
mes S S PS electro hydraulic servo systems and proportional
O O O O O O
O O O3 valves, fluidics – introduction to fluidic devices,
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 simple circuits, introduction to electro hydraulic
pneumatic logic circuits, ladder diagrams, PLC
CO1 H M H L L L M M - applications in fluid power control, fluid power
circuits; failure and troubleshooting.
CO2 L M H M L L L H - Text Books:
1. Fluid Power Control Blackburn, J. F., G.
CO 3 M L H H L L L L -
Reethof and J. L. Shearer Technology Press of M.
CO4 H L H M L L H M - I. T. New York and Wiley
2. Fluid Power with applications Anthony Esposito
Contents: Pearson Education
Unit I(CO 1) (8 Hr) Reference Books:
Introduction to oil hydraulics and pneumatics, their 1. Oil Hydraulic Power and its Industrial
structure, advantages and limitations, properties of Applications Ernst, W McGraw Hill, New York
fluids, fluids for hydraulic systems, governing laws, 2. Design of Hydraulic Control Systems E. E., and
distribution of fluid power, ISO symbols, energy H. Stern McGrawHill, New York
losses in hydraulic systems, applications, basic 3. Electro hydraulic Servomechanism Morse, A.
types and constructions of hydraulic pumps and C. McGraw Hill, New York.
motors, pump and motor analysis, performance 4. Fluid Power Control Systems Pippenger J.J.
curves and parameters. and R.M. Koff McGraw Hill, New York
Unit II (CO 2) (8 Hrs)
Hydraulic actuators, types and constructional SEMSTER-V
details, lever systems, control elements direction, Elective I BMEL 325 : Industrial Design
pressure and flow control valves, valve Evaluation Scheme
configurations, general valve analysis, valve lap, Teaching Cre
Practic To
flow forces and lateral forces on spool valves, Scheme dit Theory
al tal
154
Co Ma CO2 H L M L M - -
nt. rk CO3 H M L M H - -
To
T C E Ev s CO4 H M L L H - -
T T P tal E
A A S al Contents:
h u r Ho xt
E E E ua Unit-I: (CO 1) (7hrs)
ur
tio Introduction:
n Investigations and study of visual function and
1 1 5 ergonomic requirements of control and display
2 - - 2 2 -- -- 75
0 5 0 elements.
Course Objectives: Legibility of display elements, character of different
1. To understand the engineering knowledge, typefaces and their readability. Individually planned
innovation associated with designing and design projects involving research, analysis and
development of industrial products design of control and display panels.
effectively. Unit II: (CO 2) (8Hrs)
2. To grow in the development of skills, Human being in man-made world, Gross human
knowledge and dispositions that enable anatomy, Anthropometry, static and dynamic,
graduates to immediately function as entry- Muscles and work physiology, Static and dynamic
level professional industrial designers. work including maximum capacity Bio-mechanics.
3. To design, develop, implement and Unit III: (CO 3) (7Hrs)
improve integrated systems or products Environmental condition including thermal,
that include people, materials, information, illumination, noise and vibration. Biological
equipment and energy using appropriate transducers and nervous system including their
analytical, computational and experimental limitation. Controls and display Psycho
practices. physiological aspects of design, needs of
4. To provide education and to develop ergonomics and aesthetic design, Physiological
leadership qualities required for industries aspects of work, Work measurement through
by nurturing multiple. physiological tests, Work physiology, Paced and
Course Outcomes: un–paced work performance.
Student should be able to Unit IV: (CO 4) (8Hrs)
1. Design a component, system or process to User-centred design, human cognitive processes,
meet desired needs within realistic human memory, human errors, conceptual models,
constraints such as economic, understanding users through models, usability
environmental, social, political, ethical, goals, heuristic evaluation, human-computer
health and safety, manufacturability and interaction design process.
sustainability. Text Books:
2. Interpret, represent and respond to the 1. J. Raskin, The Humane Interface: New
socio-economic and cultural contexts of Directions for Designing Interactive Systems,
industrial design and the ethical Pearson Education, 2000.
responsibilities of the professional 2. J. Nielson, Usability Engineering, Morgan
designer. Kaufmann, 1993.
3. Contextualize, generate and apply Reference Books:
aesthetic aspects of industrial design. 1. D. B. Edward, Lateral Thinking, A Textbook of
4. Recognize and contribute to professional Creativity, Penguin Books, 1970.
practice relevant to industrial design and 2. D. J. Mayhew, The Usability Engineering
develop an ability to engage in lifelong Lifecycle: A Practitioner‘s Handbook for User
learning. Interface Design, Morgan Kaufmann, 1999.
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: 3. J. S. Dumas, J. C. Redish, Practical Guide to
Programme Usability Testing, Exeter: Intellect, 1999.
Programme Outcomes Specific 2. N. F. M. Roozenburg, J. Eekels, Product Design,
Cour
Outcomes Fundamentals and Methods, Willey Publications,
se
P 2008.
Outc PS
S PS
omes PO1 PO2 PO3 PO5 O
O O3 SEMSTER-V
1
2 Elective-I: BMEL 326 Industrial Engineering and
CO1 H M H M H - - management
155
Evaluation Scheme content and ineffective time, Benefits of higher
Teaching
Practi productivity.
Scheme Theory UNIT II (CO2) (8hrs)
cal Tot
Cre Productivity Measurement: Need for productivity
Tot al
dits T C E Cont. measurement, total productivity index, partial
T T P al Ma
A A S Evalu productivity indices. Productivity
h u r Ho rks
E E E ation models, Viz (1) Craig & Harris (2) Total productivity
urs
1 2 Model (3) American Productivity Centre model and
2 - - 2 2 15 -- 50 Numerical Problems.
0 5
Course Objectives: UNIT III (CO3) (7 hrs)
1. Contribute to the success of companies Format and Functions of the objective matrix,
through effective problem solving productivity criteria, performance scores, weights,
2. Design, develop, implement, and improve values and Indicators. OMAX applications.
integrated systems that include people, Computer applications in work study.
materials, information, equipment, and UNIT IV (CO4) (8hrs)
environments Work Sampling: Theory of sampling and the law of
3. Effectively manage business operations averages, the normal and Binomial distribution as
and project management teams applied to work sampling.
4. Continue to develop holistically, including Accuracy of work sampling measurement,
the personal and professional skills procedure for making a work sampling
necessary to adapt to our changing measurement, procedure for
societal, technological, and global making a work sampling study, use of control chart
environments in work sampling, Advantages and disadvantages
Course Outcomes: of work
1. To apply knowledge of mathematics, sampling.
science, and engineering; Text Books:
2. An ability to design and conduct 1. Sumanth D J, ―Productivity Engineering &
experiments, as well as to analyze and Management‖, McGraw Hill (1995).
interpret data; 2. Ralph M-Barnes, ―Motion & Time Study -
3. An ability design a system, component, or Design & Measurement of work ―John Wiley &
process to meet desired needs within sons.
realistic constraints such as economic, 3. International Labour organization, ―Introduction
environmental, social, political, ethical, to work-study‖, Universal Publishing Company.
health and safety, manufacturability, and ISBN 81-850270
sustainability; Reference Book :
4. An ability to function on a multidisciplinary 1. Maynard H. B., ―Industrial Engineering
team Handbook‖, 3rd edition, McGraw Hill Book
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: Company. ISBN 0-07-041084-4
Programme 2. John Sterman , Business Dynamics: Systems
Programme Thinking and Modeling for a Complex World,
Course Specific
Outcomes Irwin/McGraw\
Outco Outcomes
mes Hill(2000).
PS
PO PO PO PO PS PS 3. Sushil, System Dynamics : A Practical
O
1 2 6 7 O2 O3 Approach for Managerial Problems,Wiley
1
Eastern (1993)
CO1 H H L M H - -
4. J.W. Forrester, Industrial Dynamics, Cambridge
CO2 H M M L H - -
MA: Producticity Press (1961)
CO3 H H M M H M -
5. Michael R. Goodman, Study Notes in System
CO4 H L H H H - -
Dynamics, Pegasus Communications (1989)
Contents:
UNIT I (CO1) (7 hrs)
SEMESTER-V
Productivity: Productivity concept and definition,
Elective-I: BMEL 327 Synthesis of Mechanisms
Techniques of productivity improvement- Work
Evaluation Scheme
content and ineffective Teaching Cre
Practi Tot
time, improving productivity by reducing work Scheme dits Theory
cal al
156
Tot Ma coupler curves in design of six-link mechanism,
T C E Cont.
T T P al rks Coupler cognate mechanisms.
A A S Evalu
h u r Ho Text Books:
E E E ation
urs 1. Arthur G. Erdman, George N, Sandor,
1 5 Mechanism Design -Analysis and Synthesis,
2 - - 2 2 15 -- 75
0 0 Vol. I, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1984.
Course Objectives: 2. A.H Soni, Mechanism Synthesis and Analysis,
1. To develop the fundamental aspects of McGraw Hill, 1984.
synthesis. Reference Books:
2. To develop the skills of graphical approach of 1. Robert L. Norton, Design of Machinery- An
synthesis. Introduction to the Synthesis and Analysis of
3. To develop the skills of analytical approach of Mechanisms, WCB McGraw Hill, Boston, 1999.
synthesis. SEMESTER-V
4. To develop an ability to make use of application Elective-I : BMEL 328 Design of Material
of coupler curves. Handling System
Course Outcomes: Evaluation Scheme
Teaching
Students shall be able to: Practi
Scheme Theory
1. Define the synthesis of mechanism. cal Tot
Cre
2. Choose the proper mechanism for the Tot al
dits T C E Cont.
engineering applications. T T P al Ma
3. Apply the Freudenstein‘s equation for synthesis A A S Evalu
h u r Ho rks
E E E ation
of mechanism. urs
4. Design the six bar mechanism with the 1 5
application of coupler curves. 2 - - 2 2 15 - 75
0 0
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: Course Objectives:
Cour Programme 1. To enable understanding of , principal groups of
Programme Outcomes Specific material handling equipments, choice of material
Outcomes handling equipment,
se P P 2. To understand constructional details and
Outc P P P P P P
S S PS operations of Load handling attachments,
omes O O O O O O O O O3 3. Arresting gear, ratchet type arresting gear, roller
1 2 3 4 5 8
1 2 ratchet, shoe brakes and its different types like
CO1 H L L L L L M L - electromagnetic, double shoe type, thruster
CO2 H M L L H M M L M operated, controller brakes.
CO3 M H H M M L M L L 4. To provide exposure to Cranes with rotary pillar,
CO4 H H H M M L M L M cranes with a fixed post, jib cranes with trolley,
Contents: cranes with luffing boom cantilever cranes.
Unit-I : (CO1) (8hrs) .Course Out Comes:
Introduction, tasks of Kinematics Synthesis, Type Students shall be able to:
synthesis, Tools of dimensional synthesis, 1. Select material handling equipment as per
Unit-II: (CO2) (7hrs) requirement.
Graphical synthesis: Motion generation-two and 2. Design various overhead hoisting materials
three prescribed motions, Path generation - three handling system for different applications.
prescribed positions, prescribed timings, four 3. Design and select load handling attachment for
positions without prescribed timings, Function lifting application
Generator: Three prescribed points. 4. Select drives for various material handling
Unit-III (CO3) (8hrs) applications.
Introduction to Analytical synthesis, Standard Dyad CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
form, three prescribed positions for motion, path Cour Programme
and function generation, circle, point and center- se Programme Outcomes Specific
point circles, Freudenstein‘s equations for three Outcomes
point function generation, order synthesis. P P
Outc P P P P P P
Unit-IV (CO4) (7hrs) S S PS
Coupler curves for four-link, slider-crank and omes O O O O O O O O O3
1 2 3 4 7 8
inverted slider-crank mechanisms, Application of 1 2
157
CO1 L L L M H H H M L To ts Cont tal
CO2 H H M M M M M H M tal T C E . E M
T T P
CO3 H H M M M M M H M Ho A A S Eval x ar
h u r
ur E E E uatio t ks
CO4 H M L M M H M M L
s n
Contents:
- 1 1 2 --
UNIT – I (CO1) (8 Hrs) 1 1
- 2
2
0 5 5
--
--
50
Types of intra plant transporting facility, principal
groups of material handling equipments, choice of Course Objectives:
material handling equipment, hoisting equipment, 1. Identify and explain the function of various
screw type, hydraulic and pneumatic conveyors, components in pumps and compressors
general characteristics of hoisting machines, 2. To analyze the performance of pumps and
surface and overhead equipments, general compressor
characteristics of surface and overhead equipments
and their applications. Introduction to control of Course Outcomes:
hoisting equipments. 1. To learn the classification reciprocating
UNIT–II(CO2) (7 Hrs) compressor and its performance parameter
Load handling attachments, standard forged hook, 2. To select the rotary compressor for practical
hook weights, hook bearings, cross piece and application
3. To understand the basic components of
casing of hook, crane grab for unit and piece various types of pumps
loads, carrier beams and clamps, load platforms 4. To do the analysis of the reciprocating
and side dump buckets, electric lifting magnets, pumps
grabbing attachments for loose materials, crane CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
attachments for handling liquid materials. Cour Programme
UNIT – III (CO3) (10 Hrs) se Programme Outcomes Specific
Arresting gear, ratchet type arresting gear, roller Outcomes
ratchet, shoe brakes and its different types like P P P P P P P P PS
electromagnetic, double shoe type, thruster Outc O O O O O O S S O3
operated, controller brakes, shoe brakes, thermal omes 1 2 3 4 5 1 O O
calculations of shoe brakes and life of linings, 2 1 2
safety handles, load operated constant force and CO1 H M -- --- -- -- -- --- -
variable force brakes general theory of band -
brakes, its types and construction. CO2 H M --- --- --- -- -- -- -
UNIT–IV(CO4) (7 Hrs) CO3 H M -- --- --- -- -- -- --
Cranes with rotary pillar, cranes with a fixed post, -
jib cranes with trolley, cranes with luffing boom CO4 H M -- --- --- -- -- -- --
cantilever cranes, cage elevators safety devices of -
elevators belt and chain conveyors and their power Contents:
calculations, vibrating and oscillating conveyors UNIT-I [6 hrs]
pneumatic and hydraulic conveyors, screw Reciprocating compressors:
conveyors hoppers, gates and feeders. Introduction Indicator diagram, minimum work condition,
to AGV‘s as new material handling device, use of Intercooling, mean effective pressure, Indicated
robot for material handling. power, Mechanical efficiency, Isothermal efficiency,
Multistaging of Compressor, control of delivery of
Text Books:
air compressors, compressed air motors.
1. Materials Handling Equipment , N. Rudenko, .
2nd Edition, Envee Publishers, New Delhi, UNIT-II [5 Hrs]
1969 Rotary Compressors:
Reference Books: Introduction, Classification, roots blower, vane type,
1. Materials Handling Equipment, M.P. screw compressor,
Alexandrov, 1st Edition, Mie publications, scroll compressor, centrifugal and axial flow
compressors, Centrifugal Compresso Axial flow
Maskow, 1981
compressorsr,
.
SEMSTER-V UNIT-III [4 Hrs]
Elective-II BMEL 329 Compressor and Pumps Pumps:
Teaching Cr Evaluation Scheme Rotodynamic pumps, centrifugal turbine pumps and
axial flow pumps, constructional features and
Scheme edi Theory Practical To working theory
158
2. Maximize the performance of system
UNIT-IV [3 Hrs] 3. Accumulate the required data of system
Reciprocating Pumps (CO4) 4. Prepare an energy audit report with a
Single acting, double acting pumps, air vessels,
suggestion of improvement.
efficiency,
Text Books: Programme
1. Hydraulic Turbines, R.L.Daugherty, McGraw Programme Outcomes Specific
Cour
rd
Hill Book Co., New York, 3 Revised Ed., 1920 Outcomes
se
2. Thermal Engineering , B.K. Sarkar, Tata P P P
Outc P P P P PS
McGraw publication,1998 O O S PS
omes O O O O O
1 1 O O3
1 2 4 8 1
Reference Books: 0 1 2
1. Theory and Design of Hydraulic Machines CO1 H M M L L M H H --
including Basic Fluid Mechanics, V. P. CO2 M H M M M L H H --
Vasandani, Khanna publishers, New Delhi, CO3 M H M M L M H H --
th
11 Ed., 2011. CO4 L L M M H M H H --
Contents
2. Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power
Engineering, Dr. D.S. Kumar, S.K.Kataria& Unit -01 (CO 1) (7hrs)
th General Philosophy and need of Energy Audit and
Sons, New Delhi, 8 Ed., 2013.
Management. Definition and Objective of Energy
3. Power plant engineering, P.K. Nag, fourth Management, General Principles of Energy
edition, McGraw Publication(India) Pvt. Management, Energy Management Skills, Energy
Limited, 2014 Management Strategy.
Online Courses:- Unit-II : (CO 2) (7hrs)
1. Fluid Dynamics and Turbo machines, Dhiman Energy Audit: Need, Types, Methodology and
Chatterjee, IIT Madras swayam Approach. Energy Management Approach,
https://swayam.gov.in/courses/3683-fluid- Understanding Energy Costs, Bench marking,
dynamics-and-turbomachines Energy performance, Matching energy usage to
2. Energy conservation and waste heat recovery requirements, Maximizing system efficiency,
Bhattacharya A IIT Optimizing the input energy requirements, Fuel and
Kharagpurswayamhttps://swayam.gov.in/cours Energy substitution.
es/3814-energy-conservation-and-waste-heat- Unit-III : (CO 3) (8hrs)
recovery Data gathering : Level of responsibilities, energy
sources, control of energy and uses of energy get
Elective-II BMEL 330 Energy Management / Facts, figures and impression about energy /fuel
Energy Audit (Offline) and system operations, Past and Present operating
Evaluation Scheme data, Special tests, Questionnaire for data
Teaching
Practica gathering.
Scheme Theory
C l To Analytical Techniques: Incremental cost concept,
To re tal mass and energy balancing techniques, inventory
Cont. of Energy inputs and rejections, Heat transfer
tal di T C E E M
T T P Eval calculations, Evaluation of Electric load
Ho ts A A S x ar
h u r uatio characteristics, process and energy system
ur E E E t ks
n simulation.
s
2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 -- 50 Unit IV (CO4) (8hrs)
Evaluation of saving opportunities:
Course Objectives:
Determining the savings in Rs, Noneconomic
Students shall be able to
factors, Conservation opportunities, estimating cost
1. To understand the need of energy audit and
of implementation.
management
Energy Audit Reporting:
2. To improve energy optimization techniques
The plant energy study report- Importance,
3. To collect the required information for audit
contents, effective organization, report writing and
4. To write an energy report
presentation.
Course Outcomes:
Text Books:
Student should be able to
1. Apply the principles of energy management
159
1. Barunkumar De, Vrinda Publication‖ Overview of Additive Manufacturing: Introduction to
nd
Energy Audit & Management‖ 2 Edition AM, AM evolution, Distinction between additive and
2010. subtractive manufacturing, Need of AM, Basic
Reference Books: Principles of AM, Steps in AM, Process chain of AM
1. ―Handbook on Energy Audit‖ by Sonal in integrated CAD-CAM environment, Advantages
Desai, McGraw Hills publication. of AM,
Unit-II (CO2) (8hrs)
SEMSTER-V Classifications of different AM techniques, Materials
Elective-II: BMEL 331 Additive Manufacturing for AM, CAD conversion to STL, STL error
Evaluation Scheme correction, STL file manipulation, Process
Teaching
Practi parameters, Machine setup, Errors in AM, post
Scheme Theory
cal Tot processing. Slicing, Internal Hatching, Infills,
Cre Support Structure, Part Orientation.
Tot al
dits T C E Cont. Unit-III (CO3) (7hrs)
T T P al Ma
A A S Evalu Rapid Tooling (RT): Introduction to RT, Indirect RT
h u r Ho rks
E E E ation processes – silicon rubber molding, epoxy tooling,
urs
1 2 spray metal tooling and investment casting. Direct
2 - - 2 2 15 -- 50 RT processes – laminated tooling, powder
0 5
Course Objectives: metallurgy based technologies, welding based
1. To introduce the concept of Additive technologies, direct pattern making, emerging
manufacturing to students. trends in RT. Reverse Engineering: Geometric data
2. To develop skills for designing and data acquisition, 3D reconstruction. Applications and
preparation for AM case studies: Engineering applications, Medical
3. To introduce the basics of AM machine and applications.
factors affecting the manufacturing Unit-IV (CO4) (8hrs)
4. To develop skills in student to solve Programming in RP, Modelling, DFMA concepts
engineering problems by applying concepts of and objectives, AM unique capabilities, Exploring
AM in all possible field of engineering and design freedoms, Design tools for AM, Removal of
human life Supports, Hollowing out parts, Inclusion of
Course Outcomes: Undercuts and Other Manufacturing Constraining
1. Knowledge assimilation of the principles of AM Features, Interlocking Features, Reduction of Part
and its applications in various field of Count in an Assembly,
engineering. Text Books:
2. To generate model and prepare file as per AM 1. Chua, C.K., Leong, K.F., Rapid Prototyping:
format for manufacturing. Principles and Applications in Manufacturing,
3. To solve complex manufacturing problems for John Wiley and Sons Inc., 2009.
significant technological and societal 2. Noorani, R., Rapid Prototyping: Principles and
development through AM. Applications, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New
4. To conceptualize and analyze new problems Jersey, 2006.
leading to research and development in AM. Reference Books:
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: 1. Pham, D.T., Demov, S.S., Rapid
Programme Manufacturing: The Technologies and
Programme Outcomes Specific Applications of Rapid Prototyping and Rapid
Cour Tooling, Springer-Verlag London Limited,
Outcomes
se 2001.
P P
Outc P P P P P PS 2. Hopkinson, N., Hague, R.J.M. and Dickens,
O S PS
omes O O O O O O P.M., Rapid Manufacturing and Industrial
1 O O3
1 2 3 4 5 1 Revolution for the Digital Age, John Wiley and
2 2
Sons Ltd, Chichester, 2005.
CO1 H L L L L H M - L
SEMSTER-V
CO2 H L H M M M M - L
Elective II: BMEL 332 Advance Manufacturing
CO3 H M M H H L H - H
Processes
CO4 H H M L M H M - M
Evaluation Scheme
Contents: Teaching Cre
Unit-I: (CO1) (7hrs) Practi Tot
Scheme dits Theory
cal al
160
Tot Ma Electro Discharge Machining: mechanism of
T C E Cont.
T T P al rks material removal, Basic EDM circuitry and
A A S Evalu
h u r Ho principles of operation, Analysis of relaxation
E E E ation
urs circuits, Concepts of critical resistance, Machining
1 2 accuracy and surface finish, Tool Material,
2 - - 2 2 15 -- 50
0 5 Dielectric fluid, Application limitation.
Course Objectives: Unit-IV (CO4) (8hrs)
1. To introduce concepts of advances in Plasma Arc Machining: generation of Plasma,
machining in the field of manufacturing. Equipment, Torch, Classification, Direct and in
2. To develop skills in student to solve directtorches and applications, parameters effecting
engineering problems based on machining. cutting, Advantages.
3. To understand the concepts of plasma arc Laser Beam Machining: Lasing process and
welding process. principle, population inversion, Principle of Ruby
4. To understand the basics of Laser beam laser, Nd: YAG Laser and CO2 Laser, Power
machining process. control of laser output, Application.
Course Outcomes: Text Books:
1. Select non-conventional machining over 1. Modern machines process- P.C. Pandey and
conventional machining process H.S.Shan. Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, 2004.
2. Solve problems with abrasive jet machining and 2. Non-ConventionalMachining-
electrochemical machining. P.K.Mishra,Narosa Publishing House (19 July
3. Select the cutting tools based on the various 2007).
cutting parameters. Reference Books:
4. Select the various plasma arc machining 1. Manufacturing Processes- Amstead, Ostwald
parameters. &Begeman, John Wiley &Sons.Processes and
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: Materials of Manufacturing- Lindberg, PHI.
Programme
Programme Outcomes Specific SEMESTER-V
Cour Elective-II: BMEL 333 Design of Mechanical
Outcomes
se Drives
P
Outc PS
S PS Evaluation Scheme
omes PO1 PO2 PO5 PO6 O Teaching
O O3 Prac
1 Scheme Theory
2 tical
Cr Tot
CO1 H L M M H - - Cont
ed al
CO2 H M M L M - - Total T C E .
T T P its Ma
CO3 H M L L H - - Hour A A S Eval
h u r rks
CO4 H M M M M - - s E E E uati
Contents: on
Unit-I:(CO1) (7hrs) 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 -- 50
Introduction: Need for Non-traditional Machining, Course Objectives:
Classification, and process selection. Ultrasonic 1. To develop competency in designing couplings,
machining: Principle, Transducer, Magnetostrictive flywheel.
material, Analysis for Material Removal Rate by 2. To develop competency in designing
Shaw, Effect of process parameters, Application. transmission system.
Unit-II (CO2) (8hrs) 3. To develop skills in designing profiles of the
Abrasive Jet Machining: Principle, Application, various gears.
Advantages and disadvantages, Variables in AJM, 4. To make students conversant with tools for
Water Jet Machining- Jet Cutting equipment, designing gear drive
Principle, advantages, Practical Application. Course Outcomes:
Electrochemical Machining: Principle, Faraday's Students shall be able to:
law, Material Removal Rate, Dynamics of ECM 1. Apply the basics of design of mechanical
process, Tool design, Advantages, Application, components like coupling and flywheel and
Limitation, Electro –chemical grinding, their applications.
Deburringmand Honing. 2. Select the different mechanical drives like, belt,
Unit-III (CO3) (7hrs) rope, chain drive for the various uses.
161
3. Design the spur or helical gears in the 3. Mechanical Engg. Design J.E.Shigley,
manufacturing industries. Charles R.Mischke, Richard G.Budynas, McGraw-
4. Design and select the worm and worm or bevel Hill, fifth edition, 1986
gear for various application. Reference Books:
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: 1. Design Data Book, B.D.Shiwalkar, central techno
Programme publication,
Programme Outcomes Specific 2. Standard hand book of Machine Design―, Joseph
Cour
Outcomes Shigley, Charles Mischke,
se rd
P P Thomas Brown,‖ Mc-Graw-Hill Professional, 3
Outc P P P P P P
S S PS edition,2004. 2. Mechanical Engineering Hand
omes O O O O O O
O O O3 Book, Kent William, NewYork, Wiley,1918.
1 2 3 4 6 8
1 2 3. Design Data Book, PSG College of Technology,
CO1 M H H M H L H L L PSG College of Technology, Third edition,1966.
CO2 H M M H L M M M L 4. Machine Design Analysis & Synthesis, Sandor
CO3 H H M H L L H H M and Erdman, P.H.I. PUBLICATION, second edition,
CO4 H H M M L L H H M 1984
Contents:
SEMESTER-V
UNIT I: CO-1 (7 Hrs.)
Elective-II: BMEL 334 Smart Materials
Coupling : types of shaft coupling, design of flange
andStructure
coupling, flexible bush coupling.
Flywheel : coefficient of fluctuation of energy and Evaluation Scheme
Teaching
coefficient of fluctuation of speed, energy store in C Pract
Scheme Theory Tot
flywheel, stresses in flywheel, design of flywheel. re ical
al
UNIT III: CO-2 (8Hrs.) Total di T C E Cont.
T T P Ma
Flat belt drive : types of belts and belt material, Hour ts A A S Evalu
h u r rks
analysis of belt tension, condition for transmitting s E E E ation
maximum power, design of flat belt, flat belt pulley. 2
2 - - 2 2 10 15 - 50
V belt drive : types of V-belt, analysis of V-belt 5
tension, design of V belt pulley, Course Objectives:
Roller change drive : velocity ratio and length of 1. To explain the basic concepts of Smart
chain, design of chain, dimensions of tooth profile, materials.
sprocket. 2. To develop competency in selection high-band
UNIT IV: CO-3 (8Hrs.) width low strain smart sensors
Review of kinematics of gears and terminology, 3. To make students conversant with Smart
interference, tooth profiles, formative number of Actuators.
teeth etc. Buckingham equation, design of spur 4. To make the students conversant with
gear drive, helical gear drive, hypoid gear, spiral Advances of smart materials and structures.
gear Course Out Comes:
UNIT V: CO-4 (8Hrs.) 1. To explain basic principles of piezoelectricity.
Worm gear drive: types and proportion of worm and 2. Modelling of smart materials
worm gear, force analysis, beam strength of worm 3. To explain the concept of smart actuators
gear teeth, dynamic tooth load, wear load, thermal 4. To explain the applications of Smart materials
rating of worm gear, design of worm and worm and advancements.
gear. CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Bevel gear drive; types of bevel gear, proportions of Programme Specific Outcomes
bevel gear, force analysis of bevel gear drive Cours
design of bevel gear drive. e P
PS PS PS
Text Books: Outco P P P P O
O O O
1. Mechanical Design of Machine, Martin J.Siegel, mes O1 O6 O7 O8 1
1 2 3
Vladimir L.Maleev, James Busse Hartman 2
International Textbook Co,Second edition, 1965. CO1 H M M M L L M L
CO2 H M M M L H M L
2. Machine Design, P.H. Black mcgraw hill CO3 H M M L M M L L
publication, Third edition1981 CO4 M H H H M M M M
Contents:
162
UNIT 1 (8 Hrs) ur al
Introduction to Smart Materials, Principles of s ua
Piezoelectricty, PerovskytePiezoceramic Materials, tio
Single Crystals vs Polycrystalline Systems, n
Piezoelectric Polymers , Principles of 1 1 2
2 0 0 2 2 -- -- 50
Magnetostriction, Introduction to Electro-active 0 5 5
Materials, Electronic Materials, Electro-active Course Objectives:
Polymers, Ionic Polymer Matrix Composite (IPMC), 1. To understand various systems & mechanisms
Shape Memory Effect, Shape Memory Alloys, in automobiles
Shape Memory Polymers, Electro-rheological 2. To learn the emerging Technology in the field
Fluids, Magneto Rhelological Fluids of automobile Engineering
UNIT 2 (8 Hrs) 3. To study maintenance of automobiles
High-band width low strain smart sensors Course Outcomes:
Piezeoelctric Strain Sensors, In-plane and Out-of Upon the successful completion of course
Plane Sensing, Shear Sensing, student shall be able to
Accelerometers,Effect of Electrode Pattern, Active 1. Transmit power developed by engine to vehicle
Fibre Sensing, Magnetostrictive Sensing, Villari reducing transmission losses.
Effect, Matteuci Effect and Nagoka- 2. Control Vehicle
Honda Effect, Magnetic Delay Line Sensing, 3. Choose various human confront
Application of Smart Sensors for Structural Health 4. Select recent technologies
Monitoring (SHM), System Identification using CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Smart Sensors Programme
UNIT 3 (8 Hrs) Programme Outcomes Specific
Smart actuators Cour
Outcomes
Modelling Piezoelectric Actuators, Amplified Piezo se
P
Actuation –Internal and External Amplifications, Outc P P P P P P PS
S PS
Magneto strictive Actuation, Joule Effect, omes O O O O O O O
O O3
Wiedemann Effect, Magneto volume Effect, 1 2 3 4 6 7 1
2
Magneto strictive Mini Actuators, IPMC and CO1 H M M H H M H M -
Polymeric Actuators, Shape Memory Actuators, CO2 H L M H H M L M -
Active Vibration Control, Active Shape Control, CO3 H L L H H L M M -
Passive Vibration Control, Hybrid Vibration Control CO4 H L L L H L L H -
UNIT 4 (7 Hrs)
Contents:
Advances in Smart Materials and Structure Unit-I :Chassis and Transmission (8hrs)
Self-Sensing Piezoelectric Transducers, Energy Chassis, Clutch, Gear box, Differential, Automatic
Harvesting Materials, Autophagous Materials, Self-
and manual transmission
Healing Polymers, Intelligent System Design, Unit – II: Steering and Brakes (8 hrs)
Emergent System Design
Steering geometry, mechanical and electrical
Text Books:
brakes, tyres
1. M V Gandh& B.S. Thomson Unit – III: Suspension & Electrical System (8 hrs)
CHAPMAN & HALL Publications , 1992
Independent & Conventional, active and passive
Reference Books:
suspension system, batteries, alternator, ignition
1. SMART STRUSTURES AFZAL SULEMAN
Unit – IV: Recent trends in automobile engineering
Springer -Verlag PUBLICATIONS, 2001 (8 hrs)
Adaptive cruise control, Automatic emergency
SEMSTER-V
brakes, collision avoidance, electric vehicles,
Elective – III: BMEL 335 Automobile
Engineering
SEMSTER-V
(Elective III: BMEL 336 Automotive
Evaluation Scheme Engines/I.C.Engines
Teaching
Practic To Teaching Evaluation Scheme
Scheme Cre Theory C
al tal Scheme
dit r Theory Practical To
To T C E Co Ma
T T P s E To e T C E Cont. E tal
tal A A S nt. rk T T P
h u r xt tal d A A S Eval x Ma
Ho E E E Ev s h u r it
Ho E E E uatio t rk
163
ur s n s 0 0 0
s
2 0 0 2 2 10 15 25 -- -- 50 Course Objectives:
Course Objectives: 1. To understand constructional details and
1. To understand various systems of I C engine. operations of CNC lathe and milling as well as part
2. To learn the emerging Technology in the field programming.
of automobile engines Engineering 2. To learn about working of Wire EDM machine.
3. To learn performance of I C engines 3. To enable learning about constructional and
4. To study various emission norms. operational details of robotics.
Course Outcomes: 4. To explain the robot programming and various
Upon the successful completion of course sensors used in robot.
student shall be able to Course Outcomes:
1. Choose various engine components After successfully completing the course students
2. Classify various combustion process will be able to:
3. Select various fuel injection techniques 1. Select various types of cutting tools, work
4. Identify appropriate alternate fuel to reduce holding devices etc.
emission. 2. Develop programs using manual part
5. CO Mapping with PO and PSO: programming technique and APT for CNC lathe
Programme and milling machine.
Programme
Cours Specific 3. Develop the programs for robot.
Outcomes
e Outcomes 4. Select appropriate robot for the given application.
Outco P
PO PO PO PSO PSO PS
mes O CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
1 2 3 1 2 O3
6 Programme
CO1 H M M L M H - Programme Outcomes Specific
Cour
CO2 H H L M M H - Outcomes
se
CO3 H H H L L H - P
Outc
CO4 H H H H M H - PS S PS
omes PO1 PO2 PO3 PO5
Contents: O1 O O3
Unit-I: Engine nomenclature and components. 2
(8hrs) CO1 H M H H H - -
Engine nomenclature, losses in engines, actual CO2 H L M H M - -
and air standard engines. CO3 H M L M H - -
Unit – II: Combustion in SI & CI Engines (8 hrs) CO4 H L M M M - -
Combustion Phenomenon in SI & CI Engines, Contents:
Knock, Detonation, combustion chambers, Unit-I (CO1) [7 Hrs]
Unit – III: Fuel injection & ignition, engine Concepts of NC, CNC, DNC. Classification of CNC
performance (8 hrs) machines, Machine configurations, Types of
Diesel injection system, MPFI, electronic ignition control, CNC controllers characteristics,
and injection system, carburetors. Interpolators. Cutting tool materials, carbide inserts
Determination of BP, IP, performance classification, qualified; semi qualified and preset
characteristics, Energy balance. tooling, tooling system for Machining centre and
Unit – IV: Alternate Fuels and Emission (8 hrs) Turning centre, work holding devices, of CNC
Engine emission, alternate fuels, exhaust after Machines.
treatment devices, emission norms. Unit-II [8Hrs]
SEMSTER-V Programming CNC machines, Part print analysis
Elective III: BMEL 337 Industrial Robotics and Process planning, Advanced Programming
Evaluation Scheme features, Cannedcycles, Subroutines, Macros,
Teaching
Practi special cycles etc. APT part programming using
Scheme Theory
cal Tot CAD/CAM, Parametric Programming. Manual part
Cre
Tot al programming for CNC turning, milling and
dits T C E Cont.
T T P al Ma machining center.
A A S Evalu Unit-III [7Hrs]
h u r Ho rks
E E E ation Wire EDM machines. Computer assisted part
urs
2 0 2 4 3 1 15 5 25 10 programming techniques, Conversational and
164
Graphics based software, Solids based part 4. Check the mechanical integrity of the equipment
programming. Freeform surface machining. Course Outcomes:
Simulation and Verification of CNC programs, 1. Develop the maintenance strategies for various
Adaptive CNC control techniques. Integration of types of maintenance.
CNC machines for CIM. Robotics, Basic concepts, 2. Apply the basic signal processing techniques.
Robot configurations, Basic robot motions, Types of 3. Solve the industrial maintenance problems
drives, Applications using condition based monitoring.
Unit IV [8Hrs] 4. Adopt mechanical fault diagnosis techniques in
Robot programming, Methods, monitoring and maintenance of machines.
Languages,Computer control and Robot Software – CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Programming Languages. Sensory devices, Non Programme
optical and optical position sensors, Velocity and Cour Programme Outcomes Specific
Acceleration, Range, Proximity, touch, Slip, se Outcomes
Force,Torque. Machine vision, Image components, P
PS
Representation, Hardware, Picture coding, Object S PS
Outc PO1 PO2 PO3 PO5 O
recognition and categoristaion, Integration of O O3
omes 1
Robots with CNC machines for CIM. 2
TEXTBOOKS: CO1 H L H L H M -
1. P. Radhakrishnan, S. Subramanyam, V. Raju, CO2 H M M L M H -
―CAD/CAM/CIM‖, New Age Publisher, 2004 CO3 H M L M M M -
2. Mikell P. Groover, ―Automation, Production CO4 H L M M M H -
Systems, and Computer-integrated Contents:
Manufacturing‖, Prentice Hall, 2013 Unit-I: (CO 1) (7hrs)
REFERANCE BOOKS: Principal of maintenance:
1. Krar, S., and Gill, A., ―CNC Technology and Definition, system approach, objectives,
Programming‖, McGraw Hill Publication Co, responsibilities of maintenance department,
2012. maintenance strategies, principles of maintenance,
2. Gibbs, D., ―An Introduction to CNC Machining‖, concepts of maintainability, availability and
Casell, 2015. reliability, implementation of CBM, comparison of
3. Seames, W.S., ―Computer Numerical Control CBM with other maintenance techniques and case
Concepts and Programming‖,Delmar studies.
Publishers, 1986. Unit-II: (CO2) (8hrs)
4. Lynch, M., ―Computer Numerical Control for Digital Signal Processing:
Machining‖, McGraw Hill, 2002. Probability distribution and density, Fourier
5. Koren Y, ―Computer Control of Manufacturing analysis, Hilbert Transform, Cepstrum analysis,
Systems‖, McGraw, 2005. Digital filtering, Deterministic / random signal
SEMSTER-V separation, Time-frequency analysis
Elective III: BMEL 338 Maintenance Engineering Wavelet Transform:
and Condition Monitoring Introduction to Wavelets, Continuous Wavelet
Evaluation Scheme Transform (CWT), Discrete Wavelet Transform
Teaching
Practic (DWT), Wavelet Packet Transform (WPT), Types of
Scheme Theory
al To wavelets.
Cre
To Con tal Unit-III: (CO3) (7hrs)
dit
tal T C E t. E Ma Condition Based Monitoring:
T T P s
Ho A A S Eva x rk Basic concept, techniques-visual monitoring,
h u r
ur E E E luat t s temperature monitoring, vibration monitoring,
s ion lubricant monitoring, crack monitoring, thickness
1 1 2 monitoring, noise and sound monitoring.
2 - - 2 2 -- -- 50
0 5 5 Unit-IV: (CO4) (8hrs)
Course Objectives: Machine Condition Monitoring and Fault
1. Assess the condition of various machine Diagnostics Techniques:
installations based on Insulation status. Wear monitoring and lubricant analysis-sources of
2. Implement condition monitoring plan for contamination, techniques, SpectrometricOil
complete machine System Analysis Procedure (SOAP) and ferrography.
3. Identify amount of damage in the Equipment Recoding Analysis and instrumentation:
165
Vibration meters, data collectors, frequency domain 2. Able to check elasticity of any material by the
analyser, time domain instruments, help of polar scope.
Gear Diagnostics 3. Able to check stress propagation of dynamic
Text Books: load problem, heat transfer problem and fluid
1. Amiya Ranjan Mohanty, ‗Machinery Condition related problem if it is isoclinic and is chromatic
Monitoring: Principles and Practices‘,CRC basic.
Press, Taylor and Francis Group. 4. Able to check some casting material in view of
2. R. C. Mishra, K. Pathak, ‗Maintenance stress freezing phenomenon and fringe
Engineering and Management‘,Prentice Hall multiplication
of India Pvt. Ltd., 2002.
3. R. A. Collacot, ‗Mechanical Fault Diagnosis and CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
condition monitoring‘, Chapman and Hall Ltd. Programme
Reference Books: Cour Programme Outcomes Specific
1. Hamid A Toliyat, Subhasis Nandi, se Outcomes
Seungdeog Choi, HomayounMeshgin-Kelk, P P P
‗ElectricMachines: Modeling, Condition P P P P P
Outc O S S PS
Monitoring and Fault Diagnostics, CRC Press O O O O O
omes 1 O O O3
Theory, Implementation and Analysis‘,Springer, 1 2 3 4 5
2 1 2
2013
CO1 H M L L M H M L -
2. John S.Mitchell, ‗Introduction to Machinery
CO2 H M M L M M M - -
Analysis and Monitoring‘,PennWellBooks.
CO3 H M M M M L M M L
3. Robert Bond Randall, ‗Vibration-Based
Condition Monitoring–Industrial, Aerospace CO4 M H M M L H M M M
and Automotive applications‘, John Wiley & Contents:
Sons Ltd., 2011. UNIT I (CO1) (8 Hrs.)
Two Dimensional Problems in Cartesian coordinate
SEMESTER-V system – Fundamentals of stress and strain, stress
E-III: BMEL 339 Stress Analysis – strain relationship, Elastic constant, plane stress,
plane strain, differential equation of equilibrium
Evaluation Scheme Boundary conditions, Saint Venant‘s principle,
Teaching compatibility equation, Airys stress function. Stress
Practi
Scheme Theory analysis of cantilever subjected to concentrated
cal Tot
Cre load at it‘s end and simply supported beam
Tot al
dits T C E Cont. subjected to uniformly distributed load
T T P al Ma
A A S Evalu UNIT II (CO2) ( 7 Hrs. )
h u r Ho rks
E E E ation Two dimensional problem in polar coordinate
urs
systems – General equations of equilibrium in polar
1 2
2 - - 2 2 15 - 50 coordinate compatibility equation, stress distribution
0 5
about symmetric, axis, stress analysis of cylinder
subjected to ~ internal and external pressure, Pure
Course Objectives:
bending of curved beams, effect of hole on the
1. To understand basic concepts of stress
stress distribution in plates, Stress analysis of
analysis.
rotating circular disk.
2. To develop competency in analytical methods
Two Dimensional Photoelasticity – Introduction to
in solving problems of stress distribution
basic optics related to photoelasticity, Various
3. To make the students conversant with 3-D
photoelastic materials and their properties, Casting
photo elasticity and to give exposure on fringes.
of photoelastic models, Tardy‘s compensation
4. To learn and apply various methods in stress
technique, Separation techniques like, shear
and strain analysis and exposure to new
difference, oblique incidence and electrical analogy.
advancements in stress analysis.
UNIT III (CO3) (7 Hrs.)
Course Out Comes:
Introduction to 3-D photoelasticity – Phenomenon
1. Shall be able to evaluate and compare Able to
of Stress freezing, Method of stress freezing, slicing
justify on the suitability of selected material it is
techniques, determination of material fringe
capable to sustain load or pressure to given
constant at critical temperature.
problem.
Scaling Model – Prototype relations.
166
UNIT IV: (CO4) (7 Hrs.) CO2 H H L L M L L M L
Grid technique of strain analysis, Brittle coating CO3 M M H H M L M M M
method for stress and strain analysis, Morie fringe C04 M M H H M M M M M
method for stress and strain analysis.
Text Books: Contents:
1. Theory of Elasticity, S. P. Timoshenko ,3rd Unit I (CO1) [6 Hrs.]
Edition, Tata McGraw Hills, 1970 Introduction to Composite Materials: Definitions:
Reference Books: Composite material, Fiber, Matrix. Types of fibers
1. Experimental stress analysis, Dally and Riley, and Raw Fiber Properties, Types of Matrix,
3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hills, 1991 Prepegs, Fillers and other Additives; Advantages of
Composite Materials and Structures. Applications
SEMESTER-V and Use of Composite materials in present world;
Mechanical Behavior of Composite Materials.
Elective III: BMEL 340: Mechanics of Lamina, Laminate: The basic building block of a
Composite Materials composite material
Evaluation Scheme Unit II (CO2) [8 Hrs.]
Teaching
Practi Micromechanical Analysis of Composite Strength
Scheme Theory
cal Tot and Stiffness: Properties of typical composite
Cre
Tot al materials. Volume and Weight Fractions.
dits T C E Cont.
T T P al Ma Longitudinal Strength and Stiffness. Transverse
A A S Evalu
h u r Ho rks Modulus. In-plane shear Modulus. Poisson‘s ratio
E E E ation
urs Unit III (CO3) [8 Hrs.]
1 2 Elastic Properties of the Unidirectional Lamina:
2 - - 2 2 15 - 50
0 5 Stress-strain relationships. Engineering Constants.
Stress strain relations of a Thin Lamina. Examples
Course Objectives: Unit IV (CO4) [8 Hrs.]
1. To study students to Composite materials and Analysis of Laminated Composites: Laminates,
their applications Basic Assumptions, Strain-Displacement
2. To imbibe students about Micromechanical Relationship, Stress-Strain Relationships,
Analysis of Composite Equilibrium Equations, Laminate Stiffness,
3. Familiarization with the basic expressions and Determination of Lamina Stresses and Strains,
methods used in the mechanics of composite Types of Laminate Configuration, Balanced
structures. Laminate, Anti-symmetric Laminate, Examples
4. To study Analysis of Unidirectional and
Laminated Composite Text Books:
Course Out Comes: 1. Mechanics of Composite Materials and
Upon successful completion of the course, the Structures, MadhujitMukhopadhyay,Universities
students will be able to: Press
1. Understand the specifics of mechanical 2. Mechanics of Composite Materials, R M Jones,
behavior of layered composites CRC Press
2. Apply constitutive equations of composite Reference Books:
materials and understand mechanical behavior 1. Engineering Mechanics of Composite
at micro, macro and meso level. Materials, Issac M. Daniel, OriIshai, Abebooks
3. Determine stresses and strains in composites. 2. Micro-mechanics of Composite Materials,
4. Apply failure criteria and critically evaluate the George J Dvorac, Springer
results
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: SEMSTER-VI
Programme Elective IV: BMEL 346 Gas Turbine and Jet
Cour Programme Outcomes Specific Propulsion
se Outcomes Evaluation Scheme
Teaching
P P P Practic To
P P P P P Scheme Cre Theory
O S S PS al tal
Outc O O O O O dit
1 O O O3 To T C E Ma
omes 1 2 3 4 5 T T P s E
2 1 2 tal A A S Int rk
h u r xt
CO1 H M M L M L L L L Ho E E E s
167
ur propellant compositions and manufacturing
s methods. Composite propellant oxidizers and
1 1 2 binders. Effect of binder on propellant properties.
2 - - 2 2 -- -- 50
0 5 5 Burning rate and burning rate laws, factors
influencing the burning rate, methods of
Course Objectives: determining burning rates.
1. To get awareness and familiarize with the latest Liquid propellants – classification, Mono and Bi
developments in turbojet propulsion systems. propellants, Cryogenic and storage propellants,
2. To know principles of jet propulsion and ignition delay of hypergolic propellants, physical
rocketry. and chemical characteristics of liquid propellant.
3. To study solid and liquid rocket propulsion Liquid propellant rocket engine – system layout,
system. pump and pressure feed systems, feed system
4. To know ramjet and integral rocket ramjet components.
propulsion system. Unit VI: (CO 4) (8 Hrs)
Course Outcomes: Ramjet and Integral Rocket Ramjet Propulsion
1. Build various concepts of turbojet propulsion System
systems. Fuel rich solid propellants, gross thrust, gross thrust
2. Distinguish the jet propulsion and rocketry. coefficient, combustion efficiency of ramjet engine,
3. Categorize solid and liquid rocket propulsion air intakes and their classification – critical, super
system. critical and sub-critical operation of air intakes,
4. Interpret ramjet and integral rocket ramjet engine intake matching, classification and
propulsion system comparison of IIRR propulsion systems.
Reference Books:
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: 1. Sarvanamuttoo, H.I.H., Rogers, G. F. C. and
Programme Cohen, H., Gas Turbine Theory, 6th Edition,
Programme Outcomes Specific Pearson PrenticeHall, 2008.
Cour 2. Ganesan, V., Gas Turbines, 3rd Edition, Tata
Outcomes
se McGraw Hill, 2010.
P
Outc P P P P P P PS 3. Yahya, S. M., Turbines, Compressors and Fans,
S PS
omes O O O O O O O 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
O O3
1 2 3 5 6 7 1 4. Mechanics and Dynamics of Propulsion/ Hill and
2
CO1 H M M L M L L M - Peterson/John Wiley & son.
CO2 H L M L L L - L - 5. Rocket propulsion elements/Sutton/John Wiley &
CO3 H L L L L M - L - Sons edition 8.
CO4 H L M M M L - L - 6. Gas Turbines/Ganesan /TMH
Contents: 7. Gas Turbines & Propulsive
Unit-I: (CO 1) (8hrs) Systems/Khajuria&Dubey/DhanpatRai& Son.
Turbo Jet Propulsion System 8. Rocket propulsion/Bevere/ 6. Jet propulsion
Gas turbine cycle analysis – layout of turbo jet /Nicholas Cumpsty/
engine. Turbo machinery- compressors and
SEMSTER-VI
turbines, combustor, blade aerodynamics, engine
Elective IV: BMEL 351 Power Plant Engineering
off design performance analysis. Flight
(Offline)
Performance: Forces acting on vehicle – Basic
relations of motion – multi stage vehicles. Evaluation Scheme
Teaching
Unit-II (CO2) (8hrs) Practic
Scheme Theory
Principles of Jet Propulsion and Rocketry al
Fundamentals of jet propulsion, Rockets and air Co To
Cre
breathing jet engines – Classification – turbo jet , To nt. tal
dit
turbo fan, turbo prop, rocket (Solid and Liquid tal T C E Ev Ma
T T P s E
propellant rockets) and Ramjet engines. Ho A A S al rk
h u r xt
ur E E E ua s
Unit-III ( CO3) (8hrs) s tio
Solid and Liquid Rocket Propulsion System n
Solid propellants – classification, homogeneous 1 1 2
2 - - 2 2 -- 50
and heterogeneous propellants, double base 0 5 5
168
Course Objectives: system, steam turbine, condenser, cooling towers.
Students shall be able to Water treatment, steam pipes, power plant layouts,
1. To understand the power capacity of nuclear pollution from steam power plant.
power plant Unit IV (CO 4) [8 hrs]
2. To study performance of hydro power plants Introduction, classification, various components,
3. To understand the steam power plant different arrangement, governing, methods to
4. Study the various components of power plant improve efficiency, comparison with other power
and unconventional power sources plant.
Course Outcomes: Diesel Electric Power Plant: Introduction, Outline,
Student should be able type of engines, different components,
1. Demonstrate the nuclear power plant and its performance, plant layout comparison with other
subcomponents power plant.
2. Utilize knowledge of hydroelectric power plant Introduction to unconventional power sources –
in application Solar, wind, Tidal, geothermal, MHD.
3. Analyzing the components of steam power
plant SEMSTER-VI
4. Categorized the various sub components of Elective IV: BMEL 352: Advanced Tool Design
power plant and unconventional power sources Teaching Evaluation Scheme
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: Scheme Theory Practical
Programme To
To Cr Cont
Cour Programme Outcomes Specific tal
tal edi T C E . E
se Outcomes T P M
T Ho ts A A S Eval x
P u r ar
P P P P P P PS h ur E E E uatio t
S PS ks
Outc O O O O O O O s n
omes 1 O O3 1 1 2
2 3 5 6 7 1 3 - - 3 3 -- -- 50
2 0 5 5
CO1 H L L L M H L M - Course Objectives:
CO2 H H H L M H L M - 1. To reveal the essential properties, selection
CO3 M H H M L L M M - and recent progress in cutting tool materials
CO4 H L M L L M L M - 2. To select suitable single point cutting tool and
Contents multipoint cutting tool for machining process
Unit I (CO 1) [7 hrs] 3. To develop skill on design of Jigs and Fixtures
Nuclear Power Generation for holding tool and work price respective.
Introduction to Nuclear Engineering: Binding 4. To create expertise in press tool design and
Energy, Energy release, Nuclear reactions & its fixtures for CNC machines.
initiation, Fission, Component of nuclear reactors & Course Out Comes:
its material, Numericals based on energy release. Upon the successful completion of the course
Nuclear Reactors:Types of reactors, PWR, BWR, students will be able to
CANDU ,Gas cooled liquid metal cooled, Breeder 1. Identify the properties of tool material, tool
reactor problems of operation , location of nuclear nomenclature and to classify the cutting tools
station, present & proposed nuclear plant in India. 2. Interpret the parameters of the cutting tools for
Unit II (CO 2) [6 hrs] machining process
3. Distinguish the various locating and clamping
Hydroelectric Power Plant
methods
Hydrology : Rainfall , Runoff, Hydrograph , flow 4. Design the jigs, fixtures, press tools and CNC
duration curve , mass curve. machine tools
Hydroelectric power plant : Site selection CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
,classification of hydroelectric power plant, general Programme
Cours
arrangement, details of different components prime Programme Outcomes Specific
e
movers, governing, model & model testing Outcomes
Outco
advantages, comparison with other power plant. P P P P P PS PS
mes PS
Unit III (CO 3) [7 hrs] O O O O O O O
O3
1 2 3 5 7 1 2
Steam Power Plant
CO1 H M H H M H - H
Introduction: Coal – its properties, handling &
CO2 H M M H M H - M
storage, fuel firing methods ash & dust handling
CO3 H L H M H H - L
boiler accessories, high pressure boiler, draught
CO4 H L M L M M - L
169
Contents: 1. M. Weck, ―Handbook of Machine Tools, Vol. 1-
Unit I (CO1) (7 Hrs.) 4‖, John Wiley, USA. 20102. Mehta, N.K.,
INTRODUCTION TO TOOL DESIGN Introduction – ―Machine Tool Design‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.
Tool Engineering –Tool Classifications–Tool Design
Objectives –Tool Design in manufacturing- Web References:1.www.irdi.on.ca/irdi/front.html
Challenges and requirements-Standards in tool 2.www.techsolve.org/flashhome.html
design-Tool drawings -Surface finish –Fits and
Tolerances -Tooling Materials-Ferrous and Non- Online Courses:
ferrous Tooling Materials-Carbides, Ceramics and 1. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/digi
Diamond –Non-metallic tool materials-Designing tal-manufacturing-design-technology
with relation to heat treatment. 2. https://www.edx.org/learn/mechanical-
. engineering
Unit II (CO2) (8 Hrs.) 3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105126/35
DESIGN OF CUTTING TOOLS Mechanics of Metal
cutting –Oblique and orthogonal cutting-Chip SEMSTER-VI
formation and shear angle -Single-point cutting Elective IV: BMEL 353 OPERATION RESEARCH
tools –Milling cutters –Hole making cutting tools- & MANAGEMENT
Broaching Tools -Design of Form relieved and
profile relieved cutters-Design of gear and thread Teaching Evaluation Scheme
C
milling cutters Scheme Theory Practical
r To
To e
Unit III (CO3) (7 Hrs.) Cont. tal
tal d T C E E
DESIGN OF JIGS AND FIXTURES Introduction – T T P Eval Ma
Ho it A A S x
Fixed Gages –Gage Tolerances –selection of h u r uatio rk
material for Gages –Indicating Gages –Automatic ur s E E E t
n s
gages –Principles of location –Locating methods s
and devices –Principles of clamping –Drill jigs – -
Chip formation in drilling –General considerations in 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 -- 50
-
the design of drill jigs –Drill bushings –Methods of Course Objectives:
construction –Thrust and Turning Moments in
1. To study operational research methodology
drilling -Drill jigs andmodern manufacturing-Types
of Fixtures –Vice Fixtures –Milling Fixtures –Boring and its application to engineering
Fixtures –Broaching Fixtures –Lathe Fixtures – 2. To illustrate students the use of quantitative
Grinding Fixtures –Modular Fixtures –Cutting Force methods and techniques for effective decision
Calculations. making
3. To study Transportation and Assignment
Unit IV (CO4) (8 Hrs.) problems and its application to engineering
DESIGN OF PRESS TOOL DIES Types of Dies –
4. To study project management and its
Method of Die operation–Clearance and cutting
force calculations-Blanking and Piercing die design importance to engineering students
–Pilots –Strippers and pressure pads-Presswork Course Outcomes:
materials –Strip layout –Short-run tooling for 1. To solve the industrial problems using
Piercing –Bending dies –Forming dies –Drawing Operation Research methodology.
dies-Design and drafting. TOOL DESIGN FOR 2. To formulate the real world problem into a
CNC MACHINE TOOLS Introduction –Tooling mathematical form and provide an optimum
requirements for Numerical control systems –
Fixture design for CNC machine tools-Sub plate solution for implementation.
and tombstone fixtures-Universal fixtures–Cutting 3. To solve the real world assignment and
tools–Tool holding methods–Automatic tool Transportation Models and provide an optimum
changers and tool positioners –Tool presetting– or feasible solution.
General explanation of the Brown and Sharp 4. To utilize the concept and knowledge of project
machine. management to achieve the project goals.
Text Books:
1.Cyrll Donaldson, George H.LeCain, V.C. Goold, Programme
―Tool Design‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Programme Outcomes Specific
Cour
Company Ltd., 2010. Outcomes
2. E.G.Hoffman,‖ Jig and Fixture Design‖, Thomson se
P P P
Asia Pvt Ltd, Singapore, 2013 Outc P P P P PS
O O S PS
3. Prakash Hiralal Joshi, ―Tooling data‖, Wheeler omes O O O O O
1 1 O O3
Publishing, 2006 1 2 3 4 1
1 2 2
Reference Books CO1 H M M H L M H - -
170
CO2 H H L M M L M - - cal al
CO3 H H L L L M H - - Tot Ma
T C E Cont. rks
CO4 H H H H H L L - - T T P al
A A S Evalu
Contents: h u r Ho
E E E ation
Unit-I: (CO 1) (07 Hrs) urs
Introduction: 1 2
2 - - 2 2 15 - 50
OR methodology, Definition of OR, Application 0 5
ofOR to engineering and Managerial problems, Course Objectives:
Features of OR models, Limitation of OR. 1. To know the general requirements of machine
Unit II: (CO 2) (08 Hrs) tool design process.
Linear Programming: 2. To acquire the knowledge of design of machine
Definition, mathematical formulation, standard form, tools transmission systems
solution space, solution – feasible, basic feasible, 3. To know the design procedure for machine tool
optimal, infeasible, multiple, optimal, Redundancy, structures
Degeneracy. Graphical and simplex methods, Big 4. To understand the various parameters in
M Method, formulation of Dual of LPP. machine cutting process.
Unit III: (CO 3) (07 Hrs) Course Out Comes:
Transportation & Assignment Problems At the end of the course, the student will be able
Formulation of transportation model, Basic feasible 1. To build the machine tool Layout
solution using different methods (North-West 2. To choose the proper drive for the specific
corner, Least Cost, Vogel‘s Approximation Method) machine tool
Optimality Methods, Unbalanced transportation 3. To interpret the cutting forces analysis and
problem, Variants in Transportation Problems, estimation of Power Requirement
Applications of Transportation problems. 4. To design the machine tool structural elements.
Transshipment problems. Formulation of the CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Assignment problem, unbalanced assignment Programme
problem, typical assignment & travelling salesman Cour Programme Outcomes Specific
problem. se Outcomes
Unit IV: (CO 4) (08 Hrs) Outc P P
Project Planning P P P P P P
omes S S PS
Project Management: Drawing of Network, CPM & O O O O O O1
O O O3
PERT, Probability of completion of project, Cost 1 2 3 4 5 2
1 2
analysis of project, Allocation & updating of CO1 H H M M H L H M M
Network. CO2 H L L M M L H M L
Text Books:
CO3 M H H L M L H M L
1. ‗Operation Research‘ by Ashkhedkar&Kulkarni
CO4 M H H M L L H L M
Reference Books:
Contents:
1. ‗Operation Research‘ by Hira& Gupta, S.
Unit-1 Principles Of Machine Tool
Chand Publishers, Revised Edition.
Design
2. ‗Operation Research‘ by J.K. Sharma, Trinity
(5 hrs )
Publishers, sixth edition.
General requirements of machine tool design -
3. ‗Operation Research‘ by Vohra N D, McGraw
design process machine tool layout general
Hills Publishers, third edition.
requirements of machine tool design – design
4. ‗Operation Research‘ by Liberman, McGraw
th process machine tool layout
Hills Publishers, 10 edition, 2015.
Unit-2Machine Tool Drives and Mechanisms
5. ‗Operation Research‘ by A P Verma, S.K.
(7 hrs)
Kataria& Sons publishers, 2012 edition.
Working and auxiliary motion. Drives- Electric
6. ‗Operation Research‘ by Manohar&Mahajan,
drives, Hydraulic transmission, Kinmatic structure,
DhanpatRai Publications, 2004.
Regulation of speed and feeds, stepped regulation,
standardization of speed and feed, stepless
regulation of speeds and feeds.
SEMESTER-VI
Unit-3Cutting Force Analysis And Power
E-IV: BMEL 354 Mechanical Vibration
Requirement (7 hrs)
In Turning, Milling, Drilling, Shaping and Broaching
Scheme dits Theory Practi Tot operation with simple problems. General
171
requirements of machine tools - Centre lathe, 3. Ability To Distinguish Among The Different
Milling machine. Lubricant Regime.
Unit-4Design Of Machine Tool 4. Select Materials For Bearing.
Structures CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
(7 hrs) Programme
Functions-Requirements-Design criteria Material Cour Programme Outcomes Specific
used – static and dynamic stiffness – Profile and se Outcomes
basic design procedure for machine tool structures. P P P
P P P P P
Design of beds, columns, housing, bases, tables, O S S PS
Outc O O O O O
cross-rails, arms saddle, carriages. 1 O O O3
omes 1 2 3 4 5
Text Books: 2 1 2
1. Machine tool design and numerical control by CO1 H H H H H H M H H
N. K. Mehta, Tata McGraw Hills CO2 H H M H M M H H M
2. Design of Machine Tools by S. K. Basu, H. K. CO3 H M M H M H M H M
Pal ,OBIH CO4 M H H H M H M H M
3. Principals of machine Tools by Sen. and
Contents:
Bhattacharya, New Central Book Agency
UNIT I (CO1): (8 Hrs.)
4. Metal cutting Theory and Practice, A.
Defining Tribology, Tribology in Design -
Bhattacharya, New Central Book Agency(P)Ltd
Mechanical design of oil seals and gasket -
5. Machining and Machine Tools, A. B.
Tribological design of oil seals and gasket,
Chattopadhyay. Wiley-India Publication
Tribology in Industry (Maintenance), Defining
Reference Books:
Lubrication, Basic Modes of Lubrication, Properties
1. Principals of machine Tools by Koenigs-Berger
of Lubricants, Lubricant Additives, Defining Bearing
Terminology - Sliding contact bearings - Rolling
SEMESTER-VI
contact bearings, Comparison between Sliding and
BMELE-IV: BMEL 355 Tribology
Rolling Contact Bearings.
Evaluation Scheme UNIT II (CO2): (7Hrs.)
Teaching
Practi Friction - Laws of friction - Friction classification -
Scheme Theory
cal Tot Causes of friction Theories of Dry Friction, Friction
Cre
Tot al Measurement, Stick-Slip Motion and Friction
dits T C E Cont.
T T P al Ma Instabilities, Wear - Wear classification - Wear
A A S Evalu
h u r Ho rks between solids - Wear between solid and liquid -
E E E ation
urs Factors affecting wear - Measurement of
1 5 wear,Theories of Wear, Approaches to Friction
2 - - 2 2 15 -- 75
0 0 Control and Wear Prevention, Boundary
Course Objectives: Lubrication, Bearing Materials and Bearing
1. To Introduce And Expose Students To The Construction.
Field And Fundamentals In Tribology And Its UNIT III (CO3): (8Hrs.)
Applications. Mechanics of Fluid Flow - Theory of hydrodynamic
2. To explain the different Friction and wear lubrication - Mechanism of pressure development in
processes in contacts between metallic, oil film, Two Dimensional Reynolds‘s Equation and
ceramic and polymeric surfaces. its Limitations. Idealized Bearings, Infinitely Long
3. To develop an ability toExplain the processes Plane Fixed Sliders, Infinitely Long Plane Pivoted
of lubrication in all regimesSelect a suitable Sliders, Infinitely Long Journal Bearings, Infinitely
lubricant for a specific application. Short Journal Bearings, Designing Journal Bearing
4. To develop analytical skills for general - Sommerfeld number - Raimondi and Boyd method
purposes and select a suitable material - Petroff‘s Solution - Parameters of bearing design -
combination for tribological contacts. Unit pressure - Temperature rise - Length to
Course Outcomes: diameter ratio - Radial clearance - Minimum oil-film
Students shall be able to: thickness.
1. Ability To Design Friction, Wear And UNIT IV (CO4): (7Hrs.)
Lubrication Flat plate thrust bearing, Tilting pad thrust bearing,
2. Ability To Identify Different Types Of Sliding Pressure Equation, Load, center of pressure,
& Rolling Friction, Wear And Related Friction, gear teeth bearings, rolling element
Theories bearings. Hydrostatic Lubrication, Squeeze Film
172
Lubrication, journal bearings. Thrust bearings with refrigeration systems to develop new efficient
air lubrication, systems.
Text Books: 3. Determine various psychometric terminologies
1. Fundamentals Of Engineering Tribology With and load calculation
Applications, Harish Hirani, Cambrideg 4. Design air transmission, handling and
university press, 2017 distribution systems.
2. A Textbook of Tribology, A kumar,S K CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
KATARIA & SONS, edition, 2014. Programme
3. Tribology, Krishan Kant Sharma, Laxmi se Outcomes
Publications; First edition (2016),
P
4. Fundamentals of Tribology, Basu,Prentice Hall, P P P P P P PS
Outc O O O O O O S PS
2005 O
omes 1 O O3
5. ‖Principles and applications of tribology‖, by B. 2 3 4 5 7 1
2
Bhushan, Wiley,2012
CO1 H H M H M H M H L
6. A. Harnoy. ―Bearing Design In Machinery CO2 H L M M L M M H L
―Marcel Dekker Inc, New York, 2003. CO3 H H H M L L M H -
References books
CO4 H H H M L L M H -
1. Introduction to Tribology of Bearings, B C
Contents:
Majumdar, S. Chand and company ltd. 2010.
Unit-I: (CO 1) (8hrs)
2. Engineering Tribology‖ by G. Stachowiak and
Refrigeration
A.W. Bachelor.
Introduction, Definition, Applications. Study of
simple vapour compressions refrigeration system:
SEMSTER-VIII
Analysis of simple vapour compression refrigeration
Elective V: BMEL 414 BMEP 414: Refrigeration
system, effect of sub-cooling, superheating,
& Air Conditioning (Offline) (Elective V)
polytropic compression & pressure drops on the
Evaluation Scheme performance of the system.
Teaching
Practic Study of vapour absorption refrigeration system:
Scheme Theory
al To Introduction Ammonia –Water, Lithium bromide-
Cre
To tal water systems, three fluid refrigerator.
dit
tal T C E Ma Nomenclature of refrigerants, refrigerant properties,
T T P s E
Ho A A S Int rk mixture refrigerants, global warming potential &
h u r xt
ur E E E s Ozone depletion potential Montreal&Kyoto protocol.
s Alternanteréfrigérants.
1 1 5 10 Unit-II (CO2) (8hrs)
2 - 2 4 3 25 --
0 5 0 0 Multi stage vapour compression Refrigeration
Course Objectives: system and Other Refrigeration Techniques
1. To get awareness and familiarize with the latest Multiple compressor & multiple evaporator systems,
developments in refrigeration and air- cascade refrigeration systems. Study of
conditioning. equipment‘s such as compressors, evaporators,
2. To know environment related issues with use of expansion devices & controls defrosting Methods
refrigerants and ecofriendly refrigerants. (types & principle only). Testing & charging of
3. To study both conventional and non - refrigeration systems.
conventional refrigeration systems. Other Refrigeration Techniques
4. To know air conditioning equipment‘s and study Air cycle refrigeration, Applications in air
design of air conditioning, and air handling refrigeration systems, Vortex tube, and
units. thermoelectric refrigeration.
Course Outcomes: Cryogenics:Introduction Application of cryogenics
1. Build various concepts of refrigeration systems Houle – Thomson coefficient, inversion curve
and environment related issues with use of methods of liquefaction of air.
refrigerants related to engineering field in order Unit-III ( CO3) (8hrs)
to become professionally efficient. Psychrometry
2. Distinguish the multistage refrigeration system Introduction, Psychometric properties of air,
also analyze various non-conventional psychometric chart psychometric processes by
pass factor, apparatus dew point temperature.
173
Human Comfort: Mechanism of body heat losses, 4. To introduce FMS and awareness of usage of
factors affecting human comfort effective computers in process planning and quality
temperature, Comfort chart. control
Application of psychometric to various air- Course Out Comes:
conditioning systems RSHF, GSHF, Upon successful completion of the course, students
ESHF,Airwashers, air coolers. Heat Load will be able to
Calculations: Data collection for load calculation, 1. Apply the automation techniques in industry.
various components of heat load estimate, method 2. Develop part programming of CNC and
of cooling load calculation. robotics.
Unit VI: (CO 4) (8 Hrs) 3. Design automated storage and retrieval
Air Transmission & Distribution systems
Principle of air distribution, types of grills & diffusers 4. Implement GT and FMS concepts in
& their selection criteria, air alteration , types of air manufacturing and use various quality
filter, distribution of air through ducts, pressure inspection techniques.
losses in ducts, methods of duct design, duct CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
friction chart, air conditioning controls. Programme
Programme
Reference Books: Cours Specific
Outcomes
1. Refrigeration & Air conditioning, C.P. Arora, e Outcomes
Second Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publication, 2009 Outco PS
PO PO PO PO PS PS
2. Refrigeration & Air conditioning, Dr. Manohar mes O
1 2 3 5 O2 O3
Pressed, First Edition, New Age International 1
Publication, 2007 CO1 H M H H H - -
3. Refrigeration & Air conditioning, P.L.Ballany, CO2 H L M H M - -
Second Edition, Khanna Publisher,2007 CO3 H M L M H - -
4. A Course in Refrigeration & Air conditioning, CO4 H L M M M - -
Domkundwar & Arora, Second Edition, Dhanpat
Rai & Sons Co.2009
5. Refrigeration & Air conditioning, Stocker & Contents:
Jones, Second Edition, McGraw Hill Publication, UNIT–I(CO1) (7 Hrs)
2008 Automation – Definition, Comparison of fixed,
6.ASHRAE hand books, Air Conditioning programmable and flexible automation, automation
Engineers, 2005. strategies, reasons for automation,
applications.Automated Flow Line - Methods of
SEMSTER-VIII work part transport, transfer mechanisms, analysis
Elective V: BMEL 415: BMEP 415: Automation in of transfer lines with and without buffer storage,
Production Assembly line: Line balancing problem, methods of
Evaluation Scheme line balancing, parts delivery system.
Teaching
Practi UNIT II(CO2) (8Hrs)
Scheme Theory
Cre
cal Tot Numerical Control – Basic concepts, components
Tot
dits T
al of NC, types of NC Systems – point to point,
C E Cont.
T T P al Ma straight cut and continuous path, applications and
A A S Evalu
h u r Ho rks economics of NC, CNC part programming: Manual
E E E ation
urs part programming and APT programming
1 5 10 Industrial Robotics – Definition, robot anatomy,
2 0 2 4 3 15 25
0 0 0 robot configurations, robot specifications. Robot
Course Objectives: peripherals: End effectors, sensors, Robot
1. To introduce concept of fixed automation applications
through design of transfer lines and automated UNIT – III(CO3) (7 Hrs)
handling systems Automated Guided Vehicle Systems : Types,
2. To introduce numerical control of machine Vehicle guidance & Routing , Traffic control &
tools, their construction as well programming of Safety system management, Analysis of AGVS
robot. systems, AGVS applications.
3. To provide exposure to automated material Automated Storage & Retrieval System: Types,
handling and tool handling systems such as Basic components & special features of AS/RS,
industrial robots, AGVs and AS/RS
174
Carousel storage systems, quantitative analysis of 1. Shall be able to evaluate and compare FEM
AS/RS & Carousel. with other numerical methods
UNIT – IV(CO4) (8Hrs) 2. Students shall demonstrate an ability to derive
Flexible manufacturing system and Group element matrix equation by different methods
technology: by applying basic laws in mechanics and
FMS – Components, Types of systems, FMS layout integration by parts.Shall be able to develop the
configuration computer functions, level of flexibility, skills of solving truss and beam problems for
data files system reports, FMS benefits various loading conditions
Computer Aided Process Planning and 3. Shall be able to develop an appropriate
Computer Aided Quality Control: knowledge of analysis to handle for the
CAPP - Retrieval & generative CAPP systems, mechanical problems, with proper selection of
benefits of CAPP materials and elements.
TEXTBOOKS: 4. Shall be able to develop competence to design
1. P. Radhakrishnan, S. Subramanyam, V. Raju, and analyze problems of engineering
―CAD/CAM/CIM‖, New Age Publisher, 2004 particularly having relevance to vibration &
2. Mikell P. Groover, ―Automation, Production dynamic analysis. Shall be able to demonstrate
Systems, and Computer-integrated ability to make use of commercial software to
Manufacturing‖, Prentice Hall, 2013 solve problems.
REFERANCE BOOKS: CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
1. Krar, S., and Gill, A., ―CNC Technology and Programme
Programming‖, McGraw Hill Publication Co, Programme Outcomes Specific
2012. Cour Outcomes
2. Gibbs, D., ―An Introduction to CNC Machining‖, se
P P P
Casell, 2015. Outc P P P P P
O S S PS
3. Seames, W.S., ―Computer Numerical Control omes O O O O O
1 O O O3
Concepts and Programming‖,Delmar 1 2 3 4 5
2 1 2
Publishers, 1986.
CO1 H M M H H H M M M
4. Lynch, M., ―Computer Numerical Control for
CO2 H H H H H H H M
Machining‖, McGraw Hill, 2002.
5. Koren Y, ―Computer Control of Manufacturing CO3 H H M H H H H M M
Systems‖, McGraw, 2005. CO4 H H H H H H H
SEMESTER-VIII Contents:
E-V: BMEL 416: BMEP 416: Finite Element UNIT I (CO1) (7Hrs)
Method In Engineering Fundamentals of stress and strain, stress and
Evaluation Scheme strain components, stress strain relationship,
Teaching Elastic constants, plane stress, plane strain,
Practi
Scheme Theory differential equation of equilibrium, compatibility
cal Tot
Cre equations, boundary conditions, Saint Venant‘s
Tot al
dits T C E Cont. principle, Airy‘s Stress function.
T T P al Ma
A A S Evalu UNIT II : (CO2) (7Hrs)
h u r Ho rks
E E E ation Fundamental concept of FEM – Historical
urs
background, Scope of FEM in Engg. Applications,
1 2
2 - - 2 2 15 - 50 Principle of minimum potential energy. Concept of
0 5
Virtual work Raleigh – Ritz method. FEM analysis
Course Objectives:
procedure. Mathematical understanding required
1. To teach the fundamentals of finite element
for FEM, Matrix algebra and operations, eigen
method with emphasize on the underlying
values and eigen vectors. Methods for solution of
theory and assumption.
simultaneous equations. Like Gauss elimination,
2. To develop theoretical foundations and
Matrix decomposition method. Concept of
appropriate use of finite element methods.
discretization of body into elements, degrees of
3. To provide hands on experience using finite
freedom, bandwidth, Basic types of 2-D & 3-D
element software to model, analyze and design
elements, displacement models, convergence
systems.
requirements, shape function Commercial FE
4. To inculcate programming knowledge of
Software‘s. Finite element modeling and analysis
generating algorithms.
using Bar and Beam element – stiffness matrix
Course Out Comes:
assembly, boundary conditions, load vector,
175
temperature effects. Two dimensional plane - Local
1 1 5 10
and Global coordinate system, element stiffness 2 - 2 4 3 25 --
0 5 0 0
matrix, assembly, boundary conditions, load vector,
force and stress calculations. Course Objectives:
UNIT III : (CO3) (8Hrs) 1. To develop basic knowledge and experience of
Two dimensional problems using CST and LST – engineering modeling concepts.
2. To understand various transformations used in
formulation of CST and LST elements, element
CAD.
stiffness matrix, assembly, boundary conditions, 3. To develop basic knowledge and experience of
load vector. Stress calculation. Axis-symmetric various curve representations and generations.
solids subjected to axi-symmetric loading – axi – 4. To teach the fundamentals of Finite element
symmetric formulation using CST ring, element, method.
stiffness matrix, boundary conditions, load vector, 5. To study and use various analysis techniques
6. To develop competency in optimization
calculation of stresses.
techniques
UNIT IV: (CO4) (7Hrs)
Steady state one dimensional and two dimensional Course Out Comes:
heat conduction problems using I-D and triangular Upon the successful completion of the course
element respectively. students shall be able to
Programming aspects of FEM – Algorithms for, 1. Choose and Define the CAD principles in
reading Finite Element modeling data, formation of engineering problems.
2. Apply Rasterization principles over
element stiffness matrix, formation of elemental
Computer Graphics.
load vector. Assembly of individual elemental 3. To solve numerical on transformation and
spiffiness matrix into global ‗ stiffness‘ matrix, modeling of curves.
assembly of individual elemental load vector into 4. Evalute engineering problems using Finite
global load vector, application of boundary element method & Finite element analysis.
conditions, solution of equations, determination of CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
stresses and strains. Programme
Pre – Post processing in FEA. Programme Outcomes Specific
Text Books: Cours
Outcomes
1. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering- e
Tirupathi R. Chandrupatla, Ashok D. Outco
P P
rd mes P P P P P P
Belegundu, 3 Edition, Pearson Education, S S PS
O O O O O O
2002 O O O3
1 2 3 4 5 9
2. Theory Of Elasticity- GoodierJn, Sp 1 2
rd
Timoshenko, Timoshenko Sp, 3 Edition, Tata
Mcgraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd-2012 CO1 H H M H H H M - -
Reference Books:
1. Concept and applications of Finite element CO2 M H M H H H M H M
Analysis- David S Malkus, Robert D Cook,
th CO3 H H M H H M M - -
Michael E Plesha,4 Edition, John Wiley &
Sons Inc (sea) Pte Ltd-2012
CO4 H H M H H - M H M
2. The Finite Element Method – A basic
introduction for engineers – D.W. Griffiths, D.A.
Nethercot, Granada Publishing,1983 Contents:
SEMESTER-VIII UNIT I(CO1) (6 Hrs)
E-V: BMEL 417: BMEP 417: Computer Aided Introduction to CAD, application and advantages of
CAD to Mechanical Engineering filed etc. CAD
Design
Softwares modules (Operating System, Graphics,
Evaluation Scheme Applications, Programming, Communication).
Teaching Rasterization Principle, Rasterization of line, frame
Scheme buffer, N- bit plane buffers, simple colour frame
Theory Practical
Cre To buffer.
To dit tal
Cont. UNIT II (CO2) (7 Hrs)
tal s T C E E Ma
T T P Eval Line, Circle and Ellipse Generation using
Ho A A S x rk Bresenham algorithms and Line Generation using
h u r uatio
ur E E E t s DDA Algorithm. Two dimensional transformation-
n
s Rotation Scaling, translation, reflection, mirror and
shear. Homogeneous transformation,
176
concatenation. Inverse transformations.
Scheme dit Theory Practical
UNIT III(CO3) (9 Hrs) s To
Three dimensional geometric and co-ordinate To tal
Cont.
transformation- Scaling, translation, reflection. tal T C E E Ma
T T P Eval
Geometric Modeling- Wireframe, Surface and Solid Ho A A S x rk
h u r uatio
Modeling. Representation of Curves and surfaces – ur E E E t s
parametric Form, Design of Curve shape-Cubic n
s
Spline, Bezier Curve, B-Spline, design of surfaces.
CSG and B-rep. 1 1 5 10
2 - 2 4 3 25 --
0 5 0 0
UNIT IV (CO4) (8 Hrs)
Finite Element Method: introduction- Basic Concept Course Objectives:
of Finite Element Method-Plain Stress and Strain, 1. To introduce the students to widely use
Minimum potential energy principle. Displacement
differential equations in computational fluid
function, shape function for linear and quadratic bar
element. Matrices- Stiffness, Force and dynamics
displacement. Finite Element analysis of 1-D 2. To understand various governing equations and
Problem. boundary conditions.
3. To learn commercial CFD code
UNIT V (CO5) (7 Hrs) Course Outcomes:
Truss: - Finite Element analysis of 2-D problems- After successful completion of course
constant Stain Triangle, Mesh generation
1. Student should be able to explain basic
Techniques, Problems on Beams and Frames.
concepts of finite element method and finite
volume method.
UNIT VI (CO6) (9 Hrs) 2. Student should be able to choose proper
Optimization: Optimal Problem Formation, solution method of elliptical equation.
Engineering optimization problems. Optimization 3. Student should be able to apply numerical
Algorithms: single Variable optimization algorithm analysis to solve hyperbolic equation.
using Golden Search method, Bisection method.
4. Student should be able to apply various
Multivariable Optimizations using Simplex search
method. Penalty faction method. governing equations and boundary conditions
to formulate incompressible viscous flow
Text Books: CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
1. CAD / CAM, Theory and Practice: Ibrahim Zeid. Programme
2. Procedural elements for computer Graphics: D.
Rogers. Cours
3. Introduction to Finite Elements in Outcomes
e
Engineering:Chandrupatla and A.D. Belegundu. Outco
4. Optimization for Engineering Design:Kalyanmoy P P
mes P P P P P P
Deb. S S PS
O O O O O O
5. Mathematical Elements for Computer Graphics O O O3
1 2 3 4 5 9
:Dravid F. Rogers, J. Alan Adams. 1 2
Reference Books: CO1 H H M H H H M H -

1. Concept and applications of Finite element
Analysis- David S Malkus, Robert D Cook, CO2 M H M H H H M H -
th
Michael E Plesha,4 Edition, John Wiley &
CO3 H H M H H M M H -
Sons Inc (sea) Pte Ltd-2012.
CO4 H H M H H M M H -
2. The Finite Element Method – A basic
introduction for engineers – D.W. Griffiths, D.A. UNIT 1
Nethercot, Granada Publishing,1983 Introduction: Finite difference method, finite volume
method, finite element method, governing
SEMSTER-VIII equations and boundary conditions. Derivation of
Elective V: BMEL 418: BMEP 418: finite difference equations.
COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYANAMICS UNIT 2
Solution methods: Solution methods of elliptical
equations – finite difference formulations,
interactive solution methods, direct method with
177
Gaussian elimination. Parabolic equations-Explicit 1 1 2
2 - - 2 2 -- - 50
schemes and Von Neumann stability analysis, 0 5 5
implicit schemes, alternating direction implicit Course Objectives:
schemes, approximate factorization, fractional step 1. To understand the standards of measurement,
methods, direct method with tridiagonal matrix system of limits, fits, tolerances and gauging.
algorithm. 2. To understand the principles of measuring
UNIT 3 instruments.
Hyperbolic equations: explicit schemes and Von 3. Acquire the knowledge on measurement and
Neumann stability analysis, implicit schemes, multi measurement systems.
step methods, nonlinear problems, second order 4. To study acceptance sampling and different
one-dimensional wave equations. Burgers statistical quality control tools and techniques.
equations: Explicit and implicit schemes, Runge- Course Outcomes:
Kuttamethod. After studying this course, students will be able to:
UNIT 4 1. Apply the standards of measurement, system
Formulations of incompressible viscous flows: of limits, fits, tolerances and gauging.
Formulations of incompressible viscous Flows by 2. Identify and use appropriate measuring
finite difference methods, pressure correction instruments.
methods, vortex methods. Treatment of 3. Acquire the knowledge on measurement and
compressible flows: potential equation, Euler measurement systems
equations, Navier-stokes system of equations, 4. Apply concepts of quality management to
flowfield-dependent variation methods, boundary manufacturing operations and use various
conditions, example problems. Finite volume quality and productivity improvement
method: Finite volume method via finite difference techniques
method, formulations for two And three-dimensional CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
problems. Course Programme
Programme
Standard variation methods - 1: Linear fluid flow Outco Specific
Outcomes
problems, steady state problems, Standard Outcomes
variation methods – 2: Transient problems. PS
Text Books: mes PO PO PO PO PS PS
O
1. Computational fluid dynamics, T. J.Chung, 1 2 6 7 O2 O3
1
Cambridge University press,2002. CO1 H H L M H - -
2. Text book of fluid dynamics, Frank Chorlton, CO2 H M M L H - -
CBS Publishers & distributors, 1985. CO3 H H M M H M -
Reference Books/Material: CO4 H L H H H - -
1. Ferziger J. H., Springer P.M, ―Computational Contents:
Methods for fluid Dynamics‖, Verlag Berlin Unit-I: (CO 1) (8hrs)
2. Anderson J. D. JR, ―Computational fluid System of limits, Fits, Tolerances and gauging:
Dynamics‖, McGraw Hill Inc, 1995 Definition and Objectives of metrologyDefinition of
3. Patankar S. P, ― Numerical Heat Transfer & Fluid tolerance, Specification in assembly, Principle of
flow‖ inter changeability and selective assembly limits of
4. Sunderarajan M.K., ―Computational Fluid Flow size, Indian standards, concept of limits of size and
and Heat Transfer‖, 2nd Ed, Narosa Publishing tolerances, compound tolerances, accumulation of
SEMSTER-VIII tolerances, definition of fits, types of fits and their
Elective-V:BMEL 419:BMEP 419: Metrology and designation (IS 919 -1963), geometrical tolerance,
Quality Control positional – tolerances, hole basis system, shaft
Evaluation Scheme basis of system, classification of gauges, brief
Teaching
Practic concept of design of gauges (Taylor‘s principles),
Scheme Theory
al Wear allowance on gauges. Types of gauges -plain
Co To plug gauge, ring Gauge, snap gauge, limit gauge
Cre
To nt. tal and gauge materials.
dit
tal T C E Ev Ma Unit-II(CO2) (7hrs)
T T P s E
Ho A A S al rk Measurement of surface finish: Introduction,
h u r xt
ur E E E ua s terminology, specifying roughness on drawings,
s tio surface roughness parameters, factors affecting
n surface roughness, ideal surface roughness,
178
roughness measurement methods, precautions in
measurement, surface microscopy, surface finish
softwares.
Screw thread metrology: Introduction, screw
thread terminology, screw thread measurement.
Unit-III (CO3) (8hrs)
Measurements and Measurement systems:
Definition, Significance of measurement,
generalized measurement system, definitions and
concept of accuracy, precision, calibration,
threshold, sensitivity, hystersis, repeatability,
linearity, loading effect, system response-times
delay. Errors in Measurements, Classification of
Errors. Transducers, Transfer efficiency, Primary
and Secondary transducers, electrical, Mechanical,
electronic transducers, advantages of each type
transducers dynamometer.
Unit-IV (CO4) (7hrs)
Organization structure for managing quality,
information systems and documentation, quality
auditing, ISO 9000 - QS 9000, QMS, quality awards
Text Books:
1. Beckwith Marangoni and Lienhard, John H.
Lienhard V ―Mechanical Measurements‖,
6th Ed., 2006, ISBN-13: 978-0201847659.
2. R.K.Jain ―Engineering Metrology‖, Khanna
Publishers, 1994, ISBN 13: 9788174091536.
3. Harvid Noori and Russel, ‗Production and
Operations Management - Total Quality and
Responsiveness‘, McGraw-Hill Inc, 1995
Reference Books:
1. I.C.Gupta ―Engineering Metrology‖ Dhanpat Rai
Publications, Delhi, 2013, ISBN
13: 1234567144039.
2. Alsutko, Jerry. D.Faulk ―Industrial
Instrumentation‖, Thompson Asia Pvt.
Ltd.2002, ISBN-13: 978-0827361256
3. D.S.Kumar, ‗Mechanical Measurement &
Control‘, Metropolitan Book Company, 4th
edition 2014.
4. Engineering Metrology – K.J. Hume,
Macdonald and Co. (publisher) London
5. The Springer handbook of metrology and
Testing, Czichos (Ed), 2011
179
Department of Electronics & Telecommunication
Vision of the Institute
To achieve excellent standards of quality education by keeping pace with rapidly changing technologies and to
create technical manpower of global standards with capabilities of accepting new challenges.
Mission of the Institute

Our efforts are dedicated to impart quality and value based education to raise satisfaction level of all stake-
holders. Our strength is directed to create competent professionals. Our endeavor is to provide all possible
support to promote research and development activities.
Vision of the Department
To achieve excellent standards of quality education by keeping pace with rapidly changing technologies and to
create technical manpower of global standards in electronics & telecommunication engineering with capabilities
of accepting new challenges.
Mission of the Department
Mission of the Department is
 To create competent professionals who are trained in the design, implementation of engineering &
telecommunication systems
 To contribute towards the advancement of engineering, science and technology
 To impart quality and value based education to raise satisfaction of all stake holders
 To promote research & development activities in the field of electronics & telecommunication
engineering and allied areas
Programme Educational Objectives

 PEO1: Identify, define and solve problems in the fields of electronics & communication engineering.
 PEO2: Employ necessary techniques and tools for advanced engineering applications, engage
themselves in research and development, and take up higher education.
 PEO3: Use their skills in ethical & professional manner to raise the satisfaction level of the
stakeholders.
180
Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes
Graduates of Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering shall be able to
Programme Outcomes
1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals, and an
engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex engineering
problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and
engineering sciences.
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system
components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and
safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research methods
including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide
valid conclusions.
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering
and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of the
limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal,
health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in
societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable
development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of the
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse
teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering
community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design
documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and
management principles and apply these to one‘s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage
projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent
and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change
Programme Specific Outcomes
PSO1: Demonstrate industrial practices learned through internship and solve the live problems of the
industries
PSO2: Acquire multidisciplinary knowledge through projects and hands on experience to meet industry needs.
PSO3: Demonstrate capability to undertake higher studies and develop leadership qualities to emerge as
potential entrepreneur.
181
B.TECH. ELECTRONICS & TELECOMMUNICATION
ENGINEERING
Term-I
Sub. Name of the Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme

Code Course
Th. Tu Pr. Total Credit Theory Practical Total
TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext.

BFYL101 Matrices 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
(Maths-I)
BFYL102 Differential & 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Vector
Calculus
(Maths-II)
BEEL101 AC & DC 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 25 - 75
BEEP101 Circuits
BEEL102 AC & DC 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Machine
BEEL103 Energy 1 - - 1 1 10 15 - - - 25
Sources &
Audit
BITL101 Programming 1 - 4 5 3 10 15 25 50 - 100
BITP101 for Problem
Solving
BECL101 Introduction to 1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 - 75
BECP101 Digital System
BECL104 Bio-System in 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Engg.
BCSP101 Data Analytics - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
BHUP104 Liberal/ - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 -- 25
Creative Arts
BHUP103 Foreign - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 - 25
Language
BFYP131 Waste - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
Management
BFYP132 Environmental - - 1 1 0.5 - - -- 25 -- 25
Science
Total 9 4 16 29 21 80 120 175 225 - 600
182
Term-II
Sub. Name of the Course Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
Code
Th T Pr Tota Credi Theory Practical Tota
. u . l t l
TA CA ES Int. Ext
E E E .
BFYL103 Integral & Multiple 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Calculus (Maths-III)
BFYL104 Ordinary & Partial 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 - - 50

Diffrential Equations
(Maths-IV )
BECL10 Engg. Mechanics- 1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 - 75

2 (CIVIL)/Analog Circuits -
BECP10 (IT+CSE+ETC+ETRX+E
2 E)
BFYP15 Internet of Things - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25

2
BFYL121 App. Physics 1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 - 75
BFYP12
1
BCSP10 Data Structure - - 4 4 2 - - - 50 - 50
2
BECP10 Embedded Programming - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
3
BMEP10 Digital Fabrication - - 4 4 2 - - - 50 - 50
2
BFYP15 Mini Model through - - 4 4 2 - - - 50 - 50
1 Innovation & Creativity
BHUL10 Communication Skills - 2 2 4 3 10 15 25 50 - 100

1
BHUP10
1
BMBP10 Entrepreneurship - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
1
BHUP10 Ethics & Professional - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 -- 25
2 Competancies
Total 4 5 26 35 22 50 75 125 35 - 600

0
183
Term-III
Sub. Name of the Mode of Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme

Code Course Conductio
n
. u . l t l
TA CA ES Int Ext
E E E . .
BFYL11 Maths- 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
2 5,Mathematic
al Modeling
BHUP20 Quant - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
3
BHUP20 Reasoning - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
2
BAIP202 Skill - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 25 50
Development
- 1(Linear
Algebra) Online
BHUP20 Buisness - - 4 4 2 - - - 50 - 50
5 English
Certification -I
BHUP20 Liberal - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
4 Arts/Creative
Arts (Hobby
Module)
BAIP204 Foundation - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 25 50
course in
ANN Online
BECL21 Electronic 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 - 75
5 Devices &
BECP21 Circuits
5 Offline
BEEL20 Network 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
6 Theory Offline
BECL21 Communicati 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 - 75
6 on
BECP21 Electronics
6 Offline
BECL21 Signal & 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
7 Systems Offline
BECL21 Embedded 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 25 100
8 Systems
BECP21 Design
8 Online
Total 9 3 17 29 20.5 60 90 150 25 75 625
0
184
Term-IV

Code Course Conducti
on
Th T Pr Tot Cred Theory Practica Tot
. u . al it l al
TA CA ES Int Ext
E E E . .
BFYL11 Maths 6 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
3 (Optimization
&z
transforms)
BMBP1 Enterprenuers - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
02 hip
Development
Practice
BHUP20 Aptitude 1 - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
6
BAIL203 Machine 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Learning
Algorithms
Online
BECL22 Sensor & 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 - - 50
0 Actuators Offline
BECL22 Electromagneti 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
1 c Field &
Waves Offline
BECL22 Analog 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
2 Systems &
BECP22 Design
2 Offline
xxxxx Open Elective- 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
I Offline
BECL22 Digital 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
3 Communicatio
BECP22 n
3 Offline
BECL22 Introduction to 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 25 - 75
4 Drones
BECP22
4 Online
BCSL20 Data Base 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 10 15 75
8 Management
BCSP20 System
8 Online
Total 14 2 11 27 21.5 90 135 225 13 15 600
5
185
Term-V
on
T T Pr Tot Cred Theory Practica Tot
h. u . al it l al
TA CA ES Int Ex
E E E . t.
BFYL1 Maths 7 ( Matrix 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
14 differential
equations)
MBP10 Advanced - - 4 4 2 - - - 50 - 50
4 Communication
Skills
BECP3 Skill Development - 2 2 1 - - - 25 25 50
17 -2
(VLSI based
Project)
BHUP3 Aptitude 2 - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
02
MBP30 Financial - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
1 Management for
Engineers
BECL3 CMOS VLSI 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 10 15 75
18 Design
BECP3
18 Online
BECL3 Digital Signal 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 25 100
16 Processing
BECP3
16 Offline
BECL3 Transmission Line 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
19 & Antennas
Offline
BECL3 Hardware 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 10 15 75
20 Description
BECP3 Language
20 Online
BCSP2 Java Programming - - 4 4 2 - - - 25 25 50
13
Online
XXXX Departmental 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Elective-1 Offline
BECP3 Internship - - 2 2 2 - - - 50 - 50
21 &Technical Report
Writing
Total 9 1 20 30 21 60 90 15 24 10 650
0 5 5
186
Term-VI
n
. u . l t l
TA CA ES Int. Ext
E E E .
BFYL11 Maths 8 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
5 (Probability,
FFT,
complex
variables)
BECP32 Skill - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 25 50
2 Developmen
t-3
(Machine
Learning
based
Projects)
BHUP30 Aptitude 3 - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
3
BHUP20 Soft 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
7 Employabilit
y Skills
MBP Project - - 2 2 1 - - - 50 - 50
Managemen
t
BMEP31 Product 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
9 Developmen
t & IPR
xxxx Open 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Elective-2
xxxx Interdiciplina 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
ry Elective-1
xxxx Department - - 4 4 2 - - - 25 25 50
al Elective-2
(Modeling) Online
xxxx Department 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
al Elective-3
BEEL31 Basic 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 25 - 75
9 Control
BEEP31 System
9 Offline
BECL32 Digital 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 25 - 75
3 Image
BECP32 Processing
3 Online
xxxxx Humanities 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Elective
Total 11 1 16 28 20 70 105 175 22 50 625
5
187
Term-VII
Sub. Name of Mode of Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme

Code the Course Conducti
on Th. T Pr Tot Cred Theory Practica Tot
u . al it l al
TA CA ES Int Ext
E E E . .
xxxxx Science 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Elective
BHUP3 Career - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
04 Developmen
t Practice
xxxx MOOCS/Op 1 - - 1 1 10 15 - - - 25
en Elective-
3
ry Elective-2
xxxx Department 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Elective-4
xxxx Department 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Elective-5
xxxx Department 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Elective-6
BCSL31 Cloud 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 10 15 75
5 Computing
BCSP31
5 Online
BECP41 Project - - 4 4 4 - - - 50 50
2 Phase-I
Total 12 0 8 20 18 70 105 150 85 15 425
Term-VIII
Sub. Name of Mode of Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
Code the Course Conducti
on
Th. T Pr Tot Cred Theory Practica Tot
u . al it l al
TA CA ES Int Ext
E E E . .
BECP42 Project - - 2 2 2 - - - 50 50 100
0 Phase-II
XXXX MOOCS/Op 3 - - 3 2 10 15 50 - - 75
en Elective-
4
BECP43 Six Month - - 24 24 12 - - - 10 10 200
7 Industry 0 0
Internship
Total 3 0 26 29 16 10 15 50 15 15 375
0 0
Total 160 Total Marks 450
Cred 0
it
188
Pool of Elective Vs Tracks
Communication Machine Embedded & BioMedical VLSI & Programming
,Signal Learning IoT Quantum
Processing & RF
Track-1 Track-2 Track-3 Track-4 Track-5 Track-6
Television & Soft Systems Biomaterials- Power Operating
Multimedia computing Programming Materials in Electronics Systems
Processing for Medicine
Embedded
Devices
Microwave & Pattern Mechatronics Biochemistry & Analog VLSI Big Data &
millimeter Recognition Cell Biology Design Hadoop
wave circuits
Wireless & Human Robotics Bio-Informatics/ MEMS & Data
Mobile Computer Manipulation Algorithm and Applications Structure &
Communication Interface Algorithms
Application
Audio & Speech Decision Automotive Brain Machine Quantum & Information
Signal Analytics Electronics Interface Optical Security &
Processing Electronics Crypto
Currency
Smart Natural Industrial Physics & Integrated Advanced
Antennas Language Automation Instrumentation Circuits & Networks
Processing of Medical Fabrication
Imaging
Multi-rate and Deep IoT System Neromorphic Photonics & Blockchain

wavelet Signal Learning Design Computing Nanotubes Technology
Processing Foundations
&
Applications
189
SEMSTER-III
Cour Programme Outcomes Program
se me
BECL215 -Electronic Devices and Circuits
Outc Specific
omes Outcome
s
Th. Tu Pr. Tot Credit Theory Practical Tot
al al P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext. Marks
O O O O O O O O OO O O S S S
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 - 75 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
0 1 2 1 2 3
*Mode of Exam: Paper Pen with 30% Gate CO1 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3
Pattern Questions
Course Objectives: CO2 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3
1. To gain knowledge of transistor small
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3
signal analysis.
2. To study need different types of amplifiers CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3
and oscillator.
3. To familiarize the students with the CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3
analysis of unipolar devices
CO6 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3
4. To use appropriate experimentation
techniques to evaluate circuit performance
Course Outcomes: Contents:

1. Demonstrate the concept of compensation CO-I: (9hrs)
techniques, Low frequency and High Transistor Biasing & Small Signal Analysis:
frequency analysis. Review of Transistor, Transistor current
2. Interpret the concepts of feedback and equations, Thermal Runaway ,Transistor
apply the concepts for improvement of Biasing & Stability, Compensation Methods,
performance of amplifier and oscillator Two-port Devices & the Transistor Hybrid
3. Analyze and design different types of model, analysis of a transistor amplifier circuit
power amplifiers and use methods for using h parameters, comparison of transistor
reduction of distortions amplifier configuration, Miller‘s Theorem, the
4. Compare the operation of the Field Effect alpha cut-off frequency, the hybrid pi (II)
Transistor (FET), Metal Oxide common –emitter transistor model.
Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor CO-II (8hrs)
(MOSFET) and design FET circuits Feedback Amplifiers & Oscillators: Types of
5. Apply concepts of transistors & amplifier Feedback, Advantages & Disadvantages of
Circuits Negative Feedback, Topology, Classification
6. Design simple circuits containing non- of Oscillators, Stability, Barkhausen Criteria,
linear elements. Design of RC, LC and Crystal Oscillators,
Numerical
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: CO-III (7hrs)
Power Amplifier: Classification A, B, AB, C,
Efficiency, Push Pull Configuration (A, B, AB)
Complementary symmetry, Second Harmonic
190
and Cross over Distortion., Design of Power Course Outcomes
Amplifiers (Class A and Class AB) Able to understand:
CO-IV (6hrs) CO1: Analyze circuits with ideal, independent,
and controlled voltage and current sources.
Unipolar Devices: Field Effect Transistor,
using Mesh & Nodal analysis.
MOSFET, NMOS, PMOS Principles of CO2: Determine the equivalent circuits of a
operation and characteristics, Biasing network that include passive devices,
arrangement, small signal analysis of CG, CB dependent sources, and independent sourcesin
and CD combination using network theorems.
Text Books: CO3: Interpret and measure the transient and
3. Electronics Devices and Circuits, S. sinusoidal Steady-state Responses of simple
RC and RLC circuits
Saliva Hanan, N Suresh Kumar, Tata
CO4 : Determining two port network
McGraw-Hill 2008, Third Edition parameters and one parameter in terms
4. Integrated Electronics Jacob Millman
Tata McGraw-Hill, 2009, Cour Programme Outcomes Program
Second Edition se me
5. Electronic Devices & Circuits, Sanjiv Outc Specific
Gupta omes Outcome
s
Reference Books:
1. Electronics devices and Circuits and P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
Theory Robert L. Boylestad, Louis O O O O O O O O OO O O S S S
Nashelsky, Pearson India, 2009, Tenth 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
Edition 0 1 2 1 2 3
2. Microelectronics Circuits A. S.
Sedra & K. C. Smith, Oxford CO1 3 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 3 2
University Press, 2013, Seventh Edition
CO2 3 3 1 1 1 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 3 2
3. Electronics Devices and Circuits,
Nagrath I J Phi Learning Pvt Ltd, 2009, CO3 3 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 3 2
Third Edition.
CO4 3 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 3 2
BEEL206- Network Theory CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Theory Practical T Syllabus:

Th. Tu Pr. Tot Credit ot CO I:Nodal and Mesh analysis (8 Hrs)
al Nodal and Mesh analysis, basic equilibrium
Hours TAE CAEESEInt. Ext. al equations, matrix approach for complicated
Marks
network, containing voltage, current sources,
2 5 Mutual Inductances, source transformations,
1 1 - 2 2 10 15 - - Duality.
5 0
*Mode of Exam: Paper Pen with 30% Gate
Pattern Questions CO II: Network Theorems (7 Hrs)
Reciprocity, Thevenin‘s, Norton‘s, maximum
Course Objectives:
power transfer, compensation, Tellegen‘s
1. The subject aims at basic components
theorem as applied to A.C. Circuits.
2. To study various sources and circuit analysis
method used in electrical system and their
CO III: Transfer functions (7Hrs)
behavior.
Transient behaviors, concept of complex
3. To study various numerical methods
frequency, Driving points and transfer
191
functions, poles, zeros of admittance function, presence of noise in communication
their properties, sinusoidal response from Pole- systems.
zero locations, convolution theorem and 2. Interpret and analyze Amplitude
integral solution.
Modulation and Frequency modulation.
CO IV: Two port network and filter(8 Hrs)
Two port network parameters and 3. Analyze FDM and TDM systems.
interconnections,Three Phase unbalanced 4. Illustrate the fundamentals of analog pulse
circuits and power calculations. Introduction of modulation techniques.
Basic filters (R-C, L-C).Advanced topic on the 5. Design and conduct experiments, using
subject modern communication tools necessary for
Text Books: various engineering applications.
● Networks & Systems by D Roy
6. Demonstrate the basics of Television and
Choudhury [partial ebook]
● Engineering Circuit Analysis by W. H. Satellite systems.
Hayt, J. E. Kemmerly & S. M. Durbin
● Fundamentals of Electric Circuits by C.
K. Alexander & M. N. O. Sadiku
Reference Books: Cou Programme Outcomes Progra
● Network Analysis and Synthesis by
Franklin F. Kuo [ebook] rse mme
● Network Analysis, M. Van Valkenburg, Outc Specific
Pearson Education, 2006 omes Outcom
● Introduction to Modern Network es
Synthesis, M. Van Valkenburg, John
Wiley & Sons. P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
BECL216-Communication Electronics 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme 0 1 2 1 2 3
Theory Practical T CO1 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2
Th. Tu Pr. Tota Credit
ot
l
al
Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext. CO2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 2
Marks
1 2 2 7 CO3 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 2
2 - 2 4 3 15 -
0 5 5 5
*Mode of Exam: Paper Pen with 30% Gate CO4 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2
Pattern Questions
CO5 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the basic concept of CO6 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 2
communication systems.
2. To understand the concept of analog
3. To understand theory of analog pulse
4. To understand working of radio receivers.
5. To understand the classification of
multiplexing and multiplexing hierarchy.
Contents:
Course Outcomes: CO-I: (8hrs)
1. Demonstrate the fundamentals of Introduction to Analog Communication:
communication systems and interpret the Review of signals and systems, Frequency
192
domain of signals, Review of probability and 3. Digital Communication John G.
random process. Base Band Signals and their Proakis, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2002,
bandwidth requirements. Noise in Third Edition
Communication systems, Gaussian and white 4. DigitalCommunicationShanmugham
noise characteristics. Wiley student 2009, Fourth
CO-II (8hrs) Edition
Analog Modulation Techniques: Principles of
Amplitude Modulation Systems- DSB, SSB and
VSB modulations, Envelope detector, Angle BECL217- Signals and Systems
Modulation and their types, Reactance tube and
FET modulators, Armstrong method, FM Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
discriminator, Super heterodyne Receiver, Th. Tu Pr. To Credit Theory Practical Tot
Performance characteristics: Sensitivity, tal al
Selectivity, Fidelity, Image Frequency Hours TAECAE ESE Int. Ext.Marks
Rejection.
1 1
CO-III (7 hrs) 1 1 - 2 2 25 - - 50
0 5
Pulse Modulation Techniques: Pulse *Mode of Exam: Paper Pen with 30% Gate
modulation. Sampling process. Pulse Pattern Questions
Amplitude and Pulse code modulation (PCM).
Differential pulse code modulation. Delta Course Objectives:
modulation. Noise considerations in PCM. 1. To introduce the fundamentals,
CO-IV (7 hrs) characteristics, concept techniques of
Multiplexers: FDM, TDM, Multiplexing signals & systems.
Hierarchy, Digital Multiplexers, Basic concept 2. Understanding signals and systems in terms
of Television System, Introduction to satellite of both the time and transform domains,
systems.Advanced topic on the subject taking advantage of the complementary
Text Books: insights and tools that these different
1. Electronics Communication System, perspectives provide
Kennedy, Davis Tata McGraw- 3. Development of the mathematical skills
Hill, 2010, Fourth Edition like Fourier series, Fourier transforms,
2. Communication Electronics, Roddy Random theory to solve problems
&Coolen PHI, 2010, Fourth Edition involving convolution, filtering,
3. Communication Electronics Principles modulation and sampling
and Applications Frenzel, Tata 4. To define channel capacities and properties
McGraw-Hill, 2011, Third Edition using Shannon‘s Theorem and calculate the
4. Communication Engineering U. A. information content
Bakshi, A. P. Godse, Technical
Publications, 2009, Third Edition Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
Reference Books: 1. Illustrate& classify signals, systems &
1. Modern Digital & Analog identify LTI systems
Communication Systems, B. P. Lathi, 2. Find Fourier series & Fourier transform for
Oxford Press Publication, 1998, Third different signals
Edition 3. Analyze the Continuous Time systems by
2. Digital Communication Simon performing Convolution
Haykin Wiley and sons, 2003, Third 4. Demonstrate Discrete time systems and
Edition LTI systems.
193
Fourier Transform for Periodic Signals,
Cou Programme Outcomes Progra Properties of CTFT, Convolution and
rse mme multiplication property of continuous FT,
Out Specific Systems characterized by Linear Constant
com Outcom Coefficient Differential Equations.
es es Convolution Property. Sampling Theorem,
Effect of Under Sampling, and Sampling of
P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Discrete -Time Signals
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O CO-III (8hrs)
0 1 2 1 2 3 Continuous time and discrete time Linear
CO1 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 shift-invariant (LSI) systems: Impulse
response and step response, convolution,
CO2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 input-output behavior with aperiodic
convergent inputs, cascade interconnections.
CO3 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 2
Characterization of causality and stability of
CO4 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 linear shift-invariant systems. System
representation through differential equations
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: and difference equations. Periodic and semi-
periodic inputs to an LSI system, the notion of
a frequency response and its relation to the
impulse response, Fourier series representation,
Contents: the Fourier Transform,
CO-I: (7hrs) convolution/multiplication and their effect in
Introduction to Signals and Systems:Signals the frequency domain, magnitude and phase
and systems as seen in everyday life, and in response, Fourier domain duality. Parseval's
various branches of engineering and science Theorem. The idea of signal space and
electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, thermal, orthogonal bases of signals. Time de main and
biomedical signals and systems as examples. Frequency domain aspects of ideal and non-
Extracting the common essence and ideal filters.
requirements of signal and system analysis CO-IV (8hrs)
from these examples. Formalizing signals: Discrete Time Fourier Transform (DTFT)
energy and power signals, signal properties: and Discrete Fourier Transform
periodicity, absolute integrability, determinism (DFT):Properties of DTFT and DFT,
and stochastic character. Some special signals convolution property, multiplication property,
of importance: the CO step, the CO impulse, Duality, Systems characterized by Linear
the sinusoid, the complex exponential, some Constant Coefficient Difference Equations
special time-limited signals; continuous and Laplace Transform for continuous time signals
discrete time signals, continuous and discrete and systems: the notion of eigen functions of
amplitude signals. Formalizing systems: LSI systems, a basis of eigen functions, region
system properties: linearity: additivity and of convergence, system functions, poles and
homogeneity, shift-invariance, causality, zeros of system functions and signals, Laplace
stability, Realizability. Examples domain analysis, solution to differential
CO-II (7hrs) equations and system behavior.
Continuous Time Fourier Text Books:
Transform:Representation of Aperiodic Signal,
194
1. Signals and Systems(Alan V 1 1 2 1 1
2 - 2 4 3 75
Oppenheim, Alan S Willsky, S Hamid 0 5 5 0 5
Nawab)Prentice Hall India 2009- *Mode of Exam: Practical Application
Second Edition Based Online
2. Signals and Systems, S. Haykin and B. Course Objectives:
van Veen, Wiley1998 1. To study and understand various
microcontrollers and embedded systems.
Cou Programme Outcomes Progra 2. To understand the design parameters of
rse mme embedded systems applications.
Outc Specific 3. To study and impart different tools for
omes Outcom embedded system and IoT application
es design.
P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Course Outcomes:
O O O O O O O O OO O O S S S 1. Demonstrate the principle of embedded
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O systems and Microcontroller
0 1 2 1 2 3 2. Develop programming for applications
develop real time applications
CO1 2 2 3 2 3 2 1 3 2 3 3. Design the interfacing of devices and
peripherals
CO2 2 2 3 2 3 2 1 3 2 3
4. Make Use of ARM7 Controller for
CO3 3 2 3 2 3 2 1 3 2 3 Designing of Embedded Applications
5. Develop Different IoT platform for
CO4 3 2 3 2 3 2 1 3 2 3 Embedded applications
6. Design and Develop different embedded
CO5 3 2 3 3 3 2 1 3 2 3
system and IoT applications.
CO6 3 2 3 3 3 2 1 3 2 3
Reference Books:
1. Digital Signal Processing, Principles CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Algorithms, and Applications, John G. Contents:
Prokis, Dimitris G. Manolakis, PHI, CO-I: (7hrs)
2007,4 Embedded Systems: Introduction to
2. Signal Processing, James H. McClellan, embedded Systems, Requirements
Pearson/Prentice Hal,2006,1 /Components of Embedded Systems, Design
3. Signals and System, Third Edition, Process in Embedded System
2008, P. Ramesh Babu, R. Ananda Microcontrollers: Introduction to
Natarajan, Scitech,2008,3 microcontrollers, 8051 architecture, addressing
modes and instruction set, 8051 programming
in Assembly language and Embedded C.
CO-II (7hrs)
Programming: Timer, Interrupts and serial
BECL218- Embedded Systems Design communications, Serial I/O, Programming
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme Tools
Th. Tu Pr. Tot Credit Theory Practical Tot Interfacing with 8051: ADC and DAC
al al interfaces for microcontrollers, Real time
interfacing with LED, Keypad, LCD display,
195
Sensors interfacing (LDR, IR, PIR ,GSM, GPS, Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext. Marks
GPRS, Bluetooth.etc.)
- - 2 2 1 - - - 25 25 50
CO-III (8hrs)
Introduction of 32-bit *Mode of Exam: Practical Application
Microcontroller:Advanced devices and Based Online
Course Objectives:
peripheral interfacing with
1. Be able to formulate machine learning
ATmega16:ARM7 Processors, ARM
problems corresponding to different
Architecture, Register and Memory
applications.
organization, addressing modes, Arm Thumb
2. Be able to apply machine learning
and instruction sets, Basic Assembly
algorithms to solve problems of moderate
Programming,
complexity.
CO-IV (8hrs)
Embedded IoT Applications: Introduction to Course Outcomes: Upon completion of the
Raspberry PI and Intel Galileo Board, Python course students shall be able to:
Programming, OOP‘s and Modules in Python 1. Interpret the basic concepts and techniques
Programming, Design and perform different of artificial Intelligence
embedded system and IoT Applications: 2. Classify machine learning algorithms to
Robotic, Industrial Automations& Health care. solve real time problems of moderate
Text Books: complexity and Apply experience of
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, the 8051 independent study and research through
Micro-controller & Embedded System case studies.
using assembly & C, Pearson
Education,2008, Second
2. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, ARM CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Assembly language programming and Cou Programme Outcomes Progra
Architecture, Second rse mme
3. Raj Kamal, Microcontrollers: Out Specific
Architecture, Programming, Interfacing com Outcom
and System Design, Pearson Education es es
India, 2009, Second P P P P P P P P PP P P P P P
Reference Books: O O O O O O O O OO O O S S S
1. Shibu K. V. Introduction to Embedded 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
System, The McGraw Hill, 2011, 0 1 2 1 2 3
2. Ajay V. Deshmukh, Micro-controllers -
CO1 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 2
Theory and Applications, Tata McGraw
Hill, CO2 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 2
3. Kenneth J. Ayala, The 8051 Micro-
controller – Architecture, Programming
& Applications, Penram International & Contents
Thomson Asia, 1996, Second CO-I: Artificial Neural Networks:
(8hrs)
BEC P225 -Artificial Intelligence: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence,
Application in Electronics Understanding the Brain, Neural Networks as a
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme Paradigm for Parallel Processing, The
Perceptron, Training a Perceptron, Learning
Th. Tu Pr. Tota Credit Theory Practical Tota
l l
Boolean Functions, Multilayer Perceptron,
196
Backpropagation Algorithm, Introduction to 3. To able to understand different sensors &
Bayesian Function. actuators
CO-II: Applications in Electronics:
(7hrs) Course Outcomes:
This CO provides an intensive introduction to 1. Analyze and use the functions of various
artificial intelligence and its applications to instrumentation systems.
problems of medical diagnosis, therapy 2. Interpret fundamental and some special
selection, and monitoring and learning from
knowledge in process automation in
databases.
Case Study 1: - Potential use of a causal industries
Bayesian network to support both clinical and CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
pathophysiology tutoring in an intelligent
tutoring system for anemias. Cou Programme Outcomes Progra
rse mme
Link for problem and solution for case study: Outc Specific
https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/health-sciences- omes Outcom
and-technology/hst-947-medical-artificial-
es
intelligence-spring-
005/projects/anemias_tutoring.pdf P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
Text Books:
1. Introduction to machine 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
learning,EthemAlpaydin. — 2nd ed., The 0 1 2 1 2 3
MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts,
CO1 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 1 3 2 3
London, England.
2. Introduction to artificial neural systems, J. CO2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 1 3 2 3
Zurada, St. Paul: West.
3. R in a Nutshell, 2nd Edition - O'Reilly
Media.
Reference Books: Contents:
4. Machine Learning, Tom M Mitchell. CO-I: (7hrs)
5. The Elements of Statistical Learning, Trevor Static and dynamic characteristics - Active and
Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Jerome Friedman, passive transducers, Sensors and transducers,
Springer Pressure, Flow, Level, Temperature, humidity,
light sensor, piezo electric transducer
Fourth Term
CO-II (8hrs)
BECL 220- Sensors and Actuators Sensors: IC sensor, Digital transducers, Smart
sensor, MEMS sensors, Fiber optic transducer,
Th. Tu Pr. Tot Credit Theory Practical Tot Signal conditioning techniques used in various
al al
TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext. Marks
transducers, Linearization, Shielding
Hours
techniques, Data Acquisition System, Industry
1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 - - 50 Standard Bus architecture, Actuation Systems:
*Mode of Exam: Paper Pen with 30% Gate ADC, DAC, Pneumatic & hydraulic control
Pattern Questions Valves, Solid state switches, Motor Control
Course Objectives: Techniques, PLC controller.
1. To gain knowledge about the measuring Text Books:
instruments, sensors & actuator. 1. Principles of Industrial Instrumentation,
2. To able to calibrate and testing of different D. Patranabis, Tata Mcgraw-Hill,1999,
sensors 2
197
2. A course in Electrical and Electronic 4. To conceptually understand the UPW
Measurement and Instrumentation, Polarization features and Poynting
A.K. Sawhney, Dhanpat Raj and Sons, Theorem, and apply them for practical
New Delhi, 1999, 3 problems.
3. Getting Started with The Internet of
Course Outcomes:
Things: Connecting Sensors and
1. Distinguish between the static and time-
Microcontrollers to the Cloud, Cuno
varying fields,
Pfister, Oreilly Publication, 2011,
2. Make use of Maxwell equations to solve
Reference Books: filed problems
1. Measurement systems application and 3. Analyze the Wave Equations and evaluate
design, Ernest O. Doebelin, Tata the UPW Characteristics with estimation of
McGraw Hill Publishing Co. New Polari
Delhi, 1999, IV 4. Apply the concepts of EM theory to solve
2. Industrial Instrumentation, Eckman D. the engineering problems.
P. M, Wiley Eastern Limited, 1990, II
3. Internet of Things with Raspberry Pi 3:
Leverage the power of Raspberry Pi 3
and JavaScript to build exciting IoT Co Programme Outcomes Progra
projects, Maneesh Rao, Packet, 2018, I urs mme
e Specific
Out Outcom
co es
BECL 221- Electromagnetic Fields & Waves mes
P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme O O O O O O O O OO O O S S S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
al al 0 1 2 1 2 3
Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext.Marks
CO 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3
1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
1
*Mode of Exam: Paper Pen with 30% Gate CO 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3
Pattern Questions 2
Course Objectives: CO 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3
1. To learn the Basic Laws, Concepts and 3
proofs related to Electrostatic Fields and CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3
Magneto static Fields, and apply them to 4
solve physics and engineering problems.
2. To distinguish between static and time- Contents:
varying fields, and understand the CO-I: (8hrs)
significance and utility of Maxwell‘s Electrostatics: Coordinate Systems – Vector
Equations and Boundary Conditions, and fields, Coulomb‘s Law, Electric Field Intensity
gain ability to provide solutions to – Fields due to Different Charge Distributions,
communication engineering problems. Electric Flux Density, Gauss Law, Divergence
3. To analyze the characteristics of Uniform theorem and applications, Electric Potential,
Plane Waves (UPW), determine their Relations Between E and V, Gradient, Energy
propagation parameters and estimate the Density, Convection and Conduction Currents,
same for dielectric and dissipative media. Continuity Equation, Isotropic and
198
Homogeneous Dielectrics, Poisson‘s and 5. Networks, Lines and Fields. John D.
Laplace‘s Equations. Ryder, PHI,1999,2
BECL 222, BECP 222- Analog System

CO-II (7hrs)
Design
Magnetostatics: Biot-Savart‘s Law, Ampere‘s
Circuital Law and Applications, Magnetic Flux
Density, Curl, Magnetic Scalar and Vector
Potentials, Forces due to Magnetic Fields Th. Tu Pr. Tot Credit Theory Practical Tot
al al
CO-III (8hrs) Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext.Marks
Maxwell’s Equations and its applications:
Maxwell‘s Equations for static and time varying 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 - 75
fields, Maxwell‘s Equations in differential and *Mode of Exam: Paper Pen with 30% Gate
integral Forms and their significance, Pattern Questions
Conditions at a Boundary Surface, Electric and Course Objectives:
magnetic boundary conditions: Dielectric- 1. To understand analog circuits and systems.
Dielectric and Dielectric-Conductor Interfaces, 2. To know linear and nonlinear applications
Practical applications. of operational amplifier ICs.
CO-IV (8hrs) 3. To study frequency response of different
EM Waves: Wave Equations for Conducting circuits based on operational amplifier
and Perfect Dielectric Media, Uniform Plane applications.
Waves – Definition, All Relations Between E & 4. To study and use different ICs such as
H, Sinusoidal Variations, Wave Propagation in timers for applications.
Lossless and Conducting Media, Conductors &
Dielectrics – Characterization, Wave Course Outcomes:
1. Apply knowledge of differential amplifier
Propagation in Good Conductors and Good
to design operational amplifier.
Dielectrics, Skin effect, Poynting Vector and
2. Design op-amp based circuits required in
Poynting Theorem – Applications,, Reflection
and Refraction of Plane Waves – Normal and embedded system design, communications
systems
Oblique Incidences for both Perfect Conductor
3. Design real time applications using filters
and Perfect Dielectrics, Snell‘s law, Brewster
& oscillators.
Angle, Surface Impedance, Polarization.
4. Design analog applications using different
Text Books:
ICs.
1. Engineering Electromagnetics. William
5. Analyze and estimate the low and high
H. Hayt Jr. and John A. Buck, Mc
frequency behavior of linear circuits,
Graw Hill Education,2006,7
including noise.
2. Principles of Electromagnetics,
6. Apply op-amps fundamentals and computer
Matthew N.O. Sadiku and S.V.
tools in project design, evaluation, and
Kulkarni, Oxford University
analysis
Press,2015,6
3. Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Systems., E. C. Jordan and K.G.
Balmain, PHI, 2000, 2
Reference Books:
4. Engineering Electromagnetics, Nathan
Ida, Springer (India) Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2005, 2
199
Comparator, Voltage Limiters and Window
se Specific Detector, Clippers and Clampers, Peak
Outc Outcomes
Detector, Precision Rectifiers, sample & Hold,
omes
P P P P P P P P P P P P P PS PS ADC, DAC
O O O O O O O O O O O O S O2 O3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 12 O
CO-IV (8hrs)
0 1 1 The 555 Timer, Phase Locked Loops IC565,
CO1 3 3 3 1 1 2 1 2 3 3 3 2
ICL8038 & XR2206 Function Generator,
CO2 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 Voltage Controlled Oscillator Basic
Operation, IC based Voltage Regulator
CO3 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
Circuits, Dual Track Voltage Regulator,
CO4 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 Three - Terminal Regulator (Fixed Regulator)
CO5 3 3 3 1 1 2 1 2 3 3 3 2
Voltage Adjustment and Current Boosting of
Fixed Regulator, Merits and Drawbacks of
CO6 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 Linear Regulators.
Text Books:
1. Operational amplifiers, Design and
applications, Tobey, Graeme,
Huelsman, McGraw Hill,1990,2
2. Operational Amplifiers and Linear
Integrated Circuits, Gaikwad R. A, PHI,
2
Contents: Reference Books:
CO-I: (6hrs) 1. Design with OPAMPS and Analog ICS
Differential Amplifier, Cascaded Differential Francis S McGraw Hills
Amplifier Stages and Level Translator, AC and 2. OPAMPS and Linear ICs Fiore J.M
DC Analysis of Cascade Amplifier, Current Delmer-Thomson, USA 2001, 2
Mirror, Design of two stage direct-coupled
amplifier. BECL223, BECP 223- Digital
CO-II (8hrs) Communication
OPAMP, inverting, non-inverting, differential
amplifier configurations, negative feedback,
voltage gain, input & output impedance, Th. Tu Pr. Tot Credit Theory Practical Tot
Bandwidth. Input offset voltage, input bias and al al
offset current, Thermal drift, CMRR, PSRR,
Frequency response. Linear applications, DC, 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 - 75
ac amplifiers, summing differential amplifier, *Mode of Exam: Paper Pen with 30% Gate
instrumentation amplifier, V to I and I to V Pattern Questions
converters, Integrator, Differentiator. Course Objectives:
CO-III (8hrs) 1. To understand the basic knowledge of
Classification of Filters, Active Filters, First to digital communication system & Source
Sixth –Order Butterworth filter, IGMF coding techniques.
configuration, All Pass Filter, Cascade Design 2. To study different modulation schemes,
of Filters, Classification of Oscillators, Design multiple accesses, error probability for
of Op-amp based Phase Shift and Wein Bridge digital communication.
Oscillators, Square, Triangular and Saw Tooth
Wave Generators, Schmitt Trigger, Voltage
200
3. To impart the knowledge of design, Baseband Modulation and Demodulation
analysis & comparison of digital Techniques:
communication systems. Sequential circuit Sequential circuit: Latches
and flip-flops, counters, shift register, Finite
Course Outcomes: state machine; representation and
1. Interpret baseband systems, sampling, synthesis.Digital Band pass Modulation
quantization and source coding techniques, Coherent & Non coherent detection,
2. Elaborate different techniques of modern Complex envelop, Error performance for Binary
digital communication system, M-Ary signaling and performance,
3. Evaluate performance of various Symbol error performance for M-ary Systems,
modulation & demodulation techniques Bit error Rate calculations.
4. Design digital systems using appropriate
mathematical techniques CO-III (7hrs)
5. Solve various source/channel coding and Block and convolutional channel codes, Linear
error-control coding techniques block codes, generator matrix and parity check
6. Evaluate and apply spread spectrum matrix, some specific linear block codes,
Techniques and its performance parameters syndrome decoding, cyclic codes, optimum
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: decoding of convolutional codes- Viterbi
Course Programme Outcomes Programme algorithm.
Outco Specific CO-IV (8hrs)
mes Outcomes
Advanced Modulation Method & Spread
P P P P P P P P P P P P P PS PS Spectrum techniques: Gram – Schmitt
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 12 O procedure, Spread Spectrum techniques:
0 1 1 Spread Spectrum Overview, Pseudo noise
CO1 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 2 2
Sequences, Direct-Sequence Spread Spectrum
CO2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 3 3 systems, Frequency hopping systems,
CO3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2
Synchronization, Jamming consideration,
Advanced topics on Digital Communication.
CO4 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 3 3
Text Books:
CO5 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 2 2 1. Digital Communications (Fundamentals
and applications), Bernard Sklar,
CO6 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2
Pearson Education,2005,2nd
Contents: 2. Digital Communication, Simon Haykin,
CO-I: (8hrs) Wiley Eastern,2001,4th
Digital Base Band Modulation Techniques: 3. Modern Digital and Analog
Bandwidth of digital Data, Base band system, Communication Systems, B. P. Lathi,
formatting textual Data, Messages, characters, Oxford University press,1999,3rd
and symbols, Formatting Analog Information, Reference Books:
Sources of Corruption, Inter symbol 1. Digital Communication, John G.
Interference. Uniform and non-uniform Prokis, Tata Mc –Graw HILLS,2007,5
quantization, Base band Modulation, 2. Communication Electronics, Roddy &
Correlative Coding, Formatting analogue Colin, PHI, Prentice-Hall PTR,1981,2
information, Line coding, Scrambling, Digital 3. Communication Electronics, Kennedy,
multiplexing. Tata Mc –Graw HILLS,,2012,5
CO-II (7hrs)
BECL224- Introduction to Drones
201
Basics: Introduction to the Drones and various
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme Applications of Drone, Working Principle and
design. Inertial Measurement CO, Sensors and
Cre Theory Practical
Th. Tu Pr. To To calibration, ID Implementation and Tuning
tal dit tal CO-II (6hrs)
Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext.
Marks Drone Technology & Networking: Intra-inter
Drone Communication, Network Topology &
1 1 2 2 protocol, Cluster-networking
- - 4 4 2 - 75
0 5 5 5 CO-III (6hrs)
*Mode of Exam: Paper Pen with 30% Gate Drone Hardware Fabrication: Selection
Pattern Questions electronics components such sensors, controller,
BLDC motor, Battery, Flight controller, Remote
Course Objectives: Controller and other Assembly accessories.
1. To familiarize with various drone CO-IV (12hrs)
components and understand their Drone Designing: Design structure. Designing
properties. techniques and optimization, Battery
2. To understand basic fundamentals of Management, Payload management, Testing
Drone. and analysis, aero-dynamics &
calibration.Hands on project: Precautions while
Assembling, Exercises based on Flight
applications based on Drones. controller &boards like Ardupilot APM
Course Outcomes: 2.x,3.x,hobby kin kk5.0, CC3D,Pixhawk
Reference Books:
1. Examine various drones and its devices.
1. Theory, Design and Applications of
2. Apply knowledge of drone for related
Unmanned Aerial Vehicles- by A. R. Jha
application.
,2016
3. Demonstrate the knowledge of Drone and
2. Handbook of Unmanned Aerial Vehicles-
its application
Valavanis, K. Vachtsevanos, Geore J,2014
4. Develop the skill to build, and troubleshoot
Drone circuits BCSL208, BCSP208-Database Management
System
Cour Programme Outcomes Program Pre-requisite:
se me Programming for
Outc Specific Evaluation Scheme
omes Outcomes Problem
SolvingTeaching Scheme
O O O O O O O O O O O O S S S Th. Tu Pr. Tot Credit Theory Practical Tot
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 12 O O O al al
0 1 1 2 3 Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext.Marks
CO1 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 2 2 1
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 10 75
5
CO2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 3 3
*Mode of Exam: Practical Application
CO3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2 Based Online
CO4 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 3 3
Course Objective:
1. This course introduces general idea of
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: database management system.
2. It is aimed at developing skills to design
Contents: databases using data modeling and design
CO-I: (6hrs) techniques.
202
3. It is also aimed to developing skills to functions, set operations, sub-queries,
implement real life applications which correlated sub-queries, Use of group by,
involve database handling. having, order by, join and its types, Exist, Any,
All , view and its types. Transaction control
4. This course also provide carrier commands – Commit, Rollback, Save point.
opportCOies in subject areas of designing, Cursors, Stored Procedures, Stored Function,
storage techniques and data handling and Database Triggers
managing techniques CO-IV: (9hrs)
Query Processing & Query Optimization:
Course Outcome: Upon successful Overview, measures of query cost, selection
completion of the course, students shall be operation, sorting, join, evaluation of
able to- expressions, transformation of relational
1. Analyze an information storage problem expressions, estimating statistics of expression
and derive an information model expressed results, evaluation plans and materialized views
in the form of an entity relation diagram Text Books:
and other optional analysis forms and 1 Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth and
design appropriate data model for it. S. Sudarshan, Database System Concepts
2. Demonstrate an understanding of various 4th Ed, McGraw Hill, 2002.
normalization forms and apply knowledge 2 Jeff Ullman, and Jennifer Widom, A First
Course in Database systems, 2nd Ed.
of normalization for creation of database.
3. Demonstrate SQL queries to perform
Reference Books:
CRUD (Create, Retrieve, Update, Delete) 1 G. K. Gupta ‖Database Management
operations on database and perform Systems‖, McGraw – Hill.
inferential analysis of data model 2 Regina Obe, Leo Hsu, PostgreSQL: Up and
4. Demonstrate query processing and able to Running, 3rd Ed, O'Reilly Media 2017.
design optimized query execution plan. 3 Kristina Chodorow, Shannon Bradshaw,
5. Develop basic transaction processing and MongoDB: The Definitive Guide, 3rd Ed,
management and ensure database security, O'Reilly Media 2018.
integrity and concurrency control 4 RamezElmasri and ShamkantNavathe,
6. Demonstrate the management of structured Fundamentals of Database Systems 2nd Ed,
and unstructured data management with Benjamin Cummings, 1994.
recent tools and technologies.

Course Programme Outcomes Programme
Contents: Outco Specific
mes Outcomes
CO-I: (5hrs)
Introduction to DBMS, DBMS Architecture, P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
O O O O O O O O O O O O S S S
Data Models, UML
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
CO-II: (7hrs) 0 1 2 1 2 3
Relational Database design: Functional
CO1 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 2 2
Dependency (FD) – Basic concepts, closure of
set of FD, closure of attribute set, CO2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 3 3
Decomposition, Normalization – 1NF, 2NF,
3NF, BCNF, 4NF. CO3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2
CO-III: (9hrs) CO4 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 3 3

SQL Concepts: Basics of SQL, DDL, DML,
DCL, structure – creation, alteration, defining CO5 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 2 2
constraints, Functions - aggregate functions,
Built-in functions –numeric, date, string CO6 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2
203
Co Programme Outcomes Progra 2. Summarize and compare a range of
ur mme machine learning algorithms along with
se Specific their strengths and weaknesses
O Outcom
ut es CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
co
me P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
s O O OO O O O O OO O O S S S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
0 1 2 1 2 3 Contents:
CO-I (6 hrs)
C 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 2 Understanding Machine Learning:
O1 Introduction, What Is Machine Learning?
Examples of Machine Learning Applications,
C 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 2
Learning Associations, Supervised &
O2 Unsupervised Learning, Reinforcement
Learning, Classification, Regression
CO-II (5hrs) Applying R-
Programming: R - Basic Syntax, Data Types,
Variables, Operators, Decision Making, Loops,
Functions, Strings, Vectors, Lists, Matrices,
BCSP217- MACHINE LEARNING Arrays, Factors, Data Frames, Packages-chart
& graphs
CO-III (4hrs)
Clustering & Application of ML:
Th. Tu Pr. To Credit Theory Practical To Introduction to clustering, k-Means Clustering,
tal tal Hierarchical clustering, Introduction to Chat
Hours TAECAEESE Int. Ext.Marks Bot, creation of Chat Bot
Text Books:
2 2 1. Introduction to machine learning, Ethem
- - 2 2 1 - - - 50
5 5 Alpaydin. 2nd ed., The MIT Press,
*Mode of Exam: Practical Application Cambridge, Massachusetts, London,
Based Online England.
2. Introduction to artificial neural systems, J.
Course Objectives: Zurada, St. Paul: West.
1. Be able to formulate machine learning 3. R in a Nutshell, 2nd Edition - O'Reilly
problems corresponding to different Media.
applications.
2. Be able to apply machine learning Reference Books:
algorithms to solve problems of moderate 1. Machine Learning, Tom M Mitchell.
complexity. 2. The Elements of Statistical Learning,
Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Jerome
Course Outcomes: Friedman, Springer
Upon completion of the course students shall
be able to:
1. Develop skills of using recent machine
learning software for solving practical
problems.
204
Cou Programme Outcomes Progra
rse mme
Outc Specifi
FIFTH Term
omes c
BECL318- CMOS VLSI Design
Outco
mes
1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 10 15 75 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
0 1 2 1 2 3
*Mode of Exam: Practical Application CO1 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 2 2
Based Online
Course Objectives: CO2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 3 3
1. Learn MOS transistor theory.
CO3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2
2. Expose to MOS circuit design & Layout
processes. CO4 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 3 3
3. Expose to CMOS logic structures.
4. Learn scaling of MOS circuits.
Contents:
Course Outcomes: CO-I: (6hrs)
1. Identify fundamental principles of VLSI Basic MOS Technology:MOS Structure,
(Very Large Scale Integrated) circuit Threshold Equation, Ion Implantation,
design and layout. MOSFET Current-Voltage Characteristics,
2. Interpret CMOS fabrication technologies. Channel Length Modulation, Substrate Bias
3. Determine physical VLSI design issues Effect, MOSFET Scaling, Channel Effects,
(bottom-up design) and basic CMOS logic MOSFET Capacitance, Numerical
gates,
CO-II (8hrs)
4. Design building blocks of large-scale MOS Inverter:Noise ImmCOy, Noise Margin,
CMOS digital integrated circuits Inverter with different Loads, CMOS DC
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: Characteristics, Design of CMOS Inverter,
Static Load MOS Inverters, Numerical
CO-III (10hrs)
Switching Characteristics:Rise and Fall Time
Derivation, Numerical, Inverter Design with
delay constraint, MOSFET Capacitance,
Estimation of Interconnect Parasitics,
Interconnect Delay, Switching Power
Dissipation, Power Delay Product
CO-IV (6hrs)
Circuit Design Processes: Combinational
MOS Circuits, Stick diagrams. Design rules
and layout – lambda-based design and other
rules. Examples. Layout diagrams. Symbolic
diagrams, Transmission Gates, nMOS
fabrication. CMOS fabrication.
205
Text Books: Course Outcomes:
1. Design of Analog CMOS Integrated 1. Make use of linear time invariant systems.
Circuits, Behzad Razavi., McGraw-Hill, 2. Elaborate discrete parameter signals.
Inc., New York, NY, USA.,2000, 3. Apply knowledge of how to use linear
2. CMOS Circuit design, Layout and transforms.
Simulation, R. J. Baker, H W Li, D. E. 4. Apply linear system analysis to engineering
Boyce, PHI EEE, problems.
3. Principles of CMOS VLSI Design, Neil H.
E. Weste, Kamran Eshraghian, Addison Co Programme Outcomes Progra
Wesley,
urs mme
Reference Books: e Specifi
1. CMOS Logic Circuit Design,,John P. Out c
Uyemura,,Illustrated, Springer Science & co Outco
Business Media,,1999, mes mes
2. CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits Analysis
& Design,,Sung-Mo Kang & Yusuf
Leblebici,,Tata McGraw -Hill,2003,
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
3. Digital integrated circuits: a design
0 1 2 1 2 3
perspective, Second Edition,,Jan M.
Rabaey, Anantha P. Chandrakasan, CO 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 2 2
Borivoje Nikolic,Illustrated, Pearson 1
Education,2003, CO 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 3 3
4. Design of Analog CMOS Integrated 2
Circuits,Razavi,McGraw-Hill,2001, CO 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2
3
BECL316, BECP 316- Digital Signal CO 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 3 3
Processing 4
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme CO 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 2 2
5
al al CO 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2
Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext. Marks 6
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75

Pattern Questions Contents:
Course Objectives: CO-I: (6hrs)
1. Analyze the signals in time and frequency Introduction: Representations of discrete
domain signals, Discrete time systems & properties,
2. Be familiar with transformation tools on Basic operators and Convolution, Correlation,
signals & systems and analyze Z-Transforms & properties, Inverse Z-
3. Learn to design various digital filters and Transforms Methods.
analyze their frequency response CO-II (8hrs)
4. Develop DSP technique for various Fourier Analytical Techniques:Frequency
applications analysis of discrete time signals, Discrete Time
206
Fourier Transform and Discrete Fourier BECL319- Transmission Line and Antennas
Transform, Properties, Inverse Discrete Fourier
Transform, Circular Convolution, Efficient Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
Computation of DFT using FFT algorithms, Th. Tu Pr. Total Credit Theory Practical
Total
Linear Filtering approach to computation of Hours Marks
DFT. TAECAE ESE Int. Ext.
CO-III (10hrs) 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Digital Filters: Structures for FIR Systems and
IIR Systems and representation of Structures
Pattern Questions
using Block diagram & Signal Flow Graph,
Course Objectives:
Design of IIR filters from analog filters using
1. To understand transmission line
Impulse Invariant Method, Bilinear
fundamentals and propagation of signals
Transformation, Matched Z Transformation,
through lines.
Butterworth Approximation, FIR filters design
2. Design various impedance matching
Methods-Fourier Series, Windowing, DFT,
devices such as stub tuners and multi-stage
Frequency Sampling.
quarter wave transformers.
CO-IV (6hrs)
3. To solve the electric field and magnetic
DSP Processor & Applications: Desirable
fields for a given wire antenna.
Features of DSP Processors, Types of
4. Determination of the fields radiated from
Architectures of DSP processor, Application
antennas; wire antennas; array antennas;
areas: Dual-Tone Multi Frequency Signal
parabolic reflectors, antenna radiation
Detection, Spectral Analysis Using DFT, Short
pattern & antenna directivity.
Term DFT, Musical Sound Processing,
Application to Image processing & Radar, Course Outcomes:
Oversampling A/D Converter, Oversampling 1. Demonstrate the fundamentals of
D/A Converter. transmission line theory and impedance
Text Books: matching in high frequency lines.
1. Theory and Applications of Digital 2. Interpret& utilization of antenna as
Signal Processing. R. Rabiner, and B., required in different communication
Gold, Prentice Hall,2000,3rd systems.
3. Determine directions of maximum signal
Reference Books:
radiations and the nulls in the radiation
1. Digital Signal Processing, Principles,
patterns.
Algorithms, and Applications, J. G.
4. Design array antenna systems from
Proakis and D. G. Manolakis, Prentice
specifications.
Hall, ,2006,4th
2. Digital Filters: Analysis Design and CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Application A. Antonion, Prentice
Hall,1999,
3. Digital Signal Processing, A. V.
Oppenheim and R. W. Schafer, Prentice
Hall,1998,1998,
4. Digital Image Processing Using
MATLAB, Rafael C. Gonzalez,
Richard E. Woods, Steven L. Eddins,
Tata McGraw Hill Pvt. Ltd.,2011,3rd
207
rse mme
Contents: Outc Specific
CO-I: (8hrs) omes Outcom
Introduction: Line parameters, Types of es
transmission line, skin effect, General solution,
physical significance of the equations; the P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
infinite line, Voltages and currents on the O O O O O O O O OO O O S S S
Distortion less line & , wavelength, velocity of 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
propagation, the distortion less line, Reflection 0 1 2 1 2 3
on a line not terminated in Z0, Reflection
CO1 3 2 3 3 2 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 3
coefficient, Standing waves Open and Short
circuited lines, Reflection loss, Impedance CO2 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 3
matching, Quarter wave line; Single-Stub,
Smith Chart, Application of the Smith chart for CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 3
calculating impedance and admittance.
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 3
CO-II (7hrs) Uniform spacing, non uniform amplitude, array

Antenna Fundamentals: Introduction, factor, binomial and Dolph Tchebyshev array.
Isotropic Radiator, Radiation Mechanism. Planar Array, Circular Array, Log Periodic
Antenna Terminology: Radiation pattern, Antenna, Yagi-Uda Antenna Array.
radiation power density, radiation intensity, Text Books:
directivity, gain, antenna efficiency, half power 1. Antenna and Wave Propagation. D. Prasad,
beam width, bandwidth, antenna polarization, Satya Prakashan,2003,3
input impedance, antenna radiation efficiency, 2. Antenna Theory and Design, Balanis, C. A,
effective length, effective area. Reciprocity Ed., John Wiley &,2005,3
Theorem. Radiation Integrals: Retarded Vector
potentials A, J. Reference Books:
1. Electromagnetics with, Kraus, J.D. and
Fleisch, D. A, McGraw -,
CO-III (9hrs)
Types of Antenna: Wire Antenna: BECL320, BECP 320- Hardware
Infinitesimal Dipole, Its Radiation Field, Description Language
Radiation Resistance, Radiation Sphere, Near
Field, Far Field Small Dipole, Finite Length Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
Dipole, Half Wave Length Dipole, Folded
Dipole, Linear Elements Near Or On Infinite al al
Perfect Conductors, Ground Effects And Their Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext.Marks
Application, Loop Antenna: Small Loop, 1
1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 10 75
Comparisons Of Small Loop With Magnetic 5
Dipole, Radiation Pattern, Its Parameters And *Mode of Exam: Practical Application
Their Application, Microstrip Antenna , Based Online
Broadband and Reflector antennas. Course Objectives:
CO-IV (6hrs) 1. Apply Boolean algebra and other
Antenna Array: Antenna Arrays: Two techniques to express and simplify logic
element array, Pattern multiplication, Broad expressions.
side and End-fire array, N-element array:
208
2. Analyze and design combinational and 1. HDL Chip Design: A Practical Guide
sequential digital systems. for Designing, Synthesizing &
3. Use different techniques among them a Simulating ASICs & FPGAs Using
hardware description language and a VHDL or Verilog, Douglas Smith,
programming language, to design digital Doone publications,1998,1st
systems. 2. Verilog HDL, A guide to Digital
Design and Synthesis, Samir Palnitkar,
Course Outcomes:
Prentice Hall,1st
1. Summarize digital systems and the use of
Boolean algebra in logic analysis and Reference Books:
design 1. FPGA based Prototyping Methodology
2. Interpret RTL design and verification Manual, Doug Amos, Austin Lesea,
techniques and methodologies Rene Richter, Synopsis Press,
3. Experiment the principles and methodology 2. Introduction to Reconfigurable
of digital logic design at the gate and Computing, Architectures, Algorithms,
switch level, including both combinational Christophe Bobda, Springer
and sequential logic elements. Netherlands.
4. Illustrate basic tools of logic design and 3. Writing Testbenches: Functional
provide hands-on experience designing Verification of HDL Model,J anick
digital circuits Bergeron, Springer, 2003, 2nd
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: BCSP213- Java Programming


Contents: al al
CO-I: (6hrs) Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext. Marks
Introduction to Hardware Description

- - 4 4 2 - - - 25 25 50
Languages:Combinational Logic, Structural
Modeling, Sequential Logic, More *Mode of Exam: Practical Application
Combinational Logic, Parameterized Modules, Based Online
Test benches Cou Programme Outcomes Progra
CO-II (6hrs) rse mme
Sequential circuit Sequential circuit: Latches Outc Specific
and flip-flops, counters, shift register, Finite omes Outcom
state machine; representation and synthesis. es
CO-III (8hrs)
FPGA architecture and synthesis P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
Photolithography, E-beam lithography and O O O O O O O O OO O O S S S
newer lithography techniques for VLSI/ULSI, 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
Mask generation 0 1 2 1 2 3
CO-IV (8hrs)
CO1 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3
Semiconductor memories, PALs, PLAs and
FPGAs; Pipelining and timing issues, PROMs CO2 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3
(DRAMs, Flash memory etc.)
Text Books: CO3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3
209
Course Objective: exception subclasses, JAVA thread model,
1. This course introduces fundamentals of creating thread, creating multiple thread.
object- oriented programming in Java,
CO IV: Applet, Graphics Programming and
including Database Connectivity
Defining classes, invoking methods, using Introduction to applet, The Five Stages of an
class Applet's Life Cycle, Methods for Adding UI
libraries. Components, Methods for Drawing and Event
2. It is aimed at building software development Handling.
skills using java programming for creating real Database Connectivity: JDBC (Java Data Base
Connection), Introduction to JDBC, Databases
world applications.
and Drivers, Types of Driver, Loading a driver
3. Use a development environment to design, class file, establishing the Connection to
code, test, and debug simple programs, Database with different Driver. Executing SQL
including multi-file source projects, in an queries by result Set using Statements
object- Text Books:
oriented programming language 1. The Complete Reference by Herbert
 CO 1: Explain the basic data types and control Schild, TMH Publication
flow constructs using J2SE. 2. Programming with Java- A Primer by E.
 CO 2: Make use of Integrated Development Balagurusamy, 3rd Edition, TMH Publication
Environments (IDEs) such as Eclipse, Reference Books:
NetBeans, and JDeveloper for program 1. The Complete Reference- JAVA 2- 3rd Edition
development. By Patrick Naughton, TMH Publication.
 CO3: Design object oriented class structures 2. Java 6 Programming Black Book by Kogent
with parameters, constructors, and utility. Solution Inc., Dreamtech Press Publication.
CO4: Implement a final project selected from 3. Java 2 Black Book by Steve Holzner,
an approved project chosen by the studentCO Paraglyph Press, 2nd Ed.
Mapping with PO and PSO BEEL319,BEEP319- Basic Control System
Syllabus
CO I: Introduction to JAVA, Class and Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
Object
Introduction to data types, operators and Th. Tu Pr. To Credit Theory Practical To
tal tal
control statements, Classes: fundamentals of TAECAE ESE Int. Ext.
Hours Marks
classes, declaring objects, Assigning objects,
reference variables, methods, constructor, 1 1 2 2
variable handling. Methods and classes: 1 - 2 3 2 - 50
0 5 5 5
Overloading methods, understanding static and *Mode of Exam: Paper Pen with 30% Gate
final.
Pattern Questions
CO II: Array, Packages, Interface
Introduction to Array, Vectors, Wrapper class Course Objective
1. The students should be able to learn the
& Inheritance, Packages and interface:
different types systems and governing
Packages, access protection, importing
differential equations and mathematical
packages, interfaces.
representation in terms of output and input
correlation.
CO III: Exception Handling
2. The students should able to learn time
&Multithreaded Programming
response analysis and demonstrate their
Exception handling: Fundamentals exception
knowledge to frequency response.
types, uncaught exception, try-catch,
3. Students can be able to learn stability
displaying description of an exception, multiple
analysis of system using Root locus, bode plot,
catch clauses, nested try statements, throw,
polar plot, and Nyquist plot.
finally, built in exceptions, creating own
210
4. To get insight of modern control theory determining relative stability, Root location
based on matrix approach and state variables. and its effect on time response, elementary idea
Course Outcome of root locus, effect of addition of pole and
The students should be able to zero on proximity of imaginary axis.
CO1 : To build classical mathematical CO III Frequency response method of
foundation for control philosophy and time analyzing linear system, Nyquist and Bode
response of systems. Plots, Stability and accuracy analysis from
CO2 : To determine performance of system frequency response, open loop and close loop
and its stability issues. frequency response, Nyquist Criterion, Effect
CO3 : To evaluate performance of system for of variation of gain and addition of pole and
broad range of frequency. zero on response plot, stability margin in
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: frequency response. Design by state variable
feedback: Review of state variable
representations. Solution of State equations.
Cou Programme Outcomes Progra Controllability & Observablity.
rse mme Text Books:
1. B. C. Kuo, Automatic Control Systems, 3rd
Out Specific
com Outcom 2. Nagrath, Gopal, Control System Analysis.
es es 5th Edition, New Age International, 2010
Reference Books:
P P P P P P P P PP P P P P P 1. M.Gopal, Control Systems, Principles &
O O O O O O O O OO O O S S S Design, 3rd Edition, TMH Publishers, 2010
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O 2. Norman S. Nise, Control Systems
0 1 2 1 2 3 Engineering, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
2008
CO1 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3 BECL323,BECP323: Digital Image

CO3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3 Processing
Th. Tu Pr. To Credit Theory Practical To

tal tal
Contents: Hours TAECAEESE Int. Ext.Marks
CO I Introduction to need for automation and 1 1 2 2
automatic control ,use of feedback, broad 2 - 2 4 3 - 75
0 5 5 5
modeling,(Electrical & Electromechanical)
diff. Equations., transfer functions, block Based Online
diagram, signal flow graphs, application to Course Objectives:
elementary systems, simplifications, effect of 1. Learn digital image fundamentals.
feedback on parameter variations, disturbance 2. Be exposed to image processing
signal. Time response of system, first order and techniques.
second order system, standard inputs, concept 3. Be familiar with segmentation techniques
of gain and time constants, Steady state error,
and image compression.
type of control system, approximate methods
for higher order system. 4. Understand applying image processing
CO II Stability of control systems, conditions algorithms to real problems
of stability, characteristics equations,
Course Outcomes:
RouthHurwitz criterion, special cases for
211
1. Interpret the need for image transforms and arithmetic/Logic operations, smoothing spatial
their properties. filters, Sharpening spatial filters.
2. Apply image enhancement and restoration In Frequency domain: Introduction to the
techniques. Fourier transform and frequency domain
3. Develop algorithm for image segmentation, concepts, smoothing frequency-domain filters,
image compression & coding. Sharpening frequency domain filters.
4. Make use of techniques, skills, and modern Image Restoration:
engineering tools necessary for engineering Various noise models, image restoration using
application to real problems. spatial domain filtering, image restoration using
frequency domain filtering, Estimating the
degradation function, Inverse filtering.
CO-III (8hrs)
IMAGE SEGMENTATION: Detection of
Discontinuities, Edge linking and boundary
Description: Local processing, Global
rse mme
processing, Hough transform, Thresholding&
Out Specific
Region based segmentation, Segmentation by
com Outcom
Morphological watersheds, Object
es es
representation, description and recognition
P P P P P P P P PP P P P P P CO-IV (6hrs)
O O O O O O O O OO O O S S S IMAGE COMPRESSION: Image
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O compression model, Fundamental coding
0 1 2 1 2 3 theorem, Lossless compression, Lossy
compression.
CO1 3 3 2 2 1 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 3 1 2 Text Books:
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 3 1 2
 R. C. Gonzalez, R. E. Woods. Digital
Image Processing. Addison Wesley
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 3 1 2
Longman, Inc., 1992.
 A. K. Jain. Fundamentals of Digital
CO4 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 3 1 2
Image Processing. Prentice-Hall, 1989.
Reference Books:
Contents:  R. M. Haralick, L. G. Shapiro.
CO-I: (6hrs) Computer and Robot Vision. Addison-
Wesley, 1993.
DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS:
 A. Rosenfeld, A. C. Kak. Digital
Light and Electromagnetic spectrum, Picture Processing. Addison-Wesley,
Components of Image processing system, 1983
Image formation and digitization concepts,  D. A. Forsyth, J. Ponce. Computer
Neighbours of pixel adjacency connectivity, Vision: A Modern Approach. Prentice-
Distance measures, Color fundamentals, Color Hall, 2003.
models.  C. R. Giardina, E. R. Dougherty.
Morphological Methods in Image and
CO-II (10hrs)
Signal Processing. Prentice-Hall,
IMAGE PROCESSING TECHNIQUE: Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1988.
Image Enhancements:  R. J. Schalkoff. Digital Image
In spatial domain: Basic gray level Processing and Computer Vision. John
transformations, Histogram processing, Using Wiley & Sons, Singapore, 1989.
212
Cou Program Outcomes Program
rse Specific
Out Outcomes
com
es P P P P0 PO PSO1
0 O O3 4 5
1 2
CO1
1 3 3 3 3 -
CO2
- 3 3 3 3 2
SEVENTH TERM CO3
2 3 3 3 3 3
BCSL315/BCSP315-Cloud Computing CO4
Pre-requisite: NA 1 3 2 3 3 3
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme CO5
1 2 3 2 3 3
Th. Tu Pr. Tot Credit Theory Practical To CO6
al tal 1 3 2 3 3 3
Hours TAECAEESE Int. Ext.Marks
Syllabus
1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 10 15 75 CO- I: Introduction to Cloud Computing
Based Online Virtualization Concepts, Cloud Computing
Fundamental: Overview of Computing
Paradigm,Evolution of cloud computing,
Course Objective:
Defining cloud computing, Components of a
1. Understand the new technologies for
computing cloud,Essential Characteristics of
resources sharing
Cloud Computing, Cloud Taxonomy.
2. Explain classification of Cloud deployment
Infrastructure as a Service(IaaS), Platform as a
3. Discuss capacity planning for cloud
Service(PaaS), Software as a Service(SaaS),
configuration
Hardware-as-a-service: (HaaS), Oriented
4. Understand Cloud service model
Architecture (SOA)
5. Cloud Security and privacy issue
CO – II: Cloud Computing Architectural
6. Cloud business model for cost effectiveness
Framework
Cloud architectural principles, Role of Web
Course Outcome: Upon successful
services, Benefitsand challenges to Cloud
completion of the course, students shall be
architecture, Cloud Service Models, cloud
able to-
computing vendors. Cloud Services,
CO1: State the basics of distributed computing
Management, Performance and scalability of
and cloud computing.
services, tools and technologies used to
CO2: Summarize the technical capabilities and
managecloud services deployment.
business benefits cloud technology.
CO – III: Cloud Application Development
CO3: Develop cloud-based application
demonstrating its implications
Role of business analyst, Technical architecture
CO4: Develop cost effective solution using
considerations, Service creation environments
cloud technology
to
CO5 : Develop solution for Society with
develop cloud based applications,
minimized resources
Technologies and the processes required when
deploying web
services; Deploying a web service from inside
and outside a cloud architecture, advantages
and
213
disadvantages, Cloud Economics, Track 1:-
CO – IV: Cloud Security and Risk DEPARTMENT ELECTIVE 1:
Management TELEVISION & MULTIMEDIA
Cloud Security: Understanding cloud based PROCESSING
security issues and threats, Data security and
Storage,Identity& Access Management, Risk Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
Management in cloud, Governance and
Enterprise Risk Th.TuPr. TotalCredit Theory PracticalTotal
Management.
Hours TAECAEESEInt.Ext.Marks
Text Books:
1. Kai Hwang, Geoffrey C. Fox and Jack J.
Dongarra, ―Distributed and cloud computing 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
from Parallel Processing to the Internet of *Mode of Exam: Pen and paper
Things‖, Morgan Kaufmann, Elsevier – 2012 Course Objective:
2. Cloud Computing Bible, Barrie Sosinsky,
1. To introduce the study and analyse
Wiley-India, 2010
3. Cloud Computing: Principles and Paradigms, transmission & reception for audio and video
Editors: RajkumarBuyya, James Broberg, systems in digital television.
Andrzej M. Goscinski, Wile, 2011 2. To study the principle of HDTV, 3D
4. Cloud Computing: Principles, Systems and TV, IPTV.
Applications, Editors: Nikos Antonopoulos,Lee 3. To understand ATSC & DVB
Gillam, Springer, 2012 Modulation.
4. To understand multimedia system
architecture & compression techniques.
Reference Books:
1 Cloud Security: A Comprehensive Guide to Course Outcomes:
Secure Cloud Computing, Ronald L. Krutz, 1. Outline importance of various sections of
Russell Dean Vines, Wiley-India, 2010 television receiver &analysecolour
2 Gautam Shroff, Enterprise Cloud Computing difference signals & its components.
Technology Architecture Applications 2. Demonstrate transmission & reception of
[ISBN:978-0521137355]
digital television & Compare digital
3. Dimitris N. Chorafas, Cloud Computing
television systems used worldwide.
Strategies [ISBN: 1439834539]
4. Barrie Sosinsky, ― Cloud Computing Bible‖ 3. Interpret working principles of ATSC &
John Wiley & Sons, 2010 DVB techniques.
5. Tim Mather, SubraKumaraswamy, and 4. To provide the student with an
ShahedLatif, Cloud Security and Privacy An understanding of multimedia system design.
Enterprise Perspective on Risks and
Compliance, O'Reilly 2019
214
Co Programme Outcomes Progra Digital Satellite Television, Direct-to-Home
urs mme Satellite Television, Digital TV Receiver, Basic
e Specifi principles of Digital TV broadcasting,
Ou c Digitization of video signals, Digitization
tco Outco formats. Digital television systems – ATSC,
me mes DVB-T, ISDB, DTMB.
s Unit-III: (Mapped CO3) (8
PPPPPPPPPPPP PP P hrs)
OOOOOOOOOOOO S S S ATSC 8-VSB Modulation, ATSC Data Framing,
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 OO O ATSC Concatenated Channel Coder, ATSC
0 1 2 1 2 3 Channel Capacity, DVB Modulation, DVB
Channel Coding, DVB Channel Capacity, DVB
CO 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 2 2
teletext, DVB subtitling system, Global View of
1
transmission and reception process, Composition
CO 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 3 3
of Integrated Decoder, Flat panel display TV
2
receiver, Stereo sound in TV, 3D TV Evolution
CO 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2
of the set top box, High-Definition Television
3
(HDTV), Digital TV over IP, Digital terrestrial
CO 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 3 3
television for mobiles.
4
Unit-IV: (Mapped CO4) (8
CO 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 2 2
hrs)
5
Multimedia Elements, Multimedia Applications,
CO 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2 Multimedia System, Architecture, Evolving
6 Technologies For Multimedia Systems,
Multimedia, Databases, Types Of Compression,
Binary Image Compression Schemes, Color,
Gray Scale, Still-Video Image Compression,
Discrete Cosine Transform, Video Image
Compression, MPEG Coding Methodology,
Audio Compression, Data and File Format
Contents: Standards- RTF, TIFF, RIFF, MIDI, JPEG, AVI,
Unit-I: (Mapped CO1) (8 JPEG, Twain Architecture. Storage and Retrieval
hrs) Technologies, Multimedia Application Design
Introduction to Television & Color Television Text Books:
Receiver: Picture transmission, TV transmitter, 1. R.R. Gulati, ―Monochrome & Color TV‖,
Colour mixing, video signals for colour, PHI Learning, 2014
Luminance signal (Y), Compatibility, Colour- 2. A. M. Dhake, ―TV and Video Engineering‖,
difference signals, encoding, Formation of Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2001.
chrominance signals. RF Tuner, IF Subsystem, 3. Andleigh PK and Thakrar K, ―Multimedia
Video amplifier, Sound section, Sync separation, Systems‖, Addison Wesley Longman, 1999.
Reference Books:
Deflection circuits, Scanning currents in the
1. R. G. Gupta, ―Television Engineering and
yoke, Chroma decoder, Separation of U and V
Video Systems‖, Tata McGraw-Hill Education,
colourphasors, Synchronous demodulators, Sub 2011
carrier generation and control, Matrixing for 2. Jerry Whitaker, Blair Benson ―Standard
drive circuits Handbook of Video and Television
Unit-II: (Mapped CO2) (6 Engineering‖, Tata McGraw-Hill Education
hrs)
215
3. Ralf Steinmetz, KlaraNahrstedt, Cour Programme Outcomes Programme
se Specific
―Multimedia, computing, communications and Outc Outcomes
applications‖, Prentice Hall, 1995. omes
P P P P P P P P P P P
O O O O O O O O S S S
DEPARTMENT ELECTIVE 2: 1 2 3 4 5 1 1 1 O O O
MICROWAVE & MILLIMETER WAVE 0 1 2 1 2 3
CIRCUITS
CO1 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1 1 1 1
CO2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 1 1 1 1
Th.Tu Pr. TotalCreditTheory Practical Total
CO3 2 3 3 - - - - - - - - 1 1 1 1
Hours TAE CAEESEInt. Ext. Marks
CO4 3 2 3 - 2 - - - - - - 3 2 2 2
1 - 2 3 2 - - - 10 15 25
*Mode of Exam: Paper Pen with 30% Gate Contents:
Pattern Questions Unit-I: (Mapped CO1) (8
Course Objective: hrs)
Introduction, wave equations, Rectangular
waveguide, TE, TM, TEM, Wave Velocity,
fundamentals and apply them to the basic
Guide wavelength, wave impedance,
problem
Attenuation in wave guide, introduction to
2. To understand the fundamentals of
circular waveguide, Dominant mode,
electromagnetic theory and transmission lines
Degenerative modes. Introduction to Planar
3. To analyze and understand the Uniform
Transmission Lines
plane wave propagation in various media
4. To solve the electric field and magnetic Unit-II: (Mapped CO2)
(8hrs) Review of Low frequency parameters:
fields for a given wire antenna
Impedance, Admittance, Hybrid and ABCD
parameters, Scattering parameters, Formulation
Course Outcomes:
of S parameters, Properties of S parameters,
1.Interpret and Analyze various parameters and
Reciprocal and lossless Network, Transmission
characteristics ofthe various waveguide
matrix, Relation of Z,Y,ABCD parameter with
components
S parameter problems on S parameter,RF
2. Relate and analyze various passive and active
behavior of Resistors, Capacitors and
devices.
Inductors. Coaxial Line Components, Coupling
3. Examine the difference between the conventional tubes and the microwave tubes
mechanisms – Probe, Loop, Aperture types,
for the transmission of the EM waves.
Wave-guide and MIC component : Directional
4. Acquire knowledge about the measurements to be done
Couplers, Hybrids , Tee Junction, Magic Tee,
at microwaves.
Attenuators, Ferrite Devices, Isolators,
Circulators, Cavity Resonators, microstrip
resonator Re-entrant Cavities, S Matrix
Calculations for – 2 port Junction, E plane and
H plane Tees, Magic Tee, Directional Coupler,
Circulator and Isolator. Related Problems.
Unit-III: (MappedCO3) (6hrs)
Crystal and Schottkey diode detector and
mixers, PIN diode switch, Gunn diode
oscillator, IMPATT diode oscillator and
amplifier, Varactor diode, , parametric
amplifier, microwave bipolar junction
transistor ,Power frequency limitation,
Microwave FET, HEMT
216
Unit-IV: (Mapped CO4) 3. Engineering Electromagnetics, William H.
(8hrs) Hayt Jr. and John A. Buck, McGraw Hill
Education, 2006
Review of conventional vacuum Triodes, High
frequency effects in vacuum Tubes, Theory DEPARTMENT ELECTIVE 3:
and application of Two cavity Klystron
Amplifier, Reflex Klystron oscillator, WIRELESS AND MOBILE
Traveling wave tube amplifier, Magnetron COMMUNICATION
oscillator using Cylindrical, Linear, Coaxial
Voltage tunable Magnetrons, Backward wave Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
Crossed field amplifier and oscillator. VSWR,
Frequency, impedance, power and Q factor Th. Tu Pr. To Credit Theory Practical To
measurements. Electromagnetic interference tal tal
(EMI), electromagnetic Hours TAECAEESE Int. Ext.
Marks
compatibility(EMC),Electromagnetic radiation
2
2 - - 2 2 - - - - 25
Co Programme Outcomes Progra 5
urs mme *Mode of Exam: Pen and paper
e Specifi Course Objective:
Out c 1. To Study 2G and 2.5G Fundamentals
co Outco 2. To study 3G CDMA technology
mes mes 3. To study Different wireless LAN
technologies.
PPPPPPPP PPPP PP P 4. To study MIMO and OFDM for wireless
OOOOOOOOOOOO S S S communication
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 OO O
0 1 2 1 2 3 Course Outcomes:
1. Apply the concept of GSM/GPRS/EDGE
CO 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3 technologies in real time application
1 2. Interpret the concept of CDMA & leading
CO 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3 technologies.
2 3. Interpret the IEEE 802.11 Wireless LAN
CO 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3 technologies
3 4. Infer the concept of MIMO and OFDM
CO 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3 concept
4
hazards CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Textbooks:
1. Principles of Electromagnetics, Matthew Contents:
N.O. sadiku and S.V. Kulkarni, Oxford Unit-I: (Mapped COs) (7
University Press, 2015 hrs)
2. Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating GSM: services, features, architecture, radio
Systems, E.C. Jordan and K.G. Balmain, PHI, link, channel types, Diversity ,Path loss Models
2000 , frames, call handling, EDGE, GPRS.
Unit-II: (Mapped COs) (8
Reference Books: hrs)
1. Engineering Electromagnetics, Nathan Ida, The 3G systems: Introduction, evolution of 3G
Springer (India) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2005 networks, ITU IMT 2000,
2. Networks, Lines and Fields, John D. Ryder, CDMA 2000: bandwidth, chip rate, channels,
PHI, 2005 spreading and modulation, power control, soft
217
handoff, EV-DO,EV-DV UMTS: radio access AUDIO & SPEECH SIGNAL
network, spreading and modulation, channels, PROCESSING
core network. Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
Unit-III: (Mapped COs) (7
hrs) Th. Tu Pr. To Credit Theory Practical To
Wireless LANs IEEE 802.11 system and tal tal
protocol architecture, physical layer and MAC, Hours TAECAEESEInt. Ext.Marks
options like 802.11b, a g etc. and their purpose.
Unit-IV: (Mapped COs) (8 1 1 2
2 - - 2 2 - - 50
hrs) 0 5 5
Introduction to MIMO, MIMO Channel *Mode of Exam: Paper and Pen
Capacity, Course Objectives:
SVD and Eigen modes of the MIMO Channel, 1. To introduce process of speech production
MIMO Spatial Multiplexing – BLAST, MIMO 2. To show the computation and use of
Diversity – Alamouti, OSTBC, MIMO Beam techniques such as short time Fourier
forming – MRT, MIMO ‐ OFDM transform, linear predictive coefficients in
Text Books:
the analysis of speech
1. Fundamentals of Wireless Communication,
3. To understand analysis of Linear predictive
2005, David Tse and PramodViswanath,
coding for speech
Cambridge University Press
4. To be able to develop speech recognition
system.
rse mme Course Outcomes:
Out Specific 1. Demonstrate advanced knowledge in
com Outcom
es es  Digital model representation of speech
signal
P P P P P P P P PP P P P P P  LPC analysis
O O O O O O O O OO O O S S S  Homomorphic models.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
0 1 2 1 2 3 2. Examine complex engineering problems
critically for conducting research in speech
CO1 3 3 2 2 1 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 2 signal processing.
3. Solve engineering problems using efficient
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 2 algorithms for feasible and optimal solutions
in Speech signal processing field.
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 2 4. Utilize speech and speaker verification
techniques to complex engineering activities
CO4 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 2 in the field of speech processing.
2. Wireless Communications, Andrea
Goldsmith Contents:
Unit-I (Mapped COs) ( 7 hrs)
Reference Books:
The process of speech production - the
1. Wireless and Cellular Telecommunications,
mechanism of speech production, acoustic
William C. Y. Lee, 3rd edition phonetics. The Acoustic theory of speech
2. Wireless Telecommunications Systems and production- sound propagation, uniform
Networks, Gary J.Mullett 3rd edition lossless tubes, Effect of losses in the vocal
tract, Effect of radiation at the lips, Vocal tract
transfer functions for vowels, the effect of
nasal coupling, Excitation of sound in the vocal
Departmental Elective 4: tract. Digital model for speech signals.
218
Unit-II (Mapped COs) (8 hrs) DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVE 5:
Introduction, Window considerations, Short SMART ANTENNA
time energy and average magnitude, Short time Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
average zero crossing rate, Speech vs silence
discrimination using Average energy and zero Th. Tu Pr. To Credit Theory Practical To
crossing, Pitch period estimation using parallel tal tal
Hours TAECAEESEInt. Ext.Marks
processing approach, The short time
autocorrelation function, The short time 1 1 2
average magnitude difference function, Pitch 2 - - 2 2 - - 50
0 5 5
period estimation using the autocorrelation
*Mode of Exam: Paper and Pen
function. properties of the complex Cepstrum,
Course Objectives:
computational considerations. The complex
Cepstrum of speech, pitch detection, formant 1. To introduce the students with the concepts
estimation of smart antennas.
2. To introduce different algorithms for DOA
Unit-III (Mapped COs) (8 hrs)
and beam forming.
Basic principles of linear predictive analysis –
3. To introduce architecture and working of
Auto correlation method, The covariance
smart antenna systems.
method. Computation of the gain for the
4. To have a good knowledge about all the
model, solution of LPC Equations – Cholesky
Decomposition solution for the covariance modern smart antenna wireless systems.
method. Durbin‘s Recursive solution for the
autocorrelation equations. Comparison between Course Outcomes:
methods of solutions of LPC analysis 1. Outline the fundamental parameters of smart
equations. Applications of LPC parameters – antennas and their applications.
Pitch detection using LPC parameters, Formant 2. Infer the DOA, beam forming methods and
analysis using LPC parameters. their algorithms. Also, they understand basic
Unit-IV (Mapped COs) (7 hrs) architecture, features and benefits of smart
Speaker recognition system-speaker verification antennas.
system, speaker identification systems. Speech 3. Relate how to integrate smart antenna
technology with overall communication system
recognition system- isolated digit recognition design and learn principles, performance.
system, continuous digit recognition system, 4. Summarize the complete use of smart
LPC distance measure. antennas in the modern wireless
Text Books: communication systems.
1. L R Rabiner and SW Schafer, ― Digital
processing of speech signals‖, pearson
education, 2006.
2. LR Rabiner ,BHJuang, B Yegnanarayana, ―
Fundamentals of Speech Recognition‖,
pearson Education, 1993.
Reference Books:
1. Thomas F Quateri, ―Discrete time speech
signal processing‖, pearson edition, 2006.
2. Ben Gold & Nelson Morgan, ―Speech &
audio signal processing‖, wiley, 2006.
3. Douglas o shaughnessy , ― Speech
Communications‖, 2nd Edition , Oxford
university press, 2000.
219
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: SINR Beam former, Minimum Mean Square
Co Programme Outcomes Progra Error (MMSE), Direct Matrix Inversion (DMI),
urs mme Linearly Constrained MinimumVariance
e Specifi (LCMV), Adaptive Algorithms for Beam
Ou c forming.
tco Outco Unit-IV (Mapped COs)
me mes (8 hrs)
s Smart Antennas for Wireless Communications:
PPPPPPPPPPPP PP P
Spatial Processing for Wireless Systems, Key
OOOOOOOOOOOO S S S
Benefits of Smart Antenna Technology, The
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 OO O
Vector Channel Impulse Response and the
0 1 2 1 2 3
Spatial Signature, Spatial Processing Receivers,
CO 3 3 2 2 1 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 2 2 Fixed Beam forming Networks, Switched Beam
1 Systems, Adaptive Antenna Systems, Wideband
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 2 2 Smart Antennas, Diversity Techniques,
2 Multiple Input- Multiple Output (MIMO)
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 2 2 Communications Systems, MIMO for frequency
3 selective scenarios. Integration and simulation
CO 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 2 2 of smart antennas.
4 Text Books:
1. Introduction to Smart Antennas, C. A.
Balanis, Morgan and Claypool, 2007.
Contents:
Unit-I (Mapped COs) (6 hrs) 2. Smart Antennas, L. C. Godra, CRC Press,
Introduction: Need for Smart Antennas, 2004.
Overview, Smart Antenna Configurations, 3. Smart Antenna for Wireless
Switched-Beam Antennas, Adaptive Antenna Communication, T. S. Rappaport and J. C.
Approach, Space Division Multiple Access Liberti, Prentice Hall, 1999.
(SDMA), Architecture of a Smart Antenna
System, Receiver, Transmitter, Benefits and Reference Books:
1. Frank Gross, Smart Antennas for Wireless
Drawbacks, Basic Principles, Mutual Coupling
Communications-McGraw Hill.
Effects.
Unit-II (Mapped COs) (8 hrs) 2. Ahmed El-Zooghby, Smart Antenna
DOA Estimation Fundamentals: Introduction, Engineering, Artech House Publishers.
Array Response Vector, Received Signal
Model, Subspace-Based Data Model, Signal Departmental Elective 6:
Auto-covariance, Conventional DOA MULTI-RATE AND WAVELET SIGNAL
Estimation Methods, Conventional Beam PROCESSING
forming Method, Capon‘s Minimum Variance
Method, Subspace Approach to DOA Th. Tu Pr. Tota Credit Theory Practical Tota
l l
Estimation, MUSIC Algorithm, ESPRIT Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext. Marks
Algorithm, Uniqueness of DOA Estimates.
2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Unit-III (Mapped COs) (8 hrs)
Beam Forming Fundamentals: Classical Beam *Mode of Exam:
former, Statistically Optimum Beam forming COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Weight Vectors, Maximum SNR Beam former, 1. To acquire the basics of Multirate Signal
Multiple Side-lobe Canceller and Maximum, processing and Multirate Sampling.
220
2. To comprehend Linear Prediction and Design and Implementation for Sampling Rate
Optimum Linear Filters Conversion, Multistage Implementation of
3. To analyse the Power Spectrum Estimation Sampling Rate Conversion, Sampling Rate
Conversion of Band-pass Signals, Sampling
4. To comprehend the basics of Continuous
Rate Conversion by an Arbitrary Factor,
and Discrete Wavelet Transform Applications of Multirate signal Processing
COURSE OUTCOMES: Unit-II (Mapped CO-2)

1. Design Interpolator, Decimator and I/D (7hrs)
Sampling Rate Converter Linear Prediction and Optimum Linear
Filters:
2. Design Optimum Linear filters and Linear
Representation of a Stationary Random
Prediction filters. Process, Forward and Backward Linear
3. Interpret the Parametric and Non- Prediction, Solution of Normal Equations,
Parametric methods for Power Spectrum Properties of the Linear Prediction-Error
Estimation. Filters, AR Lattice and ARMA Lattice-Ladder
4. Infer the theory and construction of Filters, Wiener Filters for Filtering and
wavelets Prediction.
Unit-III (Mapped CO-3)
(7hrs)
Power Spectrum Estimation:
Estimation of Spectra from Finite-Duration
Observations of Signals, Non-parametric
Cou Programme Outcomes Progra Methods for Power Spectrum Estimation,
rse mme Parametric methods for Power Spectrum
Out Specific Estimation, Minimum Variance Spectral
com Outcom Estimation, Eigen analysis Algorithm for
es es Spectral Estimation
P P P P P P P P PP P P P P P
O O O O O O O O OO O O S S S Unit-IV (Mapped CO-4)
(8hrs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
Wavelet Transform:
0 1 2 1 2 3 Continuous wavelet transform (CWT), Time
and frequency resolution of the continuous
CO1 3 3 2 2 1 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 2 wavelet transform, Construction of continuous
wavelets: Spline, orthonormal, bi-orthonormal,
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 2
Inverse continuous wavelet transform,
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 2 Redundancy of CWT, Zoom property of the
continuous wavelet transform, Filtering in
CO4 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 2 continuous wavelet transform domain. Discrete
Wavelet Transform and Filter banks Orthogonal and
bi- orthogonal two-channel filter banks, Design of two-
channel filter banks.
Contents: Text Books:

Unit-I (Mapped COs) (8 1. John G. Proakis and Dimitris G. Manolakis,
hrs) Digital Signal Processing Principles,
Algorithms and Applications , Third
Multirate Digital Signal Processing: Edition, Prentice-Hall International, INC
Introduction, Decimation by a factor D, 2. Alan V. Oppenheim, Ronald W. Schafer,
Interpolation by a factor I, Sampling Rate Discrete Time Signal Processing, Prentice-
Conversion by a Rational Factor I/D, Filter Hall International, INC
221
3. S. Mallat, A Wavelet Tour of 2.Introduce students to radial basis function
Signal Processing, 2nd edition, and associated memory networks, Hopfield
Academic Press, 1999. networks, and Kohonen networks.
4. M. Vetterli and J. Kovacevic, Course outcome
Wavelets and Sub band Coding, 1. Demonstrate the basics concept of
Prentice Hall, 1995. artificial neural network.
5. RaghuveerRao and AjitS.Bopardikar, 2. Make use of associated memory
Wavelet transforms: Introduction, Theory networks, Hopfield networks, and Kohonen
andApplications, Pearson Education Asia, networks for problem solving.
2000. 3. Make use of radial basis function and
support vector machine for the classification of
different classes of data.
Reference Books: 4. Demonstrate the use of fuzzy neural
1. J.C.Goswami and A.K. Chan, network in the real world problems.
Fundamentals of Wavelets: Theory, 5.
Algorithms, and Applications, 2nd ed., Syllabus
Wiley, 2011. UNIT 1 (9 Hrs)
2. Michel Misiti, Yves Misiti, Georges Introduction: Artificial neural networks: feed-
Oppenheim, Jean- Michel Poggi, Wavelets forward, recurrent and multi-layer
and their Applications, John Wiley & architectures; Supervised and unsupervised
learning; Characteristics: adaptability, fault
Sons, 2010.
tolerance, generalization; limitations
3. J S Walker, A premier on Wavelets and their of neuro-computing. Perceptron: Linear
scientific applications, , CRC press, 2002. classifiers; Simple perceptron; Perceptron
4. Gerald keiser, A friendly guide to Wavelets, learning algorithms; ADALINE; MADALINE;
Springer, 2011. Limitation of perceptron dichotomizer.
5. P. P. Vaidyanathan, Multirate Systems and Multi-Layer Perceptron: Gradient decent
Filter Banks, Pearson Education, 2004. scheme for error
6. K P Soman and KL Ramachandran, Insight minimization; Generalized delta learning rule;
into wavelets from theory to practice, PHI, Back-propagation learning for multi-layer
2008. networks; Multi-layer perceptrons for
multidimensional functional mappings.
Soft Computing UNIT 2 (9 Hrs)

Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme Associated Memory Networks: Auto-
association; Heteroassociation; Linear
Pract associative networks: Hebbian learning, perfect
T P To Cr Theory To
T ical recall, cross-talk; Bidirectional associative
h r tal edi tal
u memory; Brain-State-in-aBox network.
. . H t T C E I E M
ou ar Hopfield Networks: Binary Hopfield network:
A A S n x
rs ks basic structure, asynchronous updating,
E E E t. t.
convergence, associative memory; Continuous-
1 1 2 valued Hopfield network. Advantages and
2 0 - 2 2 - - 50 limitations.
0 5 5
Kohonen Networks: Self-organizing
Mode of exam: offline networks; Similarity measures;Kohonen‟s
Course objectives winner-take-all network; Geometrical
1. Develop the skills to gain a basic interpretation of Kohonen‟s learning;
understanding of neural network theory and Functional specificity of human brain,
support vector machine. Kohonen‟sself-organizing feature map
algorithm; Conscience algorithm.
222
UNIT 3 (6 Hrs) 2. To give exposure to various learning
Radial Basis Function Networks: Radial algorithms and their applications to various real
Basis Function Networks: life applications.
radial basis vs. linear basis, Gaussian basis Course outcome
functions, K-means 1. Demonstrate the basics concept of
learning, LMS algorithm, comparison with pattern recognition.
Multi-Layer Perceptron networks. 2. Illustrate the various parametric and
Support Vector Machines (SVM): Optimal non-parametric techniques in pattern
hyperplane for linear recognition.
separability, quadratic optimization, SVM for 3. Demonstrate the various dimension
pattern recognition,
reduction techniques.
different kernels for hidden-layer, optimal
4. Make use of their learning for the
design of SVM.
analysis of the real world problems.
UNIT 4 (6 Hrs)
Fuzzy Neural Networks Syllabus
Fuzzy sets: Basic Definition; Fuzzy-set- UNIT 1 (8 Hrs)
theoretic Operations – Member Function Definitions, data sets for pattern
Formulation and Parameterization – Fuzzy recognition, representations of patterns and
Rules and Fuzzy Reasoning, Fuzzy If-Then classes, metric and non-metric
Rules Fuzzy-neural networks; Neuro-fuzzy proximity measures, feature extraction,
systems; Genetic algorithms: selection statistical and syntactic pattern
schemes, operations. recognition
UNIT 2 (8 Hrs)
Suggested Books Bayesian decision theory: Classifiers,
1. J.S.R.J ang, C.T. Sun and E. Mizutani, discriminant functions, decision
―Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft surfaces, normal density and discriminant
Computing”, Prentice Hall of India and functions, discrete features
Pearson Education, 2004. Parameter estimation methods: Maximum-
2. S. Rajasekaran and G.A.V. Pai, “Neural likelihood estimation,
Networks, Fuzzy Logic expectation-maximization method, Bayesian
and Genetic Algorithms”, Prentice Hall of estimation, Gaussian mixture
India, 2003. models
3. R. Eberhart, P. Simpson and R. Dobbins, Non-parametric techniques: Density
“Computational Intelligence - PC Tools”, estimation using Parzen-window method, K-
AP Professional, Boston, nearest neighbor method, nearest neighbor
classifier
Pattern Recognition
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme UNIT 3 (8 Hrs)
Dimension reduction methods: Linear
Pract discriminant analysis (LDA),
T P To Cr Theory To
principal component analysis (PCA)
T ical
h r tal edi tal
Linear discriminant function based
u
. . H t T C E I E M
classifiers
ou A A S n x ar
Non-metric methods for pattern
rs E E E t. t. ks
classification: Non-numeric data or
nominal data decision trees
1 1 2 Unsupervised learning and clustering:
2 0 - 2 2 - - 50
0 5 5 Criterion functions for clustering,
Mode of exam: offline algorithms for clustering: K-means,
Course objectives Hierarchical and other methods, Cluster
1. To cover the basic concepts for analyzing validation
patterns and their pre-processing techniques. UNIT 4 (6 Hrs)
223
Applications: Biometrics recognition, design of interactive systems, Computer–Text
handwriting recognition, document entry devices, Positioning, Pointing & drawing,
recognition, multimedia data retrieval, speech display devices for Virtual reality, 3D,
recognition, data mining, web Interaction–models–Frameworks & HCI,
searching, network traffic analysis etc. Ergonomics–Interaction style, WIMP
Suggested Books Interfaces–context, Paradigms for Interaction
1. R. O. Duda, P. E. Hart and D. G. Stork,
Pattern Classification, John Wiley,
2001
2. S. Theodoridis and K. Koutroumbas, UNIT 2 (8 Hrs)
Pattern Recognition, 4th Ed., SOFTWARE PROCESS & DESIGN
Academic Press, 2009 RULES
3. C. M. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Interaction design basics–user focus–scenarios,
Machine Learning, Springer, Navigation–screen design & layout, HCI in
software process–lifecycle, Usability
Human Computer Interface engineering, Interactive design & prototyping,
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme Design rules–Principles for usability–
standards, HCI patterns
Pract
T P To Cr Theory To
T ical UNIT 3 (7 Hrs)
h r tal edi tal
u IMPLEMENTATION & USER SUPPORT
. . H t T C E I E M
ou ar Implementation support–Windowing system
A A S n x elements, using tool kits–user interface
rs E E E t. t. ks
management, Evaluation techniques–goals,
1 1 2 Multimodal interaction, user support,
2 0 - 2 2 - - 50 Approaches–adaptive help systems, designing
0 5 5
user support system
Mode of exam: offline
UNIT 4 (7 Hrs)
Course objectives COGNITIVE, COMMUNICATION &
1. Investigate emerging human computer COLLABORATIVE MODELS
interfaces and paradigms and implement them Cognitive models–Goal & task hierarchies,
into prototype and products with original Linguistic models–Physical & device models–
interfaces. architectures, Communication & collaboration
2. To make the students knowledgeable in the models, Face-to-face communication,
Conversation–text based, Brain computing
area of designing, implementing and using
Interface concepts, Brain Signals-EEG,
interactive computer systems and how
Ubiquitous computing application research,
effective design of human computer interfaces Groupware systems
influence individuals and organizations..
Course outcome
1. Understand the basic HCI concepts and various TEXT BOOKS:
design process, standards and guidelines 1.Alan Dix, Janet Finlay, Gregory Abowd, and
2. Perform implementation support and Russell Beale (2003): Human–Computer
evaluation of their design Interaction. 3rd Edition. Prentice Hall, 2003
3. Learnvarious models like Brain computing 2.Ben Shneiderman and Catherine Plaisant:
4. Learn various dialogue notations and Designing the User Interface: Strategies for
importance of groupware Effective Human-Computer Interaction (5th
Edition) , 5th ed., Pearson Addison-Wesley,
UNIT 1 2009
FOUNDATIONS: (8 Hrs) REFERENCE BOOKS
The Human–Input-output channels–Human
Memory, Thinking–emotions–Psychology &
224
1. John M. Carrol,―Human Computer logical relationships, project selection, facility
Interactionin the New Millenium‖,Pearson location, crew scheduling
Education,2002
2.Jonathan Worlpaw and Elizabeth Winter UNIT 2 (8 Hrs)
Wolpaw,‖Brain–Computer Interfaces‖Oxford Deterministic Models:
University Press2012. Network Optimization –Assignment problem,
transportation problem, minimum-cost flow,
funds-flow model, project management,
DECISION ANALYTICS currency exchange. Non-linear Optimization –
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme Portfolio optimization, demand estimation,
pricing.
Pract
T P To Cr Theory To
h r tal edi tal
u Probabilistic Models:
. . H t T C E I E M
ou ar Stochastic Optimization – Newsvendor model.
A A S n x Simulation –Basic concepts, Crystal Ball
rs E E E t. t. ks
software, option pricing.
1 1 2
2 0 - 2 2 - - 50 UNIT4 (6 Hrs)
0 5 5
Probabilistic Models:
Mode offline Simulation and Optimization – project
management, revenue management, liquidity
COURSE OBJECTIVE: optimization.
1. Introduces the basic principles and
techniques of applied mathematical modeling TEXT BOOK
for managerial decision-making. 1. Practical Management Science (5th edition),
2. To use some important analytic methods by Winston and Albright.
(spreadsheet modeling, optimization, Monte
Carlo simulation), to recognize their
assumptions and limitations, and to employ
them in decision-making. Natural Language Processing
COURSE OUTCOME:
1. Develop mathematical models that can be Pract
T P To Cr Theory To
used to improve decision making within an T ical
h r tal edi tal
organization u
. . H t T C E I E M
2. Ability to structure problems and to perform ou ar
A A S n x
logical analyses. rs ks
E E E t. t.
3. Translating descriptions of decision
problems into formal models, and investigate 1 1 2
those models in an organized fashion 2 0 - 2 2 - - 50
0 5 5
4. Identify settings in which models can be
used effectively and apply modeling concepts Mode of exam: offline
in practical situations. Course Objective:
1. Enable students to be capable to describe the
UNIT 1 (9 Hrs) application based on natural language
Deterministic Models: processing and to show the points of syntactic,
Linear Programming- formulating semantic and pragmatic processing.
optimization problems, spreadsheet modeling, 2. Understand the concepts of morphology,
using Solver and Solver Table, sensitivity Shallow Parsing and pragmatics of the
analysis, multi-period modeling. Integer language
Programming – Integer and binary variables,
Course Outcome:
225
1.Understand approaches to syntax and 4. Manning, Christopher and Heinrich,
semantics in NLP. Schutze, Foundations of Statistical Natural
2. Understand current methods for statistical Language Processing, MIT Press, 1999.
approaches to machine translation.
3.Understand machine learning techniques
used in NLP Deep Learning Foundations & Applications
UNIT I (8 Hrs)
Sound : Biology of Speech Processing; Place T Pract
C Theory T
and Manner of Articulation; Word T ot ical
T P al re ot
Boundary Detection; Argmax based h al
u r. H di
computations; HMM and Speech . T C E I E M
o t
Recognition. A A S n x ar
Words and Word Forms : Morphology ur E E E t. t. ks
fundamentals; Morphological Diversity s
of Indian Languages; Morphology Paradigms;
1 1 2
Finite State Machine Based 2 0 - 2 2 - - 50
0 5 5
Morphology; Automatic Morphology
Learning; Shallow Parsing; Named Entities; Mode of exam: offline
Maximum Entropy Models; Random Fields. CourseObjective:
1.To provide students with foundational
UNIT 2 (8 Hrs) concepts required for deep learning across
Structures : Theories of Parsing, Parsing various applications ranging across speech and
Algorithms; Robust and Scalable natural language processing to machine vision
Parsing on Noisy Text as in Web documents; to medical imaging.
Hybrid of Rule Based and 2.To introduce the fundamental principles of
Probabilistic Parsing; Scope Ambiguity and deep neural networks and the important
Attachment Ambiguity resolution paradigms of deep learning.
3. To build analytics solutions to problems in
UNIT 3 (8 Hrs) signal, image and text paradigm using deep
Meaning : Lexical Knowledge Networks, neural networks.
Wordnet Theory; Indian Language, Wordnets 4. To understand the concepts of deep neural
and Multilingual Dictionaries; Semantic Roles; networks and will be able to develop solutions
Word Sense Disambiguation; WSD and using deep neural networks
Multilinguality; Metaphors; Coreferences.
Course outcome
UNIT 4 (6 Hrs) 1. Introduce the fundamental principles of deep
Web 2.0 Applications: Sentiment Analysis; neural networks and the important paradigms
Text Entailment; Robust and Scalable Machine of deep learning.
Translation; Question Answering in 2. To build analytics solutions to problems in
Multilingual Setting; signal, image and text paradigm using deep
Cross Lingual Information Retrieval (CLIR). neural networks.
3. To understand the concepts of deep neural
References: networks
1. Allen, James, Natural Language 4. To develop solutions using deep neural
Understanding, Second Edition, networks.
Benjamin/Cumming, 1995.
2. Charniack, Eugene, Statistical Language UNIT 1 (8 Hrs)
Learning, MIT Press, 1993. Foundation Concepts
3. Jurafsky, Dan and Martin, James, Speech Linear Algebra for Deep Learning: Scalars,
and Language Processing, Second Edition, vectors, matrices, tensors. Multiplication on
Prentice Hall, 2008. matrices and tensors, trace operator and
determinant.
226
Deep Neural Network Design and Multiple Instance Learning of CNN for
Learning:Simple exercises with Deep Neural Histopathology Whole Slide Classification
Network Libraries viz. PyTorch/TensorFlow. Digital Radiology: Chest X-ray Classification,
Acceleration with CUDA on GPUs and Brain Lesion Classification and Segmentation
MKL/Open MPI on CPUs. in MRI.
Optimization for Training a Deep Neural
Network Gradient descent, Stochastic gradient Text Books:
descent, Adaptive momentum. 1.―Deep Learning‖, I. Goodfellow, Y, Bengio,
A. Courville, MIT Press, 2016.
2.―Neural Networks and Learning Machines‖,
S. Haykin, 3rd Edition, Pearson, 2008.
UNIT 2 (8 Hrs) Reference Books:
Deep Learning for Speech and Natural 1.―Neural Networks for Pattern Recognition‖,
Language Processing C. M. Bishop, Oxford University Press, 1995.
Sequence Modeling with Recurrent 2.―Pattern Classification‖, R. O. Duda, P. E.
Networks:Long Short-term Memory (LSTM) Hart, D. G. Stork, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2001.
and Gated Recurrent Units (GRU), 3.―A Sampler of Useful Computational Tools
Backpropagation through time (BPTT) for Applied Geometry, Computer Graphics and
Machine Translation and Text Image Processing‖, D. Cohen-Or, C. Greif, T.
Summarization:Word Vectors, RNN Language Ju, N. J. Mitra, A. Shamir, O. Sorkine-
Model, attention mechanism for sequence Hornung, H. Zhang, CRC Press, 2015.
generation with applications to machine 4.―Machine Learning‖, T. M. Mitchell, Mc.
translation and text summarization. Graw Hill Education, 1997.
5.―Pattern Recognition and Machine
UNIT 3 (7 Hrs) Learning‖, C.M. Bishop, 2nd Edition, Springer,
Deep Learning for Machine Vision 2011
Vector Convolutional Networks:Vector
Convolution for rotation and scale
invariance/equivariance, Learnable
Deconvolution. Track 3
Digit, Handwriting and Hieroglyph
Classification:LeNet-5 for MNIST, Fashion System Programming for
MNIST, NIST SD-19, Egyptian Heiroglyph,
Rotation equivariant and scale invariant LeNet-
Embedded Devices (Elective
5. Track)
Object Recognition and Classification: Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
AlexNet, VGG, ResNet, DenseNet on CIFAR-
10. Total
Th. Tu Pr. To Credit Theory Practical
Object Localization: Single shot multi-box tal Marks
detection and classification. Regional Proposal
CNN (rCNN), Fast rCNN and Faster rCNN,
YOLO-9000 2 2 6
4 - - 4 3 - - 100
0 0 0
UNIT 4 (7 Hrs)
Deep Learning for Healthcare and Medical Course Objectives:
Imaging 1. To gain knowledge about the Embedded
ECG Signal Classification:ECG signal system & its architecture
filtering, segmentation and classification using
2. To able to use-Interface hardware, software
1D CNN
Digital Pathology: Blood pathology tools.
classification on ALL-IDB using transfer 3. To able to understand concept
learning of Image Net pre-trained models, Programming & Tools.
227
4. To able to understand Perform Unit-IV (CO4) Embedded software Tools &
programming & application design. Advance application
(8hrs)
Course Outcomes: Programming & debugging, Hex code creation,
1. Analyze different embedded system & its Logic analyzer, Serial I/O interface, UART interface,
architecture. Programming Flash Devices, Configuring External
2. Interpret functioning of microcontroller & Tools, ISIS AND PCB DESIGN, ISIS AND SIMULATION,
Bitmap Generation Interfacing in Proteus, Classic
Processor using new architecture. and Extended 8051 Devices, ARM7 and ARM9
3. Design the system programming using based Microcontrollers, Cortex-Mx based
embedded tool. Microcontrollers, Code Comparison, Software
4. Interpret embedded advance programming Development Cycle, µVision IDE, µVision Device
& simulation. Database, µVision Debugger, Assembler, C/C++
Compiler, Object-HEX Converter.
Cours Programme Outcomes Programme
e Specific
Outco Outcomes
mes P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
0 1 2 1 2 3
Contents:
Unit-I: (CO1) Introduction of Microcontroller and CO1 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
CO2 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
architecture: CO3 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
(8Hrs) CO4 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
Microcontrollers : Microprocessors and Micro- Text Books:
controllers, Types of Micro-controllers, External 1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, The 8051 Micro-
memory, Processor Architecture – Harvard v/s Van
controller & Embedded System using
Neumann; CISC v/s RISC, Micro-controller,
Memory types, Software development tools like assembly & C Pearson Education second
assembler, cross- compiler, emulator, and
edition 2008
simulator, 8051 controller, Block Diagram
&Architecture. 2. Kenneth J. Ayala,The 8051 Micro-
Unit-II (CO2) Embedded system and languages controller – Architecture, Programming &
Applications, Penram International &
(6hrs)
8051 Instruction Set, Addressing modes & Thomson Asia, Second edition 1996
programming. 8051 Timers, Serial I/O, Embedded 3. Maneesh Rao, Internet of Things with
C programming, AVR addressing modes, RISC, CISC
Programming set of instruction. Raspberry Pi 3, Packt Publisher, Second
edition 2018
Unit-III (CO3) Embedded internal programming
Reference Books:
(8hrs)
Simulator vs Emulator, Memory Addressing
1. Ajay V. DeshmukhMicro-controllers -
Program Memory, ROM, Data Memory, RAM, Theory and Applications, Tata McGraw
Internal RAM, Registers, Bit addressable memory,
Special Function Register, Classic and Extended Hill
8051 Devices, ARM7 and ARM9 based 2. The Arduini Project Book, Designed,
Microcontrollers, Cortex-Mx based
Microcontrollers, Code Comparison, Software printed and bound in Torino, Italy,
Development Cycle, µVision IDE, µVision Device September 2012
Database, µVision Debugger, Assembler, C/C++
228
Products, and design. Comparison between
Traditional and Mechatronics approach.
Unit-II (CO2): Review of fundamentals of

electronics. Data conversion devices, sensors,
Mechatronics (Elective Track) micro sensors, transducers, signal processing
devices, relays, contactors and timers.
T Microprocessors controllers and PLCs.
ot
al
tal Marks Unit-III (CO3) Module III: Drives: stepper motors,
servo drives. Ball screws, linear motion bearings,
TAE CAEESE Int. Ext.
cams, systems controlled by camshafts, electronic
2 6 10 cams, indexing mechanisms, tool magazines, and
4 - - 4 3 20 - -
0 0 0 transfer systems.
Course Objectives: Unit-IV (CO4): Hydraulic systems: flow, pressure

1. To gain knowledge about the and direction control valves, actuators, and
electromechanical system & its supporting elements, hydraulic power packs, and
automation pumps. Design of hydraulic circuits. Pneumatics:
production, distribution and conditioning of
compressed air, system components and graphic
tools. representations, design of systems. Description,
3. To able to understand concept Description of PID controllers. CNC machines and
Programming & Tools. part programming. Industrial Robotics.
4. To able to understand Perform
programming & application design. Text Book:
1. Kenneth J. Ayala,The 8051 Micro-
Course Outcomes:
controller – Architecture, Programming
1. Analyze different embedded system & its
architecture. & Applications, Penram International &
2. Interpret functioning of microcontroller & Thomson Asia, Second edition 1996
sensor interfacing
2. Groover, M. P., Automation,
3. Illustrate the system design for stepper
Production System & Computer
motor & transfer function mechanisms. Integrated Manufacturing, Pearson
4. Illustrate & develop embedded application Education Asia (2009).
using Hydraulic systems. 3. Nakra, B. C., Theory and Applications
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: of Automatic Controls, Revised 2nd
Edition, New Age International
Cours Programme Outcomes Programme Publishers (2014).
e Specific
Outco Outcomes
O O O O O O O O O O O O S S S Reference Books:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
0 1 2 1 2 3 1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, The 8051
CO1 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 Micro-controller & Embedded System
CO2 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
CO3 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 using assembly & C Pearson Education
CO4 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
second edition 2008
Content
2. Morriss, S. B., Automated
Unit-I (CO1) Introduction: Definition of Manufacturing Systems, McGraw Hill
Mechatronics, Mechatronics in manufacturing, (2006).
229
3. Auslander, D. M. and Kempf, C. J., 4. Illustrate & develop embedded application
Cours Programme Outcomes Programme using Hydraulic systems.
e Specific
Outco Outcomes CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
0 1 2 1 2 3 Content
CO1 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
CO2 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 Unit-I : Introduction: (7 Hours)
CO3 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 Definition of Mechatronics, Mechatronics in
CO4 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
manufacturing, Products, and design. Comparison
Mechatronics: Mechanical System
between Traditional and Mechatronics approach.
Interfacing, Prentice Hall., New Jersey
(1996). John W. Webb & Ronald A. Unit-II: (7 Hours)
Reis, Review of fundamentals of electronics. Data
4. Programmable Logic Controllers – conversion devices, sensors, micro sensors,
Principles and Applications, Fifth transducers, signal processing devices, relays,
Edition, Pearson Education (2008). contactors and timers. Microprocessors controllers
5. John R. Hackworth & Frederick D. and PLCs.
Hackworth Jr, Programmable Logic
Unit-III: (7 Hours)
Controllers – Programming Methods
Drives: stepper motors, servo drives. Ball screws,
and Applications, Pearson (2011).
linear motion bearings, cams, systems controlled
by camshafts, electronic cams, indexing
Mechatronics (Elective Track) mechanisms, tool magazines, and transfer systems.
Unit-IV: (9 Hours)
T Total
Theory Practical Hydraulic systems: flow, pressure and direction
Th. Tu Pr. o Credit Marks
control valves, actuators, and supporting elements,
t
hydraulic power packs, and pumps. Design of
al TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext. hydraulic circuits. Pneumatics: production,
distribution and conditioning of compressed air,
2 2 6 system components and graphic representations,
4 - - 4 3 - - 100 design of systems. Description, Description of PID
0 0 0
controllers. CNC machines and part programming.
Course Objectives: Industrial Robotics.
1. To gain knowledge about the
Text Book:
electromechanical system & its automation
tools. controller – Architecture, Programming
3. To able to understand concept & Applications, Penram International &
Programming & Tools. Thomson Asia, Second edition 1996
programming & application design. 2. Groover, M. P., Automation,
Production System & Computer
Course Outcomes: Integrated Manufacturing, Pearson
1. Analyze different embedded system & its Education Asia (2009).
architecture. 3. Nakra, B. C., Theory and Applications
2. Interpret functioning of microcontroller & of Automatic Controls, Revised 2nd
sensor interfacing Edition, New Age International
3. Illustrate the system design for stepper Publishers (2014).
motor & transfer function mechanisms.
230
Reference Books: 2. To understand sensors and sensor
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, The 8051 monitoring mechanisms aligned to
Micro-controller & Embedded System automotive systems, different signal
conditioning techniques, interfacing
using assembly & C Pearson Education
techniques and actuator mechanisms.
second edition 2008 3. To understand, design and model
2. Morriss, S. B., Automated various automotive control systems
Manufacturing Systems, McGraw Hill using Model based development
(2006). technique. & Microcontrollers in ECU
3. Auslander, D. M. and Kempf, C. J., design and choice of appropriate
Mechatronics: Mechanical System Hardware and Software.
Interfacing, Prentice Hall., New Jersey 4. To describe various communication
(1996). John W. Webb & Ronald A. systems, wired and wireless protocols
Reis, used in vehicle networking & Safety
4. Programmable Logic Controllers –
standards, advances in towards
Principles and Applications, Fifth
autonomous vehicles.
Edition, Pearson Education (2008).
5. John R. Hackworth & Frederick D. Course Outcomes:
Hackworth Jr, Programmable Logic 1. Obtain an overview of automotive
Controllers – Programming Methods components, subsystems, design cycles,
and Applications, Pearson (2011). communication protocols.
2. Interface automotive sensors and
e Specific actuators with microcontrollers.
Outco Outcomes
3. Develop, simulate and integrate control
O O O O O O O O O O O O S S S algorithms for ECUs with hardware.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
0 1 2 1 2 3 4. Safety systems employed in today‘s
CO1 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 automotive industry.
CO2 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
CO3 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
CO4 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
Automotive Electronics (Elective Content

Track)
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme Unit-I: Overview of Automotive Industry: (7
Hours)
T Total Leading players, Automotive supply chain, Global
Theory Practical
o Marks
Th. Tu Pr. t Credit challenges, Role of technology in Automotive
a Electronics and interdisciplinary design, Tools and
l TAECAE ESEInt.Ext. processes, Lead acid and alkaline batteries, battery
rating, and battery charging characteristics, battery
testing and maintenance, gel battery.
2 2 6
4 - - 4 3 - - 100
0 0 0
Unit-II: Systems Approach to Control and
Course Objectives: Instrumentation: (8 Hours)
1. To understand the concepts of Concept of a system, Analog and digital systems,
Automotive Electronics and it‘s Basic measurement systems, Analog and digital
evolution and trends &Automotive signal processing, Sensors, Sensor characteristics,
systems & subsystems overview. Sensor response, Sensor error, Redundancy of
sensors in ECUs, Avoiding redundancy, Sensor
231
modeling, Smart Nodes, Ignition system, magneto 1. Ronald K Jurgen: “Automotive Electronics
coil ignition system, spark plug types, electronic Handbook”, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 1999.
ignition system-transistor ignition system, and
capacitor discharge ignition system, distributor less 2. James D. Halderman: “Automotive Electricity and
ignition system and solid state ignition system. Electronics", PHI Publication.
3. Terence Rybak & Mark Stefika: “Automotive

Unit-III : STARTING AND CHARGING SYSTEM: Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)”, Springer,
(7 Hours) 2004.
Principle and construction of starter motor,
working of different starter drive units. DC and AC 4. Allan Bonnick: “Automotive Computer Controlled
Generators – principle, construction and working, Systems, Diagnostic Tools and Techniques”, Elsevier
regulation, automotive transmissions: Science, 2001.
Transmission fundamentals, Types MT, AT, CVT
5. Uwe Kieneke and Lars Nielsen: “Automotive
and DCT. Vehicle Braking Fundamentals: Vehicle
Control Systems: Engine, Driveline and Vehicle”,
dynamics during braking, Hydraulic brake system
2nd Edition, Springer Verlag, 2005.
components, Introduction to antilock braking
systems. 6. David Alciatore & Michael Histand: "Introduction
to Mechatronics and Measurement Systems (SIE)”,
Unit-IV: SENSORS AND ACTUATORS: (8 Hours) TMH, 2007.
Classification of sensors, sensor for speed, throttle
position, exhaust oxygen level, manifold pressure, 7. Iqbal Husain: "Electric and Hybrid Vehicles:
crankshaft position, coolant temperature, exhaust Design Fundamentals”, CRC Press, 2003.
temperature, air mass flow for engine application.
8. Tom Denton: "Advanced Automotive Diagnosis”,
Solenoids, stepper motors and relay.ELECTRONIC
2nd Edition, Elsevier, 2006.
ENGINE CONTROLS: Concept of an electronic
engine control system, electronic fuel injection - 9. G. Meyer, J. Valldorf and W. Gessner: "Advanced
throttle body fuel injection, multi point fuel Microsystems for Automotive Applications”,
injection, gasoline direct injection, common rail Springer, 2009.
direct injection, engine mapping, and on-board
diagnostics – engine control module and power 10. Tracy Martin: “How to Diagnose and Repair
train control module. Communication protocols: Automotive Electrical Systems" Motor Books / MBl
Overview of automotive communication protocols, Publishing Company, 2005.
CAN, LIN , Flex Ray, MOST , Ethernet, D2B and DSI,
11. Mehrdad Ebsani, Ali Emadi & Yimin Gao:
Communication interface with ECUs
“Modern Electronic Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell
Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory and Design", 2nd
Text Books:
Edition, CRC Press, 2009.
1. Williams. B. Ribbens: “Understanding Automotive
12. Marc E. Herniter and Zac Chambers:
Electronics”, 6th Edition, Elsevier Science, Newnes
“Introduction to Model Based System Design”,
Publication, 2003.
Rose-Hulman Institute of Technology.
2. Robert Bosch: “Automotive Electronics
Handbook”, John Wiley and Sons, 2004.
Industrial Automation (Elective

Track)
Reference books:
232
T Total DATA HANDLING FUNCTIONS OF PLC: Skip function
Th. Tu Pr. ot Credit Theory Practical Marks and applications; master control relay function and
al applications; jump with non-return and return;
TAECAE ESE Int. Ext. data table, register and other move functions, BIT
FUNCTIONS OF PLC: Digital bit functions and
2 2 6 applications; sequencer functions and applications,
4 - - 4 3 - - 100
0 0 0 ADVANCED FUNCTIONS OF PLC: Analog input and
output functions, analog input and output
Course Objectives: modules, analog signal processing in PLC; PID
1. To gain knowledge about the Industrial control function, network communication
system & its automation function, PLC PROGRAMMING: PLC programming
2. To able to use-Interface hardware, software languages, ladder programming, mnemonic
programming and high level language
tools.
programming.
3. To able to understand concept
Programming & Tools. Unit-IV: SCADA: (7 Hours)
4. To able to understand Perform Supervisory control versus distributed control;
programming & application design. Layout and parts of SCADA system, detailed block
schematic of SCADA system; Functions of SCADA
Course Outcomes: system: data acquisition, monitoring, control, data
1. Analyze different embedded system & its collection and storage, data processing and
architecture. calculation, report generation; MTU: functions,
2. Interpret functioning of microcontroller & single and dual computer configurations of MTU;
RTU: functions, architecture / layout; MTU-RTU
Processor using new architecture.
communication and RTU-field device
3. Illustrate the system programming using communication.
embedded tool.
4. Illustrate & develop embedded application BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
using advanced IDE tools for simulation. 1. Johnson CD, Process Control
Instrumentation Technology, Prentice
Hall
Content Cours Programme Outcomes Programme
e Specific
Unit-I: COMPUTER BASED CONTRO: (7 Hours) Outco Outcomes
Implementing control system using computer or mes P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
microprocessor; computer based controller: O O O O O O O O O O O O S S S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
hardware configuration and software 0 1 2 1 2 3
requirements. DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEM-
CO1 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
Meaning and necessity of distributed control; CO2 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
hardware components of DCS; DCS software. CO3 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
CO4 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
Unit-II: INTRODUCTION PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC 2. Webb JW and Reis RA, Programmable

CONTROLLER (PLC): (7 Hours) Logic Controllers, Prentice Hall
What is PLC? PLC versus 3. Hackworth JR and Hackworth FD,
microprocessor/microcontroller/computer, ―Programmable Logic Controllers,‖
advantages and disadvantages of PLC, architecture Pearson Edition
and physical forms of PLC, BASIC PLC FUNCTIONS-
Registers: holding, input and output registers; 4. Boyer SA, Supervisory Control and
Timers and timer functions; counters and counter Data Acquisition (SCADA),
functions International Society of Automation
Unit-III: INTERMEDIATE PLC FUNCTIONS: (9 Hours)

Arithmetic functions: addition, subtraction,
IoT System Design
multiplication, division and other arithmetic Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
functions; Number comparison and conversion,
233
T Total fundamentals of Vonneuman/Harvard
Th. Tu Pr. ot Credit Theory Practical Marks architectures, and types of microcontrollers, MP
al vs MC 8051, MC-8051 & 89s52 architecture–
TAECAE ESE Int. Ext. pin diagram, Simulator vs Emulator, Memory
Addressing Program Memory, ROM, Data
2 2 6 Memory, RAM, Internal RAM, Registers, Bit
4 - - 4 3 - - 100
0 0 0 addressable memory, Special Function Register,
Motor driver – Manual robot Interfacing.
Course Objectives:
1. To gain knowledge about the Embedded Unit-III : IOT Architecture
system & its architecture
2. To able to use-Interface hardware, software (8hrs)
tools. IoT-An Architectural Overview– Building an
3. To able to understand concept of IOT & its architecture, Main design principles and needed
system architecture capabilities, An IoT architecture outline,
standards considerations. M2M and IoT
4. To able to understand sensory system
Technology Fundamentals- Devices and
analysis on Cloud using IoT platform gateways, Local and wide area networking,
Course Outcomes: Data management, Business processes in IoT,
1. Analyze different embedded system & its Everything as a Service (XaaS), M2M and IoT
Analytics, Knowledge Management UNIT
architecture.
Unit-IV (CO4) IOT DATA LINK LAYER &
2. Interpret functioning of microcontroller & IOT Hardware
Processor using new architecture. (8hrs)
3. Design the embedded system software & PHY/MAC Layer(3GPP MTC, IEEE 802.11,
Hardware interfacing. IEEE 802.15), Wireless HART,Z-Wave,
4. Analyze IOT concept & architecture. Bluetooth Low Energy, Zigbee Smart Energy,
5. Interpret IOT DATA LINK LAYER & IOT DASH7 - Network Layer-IPv4, IPv6,
6LoWPAN, 6TiSCH,ND, DHCP, ICMP, RPL,
Hardware. CORPL, CARP, Arduino, Raspberry Pi,
6. Design & develop IoT based application Sensors Interfacing, and Wi-Fi ESP8266
using advanced technology interfacing ,WSN node, Power supply, Antenna
concept, Cloud of Things: Grid/SOA and Cloud
Computing, Cloud Middleware, Cloud
Contents: Cours Programme Outcomes Programme
e Specific
Unit-I: (CO1) INTRODUCTION TO Outco Outcomes
EMBEDDED CONCEPTS mes P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
(6hrs) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
Introduction to embedded systems, Application 0 1 2 1 2 3
Areas, Categories of embedded systems, CO1 1 2 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 3
Overview of embedded system architecture, CO2 2 2 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 3
Specialties of embedded systems, recent trends CO3 2 2 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 3
CO4 2 2 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 3
in embedded systems, Architecture of Standards – Cloud Providers and Systems,
embedded systems, Hardware architecture, Mobile Cloud Computing, Think speak, carrot,
Software architecture, Application Software, Amazon Web Services for IoT, Skynet IoT
Communication Software Messaging Platform. Case Studies: Home
Unit-II : Embedded system architecture Intrusion Detection, Weather Monitoring
System, Air Pollution Monitoring, Smart
(8hrs) Irrigation, Alexa services.
Classifications of embedded systems,
challenges and design issues in embedded
systems, fundamentals of embedded processor
and microcontrollers, CISC vs. RISC, Text Books:
234
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, The 8051 Micro-
controller & Embedded System using
assembly & C Pearson Education second
edition 2008
TRACK 4:
Department Elective –I:
controller – Architecture, Programming & Biomaterials- Materials in Medicine
(Total Hours 30)
Thomson Asia, Second edition 1996
3. Maneesh Rao, Internet of Things with
Hours TAECAEESE Int.Ext. Marks
Raspberry Pi 3, Packt Publisher, Second
edition 2018 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
4. Peter Waher, Mastering Internet of Things: Course objectives:
1. Description of classes of biomaterials used in
Design and create your own IoT
medicine and specific requirements.
applications using Raspberry Pi 3, Packt 2. Understanding of the concept of
Publisher, First edition 2018 biocompatibility and the methods for
biomaterials testing.
5. Internet of Things A to Z: Technologies
3. Learn how to design, synthesize, evaluate and
and Applications June 2018 with 6,388 analyze biomaterials.
Reads Publisher: 978-1-119-45674-2, Course outcomes:
Publisher: Wiley-IEEE Press. 1. Demonstrate the fundamental of biomaterials.
2. Interpret the bioinformatics.
3. Design, synthesize, evaluate, and analyze
Reference Books: biomaterials.
1. John C. Shovic, Raspberry Pi IoT Projects: 4. Make use of their learning for clinical trials,
Prototyping Experiments for Makers, and manufacturing.
Apress Publisher, First edition 2018 Contents:

2. Ajay V. DeshmukhMicro-controllers - UNIT-I: (7 Hours)
Theory and Applications, Tata McGraw Fundamentals of biomaterial science, concept
of biocompatibility, classes of
Hill biomaterials used in medicine, basic properties,
3. Building Blocks for IoT Analytics medical requirements and clinical significance,
disinfection and sterilization of biomaterials.
Internet-of-Things Analytics, River UNIT-II: (8 Hours)
Publishers Series in Signal, Image and Physico-chemical properties of biomaterials:
mechanical (elasticity, yield stress, ductility,
Speech Processing John Soldatos Athens toughness, strength, fatigue, hardness, wear
Information Technology Greece, River resistance), tribological (friction, wear,
lubricity), morphology and texture, physical
Publishers Alsbjergvej 10 9260 Gistrup (electrical, optical, magnetic, thermical),
Denmark. chemical and biological properties.
UNIT-III: (7 Hours)
Elements in contact with the surface of a
biomaterial: blood composition, plasma
235
proteins, cells, tissues. Phenomena at the bio- Course outcomes:
interfaces. molecular and cellular processes 1. Interpret the general structures of the
with living macromolecules of the cell (protein, nucleic
environment, blood-materials interaction, short acid, carbohydrate and lipid).
and long term reactions to the body. 2. Describe the different parts of the eukaryotic
UNIT-IV: (8 Hours) cell, their cellular functions and the basic
FDA requirements, standards on the biological energy metabolism.
evaluation of medical devices
3. Demonstrate the renewal of glucose, fatty acids,
(ISO-10993) and implications to applications
amino acids and nucleotides.
in human. Practical aspects of
biomedical devices: manufacturing, storage 4. Explain the flow of genetic information in the
quality, regulatory and ethical issues, cell; including replication, transcription and
price of implants and allocation of resources. translation and their regulation.
Contents:
Text Books:
UNIT-I: (8 Hours)
1. H.Boenig, Fundamentals of Plasma
Biochemistry Protein structure, enzymology,
Chemistry and Tehnology, Technomic
cellular renewal of glucose, fatty acids, amino
Publishing Co.Inc. Lancaster Basel, 1990.
acids and nucleotides, basic cell energy
2. Practical Surface Analysis, 2- edition, Edited
metabolism, biological membranes, reactive
by D.Briggs, M.P.Seah, J.Wiley & Sons Ltd,
oxygen forms, methods for isolation and
1990.
analysis of proteins (lectures). The structure
3. Biomaterials Science, An Intoduction to
and function of haemoglobin (seminar).
Materials in medicine, Eds. B. D. Ratner and
UNIT-II: (7 Hours)
A. S.
The structure of nucleic acids, function and
Hoffman, Academic Press, New York, 1996.
synthesis. The cell biology central dogma
4. Plasma-surface modification of biomaterials,
about the information flow in the cell. The
P.K.Chua, J.Y.Chena, L.P.Wanga, N.Huang,
structure of the genome. The gene concept and
Elsevier Science B.V, 2002.
gene structure.
5. Buddy D. Ratner, Allan S. Hoffman,
UNIT -III: (7 Hours)
Frederick J. Schoen, Jack E. Lemons.
DNA replication and DNA repair. Genetic
Biomaterials
recombination. Transcription and its regulation.
Science: An Introduction to Materials in
Translation and its regulation. Basic
Medicine, Academic Press, 2004, USA.
recombinant DNA techniques.
UNIT -IV: (8 Hours)
Department Elective -2:
The structure and ultrastructure of the cell.
Biochemistry & Cell Biology
Organelles and membrane systems and their
(Total Hours 30)
structure and function. Cell division: mitosis
and meiosis. Intracellular protein sorting and
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme secretion and endocytosis. Cell skeletons and
cell motility.
Practical T
Theory Text Books:
o 1. Champe, Pamela C.; Harvey, Richard
Th. Tu Pr. To Credit t
tal A.; Ferrier, Densise R, Biochemistry 4.
TAECAEESE Int. Ext. a
Hours Ed.: Baltimore, MD: Lippincott
l
Marks Williams & Wilkins, cop. 2008
2. Lodish, Harvey F., Molecular cell
1 1 2 5 biology, 7th ed., International ed.: New
2 - - 2 2 - -
0 5 5 0 York: W.H. Freeman, 2012
Course objectives:
The course should give awareness about the basic
molecular mechanisms in a living cell and its main
components.
236
Bioinformatics: Algorithms and Applications Text Books:
(Total Hours: 30) 1. M. Michael Gromiha, Protein
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme Bioinformatics: From Sequence to Function,
Academic Press, 2010
Theory PracticalT 2. D.E. Krane and M.L. Raymer, Fundamental
Th. Tu Pr. To Credit ot
tal concepts of bioinformatics, Pearson Education
Hours TAECAEESEInt.Ext. al Inc. 2006
Marks Department Elective -4:
1 1 2 5 Brain Machine Interface
2 - - 2 2 - - (Total Hours 30)
0 5 5 0
Th. Tu Pr. Total Credit Theory Practical

Course objectives: Total
To give students an introduction to the basic Hours Marks
TAECAE ESE Int. Ext.
practical techniques of bioinformatics.
2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Course outcomes:
1. Illustrate the basic concepts of bioinformatics
2. Analyse protein structures and protein sequence Course objectives:
1. To introduce the basic concepts of brain
3. Explain Finite Volume Method
computer interface.
4. Develop algorithms by using machine learning
2. To study the various signal acquisition
techniques and programming.
methods.
3. To study the signal processing methods
Contents: used in BCI.
UNIT –I: (7 Hours)
Introduction, DNA sequence analysis, DNA Course outcomes:
Databases, Protein structure and function, 1. Demonstrate the basics concept in the
protein sequence databases, sequence alignment, field of brain sensing for human-computer
PAM matrix, Global and local alignment, interaction research.
BLAST: features and scores. 2. Make use of the various tools used in
UNIT –II: (8 Hours) brain sensing.
Multiple sequence alignment, Conservation 3. Illustrate the steps required to use real-
score, phylogenetic trees. Protein sequence time brain sensing data as input to an
analysis, hydrophobicity profiles, non-redundant interactive system.
datasets. Protein secondary structures, 4. Make use of the required features and
Ramachandran plot, propensity, secondary classify the signal for applications.
structure prediction.
UNIT –III: (7 Hours) Contents:
Protein tertiary structure, Protein Data Bank, Unit I: Introduction to Brain Machine
visualization tools, structural classification, Interface (8 Hours)
contact maps. Protein structural analysis, Fundamentals, structure and classification of
protein structure prediction, Finite Volume brain machine interface system, Non-invasive
Method (FVM) – I and Partially Invasive Brain signal acquisition,
UNIT-IV: (8 Hours) Signal Pre-processing, artefacts removal.
Protein stability, energetic contributions, Unit –II: Electrophysiological Sources
database, stabilizing residues, stability upon (8 Hours)
mutations, Computer aided drug design, Sensorimotor, Neuronal activity in motor
docking, screening, QSAR, Development of cortex and related areas, Electric and magnetic
algorithms, AWK programming, machine fields produced by the brain, signals reflecting
learning techniques, applications using brain metabolic activity, Mu rhythm,
WEKA. Movement Related Potentials, Slow Cortical
237
Potentials, P300 Event related potential, Visual 1. Demonstrate the basics concept and
Evoked Potential, Activity of Neural Cells, physics behind of X-ray technique
Multiple Neuro-mechanisms 2. Illustrate the importance of nuclear
Unit –III: Feature Extraction Methods magnetic resonance in MRI
(7 Hours) 3. Explain the concept of generation of
Time/Space Methods – Fourier Transform, ultrasound
Wavelets, Auto-regressive, Moving average,
4. Design a term paper on one of the given
AR-MA models, Bandpass filtering, Template
topics
matching, Kalman filter, PCA, Laplacian filter
– Linear and Non-Linear Features Contents:
Unit –IV: Feature Translation Methods Unit -I: Planar X-rays (8 Hours)
(7 Hours) Electromagnetic radiation, generation and
Linear Discriminant Analysis – Nearest characteristics of x-rays, x-ray tubes,
neighbours, Support Vector Machines, interaction of x-rays with tissues.
Regression, Learning Vector Quantization, Unit -II: Magnetic Resonance Imaging
Gaussian Mixture Modeling, Hidden Markov (MRI) (9 Hours)
Modeling, Neural Networks. Concept of spin and nuclear magnetic
Text Books: resonance, spin decay through interaction with
1. Jonathan Wolpaw, Elizabeth Winter tissues, use of different magnets in MRI
Wolpaw,‘Brain Computer Interfaces: systems, one or two simple imaging sequences.
Principles and practice‖, Edition 1, UNIT –III: Ultrasound (9 Hours)
Oxford University Press, USA, Characteristics of sound waves, piezoelectricity
January 2012. and generation of ultrasound, interaction of
2. Bernhard Graimann, Brendan Allison, ultrasound with tissues, Doppler effect and its
Gert Pfurtscheller, "Brain-Computer uses.
Interfaces: Revolutionizing Human- UNIT –IV: Term Paper (4 Hours)
Write a term paper on one of the given topics.
Computer Interaction", Springer, 2010
3. Wolpaw J.R, N.Birbaumer et al,
Text Books:
―Brain control interface for 1. William R. Hendee and E. Russell
Communication and control‖, Clinical Ritenour, Medical Imaging Physics,
Neurophysiology, 113, 2002. Wiley-Liss, 4th edition, 2002
Department Elective -5: 2. Nadine Barrie Smith and Andrew Webb,
Physics and instrumentation in medical Introduction to Medical Imaging: Physics,
imaging (Total Hours 30) Engineering and Clinical Applications,
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme Cambridge University Press, 1st edition, 2011
Th. Tu Pr. Total Credit Theory Practical Department Elective -6:

Total
Hours Marks Neuromorphic Computing
TAECAE ESE Int. Ext. (Total Hours:
30)
2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Th. Tu Pr.Total Credit Theory

Practical
Total
Hours Marks
Course Objectives: TAECAE ESE Int. Ext.
1. To understand the physics behind
different instruments in medical 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
imaging
2. To learn how to design a simple review Course objectives:
paper To introduce a number of mathematical and
Course Outcomes: computational concepts and techniques that can
238
be used for the mathematical modelling of the oscillations. Integrate and fire neuron, resonate
real world problem. and fire neuron, Izhikevich models. Classical
Course outcomes: conditioning and instrumental condition.
1. Demonstrate the basics concept in the field Sensitization, habituation and priming, Cellular
neuromorphic computing. correlates of learning. Hebbian learning, Long-
2. Illustrate the organization of nervous system term Potentiation (LTP) and Long-term
and neuroanatomy. Depression (LTD).
3. Demonstrate the biophysical models of single
neuron and simplified neural models. Text Books:
4. Make use of the various models based on the
1. Peter Dayan & LF Abbot, Theoretical
neural networks to solve the real world
Neuroscience: Computational and
problems. Mathematical Modeling of Neural
Systems, MIT Press. ISBN 0-262-
Contents: 04199-5.
UNIT -1: (6 Hours) 2. Patricia Churcland & Terence
Linear algebra – eigenvalues and eigenvectors Sejnowski, Computational Brain, MIT
for symmetric matrices. Quadratic forms, Press.
solving a system of linear equations, 3. Christof Koch, Biophysics of
Dynamical systems - types of fixed pts, computation: information processing in
bifurcation map in terms of trace and single neurons, Oxford University
determinant. Dynamical systems - types of Press, 2005
fixed pts, bifurcation map in terms of trace and 4. Eric Kandel, James Thomas Schwartz,
determinant. Jessel, Principles of Neural
UNIT -2: (8 Hours) Science,4th ed. McGraw-Hill, New
Neuron - axons, dendrites etc, the four York.
components of Neural Signalling.
5. Computational neuroscience: a
Neurotransmission: neurotransmitter, receptor,
comprehensive approach, Edited by J.
ion channel, channel gating. Electrophysiology
Feng, Chapman & Hall/CRC, 2004.
- Nernst potential, resting potential, Goldman-
Hodgkin-Katz voltage equation, outline of the 6. Randall C. O'Reilly, Yuko
Hodgkin-Huxley model. Modeling ion channel Munakata, Computational explorations
kinetics, activation and inactivation gates. in cognitive neuroscience:
Complete formulation of Hodgkin-Huxley understanding the mind, MIT Press,
model. Relation between output firing and 2000.
constant input current. Discussion of regimes.
UNIT -3: (8 Hours) DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVE 1:
Derivation of the cable equation - defining OPERATING SYSTEMS:
axial, radial resistance and membrane Practic
Teaching Scheme Theory
capacitance, defining quantities in terms of per al
Tot Tot
unit length. Steady state Solution for Infinite T T P al Cred TA CA ES I E al
cable and semi-infinite cable. Solution for h. u r. Hou its E E E nt xt
rs
Finite cable: sealed end, killed end and 1
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 15 75
arbitrary boundary conditions. Time-dependent 0
solution for impulse input. Propagation delay, Mode of exam: Paper and pen-Offline
pseudo-velocity. Relation between cable Course Objective:
diameter and conduction velocity. Branched 1. Introduces general idea, structure and
cables and Rall's condition. Modeling synaptic functions of operating system
transmission. 2. Making students aware of basic mechanisms
UNIT -4: (7 Hours) used to handle processes, memory, storage
devices and files.
Fitzhugh-Nagumo neuron model - phase-plane Course Outcome:
analysis, showing excitability, bistability and
239
1.Identify basic structure and purpose of
operating system. REFERENCE BOOKS :
2. Interpret the concepts of process and 1. Operating Systems – S R Sathe, Macmillan
illustrate various CPU scheduling algorithms. Publishers, India, 2008
3. Interpret the concepts of inter process 2. Operating System –Milan Milenkovik,
communication. McGraw-Hill, 1987
4. Schematize Deadlock & security 3. Operating Systems - 3 rd Edition by Gary
mechanisms in operating systems. Nutt, Pearson Education.
5. Analyze different memory management
techniques with advantages and disadvantages. DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVE 2: BIG
DATA & HADOOP:
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: Practic
al
Course Program Outcomes Program Specific Tot Tot
Outcom Outcomes T T P al Cred TA CA ES I E al
es h. u r. Hou its E E E nt xt
P02 P03 P04 P05 PSO1 PSO2 rs
1
CO1 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 15 75
0
2 - 1 3 - 1 Mode of exam: Paper and pen-Offline
CO2
2 - 3 - 2 2
CO3 Course Objective:
3 3 - - 2 3 1. Understand the various parts of Hadoop
CO4
3 - 2 - 2 2
condition, for instance, Hadoop 2.7, Impala,
Yarn, MapReduce, Pig, Hive, HBase,
Contents Sqoop, Flume, and Apache Spark
Unit-I (8 hrs) 2. Learn Hadoop Distributed File System
Evolution of OS, Types of OS, Basic h/w (HDFS) and YARN building, and make
support necessary for modern operating sense of how to function with them for limit
systems, services provided by OS, system and resource organization
programs and system calls, system design and 3. understand MapReduce and its qualities and
implementation. retain advanced MapReduce thoughts.
Unit-II (8 hrs)
Process & Its Scheduling :Process concept, Course Outcome:
process control block, Types of scheduler, 1. Interpret basic concepts and techniques of
context switch, threads, multithreading model, Hadoop ecosystem and Big data.
goals of scheduling and different scheduling 2. Design different component of Hadoop
algorithms, ecosystem.
Unit-III (7 hrs) 3. Interpret the domain of data science and
Process management and synchronization: analysis of big data
Concurrency conditions, Critical section 4. Gain experience of doing independent study
problem, software and hardware solution, and research through case studies.
semaphores, conditional critical regions and
monitors, classical inter process
communication problems CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Unit-IV (7 hrs) Cour Program Outcomes Program
Deadlock definitions, Prevention, Avoidance, se Specific
detection and Recovery, Goals of Protection, Outc Outcomes
access matrix, Deadlock implementation omes
TEXT BOOKS : P0 P03 P0 P0 PSO PSO
1. Operating System concepts – 2 4 5 1 2
Silberchatz& Galvin, Addison Wesley, 6 CO1
thEdn. 1 1 1 1 1 1
2. Modern Operating Systems – Tanenbaum, CO2
Pearson Edn. 2 ndedn. 1 1 2 1 1 2
240
CO3 urs de
2 1 2 2 1 1 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25
Onl 1 1
75
ine 0 5
CO4
1 1 1 1 1 1 Mode of exam:Paper and pen-Offline
Course Objective:
Contents 1. This course introduces basic idea of data
Unit-I: (Mapped CO1) (8 hrs) structure while making aware of methods and
Introduction to Hadoop and Big Data, Big structure used to organize large amount of data.
data, challenges for processing big data, 2. It‘s also aimed at developing skill to
technologies support big data, History of implement methods to solve specific problems
Hadoop, Use cases of Hadoop, RDBMS vs using basic data structures.
Hadoop When to use and when not to use 3. The course also provides career
Hadoop. opportunities in design of data, implementation
Unit-II: (Mapped CO2) (8 hrs) of data, technique to sort and searching the
Hadoop Distributed File System, Significance data.
of HDFS in Hadoop,Features of HDFS,Data
Storage in HDFS :Introduction about Blocks,
Data replication. Accessing HDFS:CLI Course Outcome:
(Command Line Interface) and admin 1. Describe data structures and understand
commands, Java Based Approach, Fault when it is appropriate to use.
tolerance. Download Hoodoo, Installation and 2. Infer algorithms for data searching and
set-up of Hadoop,Start-up & Shut down sorting.
process. 3. Make use of linear and nonlinear data
Unit-III: (Mapped CO3) (7 hrs) structures to solve various real world
Map Reduce: Map Reduce Story, Map Reduce computing problems.
Architecture, How Map Reduce works, 4. Inspecting to Relate use of Abstract data
Developing Map Reduce, Map Reduce types & ways in which they can be stored,
Programming Model, Different phases of Map accessed and manipulated.
Reduce Algorithm, Different Data types in
Map Reduce CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Unit-IV: (Mapped CO4) (7 hrs) Programme
PIG: Introduction to Apache Pig, Map Reduce Course
Outcomes
Outcomes
Vs. Apache Pig, Modes of Execution in Pig,
PO2 PO3 PO4 PSO1 PSO2
Loading data, Exploring Pig Latin commands, CO1 3 2 3 1 -
Text Books: CO2 2 3 3 2 -
1. Tom White, "Hadoop: The Definitive CO3 3 3 3 2 1
Guide", 3rd edition, O'Reilly Media. CO4 3 3 3 3 2
2. Big Data (Black Book), Wiley
3. V. Prajapati, "Big Data Analytics with R and Contents:
Hadoop", PacktPub.
Unit-I: (Mapped CO1) (8 hrs)
Reference Books: Arrays & Pointers
1. V. Ankam, Big Data Analytics, Packt Pub Introduction, Linear Arrays, Arrays as ADT,
Ltd. Representation of Linear array in Memory,
2. N. Dasgupta, Practical Big Data Analytics, Traversing Linear Arrays, Inserting and
Packt Pub Ltd. deleting, Multidimensional Arrays, Pointers;
Pointer Arrays, Dynamic Memory
DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVE 3: DATA Management.
STRUCTURE & ALGORITHMS: Unit-II: (Mapped CO2) (8 hrs)
Continuous Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Scheme Practi
Sorting and Searching
Theory
Cre cal
To
Introduction: Sorting; Bubble Sort, Insertion
To dits C E Ex I
T T P
tal
TA
A S am n
E tal Sort, Selection Sort, Merging, Searching;
h. u r. E xt
Ho E E Mo t Linear Search, Binary Search.
241
Unit-III: (Mapped CO3) (7 hrs) computer systems, operating system and
Linked List network security.
Introduction, Linked Lists, Representation of 3. The objective of this course is to provide
Linked Lists in Memory, Traversing a Linked
students with a comprehensive overview of the
List, Searching a Linked List, Memory
Allocation and Garbage Collection, Insertion threats to computer security, technologies for
into a Linked List, Deletion from a Linked List, security assurance, and engineering approaches
Circularly Linked Lists, Doubly Linked Lists. to security solutions.
Unit-IV: (Mapped CO4) (7 hrs) 4. Create an ability to understand and use
Stacks, Queue and Recursion various open source security tools to improve
Introduction, Stacks, Array Representation of personal information security & network
Stacks, Linked Representation of Stacks, Stack
security.
as ADT, Application of Stacks, Recursion,
Linked Representation of Queues, Queues as
ADT, Circular Queues, Deques and Course Outcomes:
Applications of Queues. 1. Use the fundamentals of Cryptography and
Text Books: standard algorithms to provide confidentiality,
1.AVAho, J Hopcroft, JD Ullman, Data integrity and authenticity.
Structures and Algorithms, Addison- Wesley, 2. Use symmetric and asymmetric key
1983. encryption systems
2.THCormen, CF Leiserson, RL Rivest, C 3. Analyze various message authentication
Stein, Introduction to Algorithms, 3rd Ed., codes and hash functions.
MIT Press, 2009. 4. Analyze detection and prevention of various
attacks
Reference Books: CO Mapping with PO and PSO
Programme
1. Data Structures & Algorithms, 1e, Alfred Programme Outcomes Specific
Course
V.Aho, Jeffery D. Ullman , Person. Outcomes Outcomes
2. MT Goodrich, R Tamassia, DM Mount, PO2 PO3 PO4 PSO1 PSO2
Data Structures and Algorithms in Java, 5th CO1 1 2 1 1 -
Ed., Wiley, 2010. (Equivalent book in C also CO2 2 1 2 2 -
exists.) CO3 1 2 1 - 1
CO4 1 2 2 - 2
Contents:
DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVE 4: Unit-I: (Mapped CO1) (8 hrs)
INFORMATION SECURITY & CRYPTO Introduction: Introduction to information and
CURRENCY: network security, Attacks, services,
Continuous Evalation Scheme mechanisms, security attacks, security services,
Teaching Scheme
Theory
Practi a model for internet work security, encryption
cal
Cred model, steganography, classical encryption
Tot To
T
T
P
al
its T C E I E
tal
techniques, modern techniques - simplified
h
u
r
Ho
A A S n x DES, block cipher principles, data encryption
. . E E E t t
urs standard, strength of DES, block cipher design
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25
1 1
75
principles, block cipher modes of operation.
0 5
(CO2) (7 hrs)
Mode of exam:Paper and pen-Offline Confidentiality and Key Management:
Confidentiality using conventional encryption:
Course Objectives: placement of encryption function, random
1. This course covers the fundamentals of number generation. Public key cryptography:
computer systems security. principles, RSA algorithm, key management,
2. It introduces many different areas of security diffie-heliman key exchange, elliptic curve
such as encryption, malicious code, cryptography, Chinese remainder theorem,
authentication and access control, trusted Euclidean algorithm, extended Euclidean
242
algorithm, discrete logarithms, primality . H E E E t t
testing, Chinese remainder theorem, finite ou
rs
fields.
1 1 1 1 5
Unit-III: (Mapped CO3) (8 hrs) 1 - 4 5 3
0 5 0 5 0
Authentication requirements, functions, codes, Mode of exam: Paper and pen: Offline
security of hash function &MACs.Hash& Mac
algorithms.Messages digest, Properties of hash CO mapping with PO and PSO
functions, MD2, MD5 and SHA-1, keyed hash Programme
functions, attacks on hash functions. Digital Course Programme Outcomes Specific
Outcomes
signatures & authentication protocols, Elgamal Outcomes
digital signature algorithm, digital signature PO2 PO3 PO4 PSO1 PSO2
standard. CO1 2 2 1 1 -
CO2 2 1 2 2 -
Unit-III: (Mapped CO4) (8 hrs)
CO3 1 3 1 2 1
Network Security: Network security:
CO4 1 2 2 1 2
Firewalls, Proxy-Servers, Network intrusion
detection. Transport security: Mechanisms of
TLS, SSL, IPSec. Biometric authentication,
Secure E-Commerce (ex. SET), Smart Cards, Course Objectives:
Security in Wireless Communication. 1. To learn about Software Defined
Books: Networking.
1. Cryptography and networks security 2. To understand an emerging Internet
architectural framework, including the
principles & practice by William Stalings
main concepts, architectures, algorithms,
(Pearson Education prentice Hall). protocols and applications
2. Networks security Essentials Applications & 3. To be able to implement Network
standards by William Stalings (Pearson virtualization framework.
Education, LPF).
3. Cryptography in C and C++ by Michael Course Outcomes:
Welschenbach (A press IDG Books India). 1. Design a network with appropriate
protocols selected according to
4. Introduction to Data Compression by Khalid
requirement.
Sayood (Morgan kaufmann/Harcourt India). 2. Analyze different routing protocols and
traffic engineering methods deployed in
Reference Books networking.
1. Information Security: The Complete 3. Interpret the concept of SDN (i.e.
Reference, Second Edition2nd Edition by Mark abstracting and centralizing the control
Rhodes-OusleyISBN-13:978-0071784351 plane).
,ISBN-10:0071784357 4. Analyze the implications of shifting from
2. Cryptography and Network Security: C K traditional network architectures to
Shyamala, N Harini, Dr T R software defined networks.
Padmanabhan, Wiley India, 1st Edition. 5. Apply and analyze network functions
3.Cryptography and Network Security : virtualization.
ForouzanMukhopadhyay, McGraw Hill, 6. Implement a network service using the
3rd Edition knowledge acquired throughout the lectures.
DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVE 5: Contents

ADVANCED NETWORKS Unit-I: (Mapped CO1) (8 hrs)
Routing in Packet Networks
Continuous Evalation Circuit Switching and Packet Switching, Types
Teaching Scheme of Routing Protocols: Interior and Exterior
Cr
Scheme Prac Gateway protocols, Adaptive and Non-adaptive
edi Theory T
tical Routing Algorithms, Traffic Management at
ts ot
T T P To T C E I E packet level, Traffic management at flow level.
al
h. u r tal A A S n x
243
Unit-II: (Mapped CO2) (8 hrs) 2. Network Innovation through Open Flow and
Introduction to Software Defined SDN: Principles and Design, Edited by Fei Hu,
Networking (SDN) CRC Press, ISBN-10: 1466572094, 2014.
Evolution of Switches and Control Planes, 3. Open Networking Foundation (ONF)
Centralized and Distributed Control and Data Documents, https://www.opennetworking.org,
Planes Concepts, Advantages and 2015.
Disadvantages, Open Flow protocol. SDN 4. Open Flow standards,
Controller: General Concepts, Layer 3 Centric, http://www.openflow.org, 2015.
Plexxi ,CiscoOnePK ,Network 5. Online Reading Lists, including:
Programmability http://www.nec-labs.com/~lume/sdn-reading-
Unit-III: (Mapped CO3) (6 hrs) list.html, 2015.
Data Center Concepts and Constructs
Technologies for the Data Center, The DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVE 6:
Multitenant Data Center ,The Virtualized BLOCKCHAIN TECHNOLOGY
Multitenant Data Center ,SDN Solutions for (Total hours – 30)
the Data Center Network ,VLANs, EVPN
,VxLan,NVGRENetwork Topology and Continuous Evaluation Scheme
Topological Information Abstraction: Theory
cal
Cre
Introduction,Network Topology ,Traditional To dits C E
Ex
I
To
T T P tal TA am E tal
Methods ,LLDP ,BGP-TE/LS ,ALTO ,I2RS h. u r. Ho E
A S
Mo
n
xt
E E t
Topology urs de
Onl 1 1
Unit-IV: (Mapped CO3) (8 hrs) 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25
ine 0 5
75
Building an SDN Framework: Introduction Mode of exam: Offline
The Juniper SDN Framework IETF SDN
Framework(s) Open Daylight Programme
Controller/Framework Use Cases for Course Programme Outcomes Specific
Outcomes
Bandwidth Scheduling, Manipulation, and Outcomes
Calendaring, Use Cases for Input Traffic PO2 PO3 PO4 PSO1 PSO2
Monitoring, Classification, and Triggered CO1 2 2 1 1 1
CO2 2 2 3 1 1
Actions, Firewalls as a Service ,Network
CO3 1 1 1 2 1
Access Control Replacement ,Extending the
CO4 1 1 2 3 2
Use Case with a Virtual Firewall ,Feedback
and Optimization ,Intrusion Detection/Threat
Mitigation
Textbooks
1. SDN: Software Defined Networks, An Course Objective:
Authoritative Review of Network 1. To understand the concept of blockchain.
Programmability Technologies, By Thomas D. 2. To be able to implement blockchain in
Nadeau, Ken Gray Publisher: O'Reilly Media, security and other applications
August 2013, ISBN: 978-1-4493-4230-2, ISBN
10: 1-4493-4230-2. Course Outcomes:
2. Software Defined Networks: A Comprehensive 1. Demonstrate Basic Cryptographic
Approach, by PaulGoransson and Chuck primitives used in Blockchain
Black, Morgan Kaufmann, June 2014, Print 2. Illustrate hyperledger fabric in
BookISBN: 9780124166752, eBook ISBN : blockchain
9780124166844 3. Experiment with different applications of
blockchain
References Books: 4. Apply blockchain for research in AI, Big
1. SDN and OpenFlow for Beginners by Data
VivekTiwari, Sold by: Amazon Digital
Services, Inc., ASIN: , 2013. Contents
UNIT –I: (8 Hours)
Introduction to Blockchain, Crypto Primitives
and Bitcoin, Consensus algorithms and their
244
scalability problems, Technologies Borrowed in
Blockchain – hash pointers, consensus, byzantine
fault-tolerant distributed computing, digital cash
etc.
UNIT –II: (8 Hours)

Permissioned Blockchain, Hyperledger Fabric,
Fabric Demo, Hash functions, Puzzle friendly
Hash, Collison resistant hash, digital signatures,
public key crypto, verifiable random functions,
Zero-knowledge systems
UNIT –III: (7 Hours)

Blockchain Use Cases – Finance, Blockchain
Use Cases – Industry, Blockchain in Government
and Blockchain Security
UNIT –IV: (7 Hours)

Security and Research Aspects, Research
Aspects in Blockchain, AI and Blockchain and
Big Data
Text Books:
1. Draft version of ―S. Shukla, M.

Dhawan, S. Sharma, S. Venkatesan,
‗Blockchain Technology:
Cryptocurrency and Applications‘,
Oxford University Press, 2019.
2. Josh Thompson, ‗Blockchain: The
Blockchain for Beginnings, Guild to
Blockchain Technology and Blockchain
Programming‘, Create Space
Independent Publishing Platform, 2017.
245
Phone : +91 9604787184, 9689903286, 9921008391 Fax : +91 – 7104 – 232560
DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
Vision of the Institute
technologies and to create technical manpower of global standards with capabilities of accepting new
challenges.
Mission of the Institute
Our efforts are dedicated to impart quality and value based education to raise satisfaction level of all
stake-holders. Our strength is directed to create competent professionals. Our endeavor is to provide
all possible support to promote research and development activities.
246
Programme: UG In Electronics Engineering.
Vision of the Department
technologies and to create technical manpower of global standards in electronics & telecommunication
engineering with capabilities of accepting new challenges.
Mission of the Department
Mission of the Department is
 To create competent professionals who are trained in the design, implementation of

engineering & telecommunication systems
 To contribute towards the advancement of engineering, science and technology
 To impart quality and value based education to raise satisfaction of all stake holders
 To promote research & development activities in the field of electronics & telecommunication
engineering and allied areas
Programme Educational Objectives
 PEO1: Identify, define and solve problems in the fields of electronics & communication
engineering.
 PEO2: Employ necessary techniques and tools for advanced engineering applications, engage
themselves in research and development, and take up higher education.
 PEO3: Use their skills in ethical & professional manner to raise the satisfaction level of the
stakeholders.
247
Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes
Programme Outcomes
1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals,
and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex engineering
problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences,
and engineering sciences.
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design
system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for the
public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research
methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern
engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with an
understanding of the limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess
societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the
professional engineering practice.
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions
in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable
development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of
the engineering practice.
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in
diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
engineering commCOy and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write
effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear
instructions.
11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering
and management principles and apply these to one‘s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
248
12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in
independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change
Programme Specific Outcomes
PSO1: Demonstrate industrial practices learned through internship and solve the live problems of the
industries
PSO2:Acquire multidisciplinary knowledge through projects and hands on experience to meet

industry needs.
PSO3:Demonstrate capability to undertake higher studies and develop leadership qualities to emerge
as potential entrepreneur.
249
B.TECH. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
Term-I
Sub. Code Name of the Course Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme


BFYL101 Matrices (Maths-I) 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
BFYL102 Differential & Vector 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50

Calculus (Maths-II)
BEEL101 AC & DC Circuits 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 25 - 75

BEEP101
BEEL102 AC & DC Machine 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50

BEEL103 Energy Sources & 1 - - 1 1 10 15 - - - 25
Audit
BITL101 Programming for 1 - 4 5 3 10 15 25 50 - 100
BECL101 Introduction to Digital 1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 - 75

BECP101 System
BECL104 Bio-System in Engg. 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50

BCSP101 Data Analytics - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
BHUP104 Liberal/ Creative Arts - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 -- 25
BHUP103 Foreign Language - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 - 25
BFYP131 Waste Management - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
BFYP132 Environmental Science - - 1 1 0.5 - - -- 25 -- 25
Total 9 4 16 29 21 80 120 175 225 - 600
250
Term-II
Sub. Name of the Course Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
Code
. u . l t l
TA CA ES Int. Ext
E E E .
BFYL103 Integral & Multiple 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Calculus (Maths-III)
BFYL104 Ordinary & Partial 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 - - 50

Diffrential Equations
(Maths-IV )
BECL102 Engg. Mechanics- 1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 - 75

BECP10 (CIVIL)/Analog Circuits -
2 (IT+CSE+ETC+ETRX+E
E)
BFYP152 Internet of Things - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25

BFYL121 App. Physics 1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 - 75
BFYP121
BCSP10 Data Structure - - 4 4 2 - - - 50 - 50

2
BECP10 Embedded Programming - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
3
BMEP10 Digital Fabrication - - 4 4 2 - - - 50 - 50
2
BFYP151 Mini Model through - - 4 4 2 - - - 50 - 50
BHUL101 Communication Skills - 2 2 4 3 10 15 25 50 - 100

BHUP10
1
BMBP10 Entrepreneurship - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
1
BHUP10 Ethics & Professional - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 -- 25
2 Competancies
Total 4 5 26 35 22 50 75 125 35 - 600

0
251
Term-III

n
. u . l t l
TA CA ES Int. Ext
E E E .
BFYL11 Maths- 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
2 5,Mathematic
al Modeling
BHUP20 Quant - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
3
BHUP20 Reasoning - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
2
BAIP202 Skill - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 25 50
Development
- 1(Linear
Algebra) Online
BHUP20 Buisness - - 4 4 2 - - - 50 - 50
5 English
Certification -I
BHUP20 Liberal - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
4 Arts/Creative
Arts (Hobby
Module)
BAIP204 Foundation - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 25 50
course in
ANN Online
BECL21 Electronic 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 - 75
5 Devices &
BECP21 Circuits
5 Offline
BEEL20 Network 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
6 Theory Offline
BECL21 Communicatio 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 - 75
6 n Electronics
BECP21
6 Offline
BECL21 Signal & 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
7 Systems Offline
BECL21 Embedded 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 25 100
8 Systems
BECP21 Design
8 Online
Total 9 3 17 29 20.5 60 90 150 25 75 625
0
252
Term-IV

n
. u . l t l
TA CA ES Int. Ext
E E E .
BFYL11 Maths 6 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
3 (Optimization &
z transforms)
BMBP10 Enterprenuersh - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
2 ip Development
Practice
BHUP20 Aptitude 1 - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
6
BAIL203 Machine 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Learning
Algorithms
Online
BECL22 Sensor & 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 - - 50
0 Actuators Offline
BECL22 Electromagneti 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
1 c Field &
Waves Offline
BECL22 Analog 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
2 Systems &
BECP22 Design
2 Offline
xxxxx Open Elective-I 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Offline
BECL22 Digital 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
3 Communication
BECP22
3 Offline
BECL22 Introduction to 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 25 - 75
4 Drones
BECP22
4 Online
BCSL20 Data Base 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 10 15 75
8 Management
BCSP20 System
8 Online
Total 14 2 11 27 21.5 90 135 225 13 15 600
5
253
Term-V
on
Th T Pr Tot Cred Theory Practica Tot
. u . al it l al
TA CA ES Int Ex
E E E . t.
BFYL11 Maths 7 ( Matrix 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
4 differential
equations)
MBP10 Advanced - - 4 4 2 - - - 50 - 50
4 Communication
Skills
BECP3 Skill Development - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 25 50
17 2
(VLSI based
Project)
BHUP3 Aptitude 2 - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
02
MBP30 Financial - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
1 Management for
Engineers
BECL3 CMOS VLSI Design 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 10 15 75
18
BECP3
18 Online
BECL3 Digital Signal 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 25 100
16 Processing
BECP3
16 Offline
BECL3 Transmission Line 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
19 & Antennas
Offline
BECL3 Hardware 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 10 15 75
20 Description
BECP3 Language
20 Online
13
Online
XXXX Departmental 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Elective-1 Offline
BECP3 Internship - - 2 2 2 - - - 50 - 50
21 &Technical Report
Writing
Total 9 1 20 30 21 60 90 150 24 10 650
5 5
254
Term-VI
n
. u . l t l
TA CA ES Int. Ext
E E E .
BFYL115 Maths 8 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
(Probability,
FFT,
complex
variables)
BECP32 Skill - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 25 50
2 Development
- 3 (Machine
Learning
based
Projects)
BHUP30 Aptitude 3 - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
3
BHUP20 Soft 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
7 Employability
Skills
MBP Project - - 2 2 1 - - - 50 - 50
Management
BMEP31 Product 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
9 Development
& IPR
xxxx Open 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Elective-2
xxxx Interdiciplinar 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
y Elective-1
xxxx Departmenta - - 4 4 2 - - - 25 25 50
l Elective-2
(Modeling) Online
xxxx Departmenta 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
l Elective-3
BEEL31 Basic Control 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 25 - 75
9 System
BEEP31
9 Offline
BECL32 Digital Image 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 25 - 75
3 Processing
BECP32
3 Online
xxxxx Humanities 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Elective
Total 11 1 16 28 20 70 105 175 22 50 625
5
255
Term-VII

n Th. T Pr Tota Credi Theory Practical Tota
u . l t l
TA CA ES Int. Ext
E E E .
xxxxx Science 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Elective
BHUP30 Career - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
4 Developmen
t Practice
xxxx MOOCS/Op 1 - - 1 1 10 15 - - - 25
en Elective-3
ry Elective-2
xxxx Department 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Elective-4
xxxx Department 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Elective-5
xxxx Department 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Elective-6
BCSL31 Cloud 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 10 15 75
5 Computing
BCSP31
5 Online
BECP41 Project - - 4 4 4 - - - 50 50
2 Phase-I
Total 12 0 8 20 18 70 105 150 85 15 425
Term-VIII
n
Th. T Pr Tota Credi Theory Practical Tota
u . l t l
TA CA ES Int. Ext
E E E .
BECP42 Project - - 2 2 2 - - - 50 50 100
0 Phase-II
XXXX MOOCS/Op 3 - - 3 2 10 15 50 - - 75
en Elective-4
BECP43 Six Month - - 24 24 12 - - - 10 10 200

7 Industry 0 0
Internship
Total 3 0 26 29 16 10 15 50 15 15 375
0 0
Total 160 Total Marks 450
Credi 0
t
256
Board of Studies of Electronics and Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
Pool of Elective Vs Tracks
Elective / Track Communicatio Machine Embedded & BioMedical VLSI & Programmin
n ,Signal Learning IoT Quantum g
Processing &
RF
Track-1 Track-2 Track-3 Track-4 Track-5 Track-6
Departmental Television & Soft Systems Biomaterials- Power Operating
Elective-1 Multimedia computing Programmi Materials in Electronics Systems
Processing ng for Medicine
Embedded
Devices
DepartmentalElecti Microwave & Pattern Mechatroni Biochemistry Analog Big Data &
ve-2 millimeter Recognitio cs & Cell Biology VLSI Hadoop
wave circuits n Design
DepartmentalElecti Wireless & Human Robotics Bio- MEMS & Data
ve-3 Mobile Computer Manipulatio Informatics/ Applicatio Structure &
Communicati Interface n Algorithm and ns Algorithms
on Application
DepartmentalElecti Audio & Decision Automotive Brain Machine Quantum Informatio
ve-4 Speech Signal Analytics Electronics Interface & Optical n Security
Processing Electronics & Crypto
Currency
DepartmentalElecti Smart Natural Industrial Physics & Integrated Advanced
ve-5 Antennas Language Automation Instrumentati Circuits & Networks
Processing on of Medical Fabricatio
Imaging n
Departmental Multi-rate Deep IoT System Neromorphic Photonics Blockchai

Elective-6 and wavelet Learning Design Computing & n
Signal Foundatio Nanotubes Technolog
Processing ns & y
Applicatio
ns
257
SEMSTER-III
Cour Programme Outcomes Program
se me
BECL215 -Electronic Devices and Circuits
Outc Specific
omes Outcome
s
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 - 75 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
0 1 2 1 2 3
*Mode of Exam: Paper Pen with 30% Gate CO1 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3
Pattern Questions
Course Objectives: CO2 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3
5. To gain knowledge of transistor small
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3
signal analysis.
6. To study need different types of amplifiers CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3
and oscillator.
7. To familiarize the students with the CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3
analysis of unipolar devices
CO6 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3
8. To use appropriate experimentation
techniques to evaluate circuit performance
Course Outcomes: Contents:

7. Demonstrate the concept of compensation CO-I: (9hrs)
techniques, Low frequency and High Transistor Biasing & Small Signal Analysis:
frequency analysis. Review of Transistor, Transistor current
8. Interpret the concepts of feedback and equations, Thermal Runaway ,Transistor
apply the concepts for improvement of Biasing & Stability, Compensation Methods,
performance of amplifier and oscillator Two-port Devices & the Transistor Hybrid
9. Analyze and design different types of model, analysis of a transistor amplifier circuit
power amplifiers and use methods for using h parameters, comparison of transistor
reduction of distortions amplifier configuration, Miller‘s Theorem, the
10. Compare the operation of the Field Effect alpha cut-off frequency, the hybrid pi (II)
Transistor (FET), Metal Oxide common –emitter transistor model.
Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor CO-II (8hrs)
(MOSFET) and design FET circuits Feedback Amplifiers & Oscillators: Types of
11. Apply concepts of transistors & amplifier Feedback, Advantages & Disadvantages of
Circuits Negative Feedback, Topology, Classification
12. Design simple circuits containing non- of Oscillators, Stability, Barkhausen Criteria,
linear elements. Design of RC, LC and Crystal Oscillators,
Numerical
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: CO-III (7hrs)
Power Amplifier: Classification A, B, AB, C,
Efficiency, Push Pull Configuration (A, B, AB)
Complementary symmetry, Second Harmonic
258
and Cross over Distortion., Design of Power CO1: Analyze circuits with ideal, independent,
Amplifiers (Class A and Class AB) and controlled voltage and current sources.
CO-IV (6hrs) using Mesh & Nodal analysis.
CO2: Determine the equivalent circuits of a
Unipolar Devices: Field Effect Transistor,
network that include passive devices,
MOSFET, NMOS, PMOS Principles of dependent sources, and independent sourcesin
operation and characteristics, Biasing combination using network theorems.
arrangement, small signal analysis of CG, CB CO3: Interpret and measure the transient and
and CD sinusoidal Steady-state Responses of simple
Text Books: RC and RLC circuits
6. Electronics Devices and Circuits, S. CO4 : Determining two port network
parameters and one parameter in terms
Saliva Hanan, N Suresh Kumar, Tata
McGraw-Hill 2008, Third Edition Cour Programme Outcomes Program
7. Integrated Electronics Jacob Millman se me
Tata McGraw-Hill, 2009, Outc Specific
Second Edition omes Outcome
8. Electronic Devices & Circuits, Sanjiv s
Gupta
Reference Books: O O O O O O O O OO O O S S S
4. Electronics devices and Circuits and
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
Theory Robert L. Boylestad, Louis
0 1 2 1 2 3
Nashelsky, Pearson India, 2009, Tenth
Edition CO1 3 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 3 2
5. Microelectronics Circuits A. S.
Sedra & K. C. Smith, Oxford CO2 3 3 1 1 1 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 3 2
University Press, 2013, Seventh Edition CO3 3 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 3 2
6. Electronics Devices and Circuits,
Nagrath I J Phi Learning Pvt Ltd, 2009, CO4 3 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 3 2
Third Edition.
BEEL206- Network Theory Syllabus:

CO I:Nodal and Mesh analysis (8 Hrs)
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme Nodal and Mesh analysis, basic equilibrium
Th. Tu Pr. TotalCredit Theory PracticalTotal equations, matrix approach for complicated
network, containing voltage, current sources,
Hours TAECAEESEInt.Ext.Marks Mutual Inductances, source transformations,
Duality.
1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
*Mode of Exam: Paper Pen with 30% Gate CO II: Network Theorems (7 Hrs)
Reciprocity, Thevenin‘s, Norton‘s, maximum
Pattern Questions power transfer, compensation, Tellegen‘s
Course Objectives: theorem as applied to A.C. Circuits.
1. The subject aims at basic components
2. To study various sources and circuit analysis CO III: Transfer functions (7Hrs)
method used in electrical system and their Transient behaviors, concept of complex
behavior. frequency, Driving points and transfer
3. To study various numerical methods functions, poles, zeros of admittance function,
Course Outcomes their properties, sinusoidal response from Pole-
Able to understand:
259
zero locations, convolution theorem and 7. Demonstrate the fundamentals of
integral solution. communication systems and interpret the
CO IV: Two port network and filter(8 Hrs) presence of noise in communication
Two port network parameters and
systems.
interconnections,Three Phase unbalanced
circuits and power calculations. Introduction of 8. Interpret and analyze Amplitude
Basic filters (R-C, L-C).Advanced topic on the Modulation and Frequency modulation.
subject 9. Analyze FDM and TDM systems.
Text Books: 10. Illustrate the fundamentals of analog pulse
● Networks & Systems by D Roy modulation techniques.
Choudhury [partial ebook] 11. Design and conduct experiments, using
● Engineering Circuit Analysis by W. H.
modern communication tools necessary for
Hayt, J. E. Kemmerly & S. M. Durbin
● Fundamentals of Electric Circuits by C. various engineering applications.
K. Alexander & M. N. O. Sadiku 12. Demonstrate the basics of Television and
Reference Books: Satellite systems.
● Network Analysis and Synthesis by
Franklin F. Kuo [ebook]
● Network Analysis, M. Van Valkenburg, CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Pearson Education, 2006
● Introduction to Modern Network Cou Programme Outcomes Progra
Synthesis, M. Van Valkenburg, John rse mme
Wiley & Sons. Outc Specific
omes Outcom
es
BECL216-Communication Electronics O O O O O O O O OO O O S S S
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
0 1 2 1 2 3
Theory Practical T
Th. Tu Pr. Tota Credit
ot CO1 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2
l
al
Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext.
Marks
CO2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 2
1 2 2 7
2 - 2 4 3 15 - CO3 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 2
0 5 5 5
CO4 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2
Pattern Questions
Course Objectives: CO5 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3
6. To understand the basic concept of
communication systems. CO6 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 2
7. To understand the concept of analog
8. To understand theory of analog pulse
9. To understand working of radio receivers.
10. To understand the classification of
multiplexing and multiplexing hierarchy.
Course Outcomes:
260
Contents: Oxford Press Publication, 1998, Third
CO-I: (8hrs) Edition
Introduction to Analog Communication: 6. Digital Communication Simon
Review of signals and systems, Frequency Haykin Wiley and sons, 2003, Third
domain of signals, Review of probability and Edition
random process. Base Band Signals and their 7. Digital Communication John G.
bandwidth requirements. Noise in Proakis, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2002,
Communication systems, Gaussian and white Third Edition
noise characteristics. 8. DigitalCommunicationShanmugham
CO-II (8hrs) Wiley student 2009, Fourth
Analog Modulation Techniques: Principles of Edition
Amplitude Modulation Systems- DSB, SSB and
VSB modulations, Envelope detector, Angle
Modulation and their types, Reactance tube and BECL217- Signals and Systems
FET modulators, Armstrong method, FM
discriminator, Super heterodyne Receiver, Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
Performance characteristics: Sensitivity, Th. Tu Pr. TotalCredit Theory PracticalTotal
Selectivity, Fidelity, Image Frequency
Rejection.
CO-III (7 hrs)
1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Pulse Modulation Techniques: Pulse
modulation. Sampling process. Pulse *Mode of Exam: Paper Pen with 30% Gate
Amplitude and Pulse code modulation (PCM). Pattern Questions
Differential pulse code modulation. Delta
modulation. Noise considerations in PCM. Course Objectives:
5. To introduce the fundamentals,
CO-IV (7 hrs)
characteristics, concept techniques of
Multiplexers: FDM, TDM, Multiplexing
signals & systems.
Hierarchy, Digital Multiplexers, Basic concept
6. Understanding signals and systems in terms
of Television System, Introduction to satellite
of both the time and transform domains,
systems.Advanced topic on the subject
taking advantage of the complementary
Text Books:
insights and tools that these different
5. Electronics Communication System,
perspectives provide
Kennedy, Davis Tata McGraw-
7. Development of the mathematical skills
Hill, 2010, Fourth Edition
like Fourier series, Fourier transforms,
6. Communication Electronics, Roddy
Random theory to solve problems
&Coolen PHI, 2010, Fourth Edition
involving convolution, filtering,
7. Communication Electronics Principles
modulation and sampling
and Applications Frenzel, Tata
8. To define channel capacities and properties
McGraw-Hill, 2011, Third Edition
using Shannon‘s Theorem and calculate the
8. Communication Engineering U. A.
information content
Bakshi, A. P. Godse, Technical
Publications, 2009, Third Edition Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to
Reference Books:
5. Illustrate& classify signals, systems &
5. Modern Digital & Analog
identify LTI systems
Communication Systems, B. P. Lathi,
261
6. Find Fourier series & Fourier transform for system properties: linearity: additivity and
different signals homogeneity, shift-invariance, causality,
7. Analyze the Continuous Time systems by stability, Realizability. Examples
performing Convolution CO-II (7hrs)
8. Demonstrate Discrete time systems and Continuous Time Fourier
LTI systems. Transform:Representation of Aperiodic Signal,
Fourier Transform for Periodic Signals,
Properties of CTFT, Convolution and
multiplication property of continuous FT,
rse mme
Systems characterized by Linear Constant
Out Specific
Coefficient Differential Equations.
com Outcom
Convolution Property. Sampling Theorem,
es es
Effect of Under Sampling, and Sampling of
P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Discrete -Time Signals
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O CO-III (8hrs)
0 1 2 1 2 3 Continuous time and discrete time Linear
shift-invariant (LSI) systems: Impulse
CO1 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 response and step response, convolution,
input-output behavior with aperiodic
CO2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 2
convergent inputs, cascade interconnections.
CO3 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 Characterization of causality and stability of
linear shift-invariant systems. System
CO4 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 representation through differential equations
and difference equations. Periodic and semi-
periodic inputs to an LSI system, the notion of
a frequency response and its relation to the
impulse response, Fourier series representation,
the Fourier Transform,
Contents:
convolution/multiplication and their effect in
CO-I: (7hrs)
the frequency domain, magnitude and phase
Introduction to Signals and Systems:Signals
response, Fourier domain duality. Parseval's
and systems as seen in everyday life, and in
Theorem. The idea of signal space and
various branches of engineering and science
orthogonal bases of signals. Time de main and
electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, thermal,
Frequency domain aspects of ideal and non-
biomedical signals and systems as examples.
ideal filters.
Extracting the common essence and
CO-IV (8hrs)
requirements of signal and system analysis
Discrete Time Fourier Transform (DTFT)
from these examples. Formalizing signals:
and Discrete Fourier Transform
energy and power signals, signal properties:
(DFT):Properties of DTFT and DFT,
periodicity, absolute integrability, determinism
convolution property, multiplication property,
and stochastic character. Some special signals
Duality, Systems characterized by Linear
of importance: the CO step, the CO impulse,
Constant Coefficient Difference Equations
the sinusoid, the complex exponential, some
Laplace Transform for continuous time signals
special time-limited signals; continuous and
and systems: the notion of eigen functions of
discrete time signals, continuous and discrete
LSI systems, a basis of eigen functions, region
amplitude signals. Formalizing systems:
262
of convergence, system functions, poles and BECL218- Embedded Systems Design
zeros of system functions and signals, Laplace Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
domain analysis, solution to differential
equations and system behavior. al al
Text Books: Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext. Marks
3. Signals and Systems(Alan V
1 1 2 1 1
Oppenheim, Alan S Willsky, S Hamid 2 - 2 4 3 75
0 5 5 0 5
Nawab)Prentice Hall India 2009- *Mode of Exam: Practical Application
Second Edition Based Online
4. Signals and Systems, S. Haykin and B.
Course Objectives:
van Veen, Wiley1998 4. To study and understand various
Reference Books: microcontrollers and embedded systems.
5. To understand the design parameters of
embedded systems applications.
rse mme
6. To study and impart different tools for
Outc Specific
embedded system and IoT application
omes Outcom
design.
es
Course Outcomes:
P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P 7. Demonstrate the principle of embedded
O O O O O O O O OO O O S S S systems and Microcontroller
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O 8. Develop programming for applications
0 1 2 1 2 3 develop real time applications
9. Design the interfacing of devices and
CO1 2 2 3 2 3 2 1 3 2 3
peripherals
CO2 2 2 3 2 3 2 1 3 2 3 10. Make Use of ARM7 Controller for
Designing of Embedded Applications
CO3 3 2 3 2 3 2 1 3 2 3 11. Develop Different IoT platform for
Embedded applications
CO4 3 2 3 2 3 2 1 3 2 3
12. Design and Develop different
CO5 3 2 3 3 3 2 1 3 2 3 embedded system and IoT applications.
CO6 3 2 3 3 3 2 1 3 2 3
4. Digital Signal Processing, Principles CO Mapping with PO and PSO:

Algorithms, and Applications, John G. Contents:
Prokis, Dimitris G. Manolakis, PHI, CO-I: (7hrs)
2007,4 Embedded Systems: Introduction to
5. Signal Processing, James H. McClellan, embedded Systems, Requirements
Pearson/Prentice Hal,2006,1 /Components of Embedded Systems, Design
6. Signals and System, Third Edition, Process in Embedded System
2008, P. Ramesh Babu, R. Ananda Microcontrollers: Introduction to
Natarajan, Scitech,2008,3 microcontrollers, 8051 architecture, addressing
modes and instruction set, 8051 programming
in Assembly language and Embedded C.
CO-II (7hrs)
263
Programming: Timer, Interrupts and serial BEC P225 -Artificial Intelligence:
communications, Serial I/O, Programming Application in Electronics
Tools Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
Interfacing with 8051: ADC and DAC Th. Tu Pr. Tota Credit Theory Practical Tota
l l
interfaces for microcontrollers, Real time Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext. Marks
interfacing with LED, Keypad, LCD display,
Sensors interfacing (LDR, IR, PIR ,GSM, GPS, - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 25 50
GPRS, Bluetooth.etc.) *Mode of Exam: Practical Application

CO-III (8hrs) Based Online
Introduction of 32-bit Course Objectives:
Microcontroller:Advanced devices and 3. Be able to formulate machine learning
peripheral interfacing with problems corresponding to different
ATmega16:ARM7 Processors, ARM applications.
Architecture, Register and Memory 4. Be able to apply machine learning
organization, addressing modes, Arm Thumb algorithms to solve problems of moderate
and instruction sets, Basic Assembly complexity.
Programming,
Course Outcomes: Upon completion of the
CO-IV (8hrs)
course students shall be able to:
Embedded IoT Applications: Introduction to
3. Interpret the basic concepts and techniques
Raspberry PI and Intel Galileo Board, Python
of artificial Intelligence
Programming, OOP‘s and Modules in Python
4. Classify machine learning algorithms to
Programming, Design and perform different
solve real time problems of moderate
embedded system and IoT Applications:
complexity and Apply experience of
Robotic, Industrial Automations& Health care.
independent study and research through
Text Books:
case studies.
4. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, the 8051
Micro-controller & Embedded System
using assembly & C, Pearson CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Education,2008, Second Cou Programme Outcomes Progra
5. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, ARM rse mme
Assembly language programming and Out Specific
Architecture, Second com Outcom
6. Raj Kamal, Microcontrollers: es es
Architecture, Programming, Interfacing
and System Design, Pearson Education P P P P P P P P PP P P P P P
India, 2009, Second O O O O O O O O OO O O S S S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
Reference Books: 0 1 2 1 2 3
4. Shibu K. V. Introduction to Embedded
System, The McGraw Hill, 2011, CO1 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 2
5. Ajay V. Deshmukh, Micro-controllers -
Theory and Applications, Tata McGraw CO2 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 2
Hill,
6. Kenneth J. Ayala, The 8051 Micro- Contents
controller – Architecture, Programming CO-I: Artificial Neural Networks:
& Applications, Penram International & (8hrs)
Thomson Asia, 1996, Second
264
Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, 4. To gain knowledge about the measuring
Understanding the Brain, Neural Networks as a instruments, sensors & actuator.
Paradigm for Parallel Processing, The 5. To able to calibrate and testing of different
Perceptron, Training a Perceptron, Learning
sensors
Boolean Functions, Multilayer Perceptron,
Backpropagation Algorithm, Introduction to 6. To able to understand different sensors &
Bayesian Function. actuators
CO-II: Applications in Electronics:
Course Outcomes:
(7hrs)
This CO provides an intensive introduction to 3. Analyze and use the functions of various
artificial intelligence and its applications to instrumentation systems.
problems of medical diagnosis, therapy 4. Interpret fundamental and some special
selection, and monitoring and learning from knowledge in process automation in
databases. industries
Case Study 1: - Potential use of a causal
Bayesian network to support both clinical and CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
pathophysiology tutoring in an intelligent
tutoring system for anemias.
rse mme
Link for problem and solution for case study: Outc Specific
https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/health-sciences- omes Outcom
and-technology/hst-947-medical-artificial- es
intelligence-spring-
005/projects/anemias_tutoring.pdf P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
Text Books: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
6. Introduction to machine 0 1 2 1 2 3
learning,EthemAlpaydin. — 2nd ed., The
MIT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, CO1 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 1 3 2 3
London, England.
7. Introduction to artificial neural systems, J. CO2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 1 3 2 3
8. R in a Nutshell, 2nd Edition - O'Reilly
Media.
Contents:
Reference Books: CO-I: (7hrs)
9. Machine Learning, Tom M Mitchell.
Static and dynamic characteristics - Active and
10. The Elements of Statistical Learning,
passive transducers, Sensors and transducers,
Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Jerome
Friedman, Springer Pressure, Flow, Level, Temperature, humidity,
light sensor, piezo electric transducer
Fourth Term CO-II (8hrs)
BECL 220- Sensors and Actuators Sensors: IC sensor, Digital transducers, Smart
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme sensor, MEMS sensors, Fiber optic transducer,
Th. Tu Pr. Tot Credit Theory Practical Tot Signal conditioning techniques used in various
al al transducers, Linearization, Shielding
Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext. Marks techniques, Data Acquisition System, Industry
Standard Bus architecture, Actuation Systems:
1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 - - 50
ADC, DAC, Pneumatic & hydraulic control
Valves, Solid state switches, Motor Control
Pattern Questions
Techniques, PLC controller.
Course Objectives:
265
Text Books: 7. To analyze the characteristics of Uniform
4. Principles of Industrial Instrumentation, Plane Waves (UPW), determine their
D. Patranabis, Tata Mcgraw-Hill,1999, propagation parameters and estimate the
2 same for dielectric and dissipative media.
5. A course in Electrical and Electronic 8. To conceptually understand the UPW
Measurement and Instrumentation, Polarization features and Poynting
A.K. Sawhney, Dhanpat Raj and Sons, Theorem, and apply them for practical
New Delhi, 1999, 3 problems.
6. Getting Started with The Internet of
Course Outcomes:
Things: Connecting Sensors and
5. Distinguish between the static and time-
Microcontrollers to the Cloud, Cuno
varying fields,
Pfister, Oreilly Publication, 2011,
6. Make use of Maxwell equations to solve
Reference Books: filed problems
4. Measurement systems application and 7. Analyze the Wave Equations and evaluate
design, Ernest O. Doebelin, Tata the UPW Characteristics with estimation of
McGraw Hill Publishing Co. New Polari
Delhi, 1999, IV 8. Apply the concepts of EM theory to solve
5. Industrial Instrumentation, Eckman D. the engineering problems.
P. M, Wiley Eastern Limited, 1990, II
6. Internet of Things with Raspberry Pi 3:
Leverage the power of Raspberry Pi 3
and JavaScript to build exciting IoT Co Programme Outcomes Progra
projects, Maneesh Rao, Packet, 2018, I urs mme
e Specific
Out Outcom
co es
BECL 221- Electromagnetic Fields & Waves mes
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme O O O O O O O O OO O O S S S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
al al 0 1 2 1 2 3
CO 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3
1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
1
*Mode of Exam: Paper Pen with 30% Gate CO 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3
Pattern Questions 2
Course Objectives: CO 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3
5. To learn the Basic Laws, Concepts and 3
proofs related to Electrostatic Fields and CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3
Magneto static Fields, and apply them to 4
solve physics and engineering problems.
6. To distinguish between static and time- Contents:
varying fields, and understand the CO-I: (8hrs)
significance and utility of Maxwell‘s Electrostatics: Coordinate Systems – Vector
Equations and Boundary Conditions, and fields, Coulomb‘s Law, Electric Field Intensity
gain ability to provide solutions to – Fields due to Different Charge Distributions,
communication engineering problems. Electric Flux Density, Gauss Law, Divergence
266
theorem and applications, Electric Potential, Reference Books:
Relations Between E and V, Gradient, Energy 9. Engineering Electromagnetics, Nathan
Density, Convection and Conduction Currents, Ida, Springer (India) Pvt. Ltd., New
Continuity Equation, Isotropic and Delhi, 2005, 2
Homogeneous Dielectrics, Poisson‘s and 10. Networks, Lines and Fields. John D.
Laplace‘s Equations. Ryder, PHI,1999,2
BECL 222, BECP 222- Analog System

CO-II (7hrs)
Design
Magnetostatics: Biot-Savart‘s Law, Ampere‘s
Circuital Law and Applications, Magnetic Flux
Density, Curl, Magnetic Scalar and Vector
Potentials, Forces due to Magnetic Fields Th. Tu Pr. Tot Credit Theory Practical Tot
al al
CO-III (8hrs) Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext.Marks
Maxwell’s Equations and its applications:
Maxwell‘s Equations for static and time varying 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 - 75
fields, Maxwell‘s Equations in differential and *Mode of Exam: Paper Pen with 30% Gate
integral Forms and their significance, Pattern Questions
Conditions at a Boundary Surface, Electric and Course Objectives:
magnetic boundary conditions: Dielectric- 5. To understand analog circuits and systems.
Dielectric and Dielectric-Conductor Interfaces, 6. To know linear and nonlinear applications
Practical applications. of operational amplifier ICs.
CO-IV (8hrs) 7. To study frequency response of different
EM Waves: Wave Equations for Conducting circuits based on operational amplifier
and Perfect Dielectric Media, Uniform Plane applications.
Waves – Definition, All Relations Between E & 8. To study and use different ICs such as
H, Sinusoidal Variations, Wave Propagation in timers for applications.
Lossless and Conducting Media, Conductors &
Dielectrics – Characterization, Wave Course Outcomes:
7. Apply knowledge of differential amplifier
Propagation in Good Conductors and Good
to design operational amplifier.
Dielectrics, Skin effect, Poynting Vector and
8. Design op-amp based circuits required in
Poynting Theorem – Applications,, Reflection
and Refraction of Plane Waves – Normal and embedded system design, communications
systems
Oblique Incidences for both Perfect Conductor
9. Design real time applications using filters
and Perfect Dielectrics, Snell‘s law, Brewster
& oscillators.
Angle, Surface Impedance, Polarization.
10. Design analog applications using different
Text Books:
ICs.
6. Engineering Electromagnetics. William
11. Analyze and estimate the low and high
H. Hayt Jr. and John A. Buck, Mc
frequency behavior of linear circuits,
Graw Hill Education,2006,7
including noise.
7. Principles of Electromagnetics,
12. Apply op-amps fundamentals and computer
Matthew N.O. Sadiku and S.V.
tools in project design, evaluation, and
Kulkarni, Oxford University
analysis
Press,2015,6
8. Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Systems., E. C. Jordan and K.G.
Balmain, PHI, 2000, 2
267
Comparator, Voltage Limiters and Window
se Specific Detector, Clippers and Clampers, Peak
Outc Outcomes
Detector, Precision Rectifiers, sample & Hold,
omes
P P P P P P P P P P P P P PS PS ADC, DAC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 12 O
CO-IV (8hrs)
0 1 1 The 555 Timer, Phase Locked Loops IC565,
CO1 3 3 3 1 1 2 1 2 3 3 3 2
ICL8038 & XR2206 Function Generator,
CO2 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 Voltage Controlled Oscillator Basic
Operation, IC based Voltage Regulator
CO3 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
Circuits, Dual Track Voltage Regulator,
CO4 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 Three - Terminal Regulator (Fixed Regulator)
CO5 3 3 3 1 1 2 1 2 3 3 3 2
Voltage Adjustment and Current Boosting of
Fixed Regulator, Merits and Drawbacks of
CO6 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 Linear Regulators.
Text Books:
3. Operational amplifiers, Design and
applications, Tobey, Graeme,
Huelsman, McGraw Hill,1990,2
4. Operational Amplifiers and Linear
Integrated Circuits, Gaikwad R. A, PHI,
2
Contents: Reference Books:
CO-I: (6hrs) 3. Design with OPAMPS and Analog ICS
Differential Amplifier, Cascaded Differential Francis S McGraw Hills
Amplifier Stages and Level Translator, AC and 4. OPAMPS and Linear ICs Fiore J.M
DC Analysis of Cascade Amplifier, Current Delmer-Thomson, USA 2001, 2
Mirror, Design of two stage direct-coupled
amplifier. BECL223, BECP 223- Digital
CO-II (8hrs) Communication
OPAMP, inverting, non-inverting, differential
amplifier configurations, negative feedback,
voltage gain, input & output impedance, Th. Tu Pr. Tot Credit Theory Practical Tot
Bandwidth. Input offset voltage, input bias and al al
offset current, Thermal drift, CMRR, PSRR,
Frequency response. Linear applications, DC, 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 - 75
ac amplifiers, summing differential amplifier, *Mode of Exam: Paper Pen with 30% Gate
instrumentation amplifier, V to I and I to V Pattern Questions
converters, Integrator, Differentiator. Course Objectives:
CO-III (8hrs) 4. To understand the basic knowledge of
Classification of Filters, Active Filters, First to digital communication system & Source
Sixth –Order Butterworth filter, IGMF coding techniques.
configuration, All Pass Filter, Cascade Design 5. To study different modulation schemes,
of Filters, Classification of Oscillators, Design multiple accesses, error probability for
of Op-amp based Phase Shift and Wein Bridge digital communication.
Oscillators, Square, Triangular and Saw Tooth
Wave Generators, Schmitt Trigger, Voltage
268
6. To impart the knowledge of design, Sequential circuit Sequential circuit: Latches
analysis & comparison of digital and flip-flops, counters, shift register, Finite
communication systems. state machine; representation and
synthesis.Digital Band pass Modulation
Course Outcomes:
techniques, Coherent & Non coherent detection,
7. Interpret baseband systems, sampling,
Complex envelop, Error performance for Binary
quantization and source coding
system, M-Ary signaling and performance,
8. Elaborate different techniques of modern
Symbol error performance for M-ary Systems,
digital communication
Bit error Rate calculations.
9. Evaluate performance of various
modulation & demodulation techniques
CO-III (7hrs)
10. Design digital systems using appropriate
Block and convolutional channel codes, Linear
mathematical techniques
block codes, generator matrix and parity check
11. Solve various source/channel coding and
matrix, some specific linear block codes,
error-control coding techniques
syndrome decoding, cyclic codes, optimum
12. Evaluate and apply spread spectrum
decoding of convolutional codes- Viterbi
Techniques and its performance parameters
algorithm.
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: CO-IV (8hrs)
Course Programme Outcomes Programme Advanced Modulation Method & Spread
Outco Specific
mes Outcomes
Spectrum techniques: Gram – Schmitt
procedure, Spread Spectrum techniques:
P P P P P P P P P P P P P PS PS
Spread Spectrum Overview, Pseudo noise
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 12 O Sequences, Direct-Sequence Spread Spectrum
0 1 1
CO1 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 2 2
systems, Frequency hopping systems,
Synchronization, Jamming consideration,
CO2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 3 3
Advanced topics on Digital Communication.
CO3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2 Text Books:
4. Digital Communications (Fundamentals
CO4 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 3 3
and applications), Bernard Sklar,
CO5 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 2 2 Pearson Education,2005,2nd
CO6 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2
5. Digital Communication, Simon Haykin,
Wiley Eastern,2001,4th
Contents: 6. Modern Digital and Analog
CO-I: (8hrs) Communication Systems, B. P. Lathi,
Digital Base Band Modulation Techniques: Oxford University press,1999,3rd
Bandwidth of digital Data, Base band system,
Reference Books:
formatting textual Data, Messages, characters,
4. Digital Communication, John G.
and symbols, Formatting Analog Information,
Prokis, Tata Mc –Graw HILLS,2007,5
Sources of Corruption, Inter symbol
5. Communication Electronics, Roddy &
Interference. Uniform and non-uniform
Colin, PHI, Prentice-Hall PTR,1981,2
quantization, Base band Modulation,
6. Communication Electronics, Kennedy,
Correlative Coding, Formatting analogue
Tata Mc –Graw HILLS,,2012,5
information, Line coding, Scrambling, Digital
multiplexing.
CO-II (7hrs) BECL224- Introduction to Drones
Baseband Modulation and Demodulation
Techniques:
269
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme Basics: Introduction to the Drones and various
Applications of Drone, Working Principle and
Cre Theory Practical
Th. Tu Pr. To To design. Inertial Measurement CO, Sensors and
tal dit tal calibration, ID Implementation and Tuning
Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext.Marks CO-II (6hrs)
Drone Technology & Networking: Intra-inter
1 1 2 2 Drone Communication, Network Topology &
- - 4 4 2 - 75
0 5 5 5 protocol, Cluster-networking
*Mode of Exam: Paper Pen with 30% Gate CO-III (6hrs)
Pattern Questions Drone Hardware Fabrication: Selection
electronics components such sensors, controller,
Course Objectives: BLDC motor, Battery, Flight controller, Remote
4. To familiarize with various drone Controller and other Assembly accessories.
components and understand their CO-IV (12hrs)
properties. Drone Designing: Design structure. Designing
5. To understand basic fundamentals of techniques and optimization, Battery
Drone. Management, Payload management, Testing
6. To prepare for various engineering and analysis, aero-dynamics &
calibration.Hands on project: Precautions while
applications based on Drones.
Assembling, Exercises based on Flight
Course Outcomes: controller &boards like Ardupilot APM
5. Examine various drones and its devices. 2.x,3.x,hobby kin kk5.0, CC3D,Pixhawk
Reference Books:
6. Apply knowledge of drone for related
3. Theory, Design and Applications of
application.
Unmanned Aerial Vehicles- by A. R. Jha
7. Demonstrate the knowledge of Drone and
,2016
its application
4. Handbook of Unmanned Aerial Vehicles-
8. Develop the skill to build, and troubleshoot
Valavanis, K. Vachtsevanos, Geore J,2014
Drone circuits
BCSL208, BCSP208-Database Management
Cour Programme Outcomes Program System
se me
Outc Specific
Pre-requisite:
omes Outcomes Programming for
Evaluation Scheme
Problem
SolvingTeaching Scheme
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 12 O O O
0 1 1 2 3 Th. Tu Pr. Tot Credit Theory Practical Tot
al al
CO1 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 2 2 Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext.Marks
CO2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 3 3 1
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 10 75
5
CO3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2 *Mode of Exam: Practical Application
CO4 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 3 3
Based Online
Course Objective:
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: 5. This course introduces general idea of
database management system.
Contents: 6. It is aimed at developing skills to design
CO-I: (6hrs) databases using data modeling and design
techniques.
270
7. It is also aimed to developing skills to functions, set operations, sub-queries,
implement real life applications which correlated sub-queries, Use of group by,
involve database handling. having, order by, join and its types, Exist, Any,
All , view and its types. Transaction control
8. This course also provide carrier commands – Commit, Rollback, Save point.
opportCOies in subject areas of designing, Cursors, Stored Procedures, Stored Function,
storage techniques and data handling and Database Triggers
managing techniques CO-IV: (9hrs)
Query Processing & Query Optimization:
Course Outcome: Upon successful Overview, measures of query cost, selection
completion of the course, students shall be operation, sorting, join, evaluation of
able to- expressions, transformation of relational
7. Analyze an information storage problem expressions, estimating statistics of expression
and derive an information model expressed results, evaluation plans and materialized
in the form of an entity relation diagram views
and other optional analysis forms and Text Books:
design appropriate data model for it. 3 Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth and
8. Demonstrate an understanding of various S. Sudarshan, Database System Concepts
4th Ed, McGraw Hill, 2002.
normalization forms and apply knowledge
4 Jeff Ullman, and Jennifer Widom, A First
of normalization for creation of database.
Course in Database systems, 2nd Ed.
9. Demonstrate SQL queries to perform
CRUD (Create, Retrieve, Update, Delete) Reference Books:
operations on database and perform 5 G. K. Gupta ‖Database Management
inferential analysis of data model Systems‖, McGraw – Hill.
10. Demonstrate query processing and able to 6 Regina Obe, Leo Hsu, PostgreSQL: Up and
design optimized query execution plan. Running, 3rd Ed, O'Reilly Media 2017.
11. Develop basic transaction processing and 7 Kristina Chodorow, Shannon Bradshaw,
management and ensure database security, MongoDB: The Definitive Guide, 3rd Ed,
integrity and concurrency control O'Reilly Media 2018.
12. Demonstrate the management of structured 8 RamezElmasri and ShamkantNavathe,
and unstructured data management with Fundamentals of Database Systems 2nd Ed,
recent tools and technologies. Benjamin Cummings, 1994.

Course Programme Outcomes Programme
Contents: Outco Specific
mes Outcomes
CO-I: (5hrs)
Introduction to DBMS, DBMS Architecture, P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
Data Models, UML
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
CO-II: (7hrs) 0 1 2 1 2 3
Relational Database design: Functional
CO1 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 2 2
Dependency (FD) – Basic concepts, closure of
set of FD, closure of attribute set, CO2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 3 3
Decomposition, Normalization – 1NF, 2NF,
3NF, BCNF, 4NF. CO3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2
CO-III: (9hrs) CO4 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 3 3

SQL Concepts: Basics of SQL, DDL, DML,
DCL, structure – creation, alteration, defining CO5 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 2 2
constraints, Functions - aggregate functions,
Built-in functions –numeric, date, string CO6 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2
271
Co Programme Outcomes Progra 4. Summarize and compare a range of
ur mme machine learning algorithms along with
se Specific their strengths and weaknesses
O Outcom
ut es CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
co
me P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
s O O OO O O O O OO O O S S S
Contents:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
CO-I (6 hrs)
0 1 2 1 2 3
Understanding Machine Learning:
C 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 2 Introduction, What Is Machine Learning?
O1 Examples of Machine Learning Applications,
Learning Associations, Supervised &
C 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 2 Unsupervised Learning, Reinforcement
O2 Learning, Classification, Regression
CO-II (5hrs) Applying R-
Programming: R - Basic Syntax, Data Types,
Variables, Operators, Decision Making, Loops,
Functions, Strings, Vectors, Lists, Matrices,
Arrays, Factors, Data Frames, Packages-chart
BCSP217- MACHINE LEARNING & graphs
CO-III (4hrs)
Clustering & Application of ML:
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme Introduction to clustering, k-Means Clustering,
Hierarchical clustering, Introduction to Chat
tal tal Bot, creation of Chat Bot
Hours TAECAEESE Int. Ext.Marks Text Books:
4. Introduction to machine learning, Ethem
2 2 Alpaydin. 2nd ed., The MIT Press,
- - 2 2 1 - - - 50
5 5 Cambridge, Massachusetts, London,
*Mode of Exam: Practical Application England.
Based Online 5. Introduction to artificial neural systems, J.
Course Objectives: 6. R in a Nutshell, 2nd Edition - O'Reilly
3. Be able to formulate machine learning Media.
problems corresponding to different
applications. Reference Books:
4. Be able to apply machine learning 3. Machine Learning, Tom M Mitchell.
algorithms to solve problems of moderate 4. The Elements of Statistical Learning,
complexity. Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Jerome
Friedman, Springer
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of the course students shall
be able to:
3. Develop skills of using recent machine
learning software for solving practical
problems.
272
FIFTH Term rse mme
BECL318- CMOS VLSI Design Outc Specifi
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme omes c
Outco
al al
mes
1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 10 15 75 O O O O O O O O OO O O S S S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
*Mode of Exam: Practical Application 0 1 2 1 2 3
Based Online CO1 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 2 2
Course Objectives:
5. Learn MOS transistor theory. CO2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 3 3
6. Expose to MOS circuit design & Layout
processes. CO3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2
7. Expose to CMOS logic structures. CO4 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 3 3
8. Learn scaling of MOS circuits.
Course Outcomes:
Contents:
5. Identify fundamental principles of VLSI
CO-I: (6hrs)
(Very Large Scale Integrated) circuit
Basic MOS Technology:MOS Structure,
design and layout.
Threshold Equation, Ion Implantation,
6. Interpret CMOS fabrication technologies.
MOSFET Current-Voltage Characteristics,
7. Determine physical VLSI design issues
Channel Length Modulation, Substrate Bias
(bottom-up design) and basic CMOS logic
Effect, MOSFET Scaling, Channel Effects,
gates,
MOSFET Capacitance, Numerical
8. Design building blocks of large-scale
CO-II (8hrs)
CMOS digital integrated circuits
MOS Inverter:Noise ImmCOy, Noise Margin,
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: Inverter with different Loads, CMOS DC
Characteristics, Design of CMOS Inverter,
Static Load MOS Inverters, Numerical
CO-III (10hrs)
Switching Characteristics:Rise and Fall Time
Derivation, Numerical, Inverter Design with
delay constraint, MOSFET Capacitance,
Estimation of Interconnect Parasitics,
Interconnect Delay, Switching Power
Dissipation, Power Delay Product
CO-IV (6hrs)
Circuit Design Processes: Combinational
MOS Circuits, Stick diagrams. Design rules
and layout – lambda-based design and other
rules. Examples. Layout diagrams. Symbolic
diagrams, Transmission Gates, nMOS
fabrication. CMOS fabrication.
273
Text Books: Course Outcomes:
4. Design of Analog CMOS Integrated 5. Make use of linear time invariant systems.
Circuits, Behzad Razavi., McGraw-Hill, 6. Elaborate discrete parameter signals.
Inc., New York, NY, USA.,2000, 7. Apply knowledge of how to use linear
5. CMOS Circuit design, Layout and transforms.
Simulation, R. J. Baker, H W Li, D. E. 8. Apply linear system analysis to engineering
Boyce, PHI EEE, problems.
6. Principles of CMOS VLSI Design, Neil H.
E. Weste, Kamran Eshraghian, Addison Co Programme Outcomes Progra
Wesley,
urs mme
Reference Books: e Specifi
5. CMOS Logic Circuit Design,,John P. Out c
Uyemura,,Illustrated, Springer Science & co Outco
Business Media,,1999, mes mes
6. CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits Analysis
& Design,,Sung-Mo Kang & Yusuf
Leblebici,,Tata McGraw -Hill,2003,
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
7. Digital integrated circuits: a design
0 1 2 1 2 3
perspective, Second Edition,,Jan M.
Rabaey, Anantha P. Chandrakasan, CO 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 2 2
Borivoje Nikolic,Illustrated, Pearson 1
Education,2003, CO 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 3 3
8. Design of Analog CMOS Integrated 2
Circuits,Razavi,McGraw-Hill,2001, CO 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2
3
BECL316, BECP 316- Digital Signal CO 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 3 3
Processing 4
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme CO 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 2 2
5
al al CO 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2
Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext. Marks 6
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75

Pattern Questions Contents:
Course Objectives: CO-I: (6hrs)
5. Analyze the signals in time and frequency Introduction: Representations of discrete
domain signals, Discrete time systems & properties,
6. Be familiar with transformation tools on Basic operators and Convolution, Correlation,
signals & systems and analyze Z-Transforms & properties, Inverse Z-
7. Learn to design various digital filters and Transforms Methods.
analyze their frequency response CO-II (8hrs)
8. Develop DSP technique for various Fourier Analytical Techniques:Frequency
applications analysis of discrete time signals, Discrete Time
274
Fourier Transform and Discrete Fourier BECL319- Transmission Line and Antennas
Transform, Properties, Inverse Discrete Fourier
Transform, Circular Convolution, Efficient Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
Computation of DFT using FFT algorithms, Th. Tu Pr. Tot Credit Theory Practical Tot
Linear Filtering approach to computation of al al
DFT. Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext. Marks
CO-III (10hrs)
2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Digital Filters: Structures for FIR Systems and
IIR Systems and representation of Structures *Mode of Exam: Paper Pen with 30% Gate
using Block diagram & Signal Flow Graph, Pattern Questions
Design of IIR filters from analog filters using Course Objectives:
Impulse Invariant Method, Bilinear
fundamentals and propagation of signals
Transformation, Matched Z Transformation,
through lines.
Butterworth Approximation, FIR filters design
6. Design various impedance matching
Methods-Fourier Series, Windowing, DFT,
devices such as stub tuners and multi-stage
Frequency Sampling.
quarter wave transformers.
CO-IV (6hrs)
DSP Processor & Applications: Desirable
fields for a given wire antenna.
Features of DSP Processors, Types of
8. Determination of the fields radiated from
Architectures of DSP processor, Application
antennas; wire antennas; array antennas;
areas: Dual-Tone Multi Frequency Signal
parabolic reflectors, antenna radiation
Detection, Spectral Analysis Using DFT, Short
pattern & antenna directivity.
Term DFT, Musical Sound Processing,
Application to Image processing & Radar, Course Outcomes:
Oversampling A/D Converter, Oversampling 5. Demonstrate the fundamentals of
D/A Converter. transmission line theory and impedance
Text Books: matching in high frequency lines.
2. Theory and Applications of Digital 6. Interpret& utilization of antenna as
Signal Processing. R. Rabiner, and B., required in different communication
Gold, Prentice Hall,2000,3rd systems.
7. Determine directions of maximum signal
Reference Books:
radiations and the nulls in the radiation
5. Digital Signal Processing, Principles,
patterns.
Algorithms, and Applications, J. G.
8. Design array antenna systems from
Proakis and D. G. Manolakis, Prentice
specifications.
Hall, ,2006,4th
6. Digital Filters: Analysis Design and CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Application A. Antonion, Prentice
Hall,1999,
7. Digital Signal Processing, A. V.
Oppenheim and R. W. Schafer, Prentice
Hall,1998,1998,
8. Digital Image Processing Using
MATLAB, Rafael C. Gonzalez,
Richard E. Woods, Steven L. Eddins,
Tata McGraw Hill Pvt. Ltd.,2011,3rd
275
Contents: Cou Programme Outcomes Progra
CO-I: (8hrs) rse mme
Introduction: Line parameters, Types of Outc Specific
transmission line, skin effect, General solution, omes Outcom
physical significance of the equations; the es
infinite line, Voltages and currents on the
Distortion less line & , wavelength, velocity of P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
propagation, the distortion less line, Reflection O O O O O O O O OO O O S S S
on a line not terminated in Z0, Reflection 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
coefficient, Standing waves Open and Short 0 1 2 1 2 3
circuited lines, Reflection loss, Impedance
CO1 3 2 3 3 2 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 3
matching, Quarter wave line; Single-Stub,
Smith Chart, Application of the Smith chart for CO2 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 3
calculating impedance and admittance.
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 3
CO-II (7hrs)
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 3
Antenna Fundamentals: Introduction,
Isotropic Radiator, Radiation Mechanism. Planar Array, Circular Array, Log Periodic
Antenna Terminology: Radiation pattern, Antenna, Yagi-Uda Antenna Array.
radiation power density, radiation intensity, Text Books:
directivity, gain, antenna efficiency, half power 3. Antenna and Wave Propagation. D. Prasad,
beam width, bandwidth, antenna polarization, Satya Prakashan,2003,3
input impedance, antenna radiation efficiency, 4. Antenna Theory and Design, Balanis, C. A,
effective length, effective area. Reciprocity Ed., John Wiley &,2005,3
Theorem. Radiation Integrals: Retarded Vector
Reference Books:
potentials A, J.
2. Electromagnetics with, Kraus, J.D. and
Fleisch, D. A, McGraw -,
CO-III (9hrs)
Types of Antenna: Wire Antenna: BECL320, BECP 320- Hardware
Infinitesimal Dipole, Its Radiation Field, Description Language
Radiation Resistance, Radiation Sphere, Near
Field, Far Field Small Dipole, Finite Length Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
Dipole, Half Wave Length Dipole, Folded
Dipole, Linear Elements Near Or On Infinite al al
Perfect Conductors, Ground Effects And Their Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext.Marks
Application, Loop Antenna: Small Loop, 1
1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 10 75
Comparisons Of Small Loop With Magnetic 5
Dipole, Radiation Pattern, Its Parameters And *Mode of Exam: Practical Application
Their Application, Microstrip Antenna , Based Online
Broadband and Reflector antennas. Course Objectives:
CO-IV (6hrs) 4. Apply Boolean algebra and other
Antenna Array: Antenna Arrays: Two techniques to express and simplify logic
element array, Pattern multiplication, Broad expressions.
side and End-fire array, N-element array: 5. Analyze and design combinational and
Uniform spacing, non uniform amplitude, array sequential digital systems.
factor, binomial and Dolph Tchebyshev array.
276
6. Use different techniques among them a VHDL or Verilog, Douglas Smith,
hardware description language and a Doone publications,1998,1st
programming language, to design digital 4. Verilog HDL, A guide to Digital
systems. Design and Synthesis, Samir Palnitkar,
Prentice Hall,1st
Course Outcomes:
5. Summarize digital systems and the use of Reference Books:
Boolean algebra in logic analysis and 4. FPGA based Prototyping Methodology
design Manual, Doug Amos, Austin Lesea,
6. Interpret RTL design and verification Rene Richter, Synopsis Press,
techniques and methodologies 5. Introduction to Reconfigurable
7. Experiment the principles and methodology Computing, Architectures, Algorithms,
of digital logic design at the gate and Christophe Bobda, Springer
switch level, including both combinational Netherlands.
and sequential logic elements. 6. Writing Testbenches: Functional
8. Illustrate basic tools of logic design and Verification of HDL Model,J anick
provide hands-on experience designing Bergeron, Springer, 2003, 2nd
digital circuits
BCSP213- Java Programming

CO Mapping with PO and PSO: Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme

al al
Contents: Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext. Marks
CO-I: (6hrs)
- - 4 4 2 - - - 25 25 50
Introduction to Hardware Description
Languages:Combinational Logic, Structural *Mode of Exam: Practical Application
Modeling, Sequential Logic, More Based Online
Combinational Logic, Parameterized Modules, Course Objective:
Test benches Cou Programme Outcomes Progra
CO-II (6hrs) rse mme
Sequential circuit Sequential circuit: Latches Outc Specific
and flip-flops, counters, shift register, Finite omes Outcom
state machine; representation and synthesis. es
CO-III (8hrs)
FPGA architecture and synthesis P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
Photolithography, E-beam lithography and O O O O O O O O OO O O S S S
newer lithography techniques for VLSI/ULSI, 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
Mask generation 0 1 2 1 2 3
CO-IV (8hrs)
CO1 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3
Semiconductor memories, PALs, PLAs and
FPGAs; Pipelining and timing issues, PROMs CO2 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3
Text Books: CO3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3
3. HDL Chip Design: A Practical Guide
CO4 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3
for Designing, Synthesizing &
Simulating ASICs & FPGAs Using 1. This course introduces fundamentals of
277
object- oriented programming in Java, CO IV: Applet, Graphics Programming and
including Database Connectivity
Defining classes, invoking methods, using Introduction to applet, The Five Stages of an
Applet's Life Cycle, Methods for Adding UI
class
Components, Methods for Drawing and Event
libraries. Handling.
2. It is aimed at building software development Database Connectivity: JDBC (Java Data Base
skills using java programming for creating real Connection), Introduction to JDBC, Databases
world applications. and Drivers, Types of Driver, Loading a driver
3. Use a development environment to design, class file, establishing the Connection to
code, test, and debug simple programs, Database with different Driver. Executing SQL
queries by result Set using Statements
including multi-file source projects, in an
Text Books:
object- 1. The Complete Reference by Herbert
oriented programming language Schild, TMH Publication
 CO 1: Explain the basic data types and control 2. Programming with Java- A Primer by E.
flow constructs using J2SE.
Balagurusamy, 3rd Edition, TMH Publication
 CO 2: Make use of Integrated Development
Reference Books:
Environments (IDEs) such as Eclipse,
4. The Complete Reference- JAVA 2- 3rd Edition
NetBeans, and JDeveloper for program
By Patrick Naughton, TMH Publication.
development.
5. Java 6 Programming Black Book by Kogent
 CO3: Design object oriented class structures
Solution Inc., Dreamtech Press Publication.
with parameters, constructors, and utility.
6. Java 2 Black Book by Steve Holzner,
CO4: Implement a final project selected from
Paraglyph Press, 2nd Ed.
an approved project chosen by the studentCO BEEL319,BEEP319- Basic Control System
Mapping with PO and PSO
Syllabus Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
CO I: Introduction to JAVA, Class and
Object Th. Tu Pr. To Credit Theory Practical To
Introduction to data types, operators and tal tal
control statements, Classes: fundamentals of Hours TAECAEESE Int. Ext.Marks
classes, declaring objects, Assigning objects,
reference variables, methods, constructor, 1 1 2 2
1 - 2 3 2 - 50
variable handling. Methods and classes: 0 5 5 5
Overloading methods, understanding static and *Mode of Exam: Paper Pen with 30% Gate
final. Pattern Questions
CO II: Array, Packages, Interface Course Objective
Introduction to Array, Vectors, Wrapper class 1. The students should be able to learn the
& Inheritance, Packages and interface: different types systems and governing
Packages, access protection, importing differential equations and mathematical
packages, interfaces. representation in terms of output and input
correlation.
CO III: Exception Handling 2. The students should able to learn time
&Multithreaded Programming response analysis and demonstrate their
Exception handling: Fundamentals exception knowledge to frequency response.
types, uncaught exception, try-catch, 3. Students can be able to learn stability
displaying description of an exception, analysis of system using Root locus, bode plot,
multiple catch clauses, nested try statements, polar plot, and Nyquist plot.
throw, finally, built in exceptions, creating own 4. To get insight of modern control theory
exception subclasses, JAVA thread model, based on matrix approach and state variables.
creating thread, creating multiple thread. Course Outcome
278
CO1 : To build classical mathematical CO III Frequency response method of
foundation for control philosophy and time analyzing linear system, Nyquist and Bode
response of systems. Plots, Stability and accuracy analysis from
CO2 : To determine performance of system frequency response, open loop and close loop
and its stability issues. frequency response, Nyquist Criterion, Effect
CO3 : To evaluate performance of system for of variation of gain and addition of pole and
broad range of frequency. zero on response plot, stability margin in
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: frequency response. Design by state variable
feedback: Review of state variable
representations. Solution of State equations.
Controllability & Observablity.
Cou Programme Outcomes Progra Text Books:
rse mme 1. B. C. Kuo, Automatic Control Systems, 3rd
Out Specific
2. Nagrath, Gopal, Control System Analysis.
com Outcom 5th Edition, New Age International, 2010
es es Reference Books:
1. M.Gopal, Control Systems, Principles &
P P P P P P P P PP P P P P P Design, 3rd Edition, TMH Publishers, 2010
O O O O O O O O OO O O S S S 2. Norman S. Nise, Control Systems
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O Engineering, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
0 1 2 1 2 3 2008
CO1 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3
BECL323,BECP323: Digital Image
CO2 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3
Processing
CO3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3

tal tal
Contents: Hours TAECAEESE Int. Ext.Marks
CO I Introduction to need for automation and 1 1 2 2
automatic control ,use of feedback, broad 2 - 2 4 3 - 75
0 5 5 5
modeling,(Electrical & Electromechanical)
diff. Equations., transfer functions, block Based Online
diagram, signal flow graphs, application to Course Objectives:
elementary systems, simplifications, effect of 5. Learn digital image fundamentals.
feedback on parameter variations, disturbance 6. Be exposed to image processing
signal. Time response of system, first order and techniques.
second order system, standard inputs, concept 7. Be familiar with segmentation techniques
of gain and time constants, Steady state error,
and image compression.
type of control system, approximate methods
for higher order system. 8. Understand applying image processing
CO II Stability of control systems, conditions algorithms to real problems
of stability, characteristics equations,
Course Outcomes:
RouthHurwitz criterion, special cases for
determining relative stability, Root location 5. Interpret the need for image transforms and
and its effect on time response, elementary idea their properties.
of root locus, effect of addition of pole and 6. Apply image enhancement and restoration
zero on proximity of imaginary axis. techniques.
279
7. Develop algorithm for image segmentation, Various noise models, image restoration using
image compression & coding. spatial domain filtering, image restoration using
8. Make use of techniques, skills, and modern frequency domain filtering, Estimating the
engineering tools necessary for engineering degradation function, Inverse filtering.
application to real problems. CO-III (8hrs)
IMAGE SEGMENTATION: Detection of
Discontinuities, Edge linking and boundary
Description: Local processing, Global
rse mme
processing, Hough transform, Thresholding&
Out Specific
Region based segmentation, Segmentation by
com Outcom
Morphological watersheds, Object
es es
representation, description and recognition
P P P P P P P P PP P P P P P CO-IV (6hrs)
O O O O O O O O OO O O S S S IMAGE COMPRESSION: Image
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O compression model, Fundamental coding
0 1 2 1 2 3 theorem, Lossless compression, Lossy
compression.
CO1 3 3 2 2 1 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 3 1 2 Text Books:
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 3 1 2
 R. C. Gonzalez, R. E. Woods. Digital
Image Processing. Addison Wesley
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 3 1 2
Longman, Inc., 1992.
 A. K. Jain. Fundamentals of Digital
CO4 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 3 1 2
Image Processing. Prentice-Hall, 1989.
Reference Books:
Contents:  R. M. Haralick, L. G. Shapiro.
CO-I: (6hrs) Computer and Robot Vision. Addison-
Wesley, 1993.
DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS:
 A. Rosenfeld, A. C. Kak. Digital
Light and Electromagnetic spectrum, Picture Processing. Addison-Wesley,
Components of Image processing system, 1983
Image formation and digitization concepts,  D. A. Forsyth, J. Ponce. Computer
Neighbours of pixel adjacency connectivity, Vision: A Modern Approach. Prentice-
Distance measures, Color fundamentals, Color Hall, 2003.
models.  C. R. Giardina, E. R. Dougherty.
Morphological Methods in Image and
CO-II (10hrs)
Signal Processing. Prentice-Hall,
IMAGE PROCESSING TECHNIQUE: Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1988.
Image Enhancements:  R. J. Schalkoff. Digital Image
In spatial domain: Basic gray level Processing and Computer Vision. John
transformations, Histogram processing, Using Wiley & Sons, Singapore, 1989.
arithmetic/Logic operations, smoothing spatial
filters, Sharpening spatial filters.
In Frequency domain: Introduction to the
Fourier transform and frequency domain
concepts, smoothing frequency-domain filters,
Sharpening frequency domain filters.
Image Restoration:
280
Cou Program Outcomes Program
EVENTH RM rse Specific
BCSL315/BCSP315-Cloud Computing Out Outcomes
Pre-requisite: NA com
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme es P P P P0 PO PSO1
0 O O3 4 5
Th. Tu Pr. Tot Credit Theory Practical To 1 2
al tal CO1
Hours TAECAE ESE Int. Ext.
Marks 1 3 3 3 3 -
CO2
1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 10 15 75 - 3 3 3 3 2
*Mode of Exam: Practical Application CO3
2 3 3 3 3 3
Based Online CO4
1 3 2 3 3 3
Course Objective: CO5
1. Understand the new technologies for 1 2 3 2 3 3
resources sharing CO6
2. Explain classification of Cloud deployment 1 3 2 3 3 3
3. Discuss capacity planning for cloud
configuration Syllabus
4. Understand Cloud service model CO- I: Introduction to Cloud Computing
6. Cloud business model for cost effectiveness Virtualization Concepts, Cloud Computing
Course Outcome: Upon successful Paradigm,Evolution of cloud computing,
completion of the course, students shall be Defining cloud computing, Components of a
able to- computing cloud,Essential Characteristics of
CO1: State the basics of distributed computing Cloud Computing, Cloud Taxonomy.
and cloud computing. Infrastructure as a Service(IaaS), Platform as a
CO2: Summarize the technical capabilities and Service(PaaS), Software as a Service(SaaS),
business benefits cloud technology. Hardware-as-a-service: (HaaS), Oriented
CO3: Develop cloud-based application Architecture (SOA)
demonstrating its implications CO – II: Cloud Computing Architectural
CO4: Develop cost effective solution using Framework
cloud technology Cloud architectural principles, Role of Web
CO5 : Develop solution for Society with services, Benefitsand challenges to Cloud
minimized resources architecture, Cloud Service Models, cloud
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: computing vendors. Cloud Services,
Management, Performance and scalability of
services, tools and technologies used to
managecloud services deployment.
CO – III: Cloud Application Development

considerations, Service creation environments
to
develop cloud based applications,
Technologies and the processes required when
deploying web
services; Deploying a web service from inside
and outside a cloud architecture, advantages
and
281
disadvantages, Cloud Economics, Track 1:-
CO – IV: Cloud Security and Risk DEPARTMENT ELECTIVE 1:
Management TELEVISION & MULTIMEDIA
Cloud Security: Understanding cloud based PROCESSING
security issues and threats, Data security and
Storage,Identity& Access Management, Risk Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
Management in cloud, Governance and
Enterprise Risk Th. Tu Pr. To Credit Theory Practical To
Management. tal tal
Text Books: Hours TAECAEESE Int. Ext.Marks
5. Kai Hwang, Geoffrey C. Fox and Jack J.
Dongarra, ―Distributed and cloud computing 2 - - 2 2
1 1 2
- - 50
from Parallel Processing to the Internet of 0 5 5
Things‖, Morgan Kaufmann, Elsevier – 2012 *Mode of Exam: Pen and paper
6. Cloud Computing Bible, Barrie Sosinsky, Course Objective:
Wiley-India, 2010 5. To introduce the study and analyse
7. Cloud Computing: Principles and Paradigms, transmission & reception for audio and video
Editors: RajkumarBuyya, James Broberg, systems in digital television.
Andrzej M. Goscinski, Wile, 2011
6. To study the principle of HDTV, 3D
8. Cloud Computing: Principles, Systems and
TV, IPTV.
Applications, Editors: Nikos Antonopoulos,Lee
7. To understand ATSC & DVB
Gillam, Springer, 2012
Modulation.
8. To understand multimedia system
Reference Books: architecture & compression techniques.
1 Cloud Security: A Comprehensive Guide to
Secure Cloud Computing, Ronald L. Krutz, Course Outcomes:
Russell Dean Vines, Wiley-India, 2010 5. Outline importance of various sections of
2 Gautam Shroff, Enterprise Cloud Computing television receiver &analysecolour
Technology Architecture Applications difference signals & its components.
[ISBN:978-0521137355] 6. Demonstrate transmission & reception of
3. Dimitris N. Chorafas, Cloud Computing digital television & Compare digital
Strategies [ISBN: 1439834539] television systems used worldwide.
4. Barrie Sosinsky, ― Cloud Computing Bible‖ 7. Interpret working principles of ATSC &
John Wiley & Sons, 2010
DVB techniques.
5. Tim Mather, SubraKumaraswamy, and
8. To provide the student with an
ShahedLatif, Cloud Security and Privacy An
Enterprise Perspective on Risks and understanding of multimedia system design.
Compliance, O'Reilly 2019
282
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: Deflection circuits, Scanning currents in the
C Programme Outcomes Progr yoke, Chroma decoder, Separation of U and V
o amme colourphasors, Synchronous demodulators, Sub
u Specifi carrier generation and control, Matrixing for
r c drive circuits
s Outco Unit-II: (Mapped CO2) (6
e mes hrs)
O Digital Satellite Television, Direct-to-Home
u P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Satellite Television, Digital TV Receiver, Basic
t O O O O O O O O O O O O S S S principles of Digital TV broadcasting,
c 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O Digitization of video signals, Digitization
o 0 1 2 1 2 3 formats. Digital television systems – ATSC,
m DVB-T, ISDB, DTMB.
e Unit-III: (Mapped CO3) (8
s hrs)
ATSC 8-VSB Modulation, ATSC Data Framing,
ATSC Concatenated Channel Coder, ATSC
C 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 2 2 Channel Capacity, DVB Modulation, DVB
O Channel Coding, DVB Channel Capacity, DVB
1 teletext, DVB subtitling system, Global View of
C 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 3 3 transmission and reception process, Composition
O of Integrated Decoder, Flat panel display TV
2 receiver, Stereo sound in TV, 3D TV Evolution
C 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2 of the set top box, High-Definition Television
O (HDTV), Digital TV over IP, Digital terrestrial
3 television for mobiles.
C 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 3 3 Unit-IV: (Mapped CO4) (8
O hrs)
4 Multimedia Elements, Multimedia Applications,
C 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 2 3 3 2 2 Multimedia System, Architecture, Evolving
O Technologies For Multimedia Systems,
5 Multimedia, Databases, Types Of Compression,
C 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 3 2 2 Binary Image Compression Schemes, Color,
O Gray Scale, Still-Video Image Compression,
6 Discrete Cosine Transform, Video Image
Compression, MPEG Coding Methodology,
Contents: Audio Compression, Data and File Format
Unit-I: (Mapped CO1) (8 Standards- RTF, TIFF, RIFF, MIDI, JPEG, AVI,
hrs) JPEG, Twain Architecture. Storage and Retrieval
Introduction to Television & Color Television Technologies, Multimedia Application Design
Receiver: Picture transmission, TV transmitter, Text Books:
Colour mixing, video signals for colour, 1. R.R. Gulati, ―Monochrome & Color TV‖,
PHI Learning, 2014
Luminance signal (Y), Compatibility, Colour-
2. A. M. Dhake, ―TV and Video Engineering‖,
difference signals, encoding, Formation of Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2001.
chrominance signals. RF Tuner, IF Subsystem, 3. Andleigh PK and Thakrar K, ―Multimedia
Video amplifier, Sound section, Sync separation, Systems‖, Addison Wesley Longman, 1999.
283
Reference Books: CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
1. R. G. Gupta, ―Television Engineering and
Course Programme Outcomes Programme Specific
Video Systems‖, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, Outcomes Outcomes
2011
2. Jerry Whitaker, Blair Benson ―Standard PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
Handbook of Video and Television
Engineering‖, Tata McGraw-Hill Education CO1 3 2 2 - - 1 1 1
3. Ralf Steinmetz, KlaraNahrstedt,
CO2 3 2 2 - - 1 1 1
―Multimedia, computing, communications and
applications‖, Prentice Hall, 1995. CO3 2 3 3 - - 1 1 1
CO4 3 2 3 - 2 3 2 2
DEPARTMENT ELECTIVE 2:
MICROWAVE & MILLIMETER WAVE
CIRCUITS
Contents:
Th. Tu Pr. To Credit Theory Practical To Introduction, wave equations, Rectangular
tal tal waveguide, TE, TM, TEM, Wave Velocity,
Hours TAECAEESE Int. Ext.Marks Guide wavelength, wave impedance,
Attenuation in wave guide, introduction to
1 1 circular waveguide, Dominant mode,
1 - 2 3 2 - - - 25
0 5 Degenerative modes. Introduction to Planar
*Mode of Exam: Paper Pen with 30% Gate Transmission Lines
Pattern Questions Unit-II: (Mapped CO2)
Course Objective: (8hrs) Review of Low frequency parameters:
Impedance, Admittance, Hybrid and ABCD
parameters, Scattering parameters, Formulation
fundamentals and apply them to the basic
of S parameters, Properties of S parameters,
problem
Reciprocal and lossless Network, Transmission
2. To understand the fundamentals of
matrix, Relation of Z,Y,ABCD parameter with
electromagnetic theory and transmission lines
S parameter problems on S parameter,RF
3. To analyze and understand the Uniform
behavior of Resistors, Capacitors and
plane wave propagation in various media
Inductors. Coaxial Line Components, Coupling
mechanisms – Probe, Loop, Aperture types,
fields for a given wire antenna
Wave-guide and MIC component : Directional
Couplers, Hybrids , Tee Junction, Magic Tee,
Course Outcomes:
Attenuators, Ferrite Devices, Isolators,
1.Interpret and Analyze various parameters and
Circulators, Cavity Resonators, microstrip
characteristics ofthe various waveguide
resonator Re-entrant Cavities, S Matrix
components
Calculations for – 2 port Junction, E plane and
2. Relate and analyze various passive and active
H plane Tees, Magic Tee, Directional Coupler,
devices.
Circulator and Isolator. Related Problems.
3. Examine the difference between the conventional tubes and the microwave tubes
Unit-III: (MappedCO3) (6hrs)
for the transmission of the EM waves.
Crystal and Schottkey diode detector and
4. Acquire knowledge about the measurements to be done
mixers, PIN diode switch, Gunn diode
at microwaves.
oscillator, IMPATT diode oscillator and
amplifier, Varactor diode, , parametric
amplifier, microwave bipolar junction
transistor ,Power frequency limitation,
Microwave FET, HEMT
Unit-IV: (Mapped CO4)

(8hrs)
284
Review of conventional vacuum Triodes, High DEPARTMENT ELECTIVE 3:
frequency effects in vacuum Tubes, Theory
and application of Two cavity Klystron WIRELESS AND MOBILE
Amplifier, Reflex Klystron oscillator, COMMUNICATION
Traveling wave tube amplifier, Magnetron
oscillator using Cylindrical, Linear, Coaxial Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
Voltage tunable Magnetrons, Backward wave
Crossed field amplifier and oscillator. VSWR, Th. Tu Pr. To Credit Theory Practical To
Frequency, impedance, power and Q factor tal tal
measurements. Electromagnetic interference Hours TAECAEESE Int. Ext.
Marks
(EMI), electromagnetic
compatibility(EMC),Electromagnetic radiation 2
2 - - 2 2 - - - - 25
5
Co Programme Outcomes Progra *Mode of Exam: Pen and paper
urs mme Course Objective:
e Specifi 1. To Study 2G and 2.5G Fundamentals
Out c 2. To study 3G CDMA technology
co Outco 3. To study Different wireless LAN
mes mes technologies.
4. To study MIMO and OFDM for wireless
PPPPPPPP PPPP PP P
communication
OOOOOOOOOOOO S S S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 OO O Course Outcomes:
0 1 2 1 2 3 1. Apply the concept of GSM/GPRS/EDGE
technologies in real time application
CO 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3 2. Interpret the concept of CDMA & leading
1 technologies.
CO 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3 3. Interpret the IEEE 802.11 Wireless LAN
2 technologies
CO 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3 4. Infer the concept of MIMO and OFDM
3 concept
CO 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3
4 CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
hazards
Textbooks: Contents:
1. Principles of Electromagnetics, Matthew Unit-I: (Mapped COs) (7
N.O. sadiku and S.V. Kulkarni, Oxford hrs)
University Press, 2015 GSM: services, features, architecture, radio
2. Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating link, channel types, Diversity ,Path loss Models
Systems, E.C. Jordan and K.G. Balmain, PHI, , frames, call handling, EDGE, GPRS.
2000
Unit-II: (Mapped COs) (8
hrs)
Reference Books: The 3G systems: Introduction, evolution of 3G
1. Engineering Electromagnetics, Nathan Ida, networks, ITU IMT 2000,
Springer (India) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2005 CDMA 2000: bandwidth, chip rate, channels,
2. Networks, Lines and Fields, John D. Ryder, spreading and modulation, power control, soft
PHI, 2005 handoff, EV-DO,EV-DV UMTS: radio access
3. Engineering Electromagnetics, William H. network, spreading and modulation, channels,
Hayt Jr. and John A. Buck, McGraw Hill core network.
Education, 2006
285
Unit-III: (Mapped COs) (7 Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
hrs)
Wireless LANs IEEE 802.11 system and Th. Tu Pr. To Credit Theory Practical To
protocol architecture, physical layer and MAC, tal tal
options like 802.11b, a g etc. and their purpose. Hours TAECAEESEInt. Ext.Marks
Unit-IV: (Mapped COs) (8
1 1 2
hrs) 2 - - 2 2 - - 50
0 5 5
Introduction to MIMO, MIMO Channel
Capacity, *Mode of Exam: Paper and Pen
SVD and Eigen modes of the MIMO Channel, Course Objectives:
MIMO Spatial Multiplexing – BLAST, MIMO 5. To introduce process of speech production
Diversity – Alamouti, OSTBC, MIMO Beam 6. To show the computation and use of
forming – MRT, MIMO ‐ OFDM techniques such as short time Fourier
Text Books: transform, linear predictive coefficients in
3. Fundamentals of Wireless Communication, the analysis of speech
2005, David Tse and PramodViswanath, 7. To understand analysis of Linear predictive
coding for speech
Cou Programme Outcomes Progra 8. To be able to develop speech recognition
rse mme system.
Out Specific
com Outcom Course Outcomes:
1. Demonstrate advanced knowledge in
es es
 Digital model representation of speech
signal
 LPC analysis
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
0 1 2 1 2 3  Homomorphic models.
CO1 3 3 2 2 1 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 2 2. Examine complex engineering problems

critically for conducting research in speech
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 2 signal processing.
3. Solve engineering problems using efficient
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 2 algorithms for feasible and optimal solutions
in Speech signal processing field.
CO4 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 2 4. Utilize speech and speaker verification
techniques to complex engineering activities
Cambridge University Press in the field of speech processing.
4. Wireless Communications, Andrea CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Goldsmith
Contents:
Reference Books: Unit-I (Mapped COs) ( 7 hrs)
3. Wireless and Cellular Telecommunications, The process of speech production - the
William C. Y. Lee, 3rd edition mechanism of speech production, acoustic
4. Wireless Telecommunications Systems and phonetics. The Acoustic theory of speech
Networks, Gary J.Mullett 3rd edition production- sound propagation, uniform
lossless tubes, Effect of losses in the vocal
tract, Effect of radiation at the lips, Vocal tract
Departmental Elective 4: transfer functions for vowels, the effect of
AUDIO & SPEECH SIGNAL nasal coupling, Excitation of sound in the vocal
tract. Digital model for speech signals.
PROCESSING
Unit-II (Mapped COs) (8 hrs)
286
Introduction, Window considerations, Short processing of speech signals‖, pearson
time energy and average magnitude, Short time education, 2006.
average zero crossing rate, Speech vs silence 4. LR Rabiner ,BHJuang, B Yegnanarayana, ―
discrimination using Average energy and zero
Fundamentals of Speech Recognition‖,
crossing, Pitch period estimation using parallel
processing approach, The short time pearson Education, 1993.
autocorrelation function, The short time Reference Books:
average magnitude difference function, Pitch 1. Thomas F Quateri, ―Discrete time speech
period estimation using the autocorrelation
signal processing‖, pearson edition, 2006.
function. properties of the complex Cepstrum,
computational considerations. The complex 2. Ben Gold & Nelson Morgan, ―Speech &
Cepstrum of speech, pitch detection, formant audio signal processing‖, wiley, 2006.
estimation 3. Douglas o shaughnessy , ― Speech
Unit-III (Mapped COs) (8 hrs) Communications‖, 2nd Edition , Oxford
Basic principles of linear predictive analysis – university press, 2000.
Auto correlation method, The covariance
method. Computation of the gain for the DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVE 5:
model, solution of LPC Equations – Cholesky SMART ANTENNA
Decomposition solution for the covariance Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
method. Durbin‘s Recursive solution for the
autocorrelation equations. Comparison Th. Tu Pr. To Credit Theory Practical To
between methods of solutions of LPC analysis tal tal
equations. Applications of LPC parameters – Hours TAECAE ESEInt. Ext.
Marks
Pitch detection using LPC parameters, Formant
analysis using LPC parameters. 1 1 2
2 - - 2 2 - - 50
Unit-IV (Mapped COs) (7 hrs) 0 5 5
Speaker recognition system-speaker verification *Mode of Exam: Paper and Pen
system, speaker identification systems. Speech Course Objectives:
recognition system- isolated digit recognition 1. To introduce the students with the concepts
of smart antennas.
system, continuous digit recognition system,
2. To introduce different algorithms for DOA
LPC distance measure. and beam forming.
Text Books: 3. To introduce architecture and working of
3. L R Rabiner and SW Schafer, ― Digital smart antenna systems.
Cou Programme Outcomes Progra 4. To have a good knowledge about all the
rse mme modern smart antenna wireless systems.
Out Specific
com Outcom Course Outcomes:
es es 1. Outline the fundamental parameters of smart
antennas and their applications.
P P P P P P P P PP P P P P P 2. Infer the DOA, beam forming methods and
O O O O O O O O OO O O S S S their algorithms. Also, they understand basic
architecture, features and benefits of smart
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
antennas.
0 1 2 1 2 3 3. Relate how to integrate smart antenna
technology with overall communication system
CO1 3 3 2 2 1 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 2 2 design and learn principles, performance.
4. Summarize the complete use of smart
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 2 2
antennas in the modern wireless
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 2 2 communication systems.
CO4 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 2 2 CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
287
Contents: 2. Smart Antennas, L. C. Godra, CRC Press,
Unit-I (Mapped COs) (6 hrs) 2004.
Introduction: Need for Smart Antennas, 3. Smart Antenna for Wireless
Overview, Smart Antenna Configurations, Communication, T. S. Rappaport and J. C.
Switched-Beam Antennas, Adaptive Antenna Liberti, Prentice Hall, 1999.
Approach, Space Division Multiple Access
(SDMA), Architecture of a Smart Antenna Reference Books:
System, Receiver, Transmitter, Benefits and 1. Frank Gross, Smart Antennas for Wireless
Drawbacks, Basic Principles, Mutual Coupling Communications-McGraw Hill.
Effects. 2. Ahmed El-Zooghby, Smart Antenna
Unit-II (Mapped COs) (8 hrs) Engineering, Artech House Publishers.
DOA Estimation Fundamentals: Introduction,
Array Response Vector, Received Signal Departmental Elective 6:
Model, Subspace-Based Data Model, Signal MULTI-RATE AND WAVELET SIGNAL
Auto-covariance, Conventional DOA PROCESSING
Estimation Methods, Conventional Beam Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
forming Method, Capon‘s Minimum Variance Th. Tu Pr. Tota Credit Theory Practical Tota
Method, Subspace Approach to DOA l l
Estimation, MUSIC Algorithm, ESPRIT
Algorithm, Uniqueness of DOA Estimates. 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Unit-III (Mapped COs) (8 hrs) *Mode of Exam:
Beam Forming Fundamentals: Classical Beam COURSE OBJECTIVES:
former, Statistically Optimum Beam forming
5. To acquire the basics of Multirate Signal
Weight Vectors, Maximum SNR Beam former,
processing and Multirate Sampling.
Multiple Side-lobe Canceller and Maximum,
6. To comprehend Linear Prediction and
SINR Beam former, Minimum Mean Square
Optimum Linear Filters
Error (MMSE), Direct Matrix Inversion (DMI),
7. To analyse the Power Spectrum Estimation
Linearly Constrained MinimumVariance
8. To comprehend the basics of Continuous
(LCMV), Adaptive Algorithms for Beam
and Discrete Wavelet Transform
forming.
Unit-IV (Mapped COs)
(8 hrs) COURSE OUTCOMES:
Smart Antennas for Wireless Communications:
5. Design Interpolator, Decimator and I/D
Spatial Processing for Wireless Systems, Key
Sampling Rate Converter
Benefits of Smart Antenna Technology, The
6. Design Optimum Linear filters and Linear
Vector Channel Impulse Response and the
Prediction filters.
Spatial Signature, Spatial Processing Receivers,
7. Interpret the Parametric and Non-
Fixed Beam forming Networks, Switched Beam Parametric methods for Power Spectrum
Systems, Adaptive Antenna Systems, Wideband Estimation.
Smart Antennas, Diversity Techniques, 8. Infer the theory and construction of
Multiple Input- Multiple Output (MIMO) wavelets
Communications Systems, MIMO for frequency
selective scenarios. Integration and simulation
of smart antennas.
Text Books:
1. Introduction to Smart Antennas, C. A.
Balanis, Morgan and Claypool, 2007.
288
Estimation of Spectra from Finite-Duration
Observations of Signals, Non-parametric
Cou Programme Outcomes Progra Methods for Power Spectrum Estimation,
rse mme Parametric methods for Power Spectrum
Out Specific Estimation, Minimum Variance Spectral
com Outcom Estimation, Eigen analysis Algorithm for
es es Spectral Estimation
Unit-IV (Mapped CO-4)
(8hrs)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O Wavelet Transform:
0 1 2 1 2 3 Continuous wavelet transform (CWT), Time
and frequency resolution of the continuous
CO1 3 3 2 2 1 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 2 wavelet transform, Construction of continuous
wavelets: Spline, orthonormal, bi-orthonormal,
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 2
Inverse continuous wavelet transform,
Redundancy of CWT, Zoom property of the
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 2
continuous wavelet transform, Filtering in
CO4 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 2 continuous wavelet transform domain. Discrete
Wavelet Transform and Filter banks Orthogonal and
bi- orthogonal two-channel filter banks, Design of two-
channel filter banks.
Contents: Text Books:

Unit-I (Mapped COs) (8 6. John G. Proakis and Dimitris G. Manolakis,
hrs) Digital Signal Processing Principles,
Algorithms and Applications , Third
Multirate Digital Signal Processing: Edition, Prentice-Hall International, INC
Introduction, Decimation by a factor D, 7. Alan V. Oppenheim, Ronald W. Schafer,
Interpolation by a factor I, Sampling Rate Discrete Time Signal Processing, Prentice-
Hall International, INC
Conversion by a Rational Factor I/D, Filter
8. S. Mallat, A Wavelet Tour of
Design and Implementation for Sampling Rate
Conversion, Multistage Implementation of Signal Processing, 2nd edition,
Sampling Rate Conversion, Sampling Rate Academic Press, 1999.
Conversion of Band-pass Signals, Sampling 9. M. Vetterli and J. Kovacevic,
Rate Conversion by an Arbitrary Factor, Wavelets and Sub band Coding,
Applications of Multirate signal Processing Prentice Hall, 1995.
10. RaghuveerRao and AjitS.Bopardikar,
Wavelet transforms: Introduction, Theory
Unit-II (Mapped CO-2) andApplications, Pearson Education Asia,
(7hrs) 2000.
Linear Prediction and Optimum Linear
Filters:
Representation of a Stationary Random Reference Books:
Process, Forward and Backward Linear 7. J.C.Goswami and A.K. Chan,
Prediction, Solution of Normal Equations, Fundamentals of Wavelets: Theory,
Properties of the Linear Prediction-Error Algorithms, and Applications, 2nd ed.,
Filters, AR Lattice and ARMA Lattice-Ladder Wiley, 2011.
Filters, Wiener Filters for Filtering and
8. Michel Misiti, Yves Misiti, Georges
Prediction.
Oppenheim, Jean- Michel Poggi, Wavelets
Unit-III (Mapped CO-3) and their Applications, John Wiley &
(7hrs) Sons, 2010.
Power Spectrum Estimation:
289
9. J S Walker, A premier on Wavelets and their learning; Characteristics: adaptability, fault
scientific applications, , CRC press, 2002. tolerance, generalization; limitations
10. of neuro-computing.
G Perceptron: Linear
erald keiser, A friendly guide to Wavelets, classifiers; Simple perceptron; Perceptron
Springer, 2011. learning algorithms; ADALINE; MADALINE;
11. Limitation of perceptron dichotomizer. P
Multi-Layer Perceptron: Gradient decent
. P. Vaidyanathan, Multirate Systems and
scheme for error
Filter Banks, Pearson Education, 2004. minimization; Generalized delta learning rule;
12. K P Soman and KL Ramachandran, Back-propagation learning for multi-layer
Insight into wavelets from theory to networks; Multi-layer perceptrons for
practice, PHI, 2008. multidimensional functional mappings.
UNIT 2 (9 Hrs)
Associated Memory Networks: Auto-
Soft Computing association; Heteroassociation; Linear
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme associative networks: Hebbian learning, perfect
recall, cross-talk; Bidirectional associative
Pract memory; Brain-State-in-aBox network.
T P To Cr Theory To
Hopfield Networks: Binary Hopfield network:
T ical
h r tal edi tal
basic structure, asynchronous updating,
u
. . H t T C E I E M
convergence, associative memory; Continuous-
ou A A S n x ar
valued Hopfield network. Advantages and
rs E E E t. t. ks
limitations.
Kohonen Networks: Self-organizing
1 1 2 networks; Similarity measures;Kohonen‟s
2 0 - 2 2 - - 50
0 5 5 winner-take-all network; Geometrical
Mode of exam: offline interpretation of Kohonen‟s learning;
Course objectives Functional specificity of human brain,
1. Develop the skills to gain a basic Kohonen‟sself-organizing feature map
understanding of neural network theory and algorithm; Conscience algorithm.
support vector machine.
2.Introduce students to radial basis function UNIT 3 (6 Hrs)
and associated memory networks, Hopfield Radial Basis Function Networks: Radial
networks, and Kohonen networks. Basis Function Networks:
Course outcome radial basis vs. linear basis, Gaussian basis
6. Demonstrate the basics concept of functions, K-means
artificial neural network. learning, LMS algorithm, comparison with
Multi-Layer Perceptron networks.
7. Make use of associated memory
Support Vector Machines (SVM): Optimal
networks, Hopfield networks, and Kohonen hyperplane for linear
networks for problem solving. separability, quadratic optimization, SVM for
8. Make use of radial basis function and pattern recognition,
support vector machine for the classification of different kernels for hidden-layer, optimal
different classes of data. design of SVM.
9. Demonstrate the use of fuzzy neural
network in the real world problems. UNIT 4 (6 Hrs)
10. Fuzzy Neural Networks
Syllabus Fuzzy sets: Basic Definition; Fuzzy-set-
UNIT 1 (9 Hrs) theoretic Operations – Member Function
Introduction: Artificial neural networks: feed- Formulation and Parameterization – Fuzzy
forward, recurrent and multi-layer Rules and Fuzzy Reasoning, Fuzzy If-Then
architectures; Supervised and unsupervised Rules Fuzzy-neural networks; Neuro-fuzzy
290
systems; Genetic algorithms: selection statistical and syntactic pattern
schemes, operations. recognition
UNIT 2 (8 Hrs)
Suggested Books Bayesian decision theory: Classifiers,
1. J.S.R.J ang, C.T. Sun and E. Mizutani, discriminant functions, decision
―Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft surfaces, normal density and discriminant
Computing”, Prentice Hall of India and functions, discrete features
Pearson Education, 2004. Parameter estimation methods: Maximum-
2. S. Rajasekaran and G.A.V. Pai, “Neural likelihood estimation,
Networks, Fuzzy Logic expectation-maximization method, Bayesian
and Genetic Algorithms”, Prentice Hall of estimation, Gaussian mixture
India, 2003. models
3. R. Eberhart, P. Simpson and R. Dobbins, Non-parametric techniques: Density
“Computational Intelligence - PC Tools”, estimation using Parzen-window method, K-
AP Professional, Boston, nearest neighbor method, nearest neighbor
classifier
Pattern Recognition
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme UNIT 3 (8 Hrs)
Dimension reduction methods: Linear
Pract discriminant analysis (LDA),
T P To Cr Theory To
T ical principal component analysis (PCA)
h r tal edi tal
u Linear discriminant function based
. . H t T C E I E M
ou ar classifiers
A A S n x
rs ks Non-metric methods for pattern
E E E t. t. classification: Non-numeric data or
1 1 2 nominal data decision trees
2 0 - 2 2 - - 50 Unsupervised learning and clustering:
0 5 5
Criterion functions for clustering,
Mode of exam: offline algorithms for clustering: K-means,
Course objectives Hierarchical and other methods, Cluster
1. To cover the basic concepts for analyzing validation
patterns and their pre-processing techniques. UNIT 4 (6 Hrs)
2. To give exposure to various learning Applications: Biometrics recognition,
algorithms and their applications to various handwriting recognition, document
real life applications. recognition, multimedia data retrieval, speech
Course outcome recognition, data mining, web
5. Demonstrate the basics concept of searching, network traffic analysis etc.
pattern recognition. Suggested Books
6. Illustrate the various parametric and 1. R. O. Duda, P. E. Hart and D. G. Stork,
non-parametric techniques in pattern Pattern Classification, John Wiley,
recognition. 2001
2. S. Theodoridis and K. Koutroumbas,
7. Demonstrate the various dimension
Pattern Recognition, 4th Ed.,
reduction techniques.
Academic Press, 2009
8. Make use of their learning for the 3. C. M. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and
analysis of the real world problems. Machine Learning, Springer,
Syllabus
UNIT 1 (8 Hrs)
Definitions, data sets for pattern
recognition, representations of patterns and
classes, metric and non-metric
proximity measures, feature extraction,
291
software process–lifecycle, Usability
Human Computer Interface engineering, Interactive design & prototyping,
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme Design rules–Principles for usability–
standards, HCI patterns
Pract
T P To Cr Theory To
h r tal edi tal
u IMPLEMENTATION & USER SUPPORT
. . H t T C E I E M
ou ar Implementation support–Windowing system
A A S n x elements, using tool kits–user interface
rs E E E t. t. ks
management, Evaluation techniques–goals,
1 1 2 Multimodal interaction, user support,
2 0 - 2 2 - - 50 Approaches–adaptive help systems, designing
0 5 5
user support system
UNIT 4 (7 Hrs)
Course objectives COGNITIVE, COMMUNICATION &
3. Investigate emerging human computer COLLABORATIVE MODELS
interfaces and paradigms and implement them Cognitive models–Goal & task hierarchies,
into prototype and products with original Linguistic models–Physical & device models–
interfaces. architectures, Communication & collaboration
4. To make the students knowledgeable in the models, Face-to-face communication,
Conversation–text based, Brain computing
area of designing, implementing and using
Interface concepts, Brain Signals-EEG,
interactive computer systems and how Ubiquitous computing application research,
effective design of human computer interfaces Groupware systems
influence individuals and organizations..
Course outcome
5. Understand the basic HCI concepts and various TEXT BOOKS:
design process, standards and guidelines 1.Alan Dix, Janet Finlay, Gregory Abowd, and
6. Perform implementation support and Russell Beale (2003): Human–Computer
evaluation of their design Interaction. 3rd Edition. Prentice Hall, 2003
7. Learnvarious models like Brain computing 2.Ben Shneiderman and Catherine Plaisant:
8. Learn various dialogue notations and Designing the User Interface: Strategies for
importance of groupware Effective Human-Computer Interaction (5th
Edition) , 5th ed., Pearson Addison-Wesley,
UNIT 1 2009
FOUNDATIONS: (8 Hrs) REFERENCE BOOKS
The Human–Input-output channels–Human 1. John M. Carrol,―Human Computer
Memory, Thinking–emotions–Psychology & Interactionin the New Millenium‖,Pearson
design of interactive systems, Computer–Text Education,2002
entry devices, Positioning, Pointing & drawing, 2.Jonathan Worlpaw and Elizabeth Winter
display devices for Virtual reality, 3D, Wolpaw,‖Brain–Computer Interfaces‖Oxford
Interaction–models–Frameworks & HCI, University Press2012.
Ergonomics–Interaction style, WIMP
Interfaces–context, Paradigms for Interaction
DECISION ANALYTICS
UNIT 2 (8 Hrs) T P To Cr Pract To

T Theory
SOFTWARE PROCESS & DESIGN h r tal edi ical tal
RULES u
. . H t M
Interaction design basics–user focus–scenarios, ou T C E I E ar
Navigation–screen design & layout, HCI in rs A A S n x ks
292
E E E t. t.
UNIT4 (6 Hrs)
1 1 2 Probabilistic Models:
2 0 - 2 2 - - 50
0 5 5 Simulation and Optimization – project
management, revenue management, liquidity
Mode offline optimization.
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
TEXT BOOK
1. Introduces the basic principles and
1. Practical Management Science (5th edition),
techniques of applied mathematical modeling
by Winston and Albright.
for managerial decision-making.
2. To use some important analytic methods
(spreadsheet modeling, optimization, Monte
Carlo simulation), to recognize their
Natural Language Processing
assumptions and limitations, and to employ
them in decision-making.
Pract
COURSE OUTCOME: T P To Cr Theory To
T ical
1. Develop mathematical models that can be h r tal edi tal
u
used to improve decision making within an . . H t T C E I E M
organization ou A A S n x ar
2. Ability to structure problems and to perform rs E E E t. t. ks
logical analyses.
3. Translating descriptions of decision 1 1 2
2 0 - 2 2 - - 50
problems into formal models, and investigate 0 5 5
those models in an organized fashion
4. Identify settings in which models can be
Course Objective:
used effectively and apply modeling concepts
1. Enable students to be capable to describe the
in practical situations.
application based on natural language
processing and to show the points of syntactic,
UNIT 1 (9 Hrs)
semantic and pragmatic processing.
Deterministic Models:
2. Understand the concepts of morphology,
Linear Programming- formulating
Shallow Parsing and pragmatics of the
optimization problems, spreadsheet modeling,
language
using Solver and Solver Table, sensitivity
analysis, multi-period modeling. Integer
Course Outcome:
Programming – Integer and binary variables,
1.Understand approaches to syntax and
logical relationships, project selection, facility
semantics in NLP.
location, crew scheduling
2. Understand current methods for statistical
approaches to machine translation.
UNIT 2 (8 Hrs)
3.Understand machine learning techniques
Deterministic Models:
used in NLP
Network Optimization –Assignment problem,
transportation problem, minimum-cost flow,
UNIT I (8 Hrs)
funds-flow model, project management,
Sound : Biology of Speech Processing; Place
currency exchange. Non-linear Optimization –
and Manner of Articulation; Word
Portfolio optimization, demand estimation,
Boundary Detection; Argmax based
pricing.
computations; HMM and Speech
Recognition.
UNIT 3 (7 Hrs)
Words and Word Forms : Morphology
Probabilistic Models:
fundamentals; Morphological Diversity
Stochastic Optimization – Newsvendor model.
of Indian Languages; Morphology Paradigms;
Simulation –Basic concepts, Crystal Ball
Finite State Machine Based
software, option pricing.
293
Morphology; Automatic Morphology Mode of exam: offline
Learning; Shallow Parsing; Named Entities; CourseObjective:
Maximum Entropy Models; Random Fields. 1.To provide students with foundational
concepts required for deep learning across
UNIT 2 (8 Hrs) various applications ranging across speech and
Structures : Theories of Parsing, Parsing natural language processing to machine vision
Algorithms; Robust and Scalable to medical imaging.
Parsing on Noisy Text as in Web documents; 2.To introduce the fundamental principles of
Hybrid of Rule Based and deep neural networks and the important
Probabilistic Parsing; Scope Ambiguity and paradigms of deep learning.
Attachment Ambiguity resolution 3. To build analytics solutions to problems in
signal, image and text paradigm using deep
UNIT 3 (8 Hrs) neural networks.
Meaning : Lexical Knowledge Networks, 4. To understand the concepts of deep neural
Wordnet Theory; Indian Language, Wordnets networks and will be able to develop solutions
and Multilingual Dictionaries; Semantic Roles; using deep neural networks
Word Sense Disambiguation; WSD and
Multilinguality; Metaphors; Coreferences. Course outcome
5. Introduce the fundamental principles of deep
UNIT 4 (6 Hrs) neural networks and the important paradigms
Web 2.0 Applications: Sentiment Analysis; of deep learning.
Text Entailment; Robust and Scalable Machine 6. To build analytics solutions to problems in
Translation; Question Answering in signal, image and text paradigm using deep
Multilingual Setting; neural networks.
Cross Lingual Information Retrieval (CLIR). 7. To understand the concepts of deep neural
networks
References: 8. To develop solutions using deep neural
1. Allen, James, Natural Language networks.
Understanding, Second Edition,
Benjamin/Cumming, 1995. UNIT 1 (8 Hrs)
2. Charniack, Eugene, Statistical Language Foundation Concepts
Learning, MIT Press, 1993. Linear Algebra for Deep Learning: Scalars,
3. Jurafsky, Dan and Martin, James, Speech vectors, matrices, tensors. Multiplication on
and Language Processing, Second Edition, matrices and tensors, trace operator and
Prentice Hall, 2008. determinant.
4. Manning, Christopher and Heinrich, Deep Neural Network Design and
Schutze, Foundations of Statistical Natural Learning:Simple exercises with Deep Neural
Language Processing, MIT Press, 1999. Network Libraries viz. PyTorch/TensorFlow.
Acceleration with CUDA on GPUs and
Deep Learning Foundations & Applications MKL/Open MPI on CPUs.
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme Optimization for Training a Deep Neural
Network Gradient descent, Stochastic gradient
T Pract descent, Adaptive momentum.
C Theory T
T ot ical
T P al re ot
h al
u r. H di
. T C E I E M
o t
A A S n x ar UNIT 2 (8 Hrs)
ur E E E t. t. ks Deep Learning for Speech and Natural
s Language Processing
Sequence Modeling with Recurrent
1 1 2
2 0 - 2 2 - - 50 Networks:Long Short-term Memory (LSTM)
0 5 5 and Gated Recurrent Units (GRU),
Backpropagation through time (BPTT)
294
Machine Translation and Text Ju, N. J. Mitra, A. Shamir, O. Sorkine-
Summarization:Word Vectors, RNN Language Hornung, H. Zhang, CRC Press, 2015.
Model, attention mechanism for sequence 4.―Machine Learning‖, T. M. Mitchell, Mc.
generation with applications to machine Graw Hill Education, 1997.
translation and text summarization. 5.―Pattern Recognition and Machine
Learning‖, C.M. Bishop, 2nd Edition, Springer,
UNIT 3 (7 Hrs) 2011
Deep Learning for Machine Vision
Vector Convolutional Networks:Vector
Convolution for rotation and scale
invariance/equivariance, Learnable Track 3
Deconvolution.
Digit, Handwriting and Hieroglyph System Programming for
Classification:LeNet-5 for MNIST, Fashion
MNIST, NIST SD-19, Egyptian Heiroglyph,
Embedded Devices (Elective
Rotation equivariant and scale invariant LeNet- Track)
5. Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
Object Recognition and Classification:
AlexNet, VGG, ResNet, DenseNet on CIFAR- Total
10. Marks
Object Localization: Single shot multi-box
TAE CAE ESE Int.Ext.
detection and classification. Regional Proposal
CNN (rCNN), Fast rCNN and Faster rCNN, 4 - - 4 3 20 20 60 - - 100
YOLO-9000
Course Objectives:
UNIT 4 (7 Hrs)
5. To gain knowledge about the Embedded
Deep Learning for Healthcare and Medical
Imaging system & its architecture
ECG Signal Classification:ECG signal 6. To able to use-Interface hardware, software
filtering, segmentation and classification using tools.
1D CNN 7. To able to understand concept
Digital Pathology: Blood pathology Programming & Tools.
classification on ALL-IDB using transfer 8. To able to understand Perform
learning of Image Net pre-trained models,
programming & application design.
Multiple Instance Learning of CNN for
Histopathology Whole Slide Classification Course Outcomes:
Digital Radiology: Chest X-ray Classification, 5. Analyze different embedded system & its
Brain Lesion Classification and Segmentation architecture.
in MRI.
6. Interpret functioning of microcontroller &
Text Books: Processor using new architecture.
1.―Deep Learning‖, I. Goodfellow, Y, Bengio, 7. Design the system programming using
A. Courville, MIT Press, 2016. embedded tool.
2.―Neural Networks and Learning Machines‖, 8. Interpret embedded advance programming
S. Haykin, 3rd Edition, Pearson, 2008. & simulation.
Reference Books:
1.―Neural Networks for Pattern Recognition‖, CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
C. M. Bishop, Oxford University Press, 1995.
2.―Pattern Classification‖, R. O. Duda, P. E.
Hart, D. G. Stork, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2001.
3.―A Sampler of Useful Computational Tools
for Applied Geometry, Computer Graphics and
Image Processing‖, D. Cohen-Or, C. Greif, T.
295
Contents: e Specific
Unit-I: (CO1) Introduction of Microcontroller and Outco Outcomes
architecture: O O O O O O O O O O O O S S S
(8Hrs) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
0 1 2 1 2 3
Microcontrollers : Microprocessors and Micro-
controllers, Types of Micro-controllers, External CO1 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
CO2 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
memory, Processor Architecture – Harvard v/s Van CO3 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
Neumann; CISC v/s RISC, Micro-controller, CO4 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
Memory types, Software development tools like assembly & C Pearson Education second
assembler, cross- compiler, emulator, and
simulator, 8051 controller, Block Diagram
edition 2008
&Architecture. 5. Kenneth J. Ayala,The 8051 Micro-
Unit-II (CO2) Embedded system and languages controller – Architecture, Programming &
(6hrs)
8051 Instruction Set, Addressing modes & Thomson Asia, Second edition 1996
programming. 8051 Timers, Serial I/O, Embedded 6. Maneesh Rao, Internet of Things with
C programming, AVR addressing modes, RISC, CISC
Programming set of instruction. Raspberry Pi 3, Packt Publisher, Second
edition 2018
Unit-III (CO3) Embedded internal programming
(8hrs) Reference Books:

Simulator vs Emulator, Memory Addressing 3. Ajay V. DeshmukhMicro-controllers -
Program Memory, ROM, Data Memory, RAM, Theory and Applications, Tata McGraw
Internal RAM, Registers, Bit addressable memory,
Special Function Register, Classic and Extended Hill
8051 Devices, ARM7 and ARM9 based 4. The Arduini Project Book, Designed,
Microcontrollers, Cortex-Mx based
Microcontrollers, Code Comparison, Software printed and bound in Torino, Italy,
Development Cycle, µVision IDE, µVision Device September 2012
Unit-IV (CO4) Embedded software Tools & Mechatronics (Elective Track)
Advance application Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
(8hrs)
T
Programming & debugging, Hex code creation, ot
Logic analyzer, Serial I/O interface, UART interface, tal
al
Marks
Programming Flash Devices, Configuring External
Tools, ISIS AND PCB DESIGN, ISIS AND SIMULATION, TAE CAEESE Int. Ext.
Bitmap Generation Interfacing in Proteus, Classic
2 6 10
and Extended 8051 Devices, ARM7 and ARM9 4 - - 4 3 20
0 0
- -
0
based Microcontrollers, Cortex-Mx based
Microcontrollers, Code Comparison, Software Course Objectives:
Development Cycle, µVision IDE, µVision Device 5. To gain knowledge about the
electromechanical system & its
automation
Text Books: 6. To able to use-Interface hardware, software
4. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, The 8051 Micro- tools.
controller & Embedded System using 7. To able to understand concept
Programming & Tools.
296
8. To able to understand Perform Text Book:
programming & application design. 4. Kenneth J. Ayala,The 8051 Micro-
Course Outcomes: controller – Architecture, Programming

5. Analyze different embedded system & its & Applications, Penram International &
architecture.
sensor interfacing 5. Groover, M. P., Automation,
7. Illustrate the system design for stepper Production System & Computer
Integrated Manufacturing, Pearson
motor & transfer function mechanisms.
Education Asia (2009).
8. Illustrate & develop embedded application
6. Nakra, B. C., Theory and Applications
using Hydraulic systems.
of Automatic Controls, Revised 2nd
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: Edition, New Age International
Publishers (2014).
e Specific
Outco Outcomes
mes P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Reference Books:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O 6. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, The 8051
0 1 2 1 2 3
Micro-controller & Embedded System
CO1 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
CO2 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 using assembly & C Pearson Education
CO3 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
CO4 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 second edition 2008
Content
7. Morriss, S. B., Automated
Manufacturing Systems, McGraw Hill
Unit-I (CO1) Introduction: Definition of (2006).
Mechatronics, Mechatronics in manufacturing, 8. Auslander, D. M. and Kempf, C. J.,
Products, and design. Comparison between Mechatronics: Mechanical System
Traditional and Mechatronics approach. Interfacing, Prentice Hall., New Jersey
(1996). John W. Webb & Ronald A.
Unit-II (CO2): Review of fundamentals of
Reis,
electronics. Data conversion devices, sensors,
micro sensors, transducers, signal processing
9. Programmable Logic Controllers –
devices, relays, contactors and timers. Principles and Applications, Fifth
Microprocessors controllers and PLCs. Edition, Pearson Education (2008).
10. John R. Hackworth & Frederick D.
Unit-III (CO3) Module III: Drives: stepper motors, Hackworth Jr, Programmable Logic
servo drives. Ball screws, linear motion bearings, Controllers – Programming Methods
cams, systems controlled by camshafts, electronic and Applications, Pearson (2011).
cams, indexing mechanisms, tool magazines, and
transfer systems. Mechatronics (Elective Track)
Unit-IV (CO4): Hydraulic systems: flow, pressure
and direction control valves, actuators, and T Total
supporting elements, hydraulic power packs, and Theory Practical
Th. Tu Pr. o Credit Marks
pumps. Design of hydraulic circuits. Pneumatics: t
production, distribution and conditioning of al TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext.
compressed air, system components and graphic
representations, design of systems. Description,
Description of PID controllers. CNC machines and 2 2 6
4 - - 4 3 - - 100
part programming. Industrial Robotics. 0 0 0
297
Course Objectives: Unit-IV: (9 Hours)
5. To gain knowledge about the Hydraulic systems: flow, pressure and direction
electromechanical system & its automation control valves, actuators, and supporting
6. To able to use-Interface hardware, software elements, hydraulic power packs, and pumps.
Design of hydraulic circuits. Pneumatics:
tools. production, distribution and conditioning of
7. To able to understand concept compressed air, system components and graphic
Programming & Tools. representations, design of systems. Description,
8. To able to understand Perform Description of PID controllers. CNC machines and
programming & application design. part programming. Industrial Robotics.
Course Outcomes: Text Book:

5. Analyze different embedded system & its 4. Kenneth J. Ayala,The 8051 Micro-
architecture. controller – Architecture, Programming
& Applications, Penram International &
sensor interfacing
7. Illustrate the system design for stepper Thomson Asia, Second edition 1996
motor & transfer function mechanisms. 5. Groover, M. P., Automation,
8. Illustrate & develop embedded application Production System & Computer
using Hydraulic systems. Integrated Manufacturing, Pearson
Education Asia (2009).
6. Nakra, B. C., Theory and Applications
of Automatic Controls, Revised 2nd
e Specific
Edition, New Age International
Outco Outcomes Publishers (2014).
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
0 1 2 1 2 3 Reference Books:
CO1 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 6. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, The 8051
CO2 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
CO3 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 Micro-controller & Embedded System
CO4 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
using assembly & C Pearson Education
Content
second edition 2008
Unit-I : Introduction: (7 Hours) 7. Morriss, S. B., Automated
Definition of Mechatronics, Mechatronics in Manufacturing Systems, McGraw Hill
manufacturing, Products, and design. Comparison (2006).
between Traditional and Mechatronics approach.
8. Auslander, D. M. and Kempf, C. J.,
Unit-II: (7 Hours)
Mechatronics: Mechanical System
Review of fundamentals of electronics. Data Interfacing, Prentice Hall., New Jersey
conversion devices, sensors, micro sensors, (1996). John W. Webb & Ronald A.
transducers, signal processing devices, relays, Reis,
contactors and timers. Microprocessors controllers 9. Programmable Logic Controllers –
and PLCs. Principles and Applications, Fifth
Edition, Pearson Education (2008).
Unit-III: (7 Hours) 10. John R. Hackworth & Frederick D.
Drives: stepper motors, servo drives. Ball screws,
Hackworth Jr, Programmable Logic
linear motion bearings, cams, systems controlled
by camshafts, electronic cams, indexing
Controllers – Programming Methods
mechanisms, tool magazines, and transfer and Applications, Pearson (2011).
systems.
298
Automotive Electronics (Elective 7. Develop, simulate and integrate control
Cours Programme Outcomes Programme algorithms for ECUs with hardware.
e
Outco
Specific
Outcomes
8. Safety systems employed in today‘s
mes P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P automotive industry.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
0 1 2 1 2 3 CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
CO1 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
CO2 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 Content
CO3 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
CO4 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
Unit-I: Overview of Automotive Industry: (7
Track) Hours)
Leading players, Automotive supply chain, Global
T Total challenges, Role of technology in Automotive
Theory Practical
o Marks Electronics and interdisciplinary design, Tools and
Th. Tu Pr. t Credit
processes, Lead acid and alkaline batteries, battery
a rating, and battery charging characteristics, battery
l TAECAE ESEInt.Ext.
testing and maintenance, gel battery.
2 2 6 Unit-II: Systems Approach to Control and

4 - - 4 3 - - 100
0 0 0 Instrumentation: (8 Hours)
Concept of a system, Analog and digital systems,
Course Objectives:
Basic measurement systems, Analog and digital
5. To understand the concepts of
signal processing, Sensors, Sensor characteristics,
Automotive Electronics and it‘s
Sensor response, Sensor error, Redundancy of
evolution and trends &Automotive
sensors in ECUs, Avoiding redundancy, Sensor
systems & subsystems overview. modeling, Smart Nodes, Ignition system, magneto
6. To understand sensors and sensor coil ignition system, spark plug types, electronic
monitoring mechanisms aligned to ignition system-transistor ignition system, and
automotive systems, different signal capacitor discharge ignition system, distributor less
conditioning techniques, interfacing ignition system and solid state ignition system.
techniques and actuator mechanisms.
7. To understand, design and model Unit-III : STARTING AND CHARGING SYSTEM:
various automotive control systems (7 Hours)
using Model based development Principle and construction of starter motor,
technique. & Microcontrollers in ECU working of different starter drive units. DC and AC
design and choice of appropriate Generators – principle, construction and working,
Hardware and Software. regulation, automotive transmissions:
8. To describe various communication Transmission fundamentals, Types MT, AT, CVT
systems, wired and wireless protocols and DCT. Vehicle Braking Fundamentals: Vehicle
used in vehicle networking & Safety dynamics during braking, Hydraulic brake system
standards, advances in towards components, Introduction to antilock braking
autonomous vehicles. systems.
Course Outcomes:
Unit-IV: SENSORS AND ACTUATORS: (8 Hours)
5. Obtain an overview of automotive
Classification of sensors, sensor for speed, throttle
components, subsystems, design cycles,
position, exhaust oxygen level, manifold pressure,
communication protocols.
crankshaft position, coolant temperature, exhaust
6. Interface automotive sensors and
temperature, air mass flow for engine application.
actuators with microcontrollers.
299
Solenoids, stepper motors and relay.ELECTRONIC 9. G. Meyer, J. Valldorf and W. Gessner: "Advanced
ENGINE CONTROLS: Concept of an electronic Microsystems for Automotive Applications”,
engine control system, electronic fuel injection - Springer, 2009.
throttle body fuel injection, multi point fuel
injection, gasoline direct injection, common rail 10. Tracy Martin: “How to Diagnose and Repair
direct injection, engine mapping, and on-board Automotive Electrical Systems" Motor Books / MBl
diagnostics – engine control module and power Publishing Company, 2005.
train control module. Communication protocols: 11. Mehrdad Ebsani, Ali Emadi & Yimin Gao:
Overview of automotive communication protocols, “Modern Electronic Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell
CAN, LIN , Flex Ray, MOST , Ethernet, D2B and DSI, Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory and Design", 2nd
Communication interface with ECUs Edition, CRC Press, 2009.
Text Books: 12. Marc E. Herniter and Zac Chambers:

“Introduction to Model Based System Design”,
1. Williams. B. Ribbens: “Understanding Automotive Rose-Hulman Institute of Technology.
Electronics”, 6th Edition, Elsevier Science, Newnes
Publication, 2003.
2. Robert Bosch: “Automotive Electronics Industrial Automation (Elective

Handbook”, John Wiley and Sons, 2004.
Track)
Reference books: T Total

Th. Tu Pr. ot Credit Theory Practical Marks
1. Ronald K Jurgen: “Automotive Electronics al
Handbook”, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 1999.
2 2 6
2. James D. Halderman: “Automotive Electricity and 4 - - 4 3 - - 100
0 0 0
Electronics", PHI Publication.
Course Objectives:
3. Terence Rybak & Mark Stefika: “Automotive
5. To gain knowledge about the Industrial
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)”, Springer,
system & its automation
2004.
4. Allan Bonnick: “Automotive Computer Controlled tools.
Systems, Diagnostic Tools and Techniques”, Elsevier 7. To able to understand concept
Science, 2001. Programming & Tools.
5. Uwe Kieneke and Lars Nielsen: “Automotive
programming & application design.
Control Systems: Engine, Driveline and Vehicle”,
2nd Edition, Springer Verlag, 2005. Course Outcomes:
5. Analyze different embedded system & its
6. David Alciatore & Michael Histand: "Introduction architecture.
to Mechatronics and Measurement Systems (SIE)”, 6. Interpret functioning of microcontroller &
TMH, 2007. Processor using new architecture.
7. Iqbal Husain: "Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: 7. Illustrate the system programming using
Design Fundamentals”, CRC Press, 2003. embedded tool.
8. Illustrate & develop embedded application
8. Tom Denton: "Advanced Automotive Diagnosis”, using advanced IDE tools for simulation.
2nd Edition, Elsevier, 2006.
300
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: 5. Johnson CD, Process Control
Content Cours Programme Outcomes Programme

e Specific
Unit-I: COMPUTER BASED CONTRO: (7 Hours) Outco Outcomes
Implementing control system using computer or mes P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
microprocessor; computer based controller: O O O O O O O O O O O O S S S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
hardware configuration and software 0 1 2 1 2 3
requirements. DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEM-
CO1 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
Meaning and necessity of distributed control; CO2 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
hardware components of DCS; DCS software. CO3 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
CO4 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
Unit-II: INTRODUCTION PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC Instrumentation Technology, Prentice

CONTROLLER (PLC): (7 Hours) Hall
What is PLC? PLC versus 6. Webb JW and Reis RA, Programmable
microprocessor/microcontroller/computer, Logic Controllers, Prentice Hall
advantages and disadvantages of PLC, architecture 7. Hackworth JR and Hackworth FD,
and physical forms of PLC, BASIC PLC FUNCTIONS-
Registers: holding, input and output registers; ―Programmable Logic Controllers,‖
Timers and timer functions; counters and counter Pearson Edition
functions 8. Boyer SA, Supervisory Control and
Data Acquisition (SCADA),
Unit-III: INTERMEDIATE PLC FUNCTIONS: (9 Hours) International Society of Automation
Arithmetic functions: addition, subtraction,
multiplication, division and other arithmetic
functions; Number comparison and conversion, IoT System Design
DATA HANDLING FUNCTIONS OF PLC: Skip function Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme
and applications; master control relay function and
applications; jump with non-return and return; T Total
Th. Tu Pr. ot Credit Theory Practical Marks
data table, register and other move functions, BIT
FUNCTIONS OF PLC: Digital bit functions and al
applications; sequencer functions and applications, TAECAE ESE Int. Ext.
ADVANCED FUNCTIONS OF PLC: Analog input and
2 2 6
output functions, analog input and output 4 - - 4 3 - - 100
0 0 0
modules, analog signal processing in PLC; PID
control function, network communication
Course Objectives:
function, PLC PROGRAMMING: PLC programming
languages, ladder programming, mnemonic 5. To gain knowledge about the Embedded
programming and high level language system & its architecture
programming. 6. To able to use-Interface hardware, software
tools.
Unit-IV: SCADA: (7 Hours) 7. To able to understand concept of IOT & its
Supervisory control versus distributed control;
system architecture
Layout and parts of SCADA system, detailed block
schematic of SCADA system; Functions of SCADA 8. To able to understand sensory system
system: data acquisition, monitoring, control, data analysis on Cloud using IoT platform
collection and storage, data processing and
calculation, report generation; MTU: functions, Course Outcomes:
single and dual computer configurations of MTU; 7. Analyze different embedded system & its
RTU: functions, architecture / layout; MTU-RTU architecture.
communication and RTU-field device 8. Interpret functioning of microcontroller &
communication. Processor using new architecture.
9. Design the embedded system software &
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
Hardware interfacing.
10. Analyze IOT concept & architecture.
301
11. Interpret IOT DATA LINK LAYER & IOT DASH7 - Network Layer-IPv4, IPv6,
Hardware. 6LoWPAN, 6TiSCH,ND, DHCP, ICMP, RPL,
12. Design & develop IoT based application CORPL, CARP, Arduino, Raspberry Pi,
Sensors Interfacing, and Wi-Fi ESP8266
using advanced technology
interfacing ,WSN node, Power supply, Antenna
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: concept, Cloud of Things: Grid/SOA and Cloud
Computing, Cloud Middleware, Cloud
Contents: Cours Programme Outcomes Programme
e Specific
Unit-I: (CO1) INTRODUCTION TO Outco Outcomes
EMBEDDED CONCEPTS mes P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P
(6hrs) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 O O O
Introduction to embedded systems, Application 0 1 2 1 2 3
Areas, Categories of embedded systems, CO1 1 2 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 3
Overview of embedded system architecture, CO2 2 2 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 3
Specialties of embedded systems, recent trends CO3 2 2 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 3
CO4 2 2 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 3
in embedded systems, Architecture of Standards – Cloud Providers and Systems,
embedded systems, Hardware architecture, Mobile Cloud Computing, Think speak, carrot,
Software architecture, Application Software, Amazon Web Services for IoT, Skynet IoT
Communication Software Messaging Platform. Case Studies: Home
Unit-II : Embedded system architecture Intrusion Detection, Weather Monitoring
System, Air Pollution Monitoring, Smart
(8hrs) Irrigation, Alexa services.
Classifications of embedded systems,
challenges and design issues in embedded
systems, fundamentals of embedded processor
and microcontrollers, CISC vs. RISC, Text Books:
fundamentals of Vonneuman/Harvard 6. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, The 8051 Micro-
architectures, and types of microcontrollers, MP controller & Embedded System using
vs MC 8051, MC-8051 & 89s52 architecture–
pin diagram, Simulator vs Emulator, Memory assembly & C Pearson Education second
Addressing Program Memory, ROM, Data edition 2008
Memory, RAM, Internal RAM, Registers, Bit
addressable memory, Special Function Register, 7. Kenneth J. Ayala,The 8051 Micro-
Motor driver – Manual robot Interfacing. controller – Architecture, Programming &
Unit-III : IOT Architecture Applications, Penram International &

(8hrs)
IoT-An Architectural Overview– Building an 8. Maneesh Rao, Internet of Things with
architecture, Main design principles and needed Raspberry Pi 3, Packt Publisher, Second
capabilities, An IoT architecture outline,
standards considerations. M2M and IoT edition 2018
Technology Fundamentals- Devices and 9. Peter Waher, Mastering Internet of Things:
gateways, Local and wide area networking,
Data management, Business processes in IoT, Design and create your own IoT
Everything as a Service (XaaS), M2M and IoT applications using Raspberry Pi 3, Packt
Analytics, Knowledge Management UNIT
Unit-IV (CO4) IOT DATA LINK LAYER & Publisher, First edition 2018
IOT Hardware 10. Internet of Things A to Z: Technologies
(8hrs)
PHY/MAC Layer(3GPP MTC, IEEE 802.11, and Applications June 2018 with 6,388
IEEE 802.15), Wireless HART,Z-Wave,
Bluetooth Low Energy, Zigbee Smart Energy,
302
Reads Publisher: 978-1-119-45674-2, 7. Design, synthesize, evaluate, and analyze
Publisher: Wiley-IEEE Press. biomaterials.
8. Make use of their learning for clinical trials, and
manufacturing.
Reference Books:
4. John C. Shovic, Raspberry Pi IoT Projects: Contents:
Prototyping Experiments for Makers, UNIT-I: (7 Hours)
Fundamentals of biomaterial science, concept
Apress Publisher, First edition 2018
of biocompatibility, classes of
5. Ajay V. DeshmukhMicro-controllers - biomaterials used in medicine, basic properties,
medical requirements and clinical significance,
Theory and Applications, Tata McGraw
disinfection and sterilization of biomaterials.
Hill UNIT-II: (8 Hours)
Physico-chemical properties of biomaterials:
6. Building Blocks for IoT Analytics
mechanical (elasticity, yield stress, ductility,
Internet-of-Things Analytics, River toughness, strength, fatigue, hardness, wear
resistance), tribological (friction, wear,
Publishers Series in Signal, Image and
lubricity), morphology and texture, physical
Speech Processing John Soldatos Athens (electrical, optical, magnetic, thermical),
chemical and biological properties.
Information Technology Greece, River
UNIT-III: (7 Hours)
Publishers Alsbjergvej 10 9260 Gistrup Elements in contact with the surface of a
biomaterial: blood composition, plasma
Denmark.
proteins, cells, tissues. Phenomena at the bio-
interfaces. molecular and cellular processes
with living
environment, blood-materials interaction, short
TRACK 4:
and long term reactions to the body.
Department Elective –I:
UNIT-IV: (8 Hours)
Biomaterials- Materials in Medicine
FDA requirements, standards on the biological
(Total Hours 30)
evaluation of medical devices
(ISO-10993) and implications to applications
Th. Tu Pr. To Credit Theory Practical To in human. Practical aspects of
tal tal biomedical devices: manufacturing, storage
Hours TAECAEESE Int. Ext.Marks quality, regulatory and ethical issues,
price of implants and allocation of resources.
1 1 2
2 - - 2 2 - - 50
0 5 5 Text Books:
1. H.Boenig, Fundamentals of Plasma
Course objectives: Chemistry and Tehnology, Technomic
4. Description of classes of biomaterials used in Publishing Co.Inc. Lancaster Basel, 1990.
medicine and specific requirements. 2. Practical Surface Analysis, 2- edition, Edited
5. Understanding of the concept of by D.Briggs, M.P.Seah, J.Wiley & Sons Ltd,
biocompatibility and the methods for 1990.
biomaterials testing. 3. Biomaterials Science, An Intoduction to
6. Learn how to design, synthesize, evaluate and Materials in medicine, Eds. B. D. Ratner and
analyze biomaterials. A. S.
Hoffman, Academic Press, New York, 1996.
Course outcomes: 4. Plasma-surface modification of biomaterials,
5. Demonstrate the fundamental of biomaterials. P.K.Chua, J.Y.Chena, L.P.Wanga, N.Huang,
6. Interpret the bioinformatics. Elsevier Science B.V, 2002.
303
5. Buddy D. Ratner, Allan S. Hoffman, structure of the genome. The gene concept and
Frederick J. Schoen, Jack E. Lemons. gene structure.
Biomaterials UNIT -III: (7 Hours)
Science: An Introduction to Materials in DNA replication and DNA repair. Genetic
Medicine, Academic Press, 2004, USA. recombination. Transcription and its
regulation. Translation and its regulation. Basic
Department Elective -2: recombinant DNA techniques.
Biochemistry & Cell Biology UNIT -IV: (8 Hours)
(Total Hours 30) The structure and ultrastructure of the cell.
Organelles and membrane systems and their
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme structure and function. Cell division: mitosis
and meiosis. Intracellular protein sorting and
Practical T
Theory secretion and endocytosis. Cell skeletons and
o cell motility.
Th. Tu Pr. To Credit t Text Books:
tal 3. Champe, Pamela C.; Harvey, Richard
TAECAEESE Int. Ext. a
Hours
l A.; Ferrier, Densise R, Biochemistry 4.
Marks Ed.: Baltimore, MD: Lippincott
Williams & Wilkins, cop. 2008
1 1 2 5
2 - - 2 2 - - 4. Lodish, Harvey F., Molecular cell
0 5 5 0
biology, 7th ed., International ed.: New
Course objectives: York: W.H. Freeman, 2012
The course should give awareness about the basic
molecular mechanisms in a living cell and its main
Bioinformatics: Algorithms and Applications
components.
(Total Hours: 30)
Course outcomes:
5. Interpret the general structures of the
macromolecules of the cell (protein, nucleic Th. Tu Pr. TotalCredit Theory PracticalTotal
acid, carbohydrate and lipid).
6. Describe the different parts of the eukaryotic
cell, their cellular functions and the basic
2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
energy metabolism.
7. Demonstrate the renewal of glucose, fatty acids,
amino acids and nucleotides. Course objectives:
8. Explain the flow of genetic information in the To give students an introduction to the basic
cell; including replication, transcription and practical techniques of bioinformatics.
translation and their regulation.
Course outcomes:
Contents: 5. Illustrate the basic concepts of
UNIT-I: (8 Hours) bioinformatics
Biochemistry Protein structure, enzymology, 6. Analyse protein structures and protein
cellular renewal of glucose, fatty acids, amino sequence
acids and nucleotides, basic cell energy
7. Explain Finite Volume Method
metabolism, biological membranes, reactive
8. Develop algorithms by using machine
oxygen forms, methods for isolation and
analysis of proteins (lectures). The structure learning techniques and programming.
and function of haemoglobin (seminar).
UNIT-II: (7 Hours) Contents:
The structure of nucleic acids, function and UNIT –I: (7 Hours)
synthesis. The cell biology central dogma Introduction, DNA sequence analysis, DNA
about the information flow in the cell. The Databases, Protein structure and function,
protein sequence databases, sequence
304
alignment, PAM matrix, Global and local 6. Make use of the various tools used in
alignment, BLAST: features and scores. brain sensing.
UNIT –II: (8 Hours) 7. Illustrate the steps required to use real-
Multiple sequence alignment, Conservation score, time brain sensing data as input to an
phylogenetic trees. Protein sequence analysis, interactive system.
hydrophobicity profiles, non-redundant datasets. 8. Make use of the required features and
Protein secondary structures, Ramachandran plot,
classify the signal for applications.
propensity, secondary structure prediction.
UNIT –III: (7 Hours) Contents:
Protein tertiary structure, Protein Data Bank, Unit I: Introduction to Brain Machine
visualization tools, structural classification, Interface (8 Hours)
contact maps. Protein structural analysis, Fundamentals, structure and classification of
protein structure prediction, Finite Volume brain machine interface system, Non-invasive
Method (FVM) – I and Partially Invasive Brain signal acquisition,
UNIT-IV: (8 Hours) Signal Pre-processing, artefacts removal.
Protein stability, energetic contributions, Unit –II: Electrophysiological Sources
database, stabilizing residues, stability upon (8 Hours)
mutations, Computer aided drug design, Sensorimotor, Neuronal activity in motor
docking, screening, QSAR, Development of cortex and related areas, Electric and magnetic
algorithms, AWK programming, machine fields produced by the brain, signals reflecting
learning techniques, applications using WEKA. brain metabolic activity, Mu rhythm,
Movement Related Potentials, Slow Cortical
Text Books: Potentials, P300 Event related potential, Visual
1. M. Michael Gromiha, Protein Evoked Potential, Activity of Neural Cells,
Bioinformatics: From Sequence to Function, Multiple Neuro-mechanisms
Academic Press, 2010 Unit –III: Feature Extraction Methods
2. D.E. Krane and M.L. Raymer, Fundamental (7 Hours)
concepts of bioinformatics, Pearson Education Time/Space Methods – Fourier Transform,
Inc. 2006 Wavelets, Auto-regressive, Moving average,
AR-MA models, Bandpass filtering, Template
Department Elective -4: matching, Kalman filter, PCA, Laplacian filter
Brain Machine Interface – Linear and Non-Linear Features
(Total Hours 30) Unit –IV: Feature Translation Methods
Teaching Scheme Evaluation Scheme (7 Hours)
Linear Discriminant Analysis – Nearest
Total neighbours, Support Vector Machines,
Hours
Marks Regression, Learning Vector Quantization,
Gaussian Mixture Modeling, Hidden Markov
2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50 Modeling, Neural Networks.
Text Books:
4. Jonathan Wolpaw, Elizabeth Winter
Course objectives: Wolpaw,‘Brain Computer Interfaces:
4. To introduce the basic concepts of brain Principles and practice‖, Edition 1,
computer interface. Oxford University Press, USA,
5. To study the various signal acquisition January 2012.
methods. 5. Bernhard Graimann, Brendan Allison,
6. To study the signal processing methods Gert Pfurtscheller, "Brain-Computer
used in BCI. Interfaces: Revolutionizing Human-
Course outcomes: Computer Interaction", Springer, 2010
5. Demonstrate the basics concept in the 6. Wolpaw J.R, N.Birbaumer et al,
field of brain sensing for human-computer ―Brain control interface for
interaction research.
305
Communication and control‖, Clinical 3. William R. Hendee and E. Russell
Neurophysiology, 113, 2002. Ritenour, Medical Imaging Physics,
Wiley-Liss, 4th edition, 2002
4. Nadine Barrie Smith and Andrew
Physics and instrumentation in medical Webb, Introduction to Medical Imaging:
imaging (Total Hours 30) Physics, Engineering and Clinical
Applications, Cambridge University Press,
Th. Tu Pr. Tot Credit TheoryPractical Tot 1st edition, 2011
al al
Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext. Marks Department Elective -6:
Neuromorphic Computing
2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50 (Total Hours: 30)
Th. Tu Pr. Tot Credit TheoryPractical Tot

Course Objectives: al al
3. To understand the physics behind Hours TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext. Marks
different instruments in medical
2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
imaging
4. To learn how to design a simple review
paper Course objectives:
To introduce a number of mathematical and
Course Outcomes: computational concepts and techniques that can be
5. Demonstrate the basics concept and used for the mathematical modelling of the real
physics behind of X-ray technique world problem.
6. Illustrate the importance of nuclear Course outcomes:
magnetic resonance in MRI 5. Demonstrate the basics concept in the field
7. Explain the concept of generation of neuromorphic computing.
ultrasound 6. Illustrate the organization of nervous system
8. Design a term paper on one of the given and neuroanatomy.
topics 7. Demonstrate the biophysical models of single
neuron and simplified neural models.
Contents:
Unit -I: Planar X-rays (8 Hours) 8. Make use of the various models based on the
Electromagnetic radiation, generation and neural networks to solve the real world
characteristics of x-rays, x-ray tubes, problems.
interaction of x-rays with tissues.
Unit -II: Magnetic Resonance Imaging Contents:
(MRI) (9 Hours)
Concept of spin and nuclear magnetic UNIT -1: (6 Hours)
Linear algebra – eigenvalues and eigenvectors
resonance, spin decay through interaction with
for symmetric matrices. Quadratic forms,
tissues, use of different magnets in MRI
solving a system of linear equations,
systems, one or two simple imaging sequences.
Dynamical systems - types of fixed pts,
UNIT –III: Ultrasound (9 Hours)
bifurcation map in terms of trace and
Characteristics of sound waves, piezoelectricity
determinant. Dynamical systems - types of
and generation of ultrasound, interaction of
fixed pts, bifurcation map in terms of trace and
ultrasound with tissues, Doppler effect and its
determinant.
uses.
UNIT -2: (8 Hours)
UNIT –IV: Term Paper (4 Hours)
Neuron - axons, dendrites etc, the four
Write a term paper on one of the given topics.
components of Neural Signalling.
Neurotransmission: neurotransmitter, receptor,
Text Books:
ion channel, channel gating. Electrophysiology
306
- Nernst potential, resting potential, Goldman- 10. Computational neuroscience: a
Hodgkin-Katz voltage equation, outline of the comprehensive approach, Edited by J.
Hodgkin-Huxley model. Modeling ion channel Feng, Chapman & Hall/CRC, 2004.
kinetics, activation and inactivation gates.
Complete formulation of Hodgkin-Huxley 11. Randall C. O'Reilly, Yuko
model. Relation between output firing and Munakata, Computational explorations
constant input current. Discussion of regimes. in cognitive neuroscience:
UNIT -3: (8 Hours) understanding the mind, MIT Press,
Derivation of the cable equation - defining 2000.
axial, radial resistance and membrane
capacitance, defining quantities in terms of per DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVE 1:
unit length. Steady state Solution for Infinite OPERATING SYSTEMS:
Practic
cable and semi-infinite cable. Solution for Teaching Scheme Theory
al
Finite cable: sealed end, killed end and Tot Tot
T T P al Cred TA CA ES I E al
arbitrary boundary conditions. Time-dependent h. u r. Hou its E E E nt xt
solution for impulse input. Propagation delay, rs
pseudo-velocity. Relation between cable 1
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 15 75
0
diameter and conduction velocity. Branched Mode of exam: Paper and pen-Offline
cables and Rall's condition. Modeling synaptic Course Objective:
transmission. 1. Introduces general idea, structure and
UNIT -4: (7 Hours) functions of operating system
2. Making students aware of basic mechanisms
Fitzhugh-Nagumo neuron model - phase-plane used to handle processes, memory, storage
analysis, showing excitability, bistability and devices and files.
oscillations. Integrate and fire neuron, resonate Course Outcome:
and fire neuron, Izhikevich models. Classical 1.Identify basic structure and purpose of
conditioning and instrumental condition. operating system.
Sensitization, habituation and priming, Cellular 2. Interpret the concepts of process and
correlates of learning. Hebbian learning, Long- illustrate various CPU scheduling algorithms.
term Potentiation (LTP) and Long-term 3. Interpret the concepts of inter process
Depression (LTD). communication.
4. Schematize Deadlock & security
Text Books: mechanisms in operating systems.
2. Peter Dayan & LF Abbot, Theoretical techniques with advantages and disadvantages.
Neuroscience: Computational and
Mathematical Modeling of Neural CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Systems, MIT Press. ISBN 0-262- Course Program Outcomes Program Specific
04199-5. Outcom Outcomes
7. Patricia Churcland & Terence es
P02 P03 P04 P05 PSO1 PSO2
Sejnowski, Computational Brain, MIT
Press. CO1
2 - 1 3 - 1
8. Christof Koch, Biophysics of CO2
computation: information processing in 2 - 3 - 2 2
single neurons, Oxford University CO3
3 3 - - 2 3
Press, 2005 CO4
9. Eric Kandel, James Thomas Schwartz, 3 - 2 - 2 2
Jessel, Principles of Neural
Science,4th ed. McGraw-Hill, New Contents
York. Unit-I (8 hrs)
Evolution of OS, Types of OS, Basic h/w
support necessary for modern operating
systems, services provided by OS, system
307
programs and system calls, system design and 6. understand MapReduce and its qualities and
implementation. retain advanced MapReduce thoughts.
Unit-II (8 hrs)
Process & Its Scheduling :Process concept, Course Outcome:
process control block, Types of scheduler, 1. Interpret basic concepts and techniques of
context switch, threads, multithreading model, Hadoop ecosystem and Big data.
goals of scheduling and different scheduling 2. Design different component of Hadoop
algorithms, ecosystem.
Unit-III (7 hrs) 3. Interpret the domain of data science and
Process management and synchronization: analysis of big data
Concurrency conditions, Critical section 4. Gain experience of doing independent study
problem, software and hardware solution, and research through case studies.
semaphores, conditional critical regions and
monitors, classical inter process
communication problems CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Unit-IV (7 hrs) Cour Program Outcomes Program
Deadlock definitions, Prevention, Avoidance, se Specific
detection and Recovery, Goals of Protection,
Outc Outcomes
access matrix, Deadlock implementation
TEXT BOOKS : omes
P0 P03 P0 P0 PSO PSO
1. Operating System concepts – 2 4 5 1 2
Silberchatz& Galvin, Addison Wesley, 6
CO1
thEdn. 1 1 1 1 1 1
2. Modern Operating Systems – Tanenbaum, CO2
Pearson Edn. 2 ndedn. 1 1 2 1 1 2
CO3
REFERENCE BOOKS : 2 1 2 2 1 1
1. Operating Systems – S R Sathe, Macmillan CO4
Publishers, India, 2008 1 1 1 1 1 1
2. Operating System –Milan Milenkovik,
McGraw-Hill, 1987 Contents
3. Operating Systems - 3 rd Edition by Gary Unit-I: (Mapped CO1) (8 hrs)
Nutt, Pearson Education. Introduction to Hadoop and Big Data, Big
data, challenges for processing big data,
DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVE 2: BIG technologies support big data, History of
DATA & HADOOP: Hadoop, Use cases of Hadoop, RDBMS vs
Practic
al
Hadoop When to use and when not to use
Tot Tot Hadoop.
T T P al Cred TA CA ES I E al Unit-II: (Mapped CO2) (8 hrs)
h. u r. Hou its E E E nt xt
rs Hadoop Distributed File System, Significance
1 of HDFS in Hadoop,Features of HDFS,Data
1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 15 75
0
Mode of exam: Paper and pen-Offline Storage in HDFS :Introduction about Blocks,
Data replication. Accessing HDFS:CLI
Course Objective: (Command Line Interface) and admin
4. Understand the various parts of Hadoop commands, Java Based Approach, Fault
condition, for instance, Hadoop 2.7, Impala, tolerance. Download Hoodoo, Installation and
Yarn, MapReduce, Pig, Hive, HBase, set-up of Hadoop,Start-up & Shut down
Sqoop, Flume, and Apache Spark process.
5. Learn Hadoop Distributed File System Unit-III: (Mapped CO3) (7 hrs)
(HDFS) and YARN building, and make Map Reduce: Map Reduce Story, Map Reduce
sense of how to function with them for limit Architecture, How Map Reduce works,
and resource organization Developing Map Reduce, Map Reduce
Programming Model, Different phases of Map
308
Reduce Algorithm, Different Data types in CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Map Reduce Programme
Unit-IV: (Mapped CO4) (7 hrs) Course Programme Outcomes Specific
Outcomes Outcomes
PIG: Introduction to Apache Pig, Map Reduce
Vs. Apache Pig, Modes of Execution in Pig, PO2 PO3 PO4 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 3 1 -
Loading data, Exploring Pig Latin commands,
CO2 2 3 3 2 -
Text Books:
CO3 3 3 3 2 1
1. Tom White, "Hadoop: The Definitive
CO4 3 3 3 3 2
Guide", 3rd edition, O'Reilly Media.
Contents:
3. V. Prajapati, "Big Data Analytics with R and
Hadoop", PacktPub.
Arrays & Pointers
Reference Books:
Introduction, Linear Arrays, Arrays as ADT,
1. V. Ankam, Big Data Analytics, Packt Pub
Representation of Linear array in Memory,
Ltd.
Traversing Linear Arrays, Inserting and
2. N. Dasgupta, Practical Big Data Analytics,
deleting, Multidimensional Arrays, Pointers;
Packt Pub Ltd.
Pointer Arrays, Dynamic Memory
Management.
DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVE 3: DATA
Unit-II: (Mapped CO2) (8 hrs)
STRUCTURE & ALGORITHMS:
Continuous Evaluation Scheme Sorting and Searching
Teaching Scheme
Theory
Practi Introduction: Sorting; Bubble Sort, Insertion
cal
To
Cre
Ex To
Sort, Selection Sort, Merging, Searching;
dits C E I
T T P tal TA
A S
am
n
E tal Linear Search, Binary Search.
h. u r. Ho E Mo xt
urs
E E
de
t Unit-III: (Mapped CO3) (7 hrs)
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25
Onl 1 1
75
Linked List
ine 0 5 Introduction, Linked Lists, Representation of
Mode of exam:Paper and pen-Offline Linked Lists in Memory, Traversing a Linked
Course Objective: List, Searching a Linked List, Memory
1. This course introduces basic idea of data Allocation and Garbage Collection, Insertion
structure while making aware of methods and into a Linked List, Deletion from a Linked
structure used to organize large amount of data. List, Circularly Linked Lists, Doubly Linked
2. It‘s also aimed at developing skill to Lists.
implement methods to solve specific problems Unit-IV: (Mapped CO4) (7 hrs)
using basic data structures. Stacks, Queue and Recursion
3. The course also provides career Introduction, Stacks, Array Representation of
opportunities in design of data, implementation Stacks, Linked Representation of Stacks, Stack
of data, technique to sort and searching the as ADT, Application of Stacks, Recursion,
data. Linked Representation of Queues, Queues as
ADT, Circular Queues, Deques and
Applications of Queues.
Course Outcome: Text Books:
1. Describe data structures and understand 1.AVAho, J Hopcroft, JD Ullman, Data
when it is appropriate to use. Structures and Algorithms, Addison- Wesley,
2. Infer algorithms for data searching and 1983.
sorting. 2.THCormen, CF Leiserson, RL Rivest, C
3. Make use of linear and nonlinear data Stein, Introduction to Algorithms, 3rd Ed.,
structures to solve various real world MIT Press, 2009.
computing problems.
4. Inspecting to Relate use of Abstract data Reference Books:
types & ways in which they can be stored, 1. Data Structures & Algorithms, 1e, Alfred
accessed and manipulated. V.Aho, Jeffery D. Ullman , Person.
309
2. MT Goodrich, R Tamassia, DM Mount, CO2 2 1 2 2 -
Data Structures and Algorithms in Java, 5th CO3 1 2 1 - 1
Ed., Wiley, 2010. (Equivalent book in C also CO4 1 2 2 - 2
exists.)
Contents:
DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVE 4: Unit-I: (Mapped CO1) (8 hrs)
INFORMATION SECURITY & CRYPTO Introduction: Introduction to information and
CURRENCY: network security, Attacks, services,
Continuous Evalation Scheme mechanisms, security attacks, security services,
Teaching Scheme Practi a model for internet work security, encryption
Theory
Cred
cal model, steganography, classical encryption
To
T P
Tot
its T C E I E techniques, modern techniques - simplified
T al tal
h
u
r
Ho
A A S n x DES, block cipher principles, data encryption
. .
urs
E E E t t standard, strength of DES, block cipher design
1 1 principles, block cipher modes of operation.
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 75
0 5 (CO2) (7 hrs)
Mode of exam:Paper and pen-Offline Confidentiality and Key Management:
Confidentiality using conventional encryption:
Course Objectives: placement of encryption function, random
1. This course covers the fundamentals of number generation. Public key cryptography:
computer systems security. principles, RSA algorithm, key management,
2. It introduces many different areas of security diffie-heliman key exchange, elliptic curve
such as encryption, malicious code, cryptography, Chinese remainder theorem,
authentication and access control, trusted Euclidean algorithm, extended Euclidean
algorithm, discrete logarithms, primality
computer systems, operating system and
testing, Chinese remainder theorem, finite
network security. fields.
3. The objective of this course is to provide Unit-III: (Mapped CO3) (8 hrs)
students with a comprehensive overview of the Authentication requirements, functions, codes,
threats to computer security, technologies for security of hash function &MACs.Hash& Mac
security assurance, and engineering approaches algorithms.Messages digest, Properties of hash
functions, MD2, MD5 and SHA-1, keyed hash
to security solutions.
functions, attacks on hash functions. Digital
4. Create an ability to understand and use signatures & authentication protocols, Elgamal
various open source security tools to improve digital signature algorithm, digital signature
personal information security & network standard.
security. Unit-III: (Mapped CO4) (8 hrs)
Network Security: Network security:
Course Outcomes: Firewalls, Proxy-Servers, Network intrusion
1. Use the fundamentals of Cryptography and detection. Transport security: Mechanisms of
standard algorithms to provide confidentiality, TLS, SSL, IPSec. Biometric authentication,
integrity and authenticity. Secure E-Commerce (ex. SET), Smart Cards,
2. Use symmetric and asymmetric key Security in Wireless Communication.
encryption systems Books:
3. Analyze various message authentication 1. Cryptography and networks security
codes and hash functions. principles & practice by William Stalings
4. Analyze detection and prevention of various (Pearson Education prentice Hall).
attacks 2. Networks security Essentials Applications &
CO Mapping with PO and PSO standards by William Stalings (Pearson
Programme
Course Programme Outcomes Specific Education, LPF).
Outcomes
Outcomes 3. Cryptography in C and C++ by Michael
PO2 PO3 PO4 PSO1 PSO2 Welschenbach (A press IDG Books India).
CO1 1 2 1 1 -
310
4. Introduction to Data Compression by Khalid 8. Analyze different routing protocols and traffic
Sayood (Morgan kaufmann/Harcourt India). engineering methods deployed in networking.
9. Interpret the concept of SDN (i.e. abstracting
Reference Books and centralizing the control plane).
1. Information Security: The Complete 10. Analyze the implications of shifting from
traditional network architectures to software
Reference, Second Edition2nd Edition by Mark
defined networks.
Rhodes-OusleyISBN-13:978-0071784351 11. Apply and analyze network functions
,ISBN-10:0071784357 virtualization.
2. Cryptography and Network Security: C K 12. Implement a network service using the
Shyamala, N Harini, Dr T R knowledge acquired throughout the lectures.
Padmanabhan, Wiley India, 1st Edition.
3.Cryptography and Network Security : Contents
ForouzanMukhopadhyay, McGraw Hill, Unit-I: (Mapped CO1) (8 hrs)
3rd Edition Routing in Packet Networks
Circuit Switching and Packet Switching, Types
DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVE 5: of Routing Protocols: Interior and Exterior
ADVANCED NETWORKS Gateway protocols, Adaptive and Non-adaptive
Routing Algorithms, Traffic Management at
Continuous Evalation packet level, Traffic management at flow level.
Teaching Scheme
Unit-II: (Mapped CO2) (8 hrs)
Scheme Prac
Cr
Theory
tical Introduction to Software Defined
To edi T Networking (SDN)
P tal ts T C E I E ot Evolution of Switches and Control Planes,
T T
r H A A S n x al Centralized and Distributed Control and Data
h. u
. ou E E E t t Planes Concepts, Advantages and
rs
1 1 1 1 5
Disadvantages, Open Flow protocol. SDN
1 - 4 5 3 Controller: General Concepts, Layer 3 Centric,
0 5 0 5 0
Mode of exam: Paper and pen: Offline Plexxi ,CiscoOnePK ,Network
Programmability
CO mapping with PO and PSO Unit-III: (Mapped CO3) (6 hrs)
Programme Data Center Concepts and Constructs
Course Programme Outcomes Specific Technologies for the Data Center, The
Outcomes
Outcomes Multitenant Data Center ,The Virtualized
PO2 PO3 PO4 PSO1 PSO2 Multitenant Data Center ,SDN Solutions for
CO1 2 2 1 1 - the Data Center Network ,VLANs, EVPN
CO2 2 1 2 2 - ,VxLan,NVGRENetwork Topology and
CO3 1 3 1 2 1 Topological Information Abstraction:
CO4 1 2 2 1 2
Introduction,Network Topology ,Traditional
Methods ,LLDP ,BGP-TE/LS ,ALTO ,I2RS
Topology
Course Objectives: Unit-IV: (Mapped CO3) (8 hrs)
4. To learn about Software Defined Networking. Building an SDN Framework: Introduction
5. To understand an emerging Internet The Juniper SDN Framework IETF SDN
architectural framework, including the main Framework(s) Open Daylight
concepts, architectures, algorithms, protocols Controller/Framework Use Cases for
and applications Bandwidth Scheduling, Manipulation, and
6. To be able to implement Network Calendaring, Use Cases for Input Traffic
virtualization framework. Monitoring, Classification, and Triggered
Actions, Firewalls as a Service ,Network
Course Outcomes: Access Control Replacement ,Extending the
7. Design a network with appropriate protocols Use Case with a Virtual Firewall ,Feedback
selected according to requirement.
311
and Optimization ,Intrusion Detection/Threat Course Objective:
Mitigation 3. To understand the concept of blockchain.
Textbooks 4. To be able to implement blockchain in
3. SDN: Software Defined Networks, An security and other applications
Authoritative Review of Network
Programmability Technologies, By Thomas D. Course Outcomes:
Nadeau, Ken Gray Publisher: O'Reilly Media, 5. Demonstrate Basic Cryptographic
August 2013, ISBN: 978-1-4493-4230-2, ISBN primitives used in Blockchain
10: 1-4493-4230-2. 6. Illustrate hyperledger fabric in
4. Software Defined Networks: A Comprehensive blockchain
Approach, by PaulGoransson and Chuck 7. Experiment with different applications of
Black, Morgan Kaufmann, June 2014, Print blockchain
BookISBN: 9780124166752, eBook ISBN : 8. Apply blockchain for research in AI, Big
9780124166844 Data
References Books: Contents

1. SDN and OpenFlow for Beginners by UNIT –I: (8 Hours)
VivekTiwari, Sold by: Amazon Digital Introduction to Blockchain, Crypto Primitives
Services, Inc., ASIN: , 2013. and Bitcoin, Consensus algorithms and their
2. Network Innovation through Open Flow and scalability problems, Technologies Borrowed in
SDN: Principles and Design, Edited by Fei Hu, Blockchain – hash pointers, consensus,
CRC Press, ISBN-10: 1466572094, 2014. byzantine fault-tolerant distributed computing,
3. Open Networking Foundation (ONF) digital cash etc.
Documents, https://www.opennetworking.org,
2015. UNIT –II: (8 Hours)
4. Open Flow standards, Permissioned Blockchain, Hyperledger Fabric,
http://www.openflow.org, 2015. Fabric Demo, Hash functions, Puzzle friendly
5. Online Reading Lists, including: Hash, Collison resistant hash, digital signatures,
http://www.nec-labs.com/~lume/sdn-reading- public key crypto, verifiable random functions,
list.html, 2015. Zero-knowledge systems
DEPARTMENTAL ELECTIVE 6: UNIT –III: (7 Hours)

BLOCKCHAIN TECHNOLOGY Blockchain Use Cases – Finance, Blockchain
(Total hours – 30) Use Cases – Industry, Blockchain in
Government and Blockchain Security
Theory
cal UNIT –IV: (7 Hours)
Cre
To dits C E
Ex
I
To Security and Research Aspects, Research
T T P tal TA am E tal
h. u r. Ho E
A S
Mo
n
xt Aspects in Blockchain, AI and Blockchain and
E E t
urs de Big Data
Onl 1 1
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 75
ine 0 5
Mode of exam: Offline Text Books:
Programme 3. Draft version of ―S. Shukla, M.

Course Programme Outcomes Specific Dhawan, S. Sharma, S. Venkatesan,
Outcomes
Outcomes ‗Blockchain Technology:
PO2 PO3 PO4 PSO1 PSO2 Cryptocurrency and Applications‘,
CO1 2 2 1 1 1 Oxford University Press, 2019.
CO2 2 2 3 1 1 4. Josh Thompson, ‗Blockchain: The
CO3 1 1 1 2 1 Blockchain for Beginnings, Guild to
CO4 1 1 2 3 2
Blockchain Technology and Blockchain
Programming‘, Create Space
Independent Publishing Platform, 2017.
312
Phone : +91 9604787184, 9689903286, 9921008391 Fax : +91 – 7104 – 232560
DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING

Institute Vision
technologies and create technical manpower of global standards with capabilities of
accepting new challenges.
Institute Mission
level of all stakeholders. Our strength is directed to crate competent professionals. Our
endeavor is to provide all possible support to promote research and development activities.
Programme:
UG in Computer Science & Engineering
Vision and Mission:
DEPARTMENT VISION
To achieve excellent standards of quality education by keeping pace with rapidly
changing technologies and to create technical manpower of global standards in Computer
Science Engineering with capabilities of accepting new challenges
DEPARTMENT MISSION
 To develop professionals who are competent in the design, analysis and
implementation of computational systems.
 To impart quality and value based education and contribute towards the advancement
of computing, science and technology to raise satisfaction level of all stakeholders.
 Our endeavor is to apply new developments in computational hardware and software.
Program Education Objectives:
The program Educational Objectives of the Computer Science & Engineering programme are
designed to produce competent engineers who are ready to contribute effectively to the
advancement of Computer Science & Engineering causes and to accommodate the needs of
the profession. The graduates shall:
1. Apply analysis, design, optimization and implementation skills in order to formulate
and solve Computer Science and Engineering and multidisciplinary problems
2. Take up higher studies, research & development and other creative efforts in science
& technology.
3. Use their skills in ethical & professional manner to raise the satisfaction level of stake
holders.
313
Program Outcomes:
The programme is targeted at developing the following competencies, skills and abilities
amongst students. They shall be able to:

fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex
mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences
appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal,
and environmental considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and
research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data,
and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of,
and need for sustainable development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities
and norms of the engineering practice.
engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend
and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations,
and give and receive clear instructions.
member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary
environments.
change.
PSO 1:
Apply the skills in the areas of Networks & Cyber Security ,Cloud Computing , Smart
Systems & in the multi disciplinary area of Computer Science Engineering .
PSO 2:
Demonstrate engineering practice learned through industry internship to solve live problems
in various domains. software applications for problem solving .
314
B.TECH. COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
B.TECH. FIRST YEAR SCHEME

(COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING)
SEMESTER- I
Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Scheme
Code
Total Marks
Th Tu Pr TAE CAE ESE Cont.
Hours
BFYL101 Matrices 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 -- 50
BEEL101
AC & DC Circuits 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 25 75
BEEP101
BITL101
Programming for Problem Solving 1 - 4 5 3 10 15 25 50 100
BITP101
BECL101
BECP101
TOTAL 9 4 16 29 21 90 135 175 200 600
SEMESTER- II
BFYL104 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 -- 50
Equations
BFYL121
Applied Physics 1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
BFYP121
BECL102
Analog Circuits 1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
BECP102
Mini Model through Innovation &
BFYP151 - - 4 4 2 -- -- -- 50 50
Creativity
BHUL101
BHUP101
BHUP102 Ethics & Professional Competencies - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 25
TOTAL 4 5 26 35 22 50 75 125 350 600
315
SEMESTER III
Cre Continuous Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Scheme
Course Exam dits Theory Practical Total
Name of the Course
Code Mode Total
Th. Tu Pr. TAE CAE ESE Int Ext
Hour
Mathematics-V
BFYL141 Offline 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
(Discrete Mathematics)
BCSL203/ Data Structures and Online
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 10 15 75
BCSP203 Algorithms Moodle
BECL320/ Hardware Description
Offline 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 10 15 75
BECP320 Language
Object Oriented Online
BCSP205 - - 4 4 2 - - - 25 25 50
Programming Moodle
Problem Identification & Activity
BCSL207 1 - - 1 1 10 15 - - - 25
Design Thinking Based
BCSL208/ Database Management Online
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 10 15 75
BCSP208 Systems Moodle
Software Engineering & Activity
BCSL209 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Project Management Based
Foundation Course In Practical
BAIP201 - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 25 50
Machine Learning Based
Skill Development- Practical
BAIP202 0 - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
1(Linear Algebra) Based
BHUP203 Quant - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
BHUP204 Liberal arts Offline - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
Business English
BHUP205 Online - - 4 4 2 - - - 50 - 50
Certification
Total 8 2 22 32 21 60 90 125 255 95 625
SEMESTER IV
Mathematics-VI
BFYL142 (Graph Theory and Online 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Number System)
BCSL211/ Activity
Operating Systems 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 10 15 75
BCSP211 Based
Formal languages and Offline
BCSL212 2 1 - 3 3 10 15 50 - 75
Automata
Online
Moodle
Principles in Online
BCSP214 - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 25 50
Programming Languages Moodle
BCSL215/
Big Data Online 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 10 15 75
BCSP215
Software Architecture Activity
BCSL216 2 - - 2 1 10 15 25 - - 50
and Web Services Based
Machine Learning Activity
BAIL203 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 50
Algorithms Based
BCSLXXX Open elective-1 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 50
Mini Project &
BCSP219 Technical Report Online - - 2 2 2 - - - 50 - 50
Writing
Entrepreneurship
BMBP102 Offline - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
Development
Viva-
BHUP207 Soft Employability Skills - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
Voce
Total
12 2 15 29 21.5 70 105 200 170 80 625
316
SEMESTER V
Exam Continuous Evaluation Scheme
Mode Teaching Scheme
Course Cre Theory Practical
Name of the Course
Code dits Total
Total
Hour
Mathematics-VII Online
BFYL143 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 - - 50
(Integral Transforms)
BCSL316/ Design & Analysis of Online
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 10 15 75
BCSP316 Algorithms
BCSL309/ Offline
Compiler Design 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 10 15 75
BCSP309
BCSL317/ Data Communication Offline
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 10 15 75
BCSP317 and Networks
BCSL315/ Activity
Cloud Computing Based 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 10 15 75
BCSP315
Advanced Activity
MBL104 Communication based - - 4 4 2 - - - 50 - 50
Skills
BCSP318 Skill Development-3 Online - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
BHUP302 Aptitude 2 online - - 1 1 0.5 25 - 25
Internship & Activity
BCSP319 Technical Report based - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 50 75
Writing
Financial Activity
MBP301 Management for based - - 1 1 0.5 - - 25 - 25
Engineers
Elective Activity
XXXX 2 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
1(Humanities) based
XXXX Elective 2(Science) offline 2 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Total 12 0 18 30 21 70 105 175 190 110 650

SEMESTER VI
Mathematics-VIII
Online/
BFYL144 (Probability & 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 - - 50
Moodle
Statistics)
Online
BECL218/ Embedded Systems
Activity 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 25 100
BECP218 Design
based
BCSL320/ Information Security Offline
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 10 15 75
BCSP320 & Cryptography Moodle
BCSL321/
Advanced Networks Offline 1 - 4 5 3 10 15 10 15 50
BCSP321
Product Development
MBP319 - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
& IPR
BCSLXXX Open Elective 2 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Career Development Activity

BHUP304 - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
Practice Based
BCSLXXX Elective 3 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
BCSLXXX Elective 4 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - 50
Total 12 0 15 27 19.5 70 105 150 145 55 525
317
SEMESTER VII
Teaching Scheme Cr
Course Code Name of the Course edi
Pr Total
Th. Tu ts TAE CAE ESE Int Ext
. Hours
XXXLXXX Elective 5 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 50
XXXLXXX Elective 7 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
BCSP428 Project Phase I - - 4 4 4 - - - 75 50 125
BCSP432 MOOCs-1 - - 2 2 2 - - - 50 - 50
Total 10 0 6 16 16 50 75 125 125 50 425
SEMESTER VIII
BCSP430 6 Month Internship - - 12 12 12 - - - 150 150 300
BCSP433 Project Phase 2 - - 4 4 4 - - - 50 50 100
BCSL432 MOOCs-2 2 - 2 2 - - - 50 - 50
Total 2 - 16 18 18 10 15 25 250 200 450
First Year Credits 43 First Year Marks 1200

Total Credits SE-BE 117 Total Marks SE-BE 3300
Grand Total Credits 160 Grand Total Marks 4500
318
ELECTIVE : I
BCSL312- COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND VISUALISATION
BCSL414- DATA MINING AND WAREHOUSING
BITL301- JAVA PROGRAMMING
BITL408- DISTRIBUTED DATABASES AND OBJECT ORIENTED DATABASES
ELECTIVE II :
BCSL403- AI AND EXPERT SYSTEMS
BCSL407- ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE
BCSL419- Digital Marketing
BCSL427- Data Analytics
BECL405- DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
BECL413 - WIRELESS COMMUNICATION
BECL423 - PATTERN RECOGNITION
BCSL432 – Automation with AI
BSCL434 –Artificial Natural Network
BCSL436 – AI in Speech Processing
ELECTIVE III :
BCSL410 - SOFT COMPUTING
BCSL412 – SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE
BCSL416 - MACHINE LEARNING
BCSL420 – Entrepreneurship
BCSL421 - Blockchain Technology
BECL428 - WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK
BITL307 - SCRIPTING LANGUAGES
BCSL438 – Applications of AI in Bio Medical
BCSL439 –Applications of AI in Civil Engineering
ELECTIVE IV :
BECL425 - REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEM
BECL409 - DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
BITL407 - ADVANCED WEB TECHNOLOGIES
BITL410 - SOFTWARE TESTING
BCSL310- MOBILE COMPUTING
BCSL415 -CLOUD COMPUTING
BCSL422 - Big Data and Hadoop
BCSL435 - AI in Video Processing
BCSL440 – Applications of AI in Industry 4.0
ELECTIVE-V
BITL309 - CYBER LAWS
BCSL311 - E-COMMERCE
BITL411 - ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING
BCSL417 - BIO INFORMATICS
BCSL423 - Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning
BCSL433 – AI in AgriTech
BCSL437 – Applications of AI Financial Sector
BCSL441 – Applications of AI Embedded System
319
SEMESTER-III Recommended Reference Books:
1. Discrete mathematical structure with application
to computer science; Trembley&Manohar; Mc.
BFYL141 MATHEMATICS-V
Graw Hill,2011
(DISCRETE MATHEMATICS) (Offline)
2. Discrete Mathematical Structure ; Busby &
Ross ; PHI, 2009
Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Scheme 3. Discrete Mathematics ; John Truss ; Addison
Credits
Theory Practical Wesley
Total
Exam
Mode BECL207/BECP201 HARDWARE DESCRIPTION
1 1 0 2 2 10 15 25 50
LANGUAGE(Offline)

Course Objectives : Evaluation Scheme
1.This course introduces size and kind of objects. Teaching Scheme Practic
Theory
al
2.It also skills to analyze objects meeting the To
Cre Tot
criteria, finding "largest", "smallest", or "optimal" dit I al
Th Tut Pra tal
s TA CA ES n Mar
objects. eor oria ctic Ho
E E E t
Ext.
ks
3.It also introduces combinatorial structures and y l al ur
.
s
apply algebraic techniques to combinatorial 1
problems. 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 15 75
0
Course Outcomes :
Upon successful completion of the course, students Course Objectives:
will be able to:
1. Apply concept of Set theory. 1. Apply Boolean algebra and other techniques to
2. Understand and use concepts of Groups and 1. express and simplify logic expressions.
Rings
3. Apply the concepts of Lattices and Boolean 2. Analyze and design combinational and
algebra in computer science engg. 2. sequential digital systems.
Unit –I: Set Theory (10 hrs) 3. Use different techniques among them a
Operations on sets, Laws of algebra of sets, hardware description language and a
Representation of sets on computer in terms of 0‘s 3. programming language, to design digital
& 1‘s. Partition & covering of a set, ordered pair, systems.
Product set, Relation–Different types of relations,
Graph of relation, Matrix of relation, Transitive
closure of relation, Properties of relations, Course Outcomes
Compatible relation. Functions, Partial ordering &
partially ordered set, Hasse diagram of Poset, CO1. Student shall be able toConceptualize of
Totally ordered set, Peano axioms & Mathematical digital systems and the use of Boolean algebra in
Induction. logic analysis and design
Unit –II:Group and Rings (12 hrs) 22 CO2. Understanding of RTL design and verification
Algebra or Algebraic systems like semigroup, techniques and methodologies
monoid, and examples. Homomorphism,
CO3. Understand the principles and methodology of
Isomorphism of semigroup&monoid.Groups,
digital logic design at the gate and switch level,
properties of algebraic groups. Permutations
including both combinational and sequential logic
groups, Subgroups, Cosets, Lagranges theorem,
elements.
properties of cyclic groups, generator of group,
Homorphism, quotient group. Rings , Fields and CO4. introduce basic tools of logic design and
Integral domain provide hands-on experience designing digital
circuits
Unit -III: Lattices and Boolean algebra
(8 hrs) CO5. appreciate the uses and capabilities of a
Lattice as Poset& as algebraic system, Types of modern FPGA platform
lattices, Hasse diagrams, Sublattice, direct product
of Lattices Lattice Homomorphism, complement of Course Contents:
elements of lattices, Various lattices, composition
tables, Lattice Bn . Boolean algebra; Boolean Unit 1. Introduction to Hardware Description
Languages:
Expressions, Equivalence of Boolean Expression by
tables, Simplification of circuit & equivalent circuit by
truth tables.
320
Combinational Logic, Structural Modeling, BCSP210 ELECTIVE V-ARTIFICIAL
Sequential Logic, More Combinational Logic, INTELLIGENCE (Online)
Parameterized Modules, Test benches
Teaching Scheme
Unit 2. Credit Theory Practical
s Tota
Sequential circuit Sequential circuit: Latches and Th T Pr
Total
Hour
TA CA ES In Ex l
. u . E E E t t
flip-flops, counters, shift register, Finite state s
machine; representation and synthesis. - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 25 50
Course Objectives:
Unit 3.  Be able to formulate machine learning problems
FPGA architecture and synthesis Photolithography, corresponding to different applications.
E-beam lithography and newer lithography
 Be able to apply machine learning algorithms to
techniques for VLSI/ULSI, Mask generation
solve problems of moderate complexity.
Unit 4.
Semiconductor memories, PALs, PLAs and FPGAs; Course Outcomes: Upon completion of the course
Pipelining and timing issues, PROMs (DRAMs, students shall be able to:
Flash memory etc.)  1. Recall the basic concepts and techniques of
artificial Intelligence
Text
:  2. Classify machine learning algorithms to solve real
Books
Year time problems of moderate complexity.
Sr. Autho of Ed
No Title r
Publish
Publ itio
 3. Gain experience of doing independent study and
er
. Name icati n research through case studies.
on
HDL Chip Dougl Doone 1998 1st Unit I: Artificial Neural Networks
Design: A as publicati Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Understanding
Practical Guide Smith ons the Brain, Neural Networks as a Paradigm for
for Designing, Parallel Processing, ThePerceptron, Training a
Synthesizing & Perceptron, Learning Boolean Functions ,Multilayer
1
Simulating Perceptron, Backpropagation Algorithm
ASICs &
Unit II:Probability& Statistical Analysis
FPGAs Using
VHDL or Introduction to Bayesian Function, Mean, Median
Verilog &Mode, LinearRegression,
Verilog HDL, A Samir Prentice 1st MultipleRegression,Logistic Regression,Normal
guide to Digital Palnitk Hall Distribution, BinomialDistribution,
2
Design and ar PoissonRegression, Analysis of Covariance, Time
Synthesis Series Analysis, Nonlinear Least Square,
DecisionTree, RandomForest, SurvivalAnalysis, Chi
Square Tests
Reference Books:
Year UNIT III:Case Study of Artificial Intelligence using
Sr. of Ed Nvidia.
Author Publish
No Title Publi iti
Name er
. catio on Text Books:
n
1. Introduction to machine learning,EthemAlpaydin. —
FPGA based Doug Synopsi
Prototyping Amos, s Press
2nd ed., The MIT Press, Cambridge,
Methodology Austin Massachusetts, London, England.
1 2. Introduction to artificial neural systems, J. Zurada,
Manual Lesea,
Rene St. Paul: West.
Richter 3. R in a Nutshell, 2nd Edition - O'Reilly Media.
Introduction Christoph Springe
to e Bobda r Reference Books:
Reconfigurabl Netherl 1. Machine Learning, Tom M Mitchell.
2
e Computing, 2. The Elements of Statistical Learning, Trevor
ands.
Architectures,
Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Jerome Friedman,
Algorithms
Writing Janick Springe 2003 2n
Springer
Testbenches: Bergeron r d
3 Functional Resource Persons
Verification of Mr.VivekPatole,
HDL Model Head Product Engineering &DEvelopment at
Iknowlation ,Research Labs Pvt. Ltd,Pune
321
Prof. SudeshnaSarkar  CO3: Demonstrate SQL queries to perform CRUD
Head of the Centre (Create, Retrieve, Update, Delete) operations on
Contact (Head) database and perform inferential analysis of data
Phone: +91-3222-282256 model
Email : sudeshna@cse.iitkgp.ac.in
 CO4: Demonstrate query processing and able to
AnupamBasu design optimized query execution plan.
Professor
PhD (IIT Kharagpur)  CO5: Perform basic transaction processing and
Joined Institute in 1984 management and ensure database security,
Phone: 283462(o), 283463(r) integrity and concurrency control
Email:anupam[at]cse.iitkgp.ernet.in
 CO6: Demonstrate the management of structured
Free Courses: and unstructured data management with recent
Sr. Artificial Intelligence tools and technologies
Offered by
No. course name
1 Artificial Intelligence EDX CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
2 Intro to Artificial Intelligence Udacity‘s
Artificial Intelligence: Standford Programme
3 Course
Principles and Techniques university Outcomes
Outcomes
Artificial Intelligence for Georgia Tech
4 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PSO1 PSO2
Robotics by Udacity
BCSL208/BCSP208 Database Management CO1 2 3 - 2 - 3
CO2 - 3 2 2 2 3
System (Offline)
CO3 - 2 - 3 2 2
CO4 3 3 2 2 3 3
CO5 3 3 1 2 2 3
CO6 1 3 - 3 3 3
Teaching Scheme Practica
Theory
l
Ex
Cre
Tot a To
T T
P
al
dits T C E
m E tal Syllabus
r A A S Int
h. u Ho M xt
. E E E
urs od
e
Unit I - Introduction to DBMS, DBMS Architecture,
On Data Models, UML
1 2 1
2 - 2 4 3 15 lin 10 75
0 5 5
e
Unit II - Relational Database design: Functional
Dependency (FD) – Basic concepts, closure of set
of FD, closure of attribute set, Decomposition,
Course Objective:
Normalization – 1NF, 2NF, 3NF, BCNF, 4NF.
9. This course introduces general idea of database
management system.
Unit III - SQL Concepts : Basics of SQL, DDL, DML,
10. It is aimed at developing skills to design databases
DCL, structure – creation, alteration, defining
using data modeling and design techniques.
constraints, Functions - aggregate functions, Built-in
11. It is also aimed to developing skills to implement
functions –numeric, date, string functions, set
real life applications which involve database
operations, sub-queries, correlated sub-queries,
handling.
Use of group by, having, order by, join and its types,
12. This course also provide carrier opportunities in
Exist, Any, All , view and its types. Transaction
subject areas of designing, storage techniques and
control commands – Commit, Rollback, Save point.
data handling and managing techniques
Cursors, Stored Procedures, Stored Function,
Database Triggers
Course Outcome: Upon successful completion
Unit IV - Query Processing & Query Optimization:
of the course, students shall be able to-
Overview, measures of query cost, selection
 CO1: Analyze an information storage problem and
operation, sorting, join, evaluation of expressions,
derive an information model expressed in the form
transformation of relational expressions, estimating
of an entity relation diagram and other optional
statistics of expression results, evaluation plans,
analysis forms and design appropriate data model
materialized views
for it.
Unit V - Transaction Management: Transaction
 CO2: Demonstrate an understanding of various concepts, properties of transactions, serializability of
normalization forms and apply knowledge of transactions, Two- Phase Commit protocol,
normalization for creation of database. Deadlock, two-phase locking protocol
322
Unit VI -NoSQL Databases - Introduction, CRUD 1. Introduce students to a discipline—
Operations, Data Mining, XML designthinking—that enhances innovation
activities interms of value creation, speed, and
Text Books: sustainability. Be exposed to architectural
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth and S. styles and views
Sudarshan, Database System Concepts 4th Ed, 2. Strengthen students‘ individual and
McGraw Hill, 2002. collaborativecapabilities to identify
2. Jeff Ullman, and Jennifer Widom, A First Course problems/issues/needs,develop sound
in Database systems, 2nd Ed. hypotheses, collect and analyzeappropriate
data, and develop ways to collectmeaningful
Reference Books: feedback in a real-world environment
1. G. K. Gupta :‖Database Management 3. Teach students to translate broadly
Systems‖, McGraw – Hill. definedopportunities into actionable
2. Regina Obe, Leo Hsu, PostgreSQL: Up and innovationpossibilities and recommendations
Running, 3rd Ed, O'Reilly Media 2017. for keystakeholders and their organizations
3. Kristina Chodorow, Shannon Bradshaw,
MongoDB: The Definitive Guide, 3rd Ed,
O'Reilly Media 2018. Course Outcome: Upon successful completion
4. RamezElmasri and ShamkantNavathe, of the course, students shall be able to:
Fundamentals of Database Systems 2nd Ed, 1. Have an awareness of how design thinking can
Benjamin Cummings, 1994. be applied in a wide range of contexts, from the
personal to the global
Certification Courses available: 2. Initiate an attitude of playfulness to aid design
1. http://infolab.stanford.edu/~ullman/fcdb.html thinking
2. https://www.cse.iitb.ac.in/~sudarsha/db- 3. Use computing tools and online environments to
book/slide-dir/ aid design thinking.
Free Courses available: Syllabus

1. Database Systems Concepts & Design - [Udacity,
edx] - Free Course UNIT I: Why Design Thinkingand The Design
(https://in.udacity.com/course/database-systems- Process provides context and an introduction to key
concepts-design--ud150) concepts, terminology, and structure for the
2. https://www.edx.org/course/database-systems- course,Scoping, The Design Brief and Visualization
concepts-and-design introduces ways to clarify the scope of a project and
3.Database Management System - Swayam its intent , questions to explore, target stakeholders,
(https://swayam.gov.in/course/220-database- and establishes the importance of pictures and
management-system) storytelling in the overall process
4. Database Management System - NPTEL
(https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_cs15/previe UNIT II: Fundamentals of Ethnography and
w) Identifying Insights reviews how to observe users in
their natural habitat‖ and efficiently extract useful
Expert Faculty: patterns from collected dataEstablishing Design
Criteria and Brainstorming shows how to develop a
1. P. Sreenivasa Kumar, IIT Madras succinct expression of the ideal end state of a
2. S. Sudarshan, IIT Bombay project, and deliberately generate many fresh
(Email: sudarsha@cse.iitb.ac.inURL: http://www.cse alternatives to the status quo
.iitb.ac.in/~sudarshaTel: +91.22 2576 7714 (Dept.
Office: 2576 7700)) UNIT III: Concept Development and The Napkin
3. David G. Sullivan PhD, Senior Lecturer on Pitch details how to choose the best ideas,
Computer Science, Boston University Location: assemble them into detailed solutions, and rationally
Maxwell-Dworkin G125 evaluate them, as well introduce a simple,
consistent format for summarizing and
communicating new concepts .Assumptions Testing
BCSL207 PROBLEM IDENTIFICATION & DESIGN and Prototyping introduces a tool for surfacing key
THINKING (Offline) assumptions underlying the attractiveness of a new
concept and using data to assess the likelihood that
Continuous Evaluation Scheme they are true, as well as ways to create visual
Teaching Scheme Practic
Cr
Theory
al manifestations of concepts..
Tota ed Tot
T P T C
l its In E al
h
.
Tu r
.
Hou
A
E
A
E
ESE
t xt Text Books:
rs
1
1. Jeanne Liedtka and Tim Ogilvie Designing for
1 - - 1 1 15 - - - 25
0 Growth: A Design Thinking Tool Kit for
Managers (Columbia University Press, 2011)
Course Objective:
323
CO2: Understand algorithms for data searching and
Reference Books: sorting.(Understanding)
2. Tom Kelly, The Art of Innovation: Lessons in CO3: Apply linear and nonlinear data structures to
Creativity From IDEO, America‘s Leading solve various real world computing problems.
Design Firm (Profile Books, 2002) (Applying)
3. Tim Brown, Change by Design: How Design CO4: Structuring to Relate use of Abstract data types
Thinking Transforms Organizations and Inspires & ways in which they can be stored, accessed and
Innovation(HarperBusiness, 2009) manipulated. (Analyzing)
4. Roger Martin, The Design of Business: Why CO5:Evaluate critical, independent and quantitative
Design Thinking Is The Next problems using various data structures .(Evaluating)
CompetitiveAdvantage(Harvard Business CO6: Design the hierarchical data structure with
Review Press, 2009) minimum complexity for real world problem. (Creating)
5. Alexander Osterwalder and Yves Pigneur,
Business Model Generation: A Handbook CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
forVisionaries, Game Changers, and Programme
Challengers (John Wiley and Sons, 2010) Programme
Course Specific
6. Nigel Cross, Design Thinking: Understanding Outcomes
Outcomes Outcomes
How Designers Think and Work(Bloomsbury
Academic, 2011)
CO1 3 2 3 1
Certification Courses available: CO2 2 3 3 2
1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/uva-darden- CO3 3 3 3 2 1
design-thinking-innovation CO4 3 3 3 3 2
2. https://www.edx.org/course/introduction-to- CO5 3 3 3 2 3
design-thinking-1/ CO6 2 3 3 3 3
3. https://in.udacity.com/course/intro-to-the-design-
of-everyday-things--design101
Expert Faculty:
1. Tim Zak, Associate Teaching Professor, Heinz Syllabus
College, Director—Institute for Social Innovation Unit I: Arrays & Pointers
2. Dr Deepak John Mathew of IIT Hyderabad Introduction, Linear Arrays, Arrays as ADT,
Traversing Linear Arrays, Inserting and deleting,
BCSL 203/BCSP203 Data Structure and Multidimensional Arrays, Pointers; Pointer Arrays,
Algorithms (Online) Dynamic Memory Management.
Unit II:Sorting and Searching
BCSL203/ BCSP203 Introduction: Sorting; Bubble Sort, Insertion Sort,
Selection Sort, Merging, Searching; Linear Search,
Continuous Evaluation Scheme Binary Search.
Teaching Scheme
Theory
Practica
l
Unit III: Linked List
Credi
Tota ts Exa Tot Introduction, Linked Lists, Representation of Linked
T T P l TA CA ES m In E al
h. u r. Hou E E E Mod t xt Lists in Memory, Traversing a Linked List, Searching
rs e a Linked List, Memory Allocation and Garbage
Onli 1
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 ne 0
15 75 Collection, Insertion into a Linked List, Deletion from
a Linked List, Circularly Linked Lists, Doubly Linked
Lists.
Course Objective: Unit IV: Stacks, Queue and Recursion
1. This course introduces basic idea of data Introduction, Stacks, Array Representation of
structure while making aware of methods and Stacks, Linked Representation of Stacks, Stack as
structure used to organize large amount of data. ADT, Application of Stacks, Recursion, Linked
2. It‘s also aimed at developing skill to implement Representation of Queues, Queues as ADT,
methods to solve specific problems using basic data Circular Queues, Deques and Applications of
structures. Queues.
3. The course also provides career opportunities in Unit V: Trees and Graphs
design of data, implementation of data, technique to Introduction: Binary Trees, Representing Binary
sort and searching the data. Tree in Memory, Traversing Binary Trees, Binary
Search Trees, Searching, Inserting and Deletion in a
Binary Search Tree, Introduction & Graph Theory
Course Outcome: Upon successful completion Terminology, Sequential Representation of Graphs,
of the course, students shall be able to- Operations on Graphs, Traversing a Graph.
CO1: Describe data structures and understand when it
is appropriate to use. (Remembering) Unit VI:
324
Project based Learning ,Splay Tree, AVL Tree, Red Sr Nam MOOC's/S Link Dura Name Affili
and Black Tree, Floyd and WarshellTechique, .N e of WAYAM/N tion of ation
o. the PTEL of Expert
Height Balance Tree. cour Cour
se se
Text Books: Hema
1.AVAho, J Hopcroft, JD Ullman, Data Structures A
and Algorithms, Addison- Wesley, 1983. Murthy
2.THCormen, CF Leiserson, RL Rivest, C Stein, ,IIT
Madras
Introduction to Algorithms, 3rd Ed., MIT Press,
2009.
Expert Faculty:
Reference Books: 1. Dr. Naveen Garg,Department of Computer
1. Data Structures & Algorithms, 1e, Alfred V.Aho, Science and Engineering Indian Institute of
Jeffery D. Ullman , Person. Technology, Delhi.
2. MT Goodrich, R Tamassia, DM Mount, Data 2.YogeshSimmhan, Assistant Professor,Department
Structures and Algorithms in Java, 5th Ed., Wiley, of Computational and Data Sciences (CDS), Indian
2010. (Equivalent book in C also exists.) Institute of Science (IISc), Bangalore.
Certification Courses available: BCSP205 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING

Sr Name of MOOC's/ Link Duration Name Affilia (Online)
.N the SWAYA of of tion
o. course M/NPTEL Course Exper Continuous Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Scheme
t Theory Practical
Cr
Tot T
1 Program SWAYAM https://s 8 weeks Sudar IIT ed
T T P al its TA ES ot
ming wayam. (certificati shanI Madr CAE Int Ext al
h. u r. Hou E E
Data gov.in/c on yenga as rs
Structure ourse/44 Course) r
5
and 22- - - 4 4 2 - - - 25 25
0
Algorith program
m ming-
data-
structure Course Objective:
s-and-
algorith
1. This course introduced features of object oriented
ms programming.
2. The course provide carrier opportunities in
Free Courses available: implementation of various applications as object
Sr Nam MOOC's/S Link Dura Name Affili oriented concepts plays dominant role in software
.N e of WAYAM/N tion of ation development.
cour Cour Course Outcome: Upon successful completion of
se se
the course, students shall be able to–
1 Progr NPTEL https://nptel.ac.in/ 8 Prof. Chen CO 1: Articulate the principles of object oriented
ammi courses/10610614 week Madha nai
ng, 5/ s( vanMu Math programming using C++
Data https://onlinecours from kund emati CO 2: Understand function overloading, constructor
Struct es.nptel.ac.in/noc 28 cal overloading, operator overloading, polymorphism &
ures 18_cs34 Janu Instit its uses in programming.
and ary ute
Algori 2019 CO3: Implement inheritance concepts and its use
thms to 22 for application development
using Marc CO4: Analyze of dynamic memory allocation and its
Pytho h use for software development
n 2019
) CO5: Implement concept of file handling in real life
2 Data NPTEL https://nptel.ac.in/ 8 Dr. IIT
problems
Struct courses/10610206 week Navee DEL CO6: Implement a project for real world problems
ure 4/ s(Vid n Garg HI
and eo CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Algori Lectu
thm res) Cour
Programme
se
3 Progr NPTEL https://nptel.ac.in/ 8 Dr. N IIT Programme Outcomes Specific
Outc Outcomes
ammi courses/10610613 week S. Madr
ng 3/ s(Vid Naraya as omes
Data eo) naswa PO PO PO PO PO PO PS
1 2 3 4 5 11
PSO1
Struct my O2
ure Prof. CO1 1 2 2 3 - - -
and Shanka CO2 - 3 3 2 - 2 1 2
Algori r
thm Balach CO3 - 3 3 2 1 2 2 3
andran CO4 - 3 1 3 3 2 3 3
Prof.
CO5 - 3 3 2 2 2 1 3
325
CO6 - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Teaching Scheme
Credit Theory Practical

Total s Tota
Th T Pr TA CA ES In Ex
Syllabus . u .
Hour
E E E t t
l
s
1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Unit-I: Principles of Object Oriented
Programming -
Introduction to OOPS: Differences between C and Course Objectives:
C++.A look at procedure Oriented programming, The student should be made to:
object oriented programming paradigm, basic  Understand the phases in a software project
concepts of OOP, Headers & Name Spaces  Understand fundamental concepts of requirements
engineering and Analysis Modelling.
Unit-II: Functions & Polymorphism -  Understand the major considerations for enterprise
integration and deployment.
Functions, Types of Functions, Constructor,  Learn various testing and maintenance measures
Destructor, Function overloading & Ambiguity, Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the
Operator Overloading, Function Overriding, Friend student should be able to
Function  Identify the key activities in managing a software
project.
Unit-III: Inheritance & Virtual Functions -  Compare different process models.
 Concepts of requirements engineering and Analysis
Inheritance and the access specifies, Types of Modeling.
Inheritance, Pointers and references to derived
 Apply systematic procedure for software design and
types, Virtual Functions
deployment.
 Compare and contrast the various testing and
Unit-IV: Pointers & Dynamic allocations -
maintenance
Static & Dynamic allocation using new and delete,*
and ->* operators, Creating conversion functions,
this pointer.
Text Books: Cour

Programm
1. Object Oriented Programming in C++ -Robert se
Programme Outcomes e Specific
Lafore, edition, Galgotia publications Outc Outcomes
omes
2. The Complete Reference C++, Herbert Schildt, P P P P
PO PS PS
PO1 O O O O
4th Edition, TMH 2 3 5 8
11 O1 O2
CO1 3 2 3 - - 3 - -
Reference Books: CO2 3 2 3 - - 3 - -
1. Let‘s C++ by Y. Kanetkar, BPB publications CO3 2 3 3 2 1 3 3 2
CO4 2 3 3 - - 3 3 3
2. Object oriented programming with C++, E CO5 3 - 3 1 - 3 - 3
Balagurusamy, 4th edition, TMH CO6 3 2 3 3 - 3 3 3
3. Object-Oriented Programming with C++,
SouravSahay, Oxford University Pres Syllabus
UNIT I: SOFTWAREPROCESS
Certification Courses Available: Introduction to Software Engineering, Software
Name of Course: Programming In C++ (NPTEL) Process, Perspective and Specialized Process
Link: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105151/ Models – Software Project Management: Estimation
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_cs32 – LOC and FP Based Estimation, COCOMO Model
– Project Scheduling – Scheduling, Earned Value
Duration of Course:8 Weeks (from 28 January Analysis – Risk Management.
2019 to 22 March 2019)
Name of Expert:Prof. ParthaPratim Das UNIT II: REQUIREMENTS ANALYSIS AND
Affiliation:IITKharagpur SPECIFICATION
Software Requirements: Functional and Non-
Expert Faculty: Functional, User requirements, System
Name of Expert:Prof. ParthaPratim Das requirements, Software Requirements Document –
Affiliation:IITKharagpur Requirement Engineering Process: Feasibility
Studies, Requirements elicitation and analysis,
BCSL209 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING AND requirements validation, requirements management-
PROJECT MANAGEMENT(Offline) Classical analysis: Structured system Analysis, Petri
Nets- Data Dictionary.
326
Engineering,Networking , Cloud
UNIT III: SOFTWARE DESIGN Computing and Software
Design process – Design Concepts-Design Model– Engineering
Design Heuristic – Architectural Design – General information
Architectural styles, Architectural Design,
Architectural Mapping using Data Flow- User Professor and Head of
Designation
Interface Design: Interface analysis, Interface Department
Design –Component level Design: Designing Class Office Phone 07930642213
based components, traditional Components. Cabin No B Block - 100
Email madhuri.bhavsar@nirmauni.ac.in
UNIT IV: TESTING AND
IMPLEMENTATION
Software testing fundamentals-Internal and external
views of Testing-white box testing – basis path
testing-control structure testing-black box testing-
Regression Testing – Unit Testing – Integration
Testing – Validation Testing – System Testing And
Debugging – Software Implementation Techniques:
Coding practices-Refactoring.
UNIT V: PROJECT
MANAGEMENT
Estimation – FP Based, LOC Based, Make/Buy
Decision, COCOMO II – Planning – Project Plan,
Planning Process, RFP Risk Management –
Identification, Projection, RMMM – Scheduling and
Tracking –Relationship between people and effort,
Task Set & Network, Scheduling, EVA – Process
and Project Metrics.
Text Books:
 Roger S. Pressman, ―Software Engineering – A
Practitioner‟s Approach‖, Seventh Edition, McGraw-
Hill International Edition, 2010.
Reference Books:
 Ian Sommerville, ―Software Engineering‖, 9th
Edition, Pearson Education Asia, 2011.
 Rajib Mall, ―Fundamentals of Software Engineering‖,
Third Edition, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2009.
 PankajJalote, ―Software Engineering, A Precise
Approach‖, Wiley India, 2010.
 Kelkar S.A., ―Software Engineering‖, Prentice Hall of
India Pvt Ltd, 2007.
 Stephen R.Schach, ―Software Engineering‖, Tata
McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2007.
 http://nptel.ac.in/.
Certification Courses available:
https://nptel.ac.in/downloads/106105087/
Free Courses available:

https://swayam.gov.in/course/236-software-
enginnering
Expert Faculty:
Dr. MadhuriBhavsar
Nirma University
Total Experience 25 Year
Educational
Ph.D.
Qualification
High Performance Computing,
Research Area
Software
327
1. Discrete mathematical structure with application to
computer science; Trembley&Manohar; Mc. Graw
SEMSTER-IV Hill,2011
2. Discrete Mathematical Structure ; Busby & Ross ;
BFYL142 COURSE NAME: MATHEMATICS- PHI, 2009
VI(GRAPH THEORY AND NUMBER SYSTEM) 3. Discrete Mathematics ; John Truss ; Addison
(Online) Wesley
Evaluation Scheme
Teaching
Scheme Duration
Credits Theory Practical
Total
of Paper BCSL211/BCSP211 OPERATING SYSTEM
Th. Tu Pr. Total TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext. (Online)
1 1 0 2 2 10 15 25 50 2 Teaching Scheme Theory Practical
Total Tota
Th T Pr Credit TA CA ES In Ex l
Hour
. u . s E E E t t
Course Objectives : s
1.This course introduces size and kind of objects. 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 10 15 75
2.It also skills to analyze objects meeting the

criteria, finding "largest", "smallest", or "optimal" Course Objective:
objects. 1. Introduces general idea, structure and functions
3.It also introduces combinatorial structures and of operating system
apply algebraic techniques to combinatorial 2. Making students aware of basic mechanisms
problems. used to handle processes, memory, storage
devices and files.
Course Outcomes :
Upon successful completion of the course, students Course Outcome: Upon successful completion
will be able to: of the course, students shall be able to-
1. Know data structure used to represent different 1.Identify basic structure and purpose of operating
kinds of objects viz Graph, Trees system.
2. Know the basics of combinatorial structure and 2. Interpret the concepts of process and illustrate
develop algebraic technique to solve combinatorial various CPU scheduling algorithms.
problems. 3. Interpret the concepts of inter process
3. Programming application of group, ring and communication.
number theory. 4. Schematize Deadlock & security mechanisms in
operating systems.
Unit -I: Graph Theory techniques with advantages and disadvantages.
Graphs and its types, subgraph, Quotient graph, CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Euler path, Complete path, indegreeoutdegree, Course Program Outcomes Program
reachability, cycle, matrix representation of graph.
Transitive closure of graph, Adjacency matrix, Outco Specific
Trees, Venn diagram, Representation of trees, mes Outcomes
binary trees, spanning trees, Prims algorithm. P02 P03 P04 P05 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 - 1 3 - 1
Unit –II: Combinatorics
CO2 2 - 3 - 2 2
Definition of generating functions and examples,
proof of simple combinatorial identities, CO3 3 3 - - 2 3
Probab.G.F. p(t) 
n

p n t , E(x)  p , (t) , CO4
CO5
3 - 2 - 2 2
examples. Recursive relations: definitions & 3 - 3 2 3 2
examples, explicitly formula for sequence, back CO6 - - 2 3 2 2
tracking to find explicit formula of sequence, solving
recurrence relations. Counting Theorem Principle
of counting, Permutation & Combination with Syllabus
examples. Pigeon hole principle.
Unit-I
Unit -III: Number Theory: Evolution of OS, Types of OS, Basic h/w support
The study of continued fractions .alpha has Infinite necessary for modern operating systems, services
continued fraction if alpha is irrational. Alpha has
provided by OS, system programs and system
periodic continued fractions if alpha is quadratic
irrational. Application to approximation of irrationals calls, system design and implementation.
by rationals. Hurwitz‘s theorem, Advanced topic on
Combinatorial Theory Unit-II
Process & Its Scheduling
Recommended Reference Books:
328
Process concept, process control block, Types of 2. MythiliVutukuru
scheduler, context switch, threads, multithreading Department of Computer Science and Engineering
model, goals of scheduling and different scheduling Indian Institute of Technology, Bombay
algorithms, mythili@cse.iitb.ac.in
3. SoravBansal
Unit-III
Department of Computer Science and Engineering
Process management and synchronization: Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi
Concurrency conditions, Critical section problem, sbansal@cse.iitd.ac.in
software and hardware solution, semaphores,
conditional critical regions and monitors, classical
inter process communication problems BCSL212 FORMAL LANGUAGE AND
AUTOMATA(Offline)
Unit-IV Practi
Deadlock definitions, Prevention, Avoidance, cal
detection and Recovery, Goals of Protection, Tot Tot
I
T T P al Cred TA CA ES E al
access matrix, Deadlock implementation n
h. u r. Hou its E E E xt
t
rs
Unit-V 2 1 - 3 3 10 15 50 - 75
File systems: File concept, Access methods space
allocation strategies, disk arm scheduling
strategies. Contiguous allocation, Relocation,
Paging, Segmentation, Segmentation with paging,
Course Objectives:
demand paging , Virtual Memory Concepts, page
1. To provide introduction to some of the central
faults and instruction restart , page replacement ideas of theoretical computer science from the
algorithms , working sets , Locality of reference, perspective of formal languages.
Thrashing, Garbage Collection. 2. To introduce the fundamental concepts of
formal languages, grammars and automata
theory.
TEXT BOOKS : 3. Classify machines by their power to recognize
1. Operating System concepts – Silberchatz& languages.
Galvin, Addison Wesley, 6 thEdn. 4. Employ finite state machines to solve problems
2. Modern Operating Systems – Tanenbaum, in computing.
5. To understand deterministic and non-
Pearson Edn. 2 ndedn.
deterministic machines.
REFERENCE BOOKS : 6. To understand the differences between
1. Operating Systems – S R Sathe, Macmillan decidability and un-decidability.
Publishers, India, 2008 Course Outcomes:
2. Operating System –Milan Milenkovik, McGraw- 1. Able to understand the concept of abstract
Hill, 1987 machines and their power to recognize the
3. Operating Systems - 3 rd Edition by Gary Nutt, languages.
2. Able to employ finite state machines for
Pearson Education.
modeling and solving computing problems.
3. Able to design context free grammars for formal
Certification Courses available: languages.
By Edureka 4. Able to distinguish between decidability and un-
1. Linux Administration decidability.
2. UNIX Shell Scripting 5. Able to gain proficiency with mathematical tools
3. Linux Fundamentals and formal methods.
UDACITY: Introduction to Operating Systems by Syllabus
Georgia Institute of Technology
Unit-I:Introduction- Basic Mathematical Notation
Expert Faculty: and techniques- Finite State systems – Basic
Definitions – Finite Automaton – DFA & NDFA –
1. Debadatta Mishra Finite Automaton with €- moves – Regular
Languages- Regular Expression – Equivalence of
Assistant Professor
NFA and DFA – Equivalence of NDFA‟s with and
Computer Science and Engineering
without €-moves – Equivalence of finite Automaton.
Indian Institute of Technology Kanpur
email: deba@cse.iitk.ac.in
329
UNIT–II: Regular Expressions, Finite Automata and  Theory of Computer Science – Automata
Regular Expressions, Applications of Regular languages and computation, Mishra
Expressions, Algebraic Laws for Regular and Chandrashekaran, 2nd edition, PHI.
Expressions, Properties of Regular Languages Certification Courses available:
Pumping Lemma for Regular Languages, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111103016/
Applications of the Pumping Lemma,
Closure Properties of Regular Languages, Decision Free Courses available:
Properties of Regular Languages.
Expert Faculty:
UNIT–III: Context-Free Grammars: Chomsky Prof. DigantaGoswami
hierarchy of languages.Definition of Context-Free Departmentof Computer Science and Engineering
Grammars, Derivations Using a Grammar, Leftmost Indian Institute of Technology, Guwahati
and Rightmost Derivations, the Language of a
Grammar, Sentential Forms, Parse Tress, Prof. Kamala Krithivasan
Applications of Context-Free Grammars, Ambiguity Departmentof Computer Science and Engineering
in Grammars and Languages. Push Down Indian Institute of Technology, Madras
Automata,: Definition of the Pushdown Automaton,
the Languages of a PDA, Equivalence of PDA‘s
and CFG‘s, Deterministic Pushdown Automata. BCSP213 JAVA PROGRAMMING
(Online)
UNIT-IV:Definitions of Turing machines – Models – Teaching Scheme Theory
Practic
Computable languages and functions –Techniques al
Tot Tot
for Turing machine construction – Multi head and T T P al Cred TA CA ES
I
E al
Multi tape Turing Machines – The Halting problem h. u r. Hou its E E E
n
xt
t
– Partial Solvability – Problems about Turing rs
machine 2
- - 4 4 2 - - - 25 50
5
UNIT-V: Un-decidability: A Language that is Not
Recursively Enumerable, An Undecidable Problem Course Objective:
That is RE, Undecidable Problems about Turing 1. This course introduces fundamentals of object-
Machines, Post‘s Correspondence Problem, Other oriented programming in Java, including defining
Undecidable Problems, Intractable Problems: The classes, invoking methods, using class libraries.
Classes P and NP, An NP-Complete Problem. 2. It is aimed at building software development
skills using java programming for creating real
TEXT BOOKS: world applications.
 Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages, and 3. Use a development environment to design, code,
Computation, 3nd Edition, John E. Hopcroft, Rajeev test, and debug simple programs, including multi-
Motwani, Jeffrey D. Ullman, Pearson Education. file source projects, in an object-oriented
programming language
 Introduction to the Theory of Computation, Michael
Course Outcome: Upon successful completion of
Sipser, 3rd edition, Cengage Learning.
the course, students shall be able to–
REFERENCE BOOKS:
 CO 1: Explain the basic data types and control flow
 Introduction to Languages and The Theory of
constructs using J2SE.
Cour Program Outcomes Program  CO 2: Make use of Integrated Development
se Specific Environments (IDEs) such as Eclipse, NetBeans,
Outc Outcomes and JDeveloper for program development.
omes P02 P0 P0 PO PO1 PSO1 PSO  CO3: Design object oriented class structures with
3 5 8 1 2 parameters, constructors, and utility.
CO1 2 3 - - 2 - 2  CO4: Implement a final project selected from an
CO2 2 3 - - 3 - 3 approved project chosen by the student.
CO3 2 3 - - 3 3 3
CO4 2 3 2 - 3 - 3
CO5 2 3 2 2 3 3 3
CO6 CO Mapping with PO and PSO
2 3 2 - 3 3 3
Computation, John C Martin, TMH.
 Introduction to Computer Theory, Daniel I.A. Syllabus
Cohen, John Wiley.
 A Text book on Automata Theory, P. K. Srimani, Unit I: Introduction to JAVA, Class and Object
Nasir S. F. B, Cambridge University Press. Introduction to data types, operators and control
 Introduction to Formal languages Automata Theory statements, Classes: fundamentals of classes,
and Computation Kamala Krithivasan, Rama R, declaring objects, Assigning objects, reference
Pearson. variables, methods, constructor, variable handling.
330
Methods and classes: Overloading methods, Affiliation:IIT Bombay
understanding static and final.
Expert Faculty:
Expert 1:
Unit II: Array, Packages, Interface Introduction to Name of Expert:Prof. Pushpedra Singh
Array, Vectors, Wrapper class & Inheritance, Affiliation:Indraprasth Institute of Information
Packages and interface: Packages, access Technology Delhi
protection, importing packages, interfaces.
Expert 2:
Unit III: Exception Handling &Multithreaded Name of Expert:Prof. KannanMoudgalya
Programming Affiliation:IIT Bombay
Exception handling: Fundamentals exception types,
uncaught exception, try-catch, displaying
description of an exception, multiple catch clauses,
nested try statements, throw, finally, built in BCSP214PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING
exceptions, creating own exception subclasses, LANGUAGE(Online)
JAVA thread model, creating thread, creating
multiple thread. Practic
al
Unit IV: Applet, Graphics Programming and Tot Tot
T T P al Cred TA CA ES In E al
Database Connectivity h. u r. Hou its E E E t xt
Introduction to applet, The Five Stages of an rs
Applet's Life Cycle, Methods for Adding UI 2
- - 2 2 1 - - - 25 50
Components, Methods for Drawing and Event 5
Handling.
Database Connectivity: JDBC (Java Data Base Course Objective:
Connection), Introduction to JDBC, Databases and 1. This course introduces the general ideas of
Drivers, Types of Driver, Loading a driver class file, programming concepts.
establishing the Connection to Database with 2. Making students aware of basic programming
different Driver. Executing SQL queries by result paradigms, the principles and techniques
Set using Statements involved in design and implementation of it.
3. It is aimed at developing skills to provide
frameworks specifying and reasoning about
programming languages.
Text Books: Course Outcome: Upon successful completion of

1. The Complete Reference by Herbert Schild, the course, students shall be able to-
TMH Publication 1. Recognize programming paradigm anddesign
principles.
2. Programming with Java- A Primer by E.
2. Demonstrate different data types and
Balagurusamy, 3rd Edition, TMH Publication theirspecification.
3. Illustrate the generic subprograms and
Reference Books: itsstructure.
7. The Complete Reference- JAVA 2- 3rd Edition By
Patrick Naughton, TMH Publication. CO Mapping with PO and PSO
Solution Inc., Dreamtech Press Publication. Course Program Program Specific
9. Java 2 Black Book by Steve Holzner, Paraglyph Outcomes Outcomes Outcomes
Press, 2nd Ed.
Name of Course: Java Programming (NPTEL) CO2 3 2 2 2
Link:https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106147/5 CO3 3 2 3 2
Duration of Course:2 Weeks
Name of Expert:Prof. Pushpedra Singh
Affiliation:Indraprasth Institute of Information Syllabus
Technology Delhi Unit I: Introduction to Programming language
Definition of Programming language,
Name of Course: Java Programming (SWAYAM) Implementation of high-level languages, Data
Link:https://swayam.gov.in/courses/4104-spoken- elements,
tutorial-java-oriya binding time. Concept of r-value and l-value and
Duration of Course:16 Weeks their implementation.Language paradigms.
Name of Expert:Prof. KannanMoudgalya
331
Unit II: Data Types and Object
Data type, Type checking and type conversion, BCSL215/BCSP215 BIG DATA(Online)
elements of specification and implementation of
data type. arrays Files and i/o, Genericfunctions, Practi
Objects.Inheritance and Encapsulation cal
Tot Tot
Abstract data type, Inheritance and type of T T P al Cred TA CA ES
I
E al
Inheritance, encapsulation, Implementation of n
t
newdata types, rs
1 1
1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 75
0 5
UnitIII: Exception Handling and sequence control
Exception Handling in Various Languages,
Programming Events, Handling Large Databases, Course Outcome:
Special Languages, Sequence control, Implicit and Upon successful completion of the course,
explicit sequence control, implementation of students shall be able to-
case statement, recursive and non-recursive CO1: Understand basic concepts and techniques of
subprogram. Hadoop ecosystem and Big data.
CO2: Design different component of Hadoop
Text Books:
1. Programming Languages, 1st edition byT.W. ecosystem.
Pratt and M .V. Zelkowitz& T. V.Gopal by Pearson CO3: Understand the domain of data science and
Education, 2008 analysis of big data.
2. Programming Languages, Ravi Sethi,Addison
Wesley. Syllabus
3. Programming Languages: Paradigm and
Practices by Doris Appleby and J. J. Vandekopple,
McGraw Hill. UNIT 01: Big data, challenges for processing
4. Concepts of Programming Languages by Robert big data, technologies support big data,
W. Sebesta, Pearson Education. History of Hadoop, Use cases of Hadoop, The
Reference Books: Data Scientist, Big Data Analytics in Industry
1. Principles of programming languages by Gilles Verticals, Data Analytics Lifecycle,Hadoop
Dowe, Springer-verlag,LondonLimited 2009 Distributed File System, Significance of HDFS
2. Concepts in programming languages by John C. in Hadoop, Features of HDFS,Data Storage in
Mitchell copyright, Cambridge University press HDFS(07Hrs.)
2003
3. Principles of Programming Languages:Design, UNIT 02: Map Reduce: Map Reduce Story,
Evaluation, and Implementationby Bruce J. Map Reduce Architecture, How Map Reduce
MacLennan third Edition, 1999 by oxford works, Developing Map Reduce, Map Reduce
universitypress.Inc. Programming Model, Data Flow Engines and
4. Programming Languages: Application and other memory databases.(06Hrs.)
Interpretation, 2003-07, ShriramKrishnamurthi,
United StatesLicense UNIT 03: Introduction to Apache Pig, Map
Reduce Vs. Apache Pig, Modes of Execution
Certification Courses available: in Pig, Loading data, Exploring Pig Latin
1. https://www.udemy.com/fundamentals-of- commands, Hive introduction, Hive
programming/ architecture. Data types and schemas,
Partitions and buckets, Spark Shell, Spark
Free Courses available: Application, Flume,SQOOP introduction and
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106145/26 application. (06Hrs.)
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106145/28
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106145/37 Text Books:
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106145/38 1. Tom White, "Hadoop: The Definitive Guide", 3rd
edition, O'Reilly Media.
5. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106145/35 2. Big Data (Black Book), Wiley
Expert Faculty: Hadoop", PacktPub.
1. Prof. MadhavanMukund, Department of Reference Books:
Computer Science and Engineering, Indian Institute 1. V. Ankam, Big Data Analytics, Packt Pub Ltd.
of Technology, Madras.
2.Prof: S. ArunKumar,DepartmentofComputer 2. N. Dasgupta, Practical Big Data Analytics, Packt
Science and Engineering,Indian institute of Pub Ltd.
Technology, Delhi.
3. Prof: S. Arun Kumar, Department of Computer Certification Courses available:
Science and Engineering, Indian institute of 1 https://www.udemy.com/big-data-hadoop-the-
Technology, Delhi complete-course/
332
2.https://www.cloudera.com/more/training/certificati Documenting Quality attributes, Six part scenarios.
on.html
3.https://www.edureka.co/big-data-and-hadoop UNIT II: UML Modelling
https://www.simplilearn.com/big-data-and- UML diagrams and UML analysis modeling,
analytics/big-data-and-hadoop-training analysis case studies, analysis tools, analysis
patterns, documenting software architecture,
reconstructing software architecture, Issues in
Software Architecture: Scalability and
interoperability issues, web application
architectures.
1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106142/ ------ UNIT III: Introduction to Web Services & XML
Algorithm for Big data Web Service Architecture, Web Services VS other
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106104135/48 ---- Technologies, Web Services Benefits, DTD VS
Big data XSD, What is XML Parsing?, Various other XML
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106168/22 ----- Binding API‘s, JAX-P API based XML parsing using
HDFS (SAX, DOM),Validating XML Documents using
JAX-Vp, XML Binding using JAX-B (Marshalling,
Expert Faculty: Un-Marshalling and In-Memory Validation)
1. Dr. R.B.V. Subramaanyam, National Institute of
Text Books:
Technology, Warangal.
1. Len Bass, Paul Clements, and Rick Kazman,
2. Animesh Mukherjee, Indian Institute of ―Software Architectures Principles and
Technology, Kharagpur. Practices‖,2nd Edition, Addison-Wesley, 2003.
3. Mr. ValaAfshar, Boston, MA, USA. Area of 2. Anthony J Lattanze, ―Architecting Software
interest: Digital Marketing, Social Business, Intensive System. A Practitioner's
Link: https://www.cmswire.com/author/vala- Guide‖,Auerbach Publications, 2010.
afshar/
Reference Books:
1. Mary Shaw, David Garlan, Software
BCSL216SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE & WEB architecture: perspectives on an emerging
SERVICES(Online) discipline. Prentice-Hall, 1996.
2. Frank Buschmann, RegineMeunier, Hans
Teaching Scheme Theory Practical
Total Tota Rohnert, Peter Sommerlad, Michael Stal,
Th T Pr Credit TA CA ES In Ex
. u .
Hour
s E E E t t
l Pattern-oriented software architecture, Volume
s
2 - - 2 1 10 15 25 - - 50
1: A system of patterns, Wiley, 1996.
3. Douglas Schmidt, Michael Stal, Hans Rohnert,
Frank Buschmann, Pattern-Oriented Software
Course Objective: Architecture, Volume 2; Patterns for Concurrent
1. Understand software architectural requirements and Networked Objects, Wiley, 2000.
2. Be exposed to architectural styles and views 4. Martin Fowler, Patterns of Enterprise
3. Be familiar with architectures for emerging Application Architecture, Addison-Wesley,
technologies 2000.
5. Selected research papers, and Articles related
Course Outcome: Upon successful completion to state-of-the-art technologies and standards.
of the course, students shall be able to:
1. Design software architecture for large scale Certification Courses available:
software systems. 1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/software-
2. Describe a software architecture using various architecture
documentation approaches and architectural 2. https://www.udemy.com/basics-of-software-
description languages. architecture-design-in-java/
3. Use well-understood paradigms for designing new 3. https://in.udacity.com/course/software-
systems. architecture-design--ud821
Syllabus
UNIT I: Introduction to Software Architecture 1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/software-
Introduction: What is software architecture?, architecture
Standard Definitions, Architectural structures, 2. https://www.udemy.com/basics-of-software-
Influence of software architecture on organizatio architecture-design-in-java/
n both business and technical, Architecture 3. https://in.udacity.com/course/software-
Business Cycle: Introduction, Functional architecture-design--ud821
requirements, Technical constraints, Quality
Attributes: Quality Attribute Workshop,
333
Expert Faculty: Reference Books:
1. Prof. Rajib Mall is Professor, Department of 11. Machine Learning, Tom M Mitchell.
Computer Science and Engineering, Indian 12. The Elements of Statistical Learning, Trevor Hastie,
Institute of Technology Kharagpur, West Robert Tibshirani, Jerome Friedman, Springer
Bengal.
2. Prof. N.L. Sardais Professor, Department of Resource Persons
Computer Science and Engineering, Indian Mr.VivekPatole,
Institute of Technology Bombay. Head Product Engineering &DEvelopment at
BCSP217MACHINE LEARNING(Online) Prof. SudeshnaSarkar

Head of the Centre
Teaching Scheme Theory Practical Contact (Head)
Tota
Th T Pr
Total
Credit TA CA ES In Ex l Phone: +91-3222-282256
Hour
. u . s E E E t t
s Email : sudeshna@cse.iitkgp.ac.in
- - 2 2 1 - - - 25 25 50
AnupamBasu
Course Objectives: Professor
 Be able to formulate machine learning problems PhD (IIT Kharagpur)
corresponding to different applications. Joined Institute in 1984
Phone: 283462(o), 283463(r)
Free Courses:
Course Outcomes:Upon completion of the course Sr. Machine Learning
Offered by
students shall be able to: No. course name
 CO1. Recall the basic concepts and techniques of 1 Machine Learning by Stanford COURSERA
Andrew Ng
Machine Learning.
2 Intro to Machine Udacity‘s
 CO2. Summarize and compare a range of machine Learning
learning algorithms along with their strengths and 3 Learning from EDX
Data(Introductory
weaknesses Machine Learning)
4 Statistical Machine CARNEGGIE MELON
 CO3. Develop skills of using recent machine Learning UNIVERSITY
learning software for solving practical problems. 5 Neural Networks for Coursera
Machine Learning
6 Google‘s Deep Udacity‘s
Unit I: Understanding Machine Learning Learning
7 R Tutorial on Machine Kaggle
Introduction, What Is Machine Learning? , Learning
Examples of Machine Learning Applications, 8 Principles of Machine EDX
Learning Associations, Learning
Supervised&UnsupervisedLearning, Reinforcement 9 Machine Learning Coursera
Learning, Classification, Regression Specialization
Unit II: Applying R-Programming
R - Basic Syntax, Data Types, Variables,

Operators, Decision Making, Loops, Functions,
Strings, Vectors, Lists, Matrices, Arrays, Factors, SEMSTER-V
Data Frames, Packages-chart & graphs
UNIT III: Clustering & Application of ML BFYL143 Mathematics-VII (Integral Transforms)

(online)
Introduction to clustering, k-Means
Clustering,Hierarchical clustering, Introduction to Evaluation Scheme
Teaching
Chat Bot, creation of Chat Bot Scheme
Total
Text Books:
1Introduction to machinelearning,EthemAlpaydin.
— 2nd ed., The MIT Press, Cambridge, 1 0 0 1 1 10 15 25 50
Massachusetts, London, England.
2 Introduction to artificial neural systems, J. Zurada,
St. Paul: West. 1. Analyze problems, recognize appropriate
1. R in a Nutshell, 2nd Edition - O'Reilly Media. methods of solution, solve the problems and find
the solutions.
334
2. Apply principles from mathematics to solve Course Outcome: Upon successful completion
applied problems in engineering. of the course, students shall be able to-
Upon successful completion of the course, students
Course Outcomes will be able to
Upon successful completion of the course, students 1. Apply basic concepts of algorithm in analysis
will be able to: and Design of algorithms.
1. Understand and use Laplace- transform to 2. Identify and apply methods used for analysis
solve engineering problems. and Design of Algorithm
2. Apply the concept of z-Transform to solve 3. Develop an appropriate mathematical
difference equations formulations in designing algorithm
3. Apply the concepts of Numerical methods to 4. Use advanced techniques and tools available
solve engineering problems for algorithm analysis and development
Unit -I: Laplace Transforms: (10 hrs)

Laplace transform: definition and their simple CO Mapping with PO and PSO
properties, transform of derivatives and integrals, Course Program Outcomes Program
evaluation of integrals by L.T. ,inverse L.T. &its Outcom Specific
properties , convolution theorem, Laplace es Outcomes
transforms of periodic function & unit step function, P01 PO PO P04 PO PSO PSO
Unit -II: Z-Transforms:
: 2 3 : 5 1 2
The Z transform- definition & properties, inverse &
CO1 2 3 3 - - 2 3
relation with Laplace Transform.Application to z-
transform to solve difference equations with CO2 - 3 3 3 - 2 3
constant coefficients. CO3 - - 3 3 - 3 2
CO4 - - 2 2 - 2 3
Unit-III:Application :
applications of Laplace and Z-Transform transforms
Recommended Reference Books: Syllabus
1. Kreyszig, E.: Advanced Engineeing Mathematics
(Eighth Edition); John Wiley & Sons; 2000. Unit – I: Mathematical foundations
Jain, R.K. and Iyengar, S.R.K.; Advanced summation of arithmetic and geometric series, n,
Engineering Mathematics; Narosa Publishers; n2, bounding summations using integration,
2003. recurrence relations, solutions of recurrence
relations using technique of characteristic equation
and generating functions, Complexity calculation of
various standard functions, Principles of designing
algorithms
Unit – II: Asymptotic notations

Asymptotic notations of analysis of algorithms,
BCSL316/BCSP316DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF analyzing control structures, worst case and
ALGORITHMS(online) average case analysis, amortized analysis,
application of amotorized analysis, Sorting
Continuous Evalation
Teaching Scheme networks, comparison networks, biotonic sorting
Scheme Pract network.
Theory
Cre ical
T P
Tot dits
T C E I E
To Unit – III :Advanced data structures
T al tal
h
u
r
Ho
A A S n x Advanced data structures like Fibonacci heap,
. . E E E t t Binomial heap, disjoint set representation, red and
urs
1 1 black trees and their applications. Divide and
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 75
0 5 conquer basic strategy, matrix operation, binary
search, quick sort, merge sort, fast fourier
Course Objective: transform.
1. This course introduces students the general idea
of analysis and design of algorithms while making Unit – IV :Greedy Method & Dynamic
them aware of basic methods of algorithm analysis Programming
and design. Greedy method – basic strategy, application to job
2. It is also aimed at developing skills to solve real sequencing with deadlines problem, minimum cost
life applications which involve algorithm spanning trees, single source shortest path etc.
development. Dynamic Programming basic strategy, multistage
3. The course also provides career opportunities in graphs, all pairs shortest path, single source
analysis, design and optimization technique in shortest paths, optimal binary search trees,
algorithms. traveling salesman problem, Maximum flow
networks.
335
(offline)
Unit V:Traversal And Search Techniques
Basic Traversal and Search Techniques, breadth Teaching Scheme
Scheme Pract
first search and depth first search, connected Theory
ical
components. Backtracking basic strategy, 8- Cre
To
dits To
Queen‘s problem, graph coloring, Hamiltonian T
T P
tal T
CA
E I E
tal
cycles etc h Ho A S n x
u r. E
. ur E E t t
s
UnitVI: Completeness Problems And 1 2 1 1
2 - 2 4 3 15 75
Applications 0 5 0 5
NP-hard and NP-complete problems, basic
concepts, non-deterministic algorithms, NP-hard Course Objective:
and NP-complete, decision and optimization 1. This course introduces student general ideas of
problems, Computational Geometry, Approximation compiler.
algorithm and concepts based on approximation 2.This course introduces to use regular languages
algorithms. Recent trends in Design and analysis of to describe the lexical elements of a programming
algorithms, advanced topics & its Application. language and understand syntax analysis.
3. Aimed to develop skills to understand
Text Books: optimization technique
1. Thomas H. Cormenet. al. ―Introduction to
Algorithms‖, Prentice Hall of India. Course Outcome: Upon successful completion
2. Design & Analysis of Computer Algorithms by of the course, students shall be able to-
Aho,. Horowitz, Sahani, Rajsekharam, Pearson
education 1. Understand basic concepts of compiler and
different phases of compiler.
2. Explain the role of a semantic analyzer and
describe the purpose of a syntax tree.
Reference Books: 3. Apply context free grammars, compiler parsing
1. ―Computer Algorithms‖, Galgotia Publications techniques, construction of abstract syntax trees,
Pvt. Ltd. Brassard, Bratley, ―Fundamentals of symbol tables.
Algorithms‖, Prentice Hall 4. Demonstrate lexical analysis using a finite
2. Computer Algorithms: Introduction to Design and automata along with error recovery.
rd
analysis, 3 Edition, By Sara Baase& A. V. Gelder 5. Apply optimization techniques to intermediate code
Pearson Education. and generate machine code for high level language
program.
Certification Courses available: 6. Implement the knowledge and skills necessary to
1) Design and Analysis of Algorithms CS161, develop a language translator or compiler covering
Stanford School of Engineering a broad range of engineering and scientific
https://online.stanford.edu/courses/cs161-design- applications.
and-analysis-algorithms
2) EdX course on Algorithm Design and Analysis,
University of Pennsylvania
https://www.edx.org/course/algorithm-design-
analysis-pennx-sd3x

1) MOOCs Free Online Courses in Algorithm
Design:
CO Mapping with PO and PSO
https://www.class-central.com/tag/algorithm-design
Course Program Outcomes Program
2) NPTEL course on Design and Analysis of Outco Specific
Algorithms: mes Outcomes
https://www.class-central.com/course/nptel-design- PO PO P0 PO P0 PO PO1 PS PS
and-analysis-of-algorithms-3984 2 3 4: 5 6 11 2: O1 O2
CO1 3 - - 3 - 1 2 3 1
Expert Faculty: CO2 3 3 - 3 1 1 2 3 1
1) Prof.AbhiramRanade, Department of Computer CO3 3 2 - 2 - - 1 3 -
Science Engineering,IIT Bombay CO4 2 - 3 2 - - - 2 -
2) Prof. MadhavanMukund, Chennai Mathematical CO5 3 3 1 2 - - - 2 -
Institute CO6 2 - 3 2 - - - 2 -
3) Prof. MadhavanMukund, Chennai Mathematical
Institute
BCSL309/BCSP309 COMPILER DESIGN
336
Syllabus  Kenneth C Louden, ―Compiler Construction
Principle and Practice‖, PWS publishing Company,
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO COMPILERS 1997
Overview of compilerand translator, types of  Dhamdhere D.M., ―Compiler Construction Principle
Compiler, Analysis of the Source Program, The and Practice‖, Mac. Millan India, New Delhi, 1983
Phases of a compiler, grouping of phases, Cousins  Holub, A.J., ―Compiler design in C‖ –Prentice
of the Compiler, design of lexical Analysis.compiler Hall,1982
writing tools – bootstrapping  John Levine, Tony Mason & Doug Brown, ―Lex and
Yacc‖, O‘Reilly.1995
UNIT II SYNTAX ANALYSIS
Review of Context-Free Grammars – Derivation Certification Courses available:
trees and Parse Trees, Ambiguity. Top-Down 1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106108052/9
Parsing: Recursive Descent parsing, Predictive 2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106104123/10
parsing, LL(1) Grammars.Bottom-Up Parsing: Shift
Reduce parsing – Operator precedence parsing Free Courses available:
(Concepts only)LR parsing – Constructing SLR 1. The lex and
parsing tables, Constructing, Canonical LR parsing Yaccpagehttp://dinosaur.compilertools.net/
tables and Constructing LALR parsing tables. 2.http://www.personal.kent.edu/~rmuhamma/Compi
lers/compiler.html
UNIT IIISemantic Analysis 3. http://www.cs.sjsu.edu/~louden/cmptext/
Need of semantic analysis, Abstract Parse trees for 4.http://www.gtoal.com/software/CompilersOneOh
Expressions, variables, statements, functions and One/
classdeclarations, Syntax directed definitions, 5.http://lambda.uta.edu/cse5317/notes/node4.html
Syntax directed translation schemes for
declarationprocessing, type analysis, scope Expert Faculty:
analysis , Symbol Tables (ST),Organization of ST 1. Prof. Y. N. Srikant, Department of Computer
for block structure and non block structured Science and Automation, Indian Institute of
languages, Symbol Table management. Science, Bangalore.
2. Prof. S. K. Aggarwal,Dept. of Computer Science
UNIT IV Intermediate code generation and error and Engineering. Indian institute of
recovery Technology,Kanpur
Intermediate code generation: Intermediate
languages, Design issues, Translation of different
language features, different types of intermediate
forms.Error Handling and Recovery in Syntax
Analyzer-YACC-Design of a syntax Analyzer for a
Sample Language. BCL317/BCSP317 DATA COMMUNICATION
AND NETWORKS (Offline)
UNIT V CODE OPTIMIZATION
Continuous Evalation Scheme
Principal Sources of Optimization-DAG- Teaching Scheme Practi
Optimization of Basic Blocks-Global Data Flow Cred
Theory
cal
Tot To
Analysis-Efficient Data Flow Algorithms-Issues in T
T
P
al
its T C E I E
tal
h r A A S n x
Design of a Code Generator - A Simple Code .
u
.
Ho
E E E t t
urs
Generator Algorithm. 1 2 1 1
2 - 2 4 3 15 75
0 5 0 5
UNIT VIRecent Trends

Recent trends and Compiler tools, advanced topics Course Objective:
& its Application. 1. This course introduces student‘s basics of data
Virtual Machines and Interpretation Techniques, communication and networking while making them
Just-In-Time (JIT) and Adaptive Compilation, aware of functions of each layer in architecture.
Runtime System Architectures and Automatic 2. The course provide career opportunities in
Memory Management Techniques. design, implement, operate & manage enterprise
work.
Text Books: 3. Understand advanced technique such as Data
1. Alfred V. Aho, Monica S.Lam, R. Sethi and J.D. encoding and Compression.
Ullman ―Compilers: principles, techniques and
tools‖ Pearson Education. Course Outcomes:
2. "Modern Compiler Implementaton in ML" by Upon successful completion of the course, students
Andrew W. Appel, Cambridge University Press, will be able to
1998. 1. Understand Basics of data communications and
Computer Networks
Reference Books: 2. Identify the techniques involved in the data
transfer process
337
3. Understand advanced technique such as Data Gigabit Ethernet, IEEE 802.11, Bluetooth,
encoding and Compression Backbone Networks, and Virtual LANs, Connecting
4. Recognize the need for OSI reference Model in Devices, Backbone Networks, Virtual LANs,
computer networking Cellular Telephony, Satellite Networks, Sonet/SDH,
5. Use different elementary protocols for Architecture, Sonet Layers, Sonet Frames, STS
communication and identify IEEE standards Multiplexing, Sonet Networks, Virtual Tributaries,
employed in Computer networking Virtual-Circuit Networks: Frame Relay and ATM,
6. Design techniques involved in developing Frame Relay, ATM, ATM LANs
transport and application layer of Computer
Networking
UNIT IV: Network layer
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: Network Layer: Logical Addressing, IPv4
Addresses, IPv6 Addresses, Network Layer:
Course Programme Internet Protocol, Internetworking, IPv4, IPv6,
Outcome Programme Outcomes Specific
Outcomes Transition from IPv4 to IPv6, Network Layer:
s
Adress Mapping, Error Reporting and Multicasting,
PO PO PO PO PO1 PSO PSO Address Mapping, ICMP, IGMP, ICMPv6, Network
1 2 4 5 1 1 2
Layer: Delivery, Forwarding and Routing, Delivery,
CO1 1 3 3 - - 3 2 Forwarding, Unicast Routing Protocols, Multicast
CO2 - 3 2 - - 2 - Routing Protocols
CO3 - - 3 - 2 3 2
CO4 1 3 2 2 2 3 2
CO5 UNIT V: Transport Layer
1 3 3 - - 2 -
Transport Layer: Process-Process Delivery: UDP,
CO6 - - 2 2 2 3 2
TCP and SCTP, Process-to-Process Delivery, User
Datagram Protocol (UDP), TCP, SCTP, Congestion
SYLLABUS Control and Quality of Service, Data Traffic,
Congestion, Congestion Control, Two Examples,
Course Content: Quality Service, Techniques to improve QoS,
UNIT I: Introduction Integrated Services, Differentiated Services, QoS in
Introduction: Data Communications, Networks, The Switched Networks
Internet, Protocols and Standards, Network Models,
Layered Tasks, The OSI Model, Layers in the OSI UNIT VI: Application Layer
Model, TCP/IP Protocol Suite, Addressing, Physical Application Layer: Domain Name System, Name
Layer and Media, Data and Signals, Analog and Space, Domain Name Space, Distribution of Name
Digital, Periodic Analog Signals, Digital Signals, Space, DNS in the Internet, Resolution, DNS
Transmission impairment, Data Rate Limits, Messages, Types of Records, Registrars, Dynamic
Performance, Digital Transmission, Digital-to-Digital Domain Name System (DDNS), Encapsulation,
Conversion, Analog-to-Digital Conversion, Analog Remote Logging, Electronic Mail and File Transfer,
Transmission, Digital-to-analog Conversion, Remote Logging, Telnet, Electronic Mail, File
Analog-to-analog Conversion Transfer, WWW and HTTP: Architecture, Web
Documents, HTTP, Network Management: SNMP,
Network Management System, Simple Network
UNIT II: II Physical Layer Management Protocol (SNMP), Multimedia,
Bandwidth utilization: Multiplexing and Spreading, Digitizing Audio and Video, Audio and Video
Multiplexing, Spread Spectrum, Transmission Compression, Streaming Stored Audio/Video,
Media, Guided Media, Unguided Media: Wireless, Streaming Live Audio/Video, Real-Time Interactive
Switching, Circuit-Switched Networks, Datagram Audio/Video, RTP, RTCP, Voice over IP
Networks, Virtual-Circuit Networks, Structure of a
Switch, Using Telephone and Cable Networks for TEXT BOOKS:
Data Transmission, Telephone Networks, Dial-up 1. Data Communications and Networking, Fourth
Modems, Digital Subscriber Line, Cable TV Edition by Behrouza A. Forouzan,TMH.
Networks, Cable TV for Data Transfer 2. Computer Networks, A.S.Tanenbaum, 4th
Edition, Pearson education.
UNIT III: Data Link Layer
Error Detection and Correction, Introduction, Block REFERENCE BOOKS:
Coding, Liner Block Codes, Cyclic Codes, 1.Introduction to Data communications and
Checksum, Data Link Control, Framing, Flow and Networking, W.Tomasi, Pearson education.
Error Control, Protocols, Noiseless Channels, 2. Data and Computer Communications, G.S.Hura
HDLC, Point-to-Point Protocol, Multiple Access, and M.Singhal, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis
Random Access, Aloha, Controlled Access, Group.
Channelization, IEEE Standards, Standard 3. An Engineering Approach to Computer
Ethernet, Changes in the Standard, Fast Ethernet, Networks-S.Keshav, 2nd Edition, Pearson
338
Education. Cours Program Outcomes Program
4. Understanding communications and e Specific
Networks,3rd Edition, W.A.Shay, Cengage Outco Outcomes
Learning. mes P01 PO2 PO3 P04 PO5 PSO1
Free Certification Courses available: CO1 1 3 3 3 3 -

Coursera – ―Data communication Network CO2 - 3 3 3 3 2
Services‖ by Cisco CO3 2 3 3 3 3 3
NPTEL – ―Data Communication‖ by IIT Kharagpur
CO4
Swayam – ―Computer Networks‖ by Anand More, 1 3 2 3 3 3
Devi AhilyaVishwavidyalaya, Indore CO5 1 2 3 2 3 3
Expert Faculty: CO6 1 3 2 3 3 3
Dr. VershaApte, IIT Bombay
Dr. S. Selvakumar, NIT Tiruchirappalli Syllabus
Dr. T. Kishore Kumar, NIT Warangal
Mr. Jack Lange, University of Pittsburgh, Unit- I: Introduction to Cloud Computing
Pennsylvania
Virtualization Concepts, Cloud Computing
BCSL315/BCSP315 CLOUD COMPUTING Paradigm,Evolution of cloud computing, Defining
(online) cloud computing, Components of a computing
cloud,Essential Characteristics of Cloud
Continuous Evalation Computing, Cloud Taxonomy. Infrastructure as a
Teaching Scheme Service(IaaS), Platform as a Service(PaaS),
Scheme Pract
Cre
Theory
ical Software as a Service(SaaS), Hardware-as-a-
Tot dits To service: (HaaS), Oriented Architecture (SOA)
T P T C E I E
T al tal
h r A A S n x
.
u
.
Ho
E E E t t Unit – II: Cloud Computing Architectural
urs
Framework
1 2 1 1
1 - 2 3 2 15 75 Cloud architectural principles, Role of Web
0 5 0 5
services, Benefitsand challenges to Cloud
Course Objective: architecture, Cloud Service Models, cloud
1. Understand the new technologies for resources computing vendors. Cloud Services, Management,
sharing Performance and scalability of services, tools and
2. Explain classification of Cloud deployment technologies used to managecloud services
3. Discuss capacity planning for cloud configuration deployment.
5. Cloud Security and privacy issue Unit – III: Cloud Application Development
Course Outcome: Upon successful completion considerations, Service creation environments to
of the course, students shall be able to- develop cloud based applications, Technologies
CO1: State the basics of distributed computing and and the processes required when deploying web
cloud computing. services; Deploying a web service from inside and
CO2: Summarize the technical capabilities and outside a cloud architecture, advantages and
business benefits cloud technology. disadvantages, Cloud Economics,
demonstrating its implications Unit – IV: Cloud Security and Risk Management
CO4: Develop cost effective solution using cloud
technology Cloud Security: Understanding cloud based
CO5 : Develop solution for Society with minimized security issues and threats, Data security and
resources Storage,Identity& Access Management, Risk
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: Management in cloud, Governance and Enterprise
Risk
Management.
Text Books:
9. Kai Hwang, Geoffrey C. Fox and Jack J. Dongarra,
―Distributed and cloud computing from Parallel
Processing to the Internet of Things‖, Morgan
Kaufmann, Elsevier – 2012
10. Cloud Computing Bible, Barrie Sosinsky, Wiley-
India, 2010
11. Cloud Computing: Principles and Paradigms,
Editors: RajkumarBuyya, James Broberg,
339
Andrzej M. Goscinski, Wile, 2011 S Conta
r. Affiliatio ct
Name Expertise
N n Detail
Cloud Computing: Principles, Systems and o. s
1 Prof C. L. BS Nat. Cloud Tel:
Applications, Editors: Nikos Antonopoulos,
Wang Taiwan; Computing (+852)
Lee Gillam, Springer, 2012 MS, PhD and 2857
S. Calif Virtualization 8458
Reference Books: BEng(CE Fax:
1 Cloud Security: A Comprehensive Guide to ) (+852)
Secure Cloud Computing, Ronald L. Krutz, Russell Program 2559
Dean Vines, Wiley-India, 2010 me 8447
2 GautamShroff, Enterprise Cloud Computing Coordina Email:
Technology Architecture Applications [ISBN:978- tor; clwang
Professo
0521137355]
r cs.hku.
3. Dimitris N. Chorafas, Cloud Computing Universit hk
Strategies [ISBN: 1439834539] y of Home
4. Barrie Sosinsky, ― Cloud Computing Bible‖ John Hong page:
Wiley & Sons, 2010 Kong http://
5. Tim Mather, SubraKumaraswamy, and www.c
ShahedLatif, Cloud Security and Privacy An s.hku.
Enterprise Perspective on Risks and Compliance, hk/~cl
O'Reilly 2009 wang
2 Prof Professor, Cloud +91(51
Debadatt Departme Computing 2)259/
a Mishra nt of 333/67
https://ww CSE,IIT 9-2004
Sr Name Affilat Expertis Courses w.cse.iitk. Kanpur deba
No ion e ac.in/user @cse.i
1 Prof IIT Cloud SWAYAM s/deba/ itk.ac.i
Soumya Kahar Computin n
KantiGh agpur g 3 Prof Associate Virtualization puru@
osh Purushott Professor and Cloud cse.iitb
2 Dr. Rajiv IIT Cloud NPTEL amKulkar IIT Computing .ac.in
Mishra Patna Computin ni Bombay
g and 4 Prof D. Professor Cloud, djram
Distribute JanaKira IIT Cluster and @cse.i
d m Madras Grid itm.ac.i
Systems Computing n
3 https:/ Cloud Udemy
/www. Computin
udem g
SEMSTER-VI
y.com/
topic/ BFYL144 Mathematics-VIII
Cloud- (Probability & Statistics)(online)
Comp
uting(
Evaluation Scheme
66
Teaching Scheme Credits
online Theory Practical Total Marks
cours
es of Th Tu Pr Total Hours TAE CAE ESE Int Ext
cloud)
2 0 0 2 10 15 25 50
Free Courses available: on UDEMY, NPTEL,

CourseEra, MOOC Course Objectives :
https://pages.awscloud.com/TC-Global-Campaign- 1. This course introduces a general mathematical
2019 concepts and objects.
https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=cloud%20 2. It skill the students to understand important
computing mathematical models used in computer science
https://www.udemy.com/introduction-to-cloud- branch
computing/
Course Outcomes :
Expert Faculty: Upon successful completion of the course, students
will be able to:
S Conta 1.Understand the concepts of Random variables.
r. Affiliatio ct 2. Understand and use special probability
Name Expertise
N n Detail
distributions
o. s
340
Algorithms, Traffic Management at packet level,
Unit -I Random Variables : Traffic management at flow level.
Random Variables, Distribution functions of
continuous & discrete random variables, Joint UNIT2: Introduction to Software Defined
distributions, mathematical Networking (SDN)
expectations, moment, Moment generating function Evolution of Switches and Control Planes,
&characteristic function Centralized and Distributed Control and Data
Planes Concepts, Advantages and Disadvantages,
Unit –II : Special probability distribution: OpenFlowprotocol.SDNController:
Binomial, Poisson‘s, Geometric, Uniform, GeneralConcepts,Layer 3 Centric, Plexxi
Exponential, Normal. ,CiscoOnePK ,Network Programmability
Unit-III : Hypothesis testing. UNIT 3: Data Center Concepts and Constructs

Technologies for the Data Center, The Multitenant
Recommended Reference Books: Data Center ,The Virtualized Multitenant Data
1. Kreyszig, E.: Advanced Engineeing Mathematics Center ,SDN Solutions for the Data Center Network
(Eighth Edition); John Wiley & Sons; 2000. ,VLANs, EVPN ,VxLan,NVGRENetwork Topology
2. Jain, R.K. and Iyengar, S.R.K.; Advanced and Topological Information Abstraction:
Engineering Mathematics; Narosa Publishers; Introduction,Network Topology ,Traditional Methods
2003. ,LLDP ,BGP-TE/LS ,ALTO ,I2RS Topology
UNIT 4: Building an SDN Framework

BCSL321/BCSP321 ADVANCED Introduction The Juniper SDN Framework IETF
NETWORKS(offine) SDN Framework(s) Open Daylight
Controller/Framework Use Cases for Bandwidth
Continuous Evalation Scheduling, Manipulation, and Calendaring, Use
Scheme
Teaching Scheme
Practi Cases for Input Traffic Monitoring, Classification,
Theory
Cre cal and Triggered Actions, Firewalls as a Service
Tot dits To
T
P
al
T C E I E
tal
,Network Access Control Replacement ,Extending
Th. r A A S n x the Use Case with a Virtual Firewall ,Feedback and
u Ho
. E E E t t
urs Optimization ,Intrusion Detection/Threat Mitigation
1 1 1 1
1 - 4 5 3 50
0 5 0 5
UNIT 5: Network Function Virtualization
Course Objectives: Introduction, Existing Network Virtualization
7. To learn about Software Defined Networking. Framework (VMWare and others), Virtualization
8. To understand an emerging Internet architectural and Data Plane I/O, Services Engineered Path,
framework, including the main concepts, Service Locations and Chaining, NFV at ETSI,
architectures, algorithms, protocols and Non-ETSI NFV Work
applications
9. To be able to implement Network virtualization Textbook(s):
framework. 5. SDN: Software Defined Networks, An Authoritative
Review of Network Programmability Technologies,
Course Outcomes: By Thomas D. Nadeau, Ken Gray Publisher:
Upon completion of course students will be O'Reilly Media, August 2013, ISBN: 978-1-4493-
able to: 4230-2, ISBN 10: 1-4493-4230-2.
13. Design a network with appropriate protocols 6. Software Defined Networks: A Comprehensive
selected according to requirement. Approach, by PaulGoransson and Chuck Black,
14. Analyze different routing protocols and traffic Morgan Kaufmann, June 2014, Print BookISBN:
engineering methods deployed in networking. 9780124166752, eBook ISBN : 9780124166844
15. Understand the concept of SDN (i.e. abstracting
and centralizing the control plane). References:
16. Analyze the implications of shifting from traditional 1. SDN and OpenFlow for Beginners by
network architectures to software defined networks. VivekTiwari, Sold by: Amazon Digital Services, Inc.,
17. Apply and analyze network functions virtualization. ASIN: , 2013.
18. Implement a network service using the knowledge 2. Network Innovation through Open Flow and
acquired throughout the lectures. SDN: Principles and Design, Edited by Fei Hu,
CRC Press, ISBN-10: 1466572094, 2014.
Syllabus 3. Open Networking Foundation (ONF) Documents,
https://www.opennetworking.org, 2015.
UNIT 1: Routing in Packet Networks 4. Open Flow standards, http://www.openflow.org,
Circuit Switching and Packet Switching, Types of 2015.
Routing Protocols: Interior and Exterior Gateway 5. Online Reading Lists, including: http://www.nec-
protocols, Adaptive and Non-adaptive Routing labs.com/~lume/sdn-reading-list.html, 2015.
341
Certification Courses available: This is an ideal certification for anyone wanting to
1. CompTIA A+ Technician ride the bleeding edge of the IT industry. Get
This entry-level certification is a starting point for a certified in cloud computing and meet the business
career in IT. Certified A+ techs handle demands of today and tomorrow.
PC maintenance, operating systems, printers,
mobile devices and laptops. The CompTIA 8. Certified Information Security Manager (CISM)
A+ validates skills hiring managers need from The CISM is another in-demand certification from
entry-level technicians and often provides entry- ISACA, and validates skills required to design,
level employment opportunities for aspiring IT build and manage enterprise-level security
practitioners without work-related experience. programs. Candidates for this certification will have
many years of experience in managing enterprise
2. CompTIA Network+ systems and will fully understand the many
Interested in a networking career? CompTIA enterprise-level risks and vulnerabilities that are
Network+ verifies the ability to design, manage involved. Achieve this expert-level certification and
and troubleshoot wired and wireless networks. This become the defender of your enterprise system.
is another in-demand certification ideal for
beginning a career in IT, and serves as a 9. Certified in Risk and Information Systems
recommended prerequisite for more advanced Control (CRISC)
network training. This ISACA certification validates skills required to
3. Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA) provide enterprise-level risk management and
Routing and Switching is arguably the top IT certification in the world. With
The CCNA: Routing and Switching is an associate- less than 21,000 current practitioners, job security
level certification and assures employers that is essentially guaranteed for those willing to
you‘re able to install, operate and configure achieve this expert-level credential. Achieve this
enterprise-level networks. CCNA-certified pros can world-class certification and enjoy all that comes
also detect and solve common network problems. with a rewarding career in risk management.
This is a fantastic certification for anyone building a
career in networking. With this certification, you Free Courses available:
also have the options of specializing in security,  Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT)
voice or wireless networking. o MIT offers a free online course in network
optimization. The course addresses problems in
4. Microsoft Certified Solutions Expert (MCSE) network flow, like minimum cost and maximum
Cloud Platform and Infrastructure flow.
The MCSE: Cloud Platform and Infrastructure is an o Network Optimization
ideal certification for advanced-level  Open University
practitioners responsible for managing modern data o Open University offers students an intro to network
centers. MCSE certification is offered in security course which is designed for advanced-
specializations that include server infrastructure, level students. The course takes 25 hours to
desktop infrastructure, private cloud, enterprise complete.
devices and apps, data platform, business o The protocols in multi-service networks course
intelligence, messaging, communications and explores communication protocols. Class topics
SharePoint. include packet-switched and circuit-switched
networks, the OSI (Open Systems Interconnection)
5. Certified Information Systems Auditor (CISA) reference model, TCP/IP (Transmission Control
The CISA validates a high-level of audit skills and Protocol/Internet Protocol) architecture and protocol
knowledge, and certifies the ability to software. This networking course takes 30 hours to
identify vulnerabilities, report on compliance and complete.
institute controls within an enterprise system. Earn o Network Security
this certification and enjoy an amazing career in IT o Protocols in Multi-Service Networks
auditing. Expert Faculty:
 Brad Hedlund
6. Certified Information Systems Security https://www.linkedin.com/in/bradhedlund/
Professional (CISSP) @BradHedlund
The CISSP validates skills required to protect large Brad is the Technical Account Manager for AWS
enterprise systems from a host of modern and before that an engineering Architect for
cyber threats. With less than 112,000 practitioners VMWare. Brad has extensive hands-on experience
in existence, those with this in-demand certification and specializes in Cloud networking, data center
find lucrative employment opportunities all over the infrastructure, and network security. Check out an
world. interview with Brad on VMWorld TV.
 Greg Ferro
7. AWS Certified Solutions Architect – Associate https://www.linkedin.com/in/etherealmind/
The AWS Certified Solutions Architect – Associate
@etherealmind
validates skills for designing distributed
applications and systems on the AWS platform. Greg is one of the co-founders of Packet Pushers
342
which is a weekly podcast about data networking Unit-I: Introduction
by networking architects. Greg is a veteran of Introduction to information and network security,
networking and a prolific writer. Sign up for his Attacks, services, mechanisms, security attacks,
security services, a model for internet work
networking newsletter which gives the latest news
security, encryption model, steganography,
on networking infrastructure and great hands-on classical encryption techniques, modern techniques
advice too. Greg stated recently on Twitter: - simplified DES, block cipher principles, data
―Gonna talk about SD-WAN in 2018. It will be kind encryption standard, strength of DES, block cipher
of ranty. Ok, maybe a lot ranty.‖ design principles, block cipher modes of operation.
 Prof. C P Katti,
Dean
Tel.: + 91-11-26704767 (O) Unit-lI: Confidentiality and Key Management
Fax: + 91-11-26742526
Email: jnu_scss@mail.jnu.ac.in Confidentiality using conventional encryption:
School of Computer & Systems Sciences, placement of encryption function, random number
Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi generation. Public key cryptography: principles,
(www.jnu.ac.in/SCSS/default.html) RSA algorithm, key management, diffie-heliman
BCSL320/BCSP320 INFORMATION SECURITY key exchange, elliptic curve cryptography, Chinese
AND CRYPTOGRAPHY remainder theorem, Euclidean algorithm, extended
(offline) Euclidean algorithm, discrete logarithms, primality
testing, Chinese remainder theorem, finite fields.
Teaching Scheme Practi Unit-lII: Message Authentication and Hash
Theory
Cred cal
Tot its To Functions
T P T C E I E
tal
h
T
u
r
al
Ho
A A S n x Authentication requirements, functions, codes,
. . E E E t t
urs security of hash function &MACs.Hash& Mac
1 1
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25
0 5
75 algorithms.Messages digest, Properties of hash
functions, MD2, MD5 and SHA-1, keyed hash
Course Objectives: functions, attacks on hash functions. Digital
signatures & authentication protocols, Elgamal
 This course covers the fundamentals of computer
digital signature algorithm, digital signature
systems security. standard.
 It introduces many different areas of security such
as encryption, malicious code, authentication and Unit-IV: Network Security
access control, trusted computer systems, Network security: Firewalls, Proxy-Servers,
operating system and network security. Network intrusion detection. Transport security:
Mechanisms of TLS, SSL, IPSec. Biometric
 The objective of this course is to provide students
authentication, Secure E-Commerce (ex. SET),
with a comprehensive overview of the threats to Smart Cards, Security in Wireless Communication.
computer security, technologies for security
assurance, and engineering approaches to security Unit-V: Open Source Tools
solutions. Hans-on sessions on open source network &
 Create an ability to understand and use various information security tools such as Wireshark,
Nmap&Zenmap, CryptoForge, VaraCrypt, Quick
open source security tools to improve personal
Checksum Verifier, KeePass, CrypTool, Metasploit.
information security & network security.
Unit-VI: Trends and Applications of Network
Course Outcomes: Security
Upon successful completion of the course, students Recent trends in Computer System & Security,
will be able to Advanced topics & its Application
CO1: Use the fundamentals of Cryptography and
standard algorithms to provide confidentiality, Books:
integrity and authenticity.  Cryptography and networks security principles &
CO2: Use symmetric and asymmetric key
practice by William Stalings (Pearson Education
encryption systems
CO3: Analyze various message authentication prentice Hall).
codes and hash functions.  Networks security Essentials Applications &
CO4: Analyze detection and prevention of various standards by William Stalings (Pearson Education,
attacks LPF).
CO5: Use open source tools like wireshark,  Cryptography in C and C++ by Michael
keyloggeretc to protect important data.
Welschenbach (A press IDG Books India).
CO6: Design secure applications
Course Contents:  Introduction to Data Compression by Khalid
Sayood (Morgan kaufmann/Harcourt India).
343
 Nikto.
Reference Book  Truecrypt
 Information Security: The Complete Reference,  Moloch
Second Edition2nd Edition by Mark Rhodes-  Bro IDS
OusleyISBN-13:978-0071784351 ,ISBN-  Snort
10:0071784357  OSQuery
 Cryptography and Network Security: C K  GRR - Google Rapid Response
Shyamala, N Harini, Dr T R Padmanabhan, Wiley  Omnet++
India, 1st Edition.
 Cacti
 Cryptography and Network Security :
ForouzanMukhopadhyay, McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition  NetDisco
 Information Security, Principles, and Practice: Mark
Stamp, Wiley India.
 Principles of Computer Security: WM. Arthur Experts:
Conklin, Greg White, TMH 1. Bhaskar Raman, IIT Bombay
 Introduction to Network Security: Neal Krawetz, 2. SachinDhedia - Professor - SGA
CENGAGE Learning EDUCATION INSTITUTE, Mumbai
 Network Security and Cryptography: Bernard 3. Dr. Abhijeet Das, IIT KGP,
Menezes, CENGAGE Learning abhij@cse.iitkgp.ac.in, +91-3222-282350
MOOCS Courses:
 NPTEL LINKS:
BECL204/BECP204 MICROCONTROLLER AND
 nptel.ac.in/courses/106105031 (IIT K) EMBEDDED SYSTEMS(online)
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105031/39
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106129 Continuous Evalation Scheme
Teaching Scheme
 https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_cs24 Cred
Theory
Practi
cal
Tot its To
P T C E I E
T al tal
 MIT Courseware Th.
u
r
.
Ho
A
E
A
E
S
E
n
t
x
t
urs
 https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering- 1 1 2 1 1
2 - 2 4 3 75
0 5 5 0 5
and-computer-science/6-858-computer-systems-
security-fall-2014/exams/
Course Objectives:
1. To study and understand various
 Swayam Courses:
microcontrollers and embedded systems.
 https://swayam.gov.in/course/1303-introduction-to- 2. To understand the design parameters
information-security-i ofembedded systems applications.
 https://swayam.gov.in/courses/4957-information- 3. To study and impart different tools for embedded
security system and IoT application design.
 MOOCS Link COURSE OUTCOMES:

 https://www.khanacademy.org/computing/computer On successful completion of the course, Students
shall be able to:
-science/cryptography/modarithmetic/a/the-
CO1: Understanding principle of embedded systems and
euclidean-algorithm Microcontroller
 https://www.khanacademy.org/computing/computer CO2: Develop programming for applicationsdevelop real
-science/cryptography/crypt/v/intro-to-cryptography time applications
CO3: Perform interfacing of devices and peripherals
Open Source Tools: CO4: Make Use Of ARM7 Controller for Designing of
 Nmap Embedded Applications
 OpenVAS CO5: Understand different IoT platform for Embedded
 OSSEC applications
CO6: Design and Develop different embedded system
 Security Onion
and IoTapplications.
 Metasploit Framework
 OpenSSH
 Wireshark SYLLABUS
 Kali Linux.
 Snort Unit 1: Embedded Systems:Introduction to
embedded Systems, Requirements /Components
 SalesForce
of Embedded Systems, Design Process in
 CiscoPacketTracer Embedded System
 OpenNMS
344
Microcontrollers: Introduction to microcontrollers, REFERENCE BOOKS:
8051 architecture, Addressing modes and S
Year of
instruction set, 8051 programming in Assembly r. Author Publish Editi
Title Public
language and Embedded C. N Name er on
ation
o.
Unit 2:Programming:Timer,Interrupts and serial Shibu Introduct The 2011
communications, Serial I/O, Programming Tools K. V. ion to McGra
Interfacing with 8051: ADC and DAC interfaces 1 Embedd w Hill,
for microcontrollers, Real time interfacing with LED, ed
Keypad, LCD display, Sensors interfacing (LDR, IR, System,
PIR etc.) Ajay Micro- Tata
V. controlle McGra
Unit 3:Advanced devices and peripheral interfacing Desh rs - w Hill
with ATmega16: GSM, GPS, GPRS, Bluetooth 2 mukh Theory
and
Unit 4: Introduction of 32-bit Applicati
Microcontroller:ARM7 Processors, ARM ons,
Architecture, Register and Memory organization, Kenne The Penram 1996 Sec
Addressing modes, Arm Thumb and instruction th J. 8051 Internati ond
sets, Basic Assembly Programming Ayala Micro- onal &
controlle Thomso
Unit 5: Advance Microcontroller and r– n Asia,
Programming: Introduction to Raspberry PI and 3 Architect
Intel Galileo Board, Python Programming, OOP‘s ure,
and Modules in Python Programming. Program
ming &
Unit 6:Design and perform differentembedded Applicati
system and IoT Applications: Robotic, Industrial ons,
Automations,
ONLINE CERTIFICATION AVAILABLE:

TEXT BOOKS: Sr Insti
Year Cour
. Faculty tute
of se Link
Sr. Publis Edit N Name Nam
Title Author Name Publ Name
No. her
icati
ion o. e
on 1. NPTE Dr. IIT- https://nptel.
Muh The 8051 Micro- Pearso 2008 Sec L Delhi ac.in/course
SantanuC
amm controller & n ond video s/108102045
ad Embedded Educati Cours haudhury /#
1
Ali System using on e on
Mazi assembly & C Embe
di dded
Muh ARM Assembly Sec Syste
amm language ond
ms
ad programming
2 \
Ali and Architecture
Mazi
di ST FACULTY MEMBERS FROM
RajK Microcontrollers: Pearso 2009 Sec IIT/CENTRALLY FUNDED INSTITUTES:
amal Architecture, n ond
3 Programming, Educati
Interfacing and on Sr
Institute Contact
System Design India No Faculty Name
Name Details
.
1. Dr. IIT-Delhi santanu
c@ee.iit
SantanuChaudhu
d.ernet.i
ry n
345
Phone : +91 9604787184, 9689903286, 9921008391 Fax : +91 – 7104 – 232560
DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Institute Vision and Mission
Programme: UG in Information Technology
Vision and Mission:
DEPARTMENT VISION
technologies to create technical manpower of global standards with capabilities of accepting
new challenges in Information Technology.
DEPARTMENT MISSION
 To equip our graduates with knowledge and expertise to contribute significantly to the
knowledge and information industry and continue to grow professionally.
 Promoting collaborative research through special interest groups, research
laboratories and Industry Institute Interactions.
 To nurture our graduates interpersonal and entrepreneurial skills to provide leadership
in the information industries
Program Education Objectives:
The programme educational objectives of the Information Technology programme are

designed to produce competent engineers who are ready to contribute effectively to the
advancement of information technology causes and to accommodate the needs of the
profession. The graduates shall:
1. Practice Information Technology in the general disciplines of design, development &

deployment of software and integration of existing technologies for e-governance
nationwide.
2. Apply fundamental technical knowledge and skills to provide workable solutions to
problems in various areas of IT.
3. Pursue higher education, research and development and deploy creative efforts in the
area of Information Technology.
4. Use the acquired knowledge in societal and environmental sensitive manner with
professional ethics in a team
346
Program Outcomes:

fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics,
natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and
design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate
consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research
methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern
engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with an
understanding of the limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess
societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the
professional engineering practice.
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions
in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable
development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of
the engineering practice.
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in
diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering
community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports
and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
engineering and management principles and apply these to one‘s own work, as a member and leader
in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in
independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change
347
Graduate shall be able to:

PSO1 -Ability to develop and apply Engineering conceptual knowledge and practices inprogramming
Web based technologies and information management.
PSO 2 - Apply core concepts of information technology in android/iOSApplication& Product
Development.
PSO3 -Utilize the hands on experience of industry internship leading to take up challenging jobs in IT
industries
348
B.TECH. INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
B.TECH. FIRST YEAR SCHEME
(INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY)
SEMESTER- I
Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Scheme
Code
Total Marks
Hours
BFYL101 Matrices 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 -- 50
BEEL101
AC & DC Circuits 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 25 75
BEEP101
BITL101
Programming for Problem Solving 1 - 4 5 3 10 15 25 50 100
BITP101
BECL101
BECP101
TOTAL 9 4 16 29 21 90 135 175 200 600
SEMESTER- II
Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Scheme
Code
Total Marks
Hours
BFYL104 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 -- 50
Equations
BFYL121
Applied Physics 1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
BFYP121
BECL102
Analog Circuits 1 1 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 75
BECP102
Mini Model through Innovation &
BFYP151 - - 4 4 2 -- -- -- 50 50
Creativity
BHUL101
BHUP101
BHUP102 Ethics & Professional Competencies - - 2 2 1 -- -- -- 25 25
TOTAL 4 5 26 35 22 50 75 125 350 600
349
SEMESTER III
Cre Continuous Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Scheme
Course Exam dits Theory Practical Total
Name of the Course
Code Mode Total
Hour
Mathematics-V
BFYL141 Offline 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
(Discrete Mathematics)
BCSL203/ Data Structures and Online
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 10 15 75
BCSP203 Algorithms Moodle
BECL320/ Hardware Description
Offline 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 10 15 75
BECP320 Language
Object Oriented Online
BCSP205 - - 4 4 2 - - - 25 25 50
Programming Moodle
Problem Identification & Activity
BCSL207 1 - - 1 1 10 15 - - - 25
Design Thinking Based
BCSL208/ Database Management Online
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 10 15 75
BCSP208 Systems Moodle
Software Engineering & Activity
BCSL209 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Project Management Based
Foundation Course In Practical
BAIP201 - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 25 50
Machine Learning Based
Skill Development- Practical
BAIP202 - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
1(Linear Algebra) Based
BHUP203 Quant - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
BHUP204 Liberal arts Offline - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
Business English
BHUP205 Online - - 4 4 2 - - - 50 - 50
Certification
Total 8 2 22 32 21 60 90 125 255 95 625
SEMESTER IV
Mathematics-VI
BFYL142 (Graph Theory and Online 1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Number System)
BCSL211/ Activity
Operating Systems 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 10 15 75
BCSP211 Based
Formal languages and Offline
BCSL212 2 1 - 3 3 10 15 50 - 75
Automata
Online
Moodle
Principles in Online
BCSP214 - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 25 50
Programming Languages Moodle
BCSL215/
Big Data Online 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 10 15 75
BCSP215
Software Architecture Activity
BCSL216 2 - - 2 1 10 15 25 - - 50
and Web Services Based
Machine Learning Activity
BAIL203 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 50
Algorithms Based
BCSLXXX Open elective-1 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 50
Mini Project &
BCSP219 Technical Report Online - - 2 2 2 - - - 50 - 50
Writing
Entrepreneurship
BMBP102 Offline - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
Development
Viva-
BHUP207 Soft Employability Skills - - 1 1 0.5 - - - 25 - 25
Voce
Total
12 2 15 29 21.5 70 105 200 170 80 625
350
SEMESTER V
Exam Continuous Evaluation Scheme
Mode Teaching Scheme
Course Cre Theory Practical
Name of the Course
Code dits Total
Total
Hour
Mathematics-VII Online
BFYL143 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 - - 50
(Integral Transforms)
BCSL316/ Design & Analysis of Online
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 10 15 75
BCSP316 Algorithms
BCSL309/ Offline
Compiler Design 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 10 15 75
BCSP309
BCSL317/ Data Communication Offline
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 10 15 75
BCSP317 and Networks
BCSL315/ Activity
Cloud Computing Based 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 10 15 75
BCSP315
Advanced Activity
MBP107 Communication based - - 4 4 2 - - - 50 - 50
Skills
BHUP302 Aptitude 2 online - - 1 1 0.5 25 - 25
Internship & Activity
BCSP319 Technical Report based - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 50 75
Writing
Financial Activity
MBP301 Management for based - - 1 1 0.5 - - 25 - 25
Engineers
Elective Activity
XXXX 2 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
1(Humanities) based
XXXX Elective 2(Science) offline 2 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Total 12 0 18 30 21 70 105 175 190 110 650
SEMESTER VI
Mathematics-VIII
Online/
BFYL144 (Probability & 1 - - 1 1 10 15 25 - - 50
Moodle
Statistics)
Online
BECL218/ Embedded Systems
Activity 2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 25 25 100
BECP218 Design
based
BCSL320/ Information Security Offline
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 10 15 75
BCSP320 & Cryptography Moodle
BCSL321/
Advanced Networks Offline 1 - 4 5 3 10 15 10 15 50
BCSP321
Product Development
MBP108 - - - 2 2 - - - 25 - 25
& IPR
BCSLXXX Open Elective 2 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Career Development Activity

BHUP304 - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 - 25
Practice Based
BCSLXXX Elective 3 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
BCSLXXX Elective 4 2 - - 2 2 10 15 25 - 50
Total 12 0 15 27 19.5 70 105 150 145 55 525
351
SEMESTER VII
Teaching Scheme Cr
Course Code Name of the Course edi
Pr Total
Th. Tu ts TAE CAE ESE Int Ext
. Hours
BCSP428 Project Phase I - - 4 4 4 - - - 75 50 125
BCSP432 MOOCs-1 - - 2 2 2 - - - 50 - 50
Total 10 0 6 16 16 50 75 125 125 50 425
SEMESTER VIII
BCSP430 6 Month Internship - - 12 12 12 - - - 150 150 300
BCSP433 Project Phase 2 - - 4 4 4 - - - 50 50 100
BCSL432 MOOCs-2 2 - 2 2 - - - 50 - 50
Total 2 - 16 18 18 10 15 25 250 200 450
First Year Credits 43 First Year Marks 1200

Total Credits SE-BE 117 Total Marks SE-BE 3300
Grand Total Credits 160 Grand Total Marks 4500
352
ELECTIVE : I
BCSL312- COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND VISUALISATION
BCSL414- DATA MINING AND WAREHOUSING
BITL301- JAVA PROGRAMMING
BITL408- DISTRIBUTED DATABASES AND OBJECT ORIENTED DATABASES
ELECTIVE II :
BCSL403- AI AND EXPERT SYSTEMS
BCSL407- ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE
BCSL419- Digital Marketing
BCSL427- Data Analytics
BECL405- DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING
BECL413 - WIRELESS COMMUNICATION
BECL423 - PATTERN RECOGNITION
BCSL432 – Automation with AI
BSCL434 –Artificial Natural Network
BCSL436 – AI in Speech Processing
ELECTIVE III :
BCSL410 - SOFT COMPUTING
BCSL412 – SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE
BCSL416 - MACHINE LEARNING
BCSL420 – Entrepreneurship
BCSL421 - Blockchain Technology
BECL428 - WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK
BITL307 - SCRIPTING LANGUAGES
BCSL438 – Applications of AI in Bio Medical
BCSL439 –Applications of AI in Civil Engineering
ELECTIVE IV :
BECL425 - REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEM
BECL409 - DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
BITL407 - ADVANCED WEB TECHNOLOGIES
BITL410 - SOFTWARE TESTING
BCSL310- MOBILE COMPUTING
BCSL415 -CLOUD COMPUTING
BCSL422 - Big Data and Hadoop
BCSL435 - AI in Video Processing
BCSL440 – Applications of AI in Industry 4.0
ELECTIVE-V
BITL309 - CYBER LAWS
BCSL311 - E-COMMERCE
BITL411 - ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING
BCSL417 - BIO INFORMATICS
BCSL423 - Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning
BCSL433 – AI in AgriTech
BCSL437 – Applications of AI Financial Sector
BCSL441 – Applications of AI Embedded System
353
SEMESTER-III Recommended Reference Books:
4. Discrete mathematical structure with
application to computer science;
BFYL141 MATHEMATICS-V
Trembley&Manohar; Mc. Graw Hill,2011
(DISCRETE MATHEMATICS) (Offline)
5. Discrete Mathematical Structure ; Busby &
Ross ; PHI, 2009
Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Scheme 6. Discrete Mathematics ; John Truss ; Addison
Credits
Theory Practical Wesley
Total
Exam
Mode BECL207/BECP201 HARDWARE DESCRIPTION
1 1 0 2 2 10 15 25 50
LANGUAGE(Offline)

Course Objectives : Evaluation Scheme
1.This course introduces size and kind of objects. Teaching Scheme Practic
Theory
al
2.It also skills to analyze objects meeting the To
Cre Tot
criteria, finding "largest", "smallest", or "optimal" dit I al
Th Tut Pra tal
s TA CA ES n Mar
objects. eor oria ctic Ho
E E E t
Ext.
ks
3.It also introduces combinatorial structures and y l al ur
.
s
apply algebraic techniques to combinatorial 1
problems. 1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 15 75
0
Course Outcomes :
Upon successful completion of the course, students Course Objectives:
will be able to:
1. Apply concept of Set theory. Apply Boolean algebra and other techniques to
2. Understand and use concepts of Groups and 4. express and simplify logic expressions.
Rings Analyze and design combinational and sequential
3. Apply the concepts of Lattices and Boolean 5. digital systems.
algebra in computer science engg. Use different techniques among them a hardware
6. description language and a programming
Unit –I: Set Theory (10 hrs) language, to design digital systems.
Operations on sets, Laws of algebra of sets,
Representation of sets on computer in terms of 0‘s
& 1‘s. Partition & covering of a set, ordered pair, Course Outcomes
Product set, Relation–Different types of relations, CO6. Student shall be able toConceptualize of
Graph of relation, Matrix of relation, Transitive digital systems and the use of Boolean algebra in
closure of relation, Properties of relations, logic analysis and design
Compatible relation. Functions, Partial ordering &
partially ordered set, Hasse diagram of Poset, 22 CO7. Understanding of RTL design and verification
Totally ordered set, Peano axioms & Mathematical techniques and methodologies
Induction.
CO8. Understand the principles and methodology
Unit –II:Group and Rings (12 hrs) of digital logic design at the gate and switch level,
Algebra or Algebraic systems like semigroup, including both combinational and sequential logic
monoid, and examples. Homomorphism, elements.
Isomorphism of semigroup&monoid.Groups,
properties of algebraic groups. Permutations CO9. introduce basic tools of logic design and
groups, Subgroups, Cosets, Lagranges theorem, provide hands-on experience designing digital
properties of cyclic groups, generator of group, circuits
Homorphism, quotient group. Rings , Fields and
Integral domain CO10. appreciate the uses and capabilities of a
modern FPGA platform
Unit -III: Lattices and Boolean algebra
Course Contents:
(8 hrs)
Lattice as Poset& as algebraic system, Types of Unit 1. Introduction to Hardware Description
lattices, Hasse diagrams, Sublattice, direct product Languages:
of Lattices Lattice Homomorphism, complement of
elements of lattices, Various lattices, composition
Combinational Logic, Structural Modeling,
tables, Lattice Bn . Boolean algebra; Boolean Sequential Logic, More Combinational Logic,
Expressions, Equivalence of Boolean Expression Parameterized Modules, Test benches
by tables, Simplification of circuit & equivalent
circuit by truth tables. Unit 2.
354
Sequential circuit Sequential circuit: Latches and BCSP210 ELECTIVE V-ARTIFICIAL
flip-flops, counters, shift register, Finite state INTELLIGENCE (Online)
machine; representation and synthesis.
Teaching Scheme
Credit Theory Practical
s Tota
Unit 3. Th T Pr
Total
Hour
TA CA ES In Ex l
. u . E E E t t
FPGA architecture and synthesis Photolithography, s
E-beam lithography and newer lithography - - 2 2 1 - - - 25 25 50
techniques for VLSI/ULSI, Mask generation

Course Objectives:
Unit 4.  Be able to formulate machine learning problems
Semiconductor memories, PALs, PLAs and corresponding to different applications.
FPGAs; Pipelining and timing issues, PROMs
Text
:
Books
Year Course Outcomes: Upon completion of the course
Sr. Autho of Ed students shall be able to:
Publish
No Title r Publ iti
er  1. Recall the basic concepts and techniques of
. Name icati on
on artificial Intelligence
HDL Chip Dougl Doone 199 1st  2. Classify machine learning algorithms to solve
Design: A as publicati 8 real time problems of moderate complexity.
Practical Guide Smith ons
for Designing,  3. Gain experience of doing independent study and
Synthesizing &
1 research through case studies.
Simulating
ASICs &
Unit I: Artificial Neural Networks
FPGAs Using
VHDL or
Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Understanding
Verilog the Brain, Neural Networks as a Paradigm for
Verilog HDL, A Samir Prentice 1st Parallel Processing, ThePerceptron, Training a
guide to Digital Palnit Hall Perceptron, Learning Boolean Functions ,Multilayer
2
Design and kar Perceptron, Backpropagation Algorithm
Synthesis Unit II:Probability& Statistical Analysis
Introduction to Bayesian Function, Mean, Median
&Mode, LinearRegression, MultipleRegression,
Reference Books:
Logistic Regression,Normal Distribution,
Year BinomialDistribution, PoissonRegression, Analysis
Sr. of Ed of Covariance, Time Series Analysis, Nonlinear
Author Publish
No Title Publ iti Least Square, DecisionTree, RandomForest,
Name er
. icati on SurvivalAnalysis, Chi Square Tests
on
FPGA based Doug Synopsi
Prototyping Amos, s Press
UNIT III:Case Study of Artificial Intelligence using
Methodology Austin
1 Nvidia.
Manual Lesea,
Rene
Richter Text Books:
Introduction Christoph Springe 4. Introduction to machine learning,EthemAlpaydin.
to e Bobda r — 2nd ed., The MIT Press, Cambridge,
Reconfigurab Netherl Massachusetts, London, England.
2 le 5. Introduction to artificial neural systems, J. Zurada,
ands.
Computing,
St. Paul: West.
Architectures,
Algorithms 6. R in a Nutshell, 2nd Edition - O'Reilly Media.
Writing Janick Springe 2003 2n
Testbenches: Bergeron r d Reference Books:
3 Functional 3. Machine Learning, Tom M Mitchell.
Verification of 4. The Elements of Statistical Learning, Trevor
HDL Model Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Jerome Friedman,
Springer
Resource Persons
Mr.VivekPatole,
Head Product Engineering &DEvelopment at
355
Prof. SudeshnaSarkar  CO3: Demonstrate SQL queries to perform CRUD
Head of the Centre (Create, Retrieve, Update, Delete) operations on
Contact (Head) database and perform inferential analysis of data
Phone: +91-3222-282256 model
 CO4: Demonstrate query processing and able to
AnupamBasu design optimized query execution plan.
Professor
PhD (IIT Kharagpur)  CO5: Perform basic transaction processing and
Joined Institute in 1984 management and ensure database security,
Phone: 283462(o), 283463(r) integrity and concurrency control
 CO6: Demonstrate the management of structured
Free Courses: and unstructured data management with recent
Sr. Artificial Intelligence tools and technologies
Offered by
No. course name
1 Artificial Intelligence EDX CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
2 Intro to Artificial Intelligence Udacity‘s
Artificial Intelligence: Standford Programme
3 Course
Principles and Techniques university Outcomes
Outcomes
Artificial Intelligence for Georgia Tech
4 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PSO1 PSO2
Robotics by Udacity
CO1 2 3 - 2 - 3
CO2 - 3 2 2 2 3
BCSL208/BCSP208 Database Management
CO3 - 2 - 3 2 2
System (Offline) CO4 3 3 2 2 3 3
CO5 3 3 1 2 2 3
CO6 1 3 - 3 3 3
Teaching Scheme Practica
Theory
l
Ex
Cre
Tot a To
P dits T C E
T T al m E tal
r A A S Int
h. u Ho M xt
. E E E
urs od
e
Syllabus
On
1 2 1
2 - 2 4 3 15 lin 10 75 Unit I - Introduction to DBMS, DBMS Architecture,
0 5 5
e
Data Models, UML
Unit II - Relational Database design: Functional

Course Objective:
Dependency (FD) – Basic concepts, closure of set
13. This course introduces general idea of database
of FD, closure of attribute set, Decomposition,
management system.
Normalization – 1NF, 2NF, 3NF, BCNF, 4NF.
14. It is aimed at developing skills to design databases
using data modeling and design techniques.
Unit III - SQL Concepts : Basics of SQL, DDL,
15. It is also aimed to developing skills to implement
DML, DCL, structure – creation, alteration, defining
real life applications which involve database
constraints, Functions - aggregate functions, Built-
handling.
in functions –numeric, date, string functions, set
16. This course also provide carrier opportunities in
operations, sub-queries, correlated sub-queries,
subject areas of designing, storage techniques and
Use of group by, having, order by, join and its
data handling and managing techniques
types, Exist, Any, All , view and its types.
Transaction control commands – Commit, Rollback,
Save point. Cursors, Stored Procedures, Stored
Function, Database Triggers
 CO1: Analyze an information storage problem and
Unit IV - Query Processing & Query Optimization:
derive an information model expressed in the form
Overview, measures of query cost, selection
of an entity relation diagram and other optional
operation, sorting, join, evaluation of expressions,
analysis forms and design appropriate data model
transformation of relational expressions, estimating
for it.
statistics of expression results, evaluation plans,
materialized views
 CO2: Demonstrate an understanding of various
normalization forms and apply knowledge of Unit V - Transaction Management: Transaction
normalization for creation of database. concepts, properties of transactions, serializability
356
of transactions, Two- Phase Commit protocol,
Deadlock, two-phase locking protocol Course Objective:
4. Introduce students to a discipline—
Unit VI -NoSQL Databases - Introduction, CRUD designthinking—that enhances innovation
Operations, Data Mining, XML activities interms of value creation, speed, and
sustainability. Be exposed to architectural
Text Books: styles and views
3. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth and S. 5. Strengthen students‘ individual and
Sudarshan, Database System Concepts 4th collaborativecapabilities to identify
Ed, McGraw Hill, 2002. problems/issues/needs,develop sound
4. Jeff Ullman, and Jennifer Widom, A First hypotheses, collect and analyzeappropriate
Course in Database systems, 2nd Ed. data, and develop ways to collectmeaningful
feedback in a real-world environment
Reference Books: 6. Teach students to translate broadly
5. G. K. Gupta :‖Database Management definedopportunities into actionable
Systems‖, McGraw – Hill. innovationpossibilities and recommendations
6. Regina Obe, Leo Hsu, PostgreSQL: Up and for keystakeholders and their organizations
Running, 3rd Ed, O'Reilly Media 2017.
7. Kristina Chodorow, Shannon Bradshaw,
MongoDB: The Definitive Guide, 3rd Ed, Course Outcome: Upon successful completion
O'Reilly Media 2018. of the course, students shall be able to:
8. RamezElmasri and ShamkantNavathe, 4. Have an awareness of how design thinking can
Fundamentals of Database Systems 2nd Ed, be applied in a wide range of contexts, from the
Benjamin Cummings, 1994. personal to the global
5. Initiate an attitude of playfulness to aid design
Certification Courses available: thinking
1. http://infolab.stanford.edu/~ullman/fcdb.html 6. Use computing tools and online environments
2. https://www.cse.iitb.ac.in/~sudarsha/db- to aid design thinking.
book/slide-dir/
Syllabus
1. Database Systems Concepts & Design - UNIT I: Why Design Thinkingand The Design
[Udacity, edx] - Free Course Process provides context and an introduction to key
(https://in.udacity.com/course/database-systems- concepts, terminology, and structure for the
concepts-design--ud150) course,Scoping, The Design Brief and Visualization
2. https://www.edx.org/course/database-systems- introduces ways to clarify the scope of a project
concepts-and-design and its intent , questions to explore, target
3.Database Management System - Swayam stakeholders, and establishes the importance of
(https://swayam.gov.in/course/220-database- pictures and storytelling in the overall process
management-system)
4. Database Management System - NPTEL UNIT II: Fundamentals of Ethnography and
(https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_cs15/previ Identifying Insights reviews how to observe users in
ew) their natural habitat‖ and efficiently extract useful
patterns from collected dataEstablishing Design
Expert Faculty: Criteria and Brainstorming shows how to develop a
succinct expression of the ideal end state of a
1. P. Sreenivasa Kumar, IIT Madras project, and deliberately generate many fresh
2. S. Sudarshan, IIT Bombay alternatives to the status quo
(Email: sudarsha@cse.iitb.ac.inURL: http://www.cs
e.iitb.ac.in/~sudarshaTel: +91.22 2576 7714 (Dept. UNIT III: Concept Development and The Napkin
Office: 2576 7700)) Pitch details how to choose the best ideas,
3. David G. Sullivan PhD, Senior Lecturer on assemble them into detailed solutions, and
Computer Science, Boston University Location: rationally evaluate them, as well introduce a simple,
Maxwell-Dworkin G125 consistent format for summarizing and
communicating new concepts .Assumptions
BCSL207 PROBLEM IDENTIFICATION & Testing and Prototyping introduces a tool for
DESIGN THINKING (Offline) surfacing key assumptions underlying the
attractiveness of a new concept and using data to
Continuous Evaluation Scheme assess the likelihood that they are true, as well as
Cr
Theory
al ways to create visual manifestations of concepts..
Tota ed Tot
T P its T C
l In E al
h Tu r A A ESE
. .
Hou
E E
t xt Text Books:
rs
1
1 - - 1 1 15 - - - 25
0
357
7. Jeanne Liedtka and Tim Ogilvie Designing for Course Outcome: Upon successful completion
Growth: A Design Thinking Tool Kit for of the course, students shall be able to-
Managers (Columbia University Press, 2011) CO1: Describe data structures and understand when
it is appropriate to use. (Remembering)
CO2: Understand algorithms for data searching and
Reference Books: sorting.(Understanding)
8. Tom Kelly, The Art of Innovation: Lessons in CO3: Apply linear and nonlinear data structures to
Creativity From IDEO, America‘s Leading solve various real world computing problems.
Design Firm (Profile Books, 2002) (Applying)
9. Tim Brown, Change by Design: How Design CO4: Structuring to Relate use of Abstract data types
Thinking Transforms Organizations and & ways in which they can be stored, accessed and
Inspires Innovation(HarperBusiness, 2009) manipulated. (Analyzing)
10. Roger Martin, The Design of Business: Why CO5:Evaluate critical, independent and quantitative
Design Thinking Is The Next problems using various data structures .(Evaluating)
CompetitiveAdvantage(Harvard Business CO6: Design the hierarchical data structure with
Review Press, 2009) minimum complexity for real world problem.
11. Alexander Osterwalder and Yves Pigneur, (Creating)
Business Model Generation: A Handbook
forVisionaries, Game Changers, and CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
Challengers (John Wiley and Sons, 2010) Programme
12. Nigel Cross, Design Thinking: Understanding Programme
Course Specific
How Designers Think and Work(Bloomsbury Outcomes
Outcomes Outcomes
Academic, 2011)
4. https://www.coursera.org/learn/uva-darden- CO2 2 3 3 2
design-thinking-innovation CO3 3 3 3 2 1
5. https://www.edx.org/course/introduction-to- CO4 3 3 3 3 2
design-thinking-1/ CO5 3 3 3 2 3
6. https://in.udacity.com/course/intro-to-the-
CO6 2 3 3 3 3
design-of-everyday-things--design101
Expert Faculty:
3. Tim Zak, Associate Teaching Professor, Heinz
College, Director—Institute for Social Syllabus
Innovation Unit I: Arrays & Pointers
4. Dr Deepak John Mathew of IIT Hyderabad Introduction, Linear Arrays, Arrays as ADT,
Traversing Linear Arrays, Inserting and deleting,
BCSL 203/BCSP203 Data Structure and Multidimensional Arrays, Pointers; Pointer Arrays,
Algorithms (Online) Dynamic Memory Management.
Unit II:Sorting and Searching
BCSL203/ BCSP203 Introduction: Sorting; Bubble Sort, Insertion Sort,
Selection Sort, Merging, Searching; Linear Search,
Continuous Evaluation Scheme Binary Search.
Theory
al
Unit III: Linked List
Cred
Tot its Exa Tot Introduction, Linked Lists, Representation of Linked
T T P al TA CA ES m In E al
h. u r. Hou E E E Mod t xt Lists in Memory, Traversing a Linked List,
rs e
Onli
Searching a Linked List, Memory Allocation and
1
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 ne 0
15 75 Garbage Collection, Insertion into a Linked List,
Deletion from a Linked List, Circularly Linked Lists,
Doubly Linked Lists.
Course Objective: Unit IV: Stacks, Queue and Recursion
1. This course introduces basic idea of data Introduction, Stacks, Array Representation of
structure while making aware of methods and Stacks, Linked Representation of Stacks, Stack as
structure used to organize large amount of data. ADT, Application of Stacks, Recursion, Linked
2. It‘s also aimed at developing skill to implement Representation of Queues, Queues as ADT,
methods to solve specific problems using basic Circular Queues, Deques and Applications of
data structures. Queues.
3. The course also provides career opportunities in Unit V: Trees and Graphs
design of data, implementation of data, technique Introduction: Binary Trees, Representing Binary
to sort and searching the data. Tree in Memory, Traversing Binary Trees, Binary
Search Trees, Searching, Inserting and Deletion in
a Binary Search Tree, Introduction & Graph Theory
358
Terminology, Sequential Representation of Graphs, Sr Nam MOOC's/S Link Dura Name Affili
Operations on Graphs, Traversing a Graph. .N e of WAYAM/N tion of ation
cour Cour
Unit VI: se se
Project based Learning ,Splay Tree, AVL Tree, Red and Shank
and Black Tree, Floyd and WarshellTechique, Algori ar
Height Balance Tree. thm Balach
andran
Prof.
Text Books: Hema
1.AVAho, J Hopcroft, JD Ullman, Data Structures A
and Algorithms, Addison- Wesley, 1983. Murthy
2.THCormen, CF Leiserson, RL Rivest, C Stein, ,IIT
Madras
Introduction to Algorithms, 3rd Ed., MIT Press,
2009.
Expert Faculty:
Reference Books: 1. Dr. Naveen Garg,Department of Computer
1. Data Structures & Algorithms, 1e, Alfred V.Aho, Science and Engineering Indian Institute of
Jeffery D. Ullman , Person. Technology, Delhi.
2. MT Goodrich, R Tamassia, DM Mount, Data 2.YogeshSimmhan, Assistant
Structures and Algorithms in Java, 5th Ed., Wiley, Professor,Department of Computational and Data
2010. (Equivalent book in C also exists.) Sciences (CDS), Indian Institute of Science (IISc),
Bangalore.
Sr Name of MOOC's/ Link Duration Name Affilia BCSP205 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
.N the SWAYA of of tion (Online)
o. course M/NPTEL Course Exper
t Continuous Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Scheme
1 Program SWAYAM https://s 8 weeks Sudar IIT Cr Theory Practical
ming wayam. (certificati shanI Madr Tot ed T
Data gov.in/c on yenga as T T P al its TA ES ot
CAE Int Ext al
Structure ourse/44 Course) r h. u r. Hou E E
and 22- rs
Algorith program 5
- - 4 4 2 - - - 25 25
m ming- 0
data-
structure
s-and-
algorith
Course Objective:
ms 1. This course introduced features of object
oriented programming.
Free Courses available: 2. The course provide carrier opportunities in
Sr Nam MOOC's/S Link Dura Name Affili
implementation of various applications as object
.N e of WAYAM/N tion of ation oriented concepts plays dominant role in software
o. the PTEL of Expert development.
cour Cour
se se
Course Outcome: Upon successful completion of
1 Progr NPTEL https://nptel.ac.in/ 8 Prof. Chen the course, students shall be able to–
ammi courses/1061061 week Madha nai
ng, 45/ s( vanMu Math CO 1: Articulate the principles of object oriented
Data https://onlinecour from kund emati programming using C++
Struc ses.nptel.ac.in/no 28 cal CO 2: Understand function overloading, constructor
tures c18_cs34 Janu Instit overloading, operator overloading, polymorphism &
and ary ute
Algori 2019 its uses in programming.
thms to 22 CO3: Implement inheritance concepts and its use
using Marc for application development
Pytho h CO4: Analyze of dynamic memory allocation and
n 2019
) its use for software development
2 Data NPTEL https://nptel.ac.in/ 8 Dr. IIT
CO5: Implement concept of file handling in real life
Struc courses/1061020 week Navee DEL problems
ture 64/ s(Vid n Garg HI CO6: Implement a project for real world problems
and eo
Algori Lectu
thm res)
Cour
3 Progr NPTEL https://nptel.ac.in/ 8 Dr. N IIT Programme
ammi courses/1061061 week S. Madr se
ng 33/ s(Vid Naraya as Outc Outcomes
Data eo) naswa omes
Struc my PO PO PO PO PO PO PS
1 2 3 4 5 11
PSO1
ture Prof. O2
359
CO1 1 2 2 3 - - - Affiliation:IITKharagpur
CO2 - 3 3 2 - 2 1 2
CO3 - 3 3 2 1 2 2 3 BCSL209 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING AND
CO4 - 3 1 3 3 2 3 3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT(Offline)
CO5 - 3 3 2 2 2 1 3
CO6 - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Teaching Scheme
Theory Practical
Credit
Total s Tota
Th T Pr TA CA ES In Ex l
Hour
Syllabus . u .
s
E E E t t
1 1 - 2 2 10 15 25 - - 50
Unit-I: Principles of Object Oriented
Programming -
Course Objectives:
Introduction to OOPS: Differences between C and
C++.A look at procedure Oriented programming, The student should be made to:
object oriented programming paradigm, basic  Understand the phases in a software project
concepts of OOP, Headers & Name Spaces  Understand fundamental concepts of requirements
engineering and Analysis Modelling.
Unit-II: Functions & Polymorphism -  Understand the major considerations for enterprise
integration and deployment.
Functions, Types of Functions, Constructor,  Learn various testing and maintenance measures
Destructor, Function overloading & Ambiguity, Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the
Operator Overloading, Function Overriding, Friend student should be able to
Function  Identify the key activities in managing a software
project.
Unit-III: Inheritance & Virtual Functions -  Compare different process models.
 Concepts of requirements engineering and Analysis
Inheritance and the access specifies, Types of Modeling.
Inheritance, Pointers and references to derived  Apply systematic procedure for software design
types, Virtual Functions and deployment.
 Compare and contrast the various testing and
Unit-IV: Pointers & Dynamic allocations - maintenance
Static & Dynamic allocation using new and delete,*
and ->* operators, Creating conversion functions, CO Mapping with PO and PSO:
this pointer.
Text Books: Course Programme

1. Object Oriented Programming in C++ -Robert Outcom Programme Outcomes Specific
es Outcomes
Lafore, edition, Galgotia publications
PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PSO PSO
2. The Complete Reference C++, Herbert Schildt, 1 2 3 5 8 1 1 2
4th Edition, TMH CO1 3 2 3 - - 3 - -
CO2 3 2 3 - - 3 - -
Reference Books: CO3 2 3 3 2 1 3 3 2
1. Let‘s C++ by Y. Kanetkar, BPB publications CO4 2 3 3 - - 3 3 3
CO5 3 - 3 1 - 3 - 3
2. Object oriented programming with C++, E CO6 3 2 3 3 - 3 3 3
Balagurusamy, 4th edition, TMH
3. Object-Oriented Programming with C++,

SouravSahay, Oxford University Pres Syllabus
UNIT I: SOFTWAREPROCESS
Certification Courses Available: Introduction to Software Engineering, Software
Name of Course: Programming In C++ (NPTEL) Process, Perspective and Specialized Process
Link: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105151/ Models – Software Project Management:
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_cs32 Estimation – LOC and FP Based Estimation,
COCOMO Model – Project Scheduling –
Duration of Course:8 Weeks (from 28 January Scheduling, Earned Value Analysis – Risk
2019 to 22 March 2019) Management.
Name of Expert:Prof. ParthaPratim Das
Affiliation:IITKharagpur UNIT II: REQUIREMENTS ANALYSIS AND
SPECIFICATION
Expert Faculty: Software Requirements: Functional and Non-
Name of Expert:Prof. ParthaPratim Das Functional, User requirements, System
360
requirements, Software Requirements Document – Dr. MadhuriBhavsar
Requirement Engineering Process: Feasibility Nirma University
Studies, Requirements elicitation and analysis, Total Experience 25 Year
requirements validation, requirements
Educational
management-Classical analysis: Structured system Ph.D.
Qualification
Analysis, Petri Nets- Data Dictionary.
High Performance Computing,
UNIT III: SOFTWARE DESIGN Software
Design process – Design Concepts-Design Model– Research Area Engineering,Networking , Cloud
Design Heuristic – Architectural Design – Computing and Software
Architectural styles, Architectural Design, Engineering
Architectural Mapping using Data Flow- User General information
Interface Design: Interface analysis, Interface Professor and Head of
Design –Component level Design: Designing Class Designation
Department
based components, traditional Components.
Office Phone 07930642213
UNIT IV: TESTING AND Cabin No B Block - 100
IMPLEMENTATION Email madhuri.bhavsar@nirmauni.ac.in
Software testing fundamentals-Internal and external
views of Testing-white box testing – basis path
testing-control structure testing-black box testing- SEMSTER-IV
Regression Testing – Unit Testing – Integration
Testing – Validation Testing – System Testing And
Debugging – Software Implementation Techniques: BFYL142 COURSE NAME: MATHEMATICS-
Coding practices-Refactoring. VI(GRAPH THEORY AND NUMBER SYSTEM)
(Online)
UNIT V: PROJECT Teaching
Evaluation Scheme
MANAGEMENT Scheme
Duration
Estimation – FP Based, LOC Based, Make/Buy Total
of Paper
Decision, COCOMO II – Planning – Project Plan, Th. Tu Pr. Total TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext.
Planning Process, RFP Risk Management –

1 1 0 2 2 10 15 25 50 2
Identification, Projection, RMMM – Scheduling and
Tracking –Relationship between people and effort,
Task Set & Network, Scheduling, EVA – Process Course Objectives :
and Project Metrics. 1.This course introduces size and kind of objects.
Text Books: 2.It also skills to analyze objects meeting the
 Roger S. Pressman, ―Software Engineering – A criteria, finding "largest", "smallest", or "optimal"
Practitioner‟s Approach‖, Seventh Edition, objects.
McGraw-Hill International Edition, 2010. 3.It also introduces combinatorial structures and
apply algebraic techniques to combinatorial
problems.
Reference Books:
 Ian Sommerville, ―Software Engineering‖, 9th Course Outcomes :
Edition, Pearson Education Asia, 2011. Upon successful completion of the course, students
 Rajib Mall, ―Fundamentals of Software will be able to:
Engineering‖, Third Edition, PHI Learning Private 1. Know data structure used to represent different
Limited, 2009. kinds of objects viz Graph, Trees
 PankajJalote, ―Software Engineering, A Precise 2. Know the basics of combinatorial structure and
Approach‖, Wiley India, 2010. develop algebraic technique to solve combinatorial
 Kelkar S.A., ―Software Engineering‖, Prentice Hall problems.
of India Pvt Ltd, 2007. 3. Programming application of group, ring and
number theory.
 Stephen R.Schach, ―Software Engineering‖, Tata
McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2007.
 http://nptel.ac.in/.
Unit -I: Graph Theory
Graphs and its types, subgraph, Quotient graph,
Euler path, Complete path, indegreeoutdegree,
https://nptel.ac.in/downloads/106105087/
reachability, cycle, matrix representation of graph.
Transitive closure of graph, Adjacency matrix,
Trees, Venn diagram, Representation of trees,
https://swayam.gov.in/course/236-software-
binary trees, spanning trees, Prims algorithm.
enginnering
Unit –II: Combinatorics
Expert Faculty:
361
Definition of generating functions and examples, CO2 2 - 3 - 2 2
proof of simple combinatorial identities, CO3 3 3 - - 2 3
Probab.G.F. p(t)  
p n t n , E(x)  p , (t) , CO4 3 - 2 - 2 2
examples. Recursive relations: definitions & CO5 3 - 3 2 3 2
examples, explicitly formula for sequence, back CO6 - - 2 3 2 2
tracking to find explicit formula of sequence, solving
recurrence relations. Counting Theorem Principle
of counting, Permutation & Combination with
examples. Pigeon hole principle.
Syllabus
Unit-I
Unit -III: Number Theory:
The study of continued fractions .alpha has Infinite Evolution of OS, Types of OS, Basic h/w support
continued fraction if alpha is irrational. Alpha has necessary for modern operating systems, services
periodic continued fractions if alpha is quadratic provided by OS, system programs and system
irrational. Application to approximation of irrationals calls, system design and implementation.
by rationals. Hurwitz‘s theorem, Advanced topic on
Combinatorial Theory
Unit-II
Recommended Reference Books: Process & Its Scheduling
4. Discrete mathematical structure with application to Process concept, process control block, Types of
computer science; Trembley&Manohar; Mc. Graw scheduler, context switch, threads, multithreading
Hill,2011 model, goals of scheduling and different scheduling
5. Discrete Mathematical Structure ; Busby & Ross ; algorithms,
PHI, 2009
6. Discrete Mathematics ; John Truss ; Addison Unit-III
Wesley Process management and synchronization:
Concurrency conditions, Critical section problem,
software and hardware solution, semaphores,
BCSL211/BCSP211 OPERATING SYSTEM
conditional critical regions and monitors, classical
(Online)
inter process communication problems
Tota
Th T Pr
Total
Hour
Credit TA CA ES In Ex l Unit-IV
. u . s E E E t t
s Deadlock definitions, Prevention, Avoidance,
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 10 15 75
detection and Recovery, Goals of Protection,
access matrix, Deadlock implementation
Course Objective:
1. Introduces general idea, structure and functions Unit-V
of operating system File systems: File concept, Access methods space
2. Making students aware of basic mechanisms allocation strategies, disk arm scheduling
used to handle processes, memory, storage
strategies. Contiguous allocation, Relocation,
devices and files.
Paging, Segmentation, Segmentation with paging,
Course Outcome: Upon successful completion demand paging , Virtual Memory Concepts, page
of the course, students shall be able to- faults and instruction restart , page replacement
1.Identify basic structure and purpose of operating algorithms , working sets , Locality of reference,
system. Thrashing, Garbage Collection.
2. Interpret the concepts of process and illustrate
various CPU scheduling algorithms.
3. Interpret the concepts of inter process TEXT BOOKS :
communication.
1. Operating System concepts – Silberchatz&
4. Schematize Deadlock & security mechanisms in
operating systems. Galvin, Addison Wesley, 6 thEdn.
5. Analyze different memory management 2. Modern Operating Systems – Tanenbaum,
techniques with advantages and disadvantages. Pearson Edn. 2 ndedn.
CO Mapping with PO and PSO: REFERENCE BOOKS :
Course Program Outcomes Program 1. Operating Systems – S R Sathe, Macmillan
Outco Specific Publishers, India, 2008
mes Outcomes 2. Operating System –Milan Milenkovik, McGraw-
P02 P03 P04 P05 PSO1 PSO2 Hill, 1987
3. Operating Systems - 3 rd Edition by Gary Nutt,
CO1 2 - 1 3 - 1
Pearson Education.
362
7. Able to employ finite state machines for
Certification Courses available: modeling and solving computing problems.
By Edureka 8. Able to design context free grammars for formal
4. Linux Administration languages.
5. UNIX Shell Scripting 9. Able to distinguish between decidability and un-
6. Linux Fundamentals decidability.
10. Able to gain proficiency with mathematical tools
Free Courses available: and formal methods.
UDACITY: Introduction to Operating Systems by
Georgia Institute of Technology Syllabus
Expert Faculty: Unit-I:Introduction- Basic Mathematical Notation
and techniques- Finite State systems – Basic
4. Debadatta Mishra Definitions – Finite Automaton – DFA & NDFA –
Assistant Professor Finite Automaton with €- moves – Regular
Computer Science and Engineering Languages- Regular Expression – Equivalence of
Indian Institute of Technology Kanpur NFA and DFA – Equivalence of NDFA‟s with and
email: deba@cse.iitk.ac.in without €-moves – Equivalence of finite Automaton.
5. MythiliVutukuru UNIT–II: Regular Expressions, Finite Automata and

Department of Computer Science and Engineering Regular Expressions, Applications of Regular
Indian Institute of Technology, Bombay Expressions, Algebraic Laws for Regular
mythili@cse.iitb.ac.in Expressions, Properties of Regular Languages
Pumping Lemma for Regular Languages,
6. SoravBansal Applications of the Pumping Lemma,
Department of Computer Science and Engineering Closure Properties of Regular Languages, Decision
Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi Properties of Regular Languages.
sbansal@cse.iitd.ac.in
UNIT–III: Context-Free Grammars: Chomsky
hierarchy of languages.Definition of Context-Free
BCSL212 FORMAL LANGUAGE AND Grammars, Derivations Using a Grammar, Leftmost
AUTOMATA(Offline) and Rightmost Derivations, the Language of a
Grammar, Sentential Forms, Parse Tress,
Practi Applications of Context-Free Grammars, Ambiguity
cal in Grammars and Languages. Push Down
Tot Tot Automata,: Definition of the Pushdown Automaton,
I
T T P al Cred TA CA ES E al
h. u r. Hou its E E E
n
xt
the Languages of a PDA, Equivalence of PDA‘s
rs
t and CFG‘s, Deterministic Pushdown Automata.
2 1 - 3 3 10 15 50 - 75
UNIT-IV:Definitions of Turing machines – Models –
Computable languages and functions –Techniques
for Turing machine construction – Multi head and
Multi tape Turing Machines – The Halting problem
– Partial Solvability – Problems about Turing
Course Objectives:
machine
7. To provide introduction to some of the central
ideas of theoretical computer science from the
UNIT-V: Un-decidability: A Language that is Not
perspective of formal languages.
Recursively Enumerable, An Undecidable Problem
8. To introduce the fundamental concepts of
That is RE, Undecidable Problems about Turing
formal languages, grammars and automata
Machines, Post‘s Correspondence Problem, Other
theory.
Undecidable Problems, Intractable Problems: The
9. Classify machines by their power to recognize
Classes P and NP, An NP-Complete Problem.
languages.
10. Employ finite state machines to solve problems
TEXT BOOKS:
in computing.
11. To understand deterministic and non-  Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages, and
deterministic machines. Computation, 3nd Edition, John E. Hopcroft, Rajeev
12. To understand the differences between Motwani, Jeffrey D. Ullman, Pearson Education.
decidability and un-decidability.  Introduction to the Theory of Computation, Michael
Course Outcomes: Sipser, 3rd edition, Cengage Learning.
6. Able to understand the concept of abstract
machines and their power to recognize the REFERENCE BOOKS:
languages.  Introduction to Languages and The Theory of
Computation, John C Martin, TMH.
363
Cour Program Outcomes Program  CO 2: Make use of Integrated Development
se Specific Environments (IDEs) such as Eclipse, NetBeans,
Outc Outcomes and JDeveloper for program development.
omes P02 P0 P0 PO PO1 PSO1 PSO  CO3: Design object oriented class structures with
3 5 8 1 2 parameters, constructors, and utility.
CO1 2 3 - - 2 - 2  CO4: Implement a final project selected from an
CO2 approved project chosen by the student.
2 3 - - 3 - 3
CO3 2 3 - - 3 3 3
CO Mapping with PO and PSO
CO4 2 3 2 - 3 - 3
CO5 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 Syllabus
CO6 2 3 2 - 3 3 3
 Introduction to Computer Theory, Daniel I.A. Unit I: Introduction to JAVA, Class and Object
Cohen, John Wiley. Introduction to data types, operators and control
 A Text book on Automata Theory, P. K. Srimani, statements, Classes: fundamentals of classes,
Nasir S. F. B, Cambridge University Press. declaring objects, Assigning objects, reference
 Introduction to Formal languages Automata Theory variables, methods, constructor, variable handling.
and Computation Kamala Krithivasan, Rama R, Methods and classes: Overloading methods,
Pearson. understanding static and final.
 Theory of Computer Science – Automata
languages and computation, Mishra
and Chandrashekaran, 2nd edition, PHI. Unit II: Array, Packages, Interface Introduction to
Certification Courses available: Array, Vectors, Wrapper class & Inheritance,
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111103016/ Packages and interface: Packages, access
protection, importing packages, interfaces.
Unit III: Exception Handling &Multithreaded
Expert Faculty: Programming
Prof. DigantaGoswami Exception handling: Fundamentals exception types,
Departmentof Computer Science and Engineering uncaught exception, try-catch, displaying
Indian Institute of Technology, Guwahati description of an exception, multiple catch clauses,
nested try statements, throw, finally, built in
Prof. Kamala Krithivasan exceptions, creating own exception subclasses,
Departmentof Computer Science and Engineering JAVA thread model, creating thread, creating
Indian Institute of Technology, Madras multiple thread.
Unit IV: Applet, Graphics Programming and

BCSP213 JAVA PROGRAMMING Database Connectivity
(Online) Introduction to applet, The Five Stages of an
Practic Applet's Life Cycle, Methods for Adding UI
al Components, Methods for Drawing and Event
Tot Tot
T T P al Cred TA CA ES
I
E al Handling.
h. n Database Connectivity: JDBC (Java Data Base
u r. Hou its E E E xt
t
rs Connection), Introduction to JDBC, Databases and
2 Drivers, Types of Driver, Loading a driver class file,
- - 4 4 2 - - - 25 50
5
establishing the Connection to Database with
different Driver. Executing SQL queries by result
Course Objective: Set using Statements
1. This course introduces fundamentals of object-
oriented programming in Java, including defining
classes, invoking methods, using class libraries. Text Books:
2. It is aimed at building software development 1. The Complete Reference by Herbert Schild,
skills using java programming for creating real
TMH Publication
world applications.
3. Use a development environment to design, code, 2. Programming with Java- A Primer by E.
test, and debug simple programs, including multi- Balagurusamy, 3rd Edition, TMH Publication
file source projects, in an object-oriented
programming language Reference Books:
Course Outcome: Upon successful completion of 10. The Complete Reference- JAVA 2- 3rd Edition By
the course, students shall be able to– Patrick Naughton, TMH Publication.
 CO 1: Explain the basic data types and control flow Solution Inc., Dreamtech Press Publication.
constructs using J2SE. 12. Java 2 Black Book by Steve Holzner, Paraglyph
Press, 2nd Ed.
364
Name of Course: Java Programming (NPTEL) CO2 3 2 2 2
Link:https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106147/5
Duration of Course:2 Weeks CO3 3 2 3 2
Name of Expert:Prof. Pushpedra Singh
Affiliation:Indraprasth Institute of Information
Technology Delhi Syllabus
Unit I: Introduction to Programming language
Name of Course: Java Programming (SWAYAM) Definition of Programming language,
Link:https://swayam.gov.in/courses/4104-spoken- Implementation of high-level languages, Data
tutorial-java-oriya elements,
Duration of Course:16 Weeks binding time. Concept of r-value and l-value and
Name of Expert:Prof. KannanMoudgalya their implementation.Language paradigms.
Affiliation:IIT Bombay
Unit II: Data Types and Object
Expert Faculty: Data type, Type checking and type conversion,
Expert 1: elements of specification and implementation of
Name of Expert:Prof. Pushpedra Singh data type. arrays Files and i/o, Genericfunctions,
Affiliation:Indraprasth Institute of Information Objects.Inheritance and Encapsulation
Technology Delhi Abstract data type, Inheritance and type of
Inheritance, encapsulation, Implementation of
Expert 2: newdata types,
Name of Expert:Prof. KannanMoudgalya
Affiliation:IIT Bombay UnitIII: Exception Handling and sequence control
Exception Handling in Various Languages,
Programming Events, Handling Large Databases,
Special Languages, Sequence control, Implicit and
explicit sequence control, implementation of
BCSP214PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING
case statement, recursive and non-recursive
LANGUAGE(Online)
subprogram.
Practic
Teaching Scheme Theory Text Books:
al
Tot Tot 1. Programming Languages, 1st edition byT.W.
T T P al Cred TA CA ES In E al Pratt and M .V. Zelkowitz& T. V.Gopal by Pearson
h. u r. Hou its E E E t xt
rs
Education, 2008
2 2. Programming Languages, Ravi Sethi,Addison
- - 2 2 1 - - - 25 50
5 Wesley.
3. Programming Languages: Paradigm and
Course Objective: Practices by Doris Appleby and J. J. Vandekopple,
1. This course introduces the general ideas of McGraw Hill.
programming concepts. 4. Concepts of Programming Languages by Robert
2. Making students aware of basic programming W. Sebesta, Pearson Education.
paradigms, the principles and techniques Reference Books:
involved in design and implementation of it. 1. Principles of programming languages by Gilles
3. It is aimed at developing skills to provide Dowe, Springer-verlag,LondonLimited 2009
frameworks specifying and reasoning about 2. Concepts in programming languages by John C.
programming languages. Mitchell copyright, Cambridge University press
2003
3. Principles of Programming Languages:Design,
Course Outcome: Upon successful completion of Evaluation, and Implementationby Bruce J.
the course, students shall be able to- MacLennan third Edition, 1999 by oxford
1. Recognize programming paradigm anddesign universitypress.Inc.
principles. 4. Programming Languages: Application and
2. Demonstrate different data types and Interpretation, 2003-07, ShriramKrishnamurthi,
theirspecification. United StatesLicense
3. Illustrate the generic subprograms and
itsstructure. Certification Courses available:
2. https://www.udemy.com/fundamentals-of-
CO Mapping with PO and PSO programming/
Course Program Program Specific Free Courses available:

Outcomes Outcomes Outcomes 6. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106145/26
7. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106145/28
365
8. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106145/37 Text Books:
9. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106145/38 1. Tom White, "Hadoop: The Definitive Guide", 3rd
10. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106145/35 edition, O'Reilly Media.
Expert Faculty:
Hadoop", PacktPub.
1. Prof. MadhavanMukund, Department of
Reference Books:
Computer Science and Engineering, Indian Institute
1. V. Ankam, Big Data Analytics, Packt Pub Ltd.
of Technology, Madras.
2.Prof: S. ArunKumar,DepartmentofComputer
2. N. Dasgupta, Practical Big Data Analytics, Packt
Science and Engineering,Indian institute of
Pub Ltd.
Technology, Delhi.
3. Prof: S. Arun Kumar, Department of Computer
Science and Engineering, Indian institute of
1 https://www.udemy.com/big-data-hadoop-the-
Technology, Delhi
complete-course/
BCSL215/BCSP215 BIG DATA(Online) 2.https://www.cloudera.com/more/training/certificati
on.html
Practi 3.https://www.edureka.co/big-data-and-hadoop
cal https://www.simplilearn.com/big-data-and-
Tot Tot
T T P al Cred TA CA ES
I
E al analytics/big-data-and-hadoop-training
n
t
rs
1 1
1 - 2 3 2 10 15 25 75
0 5
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106142/ ------
Course Outcome: Algorithm for Big data
Upon successful completion of the course, 5. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106104135/48 ----
students shall be able to- Big data
CO1: Understand basic concepts and techniques of 6. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106168/22 -----
Hadoop ecosystem and Big data. HDFS
CO2: Design different component of Hadoop
Expert Faculty:
ecosystem. 4. Dr. R.B.V. Subramaanyam, National Institute of
CO3: Understand the domain of data science and Technology, Warangal.
analysis of big data. 5. Animesh Mukherjee, Indian Institute of
Technology, Kharagpur.
Syllabus 6. Mr. ValaAfshar, Boston, MA, USA. Area of
interest: Digital Marketing, Social Business,
UNIT 01: Big data, challenges for processing Link: https://www.cmswire.com/author/vala-
big data, technologies support big data, afshar/
History of Hadoop, Use cases of Hadoop, The
Data Scientist, Big Data Analytics in Industry
Verticals, Data Analytics Lifecycle,Hadoop BCSL216SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE & WEB
Distributed File System, Significance of HDFS SERVICES(Online)
in Hadoop, Features of HDFS,Data Storage in
HDFS(07Hrs.) Teaching Scheme Theory Practical
Total Tota
Th T Pr Credit TA CA ES In Ex l
Hour
. u . s E E E t t
UNIT 02: Map Reduce: Map Reduce Story, s
Map Reduce Architecture, How Map Reduce 2 - - 2 1 10 15 25 - - 50
works, Developing Map Reduce, Map Reduce

Programming Model, Data Flow Engines and Course Objective:
other memory databases.(06Hrs.) 4. Understand software architectural requirements
5. Be exposed to architectural styles and views
UNIT 03: Introduction to Apache Pig, Map 6. Be familiar with architectures for emerging
Reduce Vs. Apache Pig, Modes of Execution technologies
in Pig, Loading data, Exploring Pig Latin
commands, Hive introduction, Hive Course Outcome: Upon successful completion
architecture. Data types and schemas, of the course, students shall be able to:
Partitions and buckets, Spark Shell, Spark 4. Design software architecture for large scale
Application, Flume,SQOOP introduction and software systems.
application. (06Hrs.)
366
5. Describe a software architecture using various 4. https://www.coursera.org/learn/software-
documentation approaches and architectural architecture
description languages. 5. https://www.udemy.com/basics-of-software-
6. Use well-understood paradigms for designing new architecture-design-in-java/
systems. 6. https://in.udacity.com/course/software-
Syllabus architecture-design--ud821
UNIT I: Introduction to Software Architecture Free Courses available:

Introduction: What is software architecture?, 4. https://www.coursera.org/learn/software-
Standard Definitions, Architectural structures, architecture
Influence of software architecture on organizatio 5. https://www.udemy.com/basics-of-software-
n both business and technical, Architecture architecture-design-in-java/
Business Cycle: Introduction, Functional 6. https://in.udacity.com/course/software-
requirements, Technical constraints, Quality architecture-design--ud821
Attributes: Quality Attribute Workshop,
Documenting Quality attributes, Six part scenarios. Expert Faculty:
3. Prof. Rajib Mall is Professor, Department of
UNIT II: UML Modelling Computer Science and Engineering, Indian
UML diagrams and UML analysis modeling, Institute of Technology Kharagpur, West
analysis case studies, analysis tools, analysis Bengal.
patterns, documenting software architecture, 4. Prof. N.L. Sardais Professor, Department of
reconstructing software architecture, Issues in Computer Science and Engineering, Indian
Software Architecture: Scalability and Institute of Technology Bombay.
interoperability issues, web application
architectures.
BCSP217MACHINE LEARNING(Online)
UNIT III: Introduction to Web Services & XML
Web Service Architecture, Web Services VS other Tota
Total
Technologies, Web Services Benefits, DTD VS Th
.
T
u
Pr
.
Hour
Credit
s
TA
E
CA
E
ES
E
In
t
Ex
t
l
s
XSD, What is XML Parsing?, Various other XML
- - 2 2 1 - - - 25 25 50
Binding API‘s, JAX-P API based XML parsing using
(SAX, DOM),Validating XML Documents using
JAX-Vp, XML Binding using JAX-B (Marshalling, Course Objectives:
Un-Marshalling and In-Memory Validation)  Be able to formulate machine learning problems
corresponding to different applications.
Text Books:  Be able to apply machine learning algorithms to
3. Len Bass, Paul Clements, and Rick Kazman, solve problems of moderate complexity.
―Software Architectures Principles and
Practices‖,2nd Edition, Addison-Wesley, 2003. Course Outcomes:Upon completion of the course
4. Anthony J Lattanze, ―Architecting Software students shall be able to:
Intensive System. A Practitioner's  CO1. Recall the basic concepts and techniques of
Guide‖,Auerbach Publications, 2010. Machine Learning.
 CO2. Summarize and compare a range of machine
Reference Books: learning algorithms along with their strengths and
6. Mary Shaw, David Garlan, Software
weaknesses
architecture: perspectives on an emerging
discipline. Prentice-Hall, 1996.  CO3. Develop skills of using recent machine
7. Frank Buschmann, RegineMeunier, Hans
Rohnert, Peter Sommerlad, Michael Stal, learning software for solving practical problems.
Pattern-oriented software architecture, Volume
1: A system of patterns, Wiley, 1996. Unit I: Understanding Machine Learning
8. Douglas Schmidt, Michael Stal, Hans Rohnert,
Frank Buschmann, Pattern-Oriented Software Introduction, What Is Machine Learning? ,
Architecture, Volume 2; Patterns for Concurrent Examples of Machine Learning Applications,
and Networked Objects, Wiley, 2000. Learning Associations,
9. Martin Fowler, Patterns of Enterprise Supervised&UnsupervisedLearning, Reinforcement
Application Architecture, Addison-Wesley, Learning, Classification, Regression
2000. Unit II: Applying R-Programming
10. Selected research papers, and Articles related
to state-of-the-art technologies and standards. R - Basic Syntax, Data Types, Variables,
Operators, Decision Making, Loops, Functions,
Certification Courses available: Strings, Vectors, Lists, Matrices, Arrays, Factors,
Data Frames, Packages-chart & graphs
367
SEMSTER-V
UNIT III: Clustering & Application of ML
BFYL143 Mathematics-VII (Integral Transforms)
Introduction to clustering, k-Means
(online)
Clustering,Hierarchical clustering, Introduction to
Chat Bot, creation of Chat Bot
Evaluation Scheme
Teaching
Text Books: Scheme
1Introduction to machinelearning,EthemAlpaydin.
Total
— 2nd ed., The MIT Press, Cambridge, Th. Tu Pr. Total TAE CAE ESE Int. Ext.
Massachusetts, London, England.
2 Introduction to artificial neural systems, J. Zurada, 1 0 0 1 1 10 15 25 50
St. Paul: West.
2. R in a Nutshell, 2nd Edition - O'Reilly Media.
1. Analyze problems, recognize appropriate
Reference Books: methods of solution, solve the problems and find
13. Machine Learning, Tom M Mitchell. the solutions.
14. The Elements of Statistical Learning, Trevor Hastie, 2. Apply principles from mathematics to solve
Robert Tibshirani, Jerome Friedman, Springer applied problems in engineering.
Resource Persons Course Outcomes

Mr.VivekPatole, Upon successful completion of the course, students
Head Product Engineering &DEvelopment at will be able to:
Iknowlation ,Research Labs Pvt. Ltd,Pune 1. Understand and use Laplace- transform to
solve engineering problems.
Prof. SudeshnaSarkar 2. Apply the concept of z-Transform to solve
Head of the Centre difference equations
Contact (Head) 3. Apply the concepts of Numerical methods to
Phone: +91-3222-282256 solve engineering problems
Unit -I: Laplace Transforms: (10 hrs)
AnupamBasu Laplace transform: definition and their simple
Professor properties, transform of derivatives and integrals,
PhD (IIT Kharagpur) evaluation of integrals by L.T. ,inverse L.T. &its
Joined Institute in 1984 properties , convolution theorem, Laplace
Phone: 283462(o), 283463(r) transforms of periodic function & unit step function,
Email:anupam[at]cse.iitkgp.ernet.in Unit -II: Z-Transforms:
The Z transform- definition & properties, inverse &
Free Courses: relation with Laplace Transform.Application to z-
Sr. Machine Learning transform to solve difference equations with
Offered by
No. course name constant coefficients.
1 Machine Learning by Stanford COURSERA
Andrew Ng Unit-III:Application :
2 Intro to Machine Udacity‘s
applications of Laplace and Z-Transform transforms
Learning
3 Learning from EDX
Data(Introductory 2. Kreyszig, E.: Advanced Engineeing Mathematics
Machine Learning) (Eighth Edition); John Wiley & Sons; 2000.
4 Statistical Machine CARNEGGIE MELON Jain, R.K. and Iyengar, S.R.K.; Advanced
Learning UNIVERSITY Engineering Mathematics; Narosa Publishers;
5 Neural Networks for Coursera 2003.
Machine Learning
6 Google‘s Deep Udacity‘s
Learning BCSL316/BCSP316DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF
7 R Tutorial on Machine Kaggle ALGORITHMS(online)
Learning
8 Principles of Machine EDX Continuous Evalation
Learning Teaching Scheme
9 Machine Learning Coursera Scheme Pract
Theory
Specialization Cre ical
Tot dits To
T P T C E I E
T al tal
h r A A S n x
u Ho
. . E E E t t
urs
1 1
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 75
0 5
368
Course Objective: search, quick sort, merge sort, fast fourier
1. This course introduces students the general idea transform.
of analysis and design of algorithms while making
them aware of basic methods of algorithm analysis Unit – IV :Greedy Method & Dynamic
and design. Programming
2. It is also aimed at developing skills to solve real Greedy method – basic strategy, application to job
life applications which involve algorithm sequencing with deadlines problem, minimum cost
development. spanning trees, single source shortest path etc.
3. The course also provides career opportunities in Dynamic Programming basic strategy, multistage
analysis, design and optimization technique in graphs, all pairs shortest path, single source
algorithms. shortest paths, optimal binary search trees,
traveling salesman problem, Maximum flow
Course Outcome: Upon successful completion networks.
Upon successful completion of the course, students Unit V:Traversal And Search Techniques
will be able to
5. Apply basic concepts of algorithm in analysis Basic Traversal and Search Techniques, breadth
and Design of algorithms. first search and depth first search, connected
6. Identify and apply methods used for analysis components. Backtracking basic strategy, 8-
and Design of Algorithm Queen‘s problem, graph coloring, Hamiltonian
7. Develop an appropriate mathematical cycles etc
formulations in designing algorithm
8. Use advanced techniques and tools available UnitVI: Completeness Problems And
for algorithm analysis and development Applications
NP-hard and NP-complete problems, basic
concepts, non-deterministic algorithms, NP-hard
CO Mapping with PO and PSO and NP-complete, decision and optimization
Course Program Outcomes Program problems, Computational Geometry, Approximation
Outcom Specific algorithm and concepts based on approximation
es Outcomes algorithms. Recent trends in Design and analysis of
P01 PO PO P04 PO PSO PSO algorithms, advanced topics & its Application.
: 2 3 : 5 1 2
Text Books:
CO1 2 3 3 - - 2 3 1. Thomas H. Cormenet. al. ―Introduction to
CO2 - 3 3 3 - 2 3 Algorithms‖, Prentice Hall of India.
CO3 - - 3 3 - 3 2 2. Design & Analysis of Computer Algorithms by
CO4 - - 2 2 - 2 3 Aho,. Horowitz, Sahani, Rajsekharam, Pearson
education
Syllabus
Unit – I: Mathematical foundations Reference Books:

summation of arithmetic and geometric series, n, 1. ―Computer Algorithms‖, Galgotia Publications
n2, bounding summations using integration, Pvt. Ltd. Brassard, Bratley, ―Fundamentals of
recurrence relations, solutions of recurrence Algorithms‖, Prentice Hall
relations using technique of characteristic equation 2. Computer Algorithms: Introduction to Design and
rd
and generating functions, Complexity calculation of analysis, 3 Edition, By Sara Baase& A. V. Gelder
various standard functions, Principles of designing Pearson Education.
algorithms
Unit – II: Asymptotic notations 1) Design and Analysis of Algorithms CS161,
Asymptotic notations of analysis of algorithms, Stanford School of Engineering
analyzing control structures, worst case and https://online.stanford.edu/courses/cs161-design-
average case analysis, amortized analysis, and-analysis-algorithms
application of amotorized analysis, Sorting 2) EdX course on Algorithm Design and Analysis,
networks, comparison networks, biotonic sorting University of Pennsylvania
network. https://www.edx.org/course/algorithm-design-
analysis-pennx-sd3x
Unit – III :Advanced data structures
Advanced data structures like Fibonacci heap, Free Courses available:
Binomial heap, disjoint set representation, red and 1) MOOCs Free Online Courses in Algorithm
black trees and their applications. Divide and Design:
conquer basic strategy, matrix operation, binary https://www.class-central.com/tag/algorithm-design
369
2) NPTEL course on Design and Analysis of CO3 3 2 - 2 - - 1 3 -
Algorithms: CO4 2 - 3 2 - - - 2 -
https://www.class-central.com/course/nptel-design- CO5 3 3 1 2 - - - 2 -
and-analysis-of-algorithms-3984 CO6 2 - 3 2 - - - 2 -
Expert Faculty:
1) Prof.AbhiramRanade, Department of Computer Syllabus
Science Engineering,IIT Bombay
2) Prof. MadhavanMukund, Chennai Mathematical UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO COMPILERS
Institute Overview of compilerand translator, types of
3) Prof. MadhavanMukund, Chennai Mathematical Compiler, Analysis of the Source Program, The
Institute Phases of a compiler, grouping of phases, Cousins
of the Compiler, design of lexical Analysis.compiler
BCSL309/BCSP309 COMPILER DESIGN writing tools – bootstrapping
(offline)
UNIT II SYNTAX ANALYSIS
Continuous Evalation Review of Context-Free Grammars – Derivation
Teaching Scheme
Scheme Pract
trees and Parse Trees, Ambiguity. Top-Down
Theory Parsing: Recursive Descent parsing, Predictive
ical
Cre
To
dits To
parsing, LL(1) Grammars.Bottom-Up Parsing: Shift
T
T P
tal T
CA
E I E
tal Reduce parsing – Operator precedence parsing
h Ho A S n x
.
u r.
ur E
E
E t t
(Concepts only)LR parsing – Constructing SLR
s parsing tables, Constructing, Canonical LR parsing
1 2 1 1 tables and Constructing LALR parsing tables.
2 - 2 4 3 15 75
0 5 0 5
UNIT IIISemantic Analysis
Course Objective: Need of semantic analysis, Abstract Parse trees for
1. This course introduces student general ideas of Expressions, variables, statements, functions and
compiler. classdeclarations, Syntax directed definitions,
2.This course introduces to use regular languages Syntax directed translation schemes for
to describe the lexical elements of a programming declarationprocessing, type analysis, scope
language and understand syntax analysis. analysis , Symbol Tables (ST),Organization of ST
3. Aimed to develop skills to understand for block structure and non block structured
optimization technique languages, Symbol Table management.
Course Outcome: Upon successful completion UNIT IV Intermediate code generation and error
of the course, students shall be able to- recovery
Intermediate code generation: Intermediate
7. Understand basic concepts of compiler and languages, Design issues, Translation of different
different phases of compiler. language features, different types of intermediate
8. Explain the role of a semantic analyzer and forms.Error Handling and Recovery in Syntax
describe the purpose of a syntax tree. Analyzer-YACC-Design of a syntax Analyzer for a
9. Apply context free grammars, compiler parsing Sample Language.
techniques, construction of abstract syntax trees,
symbol tables. UNIT V CODE OPTIMIZATION
10. Demonstrate lexical analysis using a finite Principal Sources of Optimization-DAG-
automata along with error recovery. Optimization of Basic Blocks-Global Data Flow
11. Apply optimization techniques to Analysis-Efficient Data Flow Algorithms-Issues in
intermediate code and generate machine code for Design of a Code Generator - A Simple Code
high level language program. Generator Algorithm.
12. Implement the knowledge and skills
necessary to develop a language translator or UNIT VIRecent Trends
compiler covering a broad range of engineering and Recent trends and Compiler tools, advanced topics
scientific applications. & its Application.
Virtual Machines and Interpretation Techniques,
Just-In-Time (JIT) and Adaptive Compilation,
CO Mapping with PO and PSO Runtime System Architectures and Automatic
Course Program Outcomes Program Memory Management Techniques.
Outco Specific
mes Outcomes Text Books:
PO PO P0 PO P0 PO PO1 PS PS 3. Alfred V. Aho, Monica S.Lam, R. Sethi and J.D.
2 3 4: 5 6 11 2: O1 O2
CO1
Ullman ―Compilers: principles, techniques and
3 - - 3 - 1 2 3 1
tools‖ Pearson Education.
CO2 3 3 - 3 1 1 2 3 1
370
4. "Modern Compiler Implementaton in ML" by 1. Understand Basics of data communications and
Andrew W. Appel, Cambridge University Press, Computer Networks
1998. 2. Identify the techniques involved in the data
transfer process
Reference Books: 3. Understand advanced technique such as Data
 Kenneth C Louden, ―Compiler Construction encoding and Compression
Principle and Practice‖, PWS publishing Company, 4. Recognize the need for OSI reference Model in
1997 computer networking
 Dhamdhere D.M., ―Compiler Construction Principle 5. Use different elementary protocols for
and Practice‖, Mac. Millan India, New Delhi, 1983 communication and identify IEEE standards
 Holub, A.J., ―Compiler design in C‖ –Prentice employed in Computer networking
Hall,1982 6. Design techniques involved in developing
 John Levine, Tony Mason & Doug Brown, ―Lex and transport and application layer of Computer
Yacc‖, O‘Reilly.1995 Networking
Certification Courses available: CO Mapping with PO and PSO:

3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106108052/9 Course Programme
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106104123/10 Outcome Programme Outcomes Specific
s Outcomes
PO PO PO PO PO1 PSO PSO
1. The lex and 1 2 4 5 1 1 2
Yaccpagehttp://dinosaur.compilertools.net/
CO1 1 3 3 - - 3 2
2.http://www.personal.kent.edu/~rmuhamma/Compi
lers/compiler.html CO2 - 3 2 - - 2 -
3. http://www.cs.sjsu.edu/~louden/cmptext/ CO3 - - 3 - 2 3 2
4.http://www.gtoal.com/software/CompilersOneOh CO4 1 3 2 2 2 3 2
One/ CO5 1 3 3 - - 2 -
5.http://lambda.uta.edu/cse5317/notes/node4.html CO6 - - 2 2 2 3 2
Expert Faculty: SYLLABUS

3. Prof. Y. N. Srikant, Department of Computer
Science and Automation, Indian Institute of Course Content:
Science, Bangalore. UNIT I: Introduction
4. Prof. S. K. Aggarwal,Dept. of Computer Science Introduction: Data Communications, Networks, The
and Engineering. Indian institute of Internet, Protocols and Standards, Network Models,
Technology,Kanpur Layered Tasks, The OSI Model, Layers in the OSI
Model, TCP/IP Protocol Suite, Addressing, Physical
Layer and Media, Data and Signals, Analog and
Digital, Periodic Analog Signals, Digital Signals,
Transmission impairment, Data Rate Limits,
BCL317/BCSP317 DATA COMMUNICATION Performance, Digital Transmission, Digital-to-Digital
AND NETWORKS (Offline) Conversion, Analog-to-Digital Conversion, Analog
Transmission, Digital-to-analog Conversion,
Continuous Evalation Scheme Analog-to-analog Conversion
Theory
Cred cal
Tot its To
T P T C E I E
T al tal
h
u
r
Ho
A A S n x UNIT II: II Physical Layer
. . E E E t t
urs Bandwidth utilization: Multiplexing and Spreading,
1 2 1 1
2 - 2 4 3
0
15
5 0 5
75 Multiplexing, Spread Spectrum, Transmission
Media, Guided Media, Unguided Media: Wireless,
Course Objective: Switching, Circuit-Switched Networks, Datagram
1. This course introduces student‘s basics of data Networks, Virtual-Circuit Networks, Structure of a
communication and networking while making them Switch, Using Telephone and Cable Networks for
aware of functions of each layer in architecture. Data Transmission, Telephone Networks, Dial-up
2. The course provide career opportunities in Modems, Digital Subscriber Line, Cable TV
design, implement, operate & manage enterprise Networks, Cable TV for Data Transfer
work.
3. Understand advanced technique such as Data
encoding and Compression. UNIT III: Data Link Layer
Error Detection and Correction, Introduction, Block
Course Outcomes: Coding, Liner Block Codes, Cyclic Codes,
Upon successful completion of the course, students Checksum, Data Link Control, Framing, Flow and
will be able to Error Control, Protocols, Noiseless Channels,
371
HDLC, Point-to-Point Protocol, Multiple Access, and M.Singhal, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis
Random Access, Aloha, Controlled Access, Group.
Channelization, IEEE Standards, Standard 3. An Engineering Approach to Computer
Ethernet, Changes in the Standard, Fast Ethernet, Networks-S.Keshav, 2nd Edition, Pearson
Gigabit Ethernet, IEEE 802.11, Bluetooth, Education.
Backbone Networks, and Virtual LANs, Connecting 4. Understanding communications and
Devices, Backbone Networks, Virtual LANs, Networks,3rd Edition, W.A.Shay, Cengage
Cellular Telephony, Satellite Networks, Sonet/SDH, Learning.
Architecture, Sonet Layers, Sonet Frames, STS
Multiplexing, Sonet Networks, Virtual Tributaries, Free Certification Courses available:
Virtual-Circuit Networks: Frame Relay and ATM, Coursera – ―Data communication Network
Frame Relay, ATM, ATM LANs Services‖ by Cisco
NPTEL – ―Data Communication‖ by IIT Kharagpur
Swayam – ―Computer Networks‖ by Anand More,
UNIT IV: Network layer Devi AhilyaVishwavidyalaya, Indore
Network Layer: Logical Addressing, IPv4 Expert Faculty:
Addresses, IPv6 Addresses, Network Layer: Dr. VershaApte, IIT Bombay
Internet Protocol, Internetworking, IPv4, IPv6, Dr. S. Selvakumar, NIT Tiruchirappalli
Transition from IPv4 to IPv6, Network Layer: Dr. T. Kishore Kumar, NIT Warangal
Adress Mapping, Error Reporting and Multicasting, Mr. Jack Lange, University of Pittsburgh,
Address Mapping, ICMP, IGMP, ICMPv6, Network Pennsylvania
Layer: Delivery, Forwarding and Routing, Delivery,
Forwarding, Unicast Routing Protocols, Multicast
Routing Protocols BCSL315/BCSP315 CLOUD COMPUTING
(online)
UNIT V: Transport Layer Continuous Evalation
Transport Layer: Process-Process Delivery: UDP, Teaching Scheme
TCP and SCTP, Process-to-Process Delivery, User Scheme Pract
Theory
Cre ical
Datagram Protocol (UDP), TCP, SCTP, Congestion dits To
Tot
Control and Quality of Service, Data Traffic, T P T C E I E
T al tal
h r A A S n x
Congestion, Congestion Control, Two Examples, u Ho
. . E E E t t
Quality Service, Techniques to improve QoS, urs
Integrated Services, Differentiated Services, QoS in 1 2 1 1
1 - 2 3 2 15 75
0 5 0 5
Switched Networks
Course Objective:
UNIT VI: Application Layer
1. Understand the new technologies for resources
Application Layer: Domain Name System, Name
sharing
Space, Domain Name Space, Distribution of Name
2. Explain classification of Cloud deployment
Space, DNS in the Internet, Resolution, DNS
3. Discuss capacity planning for cloud configuration
Messages, Types of Records, Registrars, Dynamic
Domain Name System (DDNS), Encapsulation,
Remote Logging, Electronic Mail and File Transfer,
Remote Logging, Telnet, Electronic Mail, File
Transfer, WWW and HTTP: Architecture, Web
Documents, HTTP, Network Management: SNMP,
Network Management System, Simple Network
CO1: State the basics of distributed computing and
Management Protocol (SNMP), Multimedia,
cloud computing.
Digitizing Audio and Video, Audio and Video
CO2: Summarize the technical capabilities and
Compression, Streaming Stored Audio/Video,
business benefits cloud technology.
Streaming Live Audio/Video, Real-Time Interactive
Audio/Video, RTP, RTCP, Voice over IP
demonstrating its implications
CO4: Develop cost effective solution using cloud
TEXT BOOKS:
technology
1. Data Communications and Networking, Fourth
CO5 : Develop solution for Society with minimized
Edition by Behrouza A. Forouzan,TMH.
resources
2. Computer Networks, A.S.Tanenbaum, 4th
Edition, Pearson education.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1.Introduction to Data communications and
Networking, W.Tomasi, Pearson education.
2. Data and Computer Communications, G.S.Hura
372
Cours Program Outcomes Program
Syllabus e Specific
Outco Outcomes
Unit- I: Introduction to Cloud Computing mes P01 PO2 PO3 P04 PO5 PSO1
Virtualization Concepts, Cloud Computing CO1 1 3 3 3 3 -

Fundamental: Overview of Computing CO2 - 3 3 3 3 2
Paradigm,Evolution of cloud computing, Defining CO3 2 3 3 3 3 3
cloud computing, Components of a computing
CO4 1 3 2 3 3 3
cloud,Essential Characteristics of Cloud
Computing, Cloud Taxonomy. Infrastructure as a CO5 1 2 3 2 3 3
Service(IaaS), Platform as a Service(PaaS), CO6 1 3 2 3 3 3
Software as a Service(SaaS), Hardware-as-a- 2 GautamShroff, Enterprise Cloud Computing
service: (HaaS), Oriented Architecture (SOA) Technology Architecture Applications [ISBN:978-
0521137355]
Unit – II: Cloud Computing Architectural 3. Dimitris N. Chorafas, Cloud Computing
Framework Strategies [ISBN: 1439834539]
Cloud architectural principles, Role of Web 4. Barrie Sosinsky, ― Cloud Computing Bible‖ John
services, Benefitsand challenges to Cloud Wiley & Sons, 2010
architecture, Cloud Service Models, cloud 5. Tim Mather, SubraKumaraswamy, and
computing vendors. Cloud Services, Management, ShahedLatif, Cloud Security and Privacy An
Performance and scalability of services, tools and Enterprise Perspective on Risks and Compliance,
technologies used to managecloud services O'Reilly 2009
deployment.
Unit – III: Cloud Application Development
Sr Name Affilat Expertis Courses
Role of business analyst, Technical architecture No ion e
considerations, Service creation environments to 1 Prof IIT Cloud SWAYAM
develop cloud based applications, Technologies Soumya Kahar Computin
and the processes required when deploying web KantiGh agpur g
services; Deploying a web service from inside and osh
outside a cloud architecture, advantages and 2 Dr. Rajiv IIT Cloud NPTEL
disadvantages, Cloud Economics, Mishra Patna Computin
g and
Distribute
Unit – IV: Cloud Security and Risk Management d
Systems
Cloud Security: Understanding cloud based 3 https:/ Cloud Udemy
security issues and threats, Data security and /www. Computin
Storage,Identity& Access Management, Risk udem g
Management in cloud, Governance and Enterprise y.com/
Risk topic/
Management. Cloud-
Comp
Text Books:
uting(
12. Kai Hwang, Geoffrey C. Fox and Jack J. Dongarra, 66
―Distributed and cloud computing from Parallel online
Processing to the Internet of Things‖, Morgan cours
Kaufmann, Elsevier – 2012 es of
13. Cloud Computing Bible, Barrie Sosinsky, Wiley- cloud)
India, 2010
14. Cloud Computing: Principles and Paradigms,
Editors: RajkumarBuyya, James Broberg, Free Courses available: on UDEMY, NPTEL,
Andrzej M. Goscinski, Wile, 2011 CourseEra, MOOC
https://pages.awscloud.com/TC-Global-Campaign-
2019
Cloud Computing: Principles, Systems and https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=cloud%20
Applications, Editors: Nikos Antonopoulos, computing
Lee Gillam, Springer, 2012 https://www.udemy.com/introduction-to-cloud-
computing/
Reference Books:
1 Cloud Security: A Comprehensive Guide to Expert Faculty:
Secure Cloud Computing, Ronald L. Krutz, Russell
Dean Vines, Wiley-India, 2010
373
S Conta
r. Affiliatio ct Unit -I Random Variables :
Name Expertise
N n Detail Random Variables, Distribution functions of
o. s continuous & discrete random variables, Joint
1 Prof C. L. BS Nat. Cloud Tel: distributions, mathematical
Wang Taiwan; Computing (+852)
MS, PhD and 2857
expectations, moment, Moment generating function
S. Calif Virtualization 8458 &characteristic function
BEng(CE Fax:
) (+852) Unit –II : Special probability distribution:
Program 2559 Binomial, Poisson‘s, Geometric, Uniform,
me 8447 Exponential, Normal.
Coordina Email:
tor; clwang Unit-III : Hypothesis testing.
Professo
r cs.hku.
Universit hk
y of Home 3. Kreyszig, E.: Advanced Engineeing Mathematics
Hong page: (Eighth Edition); John Wiley & Sons; 2000.
Kong http:// 4. Jain, R.K. and Iyengar, S.R.K.; Advanced
www.c Engineering Mathematics; Narosa Publishers;
s.hku. 2003.
hk/~cl
wang
2 Prof Professor, Cloud +91(51 BCSL321/BCSP321 ADVANCED
Debadatt Departme Computing 2)259/
NETWORKS(offine)
a Mishra nt of 333/67
https://ww CSE,IIT 9-2004
w.cse.iitk. Kanpur deba Scheme
Teaching Scheme
ac.in/user @cse.i Practi
Theory
s/deba/ itk.ac.i Cre cal
Tot dits To
n P T C E I E
tal
T al
3 Prof Associate Virtualization puru@ Th. r A A S n x
u Ho
. E E E t t
Purushott Professor and Cloud cse.iitb urs
amKulkar IIT Computing .ac.in 1 1 1 1
1 - 4 5 3 50
0 5 0 5
ni Bombay
4 Prof D. Professor Cloud, djram
JanaKira IIT Cluster and @cse.i Course Objectives:
m Madras Grid itm.ac.i 10. To learn about Software Defined Networking.
Computing n 11. To understand an emerging Internet architectural
framework, including the main concepts,
SEMSTER-VI architectures, algorithms, protocols and
applications
BFYL144 Mathematics-VIII 12. To be able to implement Network virtualization
(Probability & Statistics)(online) framework.
Course Outcomes:
Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Scheme Credits
Upon completion of course students will be
Theory Practical Total Marks able to:
19. Design a network with appropriate protocols
Th Tu Pr Total Hours TAE CAE ESE Int Ext
selected according to requirement.
2 0 0 2 10 15 25 50 20. Analyze different routing protocols and traffic
engineering methods deployed in networking.
21. Understand the concept of SDN (i.e. abstracting
and centralizing the control plane).
Course Objectives : 22. Analyze the implications of shifting from traditional
1. This course introduces a general mathematical network architectures to software defined networks.
concepts and objects. 23. Apply and analyze network functions virtualization.
2. It skill the students to understand important 24. Implement a network service using the knowledge
mathematical models used in computer science acquired throughout the lectures.
branch
Course Outcomes :
Syllabus
Upon successful completion of the course, students
UNIT 1: Routing in Packet Networks
will be able to:
Circuit Switching and Packet Switching, Types of
1.Understand the concepts of Random variables.
Routing Protocols: Interior and Exterior Gateway
2. Understand and use special probability
protocols, Adaptive and Non-adaptive Routing
distributions
374
Algorithms, Traffic Management at packet level, Certification Courses available:
Traffic management at flow level. 1. CompTIA A+ Technician
This entry-level certification is a starting point for a
UNIT2: Introduction to Software Defined career in IT. Certified A+ techs handle
Networking (SDN) PC maintenance, operating systems, printers,
Evolution of Switches and Control Planes, mobile devices and laptops. The CompTIA
Centralized and Distributed Control and Data A+ validates skills hiring managers need from
Planes Concepts, Advantages and Disadvantages, entry-level technicians and often provides entry-
OpenFlowprotocol.SDNController: level employment opportunities for aspiring IT
GeneralConcepts,Layer 3 Centric, Plexxi practitioners without work-related experience.
,CiscoOnePK ,Network Programmability
2. CompTIA Network+
UNIT 3: Data Center Concepts and Constructs Interested in a networking career? CompTIA
Technologies for the Data Center, The Multitenant Network+ verifies the ability to design, manage
Data Center ,The Virtualized Multitenant Data and troubleshoot wired and wireless networks. This
Center ,SDN Solutions for the Data Center Network is another in-demand certification ideal for
,VLANs, EVPN ,VxLan,NVGRENetwork Topology beginning a career in IT, and serves as a
and Topological Information Abstraction: recommended prerequisite for more advanced
Introduction,Network Topology ,Traditional Methods network training.
,LLDP ,BGP-TE/LS ,ALTO ,I2RS Topology 3. Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA)
Routing and Switching
UNIT 4: Building an SDN Framework The CCNA: Routing and Switching is an associate-
Introduction The Juniper SDN Framework IETF level certification and assures employers that
SDN Framework(s) Open Daylight you‘re able to install, operate and configure
Controller/Framework Use Cases for Bandwidth enterprise-level networks. CCNA-certified pros can
Scheduling, Manipulation, and Calendaring, Use also detect and solve common network problems.
Cases for Input Traffic Monitoring, Classification, This is a fantastic certification for anyone building a
and Triggered Actions, Firewalls as a Service career in networking. With this certification, you
,Network Access Control Replacement ,Extending also have the options of specializing in security,
the Use Case with a Virtual Firewall ,Feedback and voice or wireless networking.
Optimization ,Intrusion Detection/Threat Mitigation
4. Microsoft Certified Solutions Expert (MCSE)
UNIT 5: Network Function Virtualization Cloud Platform and Infrastructure
Introduction, Existing Network Virtualization The MCSE: Cloud Platform and Infrastructure is an
Framework (VMWare and others), Virtualization ideal certification for advanced-level
and Data Plane I/O, Services Engineered Path, practitioners responsible for managing modern data
Service Locations and Chaining, NFV at ETSI, centers. MCSE certification is offered in
Non-ETSI NFV Work specializations that include server infrastructure,
desktop infrastructure, private cloud, enterprise
Textbook(s): devices and apps, data platform, business
7. SDN: Software Defined Networks, An Authoritative intelligence, messaging, communications and
Review of Network Programmability Technologies, SharePoint.
By Thomas D. Nadeau, Ken Gray Publisher:
O'Reilly Media, August 2013, ISBN: 978-1-4493- 5. Certified Information Systems Auditor (CISA)
4230-2, ISBN 10: 1-4493-4230-2. The CISA validates a high-level of audit skills and
8. Software Defined Networks: A Comprehensive knowledge, and certifies the ability to
Approach, by PaulGoransson and Chuck Black, identify vulnerabilities, report on compliance and
Morgan Kaufmann, June 2014, Print BookISBN: institute controls within an enterprise system. Earn
9780124166752, eBook ISBN : 9780124166844 this certification and enjoy an amazing career in IT
auditing.
References:
1. SDN and OpenFlow for Beginners by 6. Certified Information Systems Security
VivekTiwari, Sold by: Amazon Digital Services, Inc., Professional (CISSP)
ASIN: , 2013. The CISSP validates skills required to protect large
2. Network Innovation through Open Flow and enterprise systems from a host of modern
SDN: Principles and Design, Edited by Fei Hu, cyber threats. With less than 112,000 practitioners
CRC Press, ISBN-10: 1466572094, 2014. in existence, those with this in-demand certification
3. Open Networking Foundation (ONF) Documents, find lucrative employment opportunities all over the
https://www.opennetworking.org, 2015. world.
4. Open Flow standards, http://www.openflow.org,
2015. 7. AWS Certified Solutions Architect – Associate
5. Online Reading Lists, including: http://www.nec- The AWS Certified Solutions Architect – Associate
labs.com/~lume/sdn-reading-list.html, 2015. validates skills for designing distributed
applications and systems on the AWS platform.
375
This is an ideal certification for anyone wanting to which is a weekly podcast about data networking
ride the bleeding edge of the IT industry. Get by networking architects. Greg is a veteran of
certified in cloud computing and meet the business networking and a prolific writer. Sign up for his
demands of today and tomorrow.
networking newsletter which gives the latest news
8. Certified Information Security Manager (CISM) on networking infrastructure and great hands-on
The CISM is another in-demand certification from advice too. Greg stated recently on Twitter:
ISACA, and validates skills required to design, ―Gonna talk about SD-WAN in 2018. It will be kind
build and manage enterprise-level security of ranty. Ok, maybe a lot ranty.‖
programs. Candidates for this certification will have  Prof. C P Katti,
many years of experience in managing enterprise Dean
systems and will fully understand the many Tel.: + 91-11-26704767 (O)
enterprise-level risks and vulnerabilities that are Fax: + 91-11-26742526
involved. Achieve this expert-level certification and Email: jnu_scss@mail.jnu.ac.in
become the defender of your enterprise system. School of Computer & Systems Sciences,
Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi
9. Certified in Risk and Information Systems (www.jnu.ac.in/SCSS/default.html)
Control (CRISC) BCSL320/BCSP320 INFORMATION SECURITY
This ISACA certification validates skills required to AND CRYPTOGRAPHY
provide enterprise-level risk management and (offline)
is arguably the top IT certification in the world. With
less than 21,000 current practitioners, job security Continuous Evalation Scheme
Teaching Scheme
is essentially guaranteed for those willing to Theory
Practi
Cred cal
achieve this expert-level credential. Achieve this Tot its To
T P T C E I E
T al tal
world-class certification and enjoy all that comes h
u
r
Ho
A A S n x
. . E E E t t
with a rewarding career in risk management. urs
1 1
2 - 2 4 3 10 15 25 75
0 5
 Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) Course Objectives:
o MIT offers a free online course in network  This course covers the fundamentals of computer
optimization. The course addresses problems in
systems security.
network flow, like minimum cost and maximum
flow.  It introduces many different areas of security such
o Network Optimization as encryption, malicious code, authentication and
 Open University access control, trusted computer systems,
o Open University offers students an intro to network operating system and network security.
security course which is designed for advanced-  The objective of this course is to provide students
level students. The course takes 25 hours to
with a comprehensive overview of the threats to
complete.
o The protocols in multi-service networks course computer security, technologies for security
explores communication protocols. Class topics assurance, and engineering approaches to security
include packet-switched and circuit-switched solutions.
networks, the OSI (Open Systems Interconnection)  Create an ability to understand and use various
reference model, TCP/IP (Transmission Control open source security tools to improve personal
Protocol/Internet Protocol) architecture and protocol
information security & network security.
software. This networking course takes 30 hours to
complete.
o Network Security Course Outcomes:
o Protocols in Multi-Service Networks Upon successful completion of the course, students
Expert Faculty: will be able to
CO1: Use the fundamentals of Cryptography and
 Brad Hedlund
standard algorithms to provide confidentiality,
https://www.linkedin.com/in/bradhedlund/
integrity and authenticity.
@BradHedlund
CO2: Use symmetric and asymmetric key
Brad is the Technical Account Manager for AWS
encryption systems
and before that an engineering Architect for
CO3: Analyze various message authentication
VMWare. Brad has extensive hands-on experience
codes and hash functions.
and specializes in Cloud networking, data center
CO4: Analyze detection and prevention of various
infrastructure, and network security. Check out an
attacks
interview with Brad on VMWorld TV.
CO5: Use open source tools like wireshark,
 Greg Ferro
keyloggeretc to protect important data.
https://www.linkedin.com/in/etherealmind/ CO6: Design secure applications
@etherealmind Course Contents:
Greg is one of the co-founders of Packet Pushers
376
Unit-I: Introduction
Introduction to information and network security, Reference Book
Attacks, services, mechanisms, security attacks,  Information Security: The Complete Reference,
security services, a model for internet work Second Edition2nd Edition by Mark Rhodes-
security, encryption model, steganography, OusleyISBN-13:978-0071784351 ,ISBN-
classical encryption techniques, modern techniques
10:0071784357
- simplified DES, block cipher principles, data
encryption standard, strength of DES, block cipher  Cryptography and Network Security: C K
design principles, block cipher modes of operation. Shyamala, N Harini, Dr T R Padmanabhan, Wiley
India, 1st Edition.
 Cryptography and Network Security :
Unit-lI: Confidentiality and Key Management ForouzanMukhopadhyay, McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition
 Information Security, Principles, and Practice: Mark
Confidentiality using conventional encryption: Stamp, Wiley India.
placement of encryption function, random number  Principles of Computer Security: WM. Arthur
generation. Public key cryptography: principles, Conklin, Greg White, TMH
RSA algorithm, key management, diffie-heliman  Introduction to Network Security: Neal Krawetz,
key exchange, elliptic curve cryptography, Chinese CENGAGE Learning
remainder theorem, Euclidean algorithm, extended  Network Security and Cryptography: Bernard
Euclidean algorithm, discrete logarithms, primality Menezes, CENGAGE Learning
testing, Chinese remainder theorem, finite fields.
MOOCS Courses:
Unit-lII: Message Authentication and Hash  NPTEL LINKS:
Functions  nptel.ac.in/courses/106105031 (IIT K)
Authentication requirements, functions, codes,  https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105031/39
security of hash function &MACs.Hash& Mac
 https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106129
algorithms.Messages digest, Properties of hash
functions, MD2, MD5 and SHA-1, keyed hash  https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_cs24
functions, attacks on hash functions. Digital
signatures & authentication protocols, Elgamal  MIT Courseware
digital signature algorithm, digital signature  https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-
standard. and-computer-science/6-858-computer-systems-
security-fall-2014/exams/
Unit-IV: Network Security
Network security: Firewalls, Proxy-Servers,  Swayam Courses:
Network intrusion detection. Transport security:
 https://swayam.gov.in/course/1303-introduction-to-
Mechanisms of TLS, SSL, IPSec. Biometric
authentication, Secure E-Commerce (ex. SET), information-security-i
Smart Cards, Security in Wireless Communication.  https://swayam.gov.in/courses/4957-information-
security
Unit-V: Open Source Tools
Hans-on sessions on open source network &  MOOCS Link
information security tools such as Wireshark,  https://www.khanacademy.org/computing/computer
Nmap&Zenmap, CryptoForge, VaraCrypt, Quick -science/cryptography/modarithmetic/a/the-
Checksum Verifier, KeePass, CrypTool, Metasploit.
euclidean-algorithm
Unit-VI: Trends and Applications of Network  https://www.khanacademy.org/computing/computer
Security -science/cryptography/crypt/v/intro-to-cryptography
Recent trends in Computer System & Security,
Advanced topics & its Application Open Source Tools:
 Nmap
Books:  OpenVAS
 Cryptography and networks security principles &  OSSEC
practice by William Stalings (Pearson Education  Security Onion
prentice Hall).  Metasploit Framework
 Networks security Essentials Applications &  OpenSSH
standards by William Stalings (Pearson Education,  Wireshark
LPF).  Kali Linux.
 Cryptography in C and C++ by Michael  Snort
Welschenbach (A press IDG Books India).  SalesForce
 Introduction to Data Compression by Khalid  CiscoPacketTracer
Sayood (Morgan kaufmann/Harcourt India).  OpenNMS
377
 Nikto. Microcontrollers: Introduction to microcontrollers,
 Truecrypt 8051 architecture, Addressing modes and
 Moloch instruction set, 8051 programming in Assembly
language and Embedded C.
 Bro IDS
 Snort Unit 2:Programming:Timer,Interrupts and serial
 OSQuery communications, Serial I/O, Programming Tools
 GRR - Google Rapid Response Interfacing with 8051: ADC and DAC interfaces
 Omnet++ for microcontrollers, Real time interfacing with LED,
 Cacti Keypad, LCD display, Sensors interfacing (LDR, IR,
 NetDisco PIR etc.)
Unit 3:Advanced devices and peripheral interfacing

with ATmega16: GSM, GPS, GPRS, Bluetooth
Experts:
1. Bhaskar Raman, IIT Bombay
Unit 4: Introduction of 32-bit
2. SachinDhedia - Professor - SGA Microcontroller:ARM7 Processors, ARM
EDUCATION INSTITUTE, Mumbai Architecture, Register and Memory organization,
3. Dr. Abhijeet Das, IIT KGP, Addressing modes, Arm Thumb and instruction
abhij@cse.iitkgp.ac.in, +91-3222-282350 sets, Basic Assembly Programming
Unit 5: Advance Microcontroller and

Programming: Introduction to Raspberry PI and
BECL204/BECP204 MICROCONTROLLER AND
Intel Galileo Board, Python Programming, OOP‘s
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS(online)
and Modules in Python Programming.
Unit 6:Design and perform differentembedded
Theory
Cred cal system and IoT Applications: Robotic, Industrial
Tot its To
T
P
al
T C E I E
tal Automations,
Th. r A A S n x
u Ho
. E E E t t
urs
1 1 2 1 1
2 - 2 4 3 75
0 5 5 0 5 TEXT BOOKS:
Yea
Course Objectives: r of
Edi
1. To study and understand various Sr. Publi Pu
Title Author Name tio
microcontrollers and embedded systems. No. sher blic
n
2. To understand the design parameters atio
n
ofembedded systems applications.
Muh The 8051 Pears 200 Sec
3. To study and impart different tools for embedded am Micro- on 8 ond
system and IoT application design. mad controller & Educa
1
Ali Embedded tion
COURSE OUTCOMES: Maz System using
On successful completion of the course, Students idi assembly & C
shall be able to: Muh ARM Sec
CO7: Understanding principle of embedded systems and am Assembly ond
Microcontroller mad language
2
CO8: Develop programming for applicationsdevelop real Ali programming
Maz and
time applications idi Architecture
CO9: Perform interfacing of devices and peripherals Raj Microcontrolle Pears 200 Sec
CO10: Make Use Of ARM7 Controller for Designing of Kam rs: on 9 ond
Embedded Applications al Architecture, Educa
CO11: Understand different IoT platform for Embedded 3 Programming, tion
applications Interfacing India
CO12: Design and Develop different embedded system and System
and IoTapplications. Design
SYLLABUS
Unit 1: Embedded Systems:Introduction to

embedded Systems, Requirements /Components
of Embedded Systems, Design Process in
Embedded System
378
REFERENCE BOOKS:
Yea
S
r of
r. Author Publi Edit
Title Pub
N Name sher ion
licat
o.
ion
Shibu Introductio The 201
K. V. n to McGr 1
1
Embedded aw
System, Hill,
Ajay Micro- Tata
V. controllers McGr
Desh - Theory aw
2
mukh and Hill
Applicatio
ns,
Kenn The 8051 Penra 199 Sec
eth J. Micro- m 6 ond
Ayala controller Intern
– ationa
Architectur l&
3
e, Thom
Programm son
ing & Asia,
Applicatio
ns,
ONLINE CERTIFICATION AVAILABLE:

Sr Insti
Cour
. Faculty tute
se Link
N Name Nam
Name
o. e
1. NPTE Dr. IIT- https://nptel.
L Delhi ac.in/course
SantanuC
video s/108102045
Cours haudhury /#
e on
Embe
dded
Syste
ms
\
379

UG Course Book 2019-20 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

UG Course Book 2019-20 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

UG Course Book 2019-20 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What are the different courses covered in the document?

What are the different courses covered in the document?

What are some of the microcontrollers discussed?

What are some of the microcontrollers discussed?

COURSE BOOK

UNDER GRADUATE PROGRAMMES

G. H. RAISONI COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING, NAGPUR

Sr. No Name of Programme Page no

01 First Year Engineering 3-25

02 Civil Engineering 26-85

03 Electrical Engineering 86-126

04 Mechanical Engineering 127-179

05 Electronics & Telecommunication Engineering 180-245

06 Electronics Engineering 246-312

07 Computer Science and Engineering 313-345

08 Information Technology 346-379

Evaluation Scheme Teaching Mode

Evaluation Scheme Teaching Mode

Course Outcomes: Course Objectives:

1. To Study Different types of Circuit Elements

1. Understand relationship between different Course Outcomes: Students should

Books: Linked List : Introduction, Linked Lists,

Unit 01: Introduction to Data Analytics

Introduction, Installation, MySQL Commands Lettering, Dimensioning, Introduction to scale

Urls: Projection of Planes: Plane inclined to both

3. To prepare for various engineering

1 Use knowledge of diode for related

4 Use devices for designing of small

PN Junction Diode: Review of PN junction,

Applications of Diodes & Linear Circuits:

LIBERAL / CREATIVE ARTS Contents:

Course objectives: INTEGRAL & MULTIPLE CALCULUS

1. Students will develop a sense of community Course Objectives:

ORDINARY & PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL

Course Objectives: Course Objectives:

Content: Course Outcomes:

Case Studies: Role of Engineers in various 1. Demonstration of the fundamentals of Quantum

1. To demonstrate oral communication in a formal

INTRODUCTION TO BIOCHEMISTRY 1. Biochemistry, Jeremy M.Berg, W.H. Freeman

Contents: CO1: understand the concepts of Smart materials

1. To enable the student to have good health

Course Outcomes: Student shall be able to

 Introduction to Human Body and systems

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

VISION & MISSION OF INSTITUTE

Programme: UG in Civil Engineering

CIVIL ENGINEERING PROGRAM

Programme Educational Objectives (PEOs)

PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs):-

Engineering Graduates will be able to:

1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems

4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and

7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering

9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or

10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSO's)

PSO1:Understanding: Graduates will have an ability to describe, analyze, and solve

B.TECH. SCHEME (CIVIL ENGINEERING)